diff --git a/alter.c b/alter.c deleted file mode 100644 index d89b433..0000000 --- a/alter.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,629 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2005 February 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code -** that implements the ALTER TABLE command. -** -** $Id: alter.c,v 1.55 2009/03/24 15:08:10 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the -** ALTER TABLE logic from the build. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - - -/* -** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the -** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or -** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in -** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third -** argument and the result returned. Examples: -** -** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def') -** -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)' -** -** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def') -** -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)' -*/ -static void renameTableFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - - int token; - Token tname; - unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; - int len = 0; - char *zRet; - - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - - /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE - ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that - ** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token. - */ - if( zSql ){ - do { - if( !*zCsr ){ - /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */ - return; - } - - /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ - tname.z = zCsr; - tname.n = len; - - /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', - ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). - */ - do { - zCsr += len; - len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); - } while( token==TK_SPACE ); - assert( len>0 ); - } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING ); - - zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql, - zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); - sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the -** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER -** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE -** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result -** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE -** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE. -*/ -static void renameTriggerFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - - int token; - Token tname; - int dist = 3; - unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; - int len = 0; - char *zRet; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - - /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER - ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly - ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one - ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR. - */ - if( zSql ){ - do { - - if( !*zCsr ){ - /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */ - return; - } - - /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ - tname.z = zCsr; - tname.n = len; - - /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', - ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). - */ - do { - zCsr += len; - len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); - }while( token==TK_SPACE ); - assert( len>0 ); - - /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most - ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN - ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above - ** to be met. - ** - ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so - ** there is no need to worry about syntax like - ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc. - */ - dist++; - if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){ - dist = 0; - } - } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) ); - - /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name - ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement. - */ - zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql, - zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); - sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - } -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - -/* -** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE -*/ -void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_rename_table", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, - renameTableFunc, 0, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_rename_trigger", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, - renameTriggerFunc, 0, 0); -#endif -} - -/* -** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all -** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If -** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the -** temporary database, NULL is returned. -*/ -static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - Trigger *pTrig; - char *zWhere = 0; - char *tmp = 0; - const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */ - - /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is - ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger - ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE - ** expression being built up in zWhere. - */ - if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ - if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){ - if( !zWhere ){ - zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", pTrig->name); - }else{ - tmp = zWhere; - zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, pTrig->name); - sqlite3DbFree(db, tmp); - } - } - } - } - return zWhere; -} - -/* -** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table -** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers. -** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at -** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from -** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an -** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement. -*/ -static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){ - Vdbe *v; - char *zWhere; - int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - Trigger *pTrig; -#endif - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( !v ) return; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */ - for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ - int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); - assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->name, 0); - } -#endif - - /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - - /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */ - zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName); - if( !zWhere ) return; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp - ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. - */ - if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, 1, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" -** command. -*/ -void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The table to rename. */ - Token *pName /* The new table name. */ -){ - int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */ - char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */ - Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */ - char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */ - const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */ - Vdbe *v; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - char *zWhere = 0; /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */ -#endif - int isVirtualRename = 0; /* True if this is a v-table with an xRename() */ - - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_rename_table; - assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase); - if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - - /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table; - - /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist - ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error. - */ - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName); - goto exit_rename_table; - } - - /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name - ** that the table is being renamed to. - */ - if( sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName)>6 - && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7) - ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); - goto exit_rename_table; - } - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); - goto exit_rename_table; - } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } - if( IsVirtual(pTab) && pTab->pMod->pModule->xRename ){ - isVirtualRename = 1; - } -#endif - - /* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb. - ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the - ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual - ** table. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ){ - goto exit_rename_table; - } - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, isVirtualRename, iDb); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - - /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if - ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names - ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other - ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( isVirtualRename ){ - int i = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, i, 0, zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pTab->pVtab, P4_VTAB); - } -#endif - - /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */ - zTabName = pTab->zName; - nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1); - - /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s SET " -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), " -#else - "sql = CASE " - "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)" - "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, " -#endif - "tbl_name = %Q, " - "name = CASE " - "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q " - "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN " - "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) " - "ELSE name END " - "WHERE tbl_name=%Q AND " - "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", - zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - zName, -#endif - zName, nTabName, zTabName - ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update - ** it with the new table name. - */ - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q", - zDb, zName, pTab->zName); - } -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master - ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in - ** the temp database. - */ - if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET " - "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), " - "tbl_name = %Q " - "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); - } -#endif - - /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */ - reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName); - -exit_rename_table: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); -} - - -/* -** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement -** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new -** column definition. -** -** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include -** the new column during parsing. -*/ -void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ - Table *pNew; /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */ - Table *pTab; /* Table being altered */ - int iDb; /* Database number */ - const char *zDb; /* Database name */ - const char *zTab; /* Table name */ - char *zCol; /* Null-terminated column definition */ - Column *pCol; /* The new column */ - Expr *pDflt; /* Default value for the new column */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection; */ - - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - pNew = pParse->pNewTable; - assert( pNew ); - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - zTab = &pNew->zName[16]; /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */ - pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1]; - pDflt = pCol->pDflt; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb); - assert( pTab ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ - return; - } -#endif - - /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a - ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking - ** for an SQL NULL default below. - */ - if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){ - pDflt = 0; - } - - /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE. - ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the - ** column must not be NULL. - */ - if( pCol->isPrimKey ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column"); - return; - } - if( pNew->pIndex ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column"); - return; - } - if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL"); - return; - } - - /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr() - ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.) - */ - if( pDflt ){ - sqlite3_value *pVal; - if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } - if( !pVal ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default"); - return; - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - } - - /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */ - zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n); - if( zCol ){ - char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1]; - while( (zEnd>zCol && *zEnd==';') || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd) ){ - *zEnd-- = '\0'; - } - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " - "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) " - "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", - zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1, - zTab - ); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol); - } - - /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file - ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL, - ** the file format becomes 3. - */ - sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2); - - /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */ - reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName); -} - -/* -** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in -** an "ALTER TABLE ADD" statement is parsed. Argument -** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered. -** -** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure -** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point -** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition -** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to -** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c -** after parsing is finished. -** -** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete -** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement. -*/ -void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ - Table *pNew; - Table *pTab; - Vdbe *v; - int iDb; - int i; - int nAlloc; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - /* Look up the table being altered. */ - assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase); - if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered"); - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } -#endif - - /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */ - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view"); - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } - - assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - - /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the - ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify. But modify - ** the name by adding an "sqlite_altertab_" prefix. By adding this - ** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing - ** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlite_" - ** prefix on their name. - */ - pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); - if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - pParse->pNewTable = pNew; - pNew->nRef = 1; - pNew->dbMem = pTab->dbMem; - pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol; - assert( pNew->nCol>0 ); - nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8; - assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 ); - pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc); - pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName); - if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - goto exit_begin_add_column; - } - memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i]; - pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName); - pCol->zColl = 0; - pCol->zType = 0; - pCol->pDflt = 0; - } - pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset; - pNew->nRef = 1; - - /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie. */ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column; - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - -exit_begin_add_column: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); - return; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */ diff --git a/analyze.c b/analyze.c deleted file mode 100644 index d002805..0000000 --- a/analyze.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,431 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2005 July 8 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command. -** -** @(#) $Id: analyze.c,v 1.51 2009/02/28 10:47:42 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_stat1 table on cursor -** iStatCur. -** -** If the sqlite_stat1 tables does not previously exist, it is created. -** If it does previously exist, all entires associated with table zWhere -** are removed. If zWhere==0 then all entries are removed. -*/ -static void openStatTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */ - int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */ - const char *zWhere /* Delete entries associated with this table */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Db *pDb; - int iRootPage; - u8 createStat1 = 0; - Table *pStat; - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - - if( v==0 ) return; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); - assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db ); - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", pDb->zName))==0 ){ - /* The sqlite_stat1 tables does not exist. Create it. - ** Note that a side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave - ** the rootpage of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is - ** important because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)", - pDb->zName - ); - iRootPage = pParse->regRoot; - createStat1 = 1; /* Cause rootpage to be taken from top of stack */ - }else if( zWhere ){ - /* The sqlite_stat1 table exists. Delete all entries associated with - ** the table zWhere. */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q", - pDb->zName, zWhere - ); - iRootPage = pStat->tnum; - }else{ - /* The sqlite_stat1 table already exists. Delete all rows. */ - iRootPage = pStat->tnum; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pStat->tnum, iDb); - } - - /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table for writing. Unless it was created - ** by this vdbe program, lock it for writing at the shared-cache level. - ** If this vdbe did create the sqlite_stat1 table, then it must have - ** already obtained a schema-lock, making the write-lock redundant. - */ - if( !createStat1 ){ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, iRootPage, 1, "sqlite_stat1"); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur, iRootPage, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)3, P4_INT32); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, createStat1); -} - -/* -** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with -** a single table. -*/ -static void analyzeOneTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */ - int iStatCur, /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */ - int iMem /* Available memory locations begin here */ -){ - Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */ - int iIdxCur; /* Index of VdbeCursor for index being analyzed */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in the index */ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int topOfLoop; /* The top of the loop */ - int endOfLoop; /* The end of the loop */ - int addr; /* The address of an instruction */ - int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 || pTab==0 || pTab->pIndex==0 ){ - /* Do no analysis for tables that have no indices */ - return; - } - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0, - pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ - return; - } -#endif - - /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. */ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - - iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - int regFields; /* Register block for building records */ - int regRec; /* Register holding completed record */ - int regTemp; /* Temporary use register */ - int regCol; /* Content of a column from the table being analyzed */ - int regRowid; /* Rowid for the inserted record */ - int regF2; - - /* Open a cursor to the index to be analyzed - */ - assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pIdx->pSchema) ); - nCol = pIdx->nColumn; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb, - (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); - regFields = iMem+nCol*2; - regTemp = regRowid = regCol = regFields+3; - regRec = regCol+1; - if( regRec>pParse->nMem ){ - pParse->nMem = regRec; - } - - /* Memory cells are used as follows: - ** - ** mem[iMem]: The total number of rows in the table. - ** mem[iMem+1]: Number of distinct values in column 1 - ** ... - ** mem[iMem+nCol]: Number of distinct values in column N - ** mem[iMem+nCol+1] Last observed value of column 1 - ** ... - ** mem[iMem+nCol+nCol]: Last observed value of column N - ** - ** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0. The others - ** are initialized to NULL. - */ - for(i=0; i<=nCol; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iMem+i); - } - for(i=0; i0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero - ** is never possible. - */ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regFields, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regFields+1, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); - regF2 = regFields+2; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iMem, regF2); - for(i=0; idb; - Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; /* Schema of database iDb */ - HashElem *k; - int iStatCur; - int iMem; - - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - iStatCur = pParse->nTab++; - openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0); - iMem = pParse->nMem+1; - for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ - Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); - analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, iMem); - } - loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); -} - -/* -** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in -** a database. -*/ -static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ - int iDb; - int iStatCur; - - assert( pTab!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - iStatCur = pParse->nTab++; - openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName); - analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, pParse->nMem+1); - loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); -} - -/* -** Generate code for the ANALYZE command. The parser calls this routine -** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command. -** -** ANALYZE -- 1 -** ANALYZE -- 2 -** ANALYZE ?.? -- 3 -** -** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed. -** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named. -** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table. -*/ -void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - int i; - char *z, *zDb; - Table *pTab; - Token *pTableName; - - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return; - } - - if( pName1==0 ){ - /* Form 1: Analyze everything */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( i==1 ) continue; /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */ - analyzeDatabase(pParse, i); - } - }else if( pName2==0 || pName2->n==0 ){ - /* Form 2: Analyze the database or table named */ - iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); - if( iDb>=0 ){ - analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb); - }else{ - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1); - if( z ){ - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - if( pTab ){ - analyzeTable(pParse, pTab); - } - } - } - }else{ - /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName); - if( iDb>=0 ){ - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName); - if( z ){ - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - if( pTab ){ - analyzeTable(pParse, pTab); - } - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the -** callback routine. -*/ -typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo; -struct analysisInfo { - sqlite3 *db; - const char *zDatabase; -}; - -/* -** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the -** sqlite_stat1 table. -** -** argv[0] = name of the index -** argv[1] = results of analysis - on integer for each column -*/ -static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ - analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData; - Index *pIndex; - int i, c; - unsigned int v; - const char *z; - - assert( argc==2 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); - - if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[1]==0 ){ - return 0; - } - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase); - if( pIndex==0 ){ - return 0; - } - z = argv[1]; - for(i=0; *z && i<=pIndex->nColumn; i++){ - v = 0; - while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){ - v = v*10 + c - '0'; - z++; - } - pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v; - if( *z==' ' ) z++; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 table into the index hash tables. -*/ -int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ - analysisInfo sInfo; - HashElem *i; - char *zSql; - int rc; - - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); - - /* Clear any prior statistics */ - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); - sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx); - } - - /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table existss */ - sInfo.db = db; - sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - - /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */ - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", - sInfo.zDatabase); - if( zSql==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0); - (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return rc; -} - - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */ diff --git a/attach.c b/attach.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0f54bcc..0000000 --- a/attach.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,539 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2003 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands. -** -** $Id: attach.c,v 1.84 2009/04/08 13:51:51 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH -/* -** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This -** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple -** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases. -** -** i.e. if the parser sees: -** -** ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def -** -** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of -** looking for columns of the same name. -** -** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement: -** -** ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2' -** -** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved. -*/ -static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr) -{ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pExpr ){ - if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){ - rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pName->pParse, "invalid name: \"%T\"", &pExpr->span); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - }else{ - pExpr->op = TK_STRING; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The -** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement: -** -** ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z -** -** SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z) -** -** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the -** third argument. -*/ -static void attachFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i; - int rc = 0; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - const char *zName; - const char *zFile; - Db *aNew; - char *zErrDyn = 0; - char zErr[128]; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - - zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - if( zFile==0 ) zFile = ""; - if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; - - /* Check for the following errors: - ** - ** * Too many attached databases, - ** * Transaction currently open - ** * Specified database name already being used. - */ - if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf( - sizeof(zErr), zErr, "too many attached databases - max %d", - db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED] - ); - goto attach_error; - } - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, - "cannot ATTACH database within transaction"); - goto attach_error; - } - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - char *z = db->aDb[i].zName; - if( z && zName && sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, - "database %s is already in use", zName); - goto attach_error; - } - } - - /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialise the schema - ** hash tables. - */ - if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){ - aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 ); - if( aNew==0 ) return; - memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2); - }else{ - aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) ); - if( aNew==0 ) return; - } - db->aDb = aNew; - aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb++]; - memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew)); - - /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use - ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may - ** or may not be initialised. - */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFile, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, - db->openFlags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB, - &aNew->pBt); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - Pager *pPager; - aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt); - if( !aNew->pSchema ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, - "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database"); - goto attach_error; - } - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt); - sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode); - sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, db->dfltJournalMode); - } - aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); - aNew->safety_level = 3; - -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - { - extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int); - extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); - int nKey; - char *zKey; - int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]); - switch( t ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: - case SQLITE_FLOAT: - zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - break; - - case SQLITE_TEXT: - case SQLITE_BLOB: - nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); - zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]); - sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); - break; - - case SQLITE_NULL: - /* No key specified. Use the key from the main database */ - sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); - sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); - break; - } - } -#endif - - /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database. - ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and - ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way - ** we found it. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn); - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - } - if( rc ){ - int iDb = db->nDb - 1; - assert( iDb>=2 ); - if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){ - sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt); - db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0; - db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0; - } - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - db->nDb = iDb; - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "out of memory"); - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "unable to open database: %s", zFile); - } - goto attach_error; - } - - return; - -attach_error: - /* Return an error if we get here */ - if( zErrDyn ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); - }else{ - zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = 0; - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); - } - if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc); -} - -/* -** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The -** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement: -** -** DETACH DATABASE x -** -** SELECT sqlite_detach(x) -*/ -static void detachFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - int i; - Db *pDb = 0; - char zErr[128]; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - - if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break; - } - - if( i>=db->nDb ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName); - goto detach_error; - } - if( i<2 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName); - goto detach_error; - } - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, - "cannot DETACH database within transaction"); - goto detach_error; - } - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName); - goto detach_error; - } - - sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); - pDb->pBt = 0; - pDb->pSchema = 0; - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - return; - -detach_error: - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); -} - -/* -** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the -** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions. -*/ -static void codeAttach( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */ - FuncDef *pFunc, /* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */ - Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */ - Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */ - Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */ - Expr *pKey /* Database key for encryption extension */ -){ - int rc; - NameContext sName; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3* db = pParse->db; - int regArgs; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - assert( db->mallocFailed || pAuthArg ); - if( pAuthArg ){ - char *zAuthArg = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pAuthArg->span); - if( !zAuthArg ){ - goto attach_end; - } - rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zAuthArg); - if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto attach_end; - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ - - memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); - sName.pParse = pParse; - - if( - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) || - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) || - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey)) - ){ - pParse->nErr++; - goto attach_end; - } - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2); - - assert( v || db->mallocFailed ); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3); - assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg ); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg)); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); - - /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this - ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing - ** statements). - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH)); - } - -attach_end: - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey); -} - -/* -** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement. -** -** DETACH pDbname -*/ -void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){ - static FuncDef detach_func = { - 1, /* nArg */ - SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */ - 0, /* flags */ - 0, /* pUserData */ - 0, /* pNext */ - detachFunc, /* xFunc */ - 0, /* xStep */ - 0, /* xFinalize */ - "sqlite_detach", /* zName */ - 0 /* pHash */ - }; - codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname); -} - -/* -** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement. -** -** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey -*/ -void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){ - static FuncDef attach_func = { - 3, /* nArg */ - SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */ - 0, /* flags */ - 0, /* pUserData */ - 0, /* pNext */ - attachFunc, /* xFunc */ - 0, /* xStep */ - 0, /* xFinalize */ - "sqlite_attach", /* zName */ - 0 /* pHash */ - }; - codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ - -/* -** Initialize a DbFixer structure. This routine must be called prior -** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below. -** -** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required. TRUE -** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not. -*/ -int sqlite3FixInit( - DbFixer *pFix, /* The fixer to be initialized */ - Parse *pParse, /* Error messages will be written here */ - int iDb, /* This is the database that must be used */ - const char *zType, /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */ - const Token *pName /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */ -){ - sqlite3 *db; - - if( iDb<0 || iDb==1 ) return 0; - db = pParse->db; - assert( db->nDb>iDb ); - pFix->pParse = pParse; - pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - pFix->zType = zType; - pFix->pName = pName; - return 1; -} - -/* -** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign -** a specific database to all table references where the database name -** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement. The pFix structure -** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit(). -** -** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or -** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database. -** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are -** allowed to refer to anything.) If a reference is explicitly made -** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to -** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero. If everything -** checks out, these routines return 0. -*/ -int sqlite3FixSrcList( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */ -){ - int i; - const char *zDb; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - zDb = pFix->zDb; - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){ - pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(pFix->pParse->db, zDb); - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, - "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s", - pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase); - return 1; - } -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1; - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1; -#endif - } - return 0; -} -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) -int sqlite3FixSelect( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */ -){ - while( pSelect ){ - if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){ - return 1; - } - pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; - } - return 0; -} -int sqlite3FixExpr( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ -){ - while( pExpr ){ - if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_SpanToken) ) break; - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1; - }else{ - if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){ - return 1; - } - pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; - } - return 0; -} -int sqlite3FixExprList( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - ExprList *pList /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ -){ - int i; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER -int sqlite3FixTriggerStep( - DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ - TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */ -){ - while( pStep ){ - if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){ - return 1; - } - pStep = pStep->pNext; - } - return 0; -} -#endif diff --git a/auth.c b/auth.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5630c23..0000000 --- a/auth.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2003 January 11 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer() -** API. This facility is an optional feature of the library. Embedded -** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling -** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1 -** -** $Id: auth.c,v 1.29 2007/09/18 15:55:07 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single -** macro. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - -/* -** Set or clear the access authorization function. -** -** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation -** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on -** various fields of the database. The first argument to the auth function -** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine. The second argument -** to the auth function is one of these constants: -** -** SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX -** SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW -** SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW -** SQLITE_DELETE -** SQLITE_DROP_INDEX -** SQLITE_DROP_TABLE -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW -** SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER -** SQLITE_DROP_VIEW -** SQLITE_INSERT -** SQLITE_PRAGMA -** SQLITE_READ -** SQLITE_SELECT -** SQLITE_TRANSACTION -** SQLITE_UPDATE -** -** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of -** the table and the column that are being accessed. The auth function -** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE. If -** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed. SQLITE_DENY -** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call -** will return with an error. SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement -** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL -** and attempts to write the column will be ignored. -** -** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook. The default -** setting of the auth function is NULL. -*/ -int sqlite3_set_authorizer( - sqlite3 *db, - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), - void *pArg -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->xAuth = xAuth; - db->pAuthArg = pArg; - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the -** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value. -*/ -static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse, int rc){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "illegal return value (%d) from the " - "authorization function - should be SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_IGNORE, " - "or SQLITE_DENY", rc); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to -** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. -** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column. -** -** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN -** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY, -** then generate an error. -*/ -void sqlite3AuthRead( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to check authorization on */ - Schema *pSchema, /* The schema of the expression */ - SrcList *pTabList /* All table that pExpr might refer to */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int rc; - Table *pTab = 0; /* The table being read */ - const char *zCol; /* Name of the column of the table */ - int iSrc; /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */ - const char *zDBase; /* Name of database being accessed */ - TriggerStack *pStack; /* The stack of current triggers */ - int iDb; /* The index of the database the expression refers to */ - - if( db->xAuth==0 ) return; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema); - if( iDb<0 ){ - /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other - ** temporary table. */ - return; - } - for(iSrc=0; pTabList && iSrcnSrc; iSrc++){ - if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ) break; - } - if( iSrc>=0 && pTabList && iSrcnSrc ){ - pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab; - }else if( (pStack = pParse->trigStack)!=0 ){ - /* This must be an attempt to read the NEW or OLD pseudo-tables - ** of a trigger. - */ - assert( pExpr->iTable==pStack->newIdx || pExpr->iTable==pStack->oldIdx ); - pTab = pStack->pTab; - } - if( pTab==0 ) return; - if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){ - assert( pExpr->iColumnnCol ); - zCol = pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName; - }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ - assert( pTab->iPKeynCol ); - zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName; - }else{ - zCol = "ROWID"; - } - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - zDBase = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, pTab->zName, zCol, zDBase, - pParse->zAuthContext); - if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){ - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ - if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited", - zDBase, pTab->zName, zCol); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited",pTab->zName,zCol); - } - pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc); - } -} - -/* -** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given. Return -** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY. If SQLITE_DENY -** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are -** modified appropriately. -*/ -int sqlite3AuthCheck( - Parse *pParse, - int code, - const char *zArg1, - const char *zArg2, - const char *zArg3 -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int rc; - - /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising - ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab. - */ - if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - if( db->xAuth==0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext); - if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized"); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){ - rc = SQLITE_DENY; - sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Push an authorization context. After this routine is called, the -** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until -** popped. Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -void sqlite3AuthContextPush( - Parse *pParse, - AuthContext *pContext, - const char *zContext -){ - pContext->pParse = pParse; - if( pParse ){ - pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; - pParse->zAuthContext = zContext; - } -} - -/* -** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed -** by sqlite3AuthContextPush -*/ -void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){ - if( pContext->pParse ){ - pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext; - pContext->pParse = 0; - } -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ diff --git a/backup.c b/backup.c deleted file mode 100644 index 781b4b0..0000000 --- a/backup.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,611 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2009 January 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX() -** API functions and the related features. -** -** $Id: backup.c,v 1.13 2009/03/16 13:19:36 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include "btreeInt.h" - -/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values. -*/ -#ifndef MIN -# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y)) -#endif - -/* -** Structure allocated for each backup operation. -*/ -struct sqlite3_backup { - sqlite3* pDestDb; /* Destination database handle */ - Btree *pDest; /* Destination b-tree file */ - u32 iDestSchema; /* Original schema cookie in destination */ - int bDestLocked; /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */ - - Pgno iNext; /* Page number of the next source page to copy */ - sqlite3* pSrcDb; /* Source database handle */ - Btree *pSrc; /* Source b-tree file */ - - int rc; /* Backup process error code */ - - /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are - ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount(). - */ - Pgno nRemaining; /* Number of pages left to copy */ - Pgno nPagecount; /* Total number of pages to copy */ - - sqlite3_backup *pNext; /* Next backup associated with source pager */ -}; - -/* -** THREAD SAFETY NOTES: -** -** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup -** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points: -** -** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and -** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database -** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared -** structure, in that order. -** -** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are -** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in -** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex -** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always -** be held when either of these functions are invoked. -** -** The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and -** backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called -** while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(), -** the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to -** BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining() -** or backup_pagecount(). -** -** Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or -** the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking. -** Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have -** associated mutexes. -*/ - -/* -** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp") -** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return -** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb. -** -** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this -** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an -** error message to pErrorDb. -*/ -static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){ - int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb); - - if( i==1 ){ - Parse sParse; - memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse)); - sParse.db = pDb; - if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(&sParse) ){ - sqlite3ErrorClear(&sParse); - sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, sParse.rc, "%s", sParse.zErrMsg); - return 0; - } - assert( sParse.zErrMsg==0 ); - } - - if( i<0 ){ - sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb); - return 0; - } - - return pDb->aDb[i].pBt; -} - -/* -** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from -** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return -** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object. -** -** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message -** stored in database handle pDestDb. -*/ -sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( - sqlite3* pDestDb, /* Database to write to */ - const char *zDestDb, /* Name of database within pDestDb */ - sqlite3* pSrcDb, /* Database connection to read from */ - const char *zSrcDb /* Name of database within pSrcDb */ -){ - sqlite3_backup *p; /* Value to return */ - - /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database - ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in - ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no - ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration - ** of the backup operation. Any attempt to use the destination - ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause - ** a malfunction or a deadlock. - */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex); - - if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){ - sqlite3Error( - pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct" - ); - p = 0; - }else { - /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object */ - p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(sqlite3_backup)); - if( !p ){ - sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); - } - } - - /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */ - if( p ){ - memset(p, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_backup)); - p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb); - p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb); - p->pDestDb = pDestDb; - p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb; - p->iNext = 1; - - if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest ){ - /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist. An error has - ** already been written into the pDestDb handle. All that is left - ** to do here is free the sqlite3_backup structure. - */ - sqlite3_free(p); - p = 0; - } - } - - /* If everything has gone as planned, attach the backup object to the - ** source pager. The source pager calls BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() - ** to notify this module if the source file is modified mid-backup. - */ - if( p ){ - sqlite3_backup **pp; /* Pointer to head of pagers backup list */ - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); - pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc)); - p->pNext = *pp; - *pp = p; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc); - p->pSrc->nBackup++; - } - - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex); - return p; -} - -/* -** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is -** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors -** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED. -*/ -static int isFatalError(int rc){ - return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED); -} - -/* -** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for -** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the -** destination database. -*/ -static int backupOnePage(sqlite3_backup *p, Pgno iSrcPg, const u8 *zSrcData){ - Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); - const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); - int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); - const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz); - const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz; - - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - i64 iOff; - - assert( p->bDestLocked ); - assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) ); - assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ); - assert( zSrcData ); - - /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the - ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. - */ - if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest)) ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - } - - /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source - ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset - ** of the destination page. - */ - for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOffpDest->pBt) ) continue; - if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg)) - ){ - const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz]; - u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg); - u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz]; - - /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page. - ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module - ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte - ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers - ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked - ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose. - */ - memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy); - ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0; - } - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to -** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then -** this function is a no-op. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error -** code if an error occurs. -*/ -static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){ - i64 iCurrent; - int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination. -*/ -int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ - int rc; - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); - } - - rc = p->rc; - if( !isFatalError(rc) ){ - Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc); /* Source pager */ - Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); /* Dest pager */ - int ii; /* Iterator variable */ - int nSrcPage = -1; /* Size of source db in pages */ - int bCloseTrans = 0; /* True if src db requires unlocking */ - - /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return - ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately. - */ - if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */ - if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0 - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2)) - ){ - p->bDestLocked = 1; - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, 1, &p->iDestSchema); - } - - /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open - ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed - ** before this function exits. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0); - bCloseTrans = 1; - } - - /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the - ** source pager for the number of pages in the database. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pSrcPager, &nSrcPage); - } - for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || iiiNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){ - const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext; /* Source page number */ - if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){ - DbPage *pSrcPg; /* Source page object */ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg)); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg); - } - } - p->iNext++; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->nPagecount = nSrcPage; - p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext; - if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - const int nSrcPagesize = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); - const int nDestPagesize = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); - int nDestTruncate; - - /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This - ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in - ** the case where the source and destination databases have the - ** same schema version. - */ - sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest, 1, p->iDestSchema+1); - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(p->pDestDb, 0); - } - - /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination - ** database. The complication here is that the destination page - ** size may be different to the source page size. - ** - ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, - ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will - ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call - ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the - ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are - ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed - ** by the file truncation. - */ - if( nSrcPagesizepDest->pBt) ){ - nDestTruncate--; - } - }else{ - nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (nSrcPagesize/nDestPagesize); - } - sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate); - - if( nSrcPagesize= iSize || ( - nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1) - && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+nDestPagesize - )); - if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = backupTruncateFile(pFile, iSize)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pDestPager)) - ){ - i64 iOff; - i64 iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + nDestPagesize, iSize); - for( - iOff=PENDING_BYTE+nSrcPagesize; - rc==SQLITE_OK && iOffpDest)) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - } - } - - /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction - ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is - ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as - ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail. - */ - if( bCloseTrans ){ - TESTONLY( int rc2 ); - TESTONLY( rc2 = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0); - TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc); - assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); - } - - p->rc = rc; - } - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle. -*/ -int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){ - sqlite3_backup **pp; /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to protect source database */ - int rc; /* Value to return */ - - /* Enter the mutexes */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); - mutex = p->pSrcDb->mutex; - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); - } - - /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */ - if( p->pDestDb ){ - pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc)); - while( *pp!=p ){ - pp = &(*pp)->pNext; - } - *pp = p->pNext; - p->pSrc->nBackup--; - } - - /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */ - sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest); - - /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */ - rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc; - sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0); - - /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */ - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc); - if( p->pDestDb ){ - sqlite3_free(p); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent -** call to sqlite3_backup_step(). -*/ -int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){ - return p->nRemaining; -} - -/* -** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most -** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step(). -*/ -int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){ - return p->nPagecount; -} - -/* -** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the -** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been -** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the -** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs -** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is -** complete. -** -** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object -** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is -** called. -*/ -void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){ - sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */ - for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); - if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPageiNext ){ - /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it - ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy - ** the new data into the backup. - */ - int rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = rc; - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer -** detects that the database has been modified by an external database -** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the -** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still -** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted. -** -** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object -** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is -** called. -*/ -void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){ - sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */ - for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); - p->iNext = 1; - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM -/* -** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction -** must be active for both files. -** -** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything -** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the -** transaction is committed before returning. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ - int rc; - sqlite3_backup b; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom); - - /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set - ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step() - ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called - ** from this function, not directly by the user. - */ - memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b)); - b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db; - b.pSrc = pFrom; - b.pDest = pTo; - b.iNext = 1; - - /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database - ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to - ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes - ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement - ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE - ** or an error code. - */ - sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF); - assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pTo->pBt->pageSizeFixed = 0; - } - - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo); - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */ diff --git a/bitvec.c b/bitvec.c deleted file mode 100644 index b6420a7..0000000 --- a/bitvec.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,396 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2008 February 16 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length -** bitmap. Bits are numbered starting with 1. -** -** A bitmap is used to record which pages of a database file have been -** journalled during a transaction, or which pages have the "dont-write" -** property. Usually only a few pages are meet either condition. -** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality. -** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most -** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases, -** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs -** to handle both cases well. -** -** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created. -** -** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created. Individual bits -** may be set or cleared one at a time. -** -** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations. -** Clear operations are exceedingly rare. There are usually between -** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can -** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger. The size of the -** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the -** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand, -** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database. -** -** @(#) $Id: bitvec.c,v 1.14 2009/04/01 23:49:04 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */ -#define BITVEC_SZ 512 - -/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how -** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */ -#define BITVEC_USIZE (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*)) - -/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. -** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. -** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve -** performance. */ -#define BITVEC_TELEM u8 -/* Size, in bits, of the bitmap element. */ -#define BITVEC_SZELEM 8 -/* Number of elements in a bitmap array. */ -#define BITVEC_NELEM (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(BITVEC_TELEM)) -/* Number of bits in the bitmap array. */ -#define BITVEC_NBIT (BITVEC_NELEM*BITVEC_SZELEM) - -/* Number of u32 values in hash table. */ -#define BITVEC_NINT (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32)) -/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before -** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */ -#define BITVEC_MXHASH (BITVEC_NINT/2) -/* Hashing function for the aHash representation. -** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier -** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided -** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */ -#define BITVEC_HASH(X) (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT) - -#define BITVEC_NPTR (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *)) - - -/* -** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure. -** -** This bitmap records the existance of zero or more bits -** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive. -** -** There are three possible representations of the bitmap. -** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight -** bitmap. The least significant bit is bit 1. -** -** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is -** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values. -** -** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR -** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[]. Each subbitmap -** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i. apSub[0] holds -** values between 1 and iDivisor. apSub[1] holds values between -** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor. apSub[N] holds values between -** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor. Each subbitmap is normalized -** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor. -*/ -struct Bitvec { - u32 iSize; /* Maximum bit index. Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */ - u32 nSet; /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash - ** element. Max is BITVEC_NINT. For BITVEC_SZ of 512, - ** this would be 125. */ - u32 iDivisor; /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */ - /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */ - /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1. */ - /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */ - union { - BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM]; /* Bitmap representation */ - u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT]; /* Hash table representation */ - Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR]; /* Recursive representation */ - } u; -}; - -/* -** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize, -** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if -** malloc fails. -*/ -Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){ - Bitvec *p; - assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ ); - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ - p->iSize = iSize; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Check to see if the i-th bit is set. Return true or false. -** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if -** i is out of range, then return false. -*/ -int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){ - if( p==0 ) return 0; - if( i>p->iSize || i==0 ) return 0; - i--; - while( p->iDivisor ){ - u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; - i = i%p->iDivisor; - p = p->u.apSub[bin]; - if (!p) { - return 0; - } - } - if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ - return (p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] & (1<<(i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))))!=0; - } else{ - u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i++); - while( p->u.aHash[h] ){ - if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1; - h++; - if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0; - } - return 0; - } -} - -/* -** Set the i-th bit. Return 0 on success and an error code if -** anything goes wrong. -** -** This routine might cause sub-bitmaps to be allocated. Failing -** to get the memory needed to hold the sub-bitmap is the only -** that can go wrong with an insert, assuming p and i are valid. -** -** The calling function must ensure that p is a valid Bitvec object -** and that the value for "i" is within range of the Bitvec object. -** Otherwise the behavior is undefined. -*/ -int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){ - u32 h; - assert( p!=0 ); - assert( i>0 ); - assert( i<=p->iSize ); - i--; - while((p->iSize > BITVEC_NBIT) && p->iDivisor) { - u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; - i = i%p->iDivisor; - if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){ - p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor ); - if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - p = p->u.apSub[bin]; - } - if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ - p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] |= 1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - h = BITVEC_HASH(i++); - /* if there wasn't a hash collision, and this doesn't */ - /* completely fill the hash, then just add it without */ - /* worring about sub-dividing and re-hashing. */ - if( !p->u.aHash[h] ){ - if (p->nSet<(BITVEC_NINT-1)) { - goto bitvec_set_end; - } else { - goto bitvec_set_rehash; - } - } - /* there was a collision, check to see if it's already */ - /* in hash, if not, try to find a spot for it */ - do { - if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK; - h++; - if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0; - } while( p->u.aHash[h] ); - /* we didn't find it in the hash. h points to the first */ - /* available free spot. check to see if this is going to */ - /* make our hash too "full". */ -bitvec_set_rehash: - if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){ - unsigned int j; - int rc; - u32 aiValues[BITVEC_NINT]; - memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(aiValues)); - memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(aiValues)); - p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR; - rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i); - for(j=0; jnSet++; - p->u.aHash[h] = i; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Clear the i-th bit. -*/ -void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i){ - assert( p!=0 ); - assert( i>0 ); - i--; - while( p->iDivisor ){ - u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; - i = i%p->iDivisor; - p = p->u.apSub[bin]; - if (!p) { - return; - } - } - if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ - p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] &= ~(1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))); - }else{ - unsigned int j; - u32 aiValues[BITVEC_NINT]; - memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(aiValues)); - memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(aiValues)); - p->nSet = 0; - for(j=0; jnSet++; - while( p->u.aHash[h] ){ - h++; - if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0; - } - p->u.aHash[h] = aiValues[j]; - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Destroy a bitmap object. Reclaim all memory used. -*/ -void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){ - if( p==0 ) return; - if( p->iDivisor ){ - unsigned int i; - for(i=0; iu.apSub[i]); - } - } - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** Return the value of the iSize parameter specified when Bitvec *p -** was created. -*/ -u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec *p){ - return p->iSize; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST -/* -** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold -** up to N bits. Let I be an integer between 0 and N. 0<=I>3] |= (1<<(I&7)) -#define CLEARBIT(V,I) V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7)) -#define TESTBIT(V,I) (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0 - -/* -** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code. -** -** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program -** to test the Bitvec. The integers are opcodes followed -** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode. Another -** opcode follows immediately after the last operand. -** -** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5. 0 is the -** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end. -** -** 0 Halt and return the number of errors -** 1 N S X Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X -** 2 N S X Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X -** 3 N Set N randomly chosen bits -** 4 N Clear N randomly chosen bits -** 5 N S X Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec -** -** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed -** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc. -** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec. -** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to -** confirm that error detection works. -** -** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared -** against the Bitvec object. If there are any differences, -** an error is returned. If they are the same, zero is returned. -** -** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1. -*/ -int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){ - Bitvec *pBitvec = 0; - unsigned char *pV = 0; - int rc = -1; - int i, nx, pc, op; - - /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of - ** bits to act as the reference */ - pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz ); - pV = sqlite3_malloc( (sz+7)/8 + 1 ); - if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 ) goto bitvec_end; - memset(pV, 0, (sz+7)/8 + 1); - - /* Run the program */ - pc = 0; - while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){ - switch( op ){ - case 1: - case 2: - case 5: { - nx = 4; - i = aOp[pc+2] - 1; - aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3]; - break; - } - case 3: - case 4: - default: { - nx = 2; - sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i); - break; - } - } - if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0; - pc += nx; - i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz; - if( (op & 1)!=0 ){ - SETBIT(pV, (i+1)); - if( op!=5 ){ - if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end; - } - }else{ - CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1)); - sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1); - } - } - - /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the - ** Bitvec object. Start with the assumption that they do - ** match (rc==0). Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy - ** is found. - */ - rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1) - + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0) - + (sqlite3BitvecSize(pBitvec) - sz); - for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){ - if( (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){ - rc = i; - break; - } - } - - /* Free allocated structure */ -bitvec_end: - sqlite3_free(pV); - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec); - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ diff --git a/btmutex.c b/btmutex.c deleted file mode 100644 index 34399bb..0000000 --- a/btmutex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,354 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 27 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** $Id: btmutex.c,v 1.15 2009/04/10 12:55:17 danielk1977 Exp $ -** -** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects. -** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too -** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like -** a good breakout. -*/ -#include "btreeInt.h" -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - -/* -** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also, -** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the -** p->locked boolean to true. -*/ -static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ - assert( p->locked==0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex); - p->pBt->db = p->db; - p->locked = 1; -} - -/* -** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and -** clear the p->locked boolean. -*/ -static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ - assert( p->locked==1 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - assert( p->db==p->pBt->db ); - - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex); - p->locked = 0; -} - -/* -** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object. -** -** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required -** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive. -** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior -** of this interface is recursive. -** -** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order -** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other -** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree -** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on -** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait -** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the -** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ - Btree *pLater; - - /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees - ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by - ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to - ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */ - assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt ); - assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBtpBt ); - assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db ); - assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db ); - assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) ); - - /* Check for locking consistency */ - assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 ); - assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 ); - - /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - - /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db - ** should already be set correctly. */ - assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db ); - - if( !p->sharable ) return; - p->wantToLock++; - if( p->locked ) return; - - /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we - ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock - ** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block. - */ - if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->pBt->db = p->db; - p->locked = 1; - return; - } - - /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger - ** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire - ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending - ** order. - */ - for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ - assert( pLater->sharable ); - assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt ); - assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 ); - if( pLater->locked ){ - unlockBtreeMutex(pLater); - } - } - lockBtreeMutex(p); - for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ - if( pLater->wantToLock ){ - lockBtreeMutex(pLater); - } - } -} - -/* -** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){ - if( p->sharable ){ - assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); - p->wantToLock--; - if( p->wantToLock==0 ){ - unlockBtreeMutex(p); - } - } -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the -** B-Tree is not marked as sharable. -** -** This routine is used only from within assert() statements. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){ - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 ); - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db ); - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - - return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked); -} -#endif - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -/* -** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that -** Btree. These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be -** omitted if that module is not used. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree); -} -void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ - - -/* -** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database -** connection. This is needed (for example) prior to parsing -** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names -** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being -** reset out from under us. -** -** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures. -** -** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address -** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with -** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees -** at the same instant. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - Btree *p, *pLater; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - assert( !p || (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db ); - if( p && p->sharable ){ - p->wantToLock++; - if( !p->locked ){ - assert( p->wantToLock==1 ); - while( p->pPrev ) p = p->pPrev; - while( p->locked && p->pNext ) p = p->pNext; - for(pLater = p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ - if( pLater->locked ){ - unlockBtreeMutex(pLater); - } - } - while( p ){ - lockBtreeMutex(p); - p = p->pNext; - } - } - } - } -} -void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - Btree *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p && p->sharable ){ - assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); - p->wantToLock--; - if( p->wantToLock==0 ){ - unlockBtreeMutex(p); - } - } - } -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection -** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes. -** -** This routine is used inside assert() statements only. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){ - return 0; - } - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *p; - p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p && p->sharable && - (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){ - return 0; - } - } - return 1; -} -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -/* -** Add a new Btree pointer to a BtreeMutexArray. -** if the pointer can possibly be shared with -** another database connection. -** -** The pointers are kept in sorted order by pBtree->pBt. That -** way when we go to enter all the mutexes, we can enter them -** in order without every having to backup and retry and without -** worrying about deadlock. -** -** The number of shared btrees will always be small (usually 0 or 1) -** so an insertion sort is an adequate algorithm here. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray *pArray, Btree *pBtree){ - int i, j; - BtShared *pBt; - if( pBtree==0 || pBtree->sharable==0 ) return; -#ifndef NDEBUG - { - for(i=0; inMutex; i++){ - assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree ); - } - } -#endif - assert( pArray->nMutex>=0 ); - assert( pArray->nMutexaBtree)-1 ); - pBt = pBtree->pBt; - for(i=0; inMutex; i++){ - assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree ); - if( pArray->aBtree[i]->pBt>pBt ){ - for(j=pArray->nMutex; j>i; j--){ - pArray->aBtree[j] = pArray->aBtree[j-1]; - } - pArray->aBtree[i] = pBtree; - pArray->nMutex++; - return; - } - } - pArray->aBtree[pArray->nMutex++] = pBtree; -} - -/* -** Enter the mutex of every btree in the array. This routine is -** called at the beginning of sqlite3VdbeExec(). The mutexes are -** exited at the end of the same function. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){ - int i; - for(i=0; inMutex; i++){ - Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i]; - /* Some basic sanity checking */ - assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBtpBt ); - assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 ); - - /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - - p->wantToLock++; - if( !p->locked && p->sharable ){ - lockBtreeMutex(p); - } - } -} - -/* -** Leave the mutex of every btree in the group. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){ - int i; - for(i=0; inMutex; i++){ - Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i]; - /* Some basic sanity checking */ - assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBtpBt ); - assert( p->locked || !p->sharable ); - assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); - - /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - - p->wantToLock--; - if( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked ){ - unlockBtreeMutex(p); - } - } -} - -#else -void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ - p->pBt->db = p->db; -} -void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( p ){ - p->pBt->db = p->db; - } - } -} -#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */ -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ diff --git a/btree.c b/btree.c deleted file mode 100644 index d928559..0000000 --- a/btree.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7568 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2004 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** $Id: btree.c,v 1.595 2009/04/11 16:06:15 danielk1977 Exp $ -** -** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. -** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information. -** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation. -*/ -#include "btreeInt.h" - -/* -** The header string that appears at the beginning of every -** SQLite database. -*/ -static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER; - -/* -** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE -** macro. -*/ -#if 0 -int sqlite3BtreeTrace=0; /* True to enable tracing */ -# define TRACE(X) if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);} -#else -# define TRACE(X) -#endif - - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation -** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds, -** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for -** test builds. -** -** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; -#else -static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; -#endif -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features. -** -** This routine has no effect on existing database connections. -** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to -** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2(). -*/ -int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - - -/* -** Forward declaration -*/ -static int checkForReadConflicts(Btree*, Pgno, BtCursor*, i64); - - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - /* - ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(), - ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks() - ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store - ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the - ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user - ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. - ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops. - */ - #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK - #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK - #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Query to see if btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock -** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return -** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling -** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not. -*/ -static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock *pIter; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( p->db!=0 ); - - /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write - ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there - ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself. - */ - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - - /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ - if( !p->sharable ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the - ** requested lock may not be obtained. - */ - if( pBt->pWriter!=p && pBt->isExclusive ){ - sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db); - return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; - } - - /* This (along with setSharedCacheTableLock()) is where - ** the ReadUncommitted flag is dealt with. - ** If the caller is querying for a read-lock on any table - ** other than the sqlite_master table (table 1) and if the ReadUncommitted - ** flag is set, then the lock granted even if there are write-locks - ** on the table. If a write-lock is requested, the ReadUncommitted flag - ** is not considered. - ** - ** In function setSharedCacheTableLock(), if a read-lock is demanded and the - ** ReadUncommitted flag is set, no entry is added to the locks list - ** (BtShared.pLock). - ** - ** To summarize: If the ReadUncommitted flag is set, then read cursors - ** on non-schema tables do not create or respect table locks. The locking - ** procedure for a write-cursor does not change. - */ - if( - 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || - eLock==WRITE_LOCK || - iTab==MASTER_ROOT - ){ - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) - ** statement is a simplification of: - ** - ** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK) - ** - ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection - ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can - ** only be a single writer). - */ - assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK); - if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){ - sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db); - if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){ - assert( p==pBt->pWriter ); - pBt->isPending = 1; - } - return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; - } - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used -** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or -** WRITE_LOCK. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_BUSY and -** SQLITE_NOMEM may also be returned. -*/ -static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock *pLock = 0; - BtLock *pIter; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( p->db!=0 ); - - /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ - if( !p->sharable ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) ); - - /* If the read-uncommitted flag is set and a read-lock is requested on - ** a non-schema table, then the lock is always granted. Return early - ** without adding an entry to the BtShared.pLock list. See - ** comment in function querySharedCacheTableLock() for more info - ** on handling the ReadUncommitted flag. - */ - if( - (p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) && - (eLock==READ_LOCK) && - iTable!=MASTER_ROOT - ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */ - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){ - pLock = pIter; - break; - } - } - - /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p - ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list. - */ - if( !pLock ){ - pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock)); - if( !pLock ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pLock->iTable = iTable; - pLock->pBtree = p; - pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock; - pBt->pLock = pLock; - } - - /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock - ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held - ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock. - */ - assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK ); - if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){ - pLock->eLock = eLock; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to -** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree handle p. -** -** This function assumes that handle p has an open read or write -** transaction. If it does not, then the BtShared.isPending variable -** may be incorrectly cleared. -*/ -static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter ); - assert( p->inTrans>0 ); - - while( *ppIter ){ - BtLock *pLock = *ppIter; - assert( pBt->isExclusive==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree ); - assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock ); - if( pLock->pBtree==p ){ - *ppIter = pLock->pNext; - sqlite3_free(pLock); - }else{ - ppIter = &pLock->pNext; - } - } - - assert( pBt->isPending==0 || pBt->pWriter ); - if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ - pBt->pWriter = 0; - pBt->isExclusive = 0; - pBt->isPending = 0; - }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){ - /* This function is called when connection p is concluding its - ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not - ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other - ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case - ** set the isPending flag to 0. - ** - ** If there is not currently a writer, then BtShared.isPending must - ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case. - */ - pBt->isPending = 0; - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */ - -/* -** Verify that the cursor holds a mutex on the BtShared -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){ - return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex); -} -#endif - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -/* -** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any. -*/ -static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow); - pCur->aOverflow = 0; -} - -/* -** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened -** on the shared btree structure pBt. -*/ -static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){ - BtCursor *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - invalidateOverflowCache(p); - } -} -#else - #define invalidateOverflowCache(x) - #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x) -#endif - -/* -** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called -** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf -** page. -** -** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure -** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding -** free-list leaf pages: -** -** 1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes -** a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database -** (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes -** such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified, -** why bother journalling it?). -** -** 2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read -** from the database or written to the journal file (why should it -** be, if it is not at all meaningful?). -** -** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy -** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if -** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same -** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when -** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it -** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data -** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible -** to restore the database to its original configuration. -** -** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is -** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is -** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list, -** optimization 2 above is ommitted if the corresponding bit is already -** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared -** at the end of every transaction. -*/ -static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ - int nPage; - rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate((u32)nPage); - if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){ - rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector. -** -** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the -** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the -** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise. -*/ -static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent; - return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno))); -} - -/* -** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be -** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction. -*/ -static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){ - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent); - pBt->pHasContent = 0; -} - -/* -** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey -** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK. -*/ -static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc; - - assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ); - assert( 0==pCur->pKey ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey); - - /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize() - ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is - ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey - ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key - ** data. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey){ - void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)pCur->nKey ); - if( pKey ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->pKey = pKey; - }else{ - sqlite3_free(pKey); - } - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - assert( !pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || !pCur->pKey ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int i; - for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ - releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); - pCur->apPage[i] = 0; - } - pCur->iPage = -1; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK; - } - - invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Save the positions of all cursors except pExcept open on the table -** with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor -** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()). -*/ -static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){ - BtCursor *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) && - p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ - int rc = saveCursorPosition(p); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - return rc; - } - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Clear the current cursor position. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); - pCur->pKey = 0; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; -} - -/* -** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible) -** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the -** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be -** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each -** saveCursorPosition(). -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - return pCur->skip; - } - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skip); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); - pCur->pKey = 0; - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ); - } - return rc; -} - -#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \ - (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \ - sqlite3BtreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \ - SQLITE_OK) - -/* -** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it -** was last placed at. Cursors can move when the row they are pointing -** at is deleted out from under them. -** -** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong. The -** integer *pHasMoved is set to one if the cursor has moved and 0 if not. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){ - int rc; - - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc ){ - *pHasMoved = 1; - return rc; - } - if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || pCur->skip!=0 ){ - *pHasMoved = 1; - }else{ - *pHasMoved = 0; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page -** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the -** input page number. -*/ -static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - int nPagesPerMapPage; - Pgno iPtrMap, ret; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1; - iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage; - ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; - if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - ret++; - } - return ret; -} - -/* -** Write an entry into the pointer map. -** -** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key' -** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'. -** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static int ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent){ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ - u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */ - Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */ - int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */ - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */ - assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) ); - - assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); - if( key==0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); - pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - - if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){ - TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent)); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPtrmap[offset] = eType; - put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent); - } - } - - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Read an entry from the pointer map. -** -** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing -** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively. -** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ - int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */ - u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */ - int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */ - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - - iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); - if( rc!=0 ){ - return rc; - } - pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - - offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); - assert( pEType!=0 ); - *pEType = pPtrmap[offset]; - if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]); - - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ - #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK - #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK - #define ptrmapPutOvfl(y,z) SQLITE_OK -#endif - -/* -** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on -** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer -** to the cell content. -** -** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells. -*/ -#define findCell(P,I) \ - ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aData[(P)->cellOffset+2*(I)]))) - -/* -** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for -** pages that do contain overflow cells. See insert -*/ -static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ - int i; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){ - int k; - struct _OvflCell *pOvfl; - pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i]; - k = pOvfl->idx; - if( k<=iCell ){ - if( k==iCell ){ - return pOvfl->pCell; - } - iCell--; - } - } - return findCell(pPage, iCell); -} - -/* -** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. There -** are two versions of this function. sqlite3BtreeParseCell() takes a -** cell index as the second argument and sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() -** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument. -** -** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of -** sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ - u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ - CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ -){ - u16 n; /* Number bytes in cell content header */ - u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - - pInfo->pCell = pCell; - assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 ); - n = pPage->childPtrSize; - assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf ); - if( pPage->intKey ){ - if( pPage->hasData ){ - n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload); - }else{ - nPayload = 0; - } - n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey); - pInfo->nData = nPayload; - }else{ - pInfo->nData = 0; - n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload); - pInfo->nKey = nPayload; - } - pInfo->nPayload = nPayload; - pInfo->nHeader = n; - if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){ - /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits - ** on the local page. No overflow is required. - */ - int nSize; /* Total size of cell content in bytes */ - nSize = nPayload + n; - pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload; - pInfo->iOverflow = 0; - if( (nSize & ~3)==0 ){ - nSize = 4; /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ - } - pInfo->nSize = (u16)nSize; - }else{ - /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have - ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto - ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused - ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage - ** in between minLocal and maxLocal. - ** - ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any - ** way will result in an incompatible file format. - */ - int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */ - int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */ - int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */ - - minLocal = pPage->minLocal; - maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal; - surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); - if( surplus <= maxLocal ){ - pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus; - }else{ - pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal; - } - pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(pInfo->nLocal + n); - pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4; - } -} -#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \ - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo)) -void sqlite3BtreeParseCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ - int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */ - CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ -){ - parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo); -} - -/* -** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell -** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell -** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or -** the space used by the cell pointer. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ - CellInfo info; - sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pPage, iCell, &info); - return info.nSize; -} -#endif -static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ - CellInfo info; - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - return info.nSize; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer -** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map -** for the overflow page. -*/ -static int ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ - CellInfo info; - assert( pCell!=0 ); - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload ); - if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){ - Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); - return ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -/* -** If the cell with index iCell on page pPage contains a pointer -** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map -** for the overflow page. -*/ -static int ptrmapPutOvfl(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ - u8 *pCell; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pCell = findOverflowCell(pPage, iCell); - return ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell); -} -#endif - - -/* -** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the -** end of the page and all free space is collected into one -** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell -** pointer array and the cell content area. -*/ -static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int pc; /* Address of a i-th cell */ - int addr; /* Offset of first byte after cell pointer array */ - int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */ - int size; /* Size of a cell */ - int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */ - int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */ - int cbrk; /* Offset to the cell content area */ - int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */ - unsigned char *data; /* The page data */ - unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */ - - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager); - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; - nCell = pPage->nCell; - assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) ); - usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; - cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk); - cbrk = usableSize; - for(i=0; i=usableSize ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]); - cbrk -= size; - if( cbrkusableSize ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=0 ); - memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size); - put2byte(pAddr, cbrk); - } - assert( cbrk>=cellOffset+2*nCell ); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk); - data[hdr+1] = 0; - data[hdr+2] = 0; - data[hdr+7] = 0; - addr = cellOffset+2*nCell; - memset(&data[addr], 0, cbrk-addr); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - if( cbrk-addr!=pPage->nFree ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed -** as the first argument. Return the index into pPage->aData[] of the -** first byte of allocated space. -** -** The caller guarantees that the space between the end of the cell-offset -** array and the start of the cell-content area is at least nByte bytes -** in size. So this routine can never fail. -** -** If there are already 60 or more bytes of fragments within the page, -** the page is defragmented before returning. If this were not done there -** is a chance that the number of fragmented bytes could eventually -** overflow the single-byte field of the page-header in which this value -** is stored. -*/ -static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte){ - const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */ - u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Local cache of pPage->aData */ - int nFrag; /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */ - int top; - - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->pBt ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( nByte>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ - assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - - /* Assert that the space between the cell-offset array and the - ** cell-content area is greater than nByte bytes. - */ - assert( nByte <= ( - get2byte(&data[hdr+5])-(hdr+8+(pPage->leaf?0:4)+2*get2byte(&data[hdr+3])) - )); - - pPage->nFree -= (u16)nByte; - nFrag = data[hdr+7]; - if( nFrag>=60 ){ - defragmentPage(pPage); - }else{ - /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy - ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in - ** the list that is large enough to accomadate it. - */ - int pc, addr; - for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){ - int size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); /* Size of free slot */ - if( size>=nByte ){ - int x = size - nByte; - if( x<4 ){ - /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of - ** fragmented bytes within the page. */ - memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2); - data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x); - }else{ - /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account - ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */ - put2byte(&data[pc+2], x); - } - return pc + x; - } - } - } - - /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array - ** and the cell content area. - */ - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) - nByte; - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); - return top; -} - -/* -** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist. -** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start] -** and the size of the block is "size" bytes. -** -** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent -** free blocks into a single big free block. -*/ -static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){ - int addr, pbegin, hdr; - unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; - - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+(pPage->leaf?0:4) ); - assert( (start + size)<=pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( size>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE - /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the SECURE_DELETE - ** option is enabled at compile-time */ - memset(&data[start], 0, size); -#endif - - /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks */ - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - addr = hdr + 1; - while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))0 ){ - assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); - if( pbegin<=addr ) { - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - addr = pbegin; - } - if ( pbegin>pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ) { - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 ); - put2byte(&data[addr], start); - put2byte(&data[start], pbegin); - put2byte(&data[start+2], size); - pPage->nFree += (u16)size; - - /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */ - addr = pPage->hdrOffset + 1; - while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){ - int pnext, psize, x; - assert( pbegin>addr ); - assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); - pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]); - psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); - if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){ - int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize); - if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[pPage->hdrOffset+7]) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] -= (u8)frag; - x = get2byte(&data[pnext]); - put2byte(&data[pbegin], x); - x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin; - put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x); - }else{ - addr = pbegin; - } - } - - /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */ - if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){ - int top; - pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); - memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2); - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); - } - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page -** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly. -** -** Only the following combinations are supported. Anything different -** indicates a corrupt database files: -** -** PTF_ZERODATA -** PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF -** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY -** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF -*/ -static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){ - BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */ - - assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3); assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 ); - flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF; - pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf; - pBt = pPage->pBt; - if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){ - pPage->intKey = 1; - pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf; - pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf; - pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf; - }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){ - pPage->intKey = 0; - pPage->hasData = 0; - pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal; - pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal; - }else{ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does -** not contain a well-formed database page, then return -** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not -** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that -** we failed to detect any corruption. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){ - - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) ); - - if( !pPage->isInit ){ - u16 pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */ - u8 hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */ - u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */ - u16 usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */ - u16 cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */ - u16 nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */ - u16 top; /* First byte of the cell content area */ - - pBt = pPage->pBt; - - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - data = pPage->aData; - if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=32768 ); - pPage->maskPage = pBt->pageSize - 1; - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - usableSize = pBt->usableSize; - pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); - if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){ - /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - /* Compute the total free space on the page */ - pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); - nFree = data[hdr+7] + top - (cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell); - while( pc>0 ){ - u16 next, size; - if( pc>usableSize-4 ){ - /* Free block is off the page */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - next = get2byte(&data[pc]); - size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); - if( next>0 && next<=pc+size+3 ){ - /* Free blocks must be in accending order */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - nFree += size; - pc = next; - } - pPage->nFree = (u16)nFree; - if( nFree>=usableSize ){ - /* Free space cannot exceed total page size */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - -#if 0 - /* Check that all the offsets in the cell offset array are within range. - ** - ** Omitting this consistency check and using the pPage->maskPage mask - ** to prevent overrunning the page buffer in findCell() results in a - ** 2.5% performance gain. - */ - { - u8 *pOff; /* Iterator used to check all cell offsets are in range */ - u8 *pEnd; /* Pointer to end of cell offset array */ - u8 mask; /* Mask of bits that must be zero in MSB of cell offsets */ - mask = ~(((u8)(pBt->pageSize>>8))-1); - pEnd = &data[cellOffset + pPage->nCell*2]; - for(pOff=&data[cellOffset]; pOff!=pEnd && !((*pOff)&mask); pOff+=2); - if( pOff!=pEnd ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - } -#endif - - pPage->isInit = 1; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding -** no entries. -*/ -static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){ - unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - u16 first; - - assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - /*memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);*/ - data[hdr] = (char)flags; - first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ?1:0); - memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4); - data[hdr+7] = 0; - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize); - pPage->nFree = pBt->usableSize - first; - decodeFlags(pPage, flags); - pPage->hdrOffset = hdr; - pPage->cellOffset = first; - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=32768 ); - pPage->maskPage = pBt->pageSize - 1; - pPage->nCell = 0; - pPage->isInit = 1; -} - - -/* -** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by -** the btree layer. -*/ -static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){ - MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); - pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage; - pPage->pBt = pBt; - pPage->pgno = pgno; - pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0; - return pPage; -} - -/* -** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and -** MemPage.aData elements if needed. -** -** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about -** the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk -** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now. -** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that -** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk -** read should occur at that point. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeGetPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ - Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */ - int noContent /* Do not load page content if true */ -){ - int rc; - DbPage *pDbPage; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent); - if( rc ) return rc; - *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not -** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and -** MemPage.aData elements if needed. -*/ -static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - DbPage *pDbPage; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno); - if( pDbPage ){ - return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of -** error, return ((unsigned int)-1). -*/ -static Pgno pagerPagecount(BtShared *pBt){ - int nPage = -1; - int rc; - assert( pBt->pPage1 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || nPage==-1 ); - return (Pgno)nPage; -} - -/* -** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. This routine -** is just a convenience wrapper around separate calls to -** sqlite3BtreeGetPage() and sqlite3BtreeInitPage(). -*/ -static int getAndInitPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ - Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */ - MemPage **ppPage /* Write the page pointer here */ -){ - int rc; - MemPage *pPage; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pgno==0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - /* It is often the case that the page we want is already in cache. - ** If so, get it directly. This saves us from having to call - ** pagerPagecount() to make sure pgno is within limits, which results - ** in a measureable performance improvements. - */ - *ppPage = pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, pgno); - if( pPage ){ - /* Page is already in cache */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - /* Page not in cache. Acquire it. */ - if( pgno>pagerPagecount(pBt) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - pPage = *ppPage; - } - if( !pPage->isInit ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pPage); - *ppPage = 0; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior -** call to sqlite3BtreeGetPage. -*/ -static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){ - if( pPage ){ - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 || sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pPage->pDbPage)>1 ); - assert( pPage->aData ); - assert( pPage->pBt ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage); - } -} - -/* -** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache -** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of -** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called. -** -** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the -** page to agree with the restored data. -*/ -static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){ - MemPage *pPage; - pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData); - assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 ); - if( pPage->isInit ){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pPage->isInit = 0; - if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){ - /* pPage might not be a btree page; it might be an overflow page - ** or ptrmap page or a free page. In those cases, the following - ** call to sqlite3BtreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT. - ** But no harm is done by this. And it is very important that - ** sqlite3BtreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make - ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */ - sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage); - } - } -} - -/* -** Invoke the busy handler for a btree. -*/ -static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){ - BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg; - assert( pBt->db ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) ); - return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler); -} - -/* -** Open a database file. -** -** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL -** a new database with a random name is created. This randomly named -** database file will be deleted when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called. -** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created -** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeOpen( - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ - sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database handle */ - Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ - int flags, /* Options */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ -){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS to use for this btree */ - BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */ - Btree *p; /* Handle to return */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0; /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code from this function */ - u8 nReserve; /* Byte of unused space on each page */ - unsigned char zDbHeader[100]; /* Database header content */ - - /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or - ** false for a file-based database. This symbol is only required if - ** either of the shared-data or autovacuum features are compiled - ** into the library. - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) - #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB - const int isMemdb = 0; - #else - const int isMemdb = zFilename && !strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:"); - #endif -#endif - - assert( db!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - - pVfs = db->pVfs; - p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree)); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; - p->db = db; - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* - ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an - ** existing BtShared object that we can share with - */ - if( isMemdb==0 && zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){ - int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; - char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname); - sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; - p->sharable = 1; - db->flags |= SQLITE_SharedCache; - if( !zFullPathname ){ - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFullPathname, zFullPathname); - mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen); - mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); - for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){ - assert( pBt->nRef>0 ); - if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager)) - && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){ - p->pBt = pBt; - pBt->nRef++; - break; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); - sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - else{ - /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable - ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and - ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held()) - ** statements to find locking problems. - */ - p->sharable = 1; - } -#endif - } -#endif - if( pBt==0 ){ - /* - ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are - ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result - ** when compiling on a different architecture. - */ - assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u16)==2 ); - assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 ); - - pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) ); - if( pBt==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto btree_open_out; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename, - EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto btree_open_out; - } - pBt->db = db; - sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt); - p->pBt = pBt; - - sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(pBt->pPager, pageReinit); - pBt->pCursor = 0; - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - pBt->readOnly = sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager); - pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]); - if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE - || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){ - pBt->pageSize = 0; - sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then - ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if - ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if - ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a - ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal. - */ - if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){ - pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0); - } -#endif - nReserve = 0; - }else{ - nReserve = zDbHeader[20]; - pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0); -#endif - } - pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; - assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */ - sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize); - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds. - */ - if( p->sharable ){ - sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; - pBt->nRef = 1; - mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); - if( pBt->mutex==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - db->mallocFailed = 0; - goto btree_open_out; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); - pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); - GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); - } -#endif - } - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new - ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection. - ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address. - */ - if( p->sharable ){ - int i; - Btree *pSib; - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){ - while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; } - if( p->pBtpBt ){ - p->pNext = pSib; - p->pPrev = 0; - pSib->pPrev = p; - }else{ - while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBtpBt ){ - pSib = pSib->pNext; - } - p->pNext = pSib->pNext; - p->pPrev = pSib; - if( p->pNext ){ - p->pNext->pPrev = p; - } - pSib->pNext = p; - } - break; - } - } - } -#endif - *ppBtree = p; - -btree_open_out: - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){ - sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); - } - sqlite3_free(pBt); - sqlite3_free(p); - *ppBtree = 0; - } - if( mutexOpen ){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero, -** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return -** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return -** false if it is still positive. -*/ -static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; - BtShared *pList; - int removed = 0; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) ); - pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); - pBt->nRef--; - if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){ - if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){ - GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext; - }else{ - pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); - while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){ - pList=pList->pNext; - } - if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ - pList->pNext = pBt->pNext; - } - } - if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){ - sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex); - } - removed = 1; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - return removed; -#else - return 1; -#endif -} - -/* -** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of -** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes. -*/ -static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ - if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){ - pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); - } -} - -/* -** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation -*/ -static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ - sqlite3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace); - pBt->pTmpSpace = 0; -} - -/* -** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtCursor *pCur; - - /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - pCur = pBt->pCursor; - while( pCur ){ - BtCursor *pTmp = pCur; - pCur = pCur->pNext; - if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){ - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp); - } - } - - /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure. - ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by - ** this handle. - */ - sqlite3BtreeRollback(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - - /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree - ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans - ** up the shared-btree. - */ - assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 ); - if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){ - /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access - ** it without having to hold the mutex. - ** - ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object. - */ - assert( !pBt->pCursor ); - sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); - if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){ - pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema); - } - sqlite3_free(pBt->pSchema); - freeTempSpace(pBt); - sqlite3_free(pBt); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - assert( p->wantToLock==0 ); - assert( p->locked==0 ); - if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; - if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; -#endif - - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache. -** -** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute -** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will -** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s -** to insure data is written to the disk surface before -** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off, -** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program -** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is -** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database -** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state. -** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not -** normally a worry. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease -** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power -** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and -** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There -** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the -** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree *p, int level, int fullSync){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other -** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( pBt && pBt->pPager ); - rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) -/* -** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page. -** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY -** without changing anything. -** -** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page -** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not -** changed. -** -** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region -** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE, -** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur -** at the beginning of a page. -** -** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved -** bytes per page is left unchanged. -** -** If the iFix!=0 then the pageSizeFixed flag is set so that the page size -** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - if( nReserve<0 ){ - nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; - } - assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 ); - if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE && - ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){ - assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); - assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor ); - pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize; - freeTempSpace(pBt); - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize); - } - pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve; - if( iFix ) pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the currently defined page size -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){ - return p->pBt->pageSize; -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that -** are intentually left unused. This is the "reserved" space that is -** sometimes used by extensions. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){ - int n; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return n; -} - -/* -** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive. -** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative. -** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){ - int n; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return n; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */ - -/* -** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum' -** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it -** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is -** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - return SQLITE_READONLY; -#else - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( pBt->pageSizeFixed && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - }else{ - pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0; - pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -#endif -} - -/* -** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is -** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; -#else - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = ( - (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE: - (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL: - BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR - ); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -#endif -} - - -/* -** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will -** also acquire a readlock on that file. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a -** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. -** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM -** is returned if we run out of memory. -*/ -static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ - int rc; - MemPage *pPage1; - int nPage; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pBt->pPage1==0 ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is - ** a valid database file. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - }else if( nPage>0 ){ - int pageSize; - int usableSize; - u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData; - rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; - if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - if( page1[18]>1 ){ - pBt->readOnly = 1; - } - if( page1[19]>1 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - - /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%. And the minimum - ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data. - ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of - ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed. - */ - if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - pageSize = get2byte(&page1[16]); - if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 || pageSize<512 || - (SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE<32768 && pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) - ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); - usableSize = pageSize - page1[20]; - if( pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){ - /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size - ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is - ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at - ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function - ** again with the correct page-size. - */ - releasePage(pPage1); - pBt->usableSize = (u16)usableSize; - pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize; - freeTempSpace(pBt); - sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( usableSize<500 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize; - pBt->usableSize = (u16)usableSize; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0); -#endif - } - - /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for - ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout - ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header. - ** Besides the payload, the cell must store: - ** 2-byte pointer to the cell - ** 4-byte child pointer - ** 9-byte nKey value - ** 4-byte nData value - ** 4-byte overflow page pointer - ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte poiner, a header which is as much as - ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow - ** page pointer. - */ - pBt->maxLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23; - pBt->minLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23; - pBt->maxLeaf = pBt->usableSize - 35; - pBt->minLeaf = (pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23; - assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); - pBt->pPage1 = pPage1; - return SQLITE_OK; - -page1_init_failed: - releasePage(pPage1); - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine works like lockBtree() except that it also invokes the -** busy callback if there is lock contention. -*/ -static int lockBtreeWithRetry(Btree *pRef){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pRef) ); - if( pRef->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ - u8 inTransaction = pRef->pBt->inTransaction; - btreeIntegrity(pRef); - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pRef, 0); - pRef->pBt->inTransaction = inTransaction; - pRef->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pRef->pBt->nTransaction--; - } - btreeIntegrity(pRef); - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle -** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then -** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which -** has the effect of releasing the read lock. -** -** If there are any outstanding cursors, this routine is a no-op. -** -** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pCursor==0 && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){ - if( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)>=1 ){ - assert( pBt->pPage1->aData ); -#if 0 - if( pBt->pPage1->aData==0 ){ - MemPage *pPage = pBt->pPage1; - pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage); - pPage->pBt = pBt; - pPage->pgno = 1; - } -#endif - releasePage(pBt->pPage1); - } - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Create a new database by initializing the first page of the -** file. -*/ -static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){ - MemPage *pP1; - unsigned char *data; - int rc; - int nPage; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nPage>0 ){ - return rc; - } - pP1 = pBt->pPage1; - assert( pP1!=0 ); - data = pP1->aData; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader)); - assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 ); - put2byte(&data[16], pBt->pageSize); - data[18] = 1; - data[19] = 1; - assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize); - data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize); - data[21] = 64; - data[22] = 32; - data[23] = 32; - memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24); - zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA ); - pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 ); - assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 ); - put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum); - put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum); -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction -** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read- -** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive -** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed -** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be -** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the -** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction. -** -** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any -** changes to the database. None of the following routines -** will work unless a transaction is started first: -** -** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() -** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex() -** sqlite3BtreeClearTable() -** sqlite3BtreeDropTable() -** sqlite3BtreeInsert() -** sqlite3BtreeDelete() -** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() -** -** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention -** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler -** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not -** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is -** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock. -** -** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has -** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because -** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B. -** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be -** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback -** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B -** proceed. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){ - sqlite3 *pBlock = 0; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - btreeIntegrity(p); - - /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it - ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction - ** is requested, this is a no-op. - */ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){ - goto trans_begun; - } - - /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */ - if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - goto trans_begun; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction - ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is - ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED. - */ - if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->isPending ){ - pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db; - }else if( wrflag>1 ){ - BtLock *pIter; - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){ - pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db; - break; - } - } - } - if( pBlock ){ - sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock); - rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; - goto trans_begun; - } -#endif - - do { - /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or - ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree() - ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after - ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database - ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update - ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk. - */ - while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ - if( pBt->readOnly ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager, wrflag>1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = newDatabase(pBt); - } - } - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - } - }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && - btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ - pBt->nTransaction++; - } - p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ); - if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){ - pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - if( wrflag ){ - assert( !pBt->pWriter ); - pBt->pWriter = p; - pBt->isExclusive = (u8)(wrflag>1); - } -#endif - } - - -trans_begun: - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ - /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of - ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and - ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint); - } - - btreeIntegrity(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - -/* -** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if -** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer -** map entries for the overflow pages as well. -*/ -static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){ - int i; /* Counter variable */ - int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; - Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto set_child_ptrmaps_out; - } - nCell = pPage->nCell; - - for(i=0; ileaf ){ - Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell); - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto set_child_ptrmaps_out; - } - } - - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno); - } - -set_child_ptrmaps_out: - pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Somewhere on pPage, which is guaranteed to be a btree page, not an overflow -** page, is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so that it points to -** iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to be modified, as -** follows: -** -** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child -** page of pPage. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow -** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next -** overflow page in the list. -*/ -static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){ - /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */ - if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo); - }else{ - u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; - int i; - int nCell; - - sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage); - nCell = pPage->nCell; - - for(i=0; iaData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo); - } - - pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the -** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid. -*/ -static int relocatePage( - BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */ - MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */ - u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */ - Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */ - Pgno iFreePage, /* The location to move pDbPage to */ - int isCommit -){ - MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */ - Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno; - Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; - int rc; - - assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || - eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt ); - - /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */ - TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", - iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType)); - rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage; - - /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells - ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these - ** pages need to be changed. - ** - ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a - ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then - ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page. - */ - if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - }else{ - Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData); - if( nextOvfl!=0 ){ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - } - - /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so - ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for - ** iPtrPage. - */ - if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pPtrPage); - return rc; - } - rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType); - releasePage(pPtrPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */ -static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8); - -/* -** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, -** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no -** point in calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. -** -** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the -** database so that the last page of the file currently in use -** is no longer in use. -** -** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, the implementation assumes -** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until -** it returns SQLITE_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the -** number of pages the database file will contain after this -** process is complete. -*/ -static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg){ - Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( iLastPg>nFin ); - - if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - int rc; - u8 eType; - Pgno iPtrPage; - - nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); - if( nFreeList==0 ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - if( nFin==0 ){ - /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required - ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be - ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't - ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries. - */ - Pgno iFreePg; - MemPage *pFreePg; - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( iFreePg==iLastPg ); - releasePage(pFreePg); - } - } else { - Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */ - MemPage *pLastPg; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg - ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list. - ** - ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep - ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages - ** of the file is found. - */ - do { - MemPage *pFreePg; - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pLastPg); - return rc; - } - releasePage(pFreePg); - }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin ); - assert( iFreePgpDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, nFin!=0); - } - releasePage(pLastPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - } - - if( nFin==0 ){ - iLastPg--; - while( iLastPg==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){ - if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){ - MemPage *pPg; - int rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pPg, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage); - releasePage(pPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - iLastPg--; - } - sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, iLastPg); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function. -** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum. -** -** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run, -** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred, -** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - }else{ - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0, pagerPagecount(pBt)); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction -** is commited for an auto-vacuum database. -** -** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages -** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. -** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc -** pages are in use. -*/ -static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; - VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - assert(pBt->autoVacuum); - if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){ - Pgno nFin; - Pgno nFree; - Pgno nPtrmap; - Pgno iFree; - const int pgsz = pBt->pageSize; - Pgno nOrig = pagerPagecount(pBt); - - if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page - ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one - ** is encountered, this indicates corruption. - */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); - nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+pgsz/5)/(pgsz/5); - nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap; - if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFinnFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){ - rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree); - } - if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0); - sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, nFin); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); - } - } - - assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); - return rc; -} - -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ - -/* -** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine -** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist) -** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs -** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back -** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to -** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the -** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide. -** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the -** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not -** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommit() for the second phase of the -** commit process. -** -** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt. -** -** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to -** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the -** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file -** (single database transaction). -** -** When this is called, the master journal should already have been -** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk. -** -** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit -** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; - } - } -#endif - rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Commit the transaction currently in progress. -** -** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The -** sqlite3BtreeSync() routine does the first phase and should be invoked -** prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeSync() routine did -** all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the -** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this -** routine has to do is delete or truncate the rollback journal -** (which causes the transaction to commit) and drop locks. -** -** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there -** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - btreeIntegrity(p); - - /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees - ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ. - */ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - int rc; - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; - } - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; - } - - /* If the handle has any kind of transaction open, decrement the transaction - ** count of the shared btree. If the transaction count reaches 0, set - ** the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() call below - ** will unlock the pager. - */ - if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ - clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); - pBt->nTransaction--; - if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){ - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE; - } - } - - /* Set the handles current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock - ** the pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. - */ - btreeClearHasContent(pBt); - p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - - btreeIntegrity(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Do both phases of a commit. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use -** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not -** defined. -** -** For the purposes of this routine, a write-cursor is any cursor that -** is capable of writing to the databse. That means the cursor was -** originally opened for writing and the cursor has not be disabled -** by having its state changed to CURSOR_FAULT. -*/ -static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){ - BtCursor *pCur; - int r = 0; - for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){ - if( pCur->wrFlag && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; - } - return r; -} -#endif - -/* -** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error -** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree -** references. -** -** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong -** to other database connections that happen to be sharing -** the cache with pBtree. -** -** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. -** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped -** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after -** the rollback. The rollback may have deleted tables -** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to -** save the state of the cursor. The cursor must be -** invalidated. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){ - BtCursor *p; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - int i; - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p); - p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT; - p->skip = errCode; - for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){ - releasePage(p->apPage[i]); - p->apPage[i] = 0; - } - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); -} - -/* -** Rollback the transaction in progress. All cursors will be -** invalided by this operation. Any attempt to use a cursor -** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result -** in an error. -** -** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there -** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - MemPage *pPage1; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occurred whilst - ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as - ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then - ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so - ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort - ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save. - */ - sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, rc); - } -#endif - btreeIntegrity(p); - - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - int rc2; - - assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction ); - rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager); - if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } - - /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So - ** call sqlite3BtreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make - ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */ - if( sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pPage1); - } - assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 ); - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; - } - - if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ - clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); - assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 ); - pBt->nTransaction--; - if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){ - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE; - } - } - - btreeClearHasContent(pBt); - p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - - btreeIntegrity(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can can be rolled -** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction -** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically -** if the main transaction commits or rolls back. -** -** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements -** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint -** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement -** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction. -** -** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The -** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints, -** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there -** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open, -** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back -** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->readOnly==0 ); - assert( iStatement>0 ); - assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint ); - if( NEVER(p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE || pBt->readOnly) ){ - rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL; - }else{ - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with - ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using - ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any - ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK -** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the -** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value -** of op. -** -** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is -** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the -** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different -** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the -** transaction remains open. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); - assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = newDatabase(pBt); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page -** iTable. The act of acquiring a cursor gets a read lock on -** the database file. -** -** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading. -** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for -** writing if other conditions for writing are also met. These -** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to -** be allowed: -** -** 1: The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1 -** -** 2: Other database connections that share the same pager cache -** but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have -** cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table. Otherwise -** the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to -** the read cursors in the other database connection. -** -** 3: The database must be writable (not on read-only media) -** -** 4: There must be an active transaction. -** -** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the -** root page of a b-tree. If it is not, then the cursor acquired -** will not work correctly. -** -** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorSize() bytes of memory -** pointed to by pCur have been zeroed by the caller. -*/ -static int btreeCursor( - Btree *p, /* The btree */ - int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ - struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */ - BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */ -){ - int rc; - Pgno nPage; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 ); - if( wrFlag ){ - assert( !pBt->readOnly ); - if( NEVER(pBt->readOnly) ){ - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - rc = checkForReadConflicts(p, iTable, 0, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE ); - return rc; - } - } - - if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){ - rc = lockBtreeWithRetry(p); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable; - rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, (int *)&nPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - if( iTable==1 && nPage==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_EMPTY; - goto create_cursor_exception; - } - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0]); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto create_cursor_exception; - } - - /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor - ** variables, link the cursor into the BtShared list and set *ppCur (the - ** output argument to this function). - */ - pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; - pCur->pBtree = p; - pCur->pBt = pBt; - pCur->wrFlag = (u8)wrFlag; - pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor; - if( pCur->pNext ){ - pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur; - } - pBt->pCursor = pCur; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - pCur->cachedRowid = 0; - - return SQLITE_OK; - -create_cursor_exception: - releasePage(pCur->apPage[0]); - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - return rc; -} -int sqlite3BtreeCursor( - Btree *p, /* The btree */ - int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ - struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */ - BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */ -){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes. -** -** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate -** sufficient storage to hold a cursor. The BtCursor object is opaque -** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call -** this routine. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){ - return sizeof(BtCursor); -} - -/* -** Set the cached rowid value of every cursor in the same database file -** as pCur and having the same root page number as pCur. The value is -** set to iRowid. -** -** Only positive rowid values are considered valid for this cache. -** The cache is initialized to zero, indicating an invalid cache. -** A btree will work fine with zero or negative rowids. We just cannot -** cache zero or negative rowids, which means tables that use zero or -** negative rowids might run a little slower. But in practice, zero -** or negative rowids are very uncommon so this should not be a problem. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){ - BtCursor *p; - for(p=pCur->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->pgnoRoot==pCur->pgnoRoot ) p->cachedRowid = iRowid; - } - assert( pCur->cachedRowid==iRowid ); -} - -/* -** Return the cached rowid for the given cursor. A negative or zero -** return value indicates that the rowid cache is invalid and should be -** ignored. If the rowid cache has never before been set, then a -** zero is returned. -*/ -sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur){ - return pCur->cachedRowid; -} - -/* -** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released -** when the last cursor is closed. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree; - if( pBtree ){ - int i; - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); - if( pCur->pPrev ){ - pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext; - }else{ - pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext; - } - if( pCur->pNext ){ - pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev; - } - for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ - releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); - } - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); - /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Make a temporary cursor by filling in the fields of pTempCur. -** The temporary cursor is not on the cursor list for the Btree. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur){ - int i; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - memcpy(pTempCur, pCur, sizeof(BtCursor)); - pTempCur->pNext = 0; - pTempCur->pPrev = 0; - for(i=0; i<=pTempCur->iPage; i++){ - sqlite3PagerRef(pTempCur->apPage[i]->pDbPage); - } - assert( pTempCur->pKey==0 ); -} - -/* -** Delete a temporary cursor such as was made by the CreateTemporaryCursor() -** function above. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - int i; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pCur->apPage[i]->pDbPage); - } - sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); -} - - - -/* -** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid -** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call -** sqlite3BtreeParseCell() to fill it in. -** -** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell. -** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to sqlite3BtreeParseCell(). -** -** 2007-06-25: There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the -** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro. -** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc -** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the -** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.) So we use a real function -** for MSVC and a macro for everything else. Ticket #2457. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG - static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ - CellInfo info; - int iPage = pCur->iPage; - memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info)); - sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info); - assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 ); - } -#else - #define assertCellInfo(x) -#endif -#ifdef _MSC_VER - /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */ - static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ - if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ - int iPage = pCur->iPage; - sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); - pCur->validNKey = 1; - }else{ - assertCellInfo(pCur); - } - } -#else /* if not _MSC_VER */ - /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */ -#define getCellInfo(pCur) \ - if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ \ - int iPage = pCur->iPage; \ - sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); \ - pCur->validNKey = 1; \ - }else{ \ - assertCellInfo(pCur); \ - } -#endif /* _MSC_VER */ - -/* -** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of -** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing -** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. -** -** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key -** itself, not the number of bytes in the key. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - *pSize = 0; - }else{ - getCellInfo(pCur); - *pSize = pCur->info.nKey; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the -** cursor currently points to. Always return SQLITE_OK. -** Failure is not possible. If the cursor is not currently -** pointing to an entry (which can happen, for example, if -** the database is empty) then *pSize is set to 0. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - /* Not pointing at a valid entry - set *pSize to 0. */ - *pSize = 0; - }else{ - getCellInfo(pCur); - *pSize = pCur->info.nData; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter -** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the -** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum -** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. -** -** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise: -** -** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is -** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked -** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. -** -** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding -** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that -** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage() -** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because -** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then -** *ppPage is set to zero. -*/ -static int getOverflowPage( - BtShared *pBt, - Pgno ovfl, /* Overflow page */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */ - Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */ -){ - Pgno next = 0; - MemPage *pPage = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert(pPgnoNext); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the - ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in - ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns - ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page - ** number ovfl to determine the next page number. - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno pgno; - Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1; - u8 eType; - - while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - iGuess++; - } - - if( iGuess<=pagerPagecount(pBt) ){ - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){ - next = iGuess; - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - } - } - } -#endif - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, 0); - assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0); - if( next==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - next = get4byte(pPage->aData); - } - } - - *pPgnoNext = next; - if( ppPage ){ - *ppPage = pPage; - }else{ - releasePage(pPage); - } - return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); -} - -/* -** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer. -** -** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage. -** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied -** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true, -** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes -** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code. -*/ -static int copyPayload( - void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */ - void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */ - int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */ - int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */ - DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */ -){ - if( eOp ){ - /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */ - int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte); - }else{ - /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */ - memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information -** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. If the eOp -** parameter is 0, this is a read operation (data copied into -** buffer pBuf). If it is non-zero, a write (data copied from -** buffer pBuf). -** -** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset". -** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf. -** -** This routine does not make a distinction between key and data. -** It just reads or writes bytes from the payload area. Data might -** appear on the main page or be scattered out on multiple overflow -** pages. -** -** If the BtCursor.isIncrblobHandle flag is set, and the current -** cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages, this function -** allocates space for and lazily popluates the overflow page-list -** cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). Subsequent calls use this -** cache to make seeking to the supplied offset more efficient. -** -** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be -** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if -** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum -** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache. -** -** * An incremental vacuum, -** * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode, -** * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page). -*/ -static int accessPayload( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ - u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */ - u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */ - unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ - int skipKey, /* offset begins at data if this is true */ - int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */ -){ - unsigned char *aPayload; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - u32 nKey; - int iIdx = 0; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */ - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */ - - assert( pPage ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - - getCellInfo(pCur); - aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader; - nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : (int)pCur->info.nKey); - - if( skipKey ){ - offset += nKey; - } - if( offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData - || &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize] - ){ - /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */ - if( offsetinfo.nLocal ){ - int a = amt; - if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){ - a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset; - } - rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage); - offset = 0; - pBuf += a; - amt -= a; - }else{ - offset -= pCur->info.nLocal; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ - const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */ - Pgno nextPage; - - nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - /* If the isIncrblobHandle flag is set and the BtCursor.aOverflow[] - ** has not been allocated, allocate it now. The array is sized at - ** one entry for each overflow page in the overflow chain. The - ** page number of the first overflow page is stored in aOverflow[0], - ** etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array means "not yet known" - ** (the cache is lazily populated). - */ - if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle && !pCur->aOverflow ){ - int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize; - pCur->aOverflow = (Pgno *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Pgno)*nOvfl); - if( nOvfl && !pCur->aOverflow ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - - /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the - ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip - ** directly to it. - */ - if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){ - iIdx = (offset/ovflSize); - nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]; - offset = (offset%ovflSize); - } -#endif - - for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */ - if( pCur->aOverflow ){ - assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage); - pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage; - } -#endif - - if( offset>=ovflSize ){ - /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page - ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page - ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow - ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage() - ** function. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){ - nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1]; - } else -#endif - rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage); - offset -= ovflSize; - }else{ - /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the - ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0). - */ - DbPage *pDbPage; - int a = amt; - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - nextPage = get4byte(aPayload); - if( a + offset > ovflSize ){ - a = ovflSize - offset; - } - rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - offset = 0; - amt -= a; - pBuf += a; - } - } - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur. Exactly -** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer -** begins at "offset". -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes -** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than -** the available payload. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - if( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0, 0); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur. Exactly -** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer -** begins at "offset". -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes -** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than -** the available payload. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ - int rc; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - return SQLITE_ABORT; - } -#endif - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 1, 0); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the -** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of -** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if -** skipKey==1. The number of bytes of available key/data is written -** into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be -** a valid pointer. -** -** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key -** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow -** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the -** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills -** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble -** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer. -** -** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached -** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time -** any btree routine is called. -*/ -static const unsigned char *fetchPayload( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ - int *pAmt, /* Write the number of available bytes here */ - int skipKey /* read beginning at data if this is true */ -){ - unsigned char *aPayload; - MemPage *pPage; - u32 nKey; - u32 nLocal; - - assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell ); - getCellInfo(pCur); - aPayload = pCur->info.pCell; - aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - nKey = 0; - }else{ - nKey = (int)pCur->info.nKey; - } - if( skipKey ){ - aPayload += nKey; - nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey; - }else{ - nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal; - if( nLocal>nKey ){ - nLocal = nKey; - } - } - *pAmt = nLocal; - return aPayload; -} - - -/* -** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as -** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local -** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt. -** -** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move -** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine, -** including calls from other threads against the same cache. -** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling -** this routine. -** -** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data -** in the common case where no overflow pages are used. -*/ -const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ - return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0); - } - return 0; -} -const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ - return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1); - } - return 0; -} - - -/* -** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the -** page number of the child page to move to. -*/ -static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){ - int rc; - int i = pCur->iPage; - MemPage *pNewPage; - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPageiPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - pCur->apPage[i+1] = pNewPage; - pCur->aiIdx[i+1] = 0; - pCur->iPage++; - - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; - if( pNewPage->nCell<1 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function -** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th -** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of -** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of -** the page. -*/ -static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){ - assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell ); - if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){ - assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild ); - }else{ - assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild ); - } -} -#else -# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) -#endif - -/* -** Move the cursor up to the parent page. -** -** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer -** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the -** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than -** the largest cell index. -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPage>0 ); - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assertParentIndex( - pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], - pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno - ); - releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); - pCur->iPage--; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; -} - -/* -** Move the cursor to the root page -*/ -static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){ - MemPage *pRoot; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - assert( CURSOR_VALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - assert( CURSOR_FAULT > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - return pCur->skip; - } - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); - } - - if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){ - int i; - for(i=1; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ - releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); - } - }else{ - if( - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0])) - ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return rc; - } - } - - pRoot = pCur->apPage[0]; - assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot ); - pCur->iPage = 0; - pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->atLast = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; - - if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){ - Pgno subpage; - assert( pRoot->pgno==1 ); - subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]); - assert( subpage>0 ); - pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage); - }else{ - pCur->eState = ((pRoot->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the -** entry to which it is currently pointing. -** -** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first -** in ascending order. -*/ -static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){ - Pgno pgno; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - MemPage *pPage; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell ); - pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage])); - rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the -** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference -** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost() -** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost() -** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*. -** -** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last -** key in ascending order. -*/ -static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){ - Pgno pgno; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - MemPage *pPage = 0; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; - } - return rc; -} - -/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK -** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something -** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); - *pRes = 1; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 ); - *pRes = 0; - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK -** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something -** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); - *pRes = 1; - }else{ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - *pRes = 0; - rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); - getCellInfo(pCur); - pCur->atLast = rc==SQLITE_OK ?1:0; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key -** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code. -** -** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey -** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey -** is ignored. -** -** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always -** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it -** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes -** before or after the key. -** -** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of -** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is -** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into -** *pRes is as follows: -** -** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty -** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing. -** -** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey. -** -** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey. -** -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( - BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */ - UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */ - i64 intKey, /* The table key */ - int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */ - int *pRes /* Write search results here */ -){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - - /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying - ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && pCur->validNKey - && pCur->apPage[0]->intKey - ){ - if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){ - *pRes = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pCur->atLast && pCur->info.nKeyapPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - *pRes = -1; - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey ); - for(;;){ - int lwr, upr; - Pgno chldPg; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - int c = -1; /* pRes return if table is empty must be -1 */ - lwr = 0; - upr = pPage->nCell-1; - if( (!pPage->intKey && pIdxKey==0) || upr<0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto moveto_finish; - } - if( biasRight ){ - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)upr; - }else{ - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)((upr+lwr)/2); - } - for(;;){ - void *pCellKey; - i64 nCellKey; - int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 1; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - u8 *pCell; - pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize; - if( pPage->hasData ){ - u32 dummy; - pCell += getVarint32(pCell, dummy); - } - getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey); - if( nCellKey==intKey ){ - c = 0; - }else if( nCellKeyintKey ); - c = +1; - } - }else{ - int available; - pCellKey = (void *)fetchPayload(pCur, &available, 0); - nCellKey = pCur->info.nKey; - if( available>=nCellKey ){ - c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare((int)nCellKey, pCellKey, pIdxKey); - }else{ - pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)nCellKey ); - if( pCellKey==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto moveto_finish; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)nCellKey, (void*)pCellKey); - c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare((int)nCellKey, pCellKey, pIdxKey); - sqlite3_free(pCellKey); - if( rc ) goto moveto_finish; - } - } - if( c==0 ){ - pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey; - if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){ - lwr = idx; - upr = lwr - 1; - break; - }else{ - *pRes = 0; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - goto moveto_finish; - } - } - if( c<0 ){ - lwr = idx+1; - }else{ - upr = idx-1; - } - if( lwr>upr ){ - pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey; - break; - } - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)((lwr+upr)/2); - } - assert( lwr==upr+1 ); - assert( pPage->isInit ); - if( pPage->leaf ){ - chldPg = 0; - }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){ - chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - }else{ - chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr)); - } - if( chldPg==0 ){ - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - if( pRes ) *pRes = c; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - goto moveto_finish; - } - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg); - if( rc ) goto moveto_finish; - } -moveto_finish: - return rc; -} - -/* -** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record -** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode. Unpack the -** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeMoveto( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */ - const void *pKey, /* Packed key if the btree is an index */ - i64 nKey, /* Integer key for tables. Size of pKey for indices */ - int bias, /* Bias search to the high end */ - int *pRes /* Write search results here */ -){ - int rc; /* Status code */ - UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; /* Unpacked index key */ - char aSpace[150]; /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */ - - - if( pKey ){ - assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey ); - pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey, - aSpace, sizeof(aSpace)); - if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pIdxKey = 0; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes); - if( pKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey); - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table. -** -** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves -** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past -** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){ - /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries - ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code - ** as well as the boolean result value. - */ - return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState); -} - -/* -** Return the database connection handle for a cursor. -*/ -sqlite3 *sqlite3BtreeCursorDb(const BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - return pCur->pBtree->db; -} - -/* -** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. If -** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor -** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before -** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - int idx; - MemPage *pPage; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pRes!=0 ); - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - *pRes = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pCur->skip>0 ){ - pCur->skip = 0; - *pRes = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pCur->skip = 0; - - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - assert( pPage->isInit ); - assert( idx<=pPage->nCell ); - - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; - if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); - *pRes = 0; - return rc; - } - do{ - if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ - *pRes = 1; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(pCur); - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell ); - *pRes = 0; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - return rc; - } - *pRes = 0; - if( pPage->leaf ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. If -** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor -** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before -** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - MemPage *pPage; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pCur->atLast = 0; - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - *pRes = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pCur->skip<0 ){ - pCur->skip = 0; - *pRes = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pCur->skip = 0; - - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - assert( pPage->isInit ); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx))); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); - }else{ - while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){ - if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - *pRes = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(pCur); - } - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; - - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--; - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - *pRes = 0; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Allocate a new page from the database file. -** -** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite() -** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also -** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling -** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates -** an error. *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error. -** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned. -** -** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to -** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an -** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file, -** which in turn can make database access faster. -** -** If the "exact" parameter is not 0, and the page-number nearby exists -** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guarenteed to be returned. This -** is only used by auto-vacuum databases when allocating a new table. -*/ -static int allocateBtreePage( - BtShared *pBt, - MemPage **ppPage, - Pgno *pPgno, - Pgno nearby, - u8 exact -){ - MemPage *pPage1; - int rc; - int n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */ - int k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */ - MemPage *pTrunk = 0; - MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; - n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); - if( n>0 ){ - /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */ - Pgno iTrunk; - u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */ - - /* If the 'exact' parameter was true and a query of the pointer-map - ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then - ** the entire-list will be searched for that page. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( exact && nearby<=pagerPagecount(pBt) ){ - u8 eType; - assert( nearby>0 ); - assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - searchList = 1; - } - *pPgno = nearby; - } -#endif - - /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the - ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1); - - /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable - ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the - ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located. - */ - do { - pPrevTrunk = pTrunk; - if( pPrevTrunk ){ - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]); - }else{ - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); - if( rc ){ - pTrunk = 0; - goto end_allocate_page; - } - - k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); - if( k==0 && !searchList ){ - /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. - ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly - ** allocated page */ - assert( pPrevTrunk==0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - *pPgno = iTrunk; - memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - *ppPage = pTrunk; - pTrunk = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); - }else if( k>pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){ - /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto end_allocate_page; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - }else if( searchList && nearby==iTrunk ){ - /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page - ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves. - */ - assert( *pPgno==iTrunk ); - *ppPage = pTrunk; - searchList = 0; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - if( k==0 ){ - if( !pPrevTrunk ){ - memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - }else{ - memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - } - }else{ - /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains - ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk - ** page in this case. - */ - MemPage *pNewTrunk; - Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]); - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pNewTrunk); - goto end_allocate_page; - } - memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1); - memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4); - releasePage(pNewTrunk); - if( !pPrevTrunk ){ - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) ); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk); - } - } - pTrunk = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); -#endif - }else{ - /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */ - int closest; - Pgno iPage; - unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - if( nearby>0 ){ - int i, dist; - closest = 0; - dist = get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby; - if( dist<0 ) dist = -dist; - for(i=1; inPage ){ - /* Free page off the end of the file */ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto end_allocate_page; - } - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d" - ": %d more free pages\n", - *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1)); - if( closestpDbPage) ); - noContent = !btreeGetHasContent(pBt, *pPgno); - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, noContent); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - } - } - searchList = 0; - } - } - releasePage(pPrevTrunk); - pPrevTrunk = 0; - }while( searchList ); - }else{ - /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the - ** end of the file */ - int nPage = pagerPagecount(pBt); - *pPgno = nPage + 1; - - if( *pPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - (*pPgno)++; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, *pPgno) ){ - /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages - ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page - ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller. - */ - MemPage *pPg = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", *pPgno)); - assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, &pPg, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage); - releasePage(pPg); - } - if( rc ) return rc; - (*pPgno)++; - if( *pPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ (*pPgno)++; } - } -#endif - - assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - } - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno)); - } - - assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - -end_allocate_page: - releasePage(pTrunk); - releasePage(pPrevTrunk); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - (*ppPage)->isInit = 0; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. -** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list. -** -** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional. -** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object -** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. -** Otherwise, it may pass NULL. -** -** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument, -** its reference count is not altered by this function. -*/ -static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){ - MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */ - Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ - MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */ - MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - int nFree; /* Initial number of pages on free-list */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( iPage>1 ); - assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage ); - - if( pMemPage ){ - pPage = pMemPage; - sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage); - }else{ - pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage); - } - - /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) goto freepage_out; - nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1); - -#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE - /* If the SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE compile-time option is enabled, then - ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros. - */ - if( (!pPage && (rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))) - || (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage)) - ){ - goto freepage_out; - } - memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize); -#endif - - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map - ** to indicate that the page is free. - */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0); - if( rc ) goto freepage_out; - } - - /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two - ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first - ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a - ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the - ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it - ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf. - */ - if( nFree!=0 ){ - int nLeaf; /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */ - - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto freepage_out; - } - - nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); - if( nLeaf<0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto freepage_out; - } - if( nLeafusableSize/4 - 8 ){ - /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page - ** being freed as a new leaf. - ** - ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains - ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have - ** coded. But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to - ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than - ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt. In order - ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite, - ** we will contain to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8 - ** for now. At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded - ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above - ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8". - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1); - put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage); -#ifndef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE - if( pPage ){ - sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - } -#endif - rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage); - } - TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno)); - goto freepage_out; - } - } - - /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the - ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list. - ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the - ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed - ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list. - */ - if( ((!pPage) && (0 != (rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)))) - || (0 != (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))) - ){ - goto freepage_out; - } - put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk); - put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage); - TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk)); - -freepage_out: - if( pPage ){ - pPage->isInit = 0; - } - releasePage(pPage); - releasePage(pTrunk); - return rc; -} -static int freePage(MemPage *pPage){ - return freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno); -} - -/* -** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell. -*/ -static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){ - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - CellInfo info; - Pgno ovflPgno; - int rc; - int nOvfl; - u16 ovflPageSize; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - if( info.iOverflow==0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */ - } - ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); - assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 ); - ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; - nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize; - assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 ); - while( nOvfl-- ){ - Pgno iNext = 0; - MemPage *pOvfl = 0; - if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>pagerPagecount(pBt) ){ - /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an - ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the - ** file the database must be corrupt. */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( nOvfl ){ - rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno); - if( pOvfl ){ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage); - } - if( rc ) return rc; - ovflPgno = iNext; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage -** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are -** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure -** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated -** for pCell[]. -** -** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData -** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will -** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData -** later. -*/ -static int fillInCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */ - unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */ - const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key */ - const void *pData,int nData, /* The data */ - int nZero, /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */ - int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */ -){ - int nPayload; - const u8 *pSrc; - int nSrc, n, rc; - int spaceLeft; - MemPage *pOvfl = 0; - MemPage *pToRelease = 0; - unsigned char *pPrior; - unsigned char *pPayload; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0; - int nHeader; - CellInfo info; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - - /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary - ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */ - assert( pCellaData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] - || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - - /* Fill in the header. */ - nHeader = 0; - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - nHeader += 4; - } - if( pPage->hasData ){ - nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero); - }else{ - nData = nZero = 0; - } - nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey); - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - assert( info.nHeader==nHeader ); - assert( info.nKey==nKey ); - assert( info.nData==(u32)(nData+nZero) ); - - /* Fill in the payload */ - nPayload = nData + nZero; - if( pPage->intKey ){ - pSrc = pData; - nSrc = nData; - nData = 0; - }else{ - if( nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT; - } - nPayload += (int)nKey; - pSrc = pKey; - nSrc = (int)nKey; - } - *pnSize = info.nSize; - spaceLeft = info.nLocal; - pPayload = &pCell[nHeader]; - pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow]; - - while( nPayload>0 ){ - if( spaceLeft==0 ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - do{ - pgnoOvfl++; - } while( - PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) - ); - } -#endif - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent - ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map - ** for that page now. - ** - ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry - ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot, - ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell() - ** may misinterpret the uninitialised values and delete the - ** wrong pages from the database. - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1); - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pOvfl); - } - } -#endif - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pToRelease); - return rc; - } - - /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area - ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ - assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); - - /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage - ** is still writeable */ - assert( pPrioraData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] - || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - - put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl); - releasePage(pToRelease); - pToRelease = pOvfl; - pPrior = pOvfl->aData; - put4byte(pPrior, 0); - pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4]; - spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4; - } - n = nPayload; - if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft; - - /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area - ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ - assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); - - /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage - ** is still writeable */ - assert( pPayloadaData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] - || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - - if( nSrc>0 ){ - if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc; - assert( pSrc ); - memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n); - }else{ - memset(pPayload, 0, n); - } - nPayload -= n; - pPayload += n; - pSrc += n; - nSrc -= n; - spaceLeft -= n; - if( nSrc==0 ){ - nSrc = nData; - pSrc = pData; - } - } - releasePage(pToRelease); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only. -** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that -** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just -** removes the reference to the cell from pPage. -** -** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell. -*/ -static int dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */ - u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */ - u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */ - int rc; /* The return code */ - - assert( idx>=0 && idxnCell ); - assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - data = pPage->aData; - ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx]; - pc = get2byte(ptr); - if( (pchdrOffset+6+(pPage->leaf?0:4)) - || (pc+sz>pPage->pBt->usableSize) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - for(i=idx+1; inCell; i++, ptr+=2){ - ptr[0] = ptr[2]; - ptr[1] = ptr[3]; - } - pPage->nCell--; - put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell); - pPage->nFree += 2; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the -** content of the cell. -** -** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it -** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if -** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry -** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either -** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. -** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that -** pPage->nOverflow is incremented. -** -** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the -** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If -** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location -** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid). -*/ -static int insertCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */ - int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */ - u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */ - int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */ - u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */ - u8 nSkip /* Do not write the first nSkip bytes of the cell */ -){ - int idx; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */ - int j; /* Loop counter */ - int top; /* First byte of content for any cell in data[] */ - int end; /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */ - int ins; /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */ - int hdr; /* Offset into data[] of the page header */ - int cellOffset; /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */ - u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */ - u8 *ptr; /* Used for moving information around in data[] */ - - assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow ); - assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=5460 ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->aOvfl) ); - assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){ - if( pTemp ){ - memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); - pCell = pTemp; - } - j = pPage->nOverflow++; - assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->aOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0])) ); - pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell; - pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = (u16)i; - pPage->nFree = 0; - }else{ - int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; - end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell + 2; - ins = cellOffset + 2*i; - if( end > top - sz ){ - rc = defragmentPage(pPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - assert( end + sz <= top ); - } - idx = allocateSpace(pPage, sz); - assert( idx>0 ); - assert( end <= get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ); - if (idx+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize) { - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - pPage->nCell++; - pPage->nFree -= 2; - memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); - for(j=end-2, ptr=&data[j]; j>ins; j-=2, ptr-=2){ - ptr[0] = ptr[-2]; - ptr[1] = ptr[-1]; - } - put2byte(&data[ins], idx); - put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){ - /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write - ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map. - */ - CellInfo info; - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload ); - if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){ - Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); - rc = ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - } -#endif - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Add a list of cells to a page. The page should be initially empty. -** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page. -*/ -static void assemblePage( - MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be assemblied */ - int nCell, /* The number of cells to add to this page */ - u8 **apCell, /* Pointers to cell bodies */ - u16 *aSize /* Sizes of the cells */ -){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int totalSize; /* Total size of all cells */ - int hdr; /* Index of page header */ - int cellptr; /* Address of next cell pointer */ - int cellbody; /* Address of next cell body */ - u8 *data; /* Data for the page */ - - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=5460 ); - totalSize = 0; - for(i=0; inFree ); - assert( pPage->nCell==0 ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - cellptr = pPage->cellOffset; - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell); - if( nCell ){ - cellbody = allocateSpace(pPage, totalSize); - assert( cellbody>0 ); - assert( pPage->nFree >= 2*nCell ); - pPage->nFree -= 2*nCell; - for(i=0; ipBt->usableSize ); - } - pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell; -} - -/* -** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved -** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side -** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the -** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and -** NN neighbors on either side. -** -** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1 -** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance -** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance. -** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall. -*/ -#define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */ -#define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */ - -/* Forward reference */ -static int balance(BtCursor*, int); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE -/* -** This version of balance() handles the common special case where -** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the -** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest -** entry in the tree. -** -** Instead of trying balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add -** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in -** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat -** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries -** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly -** fill up. On average. -** -** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree. -** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry -** which is also the right-most entry on the page. -*/ -static int balance_quick(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc; - MemPage *pNew = 0; - Pgno pgnoNew; - u8 *pCell; - u16 szCell; - CellInfo info; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - MemPage *pParent = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - int parentIdx = pParent->nCell; /* pParent new divider cell index */ - int parentSize; /* Size of new divider cell */ - u8 parentCell[64]; /* Space for the new divider cell */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - - /* Allocate a new page. Insert the overflow cell from pPage - ** into it. Then remove the overflow cell from pPage. - */ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell; - szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) ); - zeroPage(pNew, pPage->aData[0]); - assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell); - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - - /* pPage is currently the right-child of pParent. Change this - ** so that the right-child is the new page allocated above and - ** pPage is the next-to-right child. - ** - ** Ignore the return value of the call to fillInCell(). fillInCell() - ** may only return other than SQLITE_OK if it is required to allocate - ** one or more overflow pages. Since an internal table B-Tree cell - ** may never spill over onto an overflow page (it is a maximum of - ** 13 bytes in size), it is not neccessary to check the return code. - ** - ** Similarly, the insertCell() function cannot fail if the page - ** being inserted into is already writable and the cell does not - ** contain an overflow pointer. So ignore this return code too. - */ - assert( pPage->nCell>0 ); - pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1); - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - fillInCell(pParent, parentCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, 0, &parentSize); - assert( parentSize<64 ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); - insertCell(pParent, parentIdx, parentCell, parentSize, 0, 4); - put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,parentIdx), pPage->pgno); - put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew); - - /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map - ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the - ** cell on the page to an overflow page. - */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pNew, 0); - } - } - - /* Release the reference to the new page. */ - releasePage(pNew); - } - - /* At this point the pPage->nFree variable is not set correctly with - ** respect to the content of the page (because it was set to 0 by - ** insertCell). So call sqlite3BtreeInitPage() to make sure it is - ** correct. - ** - ** This has to be done even if an error will be returned. Normally, if - ** an error occurs during tree balancing, the contents of MemPage are - ** not important, as they will be recalculated when the page is rolled - ** back. But here, in balance_quick(), it is possible that pPage has - ** not yet been marked dirty or written into the journal file. Therefore - ** it will not be rolled back and so it is important to make sure that - ** the page data and contents of MemPage are consistent. - */ - pPage->isInit = 0; - sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - - /* If everything else succeeded, balance the parent page, in - ** case the divider cell inserted caused it to become overfull. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pPage); - pCur->iPage--; - rc = balance(pCur, 0); - } - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */ - -/* -** This routine redistributes Cells on pPage and up to NN*2 siblings -** of pPage so that all pages have about the same amount of free space. -** Usually NN siblings on either side of pPage is used in the balancing, -** though more siblings might come from one side if pPage is the first -** or last child of its parent. If pPage has fewer than 2*NN siblings -** (something which can only happen if pPage is the root page or a -** child of root) then all available siblings participate in the balancing. -** -** The number of siblings of pPage might be increased or decreased by one or -** two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. The root page -** is special and is allowed to be nearly empty. If pPage is -** the root page, then the depth of the tree might be increased -** or decreased by one, as necessary, to keep the root page from being -** overfull or completely empty. -** -** Note that when this routine is called, some of the Cells on pPage -** might not actually be stored in pPage->aData[]. This can happen -** if the page is overfull. Part of the job of this routine is to -** make sure all Cells for pPage once again fit in pPage->aData[]. -** -** In the course of balancing the siblings of pPage, the parent of pPage -** might become overfull or underfull. If that happens, then this routine -** is called recursively on the parent. -** -** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database -** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should -** be rolled back. -*/ -static int balance_nonroot(BtCursor *pCur){ - MemPage *pPage; /* The over or underfull page to balance */ - MemPage *pParent; /* The parent of pPage */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */ - int nCell = 0; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */ - int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */ - int nOld = 0; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */ - int nNew = 0; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */ - int nDiv; /* Number of cells in apDiv[] */ - int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */ - int idx; /* Index of pPage in pParent->aCell[] */ - int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */ - int rc; /* The return code */ - int leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */ - int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */ - int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */ - int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */ - int subtotal; /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */ - int iSpace1 = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */ - int iSpace2 = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace2[] */ - int szScratch; /* Size of scratch memory requested */ - MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */ - Pgno pgnoOld[NB]; /* Page numbers for each page in apOld[] */ - MemPage *apCopy[NB]; /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */ - MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */ - Pgno pgnoNew[NB+2]; /* Page numbers for each page in apNew[] */ - u8 *apDiv[NB]; /* Divider cells in pParent */ - int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */ - int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */ - u8 **apCell = 0; /* All cells begin balanced */ - u16 *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */ - u8 *aCopy[NB]; /* Space for holding data of apCopy[] */ - u8 *aSpace1; /* Space for copies of dividers cells before balance */ - u8 *aSpace2 = 0; /* Space for overflow dividers cells after balance */ - u8 *aFrom = 0; - - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - VVA_ONLY( pCur->pagesShuffled = 1 ); - - /* - ** Find the parent page. - */ - assert( pCur->iPage>0 ); - assert( pPage->isInit ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) || pPage->nOverflow==1 ); - pBt = pPage->pBt; - pParent = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]; - assert( pParent ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage)) ){ - goto balance_cleanup; - } - - TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno)); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE - /* - ** A special case: If a new entry has just been inserted into a - ** table (that is, a btree with integer keys and all data at the leaves) - ** and the new entry is the right-most entry in the tree (it has the - ** largest key) then use the special balance_quick() routine for - ** balancing. balance_quick() is much faster and results in a tighter - ** packing of data in the common case. - */ - if( pPage->leaf && - pPage->intKey && - pPage->nOverflow==1 && - pPage->aOvfl[0].idx==pPage->nCell && - pParent->pgno!=1 && - get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pPage->pgno - ){ - assert( pPage->intKey ); - /* - ** TODO: Check the siblings to the left of pPage. It may be that - ** they are not full and no new page is required. - */ - return balance_quick(pCur); - } -#endif - - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage)) ){ - goto balance_cleanup; - } - - /* - ** Find the cell in the parent page whose left child points back - ** to pPage. The "idx" variable is the index of that cell. If pPage - ** is the rightmost child of pParent then set idx to pParent->nCell - */ - idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1]; - assertParentIndex(pParent, idx, pPage->pgno); - - /* - ** Find sibling pages to pPage and the cells in pParent that divide - ** the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on either - ** side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, if - ** pPage there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent - ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken. - */ - nxDiv = idx - NN; - if( nxDiv + NB > pParent->nCell ){ - nxDiv = pParent->nCell - NB + 1; - } - if( nxDiv<0 ){ - nxDiv = 0; - } - nDiv = 0; - for(i=0, k=nxDiv; inCell ){ - apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, k); - nDiv++; - assert( !pParent->leaf ); - pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(apDiv[i]); - }else if( k==pParent->nCell ){ - pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]); - }else{ - break; - } - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgnoOld[i], &apOld[i]); - if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; - /* apOld[i]->idxParent = k; */ - apCopy[i] = 0; - assert( i==nOld ); - nOld++; - nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow; - } - - /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte - ** alignment */ - nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3; - - /* - ** Allocate space for memory structures - */ - szScratch = - nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* apCell */ - + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16) /* szCell */ - + (ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))+pBt->pageSize)*NB /* aCopy */ - + pBt->pageSize /* aSpace1 */ - + (ISAUTOVACUUM ? nMaxCells : 0); /* aFrom */ - apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); - if( apCell==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto balance_cleanup; - } - szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells]; - aCopy[0] = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells]; - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aCopy[0]) ); - for(i=1; ipageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))]; - assert( ((aCopy[i] - (u8*)0) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */ - } - aSpace1 = &aCopy[NB-1][pBt->pageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))]; - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) ); - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - aFrom = &aSpace1[pBt->pageSize]; - } - aSpace2 = sqlite3PageMalloc(pBt->pageSize); - if( aSpace2==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto balance_cleanup; - } - - /* - ** Make copies of the content of pPage and its siblings into aOld[]. - ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather - ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the - ** process of being overwritten. - */ - for(i=0; iaData = (void*)&p[1]; - memcpy(p->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize); - } - - /* - ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells - ** into the local apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells - ** into space obtained form aSpace1[] and remove the the divider Cells - ** from pParent. - ** - ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the - ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied - ** into aSpace1[]. In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without - ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in - ** apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in apCell[] - ** are alike. - ** - ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf. - ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys. - */ - nCell = 0; - leafCorrection = pPage->leaf*4; - leafData = pPage->hasData; - for(i=0; inCell+pOld->nOverflow; - for(j=0; j=0 && i<6 ); - for(a=0; anOverflow; a++){ - if( pOld->aOvfl[a].pCell==apCell[nCell] ){ - aFrom[nCell] = 0xFF; - break; - } - } - } - nCell++; - } - if( ipageSize/4 ); - assert( iSpace1<=pBt->pageSize ); - memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz); - apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection; - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - aFrom[nCell] = 0xFF; - } - dropCell(pParent, nxDiv, sz); - assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 ); - szCell[nCell] -= (u16)leafCorrection; - assert( get4byte(pTemp)==pgnoOld[i] ); - if( !pOld->leaf ){ - assert( leafCorrection==0 ); - /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left - ** pointer of the divider cell */ - memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[pOld->hdrOffset+8], 4); - }else{ - assert( leafCorrection==4 ); - if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){ - /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */ - szCell[nCell] = 4; - } - } - nCell++; - } - } - } - - /* - ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells. - ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total - ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index - ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1. - ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell. - ** - ** Values computed by this block: - ** - ** k: The total number of sibling pages - ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page. - ** cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to - ** the right of the i-th sibling page. - ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling. - ** - */ - usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection; - for(subtotal=k=i=0; i usableSpace ){ - szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i]; - cntNew[k] = i; - if( leafData ){ i--; } - subtotal = 0; - k++; - } - } - szNew[k] = subtotal; - cntNew[k] = nCell; - k++; - - /* - ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings - ** on the left side. The left siblings are always nearly full, while the - ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty. This block of code attempts - ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance. - ** - ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might - ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most - ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional. - */ - for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){ - int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */ - int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */ - int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */ - int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */ - - r = cntNew[i-1] - 1; - d = r + 1 - leafData; - assert( d0) or we are the - ** a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when the real root - ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page. - */ - assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) ); - - /* - ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible. - */ - assert( pPage->pgno>1 ); - pageFlags = pPage->aData[0]; - for(i=0; ipDbPage); - nNew++; - if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; - }else{ - assert( i>0 ); - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew[i], pgnoNew[i-1], 0); - if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; - apNew[i] = pNew; - nNew++; - } - } - - /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages. - */ - while( ii ){ - int t; - MemPage *pT; - t = pgnoNew[i]; - pT = apNew[i]; - pgnoNew[i] = pgnoNew[minI]; - apNew[i] = apNew[minI]; - pgnoNew[minI] = t; - apNew[minI] = pT; - } - } - TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n", - pgnoOld[0], - nOld>=2 ? pgnoOld[1] : 0, - nOld>=3 ? pgnoOld[2] : 0, - pgnoNew[0], szNew[0], - nNew>=2 ? pgnoNew[1] : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0, - nNew>=3 ? pgnoNew[2] : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0, - nNew>=4 ? pgnoNew[3] : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0, - nNew>=5 ? pgnoNew[4] : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0)); - - /* - ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages. - ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary. - */ - j = 0; - for(i=0; ipgno==pgnoNew[i] ); - zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags); - assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]); - assert( pNew->nCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) ); - assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 ); - - /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map entries - ** that point to the siblings that were rearranged. These can be: left - ** children of cells, the right-child of the page, or overflow pages - ** pointed to by cells. - */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - for(k=j; kpgno!=pNew->pgno ){ - rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pNew, k-j); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && leafCorrection==0 ){ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(apCell[k]), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto balance_cleanup; - } - } - } - } - - j = cntNew[i]; - - /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling, - ** insert a divider cell into the parent page. - */ - if( ileaf ){ - memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4); - if( ISAUTOVACUUM - && (aFrom[j]==0xFF || apCopy[aFrom[j]]->pgno!=pNew->pgno) - ){ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(pCell), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto balance_cleanup; - } - } - }else if( leafData ){ - /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, - ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider - ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of - ** the sibling-page assembled above only. - */ - CellInfo info; - j--; - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info); - pCell = pTemp; - rc = fillInCell(pParent, pCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, 0, &sz); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto balance_cleanup; - } - pTemp = 0; - }else{ - pCell -= 4; - /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was - ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4 - ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this - ** (see sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of - ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to - ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now. - ** - ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all - ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used - ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses. - */ - if( szCell[j]==4 ){ - assert(leafCorrection==4); - sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell); - } - } - iSpace2 += sz; - assert( sz<=pBt->pageSize/4 ); - assert( iSpace2<=pBt->pageSize ); - rc = insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, 4); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup; - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); - put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,nxDiv), pNew->pgno); - - /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, and not a leaf-data tree, - ** then update the pointer map with an entry for the overflow page - ** that the cell just inserted points to (if any). - */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM && !leafData ){ - rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pParent, nxDiv); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto balance_cleanup; - } - } - j++; - nxDiv++; - } - - /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto balance_cleanup; - } - } - } - assert( j==nCell ); - assert( nOld>0 ); - assert( nNew>0 ); - if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){ - u8 *zChild = &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8]; - memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], zChild, 4); - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(zChild), PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto balance_cleanup; - } - } - } - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); - if( nxDiv==pParent->nCell+pParent->nOverflow ){ - /* Right-most sibling is the right-most child of pParent */ - put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew[nNew-1]); - }else{ - /* Right-most sibling is the left child of the first entry in pParent - ** past the right-most divider entry */ - put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent, nxDiv), pgnoNew[nNew-1]); - } - - /* - ** Balance the parent page. Note that the current page (pPage) might - ** have been added to the freelist so it might no longer be initialized. - ** But the parent page will always be initialized. - */ - assert( pParent->isInit ); - sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell); - apCell = 0; - TRACE(("BALANCE: finished with %d: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n", - pPage->pgno, nOld, nNew, nCell)); - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - releasePage(pPage); - pCur->iPage--; - rc = balance(pCur, 0); - - /* - ** Cleanup before returning. - */ -balance_cleanup: - sqlite3PageFree(aSpace2); - sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell); - for(i=0; iapPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0; - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine is called for the root page of a btree when the root -** page contains no cells. This is an opportunity to make the tree -** shallower by one level. -*/ -static int balance_shallower(BtCursor *pCur){ - MemPage *pPage; /* Root page of B-Tree */ - MemPage *pChild; /* The only child page of pPage */ - Pgno pgnoChild; /* Page number for pChild */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subprocedures */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The main BTree structure */ - int mxCellPerPage; /* Maximum number of cells per page */ - u8 **apCell; /* All cells from pages being balanced */ - u16 *szCell; /* Local size of all cells */ - - assert( pCur->iPage==0 ); - pPage = pCur->apPage[0]; - - assert( pPage->nCell==0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pBt = pPage->pBt; - mxCellPerPage = MX_CELL(pBt); - apCell = sqlite3Malloc( mxCellPerPage*(sizeof(u8*)+sizeof(u16)) ); - if( apCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - szCell = (u16*)&apCell[mxCellPerPage]; - if( pPage->leaf ){ - /* The table is completely empty */ - TRACE(("BALANCE: empty table %d\n", pPage->pgno)); - }else{ - /* The root page is empty but has one child. Transfer the - ** information from that one child into the root page if it - ** will fit. This reduces the depth of the tree by one. - ** - ** If the root page is page 1, it has less space available than - ** its child (due to the 100 byte header that occurs at the beginning - ** of the database fle), so it might not be able to hold all of the - ** information currently contained in the child. If this is the - ** case, then do not do the transfer. Leave page 1 empty except - ** for the right-pointer to the child page. The child page becomes - ** the virtual root of the tree. - */ - VVA_ONLY( pCur->pagesShuffled = 1 ); - pgnoChild = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - assert( pgnoChild>0 ); - assert( pgnoChild<=pagerPagecount(pPage->pBt) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pPage->pBt, pgnoChild, &pChild, 0); - if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance; - if( pPage->pgno==1 ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pChild); - if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance; - assert( pChild->nOverflow==0 ); - if( pChild->nFree>=100 ){ - /* The child information will fit on the root page, so do the - ** copy */ - int i; - zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0]); - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - apCell[i] = findCell(pChild,i); - szCell[i] = cellSizePtr(pChild, apCell[i]); - } - assemblePage(pPage, pChild->nCell, apCell, szCell); - /* Copy the right-pointer of the child to the parent. */ - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], - get4byte(&pChild->aData[pChild->hdrOffset+8])); - rc = freePage(pChild); - TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d transfer to page 1\n", pChild->pgno)); - }else{ - /* The child has more information that will fit on the root. - ** The tree is already balanced. Do nothing. */ - TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d will not fit on page 1\n", pChild->pgno)); - } - }else{ - memcpy(pPage->aData, pChild->aData, pPage->pBt->usableSize); - pPage->isInit = 0; - rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - freePage(pChild); - TRACE(("BALANCE: transfer child %d into root %d\n", - pChild->pgno, pPage->pgno)); - } - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( ISAUTOVACUUM && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = setChildPtrmaps(pPage); - } -#endif - releasePage(pChild); - } -end_shallow_balance: - sqlite3_free(apCell); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** The root page is overfull -** -** When this happens, Create a new child page and copy the -** contents of the root into the child. Then make the root -** page an empty page with rightChild pointing to the new -** child. Finally, call balance_internal() on the new child -** to cause it to split. -*/ -static int balance_deeper(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc; /* Return value from subprocedures */ - MemPage *pPage; /* Pointer to the root page */ - MemPage *pChild; /* Pointer to a new child page */ - Pgno pgnoChild; /* Page number of the new child page */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The BTree */ - int usableSize; /* Total usable size of a page */ - u8 *data; /* Content of the parent page */ - u8 *cdata; /* Content of the child page */ - int hdr; /* Offset to page header in parent */ - int cbrk; /* Offset to content of first cell in parent */ - - assert( pCur->iPage==0 ); - assert( pCur->apPage[0]->nOverflow>0 ); - - VVA_ONLY( pCur->pagesShuffled = 1 ); - pPage = pCur->apPage[0]; - pBt = pPage->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pChild, &pgnoChild, pPage->pgno, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) ); - usableSize = pBt->usableSize; - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - cdata = pChild->aData; - memcpy(cdata, &data[hdr], pPage->cellOffset+2*pPage->nCell-hdr); - memcpy(&cdata[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize-cbrk); - - assert( pChild->isInit==0 ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pChild); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int nCopy = pPage->nOverflow*sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]); - memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pPage->aOvfl, nCopy); - pChild->nOverflow = pPage->nOverflow; - if( pChild->nOverflow ){ - pChild->nFree = 0; - } - assert( pChild->nCell==pPage->nCell ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF); - put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild); - TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pPage->pgno, pChild->pgno)); - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pChild->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pPage->pgno); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = setChildPtrmaps(pChild); - } - if( rc ){ - pChild->nOverflow = 0; - } -#endif - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->iPage++; - pCur->apPage[1] = pChild; - pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; - rc = balance_nonroot(pCur); - }else{ - releasePage(pChild); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in -** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the -** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing -** routine. -** -** Parameter isInsert is true if a new cell was just inserted into the -** page, or false otherwise. -*/ -static int balance(BtCursor *pCur, int isInsert){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow>0 ){ - rc = balance_deeper(pCur); - assert( pCur->apPage[0]==pPage ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nCell==0 ){ - rc = balance_shallower(pCur); - assert( pCur->apPage[0]==pPage ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - } - }else{ - if( pPage->nOverflow>0 || - (!isInsert && pPage->nFree>pPage->pBt->usableSize*2/3) ){ - rc = balance_nonroot(pCur); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine checks all cursors that point to table pgnoRoot. -** If any of those cursors were opened with wrFlag==0 in a different -** database connection (a database connection that shares the pager -** cache with the current connection) and that other connection -** is not in the ReadUncommmitted state, then this routine returns -** SQLITE_LOCKED. -** -** As well as cursors with wrFlag==0, cursors with -** isIncrblobHandle==1 are also considered 'read' cursors because -** incremental blob cursors are used for both reading and writing. -** -** When pgnoRoot is the root page of an intkey table, this function is also -** responsible for invalidating incremental blob cursors when the table row -** on which they are opened is deleted or modified. Cursors are invalidated -** according to the following rules: -** -** 1) When BtreeClearTable() is called to completely delete the contents -** of a B-Tree table, pExclude is set to zero and parameter iRow is -** set to non-zero. In this case all incremental blob cursors open -** on the table rooted at pgnoRoot are invalidated. -** -** 2) When BtreeInsert(), BtreeDelete() or BtreePutData() is called to -** modify a table row via an SQL statement, pExclude is set to the -** write cursor used to do the modification and parameter iRow is set -** to the integer row id of the B-Tree entry being modified. Unless -** pExclude is itself an incremental blob cursor, then all incremental -** blob cursors open on row iRow of the B-Tree are invalidated. -** -** 3) If both pExclude and iRow are set to zero, no incremental blob -** cursors are invalidated. -*/ -static int checkForReadConflicts( - Btree *pBtree, /* The database file to check */ - Pgno pgnoRoot, /* Look for read cursors on this btree */ - BtCursor *pExclude, /* Ignore this cursor */ - i64 iRow /* The rowid that might be changing */ -){ - BtCursor *p; - BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; - sqlite3 *db = pBtree->db; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p==pExclude ) continue; - if( p->pgnoRoot!=pgnoRoot ) continue; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - if( p->isIncrblobHandle && ( - (!pExclude && iRow) - || (pExclude && !pExclude->isIncrblobHandle && p->info.nKey==iRow) - )){ - p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - } -#endif - if( p->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ) continue; - if( p->wrFlag==0 -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - || p->isIncrblobHandle -#endif - ){ - sqlite3 *dbOther = p->pBtree->db; - assert(dbOther); - if( dbOther!=db && (dbOther->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)==0 ){ - sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(db, dbOther); - return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; - } - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Insert a new record into the BTree. The key is given by (pKey,nKey) -** and the data is given by (pData,nData). The cursor is used only to -** define what table the record should be inserted into. The cursor -** is left pointing at a random location. -** -** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used. pKey is -** ignored. For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeInsert( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */ - const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key of the new record */ - const void *pData, int nData, /* The data of the new record */ - int nZero, /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */ - int appendBias /* True if this is likely an append */ -){ - int rc; - int loc; - int szNew; - int idx; - MemPage *pPage; - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - unsigned char *oldCell; - unsigned char *newCell = 0; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( !pBt->readOnly ); - assert( pCur->wrFlag ); - rc = checkForReadConflicts(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur, nKey); - if( rc ){ - /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */ - assert( rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE ); - return rc; - } - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - return pCur->skip; - } - - /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table */ - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); - if( - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur)) || - SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc)) - ){ - return rc; - } - - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 ); - assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ); - TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n", - pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno, - loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry")); - assert( pPage->isInit ); - allocateTempSpace(pBt); - newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace; - if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew); - if( rc ) goto end_insert; - assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) ); - assert( szNew<=MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); - idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - if( loc==0 && CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ){ - u16 szOld; - assert( idxnCell ); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_insert; - } - oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4); - } - szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell); - rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell); - if( rc ) goto end_insert; - rc = dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) { - goto end_insert; - } - }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){ - assert( pPage->leaf ); - idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->validNKey = 0; - }else{ - assert( pPage->leaf ); - } - rc = insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = balance(pCur, 1); - } - - /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance() - ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. */ - pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0; - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - moveToRoot(pCur); - } -end_insert: - return rc; -} - -/* -** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. The cursor -** is left pointing at a arbitrary location. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){ - MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - int idx; - unsigned char *pCell; - int rc; - Pgno pgnoChild = 0; - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pPage->isInit ); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( !pBt->readOnly ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - return pCur->skip; - } - if( NEVER(pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell) ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; /* The cursor is not pointing to anything */ - } - assert( pCur->wrFlag ); - rc = checkForReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur, pCur->info.nKey); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */ - assert( rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE ); - return rc; - } - - /* Restore the current cursor position (a no-op if the cursor is not in - ** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state) and save the positions of any other cursors - ** open on the same table. Then call sqlite3PagerWrite() on the page - ** that the entry will be deleted from. - */ - if( - (rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur))!=0 || - (rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur))!=0 || - (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0 - ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Locate the cell within its page and leave pCell pointing to the - ** data. The clearCell() call frees any overflow pages associated with the - ** cell. The cell itself is still intact. - */ - idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - pCell = findCell(pPage, idx); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - pgnoChild = get4byte(pCell); - } - rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - /* - ** The entry we are about to delete is not a leaf so if we do not - ** do something we will leave a hole on an internal page. - ** We have to fill the hole by moving in a cell from a leaf. The - ** next Cell after the one to be deleted is guaranteed to exist and - ** to be a leaf so we can use it. - */ - BtCursor leafCur; - MemPage *pLeafPage = 0; - - unsigned char *pNext; - int notUsed; - unsigned char *tempCell = 0; - assert( !pPage->intKey ); - sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(pCur, &leafCur); - rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(&leafCur, ¬Used); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( leafCur.aiIdx[leafCur.iPage]==0 ); - pLeafPage = leafCur.apPage[leafCur.iPage]; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeafPage->pDbPage); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int leafCursorInvalid = 0; - u16 szNext; - TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete internal from %d replace from leaf %d\n", - pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno, pLeafPage->pgno)); - dropCell(pPage, idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell)); - pNext = findCell(pLeafPage, 0); - szNext = cellSizePtr(pLeafPage, pNext); - assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)>=szNext+4 ); - allocateTempSpace(pBt); - tempCell = pBt->pTmpSpace; - if( tempCell==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = insertCell(pPage, idx, pNext-4, szNext+4, tempCell, 0); - } - - - /* The "if" statement in the next code block is critical. The - ** slightest error in that statement would allow SQLite to operate - ** correctly most of the time but produce very rare failures. To - ** guard against this, the following macros help to verify that - ** the "if" statement is well tested. - */ - testcase( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFreeusableSize*2/3 - && pLeafPage->nFree+2+szNext > pBt->usableSize*2/3 ); - testcase( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree==pBt->usableSize*2/3 - && pLeafPage->nFree+2+szNext > pBt->usableSize*2/3 ); - testcase( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree==pBt->usableSize*2/3+1 - && pLeafPage->nFree+2+szNext > pBt->usableSize*2/3 ); - testcase( pPage->nOverflow>0 && pPage->nFree<=pBt->usableSize*2/3 - && pLeafPage->nFree+2+szNext > pBt->usableSize*2/3 ); - testcase( (pPage->nOverflow>0 || (pPage->nFree > pBt->usableSize*2/3)) - && pLeafPage->nFree+2+szNext == pBt->usableSize*2/3 ); - - - if( (pPage->nOverflow>0 || (pPage->nFree > pBt->usableSize*2/3)) && - (pLeafPage->nFree+2+szNext > pBt->usableSize*2/3) - ){ - /* This branch is taken if the internal node is now either overflowing - ** or underfull and the leaf node will be underfull after the just cell - ** copied to the internal node is deleted from it. This is a special - ** case because the call to balance() to correct the internal node - ** may change the tree structure and invalidate the contents of - ** the leafCur.apPage[] and leafCur.aiIdx[] arrays, which will be - ** used by the balance() required to correct the underfull leaf - ** node. - ** - ** The formula used in the expression above are based on facets of - ** the SQLite file-format that do not change over time. - */ - testcase( pPage->nFree==pBt->usableSize*2/3+1 ); - testcase( pLeafPage->nFree+2+szNext==pBt->usableSize*2/3+1 ); - leafCursorInvalid = 1; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - put4byte(findOverflowCell(pPage, idx), pgnoChild); - VVA_ONLY( pCur->pagesShuffled = 0 ); - rc = balance(pCur, 0); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && leafCursorInvalid ){ - /* The leaf-node is now underfull and so the tree needs to be - ** rebalanced. However, the balance() operation on the internal - ** node above may have modified the structure of the B-Tree and - ** so the current contents of leafCur.apPage[] and leafCur.aiIdx[] - ** may not be trusted. - ** - ** It is not possible to copy the ancestry from pCur, as the same - ** balance() call has invalidated the pCur->apPage[] and aiIdx[] - ** arrays. - ** - ** The call to saveCursorPosition() below internally saves the - ** key that leafCur is currently pointing to. Currently, there - ** are two copies of that key in the tree - one here on the leaf - ** page and one on some internal node in the tree. The copy on - ** the leaf node is always the next key in tree-order after the - ** copy on the internal node. So, the call to sqlite3BtreeNext() - ** calls restoreCursorPosition() to point the cursor to the copy - ** stored on the internal node, then advances to the next entry, - ** which happens to be the copy of the key on the internal node. - ** Net effect: leafCur is pointing back to the duplicate cell - ** that needs to be removed, and the leafCur.apPage[] and - ** leafCur.aiIdx[] arrays are correct. - */ - VVA_ONLY( Pgno leafPgno = pLeafPage->pgno ); - rc = saveCursorPosition(&leafCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(&leafCur, ¬Used); - } - pLeafPage = leafCur.apPage[leafCur.iPage]; - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pLeafPage->pgno==leafPgno ); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || leafCur.aiIdx[leafCur.iPage]==0 ); - } - - if( SQLITE_OK==rc - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeafPage->pDbPage)) - ){ - dropCell(pLeafPage, 0, szNext); - VVA_ONLY( leafCur.pagesShuffled = 0 ); - rc = balance(&leafCur, 0); - assert( leafCursorInvalid || !leafCur.pagesShuffled - || !pCur->pagesShuffled ); - } - } - sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(&leafCur); - }else{ - TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete from leaf %d\n", - pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno)); - rc = dropCell(pPage, idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell)); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = balance(pCur, 0); - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - moveToRoot(pCur); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page -** number for the root page of the new table. -** -** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the -** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for -** flags might not work: -** -** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys -** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices -*/ -static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - MemPage *pRoot; - Pgno pgnoRoot; - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( !pBt->readOnly ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } -#else - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */ - MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */ - - /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database - ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns - ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches - ** held by open cursors. - */ - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - - /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the - ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page - ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1). - */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, 4, &pgnoRoot); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pgnoRoot++; - - /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the - ** PENDING_BYTE page. - */ - while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) || - pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - pgnoRoot++; - } - assert( pgnoRoot>=3 ); - - /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will - ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens - ** to reside at pgnoRoot). - */ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){ - /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of - ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were - ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated - ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove - ** is already journaled. - */ - u8 eType; - Pgno iPtrPage; - - releasePage(pPageMove); - - /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */ - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); - assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ); - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0); - releasePage(pRoot); - - /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - }else{ - pRoot = pPageMove; - } - - /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */ - rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - - }else{ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - } -#endif - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); - zeroPage(pRoot, flags | PTF_LEAF); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage); - *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return -** the page to the freelist. -*/ -static int clearDatabasePage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */ - int freePageFlag, /* Deallocate page if true */ - int *pnChange -){ - MemPage *pPage = 0; - int rc; - unsigned char *pCell; - int i; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pgno>pagerPagecount(pBt) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - pCell = findCell(pPage, i); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - } - rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), 1, pnChange); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - }else if( pnChange ){ - assert( pPage->intKey ); - *pnChange += pPage->nCell; - } - if( freePageFlag ){ - rc = freePage(pPage); - }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){ - zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF); - } - -cleardatabasepage_out: - releasePage(pPage); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is -** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns, -** the root page is empty, but still exists. -** -** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open -** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the -** root of the table. -** -** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The -** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of -** entries in the table. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - if( (rc = checkForReadConflicts(p, iTable, 0, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* nothing to do */ - }else if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, iTable, 0)) ){ - /* nothing to do */ - }else{ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to -** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on -** page 1) is never added to the freelist. -** -** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open -** cursors on the table. -** -** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last -** root page in the database file, then the last root page -** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by -** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page -** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all -** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which -** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the -** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before -** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0. -** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of -** meta[3] is updated by this procedure. -*/ -static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){ - int rc; - MemPage *pPage = 0; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - - /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the - ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may - ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted - ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would - ** occur. - */ - if( pBt->pCursor ){ - sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db); - return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; - } - - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pPage); - return rc; - } - - *piMoved = 0; - - if( iTable>1 ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - rc = freePage(pPage); - releasePage(pPage); -#else - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno maxRootPgno; - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, 4, &maxRootPgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pPage); - return rc; - } - - if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){ - /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page - ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. - */ - rc = freePage(pPage); - releasePage(pPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - }else{ - /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page - ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the - ** gap left by the deleted root-page. - */ - MemPage *pMove; - releasePage(pPage); - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0); - releasePage(pMove); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = freePage(pMove); - releasePage(pMove); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - *piMoved = maxRootPgno; - } - - /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This - ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to - ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the - ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE. - */ - maxRootPgno--; - if( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - maxRootPgno--; - } - if( maxRootPgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){ - maxRootPgno--; - } - assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno); - }else{ - rc = freePage(pPage); - releasePage(pPage); - } -#endif - }else{ - /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1. */ - zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF ); - releasePage(pPage); - } - return rc; -} -int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0] -** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1] -** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0] -** is read-only, the others are read/write. -** -** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema -** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of -** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1]. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){ - DbPage *pDbPage = 0; - int rc; - unsigned char *pP1; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - - /* Reading a meta-data value requires a read-lock on page 1 (and hence - ** the sqlite_master table. We grab this lock regardless of whether or - ** not the SQLITE_ReadUncommitted flag is set (the table rooted at page - ** 1 is treated as a special case by querySharedCacheTableLock() - ** and setSharedCacheTableLock()). - */ - rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, 1, READ_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; - } - - assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 ); - if( pBt->pPage1 ){ - /* The b-tree is already holding a reference to page 1 of the database - ** file. In this case the required meta-data value can be read directly - ** from the page data of this reference. This is slightly faster than - ** requesting a new reference from the pager layer. - */ - pP1 = (unsigned char *)pBt->pPage1->aData; - }else{ - /* The b-tree does not have a reference to page 1 of the database file. - ** Obtain one from the pager layer. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, 1, &pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; - } - pP1 = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - } - *pMeta = get4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4]); - - /* If the b-tree is not holding a reference to page 1, then one was - ** requested from the pager layer in the above block. Release it now. - */ - if( !pBt->pPage1 ){ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - } - - /* If autovacuumed is disabled in this build but we are trying to - ** access an autovacuumed database, then make the database readonly. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( idx==4 && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1; -#endif - - /* If there is currently an open transaction, grab a read-lock - ** on page 1 of the database file. This is done to make sure that - ** no other connection can modify the meta value just read from - ** the database until the transaction is concluded. - */ - if( p->inTrans>0 ){ - rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, 1, READ_LOCK); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is -** read-only and may not be written. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - unsigned char *pP1; - int rc; - assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 ); - pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( idx==7 ){ - assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 ); - assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 ); - pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta; - } -#endif - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the flag byte at the beginning of the page that the cursor -** is currently pointing to. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor *pCur){ - /* TODO: What about CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state? Probably need to call - ** restoreCursorPosition() here. - */ - MemPage *pPage; - restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pPage!=0 ); - assert( pPage->pBt==pCur->pBt ); - return pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset]; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT -/* -** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the -** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. -** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database -** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){ - i64 nEntry = 0; /* Value to return in *pnEntry */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - - /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each - ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). - */ - while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */ - MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */ - - /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then - ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter - ** accordingly. - */ - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){ - nEntry += pPage->nCell; - } - - /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it - ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of - ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The - ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell - ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page - ** to visit is the right-child of its parent. - ** - ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the - ** caller. - */ - if( pPage->leaf ){ - do { - if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ - /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */ - *pnEntry = nEntry; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(pCur); - }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++; - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - } - - /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently - ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell). - */ - iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){ - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); - }else{ - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx))); - } - } - - /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */ - return rc; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for -** testing and debugging only. -*/ -Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){ - return p->pBt->pPager; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** Append a message to the error message string. -*/ -static void checkAppendMsg( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, - char *zMsg1, - const char *zFormat, - ... -){ - va_list ap; - if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return; - pCheck->mxErr--; - pCheck->nErr++; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1); - } - if( zMsg1 ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, zMsg1, -1); - } - sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( pCheck->errMsg.mallocFailed ){ - pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second -** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg. -** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if -** if this is the first reference to the page. -** -** Also check that the page number is in bounds. -*/ -static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){ - if( iPage==0 ) return 1; - if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage); - return 1; - } - if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage); - return 1; - } - return (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to -** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message -** to pCheck. -*/ -static void checkPtrmap( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */ - Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */ - u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */ - Pgno iParent, /* Expected pointer map parent page number */ - char *zContext /* Context description (used for error msg) */ -){ - int rc; - u8 ePtrmapType; - Pgno iPtrmapParent; - - rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild); - return; - } - - if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", - iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent); - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list. -** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N. -*/ -static void checkList( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */ - int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */ - int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */ - int N, /* Expected number of pages in the list */ - char *zContext /* Context for error messages */ -){ - int i; - int expected = N; - int iFirst = iPage; - while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){ - DbPage *pOvflPage; - unsigned char *pOvflData; - if( iPage<1 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d", - N+1, expected, iFirst); - break; - } - if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break; - if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage); - break; - } - pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage); - if( isFreeList ){ - int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); - } -#endif - if( n>pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage); - N--; - }else{ - for(i=0; ipBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); - } -#endif - checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext); - } - N -= n; - } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - else{ - /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last - ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for - ** the following page matches iPage. - */ - if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){ - i = get4byte(pOvflData); - checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext); - } - } -#endif - iPage = get4byte(pOvflData); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage); - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return -** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages -** return 1, and so forth. -** -** These checks are done: -** -** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap -** but combine to completely cover the page. -** NO 2. Make sure cell keys are in order. -** NO 3. Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound. -** NO 4. Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound. -** 5. Check the integrity of overflow pages. -** 6. Recursively call checkTreePage on all children. -** 7. Verify that the depth of all children is the same. -** 8. Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is -** the root of the tree. -*/ -static int checkTreePage( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */ - int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */ - char *zParentContext /* Parent context */ -){ - MemPage *pPage; - int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt; - int hdr, cellStart; - int nCell; - u8 *data; - BtShared *pBt; - int usableSize; - char zContext[100]; - char *hit = 0; - - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage); - - /* Check that the page exists - */ - pBt = pCheck->pBt; - usableSize = pBt->usableSize; - if( iPage==0 ) return 0; - if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0; - if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc); - return 0; - } - if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); /* The only possible error from InitPage */ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, - "sqlite3BtreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc); - releasePage(pPage); - return 0; - } - - /* Check out all the cells. - */ - depth = 0; - for(i=0; inCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){ - u8 *pCell; - u32 sz; - CellInfo info; - - /* Check payload overflow pages - */ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, - "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i); - pCell = findCell(pPage,i); - sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); - sz = info.nData; - if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey; - assert( sz==info.nPayload ); - if( (sz>info.nLocal) - && (&pCell[info.iOverflow]<=&pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]) - ){ - int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4); - Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext); - } -#endif - checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext); - } - - /* Check sanity of left child page. - */ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(pCell); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext); - } -#endif - d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext); - if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs"); - } - depth = d2; - } - } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, - "On page %d at right child: ", iPage); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, 0); - } -#endif - checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext); - } - - /* Check for complete coverage of the page - */ - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - hit = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); - if( hit==0 ){ - pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; - }else{ - u16 contentOffset = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - if (contentOffset > usableSize) { - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Corruption detected in header on page %d",iPage,0); - goto check_page_abort; - } - memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset); - memset(hit, 1, contentOffset); - nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); - cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; - for(i=0; i=usableSize || pc<0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0); - }else{ - for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++; - } - } - for(cnt=0, i=get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); i>0 && i=usableSize || i<0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0); - }else{ - for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++; - } - i = get2byte(&data[i]); - } - for(i=cnt=0; i1 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage); - break; - } - } - if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, - "Fragmented space is %d byte reported as %d on page %d", - cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage); - } - } -check_page_abort: - if (hit) sqlite3PageFree(hit); - - releasePage(pPage); - return depth+1; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is -** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of -** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot. -** -** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr. Except for some memory -** allocation errors, an error message held in memory obtained from -** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero. If *pnErr==0 then NULL is -** returned. If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned. -*/ -char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( - Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */ - int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */ - int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */ - int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */ - int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */ -){ - Pgno i; - int nRef; - IntegrityCk sCheck; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - char zErr[100]; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager); - if( lockBtreeWithRetry(p)!=SQLITE_OK ){ - *pnErr = 1; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return sqlite3DbStrDup(0, "cannot acquire a read lock on the database"); - } - sCheck.pBt = pBt; - sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager; - sCheck.nPage = pagerPagecount(sCheck.pBt); - sCheck.mxErr = mxErr; - sCheck.nErr = 0; - sCheck.mallocFailed = 0; - *pnErr = 0; - if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){ - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return 0; - } - sCheck.anRef = sqlite3Malloc( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) ); - if( !sCheck.anRef ){ - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - *pnErr = 1; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return 0; - } - for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; } - i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt); - if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){ - sCheck.anRef[i] = 1; - } - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), 20000); - - /* Check the integrity of the freelist - */ - checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]), - get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: "); - - /* Check all the tables. - */ - for(i=0; (int)iautoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){ - checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0); - } -#endif - checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], "List of tree roots: "); - } - - /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced - */ - for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); - } -#else - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain - ** references to pointer-map pages. - */ - if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 && - (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); - } - if( sCheck.anRef[i]!=0 && - (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i); - } -#endif - } - - /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages. - ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check - ** of the integrity check. - */ - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - if( NEVER(nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, - "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis", - nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) - ); - } - - /* Clean up and report errors. - */ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - sqlite3_free(sCheck.anRef); - if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); - *pnErr = sCheck.nErr+1; - return 0; - } - *pnErr = sCheck.nErr; - if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); - return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -/* -** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file. -** -** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is -** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. -*/ -const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){ - assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); - return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager); -} - -/* -** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return -** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file -** has been created or not. -** -** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is -** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. -*/ -const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){ - assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); - return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager); -} - -/* -** Return non-zero if a transaction is active. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){ - assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE)); -} - -/* -** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE; -} - -int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - return p->nBackup!=0; -} - -/* -** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with -** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own -** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with -** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues. -** -** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory -** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent -** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob -** of memory returned. -** -** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been -** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been -** allocated, it is returned as normal. -** -** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the -** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the -** blob of allocated memory. This function should not call sqlite3_free() -** on the memory, the btree layer does that. -*/ -void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){ - pBt->pSchema = sqlite3MallocZero(nBytes); - pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return pBt->pSchema; -} - -/* -** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared -** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the -** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){ - int rc; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE ); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The -** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock -** if it is false. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p->sharable ){ - u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock; - assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - } - return rc; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -/* -** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an -** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. -** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry. -** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible -** to change the length of the data stored. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - assert(pCsr->isIncrblobHandle); - - restoreCursorPosition(pCsr); - assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ - return SQLITE_ABORT; - } - - /* Check some preconditions: - ** (a) the cursor is open for writing, - ** (b) there is no read-lock on the table being modified and - ** (c) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table. - */ - if( !pCsr->wrFlag ){ - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - assert( !pCsr->pBt->readOnly - && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - rc = checkForReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */ - assert( rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE ); - return rc; - } - if( pCsr->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || !pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 0, 1); -} - -/* -** Set a flag on this cursor to cache the locations of pages from the -** overflow list for the current row. This is used by cursors opened -** for incremental blob IO only. -** -** This function sets a flag only. The actual page location cache -** (stored in BtCursor.aOverflow[]) is allocated and used by function -** accessPayload() (the worker function for sqlite3BtreeData() and -** sqlite3BtreePutData()). -*/ -void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - assert(!pCur->isIncrblobHandle); - assert(!pCur->aOverflow); - pCur->isIncrblobHandle = 1; -} -#endif diff --git a/btree.h b/btree.h deleted file mode 100644 index 378c989..0000000 --- a/btree.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,225 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file -** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description -** of what each interface routine does. -** -** @(#) $Id: btree.h,v 1.113 2009/04/10 12:55:17 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#ifndef _BTREE_H_ -#define _BTREE_H_ - -/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It -** needs to be revisited. -*/ -#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10 - -/* -** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise -** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1". -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM - #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0 -#endif - -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0 /* Do not do auto-vacuum */ -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1 /* Do full auto-vacuum */ -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2 /* Incremental vacuum */ - -/* -** Forward declarations of structure -*/ -typedef struct Btree Btree; -typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor; -typedef struct BtShared BtShared; -typedef struct BtreeMutexArray BtreeMutexArray; - -/* -** This structure records all of the Btrees that need to hold -** a mutex before we enter sqlite3VdbeExec(). The Btrees are -** are placed in aBtree[] in order of aBtree[]->pBt. That way, -** we can always lock and unlock them all quickly. -*/ -struct BtreeMutexArray { - int nMutex; - Btree *aBtree[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+1]; -}; - - -int sqlite3BtreeOpen( - const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */ - sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */ - Btree **, /* Return open Btree* here */ - int flags, /* Flags */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to VFS open */ -); - -/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the -** following values. -** -** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in -** pager.h. -*/ -#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not use journal. No argument */ -#define BTREE_NO_READLOCK 2 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */ -#define BTREE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory DB. No argument */ -#define BTREE_READONLY 8 /* Open the database in read-only mode */ -#define BTREE_READWRITE 16 /* Open for both reading and writing */ -#define BTREE_CREATE 32 /* Create the database if it does not exist */ - -int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int); -int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int); -int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree*,int,int,int); -int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); -int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); -int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); -int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int); -int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster); -int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int); -int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags); -int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*); -void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *)); -int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *); -int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *, int, u8); -int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int); - -const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *); -const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *); -int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *); - -int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *); - -/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR -** of the following flags: -*/ -#define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */ -#define BTREE_ZERODATA 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */ -#define BTREE_LEAFDATA 4 /* Data stored in leaves only. Implies INTKEY */ - -int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*); -int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*); -int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 *pValue); -int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); -void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int); - -int sqlite3BtreeCursor( - Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */ - int iTable, /* Index of root page */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */ - struct KeyInfo*, /* First argument to compare function */ - BtCursor *pCursor /* Space to write cursor structure */ -); -int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void); - -int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*); -int sqlite3BtreeMoveto( - BtCursor*, - const void *pKey, - i64 nKey, - int bias, - int *pRes -); -int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( - BtCursor*, - UnpackedRecord *pUnKey, - i64 intKey, - int bias, - int *pRes -); -int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*); -int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*); -int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, - const void *pData, int nData, - int nZero, int bias); -int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*); -int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor*); -int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize); -int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -sqlite3 *sqlite3BtreeCursorDb(const BtCursor*); -const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); -const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); -int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize); -int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor*, sqlite3_int64); -sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor*); - -char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*); -struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*); - -int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *); -void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT -int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int); -void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*); -#endif - -/* -** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to -** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the -** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*); - void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*); -#else -# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X) -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE - void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*); - void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); - void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*); - void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*); - void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray*); - void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray*); - void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray*, Btree*); -#ifndef NDEBUG - /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */ - int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*); - int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*); -#endif -#else - -# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(X,Y) - -# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1 -# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1 -#endif - - -#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */ diff --git a/btreeInt.h b/btreeInt.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0c196d3..0000000 --- a/btreeInt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,641 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2004 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** $Id: btreeInt.h,v 1.46 2009/03/20 14:18:52 danielk1977 Exp $ -** -** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. -** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to -** -** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3: -** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley -** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts. -** -** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database -** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages. -** -** ---------------------------------------------------------------- -** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) | -** ---------------------------------------------------------------- -** -** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less -** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have -** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys -** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And -** so forth. -** -** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the -** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree. -** -** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate -** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The -** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A -** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database -** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus -** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry -** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each -** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other -** information such as the size of key and data. -** -** FORMAT DETAILS -** -** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1, -** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates -** "no such page". The page size can be anything between 512 and 65536. -** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page or an overflow -** page. -** -** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first -** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file. -** The format of the file header is as follows: -** -** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000" -** 16 2 Page size in bytes. -** 18 1 File format write version -** 19 1 File format read version -** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page -** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction -** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction -** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction -** 24 4 File change counter -** 28 4 Reserved for future use -** 32 4 First freelist page -** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file -** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers -** -** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first). -** -** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed -** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed -** and thus when they need to flush their cache. -** -** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable -** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard -** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default -** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit -** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64. -** -** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra -** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated, -** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting -** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction. -** -** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction -** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum -** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it -** not specified in the header. -** -** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the -** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte -** file header that occurs before the page header. -** -** |----------------| -** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only. -** |----------------| -** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes -** |----------------| -** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order. -** | array | | Grows downward -** | | v -** |----------------| -** | unallocated | -** | space | -** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards -** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks. -** | area | | and free space fragments. -** |----------------| -** -** The page headers looks like this: -** -** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf -** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock -** 3 2 number of cells on this page -** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area -** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes -** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves. -** -** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that -** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries -** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is a integer -** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in -** the payload area. -** -** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header. -** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are -** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell -** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives -** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can -** be easily added without having to defragment the page. -** -** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the -** beginning of the page. -** -** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of -** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset -** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in -** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size, -** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot -** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called -** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded. -** in the page header at offset 7. -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock -** 2 Bytes in this freeblock -** -** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at -** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array -** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily -** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order. -** -** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable -** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each -** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and -** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer -** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long. -** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This -** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes. -** -** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000 -** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f -** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080 -** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100 -** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f -** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678 -** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081 -** -** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of -** bytes of key and data in a btree cell. -** -** The content of a cell looks like this: -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set. -** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set. -** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set. -** * Payload -** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow -** -** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely -** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little -** as 1 byte of data. -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 4 Page number of next overflow page -** * Data -** -** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The -** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk -** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is -** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this: -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 4 Page number of next trunk page -** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page -** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - - -/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page -** size give above. -*/ -#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) (pBt->pageSize-8) - -/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This -** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes (4 bytes for the cell itself -** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header). Such -** small cells will be rare, but they are possible. -*/ -#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6) - -/* Forward declarations */ -typedef struct MemPage MemPage; -typedef struct BtLock BtLock; - -/* -** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every -** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database. -** -** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a -** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The -** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so -** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change -** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read -** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools -** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */ -# define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3" -#endif - -/* -** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the -** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page. -*/ -#define PTF_INTKEY 0x01 -#define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02 -#define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04 -#define PTF_LEAF 0x08 - -/* -** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following -** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores -** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page. -** -** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to -** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to -** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced. -** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore. -** -** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex -** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex. -*/ -struct MemPage { - u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */ - u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */ - u8 intKey; /* True if intkey flag is set */ - u8 leaf; /* True if leaf flag is set */ - u8 hasData; /* True if this page stores data */ - u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */ - u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */ - u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */ - u16 minLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */ - u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */ - u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */ - u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */ - u16 maskPage; /* Mask for page offset */ - struct _OvflCell { /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */ - u8 *pCell; /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */ - u16 idx; /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */ - } aOvfl[5]; - BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */ - u8 *aData; /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */ - Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ -}; - -/* -** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended -** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold -** that extra information. -*/ -#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage) - -/* A Btree handle -** -** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of -** this object for every database file that it has open. This structure -** is opaque to the database connection. The database connection cannot -** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to -** this structure. -** -** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be -** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each contection -** has it own pointer to this object. But each instance of this object -** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the -** schema associated with the database file are all contained within -** the BtShared object. -** -** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex. -** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors -** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those -** cursors have to do go through this Btree to find their BtShared and -** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex. -*/ -struct Btree { - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection holding this btree */ - BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */ - u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */ - u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with another db */ - u8 locked; /* True if db currently has pBt locked */ - int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */ - int nBackup; /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */ - Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */ - Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */ -}; - -/* -** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values. -** -** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users -** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction, -** but any number may have active read transactions. -*/ -#define TRANS_NONE 0 -#define TRANS_READ 1 -#define TRANS_WRITE 2 - -/* -** An instance of this object represents a single database file. -** -** A single database file can be in use as the same time by two -** or more database connections. When two or more connections are -** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own -** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points -** to this one BtShared object. BtShared.nRef is the number of -** connections currently sharing this database file. -** -** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex -** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the -** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field -** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0. -** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and -** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0. -** -** isPending: -** -** If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database -** table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table), -** the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is -** set to true. -** -** The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of -** the following occur: -** -** 1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR -** 2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero. -** -** while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new -** transaction. -** -** This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation. -*/ -struct BtShared { - Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection currently using this Btree */ - BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */ - MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */ - u8 readOnly; /* True if the underlying file is readonly */ - u8 pageSizeFixed; /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */ - u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */ -#endif - u16 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */ - u16 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */ - u16 maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ - u16 minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ - u16 maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ - u16 minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ - u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */ - int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */ - void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */ - void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this struct */ - Bitvec *pHasContent; /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */ - BtShared *pNext; /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */ - BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */ - Btree *pWriter; /* Btree with currently open write transaction */ - u8 isExclusive; /* True if pWriter has an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db */ - u8 isPending; /* If waiting for read-locks to clear */ -#endif - u8 *pTmpSpace; /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information -** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure -** based on information extract from the raw disk page. -*/ -typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo; -struct CellInfo { - u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to the start of cell content */ - i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */ - u32 nData; /* Number of bytes of data */ - u32 nPayload; /* Total amount of payload */ - u16 nHeader; /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */ - u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally */ - u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number. Zero if no overflow */ - u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */ -}; - -/* -** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than -** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a -** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a -** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes. -** -** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is -** assumed that the database is corrupt. -*/ -#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20 - -/* -** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular -** b-tree within a database file. -** -** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in -** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry. -** -** When a single database file can shared by two more database connections, -** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a -** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db. -** -** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex -** found at self->pBt->mutex. -*/ -struct BtCursor { - Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */ - BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */ - struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */ - Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */ - sqlite3_int64 cachedRowid; /* Next rowid cache. 0 means not valid */ - CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */ - u8 wrFlag; /* True if writable */ - u8 atLast; /* Cursor pointing to the last entry */ - u8 validNKey; /* True if info.nKey is valid */ - u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */ - void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */ - i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */ - int skip; /* (skip<0) -> Prev() is a no-op. (skip>0) -> Next() is */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - u8 isIncrblobHandle; /* True if this cursor is an incr. io handle */ - Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */ -#endif -#ifndef NDEBUG - u8 pagesShuffled; /* True if Btree pages are rearranged by balance()*/ -#endif - i16 iPage; /* Index of current page in apPage */ - MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Pages from root to current page */ - u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Current index in apPage[i] */ -}; - -/* -** Potential values for BtCursor.eState. -** -** CURSOR_VALID: -** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called. -** -** CURSOR_INVALID: -** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) -** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been -** called. -** -** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK: -** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been -** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved -** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in -** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to -** seek the cursor to the saved position. -** -** CURSOR_FAULT: -** A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred -** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this -** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state. -** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor -** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip -*/ -#define CURSOR_INVALID 0 -#define CURSOR_VALID 1 -#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 2 -#define CURSOR_FAULT 3 - -/* -** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used. -*/ -# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt) - -/* -** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock. -** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor -** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed -** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when -** a btree handle is closed. -*/ -struct BtLock { - Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */ - Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */ - u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */ - BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */ -}; - -/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */ -#define READ_LOCK 1 -#define WRITE_LOCK 2 - -/* -** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a -** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable -** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the -** page number to look up in the pointer map. -** -** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map -** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns -** the offset of the requested map entry. -** -** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page, -** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be -** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements -** this test. -*/ -#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno) -#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1)) -#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno)) - -/* -** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for -** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that -** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains -** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers -** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map -** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number. -** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types. -** -** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one -** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page -** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the -** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly. -** -** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not -** used in this case. -** -** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number -** is not used in this case. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of -** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that -** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of -** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous -** page in the overflow page list. -** -** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number -** identifies the parent page in the btree. -*/ -#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1 -#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2 -#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3 -#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4 -#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5 - -/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables -** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent. -*/ -#define btreeIntegrity(p) \ - assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \ - assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); - - -/* -** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine -** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used -** within an expression that is an argument to another macro -** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation. -** So, this macro is defined instead. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum) -#else -#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0 -#endif - - -/* -** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines -** in order to keep track of some global state information. -*/ -typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk; -struct IntegrityCk { - BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */ - Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */ - Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ - int *anRef; /* Number of times each page is referenced */ - int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */ - int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */ - int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */ - StrAccum errMsg; /* Accumulate the error message text here */ -}; - -/* -** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values. -*/ -#define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1]) -#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v)) -#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte -#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte - -/* -** Internal routines that should be accessed by the btree layer only. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeGetPage(BtShared*, Pgno, MemPage**, int); -int sqlite3BtreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage); -void sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(MemPage*, u8*, CellInfo*); -void sqlite3BtreeParseCell(MemPage*, int, CellInfo*); -int sqlite3BtreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur); -void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur); -void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur); -void sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur); diff --git a/build.c b/build.c deleted file mode 100644 index a54efcf..0000000 --- a/build.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3680 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser -** when syntax rules are reduced. The routines in this file handle the -** following kinds of SQL syntax: -** -** CREATE TABLE -** DROP TABLE -** CREATE INDEX -** DROP INDEX -** creating ID lists -** BEGIN TRANSACTION -** COMMIT -** ROLLBACK -** -** $Id: build.c,v 1.528 2009/04/08 13:51:51 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to -** be parsed. Initialize the pParse structure as needed. -*/ -void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){ - pParse->explain = (u8)explainFlag; - pParse->nVar = 0; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and -** codeTableLocks() functions. -*/ -struct TableLock { - int iDb; /* The database containing the table to be locked */ - int iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */ - u8 isWriteLock; /* True for write lock. False for a read lock */ - const char *zName; /* Name of the table */ -}; - -/* -** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. -** -** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb. -** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock. -** -** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired. The -** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to -** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding(). -*/ -void sqlite3TableLock( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */ - int iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */ - u8 isWriteLock, /* True for a write lock */ - const char *zName /* Name of the table to be locked */ -){ - int i; - int nBytes; - TableLock *p; - - if( iDb<0 ){ - return; - } - - for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ - p = &pParse->aTableLock[i]; - if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){ - p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock); - return; - } - } - - nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pParse->nTableLock+1); - pParse->aTableLock = - sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pParse->aTableLock, nBytes); - if( pParse->aTableLock ){ - p = &pParse->aTableLock[pParse->nTableLock++]; - p->iDb = iDb; - p->iTab = iTab; - p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock; - p->zName = zName; - }else{ - pParse->nTableLock = 0; - pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1; - } -} - -/* -** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the -** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()). -*/ -static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){ - int i; - Vdbe *pVdbe; - - if( 0==(pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse)) ){ - return; - } - - for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ - TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i]; - int p1 = p->iDb; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock, - p->zName, P4_STATIC); - } -} -#else - #define codeTableLocks(x) -#endif - -/* -** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been -** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been -** prepared. This routine puts the finishing touches on the -** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next -** parse. -** -** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that -** no VDBE code was generated. -*/ -void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - - db = pParse->db; - if( db->mallocFailed ) return; - if( pParse->nested ) return; - if( pParse->nErr ) return; - - /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the - ** vdbe program - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); - - /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open. - ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.) Bits are - ** set for each database that is used. Generate code to start a - ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie - ** on each used database. - */ - if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){ - u32 mask; - int iDb; - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1); - for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDbnDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){ - if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue; - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_VerifyCookie, iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb]); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - { - int i; - for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){ - char *vtab = (char *)pParse->apVtabLock[i]->pVtab; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB); - } - pParse->nVtabLock = 0; - } -#endif - - /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, - ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the - ** shared-cache feature is enabled. - */ - codeTableLocks(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->cookieGoto); - } - } - - - /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution - */ - if( v && pParse->nErr==0 && !db->mallocFailed ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - FILE *trace = (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0; - sqlite3VdbeTrace(v, trace); -#endif - assert( pParse->disableColCache==0 ); /* Disables and re-enables match */ - sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse->nVar, pParse->nMem, - pParse->nTab, pParse->explain); - pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE; - pParse->colNamesSet = 0; - }else if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pParse->nTab = 0; - pParse->nMem = 0; - pParse->nSet = 0; - pParse->nVar = 0; - pParse->cookieMask = 0; - pParse->cookieGoto = 0; -} - -/* -** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate -** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context -** currently under construction. When the parser is run recursively -** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization -** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the -** outermost parser. -** -** Not everything is nestable. This facility is designed to permit -** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER. Use -** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes. -*/ -void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *zSql; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; -# define SAVE_SZ (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar)) - char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ]; - - if( pParse->nErr ) return; - assert( pParse->nested<10 ); /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */ - va_start(ap, zFormat); - zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( zSql==0 ){ - return; /* A malloc must have failed */ - } - pParse->nested++; - memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ); - memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ); - sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); - memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ); - pParse->nested--; -} - -/* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database -** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the -** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. -** -** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the -** first matching table is returned. (No checking for duplicate table -** names is done.) The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any -** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command. -** -** See also sqlite3LocateTable(). -*/ -Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){ - Table *p = 0; - int i; - int nName; - assert( zName!=0 ); - nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName) + 1; - for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ - int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; - p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName); - if( p ) break; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database -** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the -** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. Also leave an -** error message in pParse->zErrMsg. -** -** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this -** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where -** sqlite3FindTable() does not. -*/ -Table *sqlite3LocateTable( - Parse *pParse, /* context in which to report errors */ - int isView, /* True if looking for a VIEW rather than a TABLE */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the table we are looking for */ - const char *zDbase /* Name of the database. Might be NULL */ -){ - Table *p; - - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return 0; - } - - p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase); - if( p==0 ){ - const char *zMsg = isView ? "no such view" : "no such table"; - if( zDbase ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName); - } - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Locate the in-memory structure that describes -** a particular index given the name of that index -** and the name of the database that contains the index. -** Return NULL if not found. -** -** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the -** table and the first matching index is returned. (No checking -** for duplicate index names is done.) The search order is -** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added -** using the ATTACH command. -*/ -Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){ - Index *p = 0; - int i; - int nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName)+1; - for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ - int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ - Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema; - if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; - assert( pSchema || (j==1 && !db->aDb[1].pBt) ); - if( pSchema ){ - p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName); - } - if( p ) break; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Reclaim the memory used by an index -*/ -static void freeIndex(Index *p){ - sqlite3 *db = p->pTable->dbMem; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); -} - -/* -** Remove the given index from the index hash table, and free -** its memory structures. -** -** The index is removed from the database hash tables but -** it is not unlinked from the Table that it indexes. -** Unlinking from the Table must be done by the calling function. -*/ -static void sqlite3DeleteIndex(Index *p){ - Index *pOld; - const char *zName = p->zName; - - pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->idxHash, zName, - sqlite3Strlen30(zName)+1, 0); - assert( pOld==0 || pOld==p ); - freeIndex(p); -} - -/* -** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb, -** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from -** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated -** with the index. -*/ -void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){ - Index *pIndex; - int len; - Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash; - - len = sqlite3Strlen(db, zIdxName); - pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len+1, 0); - if( pIndex ){ - if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){ - pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext; - }else{ - Index *p; - for(p=pIndex->pTable->pIndex; p && p->pNext!=pIndex; p=p->pNext){} - if( p && p->pNext==pIndex ){ - p->pNext = pIndex->pNext; - } - } - freeIndex(pIndex); - } - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; -} - -/* -** Erase all schema information from the in-memory hash tables of -** a single database. This routine is called to reclaim memory -** before the database closes. It is also called during a rollback -** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a -** schema-cookie mismatch occurs. -** -** If iDb==0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database -** files. If iDb>=1 then reset the internal schema for only the -** single file indicated. -*/ -void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ - int i, j; - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - - if( iDb==0 ){ - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - } - for(i=iDb; inDb; i++){ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pSchema ){ - assert(i==1 || (pDb->pBt && sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pDb->pBt))); - sqlite3SchemaFree(pDb->pSchema); - } - if( iDb>0 ) return; - } - assert( iDb==0 ); - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - - /* If one or more of the auxiliary database files has been closed, - ** then remove them from the auxiliary database list. We take the - ** opportunity to do this here since we have just deleted all of the - ** schema hash tables and therefore do not have to make any changes - ** to any of those tables. - */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ - if( pDb->pAux && pDb->xFreeAux ) pDb->xFreeAux(pDb->pAux); - pDb->pAux = 0; - } - } - for(i=j=2; inDb; i++){ - struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pDb->zName); - pDb->zName = 0; - continue; - } - if( jaDb[j] = db->aDb[i]; - } - j++; - } - memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j])); - db->nDb = j; - if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){ - memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0])); - sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb); - db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; - } -} - -/* -** This routine is called when a commit occurs. -*/ -void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){ - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; -} - -/* -** Clear the column names from a table or view. -*/ -static void sqliteResetColumnNames(Table *pTable){ - int i; - Column *pCol; - sqlite3 *db = pTable->dbMem; - assert( pTable!=0 ); - if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zType); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol); - } - pTable->aCol = 0; - pTable->nCol = 0; -} - -/* -** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given -** Table. No changes are made to disk by this routine. -** -** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink -** the table data structure from the hash table. Nor does it remove -** foreign keys from the sqlite.aFKey hash table. But it does destroy -** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with -** the table. -*/ -void sqlite3DeleteTable(Table *pTable){ - Index *pIndex, *pNext; - FKey *pFKey, *pNextFKey; - sqlite3 *db; - - if( pTable==0 ) return; - db = pTable->dbMem; - - /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */ - pTable->nRef--; - if( pTable->nRef>0 ){ - return; - } - assert( pTable->nRef==0 ); - - /* Delete all indices associated with this table - */ - for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){ - pNext = pIndex->pNext; - assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema ); - sqlite3DeleteIndex(pIndex); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - /* Delete all foreign keys associated with this table. The keys - ** should have already been unlinked from the pSchema->aFKey hash table - */ - for(pFKey=pTable->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNextFKey){ - pNextFKey = pFKey->pNextFrom; - assert( sqlite3HashFind(&pTable->pSchema->aFKey, - pFKey->zTo, sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo)+1)!=pFKey ); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); - } -#endif - - /* Delete the Table structure itself. - */ - sqliteResetColumnNames(pTable); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTable->pCheck); -#endif - sqlite3VtabClear(pTable); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable); -} - -/* -** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the -** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys. -*/ -void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){ - Table *p; - FKey *pF1, *pF2; - Db *pDb; - - assert( db!=0 ); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( zTabName && zTabName[0] ); - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, - sqlite3Strlen30(zTabName)+1,0); - if( p ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - for(pF1=p->pFKey; pF1; pF1=pF1->pNextFrom){ - int nTo = sqlite3Strlen30(pF1->zTo) + 1; - pF2 = sqlite3HashFind(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo); - if( pF2==pF1 ){ - sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo, pF1->pNextTo); - }else{ - while( pF2 && pF2->pNextTo!=pF1 ){ pF2=pF2->pNextTo; } - if( pF2 ){ - pF2->pNextTo = pF1->pNextTo; - } - } - } -#endif - sqlite3DeleteTable(p); - } - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; -} - -/* -** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that -** token with any quotations removed. Space to hold the returned string -** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling -** function. -** -** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so -** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent. The returned string -** is \000 terminated and is persistent. -*/ -char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ - char *zName; - if( pName ){ - zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n); - sqlite3Dequote(zName); - }else{ - zName = 0; - } - return zName; -} - -/* -** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for -** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0. -*/ -void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); - sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb)); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)5, P4_INT32); /* 5 column table */ - if( p->nTab==0 ){ - p->nTab = 1; - } -} - -/* -** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name -** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This -** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -** -1 if the named db cannot be found. -*/ -int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){ - int i = -1; /* Database number */ - if( zName ){ - Db *pDb; - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){ - if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==sqlite3Strlen30(pDb->zName) && - 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){ - break; - } - } - } - return i; -} - -/* -** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or -** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the -** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db -** does not exist. -*/ -int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ - int i; /* Database number */ - char *zName; /* Name we are searching for */ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - i = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - return i; -} - -/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens -** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: -** -** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); -** -** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if -** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: -** -** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); -** -** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". -** -** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or -** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The index of the -** database "xxx" is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3TwoPartName( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Token *pName1, /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */ - Token *pName2, /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */ - Token **pUnqual /* Write the unqualified object name here */ -){ - int iDb; /* Database holding the object */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( pName2 && pName2->n>0 ){ - if( db->init.busy ) { - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database"); - pParse->nErr++; - return -1; - } - *pUnqual = pName2; - iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); - if( iDb<0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1); - pParse->nErr++; - return -1; - } - }else{ - assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy ); - iDb = db->init.iDb; - *pUnqual = pName1; - } - return iDb; -} - -/* -** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal -** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or -** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string -** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace -** is reserved for internal use. -*/ -int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ - if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 - && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 - && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory. This is -** the first of several action routines that get called in response -** to a CREATE TABLE statement. In particular, this routine is called -** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp -** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database -** file instead of in the main database file. This is normally the case -** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between -** CREATE and TABLE. -** -** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable. -** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action -** routines will be called to add more information to this record. -** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine -** is called to complete the construction of the new table record. -*/ -void sqlite3StartTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Token *pName1, /* First part of the name of the table or view */ - Token *pName2, /* Second part of the name of the table or view */ - int isTemp, /* True if this is a TEMP table */ - int isView, /* True if this is a VIEW */ - int isVirtual, /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */ - int noErr /* Do nothing if table already exists */ -){ - Table *pTable; - char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Vdbe *v; - int iDb; /* Database number to create the table in */ - Token *pName; /* Unqualified name of the table to create */ - - /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens - ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); - ** - ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if - ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); - ** - ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". - ** - ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or - ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is - ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be - ** created in. - */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && iDb>1 ){ - /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified */ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified"); - return; - } - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1; - - pParse->sNameToken = *pName; - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( zName==0 ) return; - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp ); - { - int code; - char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - if( isView ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW; - } - }else{ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE; - } - } - if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - } -#endif - - /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing - ** index or table name in the same database. Issue an error message if - ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed - ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names - ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace - ** collisions. - */ - if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto begin_table_error; - } - pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( pTable ){ - if( !noErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName); - } - goto begin_table_error; - } - if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, 0)!=0 && (iDb==0 || !db->init.busy) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName); - goto begin_table_error; - } - } - - pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); - if( pTable==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - pParse->nErr++; - goto begin_table_error; - } - pTable->zName = zName; - pTable->iPKey = -1; - pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - pTable->nRef = 1; - pTable->dbMem = db->lookaside.bEnabled ? db : 0; - if( pParse->pNewTable ) sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->pNewTable); - pParse->pNewTable = pTable; - - /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement, - ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure - ** so that INSERT can find the table easily. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){ - pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable; - } -#endif - - /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into - ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead - ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any - ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause - ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the - ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated - ** now. - */ - if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ - int j1; - int fileFormat; - int reg1, reg2, reg3; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( isVirtual ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); - } -#endif - - /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, - ** set them now. - */ - reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; - reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem; - reg3 = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, 1); /* file_format */ - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3); - fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ? - 1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, reg3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1, reg3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), reg3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 4, reg3); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - - /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table. - ** The record created does not contain anything yet. It will be replaced - ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable(). - ** - ** The rowid for the new entry is left in register pParse->regRowid. - ** The root page number of the new table is left in reg pParse->regRoot. - ** The rowid and root page number values are needed by the code that - ** sqlite3EndTable will generate. - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) - if( isView || isVirtual ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2); - }else -#endif - { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, reg2); - } - sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, reg3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); - } - - /* Normal (non-error) return. */ - return; - - /* If an error occurs, we jump here */ -begin_table_error: - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - return; -} - -/* -** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner. -** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but -** produces larger code. -** -** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It -** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false. -*/ -#define STRICMP(x, y) (\ -sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]== \ -sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)] \ -&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 ) - -/* -** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed. -** -** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration -** in a CREATE TABLE statement. sqlite3StartTable() gets called -** first to get things going. Then this routine is called for each -** column. -*/ -void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){ - Table *p; - int i; - char *z; - Column *pCol; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; -#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN - if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName); - return; - } -#endif - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( z==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - return; - } - } - if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){ - Column *aNew; - aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0])); - if( aNew==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - return; - } - p->aCol = aNew; - } - pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol]; - memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0])); - pCol->zName = z; - - /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity - ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will - ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly. - */ - pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - p->nCol++; -} - -/* -** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of -** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. A "NOT NULL" constraint has -** been seen on a column. This routine sets the notNull flag on -** the column currently under construction. -*/ -void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){ - Table *p; - int i; - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; - i = p->nCol-1; - if( i>=0 ) p->aCol[i].notNull = (u8)onError; -} - -/* -** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the -** associated affinity type. -** -** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the -** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is -** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains -** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of -** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', -** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned. -** -** Substring | Affinity -** -------------------------------- -** 'INT' | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER -** 'CHAR' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT -** 'CLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT -** 'TEXT' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT -** 'BLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_NONE -** 'REAL' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL -** 'FLOA' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL -** 'DOUB' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL -** -** If none of the substrings in the above table are found, -** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned. -*/ -char sqlite3AffinityType(const Token *pType){ - u32 h = 0; - char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; - const unsigned char *zIn = pType->z; - const unsigned char *zEnd = &pType->z[pType->n]; - - while( zIn!=zEnd ){ - h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[*zIn]; - zIn++; - if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){ /* CHAR */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){ /* CLOB */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){ /* TEXT */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') /* BLOB */ - && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l') /* REAL */ - && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; - }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a') /* FLOA */ - && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; - }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b') /* DOUB */ - && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; -#endif - }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){ /* INT */ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - break; - } - } - - return aff; -} - -/* -** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of -** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. The pFirst token is the first -** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the -** column currently under construction. pLast is the last token -** in the sequence. Use this information to construct a string -** that contains the typename of the column and store that string -** in zType. -*/ -void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){ - Table *p; - int i; - Column *pCol; - sqlite3 *db; - - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; - i = p->nCol-1; - if( i<0 ) return; - pCol = &p->aCol[i]; - db = pParse->db; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zType); - pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pType); - pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pType); -} - -/* -** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column -** of the table currently under construction. -** -** Default value expressions must be constant. Raise an exception if this -** is not the case. -** -** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of -** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. -*/ -void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - Table *p; - Column *pCol; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)!=0 ){ - pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]); - if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pExpr) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant", - pCol->zName); - }else{ - /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains - ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression - ** is required by pragma table_info. - */ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); - pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, EXPRDUP_REDUCE|EXPRDUP_SPAN); - } - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); -} - -/* -** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names -** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the -** most recently added column of the table is the primary key. -** -** A table can have at most one primary key. If the table already has -** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an -** error. -** -** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER, -** then we will try to use that column as the rowid. Set the Table.iPKey -** field of the table under construction to be the index of the -** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column. Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is -** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. -** -** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique -** index for the key. No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs. -*/ -void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* List of field names to be indexed */ - int onError, /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */ - int autoInc, /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */ - int sortOrder /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */ -){ - Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - char *zType = 0; - int iCol = -1, i; - if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit; - if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName); - goto primary_key_exit; - } - pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey; - if( pList==0 ){ - iCol = pTab->nCol - 1; - pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1; - }else{ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){ - break; - } - } - if( iColnCol ){ - pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1; - } - } - if( pList->nExpr>1 ) iCol = -1; - } - if( iCol>=0 && iColnCol ){ - zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - } - if( zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0 - && sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC ){ - pTab->iPKey = iCol; - pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError; - assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 ); - pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement; - }else if( autoInc ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an " - "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); -#endif - }else{ - sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0, sortOrder, 0); - pList = 0; - } - -primary_key_exit: - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); - return; -} - -/* -** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction. -*/ -void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Expr *pCheckExpr /* The check expression */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - /* The CHECK expression must be duplicated so that tokens refer - ** to malloced space and not the (ephemeral) text of the CREATE TABLE - ** statement */ - pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pTab->pCheck, - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pCheckExpr, 0)); - } -#endif - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCheckExpr); -} - -/* -** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column -** to the CollSeq given. -*/ -void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ - Table *p; - int i; - char *zColl; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */ - sqlite3 *db; - - if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; - i = p->nCol-1; - db = pParse->db; - zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); - if( !zColl ) return; - - if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1) ){ - Index *pIdx; - p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl; - - /* If the column is declared as " PRIMARY KEY COLLATE ", - ** then an index may have been created on this column before the - ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case. - */ - for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - assert( pIdx->nColumn==1 ); - if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){ - pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl; - } - } - }else{ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); - } -} - -/* -** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text -** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName. -** -** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available -** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to -** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence, -** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is -** returned instead. -** -** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or -** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into -** pParse. -** -** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq(). This routine -** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found -** and generates an error message. -*/ -CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - u8 enc = ENC(db); - u8 initbusy = db->init.busy; - CollSeq *pColl; - - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, nName, initbusy); - if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){ - pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, pColl, zName, nName); - if( !pColl ){ - if( nName<0 ){ - nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName); - } - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %.*s", nName, zName); - pColl = 0; - } - } - - return pColl; -} - - -/* -** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie. -** -** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the -** database changes. After each schema change, the cookie value -** changes. When a process first reads the schema it records the -** cookie. Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database, -** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed -** since it was last read. -** -** This plan is not completely bullet-proof. It is possible for -** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be -** set back to prior value. But schema changes are infrequent -** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only -** 1 chance in 2^32. So we're safe enough. -*/ -void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 0, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); -} - -/* -** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given -** identifier. The number returned includes any quotes used -** but does not include the null terminator. -** -** The estimate is conservative. It might be larger that what is -** really needed. -*/ -static int identLength(const char *z){ - int n; - for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){ - if( *z=='"' ){ n++; } - } - return n + 2; -} - -/* -** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3GetToken() used by -** isValidDimension(). This function differs from sqlite3GetToken() in -** that: -** -** * Whitespace is ignored, and -** * The output variable *peToken is set to 0 if the end of the -** nul-terminated input string is reached. -*/ -static int getTokenNoSpace(unsigned char *z, int *peToken){ - int n = 0; - while( sqlite3Isspace(z[n]) ) n++; - if( !z[n] ){ - *peToken = 0; - return 0; - } - return n + sqlite3GetToken(&z[n], peToken); -} - -/* -** Parameter z points to a nul-terminated string. Return true if, when -** whitespace is ignored, the contents of this string matches one of -** the following patterns: -** -** "" -** "(number)" -** "(number,number)" -*/ -static int isValidDimension(unsigned char *z){ - int eToken; - int n = 0; - n += getTokenNoSpace(&z[n], &eToken); - if( eToken ){ - if( eToken!=TK_LP ) return 0; - n += getTokenNoSpace(&z[n], &eToken); - if( eToken==TK_PLUS || eToken==TK_MINUS ){ - n += getTokenNoSpace(&z[n], &eToken); - } - if( eToken!=TK_INTEGER && eToken!=TK_FLOAT ) return 0; - n += getTokenNoSpace(&z[n], &eToken); - if( eToken==TK_COMMA ){ - n += getTokenNoSpace(&z[n], &eToken); - if( eToken==TK_PLUS || eToken==TK_MINUS ){ - n += getTokenNoSpace(&z[n], &eToken); - } - if( eToken!=TK_INTEGER && eToken!=TK_FLOAT ) return 0; - n += getTokenNoSpace(&z[n], &eToken); - } - if( eToken!=TK_RP ) return 0; - getTokenNoSpace(&z[n], &eToken); - } - if( eToken ) return 0; - return 1; -} - -/* -** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second -** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at -** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the -** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent, -** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer -** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning. -** -** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric -** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword, -** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise, -** it is quoted using double-quotes. -*/ -static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent, int isTypename){ - unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent; - int i, j, needQuote; - i = *pIdx; - - for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ - if( !sqlite3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break; - } - needQuote = sqlite3Isdigit(zIdent[0]) || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID; - if( !needQuote ){ - if( isTypename ){ - /* If this is a type-name, allow a little more flexibility. In SQLite, - ** a type-name is specified as: - ** - ** ids [ids] [(number [, number])] - ** - ** where "ids" is either a quoted string or a simple identifier (in the - ** above notation, [] means optional). It is a bit tricky to check - ** for all cases, but it is good to avoid unnecessarily quoting common - ** typenames like VARCHAR(10). - */ - needQuote = !isValidDimension(&zIdent[j]); - }else{ - needQuote = zIdent[j]; - } - } - - if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; - for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ - z[i++] = zIdent[j]; - if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"'; - } - if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; - z[i] = 0; - *pIdx = i; -} - -/* -** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given -** table. Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained -** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function. -*/ -static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ - int i, k, n; - char *zStmt; - char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd, *z; - Column *pCol; - n = 0; - for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - n += identLength(pCol->zName); - z = pCol->zType; - if( z ){ - n += identLength(z); - } - } - n += identLength(p->zName); - if( n<50 ){ - zSep = ""; - zSep2 = ","; - zEnd = ")"; - }else{ - zSep = "\n "; - zSep2 = ",\n "; - zEnd = "\n)"; - } - n += 35 + 6*p->nCol; - zStmt = sqlite3Malloc( n ); - if( zStmt==0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return 0; - } - sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE "); - k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt); - identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName, 0); - zStmt[k++] = '('; - for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep); - k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]); - zSep = zSep2; - identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName, 0); - if( (z = pCol->zType)!=0 ){ - zStmt[k++] = ' '; - assert( (int)(sqlite3Strlen30(z)+k+1)<=n ); - identPut(zStmt, &k, z, 1); - } - } - sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd); - return zStmt; -} - -/* -** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates -** a CREATE TABLE statement. -** -** The table structure that other action routines have been building -** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have -** occurred. -** -** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless -** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1. When db->init.busy==1 -** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just -** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has -** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in -** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again. -** -** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine -** was called to create a table generated from a -** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of -** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT. -*/ -void sqlite3EndTable( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ - Token *pCons, /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */ - Token *pEnd, /* The final ')' token in the CREATE TABLE */ - Select *pSelect /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */ -){ - Table *p; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - - if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) { - return; - } - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 ) return; - - assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect ); - - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions. - */ - if( p->pCheck ){ - SrcList sSrc; /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */ - - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc)); - sSrc.nSrc = 1; - sSrc.a[0].zName = p->zName; - sSrc.a[0].pTab = p; - sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1; - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc; - sNC.isCheck = 1; - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pCheck) ){ - return; - } - } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ - - /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the - ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk. - ** So do not write to the disk again. Extract the root page number - ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field. (The page number - ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.) - */ - if( db->init.busy ){ - p->tnum = db->init.newTnum; - } - - /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table - ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database. - ** - ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary - ** file instead of into the main database file. - */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - int n; - Vdbe *v; - char *zType; /* "view" or "table" */ - char *zType2; /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */ - char *zStmt; /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */ - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0); - - /* - ** Initialize zType for the new view or table. - */ - if( p->pSelect==0 ){ - /* A regular table */ - zType = "table"; - zType2 = "TABLE"; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - }else{ - /* A view */ - zType = "view"; - zType2 = "VIEW"; -#endif - } - - /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT - ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the - ** new table is in register pParse->regRoot. - ** - ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a - ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used - ** by the new table. - ** - ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table, - ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since - ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would - ** be redundant. - */ - if( pSelect ){ - SelectDest dest; - Table *pSelTab; - - assert(pParse->nTab==1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); - pParse->nTab = 2; - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, 1); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1); - if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ - pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect); - if( pSelTab==0 ) return; - assert( p->aCol==0 ); - p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; - p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; - pSelTab->nCol = 0; - pSelTab->aCol = 0; - sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab); - } - } - - /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */ - if( pSelect ){ - zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p); - }else{ - n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + 1; - zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z - ); - } - - /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the - ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all - ** the information we've collected. - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s " - "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q " - "WHERE rowid=#%d", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - zType, - p->zName, - p->zName, - pParse->regRoot, - zStmt, - pParse->regRowid - ); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for - ** keeping track of autoincrement keys. - */ - if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)", - pDb->zName - ); - } - } -#endif - - /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q'",p->zName), P4_DYNAMIC); - } - - - /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database. - */ - if( db->init.busy && pParse->nErr==0 ){ - Table *pOld; - FKey *pFKey; - Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema; - pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, - sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName)+1,p); - if( pOld ){ - assert( p==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - for(pFKey=p->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ - void *data; - int nTo = sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo) + 1; - pFKey->pNextTo = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo); - data = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo, pFKey); - if( data==(void *)pFKey ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } -#endif - pParse->pNewTable = 0; - db->nTable++; - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - if( !p->pSelect ){ - const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z; - int nName; - assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd ); - if( pCons->z==0 ){ - pCons = pEnd; - } - nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName); - p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName); - } -#endif - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -/* -** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW -*/ -void sqlite3CreateView( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - Token *pBegin, /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */ - Token *pName1, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ - Token *pName2, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */ - int isTemp, /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */ - int noErr /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */ -){ - Table *p; - int n; - const unsigned char *z; - Token sEnd; - DbFixer sFix; - Token *pName; - int iDb; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( pParse->nVar>0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views"); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - return; - } - sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr); - p = pParse->pNewTable; - if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - return; - } - sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); - if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName) - && sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect) - ){ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - return; - } - - /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view. - ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically - ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that - ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns. - */ - p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return; - } - if( !db->init.busy ){ - sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p); - } - - /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement. Make sEnd point to - ** the end. - */ - sEnd = pParse->sLastToken; - if( sEnd.z[0]!=0 && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){ - sEnd.z += sEnd.n; - } - sEnd.n = 0; - n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z); - z = (const unsigned char*)pBegin->z; - while( n>0 && (z[n-1]==';' || sqlite3Isspace(z[n-1])) ){ n--; } - sEnd.z = &z[n-1]; - sEnd.n = 1; - - /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */ - sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0); - return; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) -/* -** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW. Fill in the names of -** the columns of the view in the pTable structure. Return the number -** of errors. If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg. -*/ -int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ - Table *pSelTab; /* A fake table from which we get the result set */ - Select *pSel; /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */ - int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ - int n; /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection for malloc errors */ - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); - - assert( pTable ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0; -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are - ** already known. - */ - if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0; - - /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently - ** trying to compute the column names. If we enter this routine with - ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this: - ** - ** CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two; - ** CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one; - ** - ** Actually, this error is caught previously and so the following test - ** should always fail. But we will leave it in place just to be safe. - */ - if( pTable->nCol<0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName); - return 1; - } - assert( pTable->nCol>=0 ); - - /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names. - ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any - ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors - ** to the elements of the FROM clause. But we do not want these changes - ** to be permanent. So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT - ** statement that defines the view. - */ - assert( pTable->pSelect ); - pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0); - if( pSel ){ - u8 enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled; - n = pParse->nTab; - sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc); - pTable->nCol = -1; - db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - xAuth = db->xAuth; - db->xAuth = 0; - pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel); - db->xAuth = xAuth; -#else - pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel); -#endif - db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside; - pParse->nTab = n; - if( pSelTab ){ - assert( pTable->aCol==0 ); - pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; - pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; - pSelTab->nCol = 0; - pSelTab->aCol = 0; - sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab); - pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews; - }else{ - pTable->nCol = 0; - nErr++; - } - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel); - } else { - nErr++; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - return nErr; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -/* -** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx. -*/ -static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){ - HashElem *i; - if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return; - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqliteResetColumnNames(pTab); - } - } - DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews); -} -#else -# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B) -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ - -/* -** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema -** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The -** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom -** to iTo. -** -** Ticket #1728: The symbol table might still contain information -** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted. -** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might -** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is -** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match -** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices -** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved. -** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with -** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo -** in order to be certain that we got the right one. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db *pDb, int iFrom, int iTo){ - HashElem *pElem; - Hash *pHash; - - pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash; - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); - if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){ - pTab->tnum = iTo; - } - } - pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash; - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem); - if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){ - pIdx->tnum = iTo; - } - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb. -** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema -** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst -** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). -*/ -static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer - ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to - ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to - ** reflect this. - ** - ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value - ** is in register NNN. See sqlite3RegisterExpr(). - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d", - pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable, r1, r1); -#endif - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); -} - -/* -** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk. -** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions -** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer -** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). -*/ -static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - Index *pIdx; - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb); - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - } -#else - /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the - ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically - ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages - ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the - ** following were coded: - ** - ** OP_Destroy 4 0 - ** ... - ** OP_Destroy 5 0 - ** - ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the - ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the - ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit - ** a free-list page. - */ - int iTab = pTab->tnum; - int iDestroyed = 0; - - while( 1 ){ - Index *pIdx; - int iLargest = 0; - - if( iDestroyed==0 || iTabpIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int iIdx = pIdx->tnum; - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdxiLargest ){ - iLargest = iIdx; - } - } - if( iLargest==0 ){ - return; - }else{ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb); - iDestroyed = iLargest; - } - } -#endif -} - -/* -** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement. -** pName is the name of the table to be dropped. -*/ -void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){ - Table *pTab; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView, - pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); - - if( pTab==0 ){ - if( noErr ){ - sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse); - } - goto exit_drop_table; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - - /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure - ** it is initialized. - */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code; - const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - const char *zArg2 = 0; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - if( isView ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE; - zArg2 = pTab->pMod->zName; -#endif - }else{ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE; - }else{ - code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE; - } - } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_table; - } - } -#endif - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used - ** on a table. - */ - if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; - } - if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName); - goto exit_drop_table; - } -#endif - - /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table - ** on disk. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - Trigger *pTrigger; - Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); - } - } -#endif - - /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code - ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or - ** sqlite_temp_master if required. - */ - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); - while( pTrigger ){ - assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || - pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ); - sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); - pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT - /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with - ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped - ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to - ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode). - */ - if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %s.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q", - pDb->zName, pTab->zName - ); - } -#endif - - /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the - ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes - ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being - ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be - ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another - ** database. - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'", - pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName); - - /* Drop any statistics from the sqlite_stat1 table, if it exists */ - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", db->aDb[iDb].zName) ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q", pDb->zName, pTab->zName - ); - } - - if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - destroyTable(pParse, pTab); - } - - /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify - ** the schema cookie. - */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - } - sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb); - -exit_drop_table: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); -} - -/* -** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table -** currently under construction. pFromCol determines which columns -** in the current table point to the foreign key. If pFromCol==0 then -** connect the key to the last column inserted. pTo is the name of -** the table referred to. pToCol is a list of tables in the other -** pTo table that the foreign key points to. flags contains all -** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified -** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses. -** -** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently -** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field. The new FKey -** is not linked into db->aFKey at this point - that does not happen -** until sqlite3EndTable(). -** -** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing. A subsequent call -** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED. -*/ -void sqlite3CreateForeignKey( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pFromCol, /* Columns in this table that point to other table */ - Token *pTo, /* Name of the other table */ - ExprList *pToCol, /* Columns in the other table */ - int flags /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - FKey *pFKey = 0; - Table *p = pParse->pNewTable; - int nByte; - int i; - int nCol; - char *z; - - assert( pTo!=0 ); - if( p==0 || pParse->nErr || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end; - if( pFromCol==0 ){ - int iCol = p->nCol-1; - if( iCol<0 ) goto fk_end; - if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s" - " should reference only one column of table %T", - p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo); - goto fk_end; - } - nCol = 1; - }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of " - "columns in the referenced table"); - goto fk_end; - }else{ - nCol = pFromCol->nExpr; - } - nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + nCol*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1; - if( pToCol ){ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1; - } - } - pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte ); - if( pFKey==0 ){ - goto fk_end; - } - pFKey->pFrom = p; - pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey; - z = (char*)&pFKey[1]; - pFKey->aCol = (struct sColMap*)z; - z += sizeof(struct sColMap)*nCol; - pFKey->zTo = z; - memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n); - z[pTo->n] = 0; - z += pTo->n+1; - pFKey->pNextTo = 0; - pFKey->nCol = nCol; - if( pFromCol==0 ){ - pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1; - }else{ - for(i=0; inCol; j++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){ - pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j; - break; - } - } - if( j>=p->nCol ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", - pFromCol->a[i].zName); - goto fk_end; - } - } - } - if( pToCol ){ - for(i=0; ia[i].zName); - pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z; - memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n); - z[n] = 0; - z += n+1; - } - } - pFKey->isDeferred = 0; - pFKey->deleteConf = (u8)(flags & 0xff); - pFKey->updateConf = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff); - pFKey->insertConf = (u8)((flags >> 16 ) & 0xff); - - /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step. - */ - p->pFKey = pFKey; - pFKey = 0; - -fk_end: - sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol); -} - -/* -** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED -** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition. The isDeferred -** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE. -** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted -** accordingly. -*/ -void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - Table *pTab; - FKey *pFKey; - if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return; - assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 ); - pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred; -#endif -} - -/* -** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx. This is -** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the -** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command. -** -** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly -** created. The register specified by memRootPage contains the -** root page number of the index. If memRootPage is negative, then -** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and -** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum. -*/ -static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ - Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; /* The table that is indexed */ - int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pTab */ - int iIdx = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */ - int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */ - int tnum; /* Root page of index */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ - KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */ - int regIdxKey; /* Registers containing the index key */ - int regRecord; /* Register holding assemblied index record */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0, - db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ - return; - } -#endif - - /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */ - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - if( memRootPage>=0 ){ - tnum = memRootPage; - }else{ - tnum = pIndex->tnum; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb); - } - pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIndex); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, - (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - if( memRootPage>=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); - } - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); - regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - regIdxKey = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIndex, iTab, regRecord, 1); - if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){ - int j1, j2; - int regRowid; - - regRowid = regIdxKey + pIndex->nColumn; - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IsNull, regIdxKey, 0, pIndex->nColumn); - j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx, - 0, regRowid, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(regRecord), P4_INT32); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, OE_Abort, 0, - "indexed columns are not unique", P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx); -} - -/* -** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index -** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will -** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a -** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable -** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is -** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement. -** -** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this -** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added -** to the table currently under construction. -*/ -void sqlite3CreateIndex( - Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */ - Token *pName1, /* First part of index name. May be NULL */ - Token *pName2, /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */ - SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */ - ExprList *pList, /* A list of columns to be indexed */ - int onError, /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ - Token *pStart, /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */ - Token *pEnd, /* The ")" that closes the CREATE INDEX statement */ - int sortOrder, /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */ - int ifNotExist /* Omit error if index already exists */ -){ - Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */ - Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */ - char *zName = 0; /* Name of the index */ - int nName; /* Number of characters in zName */ - int i, j; - Token nullId; /* Fake token for an empty ID list */ - DbFixer sFix; /* For assigning database names to pTable */ - int sortOrderMask; /* 1 to honor DESC in index. 0 to ignore. */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Db *pDb; /* The specific table containing the indexed database */ - int iDb; /* Index of the database that is being written */ - Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */ - struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */ - int nCol; - int nExtra = 0; - char *zExtra; - - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - - /* - ** Find the table that is to be indexed. Return early if not found. - */ - if( pTblName!=0 ){ - - /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database - ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db - ** before looking up the table. - */ - assert( pName1 && pName2 ); - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); - if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the the table - ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this - ** if initialising a database schema. - */ - if( !db->init.busy ){ - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName); - if( pName2 && pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ - iDb = 1; - } - } -#endif - - if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName) && - sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName) - ){ - /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier, - ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */ - assert(0); - } - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pTblName->a[0].zName, - pTblName->a[0].zDatabase); - if( !pTab || db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_create_index; - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - }else{ - assert( pName==0 ); - pTab = pParse->pNewTable; - if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - } - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - - if( pTab==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto exit_create_index; - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 - && memcmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName); - goto exit_create_index; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - if( pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed"); - goto exit_create_index; - } -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed"); - goto exit_create_index; - } -#endif - - /* - ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another - ** index or table with the same name. - ** - ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the - ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and - ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or - ** index, then we will continue to process this index. - ** - ** If pName==0 it means that we are - ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint. We have to invent our - ** own name. - */ - if( pName ){ - zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index; - if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index; - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - if( !db->init.busy ){ - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index; - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName); - goto exit_create_index; - } - } - if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){ - if( !ifNotExist ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName); - } - goto exit_create_index; - } - }else{ - int n; - Index *pLoop; - for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){} - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n); - if( zName==0 ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - } - - /* Check for authorization to create an index. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - const char *zDb = pDb->zName; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - } -#endif - - /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary - ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction. - ** So create a fake list to simulate this. - */ - if( pList==0 ){ - nullId.z = (u8*)pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName; - nullId.n = sqlite3Strlen30((char*)nullId.z); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0, &nullId); - if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index; - pList->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)sortOrder; - } - - /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly - ** specified collation sequence names. - */ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pExpr; - CollSeq *pColl; - if( (pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr)!=0 && (pColl = pExpr->pColl)!=0 ){ - nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName)); - } - } - - /* - ** Allocate the index structure. - */ - nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - nCol = pList->nExpr; - pIndex = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, - sizeof(Index) + /* Index structure */ - sizeof(int)*nCol + /* Index.aiColumn */ - sizeof(int)*(nCol+1) + /* Index.aiRowEst */ - sizeof(char *)*nCol + /* Index.azColl */ - sizeof(u8)*nCol + /* Index.aSortOrder */ - nName + 1 + /* Index.zName */ - nExtra /* Collation sequence names */ - ); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - pIndex->azColl = (char**)(&pIndex[1]); - pIndex->aiColumn = (int *)(&pIndex->azColl[nCol]); - pIndex->aiRowEst = (unsigned *)(&pIndex->aiColumn[nCol]); - pIndex->aSortOrder = (u8 *)(&pIndex->aiRowEst[nCol+1]); - pIndex->zName = (char *)(&pIndex->aSortOrder[nCol]); - zExtra = (char *)(&pIndex->zName[nName+1]); - memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1); - pIndex->pTable = pTab; - pIndex->nColumn = pList->nExpr; - pIndex->onError = (u8)onError; - pIndex->autoIndex = (u8)(pName==0); - pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; - - /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns - */ - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){ - sortOrderMask = -1; /* Honor DESC */ - }else{ - sortOrderMask = 0; /* Ignore DESC */ - } - - /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and - ** load the column indices into the Index structure. Report an error - ** if any column is not found. - */ - for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pListItem++){ - const char *zColName = pListItem->zName; - Column *pTabCol; - int requestedSortOrder; - char *zColl; /* Collation sequence name */ - - for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pTabCol++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break; - } - if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s", - pTab->zName, zColName); - goto exit_create_index; - } - /* TODO: Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named - ** more than once within the same index. Only the first instance of - ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer. Note that using the - ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would - ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning. - */ - pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j; - if( pListItem->pExpr && pListItem->pExpr->pColl ){ - assert( pListItem->pExpr->pColl ); - zColl = zExtra; - sqlite3_snprintf(nExtra, zExtra, "%s", pListItem->pExpr->pColl->zName); - zExtra += (sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1); - }else{ - zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl; - if( !zColl ){ - zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName; - } - } - if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1) ){ - goto exit_create_index; - } - pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl; - requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask; - pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder; - } - sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex); - - if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){ - /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a - ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or - ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions. - ** i.e. one of: - ** - ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y); - ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y)); - ** - ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If - ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to - ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with - ** explicit indices. - */ - Index *pIdx; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - int k; - assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ); - assert( pIdx->autoIndex ); - assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ); - - if( pIdx->nColumn!=pIndex->nColumn ) continue; - for(k=0; knColumn; k++){ - const char *z1 = pIdx->azColl[k]; - const char *z2 = pIndex->azColl[k]; - if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break; - if( pIdx->aSortOrder[k]!=pIndex->aSortOrder[k] ) break; - if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break; - } - if( k==pIdx->nColumn ){ - if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){ - /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous - ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement. - ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this - ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit - ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the - ** explicitly specified behaviour for the index. - */ - if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0); - } - if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){ - pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError; - } - } - goto exit_create_index; - } - } - } - - /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other - ** in-memory database structures. - */ - if( db->init.busy ){ - Index *p; - p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, - pIndex->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pIndex->zName)+1, - pIndex); - if( p ){ - assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - goto exit_create_index; - } - db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; - if( pTblName!=0 ){ - pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum; - } - } - - /* If the db->init.busy is 0 then create the index on disk. This - ** involves writing the index into the master table and filling in the - ** index with the current table contents. - ** - ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX - ** command. db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and - ** CREATE INDEX statements are read out of the master table. In - ** the latter case the index already exists on disk, which is why - ** we don't want to recreate it. - ** - ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as a primary key - ** or UNIQUE constraint of a CREATE TABLE statement. Since the table - ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization - ** step can be skipped. - */ - else if( db->init.busy==0 ){ - Vdbe *v; - char *zStmt; - int iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index; - - - /* Create the rootpage for the index - */ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, iMem); - - /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into - ** the zStmt variable - */ - if( pStart && pEnd ){ - /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */ - zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s", - onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", - pEnd->z - pName->z + 1, - pName->z); - }else{ - /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */ - /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */ - zStmt = 0; - } - - /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index - */ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - pIndex->zName, - pTab->zName, - iMem, - zStmt - ); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); - - /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire - ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements. - */ - if( pTblName ){ - sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem); - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pIndex->zName), P4_DYNAMIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0); - } - } - - /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make - ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled - ** OE_Ignore. This is necessary for the correct operation of UPDATE - ** and INSERT. - */ - if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){ - if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0 - || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){ - pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex; - pTab->pIndex = pIndex; - }else{ - Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex; - while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){ - pOther = pOther->pNext; - } - pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext; - pOther->pNext = pIndex; - } - pIndex = 0; - } - - /* Clean up before exiting */ -exit_create_index: - if( pIndex ){ - sqlite3_free(pIndex->zColAff); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pIndex); - } - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - return; -} - -/* -** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat. -** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary. -*/ -void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){ - Vdbe *v; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - int j1; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, 1); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, r2); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, r2, 0, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1, r2); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); - } -} - -/* -** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information -** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command. -** -** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index. -** Since we do not know, guess 1 million. aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the -** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the -** first column of the index. aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number -** of rows that match any particular combiniation of the first 2 columns -** of the index. And so forth. It must always be the case that -* -** aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1] -** aiRowEst[N]>=1 -** -** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to -** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized. The numbers generated here -** are based on typical values found in actual indices. -*/ -void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){ - unsigned *a = pIdx->aiRowEst; - int i; - assert( a!=0 ); - a[0] = 1000000; - for(i=pIdx->nColumn; i>=5; i--){ - a[i] = 5; - } - while( i>=1 ){ - a[i] = 11 - i; - i--; - } - if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ - a[pIdx->nColumn] = 1; - } -} - -/* -** This routine will drop an existing named index. This routine -** implements the DROP INDEX statement. -*/ -void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){ - Index *pIndex; - Vdbe *v; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iDb; - - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); - if( pIndex==0 ){ - if( !ifExists ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0); - } - pParse->checkSchema = 1; - goto exit_drop_index; - } - if( pIndex->autoIndex ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE " - "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0); - goto exit_drop_index; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX; - Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; - const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ - goto exit_drop_index; - } - } -#endif - - /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), - pIndex->zName - ); - if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", db->aDb[iDb].zName) ){ - sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, - "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE idx=%Q", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, pIndex->zName - ); - } - sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); - destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0); - } - -exit_drop_index: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); -} - -/* -** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the -** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine allocates a new -** object on the end of the array. -** -** *pnEntry is the number of entries already in use. *pnAlloc is -** the previously allocated size of the array. initSize is the -** suggested initial array size allocation. -** -** The index of the new entry is returned in *pIdx. -** -** This routine returns a pointer to the array of objects. This -** might be the same as the pArray parameter or it might be a different -** pointer if the array was resized. -*/ -void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ - void *pArray, /* Array of objects. Might be reallocated */ - int szEntry, /* Size of each object in the array */ - int initSize, /* Suggested initial allocation, in elements */ - int *pnEntry, /* Number of objects currently in use */ - int *pnAlloc, /* Current size of the allocation, in elements */ - int *pIdx /* Write the index of a new slot here */ -){ - char *z; - if( *pnEntry >= *pnAlloc ){ - void *pNew; - int newSize; - newSize = (*pnAlloc)*2 + initSize; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, newSize*szEntry); - if( pNew==0 ){ - *pIdx = -1; - return pArray; - } - *pnAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew)/szEntry; - pArray = pNew; - } - z = (char*)pArray; - memset(&z[*pnEntry * szEntry], 0, szEntry); - *pIdx = *pnEntry; - ++*pnEntry; - return pArray; -} - -/* -** Append a new element to the given IdList. Create a new IdList if -** need be. -** -** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails. -*/ -IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) ); - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - pList->nAlloc = 0; - } - pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pList->a, - sizeof(pList->a[0]), - 5, - &pList->nId, - &pList->nAlloc, - &i - ); - if( i<0 ){ - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList); - return 0; - } - pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); - return pList; -} - -/* -** Delete an IdList. -*/ -void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); -} - -/* -** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId. Return -1 -** if not found. -*/ -int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return -1; - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i; - } - return -1; -} - -/* -** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by -** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart. iStart is zero based. -** New slots are zeroed. -** -** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B. -** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this: -** -** sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2); -** -** After the call above it would contain: A, B, nil, nil, nil. -** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result -** would have been: A, nil, nil, nil, B. To prepend the new slots, -** the iStart value would be 0. The result then would -** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B. -** -** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged. The -** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true. -*/ -SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* The SrcList to be enlarged */ - int nExtra, /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */ - int iStart /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */ -){ - int i; - - /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */ - assert( iStart>=0 ); - assert( nExtra>=1 ); - if( pSrc==0 || iStart>pSrc->nSrc ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - return pSrc; - } - - /* Allocate additional space if needed */ - if( pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){ - SrcList *pNew; - int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc+nExtra; - int nGot; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc, - sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) ); - if( pNew==0 ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - return pSrc; - } - pSrc = pNew; - nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1; - pSrc->nAlloc = (u16)nGot; - } - - /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots - ** out of the way */ - for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){ - pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i]; - } - pSrc->nSrc += (i16)nExtra; - - /* Zero the newly allocated slots */ - memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra); - for(i=iStart; ia[i].iCursor = -1; - } - - /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */ - return pSrc; -} - - -/* -** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if -** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pToken is NULL. -** -** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error. The returned -** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be -** a new one. If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList -** that is input to this routine is automatically freed. -** -** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional -** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase -** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name. -** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might -** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. -** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable, -** or with NULL if no database is specified. -** -** In other words, if call like this: -** -** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0); -** -** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified. If called -** like this: -** -** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C); -** -** Then C is the table name and B is the database name. -*/ -SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ - SrcList *pList, /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */ - Token *pTable, /* Table to append */ - Token *pDatabase /* Database of the table */ -){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) ); - if( pList==0 ) return 0; - pList->nAlloc = 1; - } - pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList); - return 0; - } - pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1]; - if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){ - pDatabase = 0; - } - if( pDatabase && pTable ){ - Token *pTemp = pDatabase; - pDatabase = pTable; - pTable = pTemp; - } - pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable); - pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase); - return pList; -} - -/* -** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList -*/ -void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){ - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - if( pList ){ - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break; - pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure. -*/ -void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){ - int i; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zIndex); - sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); -} - -/* -** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the -** end of a growing FROM clause. The "p" parameter is the part of -** the FROM clause that has already been constructed. "p" is NULL -** if this is the first term of the FROM clause. pTable and pDatabase -** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term. -** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the -** usual case. If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the -** alias token. If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the -** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes. The pTable and -** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries. The pOn and pUsing -** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses. -** -** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new -** term added. -*/ -SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - SrcList *p, /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */ - Token *pTable, /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */ - Token *pDatabase, /* Name of the database containing pTable */ - Token *pAlias, /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */ - Select *pSubquery, /* A subquery used in place of a table name */ - Expr *pOn, /* The ON clause of a join */ - IdList *pUsing /* The USING clause of a join */ -){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase); - if( p==0 || p->nSrc==0 ){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery); - return p; - } - pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; - if( pAlias && pAlias->n ){ - pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias); - } - pItem->pSelect = pSubquery; - pItem->pOn = pOn; - pItem->pUsing = pUsing; - return p; -} - -/* -** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added -** element of the source-list passed as the second argument. -*/ -void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){ - if( pIndexedBy && p && p->nSrc>0 ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; - assert( pItem->notIndexed==0 && pItem->zIndex==0 ); - if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){ - /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y - ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */ - pItem->notIndexed = 1; - }else{ - pItem->zIndex = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy); - } - } -} - -/* -** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator -** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator -** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine -** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM -** clause. -** -** Example: Suppose the join is like this: -** -** A natural cross join B -** -** The operator is "natural cross join". The A and B operands are stored -** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively. The parser initially stores the -** operator with A. This routine shifts that operator over to B. -*/ -void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){ - if( p && p->a ){ - int i; - for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){ - p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype; - } - p->a[0].jointype = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Begin a transaction -*/ -void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - int i; - - if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ) return; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( !v ) return; - if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0); -} - -/* -** Commit a transaction -*/ -void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - - if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ) return; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0); - } -} - -/* -** Rollback a transaction -*/ -void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - - if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ) return; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1); - } -} - -/* -** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create, -** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. -*/ -void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){ - char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); - if( zName ){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - static const char *az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" }; - assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 ); -#endif - if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){ - sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName); - return; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC); - } -} - -/* -** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return -** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure. -*/ -int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){ - int rc; - static const int flags = - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | - SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | - SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, flags, - &db->aDb[1].pBt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database " - "file for storing temporary tables"); - pParse->rc = rc; - return 1; - } - assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_InTrans)==0 || db->autoCommit ); - assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema ); - sqlite3PagerJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[1].pBt), - db->dfltJournalMode); - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start -** a read-transaction for all named database files. -** -** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all -** read transactions be started before anything else happens in -** the VDBE program. But this routine can be called after much other -** code has been generated. So here is what we do: -** -** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that -** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program. Then we -** record every database that needs its schema verified in the -** pParse->cookieMask field. Later, after all other code has been -** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and -** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value -** will be made to point to that subroutine. The generation of the -** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlite3FinishCoding(). -** -** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the -** schema on any databases. This can be used to position the OP_Goto -** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used. -*/ -void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ - sqlite3 *db; - Vdbe *v; - int mask; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; /* This only happens if there was a prior error */ - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->cookieGoto==0 ){ - pParse->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1; - } - if( iDb>=0 ){ - assert( iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 ); - assert( iDbcookieMask & mask)==0 ){ - pParse->cookieMask |= mask; - pParse->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie; - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that -** might change the database. -** -** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within -** a transaction. If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint -** is set if the setStatement parameter is true. A checkpoint should -** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of -** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to -** rollback the whole transaction. For operations where all constraints -** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never -** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set. -*/ -void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - pParse->writeMask |= 1<nested==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Statement, iDb); - } -} - -/* -** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl. Return -** true if it does and false if it does not. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){ - int i; - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i]; - if( z==zColl || (z && zColl && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl)) ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} -#endif - -/* -** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl. -** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){ - Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ - - for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ - if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); - } - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the -** indices use the collating sequence pColl. If pColl==0 then recompute -** all indices everywhere. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){ - Db *pDb; /* A single database */ - int iDb; /* The database index number */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */ - Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ - - for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){ - assert( pDb!=0 ); - for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ - pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); - reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl); - } - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Generate code for the REINDEX command. -** -** REINDEX -- 1 -** REINDEX -- 2 -** REINDEX ?.? -- 3 -** REINDEX ?.? -- 4 -** -** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt. -** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named -** collating function. Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all -** indices associated with the named table. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX -void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ - CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */ - char *z; /* Name of a table or index */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of the database */ - Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ - Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ - int iDb; /* The database index number */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - Token *pObjName; /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */ - - /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message - ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - return; - } - - if( pName1==0 || pName1->z==0 ){ - reindexDatabases(pParse, 0); - return; - }else if( pName2==0 || pName2->z==0 ){ - char *zColl; - assert( pName1->z ); - zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1); - if( !zColl ) return; - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, -1, 0); - if( pColl ){ - if( zColl ){ - reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); - } - return; - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); - } - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName); - if( z==0 ) return; - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - return; - } - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb); - sqlite3DbFree(db, z); - if( pIndex ){ - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); - return; - } - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed"); -} -#endif - -/* -** Return a dynamicly allocated KeyInfo structure that can be used -** with OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite to access database index pIdx. -** -** If successful, a pointer to the new structure is returned. In this case -** the caller is responsible for calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the returned -** pointer. If an error occurs (out of memory or missing collation -** sequence), NULL is returned and the state of pParse updated to reflect -** the error. -*/ -KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ - int i; - int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; - int nBytes = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*) + nCol; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nBytes); - - if( pKey ){ - pKey->db = pParse->db; - pKey->aSortOrder = (u8 *)&(pKey->aColl[nCol]); - assert( &pKey->aSortOrder[nCol]==&(((u8 *)pKey)[nBytes]) ); - for(i=0; iazColl[i]; - assert( zColl ); - pKey->aColl[i] = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1); - pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; - } - pKey->nField = (u16)nCol; - } - - if( pParse->nErr ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pKey); - pKey = 0; - } - return pKey; -} diff --git a/callback.c b/callback.c deleted file mode 100644 index c4a5280..0000000 --- a/callback.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,455 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2005 May 23 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables -** of user defined functions and collation sequences. -** -** $Id: callback.c,v 1.37 2009/03/24 15:08:10 drh Exp $ -*/ - -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence -** in the database text encoding of name zName, length nName. -** If the collation sequence -*/ -static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int nName){ - assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 ); - if( nName<0 ) nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName); - if( db->xCollNeeded ){ - char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zName, nName); - if( !zExternal ) return; - db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){ - char const *zExternal; - sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, nName, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); - if( zExternal ){ - db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a -** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions -** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one -** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if -** possible. -*/ -static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){ - CollSeq *pColl2; - char *z = pColl->zName; - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); - int i; - static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 }; - for(i=0; i<3; i++){ - pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, n, 0); - if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){ - memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq)); - pColl->xDel = 0; /* Do not copy the destructor */ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback -** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the -** requested collation sequence is not available in the database native -** encoding. -** -** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding -** collation sequence with name zName, length nName. -** -** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database -** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation -** sequence can be found. -*/ -CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq( - sqlite3* db, - CollSeq *pColl, - const char *zName, - int nName -){ - CollSeq *p; - - p = pColl; - if( !p ){ - p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0); - } - if( !p || !p->xCmp ){ - /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered. - ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one. - */ - callCollNeeded(db, zName, nName); - p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0); - } - if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){ - p = 0; - } - assert( !p || p->xCmp ); - return p; -} - -/* -** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to -** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when -** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences -** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc. -** -** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to -** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, -** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different -** from the main database is substituted, if one is available. -*/ -int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){ - if( pColl ){ - const char *zName = pColl->zName; - CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse->db, pColl, zName, -1); - if( !p ){ - if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName); - } - pParse->nErr++; - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - assert( p==pColl ); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - - -/* -** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry -** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is -** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL. -** -** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an -** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence -** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be. -** -** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of -** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in -** each collation sequence structure. -*/ -static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zName, - int nName, - int create -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - if( nName<0 ) nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName); - pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); - - if( 0==pColl && create ){ - pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 ); - if( pColl ){ - CollSeq *pDel = 0; - pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE; - pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; - pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; - memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName); - pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0; - pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl); - - /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will - ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added - ** to the hash table). - */ - assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl ); - if( pDel!=0 ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); - pColl = 0; - } - } - } - return pColl; -} - -/* -** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long. -** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName -** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'. -** -** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a -** new entry. Otherwise return NULL. -** -** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around -** this routine. sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory -** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence -** cannot be found. -*/ -CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq( - sqlite3 *db, - u8 enc, - const char *zName, - int nName, - int create -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - if( zName ){ - pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, nName, create); - }else{ - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - } - assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); - assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1; - return pColl; -} - -/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure -** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument -** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system -** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the -** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match. -** -** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows: -** -** 0: Not a match, or if nArg<0 and the function is has no implementation. -** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 -** encoding is requested, or vice versa. -** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is -** requested, or vice versa. -** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding. -** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that -** prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa. -** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that -** prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa. -** 6: An exact match. -** -*/ -static int matchQuality(FuncDef *p, int nArg, u8 enc){ - int match = 0; - if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg - || (nArg==-1 && (p->xFunc!=0 || p->xStep!=0)) - ){ - match = 1; - if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){ - match = 4; - } - if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){ - match += 2; - } - else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) || - (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){ - match += 1; - } - } - return match; -} - -/* -** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name. Return -** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match. -*/ -static FuncDef *functionSearch( - FuncDefHash *pHash, /* Hash table to search */ - int h, /* Hash of the name */ - const char *zFunc, /* Name of function */ - int nFunc /* Number of bytes in zFunc */ -){ - FuncDef *p; - for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){ - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){ - return p; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table. -*/ -void sqlite3FuncDefInsert( - FuncDefHash *pHash, /* The hash table into which to insert */ - FuncDef *pDef /* The function definition to insert */ -){ - FuncDef *pOther; - int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName); - u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0]; - int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a); - pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName); - if( pOther ){ - pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext; - pOther->pNext = pDef; - }else{ - pDef->pNext = 0; - pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h]; - pHash->a[h] = pDef; - } -} - - - -/* -** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag -** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a -** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return -** NULL if the function does not exist. -** -** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef -** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a -** no matching function previously existed. When createFlag is true -** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts -** any number of arguments will be returned. -** -** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid -** function found is returned. A function is valid if either xFunc -** or xStep is non-zero. -** -** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and -** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not -** match that requested. -*/ -FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( - sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the function. Not null-terminated */ - int nName, /* Number of characters in the name */ - int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */ - u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */ - int createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */ -){ - FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */ - FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */ - int bestScore = 0; /* Score of best match */ - int h; /* Hash value */ - - - assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - if( nArg<-1 ) nArg = -1; - h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); - - /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions. - */ - p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName); - while( p ){ - int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); - if( score>bestScore ){ - pBest = p; - bestScore = score; - } - p = p->pNext; - } - - /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions. - ** - ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to - ** install a new function. Whatever FuncDef structure is returned will - ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the - ** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only. - ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function. - */ - if( !createFlag && !pBest ){ - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); - p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName); - while( p ){ - int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); - if( score>bestScore ){ - pBest = p; - bestScore = score; - } - p = p->pNext; - } - } - - /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an - ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a - ** new entry to the hash table and return it. - */ - if( createFlag && (bestScore<6 || pBest->nArg!=nArg) && - (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){ - pBest->zName = (char *)&pBest[1]; - pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg; - pBest->iPrefEnc = enc; - memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName); - pBest->zName[nName] = 0; - sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest); - } - - if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){ - return pBest; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points -** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the -** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsiduary resources (i.e. the contents -** of the schema hash tables). -** -** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared. -*/ -void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *p){ - Hash temp1; - Hash temp2; - HashElem *pElem; - Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p; - - temp1 = pSchema->tblHash; - temp2 = pSchema->trigHash; - sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash, 0); - sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->aFKey); - sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash); - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem)); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&temp2); - sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash, 0); - for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); - assert( pTab->dbMem==0 ); - sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&temp1); - pSchema->pSeqTab = 0; - pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded; -} - -/* -** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create -** a new one if necessary. -*/ -Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){ - Schema * p; - if( pBt ){ - p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaFree); - }else{ - p = (Schema *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Schema)); - } - if( !p ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){ - sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash, 0); - sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash, 0); - sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash, 0); - sqlite3HashInit(&p->aFKey, 1); - p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - } - return p; -} diff --git a/complete.c b/complete.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8e2dbc2..0000000 --- a/complete.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,277 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** An tokenizer for SQL -** -** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API. -** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by -** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from -** static links that do not use it. -** -** $Id: complete.c,v 1.7 2008/06/13 18:24:27 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE - -/* -** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII -extern const char sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[]; -#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[c-0x20])) -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC -extern const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[]; -#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) -#endif -#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ - - -/* -** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header -** comments on that procedure for additional information. -*/ -#define tkSEMI 0 -#define tkWS 1 -#define tkOTHER 2 -#define tkEXPLAIN 3 -#define tkCREATE 4 -#define tkTEMP 5 -#define tkTRIGGER 6 -#define tkEND 7 - -/* -** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon. -** -** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements. -** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement -** must end with ";END;". -** -** This implementation uses a state machine with 7 states: -** -** (0) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine -** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends -** in any other state. -** -** (1) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single -** semicolon. -** -** (2) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of -** a statement. -** -** (3) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a -** statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by -** TEMP or TEMPORARY -** -** (4) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be -** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon. -** -** (5) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at -** the end of a trigger definition. -** -** (6) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end -** of a trigger difinition. -** -** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted -** from the input. The following tokens are significant: -** -** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon. -** (1) tkWS Whitespace -** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token. -** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword. -** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword. -** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword. -** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword. -** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword. -** -** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored. -** -** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed -** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do -** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment. -*/ -int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){ - u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */ - u8 token; /* Value of the next token */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER - ** statement. This is the normal case. - */ - static const u8 trans[7][8] = { - /* Token: */ - /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */ - /* 0 START: */ { 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 1, 1, 1, }, - /* 1 NORMAL: */ { 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, }, - /* 2 EXPLAIN: */ { 0, 2, 1, 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, }, - /* 3 CREATE: */ { 0, 3, 1, 1, 1, 3, 4, 1, }, - /* 4 TRIGGER: */ { 5, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, }, - /* 5 SEMI: */ { 5, 5, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 6, }, - /* 6 END: */ { 0, 6, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, }, - }; -#else - /* If triggers are not suppored by this compile then the statement machine - ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier - */ - static const u8 trans[2][3] = { - /* Token: */ - /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */ - /* 0 START: */ { 0, 0, 1, }, - /* 1 NORMAL: */ { 0, 1, 1, }, - }; -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - - while( *zSql ){ - switch( *zSql ){ - case ';': { /* A semicolon */ - token = tkSEMI; - break; - } - case ' ': - case '\r': - case '\t': - case '\n': - case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */ - token = tkWS; - break; - } - case '/': { /* C-style comments */ - if( zSql[1]!='*' ){ - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - zSql += 2; - while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; } - if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0; - zSql++; - token = tkWS; - break; - } - case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */ - if( zSql[1]!='-' ){ - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; } - if( *zSql==0 ) return state==0; - token = tkWS; - break; - } - case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */ - zSql++; - while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; } - if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */ - case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */ - case '\'': { - int c = *zSql; - zSql++; - while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; } - if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - default: { - int c; - if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){ - /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */ - int nId; - for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){} -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - token = tkOTHER; -#else - switch( *zSql ){ - case 'c': case 'C': { - if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){ - token = tkCREATE; - }else{ - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - case 't': case 'T': { - if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){ - token = tkTRIGGER; - }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){ - token = tkTEMP; - }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){ - token = tkTEMP; - }else{ - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - case 'e': case 'E': { - if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){ - token = tkEND; - }else -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){ - token = tkEXPLAIN; - }else -#endif - { - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - default: { - token = tkOTHER; - break; - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ - zSql += nId-1; - }else{ - /* Operators and special symbols */ - token = tkOTHER; - } - break; - } - } - state = trans[state][token]; - zSql++; - } - return state==0; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described -** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not -** UTF-8. -*/ -int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){ - sqlite3_value *pVal; - char const *zSql8; - int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ) return rc; -#endif - pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); - zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); - if( zSql8 ){ - rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */ diff --git a/date.c b/date.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5b1de72..0000000 --- a/date.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1107 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2003 October 31 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time -** functions for SQLite. -** -** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function -** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. -** All other code has file scope. -** -** $Id: date.c,v 1.105 2009/04/03 12:04:37 drh Exp $ -** -** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers. The -** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon -** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian -** calendar system. -** -** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5 -** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5 -** -** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number -** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can -** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider -** range of dates. -** -** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times, -** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar. Historians usually -** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some -** dates afterwards, depending on locale. Beware of this difference. -** -** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions -** in the following text: -** -** Jean Meeus -** Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998 -** ISBM 0-943396-61-1 -** Willmann-Bell, Inc -** Richmond, Virginia (USA) -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include -#include -#include - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS - -/* -** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available -** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to -** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the -** order of the parameters is reversed. -** -** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx. -** -** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s() -** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides -** localtime_s(). -*/ -#if !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && \ - defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE) -#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1 -#endif - -/* -** A structure for holding a single date and time. -*/ -typedef struct DateTime DateTime; -struct DateTime { - sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */ - int Y, M, D; /* Year, month, and day */ - int h, m; /* Hour and minutes */ - int tz; /* Timezone offset in minutes */ - double s; /* Seconds */ - char validYMD; /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */ - char validHMS; /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */ - char validJD; /* True (1) if iJD is valid */ - char validTZ; /* True (1) if tz is valid */ -}; - - -/* -** Convert zDate into one or more integers. Additional arguments -** come in groups of 5 as follows: -** -** N number of digits in the integer -** min minimum allowed value of the integer -** max maximum allowed value of the integer -** nextC first character after the integer -** pVal where to write the integers value. -** -** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered. -** The function returns the number of successful conversions. -*/ -static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){ - va_list ap; - int val; - int N; - int min; - int max; - int nextC; - int *pVal; - int cnt = 0; - va_start(ap, zDate); - do{ - N = va_arg(ap, int); - min = va_arg(ap, int); - max = va_arg(ap, int); - nextC = va_arg(ap, int); - pVal = va_arg(ap, int*); - val = 0; - while( N-- ){ - if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){ - goto end_getDigits; - } - val = val*10 + *zDate - '0'; - zDate++; - } - if( valmax || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){ - goto end_getDigits; - } - *pVal = val; - zDate++; - cnt++; - }while( nextC ); -end_getDigits: - va_end(ap); - return cnt; -} - -/* -** Read text from z[] and convert into a floating point number. Return -** the number of digits converted. -*/ -#define getValue sqlite3AtoF - -/* -** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time. -** The extension is of the form: -** -** (+/-)HH:MM -** -** Or the "zulu" notation: -** -** Z -** -** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes -** of change in p->tz and return 0. If a parser error occurs, -** return non-zero. -** -** A missing specifier is not considered an error. -*/ -static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ - int sgn = 0; - int nHr, nMn; - int c; - while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; } - p->tz = 0; - c = *zDate; - if( c=='-' ){ - sgn = -1; - }else if( c=='+' ){ - sgn = +1; - }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){ - zDate++; - goto zulu_time; - }else{ - return c!=0; - } - zDate++; - if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){ - return 1; - } - zDate += 5; - p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60); -zulu_time: - while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; } - return *zDate!=0; -} - -/* -** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF. -** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits. The -** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits. -** -** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success. -*/ -static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ - int h, m, s; - double ms = 0.0; - if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){ - return 1; - } - zDate += 5; - if( *zDate==':' ){ - zDate++; - if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){ - return 1; - } - zDate += 2; - if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){ - double rScale = 1.0; - zDate++; - while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){ - ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0'; - rScale *= 10.0; - zDate++; - } - ms /= rScale; - } - }else{ - s = 0; - } - p->validJD = 0; - p->validHMS = 1; - p->h = h; - p->m = m; - p->s = s + ms; - if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1; - p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0; - return 0; -} - -/* -** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day. We always assume -** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar. -** -** Reference: Meeus page 61 -*/ -static void computeJD(DateTime *p){ - int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2; - - if( p->validJD ) return; - if( p->validYMD ){ - Y = p->Y; - M = p->M; - D = p->D; - }else{ - Y = 2000; /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */ - M = 1; - D = 1; - } - if( M<=2 ){ - Y--; - M += 12; - } - A = Y/100; - B = 2 - A + (A/4); - X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100; - X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000; - p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000); - p->validJD = 1; - if( p->validHMS ){ - p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000); - if( p->validTZ ){ - p->iJD -= p->tz*60000; - p->validYMD = 0; - p->validHMS = 0; - p->validTZ = 0; - } - } -} - -/* -** Parse dates of the form -** -** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF -** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS -** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM -** YYYY-MM-DD -** -** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0 -** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed -** date. -*/ -static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ - int Y, M, D, neg; - - if( zDate[0]=='-' ){ - zDate++; - neg = 1; - }else{ - neg = 0; - } - if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){ - return 1; - } - zDate += 10; - while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; } - if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ - /* We got the time */ - }else if( *zDate==0 ){ - p->validHMS = 0; - }else{ - return 1; - } - p->validJD = 0; - p->validYMD = 1; - p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y; - p->M = M; - p->D = D; - if( p->validTZ ){ - computeJD(p); - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS -*/ -static void setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){ - double r; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &r); - p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5); - p->validJD = 1; -} - -/* -** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number. Return -** the number of errors. -** -** The following are acceptable forms for the input string: -** -** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM -** DDDD.DD -** now -** -** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional -** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional. The seconds portion -** (":SS.FFF") is option. The year and date can be omitted as long -** as there is a time string. The time string can be omitted as long -** as there is a year and date. -*/ -static int parseDateOrTime( - sqlite3_context *context, - const char *zDate, - DateTime *p -){ - if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){ - return 0; - }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ - return 0; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){ - setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p); - return 0; - }else if( sqlite3IsNumber(zDate, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){ - double r; - getValue(zDate, &r); - p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5); - p->validJD = 1; - return 0; - } - return 1; -} - -/* -** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number. -*/ -static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){ - int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1; - if( p->validYMD ) return; - if( !p->validJD ){ - p->Y = 2000; - p->M = 1; - p->D = 1; - }else{ - Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000); - A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25); - A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4); - B = A + 1524; - C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25); - D = (36525*C)/100; - E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001); - X1 = (int)(30.6001*E); - p->D = B - D - X1; - p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13; - p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715; - } - p->validYMD = 1; -} - -/* -** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number. -*/ -static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){ - int s; - if( p->validHMS ) return; - computeJD(p); - s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000); - p->s = s/1000.0; - s = (int)p->s; - p->s -= s; - p->h = s/3600; - s -= p->h*3600; - p->m = s/60; - p->s += s - p->m*60; - p->validHMS = 1; -} - -/* -** Compute both YMD and HMS -*/ -static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){ - computeYMD(p); - computeHMS(p); -} - -/* -** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ -*/ -static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){ - p->validYMD = 0; - p->validHMS = 0; - p->validTZ = 0; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME -/* -** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) -** between localtime and UTC (a.k.a. GMT) -** for the time value p where p is in UTC. -*/ -static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){ - DateTime x, y; - time_t t; - x = *p; - computeYMD_HMS(&x); - if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){ - x.Y = 2000; - x.M = 1; - x.D = 1; - x.h = 0; - x.m = 0; - x.s = 0.0; - } else { - int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5); - x.s = s; - } - x.tz = 0; - x.validJD = 0; - computeJD(&x); - t = x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000; -#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R - { - struct tm sLocal; - localtime_r(&t, &sLocal); - y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900; - y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1; - y.D = sLocal.tm_mday; - y.h = sLocal.tm_hour; - y.m = sLocal.tm_min; - y.s = sLocal.tm_sec; - } -#elif defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) - { - struct tm sLocal; - localtime_s(&sLocal, &t); - y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900; - y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1; - y.D = sLocal.tm_mday; - y.h = sLocal.tm_hour; - y.m = sLocal.tm_min; - y.s = sLocal.tm_sec; - } -#else - { - struct tm *pTm; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); - pTm = localtime(&t); - y.Y = pTm->tm_year + 1900; - y.M = pTm->tm_mon + 1; - y.D = pTm->tm_mday; - y.h = pTm->tm_hour; - y.m = pTm->tm_min; - y.s = pTm->tm_sec; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); - } -#endif - y.validYMD = 1; - y.validHMS = 1; - y.validJD = 0; - y.validTZ = 0; - computeJD(&y); - return y.iJD - x.iJD; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */ - -/* -** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp. The modifiers are -** as follows: -** -** NNN days -** NNN hours -** NNN minutes -** NNN.NNNN seconds -** NNN months -** NNN years -** start of month -** start of year -** start of week -** start of day -** weekday N -** unixepoch -** localtime -** utc -** -** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. -*/ -static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){ - int rc = 1; - int n; - double r; - char *z, zBuf[30]; - z = zBuf; - for(n=0; niJD += localtimeOffset(p); - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - rc = 0; - } - break; - } -#endif - case 'u': { - /* - ** unixepoch - ** - ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of - ** seconds since 1970. Convert to a real julian day number. - */ - if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){ - p->iJD = p->iJD/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000; - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - rc = 0; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME - else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){ - sqlite3_int64 c1; - computeJD(p); - c1 = localtimeOffset(p); - p->iJD -= c1; - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p); - rc = 0; - } -#endif - break; - } - case 'w': { - /* - ** weekday N - ** - ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of - ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth. If the - ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op. - */ - if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 && getValue(&z[8],&r)>0 - && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){ - sqlite3_int64 Z; - computeYMD_HMS(p); - p->validTZ = 0; - p->validJD = 0; - computeJD(p); - Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7; - if( Z>n ) Z -= 7; - p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000; - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - rc = 0; - } - break; - } - case 's': { - /* - ** start of TTTTT - ** - ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day, - ** or month or year. - */ - if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break; - z += 9; - computeYMD(p); - p->validHMS = 1; - p->h = p->m = 0; - p->s = 0.0; - p->validTZ = 0; - p->validJD = 0; - if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){ - p->D = 1; - rc = 0; - }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){ - computeYMD(p); - p->M = 1; - p->D = 1; - rc = 0; - }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){ - rc = 0; - } - break; - } - case '+': - case '-': - case '0': - case '1': - case '2': - case '3': - case '4': - case '5': - case '6': - case '7': - case '8': - case '9': { - double rRounder; - n = getValue(z, &r); - assert( n>=1 ); - if( z[n]==':' ){ - /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the - ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds - ** to the time. The ".FFF" may be omitted. The ":SS.FFF" may be - ** omitted. - */ - const char *z2 = z; - DateTime tx; - sqlite3_int64 day; - if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++; - memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx)); - if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break; - computeJD(&tx); - tx.iJD -= 43200000; - day = tx.iJD/86400000; - tx.iJD -= day*86400000; - if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD; - computeJD(p); - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - p->iJD += tx.iJD; - rc = 0; - break; - } - z += n; - while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++; - n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); - if( n>10 || n<3 ) break; - if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; } - computeJD(p); - rc = 0; - rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5; - if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){ - p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + rRounder); - }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){ - p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/24.0) + rRounder); - }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){ - p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + rRounder); - }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){ - p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + rRounder); - }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){ - int x, y; - computeYMD_HMS(p); - p->M += (int)r; - x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12; - p->Y += x; - p->M -= x*12; - p->validJD = 0; - computeJD(p); - y = (int)r; - if( y!=r ){ - p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + rRounder); - } - }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){ - int y = (int)r; - computeYMD_HMS(p); - p->Y += y; - p->validJD = 0; - computeJD(p); - if( y!=r ){ - p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*365.0*86400000.0 + rRounder); - } - }else{ - rc = 1; - } - clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); - break; - } - default: { - break; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Process time function arguments. argv[0] is a date-time stamp. -** argv[1] and following are modifiers. Parse them all and write -** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p. Return 0 -** on success and 1 if there are any errors. -** -** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined) -** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0]. -*/ -static int isDate( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv, - DateTime *p -){ - int i; - const unsigned char *z; - int eType; - memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); - if( argc==0 ){ - setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p); - }else if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT - || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ - p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5); - p->validJD = 1; - }else{ - z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){ - return 1; - } - } - for(i=1; iaLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); - testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - if( n(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - return; - }else{ - z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n); - if( z==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - return; - } - } - computeJD(&x); - computeYMD_HMS(&x); - for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){ - if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){ - z[j++] = zFmt[i]; - }else{ - i++; - switch( zFmt[i] ){ - case 'd': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break; - case 'f': { - double s = x.s; - if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999; - sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s); - j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); - break; - } - case 'H': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break; - case 'W': /* Fall thru */ - case 'j': { - int nDay; /* Number of days since 1st day of year */ - DateTime y = x; - y.validJD = 0; - y.M = 1; - y.D = 1; - computeJD(&y); - nDay = (int)((x.iJD-y.iJD+43200000)/86400000); - if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){ - int wd; /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */ - wd = (int)(((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000)%7); - sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7); - j += 2; - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1); - j += 3; - } - break; - } - case 'J': { - sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0); - j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); - break; - } - case 'm': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break; - case 'M': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break; - case 's': { - sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld", - (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000)); - j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); - break; - } - case 'S': sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break; - case 'w': { - z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0'; - break; - } - case 'Y': { - sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); - break; - } - default: z[j++] = '%'; break; - } - } - } - z[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, - z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : SQLITE_DYNAMIC); -} - -/* -** current_time() -** -** This function returns the same value as time('now'). -*/ -static void ctimeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - timeFunc(context, 0, 0); -} - -/* -** current_date() -** -** This function returns the same value as date('now'). -*/ -static void cdateFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - dateFunc(context, 0, 0); -} - -/* -** current_timestamp() -** -** This function returns the same value as datetime('now'). -*/ -static void ctimestampFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0); -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS -/* -** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time -** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version -** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp() -** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that -** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc. -** -** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime() -** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied -** as the user-data for the function. -*/ -static void currentTimeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - time_t t; - char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context); - sqlite3 *db; - double rT; - char zBuf[20]; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); - - db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rT); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - t = 86400.0*(rT - 2440587.5) + 0.5; -#else - /* without floating point support, rT will have - ** already lost fractional day precision. - */ - t = 86400 * (rT - 2440587) - 43200; -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R - { - struct tm sNow; - gmtime_r(&t, &sNow); - strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow); - } -#else - { - struct tm *pTm; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); - pTm = gmtime(&t); - strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, pTm); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); - } -#endif - - sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -} -#endif - -/* -** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL -** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with -** external linkage. -*/ -void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){ - static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = { -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS - FUNCTION(julianday, -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ), - FUNCTION(date, -1, 0, 0, dateFunc ), - FUNCTION(time, -1, 0, 0, timeFunc ), - FUNCTION(datetime, -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc ), - FUNCTION(strftime, -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc ), - FUNCTION(current_time, 0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc ), - FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc), - FUNCTION(current_date, 0, 0, 0, cdateFunc ), -#else - STR_FUNCTION(current_time, 0, "%H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc), - STR_FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d", 0, currentTimeFunc), - STR_FUNCTION(current_date, 0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc), -#endif - }; - int i; - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); - FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aDateTimeFuncs); - - for(i=0; izErrMsg and return NULL. If all tables -** are found, return a pointer to the last table. -*/ -Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; - Table *pTab; - assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 ); - pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase); - sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab); - pItem->pTab = pTab; - if( pTab ){ - pTab->nRef++; - } - if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){ - pTab = 0; - } - return pTab; -} - -/* -** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not -** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is -** writable return 0; -*/ -int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){ - if( ((pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0 - && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 - && pParse->nested==0) -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - || (pTab->pMod && pTab->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0) -#endif - ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName); - return 1; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW - if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName); - return 1; - } -#endif - return 0; -} - -/* -** Generate code that will open a table for reading. -*/ -void sqlite3OpenTable( - Parse *p, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */ - int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */ - Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */ - int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ -){ - Vdbe *v; - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); - assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead ); - sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol), P4_INT32); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); -} - - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) -/* -** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table. The -** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the -** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table. -*/ -void sqlite3MaterializeView( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Table *pView, /* View definition */ - Expr *pWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */ - int iCur /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */ -){ - SelectDest dest; - Select *pDup; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - pDup = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pView->pSelect, 0); - if( pWhere ){ - SrcList *pFrom; - Token viewName; - - pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0); - viewName.z = (u8*)pView->zName; - viewName.n = (unsigned int)sqlite3Strlen30((const char*)viewName.z); - pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse, 0, 0, 0, &viewName, pDup, 0,0); - pDup = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); - } - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pDup, &dest); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup); -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) -/* -** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY, -** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements. -** -** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1; -** \__________________________/ -** pLimitWhere (pInClause) -*/ -Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ - Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause. May be null */ - Expr *pLimit, /* The LIMIT clause. May be null */ - Expr *pOffset, /* The OFFSET clause. May be null */ - char *zStmtType /* Either DELETE or UPDATE. For error messages. */ -){ - Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL; /* WHERE rowid .. */ - Expr *pInClause = NULL; /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */ - Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL; /* SELECT rowid ... */ - ExprList *pEList = NULL; /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */ - SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL; /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */ - Select *pSelect = NULL; /* Complete SELECT tree */ - - /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause. - */ - if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) { - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType); - pParse->parseError = 1; - goto limit_where_cleanup_2; - } - - /* We only need to generate a select expression if there - ** is a limit/offset term to enforce. - */ - if( pLimit == 0 ) { - /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */ - assert( pOffset == 0 ); - return pWhere; - } - - /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset - ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example: - ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 - ** becomes: - ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( - ** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 - ** ); - */ - - pSelectRowid = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); - if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2; - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid, 0); - if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2; - - /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree - ** and the SELECT subtree. */ - pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0); - if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) { - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList); - goto limit_where_cleanup_2; - } - - /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */ - pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0, - pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset); - if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0; - - /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */ - pWhereRowid = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); - if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1; - pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0); - if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1; - - pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect; - pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pInClause); - return pInClause; - - /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */ -limit_where_cleanup_1: - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect); - return 0; - -limit_where_cleanup_2: - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit); - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset); - return 0; -} -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ - -/* -** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement. -** -** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL; -** \________/ \________________/ -** pTabList pWhere -*/ -void sqlite3DeleteFrom( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */ - Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ -){ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ - Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of database holding pTab */ - int end, addr = 0; /* A couple addresses of generated code */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ - int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */ - AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */ - int oldIdx = -1; /* Cursor for the OLD table of AFTER triggers */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */ - int iDb; /* Database number */ - int memCnt = -1; /* Memory cell used for change counting */ - int rcauth; /* Value returned by authorization callback */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */ -#endif - int iBeginAfterTrigger = 0; /* Address of after trigger program */ - int iEndAfterTrigger = 0; /* Exit of after trigger program */ - int iBeginBeforeTrigger = 0; /* Address of before trigger program */ - int iEndBeforeTrigger = 0; /* Exit of before trigger program */ - u32 old_col_mask = 0; /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */ - - sContext.pParse = 0; - db = pParse->db; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - - /* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be - ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we - ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect - ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter. - */ - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; - - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** deleted from is a view - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; -#else -# define pTrigger 0 -# define isView 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 -#endif - - if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDbnDb ); - zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; - rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb); - assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE ); - if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - assert(!isView || pTrigger); - - /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. - */ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - - /* Allocate a cursor used to store the old.* data for a trigger. - */ - if( pTrigger ){ - oldIdx = pParse->nTab++; - } - - /* Assign cursor number to the table and all its indices. - */ - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - pParse->nTab++; - } - - /* Start the view context - */ - if( isView ){ - sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); - } - - /* Begin generating code. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, (pTrigger?1:0), iDb); - - if( pTrigger ){ - int orconf = ((pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default); - int iGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - addr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - iBeginBeforeTrigger = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_DELETE, 0, - TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, -1, oldIdx, orconf, addr, &old_col_mask, 0); - iEndBeforeTrigger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - - iBeginAfterTrigger = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_DELETE, 0, - TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, -1, oldIdx, orconf, addr, &old_col_mask, 0); - iEndAfterTrigger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iGoto); - } - - /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into - ** a ephemeral table. - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - if( isView ){ - sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur); - } -#endif - - /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ - goto delete_from_cleanup; - } - - /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if - ** we are counting rows. - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - memCnt = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION - /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything. - ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Note, however, that - ** this means that the row change count will be incorrect. - */ - if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !pTrigger && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - assert( !isView ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt); - if( !pParse->nested ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC); - } - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb); - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */ - /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through - ** the table and pick which records to delete. - */ - { - int iRowid = ++pParse->nMem; /* Used for storing rowid values. */ - int iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */ - - /* Collect rowids of every row to be deleted. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, - WHERE_FILL_ROWSET, iRowSet); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1); - } - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - - /* Open the pseudo-table used to store OLD if there are triggers. - */ - if( pTrigger ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0, pTab->nCol); - } - - /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the - ** database scan. We have to delete items after the scan is complete - ** because deleting an item can change the scan order. - */ - end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - if( !isView ){ - /* Open cursors for the table we are deleting from and - ** all its indices. - */ - sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite); - } - - /* This is the beginning of the delete loop. If a trigger encounters - ** an IGNORE constraint, it jumps back to here. - */ - if( pTrigger ){ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addr); - } - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, end, iRowid); - - if( pTrigger ){ - int iData = ++pParse->nMem; /* For storing row data of OLD table */ - - /* If the record is no longer present in the table, jump to the - ** next iteration of the loop through the contents of the fifo. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, iRowid); - - /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table */ - if( old_col_mask ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iCur, iData); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iData); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, iData, iRowid); - - /* Jump back and run the BEFORE triggers */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginBeforeTrigger); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndBeforeTrigger); - } - - if( !isView ){ - /* Delete the row */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - const char *pVtab = (const char *)pTab->pVtab; - sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iRowid, pVtab, P4_VTAB); - }else -#endif - { - sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, iRowid, pParse->nested==0); - } - } - - /* If there are row triggers, close all cursors then invoke - ** the AFTER triggers - */ - if( pTrigger ){ - /* Jump back and run the AFTER triggers */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginAfterTrigger); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndAfterTrigger); - } - - /* End of the delete loop */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end); - - /* Close the cursors after the loop if there are no row triggers */ - if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur); - } - } - - /* - ** Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC); - } - -delete_from_cleanup: - sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); - return; -} - -/* -** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a -** single table to be deleted. -** -** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called. -** These are the requirements: -** -** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row -** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "base". -** -** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as -** cursor number base+i for the i-th index. -** -** 3. The record number of the row to be deleted must be stored in -** memory cell iRowid. -** -** This routine pops the top of the stack to remove the record number -** and then generates code to remove both the table record and all index -** entries that point to that record. -*/ -void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */ - int iRowid, /* Memory cell that contains the rowid to delete */ - int count /* Increment the row change counter */ -){ - int addr; - Vdbe *v; - - v = pParse->pVdbe; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, iRowid); - sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0)); - if( count ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC); - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); -} - -/* -** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all -** index entries associated with a single row of a single table. -** -** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called. -** These are the requirements: -** -** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row -** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur". -** -** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as -** cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index. -** -** 3. The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be -** deleted. -*/ -void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */ - int *aRegIdx /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */ -){ - int i; - Index *pIdx; - int r1; - - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i-1]==0 ) continue; - r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iCur, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, r1,pIdx->nColumn+1); - } -} - -/* -** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it in register -** regOut. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab. -** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to -** the entry that needs indexing. -** -** Return a register number which is the first in a block of -** registers that holds the elements of the index key. The -** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time -** this routine returns. -*/ -int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */ - int iCur, /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */ - int regOut, /* Write the new index key to this register */ - int doMakeRec /* Run the OP_MakeRecord instruction if true */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int j; - Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; - int regBase; - int nCol; - - nCol = pIdx->nColumn; - regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regBase+nCol); - for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]; - if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regBase+nCol, regBase+j); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx, regBase+j); - sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx); - } - } - if( doMakeRec ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol+1, regOut); - sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1); - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1); - return regBase; -} - -/* Make sure "isView" gets undefined in case this file becomes part of -** the amalgamation - so that subsequent files do not see isView as a -** macro. */ -#undef isView diff --git a/expr.c b/expr.c deleted file mode 100644 index 35a5853..0000000 --- a/expr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3316 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and -** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite. -** -** $Id: expr.c,v 1.426 2009/04/08 13:51:51 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any. -** -** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias, -** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the -** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned, -** indicating no affinity for the expression. -** -** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all -** have an affinity: -** -** CREATE TABLE t1(a); -** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a; -** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b; -** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1); -*/ -char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ - int op = pExpr->op; - if( op==TK_SELECT ){ - assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect ); - return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST - if( op==TK_CAST ){ - return sqlite3AffinityType(&pExpr->token); - } -#endif - if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) - && pExpr->pTab!=0 - ){ - /* op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally - ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */ - int j = pExpr->iColumn; - if( j<0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - assert( pExpr->pTab && jpTab->nCol ); - return pExpr->pTab->aCol[j].affinity; - } - return pExpr->affinity; -} - -/* -** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating -** sequence named by pToken. Return a pointer to the revised expression. -** The collating sequence is marked as "explicit" using the EP_ExpCollate -** flag. An explicit collating sequence will override implicit -** collating sequences. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pCollName){ - char *zColl = 0; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */ - CollSeq *pColl; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pCollName); - if( pExpr && zColl ){ - pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1); - if( pColl ){ - pExpr->pColl = pColl; - pExpr->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - } - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); - return pExpr; -} - -/* -** Return the default collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If -** there is no default collation type, return 0. -*/ -CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - CollSeq *pColl = 0; - Expr *p = pExpr; - while( p ){ - int op; - pColl = p->pColl; - if( pColl ) break; - op = p->op; - if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) && p->pTab!=0 ){ - /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally - ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */ - const char *zColl; - int j = p->iColumn; - if( j>=0 ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl; - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, -1, 0); - pExpr->pColl = pColl; - } - break; - } - if( op!=TK_CAST && op!=TK_UPLUS ){ - break; - } - p = p->pLeft; - } - if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ - pColl = 0; - } - return pColl; -} - -/* -** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator. aff2 is the -** type affinity of the other operand. This routine returns the -** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator. -*/ -char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){ - char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr); - if( aff1 && aff2 ){ - /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric - ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity. - */ - if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){ - return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; - }else{ - return SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){ - /* Neither side of the comparison is a column. Compare the - ** results directly. - */ - return SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - }else{ - /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */ - assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 ); - return (aff1 + aff2); - } -} - -/* -** pExpr is a comparison operator. Return the type affinity that should -** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison. -*/ -static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ - char aff; - assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT || - pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE || - pExpr->op==TK_NE ); - assert( pExpr->pLeft ); - aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft); - if( pExpr->pRight ){ - aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff); - }else if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff); - }else if( !aff ){ - aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - return aff; -} - -/* -** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc. -** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true -** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement -** the comparison in pExpr. -*/ -int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){ - char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); - switch( aff ){ - case SQLITE_AFF_NONE: - return 1; - case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: - return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; - default: - return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity); - } -} - -/* -** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison -** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2. -*/ -static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){ - u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2); - aff = (u8)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull; - return aff; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by -** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight. -** -** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is -** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression -** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating -** type. -** -** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case, -** it is not considered. -*/ -CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq( - Parse *pParse, - Expr *pLeft, - Expr *pRight -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - assert( pLeft ); - if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - assert( pLeft->pColl ); - pColl = pLeft->pColl; - }else if( pRight && pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - assert( pRight->pColl ); - pColl = pRight->pColl; - }else{ - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft); - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight); - } - } - return pColl; -} - -/* -** Generate the operands for a comparison operation. Before -** generating the code for each operand, set the EP_AnyAff -** flag on the expression so that it will be able to used a -** cached column value that has previously undergone an -** affinity change. -*/ -static void codeCompareOperands( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Expr *pLeft, /* The left operand */ - int *pRegLeft, /* Register where left operand is stored */ - int *pFreeLeft, /* Free this register when done */ - Expr *pRight, /* The right operand */ - int *pRegRight, /* Register where right operand is stored */ - int *pFreeRight /* Write temp register for right operand there */ -){ - while( pLeft->op==TK_UPLUS ) pLeft = pLeft->pLeft; - pLeft->flags |= EP_AnyAff; - *pRegLeft = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, pFreeLeft); - while( pRight->op==TK_UPLUS ) pRight = pRight->pLeft; - pRight->flags |= EP_AnyAff; - *pRegRight = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, pFreeRight); -} - -/* -** Generate code for a comparison operator. -*/ -static int codeCompare( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing (and code generating) context */ - Expr *pLeft, /* The left operand */ - Expr *pRight, /* The right operand */ - int opcode, /* The comparison opcode */ - int in1, int in2, /* Register holding operands */ - int dest, /* Jump here if true. */ - int jumpIfNull /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */ -){ - int p5; - int addr; - CollSeq *p4; - - p4 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight); - p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1, - (void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, (u8)p5); - if( (p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK)!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){ - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, in1, 1); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, in2, 1); - } - return addr; -} - -#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 -/* -** Check that argument nHeight is less than or equal to the maximum -** expression depth allowed. If it is not, leave an error message in -** pParse. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]; - if( nHeight>mxHeight ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight - ); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - return rc; -} - -/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList() -** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height -** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the -** first argument. -** -** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed -** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that -** value. -*/ -static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){ - if( p ){ - if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){ - *pnHeight = p->nHeight; - } - } -} -static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){ - if( p ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight); - } - } -} -static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){ - if( p ){ - heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight); - heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight); - heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight); - heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight); - heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight); - } -} - -/* -** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an -** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or -** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression -** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other -** referenced Expr plus one. -*/ -static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){ - int nHeight = 0; - heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight); - heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight); - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - heightOfSelect(p->x.pSelect, &nHeight); - }else{ - heightOfExprList(p->x.pList, &nHeight); - } - p->nHeight = nHeight + 1; -} - -/* -** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If -** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth, -** leave an error in pParse. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){ - exprSetHeight(p); - sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight); -} - -/* -** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced -** by the select statement passed as an argument. -*/ -int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){ - int nHeight = 0; - heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight); - return nHeight; -} -#else - #define exprSetHeight(y) -#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */ - -/* -** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it. Memory -** for this node is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). The calling function -** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3Expr( - sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */ - int op, /* Expression opcode */ - Expr *pLeft, /* Left operand */ - Expr *pRight, /* Right operand */ - const Token *pToken /* Argument token */ -){ - Expr *pNew; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr)); - if( pNew==0 ){ - /* When malloc fails, delete pLeft and pRight. Expressions passed to - ** this function must always be allocated with sqlite3Expr() for this - ** reason. - */ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight); - return 0; - } - pNew->op = (u8)op; - pNew->pLeft = pLeft; - pNew->pRight = pRight; - pNew->iAgg = -1; - pNew->span.z = (u8*)""; - if( pToken ){ - int c; - assert( pToken->dyn==0 ); - pNew->span = *pToken; - - /* The pToken->z value is read-only. But the new expression - ** node created here might be passed to sqlite3DequoteExpr() which - ** will attempt to modify pNew->token.z. Hence, if the token - ** is quoted, make a copy now so that DequoteExpr() will change - ** the copy rather than the original text. - */ - if( pToken->n>=2 - && ((c = pToken->z[0])=='\'' || c=='"' || c=='[' || c=='`') ){ - sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pNew->token, pToken); - }else{ - pNew->token = *pToken; - pNew->flags |= EP_Dequoted; - VVA_ONLY( pNew->vvaFlags |= EVVA_ReadOnlyToken; ) - } - }else if( pLeft ){ - if( pRight ){ - if( pRight->span.dyn==0 && pLeft->span.dyn==0 ){ - sqlite3ExprSpan(pNew, &pLeft->span, &pRight->span); - } - if( pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - pNew->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - pNew->pColl = pRight->pColl; - } - } - if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - pNew->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - pNew->pColl = pLeft->pColl; - } - } - - exprSetHeight(pNew); - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Works like sqlite3Expr() except that it takes an extra Parse* -** argument and notifies the associated connection object if malloc fails. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3PExpr( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int op, /* Expression opcode */ - Expr *pLeft, /* Left operand */ - Expr *pRight, /* Right operand */ - const Token *pToken /* Argument token */ -){ - Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, op, pLeft, pRight, pToken); - if( p ){ - sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** When doing a nested parse, you can include terms in an expression -** that look like this: #1 #2 ... These terms refer to registers -** in the virtual machine. #N is the N-th register. -** -** This routine is called by the parser to deal with on of those terms. -** It immediately generates code to store the value in a memory location. -** The returns an expression that will code to extract the value from -** that memory location as needed. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3RegisterExpr(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - Expr *p; - if( pParse->nested==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", pToken); - return sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); - } - if( v==0 ) return 0; - p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, pToken); - if( p==0 ){ - return 0; /* Malloc failed */ - } - p->iTable = atoi((char*)&pToken->z[1]); - return p; -} - -/* -** Join two expressions using an AND operator. If either expression is -** NULL, then just return the other expression. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){ - if( pLeft==0 ){ - return pRight; - }else if( pRight==0 ){ - return pLeft; - }else{ - return sqlite3Expr(db, TK_AND, pLeft, pRight, 0); - } -} - -/* -** Set the Expr.span field of the given expression to span all -** text between the two given tokens. Both tokens must be pointing -** at the same string. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr *pExpr, Token *pLeft, Token *pRight){ - assert( pRight!=0 ); - assert( pLeft!=0 ); - if( pExpr ){ - pExpr->span.z = pLeft->z; - /* The following assert() may fail when this is called - ** via sqlite3PExpr()/sqlite3Expr() from addWhereTerm(). */ - /* assert(pRight->z >= pLeft->z); */ - pExpr->span.n = pRight->n + (unsigned)(pRight->z - pLeft->z); - } -} - -/* -** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple -** arguments. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){ - Expr *pNew; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - assert( pToken ); - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr) ); - if( pNew==0 ){ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid memory leak when malloc fails */ - return 0; - } - pNew->op = TK_FUNCTION; - pNew->x.pList = pList; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ); - assert( pToken->dyn==0 ); - pNew->span = *pToken; - sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pNew->token, pToken); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pNew); - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard -** in the original SQL statement. -** -** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential -** variable number. -** -** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn". We make -** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when -** the SQL statement comes from an external source. -** -** Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa" are assigned the same number -** as the previous instance of the same wildcard. Or if this is the first -** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is -** assigned. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - Token *pToken; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( pExpr==0 ) return; - pToken = &pExpr->token; - assert( pToken->n>=1 ); - assert( pToken->z!=0 ); - assert( pToken->z[0]!=0 ); - if( pToken->n==1 ){ - /* Wildcard of the form "?". Assign the next variable number */ - pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar; - }else if( pToken->z[0]=='?' ){ - /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn". Convert "nnn" to an integer and - ** use it as the variable number */ - int i; - pExpr->iTable = i = atoi((char*)&pToken->z[1]); - testcase( i==0 ); - testcase( i==1 ); - testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 ); - testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ); - if( i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d", - db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]); - } - if( i>pParse->nVar ){ - pParse->nVar = i; - } - }else{ - /* Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa". Reuse the same variable - ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name - ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number - */ - int i; - u32 n; - n = pToken->n; - for(i=0; inVarExpr; i++){ - Expr *pE; - if( (pE = pParse->apVarExpr[i])!=0 - && pE->token.n==n - && memcmp(pE->token.z, pToken->z, n)==0 ){ - pExpr->iTable = pE->iTable; - break; - } - } - if( i>=pParse->nVarExpr ){ - pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar; - if( pParse->nVarExpr>=pParse->nVarExprAlloc-1 ){ - pParse->nVarExprAlloc += pParse->nVarExprAlloc + 10; - pParse->apVarExpr = - sqlite3DbReallocOrFree( - db, - pParse->apVarExpr, - pParse->nVarExprAlloc*sizeof(pParse->apVarExpr[0]) - ); - } - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - assert( pParse->apVarExpr!=0 ); - pParse->apVarExpr[pParse->nVarExpr++] = pExpr; - } - } - } - if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables"); - } -} - -/* -** Clear an expression structure without deleting the structure itself. -** Substructure is deleted. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprClear(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){ - if( p->token.dyn ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (char*)p->token.z); - if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_SpanToken) ){ - if( p->span.dyn ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (char*)p->span.z); - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ){ - /* Subtrees are part of the same memory allocation when EP_Reduced set */ - if( p->pLeft ) sqlite3ExprClear(db, p->pLeft); - if( p->pRight ) sqlite3ExprClear(db, p->pRight); - }else{ - /* Subtrees are separate allocations when EP_Reduced is clear */ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight); - } - /* x.pSelect and x.pList are always separately allocated */ - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->x.pSelect); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->x.pList); - } - } -} - -/* -** Recursively delete an expression tree. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){ - if( p==0 ) return; - sqlite3ExprClear(db, p); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); -} - -/* -** The Expr.token field might be a string literal that is quoted. -** If so, remove the quotation marks. -*/ -void sqlite3DequoteExpr(Expr *p){ - if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_Dequoted) ){ - ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Dequoted); - assert( (p->vvaFlags & EVVA_ReadOnlyToken)==0 ); - sqlite3Dequote((char*)p->token.z); - } -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure -** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE, -** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. -*/ -static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){ - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ) return EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE; - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_SpanToken) ) return EXPR_SPANTOKENSIZE; - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ) return EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE; - return EXPR_FULLSIZE; -} - -/* -** sqlite3ExprDup() has been called to create a copy of expression p with -** the EXPRDUP_XXX flags passed as the second argument. This function -** returns the space required for the copy of the Expr structure only. -** This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE, EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. -*/ -static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){ - int nSize; - if( 0==(flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE) ){ - nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE; - }else if( p->pLeft || p->pRight || p->pColl || p->x.pList ){ - nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE; - }else if( flags&EXPRDUP_SPAN ){ - nSize = EXPR_SPANTOKENSIZE; - }else{ - nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE; - } - return nSize; -} - -/* -** sqlite3ExprDup() has been called to create a copy of expression p with -** the EXPRDUP_XXX passed as the second argument. This function returns -** the space in bytes required to store the copy of the Expr structure -** and the copies of the Expr.token.z and Expr.span.z (if applicable) -** string buffers. -*/ -static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){ - int nByte = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags) + (p->token.z ? p->token.n + 1 : 0); - if( (flags&EXPRDUP_SPAN)!=0 - && (p->token.z!=p->span.z || p->token.n!=p->span.n) - ){ - nByte += p->span.n; - } - return ROUND8(nByte); -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the -** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a -** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags. -** -** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct -** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.token, if any. If the -** EXPRDUP_SPAN flag is set, then space to create a copy of the buffer -** refered to by Expr.span is also included. -** -** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes -** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft -** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or -** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables). -*/ -static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){ - int nByte = 0; - if( p ){ - nByte = dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags); - if( flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE ){ - int f = flags&(~EXPRDUP_SPAN); - nByte += dupedExprSize(p->pLeft, f) + dupedExprSize(p->pRight, f); - } - } - return nByte; -} - -/* -** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer -** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough -** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->token and p->span -** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions, -** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte passed the -** portion of the buffer copied into by this function. -*/ -static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags, u8 **pzBuffer){ - Expr *pNew = 0; /* Value to return */ - if( p ){ - const int isRequireSpan = (flags&EXPRDUP_SPAN); - const int isReduced = (flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE); - u8 *zAlloc; - - assert( pzBuffer==0 || isReduced ); - - /* Figure out where to write the new Expr structure. */ - if( pzBuffer ){ - zAlloc = *pzBuffer; - }else{ - zAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, dupedExprSize(p, flags)); - } - pNew = (Expr *)zAlloc; - - if( pNew ){ - /* Set nNewSize to the size allocated for the structure pointed to - ** by pNew. This is either EXPR_FULLSIZE, EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or - ** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. nToken is set to the number of bytes consumed - ** by the copy of the p->token.z string (if any). - */ - const int nNewSize = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags); - const int nToken = (p->token.z ? p->token.n + 1 : 0); - if( isReduced ){ - assert( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced)==0 ); - memcpy(zAlloc, p, nNewSize); - }else{ - int nSize = exprStructSize(p); - memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize); - memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize); - } - - /* Set the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags appropriately. */ - pNew->flags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_SpanToken); - switch( nNewSize ){ - case EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE: pNew->flags |= EP_Reduced; break; - case EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE: pNew->flags |= EP_TokenOnly; break; - case EXPR_SPANTOKENSIZE: pNew->flags |= EP_SpanToken; break; - } - - /* Copy the p->token string, if any. */ - if( nToken ){ - unsigned char *zToken = &zAlloc[nNewSize]; - memcpy(zToken, p->token.z, nToken-1); - zToken[nToken-1] = '\0'; - pNew->token.dyn = 0; - pNew->token.z = zToken; - } - - if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & EP_TokenOnly) ){ - /* Fill in the pNew->span token, if required. */ - if( isRequireSpan ){ - if( p->token.z!=p->span.z || p->token.n!=p->span.n ){ - pNew->span.z = &zAlloc[nNewSize+nToken]; - memcpy((char *)pNew->span.z, p->span.z, p->span.n); - pNew->span.dyn = 0; - }else{ - pNew->span.z = pNew->token.z; - pNew->span.n = pNew->token.n; - } - }else{ - pNew->span.z = 0; - pNew->span.n = 0; - } - } - - if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & (EP_TokenOnly|EP_SpanToken)) ){ - /* Fill in the pNew->x.pSelect or pNew->x.pList member. */ - if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - pNew->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->x.pSelect, isReduced); - }else{ - pNew->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->x.pList, isReduced); - } - } - - /* Fill in pNew->pLeft and pNew->pRight. */ - if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_SpanToken) ){ - zAlloc += dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags); - if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced) ){ - pNew->pLeft = exprDup(db, p->pLeft, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc); - pNew->pRight = exprDup(db, p->pRight, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc); - } - if( pzBuffer ){ - *pzBuffer = zAlloc; - } - }else if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_SpanToken) ){ - pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft, 0); - pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight, 0); - } - } - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions, -** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements. The copies can -** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines) -** without effecting the originals. -** -** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(), -** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded -** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines. -** -** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated. -** -** The flags parameter contains a combination of the EXPRDUP_XXX flags. If -** the EXPRDUP_SPAN flag is set in the argument parameter, then the -** Expr.span field of the input expression is copied. If EXPRDUP_SPAN is -** clear, then the Expr.span field of the returned expression structure -** is zeroed. -** -** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the structure returned is a -** truncated version of the usual Expr structure that will be stored as -** part of the in-memory representation of the database schema. -*/ -Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags){ - return exprDup(db, p, flags, 0); -} -void sqlite3TokenCopy(sqlite3 *db, Token *pTo, const Token *pFrom){ - if( pTo->dyn ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (char*)pTo->z); - if( pFrom->z ){ - pTo->n = pFrom->n; - pTo->z = (u8*)sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pFrom->z, pFrom->n); - pTo->dyn = 1; - }else{ - pTo->z = 0; - } -} -ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags){ - ExprList *pNew; - struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem; - int i; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->iECursor = 0; - pNew->nExpr = pNew->nAlloc = p->nExpr; - pNew->a = pItem = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nExpr*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); - if( pItem==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); - return 0; - } - pOldItem = p->a; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){ - Expr *pNewExpr; - Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr; - pItem->pExpr = pNewExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags); - pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); - pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder; - pItem->done = 0; - pItem->iCol = pOldItem->iCol; - pItem->iAlias = pOldItem->iAlias; - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from -** the build, then none of the following routines, except for -** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes -** called with a NULL argument. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \ - || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) -SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){ - SrcList *pNew; - int i; - int nByte; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0); - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc; - for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; - struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; - Table *pTab; - pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase); - pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); - pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias); - pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype; - pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor; - pNewItem->isPopulated = pOldItem->isPopulated; - pNewItem->zIndex = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zIndex); - pNewItem->notIndexed = pOldItem->notIndexed; - pNewItem->pIndex = pOldItem->pIndex; - pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab; - if( pTab ){ - pTab->nRef++; - } - pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect, flags); - pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn, flags); - pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing); - pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed; - } - return pNew; -} -IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){ - IdList *pNew; - int i; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->nId = pNew->nAlloc = p->nId; - pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); - if( pNew->a==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); - return 0; - } - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; - struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; - pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); - pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx; - } - return pNew; -} -Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){ - Select *pNew; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - /* Always make a copy of the span for top-level expressions in the - ** expression list. The logic in SELECT processing that determines - ** the names of columns in the result set needs this information */ - pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, flags|EXPRDUP_SPAN); - pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc, flags); - pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, flags); - pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy, flags); - pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving, flags); - pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, flags); - pNew->op = p->op; - pNew->pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior, flags); - pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags); - pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset, flags); - pNew->iLimit = 0; - pNew->iOffset = 0; - pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral; - pNew->pRightmost = 0; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; - return pNew; -} -#else -Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){ - assert( p==0 ); - return 0; -} -#endif - - -/* -** Add a new element to the end of an expression list. If pList is -** initially NULL, then create a new expression list. -*/ -ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to be appended */ - Token *pName /* AS keyword for the expression */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( pList==0 ){ - pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(ExprList) ); - if( pList==0 ){ - goto no_mem; - } - assert( pList->nAlloc==0 ); - } - if( pList->nAlloc<=pList->nExpr ){ - struct ExprList_item *a; - int n = pList->nAlloc*2 + 4; - a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, n*sizeof(pList->a[0])); - if( a==0 ){ - goto no_mem; - } - pList->a = a; - pList->nAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, a)/sizeof(a[0]); - } - assert( pList->a!=0 ); - if( pExpr || pName ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++]; - memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem)); - pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); - pItem->pExpr = pExpr; - pItem->iAlias = 0; - } - return pList; - -no_mem: - /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); - return 0; -} - -/* -** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements, -** leave an error message in pParse. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength( - Parse *pParse, - ExprList *pEList, - const char *zObject -){ - int mx = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]; - testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx ); - testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx+1 ); - if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>mx ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject); - } -} - -/* -** Delete an entire expression list. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){ - int i; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - if( pList==0 ) return; - assert( pList->a!=0 || (pList->nExpr==0 && pList->nAlloc==0) ); - assert( pList->nExpr<=pList->nAlloc ); - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); -} - -/* -** These routines are Walker callbacks. Walker.u.pi is a pointer -** to an integer. These routines are checking an expression to see -** if it is a constant. Set *Walker.u.pi to 0 if the expression is -** not constant. -** -** These callback routines are used to implement the following: -** -** sqlite3ExprIsConstant() -** sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin() -** sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction() -** -*/ -static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - - /* If pWalker->u.i is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from - ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression - ** from being considered constant. */ - if( pWalker->u.i==3 && ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ - pWalker->u.i = 0; - return WRC_Abort; - } - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant - ** and pWalker->u.i==2 */ - case TK_FUNCTION: - if( pWalker->u.i==2 ) return 0; - /* Fall through */ - case TK_ID: - case TK_COLUMN: - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_SELECT: - case TK_EXISTS: - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); -#endif - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); - pWalker->u.i = 0; - return WRC_Abort; - default: - return WRC_Continue; - } -} -static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - pWalker->u.i = 0; - return WRC_Abort; -} -static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag){ - Walker w; - w.u.i = initFlag; - w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant; - w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant; - sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p); - return w.u.i; -} - -/* -** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant -** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls. -** -** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") -** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is -** a constant. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){ - return exprIsConst(p, 1); -} - -/* -** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant -** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join. -** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from -** an ON or USING clause. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){ - return exprIsConst(p, 3); -} - -/* -** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant -** or a function call with constant arguments. Return and 0 if there -** are any variables. -** -** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") -** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is -** a constant. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){ - return exprIsConst(p, 2); -} - -/* -** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough -** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer -** in *pValue. If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big -** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){ - int rc = 0; - if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){ - *pValue = p->iTable; - return 1; - } - switch( p->op ){ - case TK_INTEGER: { - rc = sqlite3GetInt32((char*)p->token.z, pValue); - break; - } - case TK_UPLUS: { - rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue); - break; - } - case TK_UMINUS: { - int v; - if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){ - *pValue = -v; - rc = 1; - } - break; - } - default: break; - } - if( rc ){ - p->op = TK_INTEGER; - p->flags |= EP_IntValue; - p->iTable = *pValue; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name. -*/ -int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1; - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return true if the IN operator optimization is enabled and -** the SELECT statement p exists and is of the -** simple form: -** -** SELECT FROM -** -** If this is the case, it may be possible to use an existing table -** or index instead of generating an epheremal table. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY -static int isCandidateForInOpt(Select *p){ - SrcList *pSrc; - ExprList *pEList; - Table *pTab; - if( p==0 ) return 0; /* right-hand side of IN is SELECT */ - if( p->pPrior ) return 0; /* Not a compound SELECT */ - if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){ - return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */ - } - if( p->pGroupBy ) return 0; /* Has no GROUP BY clause */ - if( p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Has no LIMIT clause */ - if( p->pOffset ) return 0; - if( p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Has no WHERE clause */ - pSrc = p->pSrc; - assert( pSrc!=0 ); - if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; /* Single term in FROM clause */ - if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0; /* FROM clause is not a subquery */ - pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab; - if( pTab==0 ) return 0; - if( pTab->pSelect ) return 0; /* FROM clause is not a view */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; /* FROM clause not a virtual table */ - pEList = p->pEList; - if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; /* One column in the result set */ - if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; /* Result is a column */ - return 1; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - -/* -** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator. -** It's job is to find or create a b-tree structure that may be used -** either to test for membership of the (...) set or to iterate through -** its members, skipping duplicates. -** -** The cursor opened on the structure (database table, database index -** or ephermal table) is stored in pX->iTable before this function returns. -** The returned value indicates the structure type, as follows: -** -** IN_INDEX_ROWID - The cursor was opened on a database table. -** IN_INDEX_INDEX - The cursor was opened on a database index. -** IN_INDEX_EPH - The cursor was opened on a specially created and -** populated epheremal table. -** -** An existing structure may only be used if the SELECT is of the simple -** form: -** -** SELECT FROM
-** -** If prNotFound parameter is 0, then the structure will be used to iterate -** through the set members, skipping any duplicates. In this case an -** epheremal table must be used unless the selected is guaranteed -** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it -** is unique by virtue of a constraint or implicit index. -** -** If the prNotFound parameter is not 0, then the structure will be used -** for fast set membership tests. In this case an epheremal table must -** be used unless is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can -** be found with as its left-most column. -** -** When the structure is being used for set membership tests, the user -** needs to know whether or not the structure contains an SQL NULL -** value in order to correctly evaluate expressions like "X IN (Y, Z)". -** If there is a chance that the structure may contain a NULL value at -** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written -** to *prNotFound. If there is no chance that the structure contains a -** NULL value, then *prNotFound is left unchanged. -** -** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prNotFound, then -** its initial value is NULL. If the structure does not remain constant -** for the duration of the query (i.e. the set is a correlated sub-select), -** the value of the allocated register is reset to NULL each time the -** structure is repopulated. This allows the caller to use vdbe code -** equivalent to the following: -** -** if( register==NULL ){ -** has_null = -** register = 1 -** } -** -** in order to avoid running the -** test more often than is necessary. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY -int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){ - Select *p; - int eType = 0; - int iTab = pParse->nTab++; - int mustBeUnique = !prNotFound; - - /* The follwing if(...) expression is true if the SELECT is of the - ** simple form: - ** - ** SELECT FROM
- ** - ** If this is the case, it may be possible to use an existing table - ** or index instead of generating an epheremal table. - */ - p = (ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ? pX->x.pSelect : 0); - if( isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - Expr *pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; /* Expression */ - int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column */ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */ - Table *pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; /* Table
. */ - int iDb; /* Database idx for pTab */ - - /* Code an OP_VerifyCookie and OP_TableLock for
. */ - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - - /* This function is only called from two places. In both cases the vdbe - ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlite3GetVdbe() is always - ** successful here. - */ - assert(v); - if( iCol<0 ){ - int iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - int iAddr; - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - - iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, iMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iMem); - - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); - eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; - - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); - }else{ - Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ - - /* The collation sequence used by the comparison. If an index is to - ** be used in place of a temp-table, it must be ordered according - ** to this collation sequence. */ - CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pExpr); - - /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the - ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If - ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index. - */ - char aff = comparisonAffinity(pX); - int affinity_ok = (pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity==aff||aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE); - - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol) - && (pReq==sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], -1, 0)) - && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None)) - ){ - int iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - int iAddr; - char *pKey; - - pKey = (char *)sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - - iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, iMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iMem); - - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb, - pKey,P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); - eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX; - - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); - if( prNotFound && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){ - *prNotFound = ++pParse->nMem; - } - } - } - } - } - - if( eType==0 ){ - int rMayHaveNull = 0; - eType = IN_INDEX_EPH; - if( prNotFound ){ - *prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem; - }else if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasAnyProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; - } - sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID); - }else{ - pX->iTable = iTab; - } - return eType; -} -#endif - -/* -** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as an expression -** and IN operators. Examples: -** -** (SELECT a FROM b) -- subquery -** EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b) -- EXISTS subquery -** x IN (4,5,11) -- IN operator with list on right-hand side -** x IN (SELECT a FROM b) -- IN operator with subquery on the right -** -** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN -** operator or subquery. -** -** If parameter isRowid is non-zero, then expression pExpr is guaranteed -** to be of the form " IN (?, ?, ?)", where is a reference -** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an -** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual -** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY -void sqlite3CodeSubselect( - Parse *pParse, - Expr *pExpr, - int rMayHaveNull, - int isRowid -){ - int testAddr = 0; /* One-time test address */ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - - - /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered - ** if any of the following is true: - ** - ** * The right-hand side is a correlated subquery - ** * The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables - ** * We are inside a trigger - ** - ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once - ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations. - */ - if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) && !pParse->trigStack ){ - int mem = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, mem); - testAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, mem); - assert( testAddr>0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - } - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_IN: { - char affinity; - KeyInfo keyInfo; - int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - - if( rMayHaveNull ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rMayHaveNull); - } - - affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft); - - /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN()' - ** expression it is handled the same way. A virtual table is - ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results - ** from the SELECT or the . - ** - ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT... - ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that - ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the - ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used - ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither - ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity - ** is used. - */ - pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, !isRowid); - memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo)); - keyInfo.nField = 1; - - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - /* Case 1: expr IN (SELECT ...) - ** - ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary - ** table allocated and opened above. - */ - SelectDest dest; - ExprList *pEList; - - assert( !isRowid ); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable); - dest.affinity = (u8)affinity; - assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable ); - if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect, &dest) ){ - return; - } - pEList = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList; - if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>0 ){ - keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, - pEList->a[0].pExpr); - } - }else if( pExpr->x.pList ){ - /* Case 2: expr IN (exprlist) - ** - ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and - ** store it in the temporary table. If is a column, then use - ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If is not - ** a column, use numeric affinity. - */ - int i; - ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int r1, r2, r3; - - if( !affinity ){ - affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - } - keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); - - /* Loop through each expression in . */ - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2); - for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr; - - /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to - ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure - ** this code only executes once. Because for a non-constant - ** expression we need to rerun this code each time. - */ - if( testAddr && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr-1, 2); - testAddr = 0; - } - - /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */ - pParse->disableColCache++; - r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1); - assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 ); - pParse->disableColCache--; - - if( isRowid ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2); - } - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); - } - if( !isRowid ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); - } - break; - } - - case TK_EXISTS: - case TK_SELECT: { - /* This has to be a scalar SELECT. Generate code to put the - ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number - ** of the memory cell in iColumn. - */ - static const Token one = { (u8*)"1", 0, 1 }; - Select *pSel; - SelectDest dest; - - assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect; - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem); - if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){ - dest.eDest = SRT_Mem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iParm); - VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result")); - }else{ - dest.eDest = SRT_Exists; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iParm); - VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result")); - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit); - pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &one); - if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){ - return; - } - pExpr->iColumn = dest.iParm; - break; - } - } - - if( testAddr ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr-1); - } - - return; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - -/* -** Duplicate an 8-byte value -*/ -static char *dup8bytes(Vdbe *v, const char *in){ - char *out = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), 8); - if( out ){ - memcpy(out, in, 8); - } - return out; -} - -/* -** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point -** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem. -** -** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the -** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look -** like the continuation of the number. -*/ -static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int n, int negateFlag, int iMem){ - assert( z || v==0 || sqlite3VdbeDb(v)->mallocFailed ); - assert( !z || !sqlite3Isdigit(z[n]) ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(n); - if( z ){ - double value; - char *zV; - sqlite3AtoF(z, &value); - if( sqlite3IsNaN(value) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iMem); - }else{ - if( negateFlag ) value = -value; - zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL); - } - } -} - - -/* -** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by -** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem. -** -** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the -** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look -** like the continuation of the number. -*/ -static void codeInteger(Vdbe *v, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){ - const char *z; - if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){ - int i = pExpr->iTable; - if( negFlag ) i = -i; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem); - }else if( (z = (char*)pExpr->token.z)!=0 ){ - int i; - int n = pExpr->token.n; - assert( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[n]) ); - if( sqlite3GetInt32(z, &i) ){ - if( negFlag ) i = -i; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem); - }else if( sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(z, negFlag) ){ - i64 value; - char *zV; - sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value); - if( negFlag ) value = -value; - zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64); - }else{ - codeReal(v, z, n, negFlag, iMem); - } - } -} - - -/* -** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from -** table pTab and store the column value in a register. An effort -** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is -** not guaranteed. The location of the column value is returned. -** -** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine -** is called. If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid. -** -** This routine might attempt to reuse the value of the column that -** has already been loaded into a register. The value will always -** be used if it has not undergone any affinity changes. But if -** an affinity change has occurred, then the cached value will only be -** used if allowAffChng is true. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - Table *pTab, /* Description of the table we are reading from */ - int iColumn, /* Index of the table column */ - int iTable, /* The cursor pointing to the table */ - int iReg, /* Store results here */ - int allowAffChng /* True if prior affinity changes are OK */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct yColCache *p; - - for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; inColCache; i++, p++){ - if( p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn - && (!p->affChange || allowAffChng) ){ -#if 0 - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop); - VdbeComment((v, "OPT: tab%d.col%d -> r%d", iTable, iColumn, p->iReg)); -#endif - return p->iReg; - } - } - assert( v!=0 ); - if( iColumn<0 ){ - int op = (pTab && IsVirtual(pTab)) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, iTable, iReg); - }else if( pTab==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTable, iColumn, iReg); - }else{ - int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTable, iColumn, iReg); - sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iColumn); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( pTab->aCol[iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg); - } -#endif - } - if( pParse->disableColCache==0 ){ - i = pParse->iColCache; - p = &pParse->aColCache[i]; - p->iTable = iTable; - p->iColumn = iColumn; - p->iReg = iReg; - p->affChange = 0; - i++; - if( i>=ArraySize(pParse->aColCache) ) i = 0; - if( i>pParse->nColCache ) pParse->nColCache = i; - pParse->iColCache = i; - } - return iReg; -} - -/* -** Clear all column cache entries associated with the vdbe -** cursor with cursor number iTable. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iTable){ - if( iTable<0 ){ - pParse->nColCache = 0; - pParse->iColCache = 0; - }else{ - int i; - for(i=0; inColCache; i++){ - if( pParse->aColCache[i].iTable==iTable ){ - testcase( i==pParse->nColCache-1 ); - pParse->aColCache[i] = pParse->aColCache[--pParse->nColCache]; - pParse->iColCache = pParse->nColCache; - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount -** registers starting with iStart. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){ - int iEnd = iStart + iCount - 1; - int i; - for(i=0; inColCache; i++){ - int r = pParse->aColCache[i].iReg; - if( r>=iStart && r<=iEnd ){ - pParse->aColCache[i].affChange = 1; - } - } -} - -/* -** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1 -** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){ - int i; - if( iFrom==iTo ) return; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg); - for(i=0; inColCache; i++){ - int x = pParse->aColCache[i].iReg; - if( x>=iFrom && xaColCache[i].iReg += iTo-iFrom; - } - } -} - -/* -** Generate code to copy content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1 -** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){ - int i; - if( iFrom==iTo ) return; - for(i=0; ipVdbe, OP_Copy, iFrom+i, iTo+i); - } -} - -/* -** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive) -** is used as part of the column cache. -*/ -static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){ - int i; - for(i=0; inColCache; i++){ - int r = pParse->aColCache[i].iReg; - if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** There is a value in register iReg. -** -** We are going to modify the value, so we need to make sure it -** is not a cached register. If iReg is a cached register, -** then clear the corresponding cache line. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ - int i; - if( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, iReg, iReg) ){ - for(i=0; inColCache; i++){ - if( pParse->aColCache[i].iReg==iReg ){ - pParse->aColCache[i] = pParse->aColCache[--pParse->nColCache]; - pParse->iColCache = pParse->nColCache; - } - } - } -} - -/* -** If the last instruction coded is an ephemeral copy of any of -** the registers in the nReg registers beginning with iReg, then -** convert the last instruction from OP_SCopy to OP_Copy. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprHardCopy(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ - int addr; - VdbeOp *pOp; - Vdbe *v; - - v = pParse->pVdbe; - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addr-1); - assert( pOp || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - if( pOp && pOp->opcode==OP_SCopy && pOp->p1>=iReg && pOp->p1opcode = OP_Copy; - } -} - -/* -** Generate code to store the value of the iAlias-th alias in register -** target. The first time this is called, pExpr is evaluated to compute -** the value of the alias. The value is stored in an auxiliary register -** and the number of that register is returned. On subsequent calls, -** the register number is returned without generating any code. -** -** Note that in order for this to work, code must be generated in the -** same order that it is executed. -** -** Aliases are numbered starting with 1. So iAlias is in the range -** of 1 to pParse->nAlias inclusive. -** -** pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1] records the register number where the value -** of the iAlias-th alias is stored. If zero, that means that the -** alias has not yet been computed. -*/ -static int codeAlias(Parse *pParse, int iAlias, Expr *pExpr, int target){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int iReg; - if( pParse->nAliasAllocnAlias ){ - pParse->aAlias = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, pParse->aAlias, - sizeof(pParse->aAlias[0])*pParse->nAlias ); - testcase( db->mallocFailed && pParse->nAliasAlloc>0 ); - if( db->mallocFailed ) return 0; - memset(&pParse->aAlias[pParse->nAliasAlloc], 0, - (pParse->nAlias-pParse->nAliasAlloc)*sizeof(pParse->aAlias[0])); - pParse->nAliasAlloc = pParse->nAlias; - } - assert( iAlias>0 && iAlias<=pParse->nAlias ); - iReg = pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1]; - if( iReg==0 ){ - if( pParse->disableColCache ){ - iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target); - }else{ - iReg = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, iReg); - pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1] = iReg; - } - } - return iReg; -} - -/* -** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given -** expression. Attempt to store the results in register "target". -** Return the register where results are stored. -** -** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will -** be stored in target. The result might be stored in some other -** register if it is convenient to do so. The calling function -** must check the return code and move the results to the desired -** register. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The VM under construction */ - int op; /* The opcode being coded */ - int inReg = target; /* Results stored in register inReg */ - int regFree1 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ - int regFree2 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ - int r1, r2, r3, r4; /* Various register numbers */ - sqlite3 *db; - - db = pParse->db; - assert( v!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); - assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); - if( v==0 ) return 0; - - if( pExpr==0 ){ - op = TK_NULL; - }else{ - op = pExpr->op; - } - switch( op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { - AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; - struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg]; - if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){ - assert( pCol->iMem>0 ); - inReg = pCol->iMem; - break; - }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdx, - pCol->iSorterColumn, target); - break; - } - /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */ - } - case TK_COLUMN: { - if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){ - /* This only happens when coding check constraints */ - assert( pParse->ckBase>0 ); - inReg = pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase; - }else{ - testcase( (pExpr->flags & EP_AnyAff)!=0 ); - inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab, - pExpr->iColumn, pExpr->iTable, target, - pExpr->flags & EP_AnyAff); - } - break; - } - case TK_INTEGER: { - codeInteger(v, pExpr, 0, target); - break; - } - case TK_FLOAT: { - codeReal(v, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, 0, target); - break; - } - case TK_STRING: { - sqlite3DequoteExpr(pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v,OP_String8, 0, target, 0, - (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n); - break; - } - case TK_NULL: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - case TK_BLOB: { - int n; - const char *z; - char *zBlob; - assert( pExpr->token.n>=3 ); - assert( pExpr->token.z[0]=='x' || pExpr->token.z[0]=='X' ); - assert( pExpr->token.z[1]=='\'' ); - assert( pExpr->token.z[pExpr->token.n-1]=='\'' ); - n = pExpr->token.n - 3; - z = (char*)pExpr->token.z + 2; - zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC); - break; - } -#endif - case TK_VARIABLE: { - int iPrior; - VdbeOp *pOp; - if( pExpr->token.n<=1 - && (iPrior = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1)>=0 - && (pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, iPrior))->opcode==OP_Variable - && pOp->p1+pOp->p3==pExpr->iTable - && pOp->p2+pOp->p3==target - && pOp->p4.z==0 - ){ - /* If the previous instruction was a copy of the previous unnamed - ** parameter into the previous register, then simply increment the - ** repeat count on the prior instruction rather than making a new - ** instruction. - */ - pOp->p3++; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iTable, target, 1); - if( pExpr->token.n>1 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n); - } - } - break; - } - case TK_REGISTER: { - inReg = pExpr->iTable; - break; - } - case TK_AS: { - inReg = codeAlias(pParse, pExpr->iTable, pExpr->pLeft, target); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST - case TK_CAST: { - /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ - int aff, to_op; - inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); - aff = sqlite3AffinityType(&pExpr->token); - to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText; - assert( to_op==OP_ToText || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToInt || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); - assert( to_op==OP_ToReal || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToText ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToBlob ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToNumeric ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToInt ); - testcase( to_op==OP_ToReal ); - if( inReg!=target ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); - inReg = target; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, to_op, inReg); - testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) ); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1); - break; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ - case TK_LT: - case TK_LE: - case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: - case TK_NE: - case TK_EQ: { - assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt ); - assert( TK_LE==OP_Le ); - assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt ); - assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge ); - assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq ); - assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne ); - testcase( op==TK_LT ); - testcase( op==TK_LE ); - testcase( op==TK_GT ); - testcase( op==TK_GE ); - testcase( op==TK_EQ ); - testcase( op==TK_NE ); - codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, ®Free1, - pExpr->pRight, &r2, ®Free2); - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_AND: - case TK_OR: - case TK_PLUS: - case TK_STAR: - case TK_MINUS: - case TK_REM: - case TK_BITAND: - case TK_BITOR: - case TK_SLASH: - case TK_LSHIFT: - case TK_RSHIFT: - case TK_CONCAT: { - assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); - assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); - assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add ); - assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract ); - assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder ); - assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd ); - assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr ); - assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide ); - assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft ); - assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight ); - assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat ); - testcase( op==TK_AND ); - testcase( op==TK_OR ); - testcase( op==TK_PLUS ); - testcase( op==TK_MINUS ); - testcase( op==TK_REM ); - testcase( op==TK_BITAND ); - testcase( op==TK_BITOR ); - testcase( op==TK_SLASH ); - testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT ); - testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT ); - testcase( op==TK_CONCAT ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_UMINUS: { - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - assert( pLeft ); - if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){ - codeReal(v, (char*)pLeft->token.z, pLeft->token.n, 1, target); - }else if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){ - codeInteger(v, pLeft, 1, target); - }else{ - regFree1 = r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, r1); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - } - inReg = target; - break; - } - case TK_BITNOT: - case TK_NOT: { - assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot ); - assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not ); - testcase( op==TK_BITNOT ); - testcase( op==TK_NOT ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - inReg = target; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg); - break; - } - case TK_ISNULL: - case TK_NOTNULL: { - int addr; - assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); - assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); - testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); - testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, -1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - break; - } - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { - AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; - if( pInfo==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %T", - &pExpr->span); - }else{ - inReg = pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem; - } - break; - } - case TK_CONST_FUNC: - case TK_FUNCTION: { - ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */ - int nFarg; /* Number of function arguments */ - FuncDef *pDef; /* The function definition object */ - int nId; /* Length of the function name in bytes */ - const char *zId; /* The function name */ - int constMask = 0; /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - u8 enc = ENC(db); /* The text encoding used by this database */ - CollSeq *pColl = 0; /* A collating sequence */ - - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - testcase( op==TK_CONST_FUNC ); - testcase( op==TK_FUNCTION ); - if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_SpanToken) ){ - pFarg = 0; - }else{ - pFarg = pExpr->x.pList; - } - nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0; - zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z; - nId = pExpr->token.n; - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nFarg, enc, 0); - assert( pDef!=0 ); - if( pFarg ){ - r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg); - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1, 1); - }else{ - r1 = 0; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is - ** a virtual table column. - ** - ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the - ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to - ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because - ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to - ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the - ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to - ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test - ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)". - */ - if( nFarg>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){ - pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[1].pExpr); - }else if( nFarg>0 ){ - pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[0].pExpr); - } -#endif - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ - constMask |= (1<flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){ - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr); - } - } - if( pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ - if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, constMask, r1, target, - (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg); - if( nFarg ){ - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg); - } - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, nFarg); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_EXISTS: - case TK_SELECT: { - testcase( op==TK_EXISTS ); - testcase( op==TK_SELECT ); - if( pExpr->iColumn==0 ){ - sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0); - } - inReg = pExpr->iColumn; - break; - } - case TK_IN: { - int rNotFound = 0; - int rMayHaveNull = 0; - int j2, j3, j4, j5; - char affinity; - int eType; - - VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr r%d", target)); - eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, &rMayHaveNull); - if( rMayHaveNull ){ - rNotFound = ++pParse->nMem; - } - - /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results - ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for - ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord. - */ - affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); - - - /* Code the from " IN (...)". The temporary table - ** pExpr->iTable contains the values that make up the (...) set. - */ - pParse->disableColCache++; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); - pParse->disableColCache--; - j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, target); - if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ - j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, target); - j4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, 0, target); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); - j5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j4); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, target); - }else{ - r2 = regFree2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - - /* Create a record and test for set membership. If the set contains - ** the value, then jump to the end of the test code. The target - ** register still contains the true (1) value written to it earlier. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, target, 1, r2, &affinity, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); - j5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r2); - - /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the - ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set - ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set - ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the - ** expression is also NULL. - */ - if( rNotFound==0 ){ - /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time (now) that - ** the set contains no NULL values. This happens as the result - ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema. No need - ** to test the data structure at runtime in this case. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, target); - }else{ - /* This block populates the rNotFound register with either NULL - ** or 0 (an integer value). If the data structure contains one - ** or more NULLs, then set rNotFound to NULL. Otherwise, set it - ** to 0. If register rMayHaveNull is already set to some value - ** other than NULL, then the test has already been run and - ** rNotFound is already populated. - */ - static const char nullRecord[] = { 0x02, 0x00 }; - j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, rMayHaveNull); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rNotFound); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, 2, rMayHaveNull, 0, - nullRecord, P4_STATIC); - j4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, rMayHaveNull); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, rNotFound); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j4); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3); - - /* Copy the value of register rNotFound (which is either NULL or 0) - ** into the target register. This will be the result of the - ** expression. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, rNotFound, target); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j5); - VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr r%d", target)); - break; - } -#endif - /* - ** x BETWEEN y AND z - ** - ** This is equivalent to - ** - ** x>=y AND x<=z - ** - ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft. - ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr. - ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr. - */ - case TK_BETWEEN: { - Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->x.pList->a; - Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr; - - codeCompareOperands(pParse, pLeft, &r1, ®Free1, - pRight, &r2, ®Free2); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - r3 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - r4 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, - r1, r2, r3, SQLITE_STOREP2); - pLItem++; - pRight = pLItem->pExpr; - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLITE_STOREP2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4); - break; - } - case TK_UPLUS: { - inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); - break; - } - - /* - ** Form A: - ** CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END - ** - ** Form B: - ** CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END - ** - ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows: - ** CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ... - ** WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END - ** - ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft. - ** Y is in pExpr->pRight. The Y is also optional. If there is no - ** ELSE clause and no other term matches, then the result of the - ** exprssion is NULL. - ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1]. - ** - ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei, - ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is - ** no ELSE term, NULL. - */ - case TK_CASE: { - int endLabel; /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */ - int nextCase; /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */ - int nExpr; /* 2x number of WHEN terms */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - ExprList *pEList; /* List of WHEN terms */ - struct ExprList_item *aListelem; /* Array of WHEN terms */ - Expr opCompare; /* The X==Ei expression */ - Expr cacheX; /* Cached expression X */ - Expr *pX; /* The X expression */ - Expr *pTest = 0; /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */ - - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList ); - assert((pExpr->x.pList->nExpr % 2) == 0); - assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0); - pEList = pExpr->x.pList; - aListelem = pEList->a; - nExpr = pEList->nExpr; - endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){ - cacheX = *pX; - testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN || pX->op==TK_REGISTER ); - cacheX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, ®Free1); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - cacheX.op = TK_REGISTER; - opCompare.op = TK_EQ; - opCompare.pLeft = &cacheX; - pTest = &opCompare; - } - pParse->disableColCache++; - for(i=0; iop==TK_COLUMN || pTest->op==TK_REGISTER ); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); - testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endLabel); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase); - } - if( pExpr->pRight ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight, target); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel); - assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 ); - pParse->disableColCache--; - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - case TK_RAISE: { - if( !pParse->trigStack ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program"); - return 0; - } - if( pExpr->affinity!=OE_Ignore ){ - assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback || - pExpr->affinity == OE_Abort || - pExpr->affinity == OE_Fail ); - sqlite3DequoteExpr(pExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, pExpr->affinity, 0, - (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n); - } else { - assert( pExpr->affinity == OE_Ignore ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->trigStack->ignoreJump); - VdbeComment((v, "raise(IGNORE)")); - } - break; - } -#endif - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); - return inReg; -} - -/* -** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results -** into a register. Return the register number where the results -** are stored. -** -** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated, -** then write its number into *pReg. If the result register is not -** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - int r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1); - if( r2==r1 ){ - *pReg = r1; - }else{ - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - *pReg = 0; - } - return r2; -} - -/* -** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the -** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear -** in register target. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ - int inReg; - - assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); - inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target); - assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); - if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); - } - return target; -} - -/* -** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and puts the result -** in register target. -** -** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register -** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated, -** the result is a copy of the cache register. -** -** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple -** times. They are evaluated once and the results of the expression -** are reused. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int inReg; - inReg = sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); - assert( target>0 ); - if( pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER ){ - int iMem; - iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, inReg, iMem); - pExpr->iTable = iMem; - pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER; - } - return inReg; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if pExpr is an constant expression that is appropriate -** for factoring out of a loop. Appropriate expressions are: -** -** * Any expression that evaluates to two or more opcodes. -** -** * Any OP_Integer, OP_Real, OP_String, OP_Blob, OP_Null, -** or OP_Variable that does not need to be placed in a -** specific register. -** -** There is no point in factoring out single-instruction constant -** expressions that need to be placed in a particular register. -** We could factor them out, but then we would end up adding an -** OP_SCopy instruction to move the value into the correct register -** later. We might as well just use the original instruction and -** avoid the OP_SCopy. -*/ -static int isAppropriateForFactoring(Expr *p){ - if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(p) ){ - return 0; /* Only constant expressions are appropriate for factoring */ - } - if( (p->flags & EP_FixedDest)==0 ){ - return 1; /* Any constant without a fixed destination is appropriate */ - } - while( p->op==TK_UPLUS ) p = p->pLeft; - switch( p->op ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL - case TK_BLOB: -#endif - case TK_VARIABLE: - case TK_INTEGER: - case TK_FLOAT: - case TK_NULL: - case TK_STRING: { - testcase( p->op==TK_BLOB ); - testcase( p->op==TK_VARIABLE ); - testcase( p->op==TK_INTEGER ); - testcase( p->op==TK_FLOAT ); - testcase( p->op==TK_NULL ); - testcase( p->op==TK_STRING ); - /* Single-instruction constants with a fixed destination are - ** better done in-line. If we factor them, they will just end - ** up generating an OP_SCopy to move the value to the destination - ** register. */ - return 0; - } - case TK_UMINUS: { - if( p->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || p->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){ - return 0; - } - break; - } - default: { - break; - } - } - return 1; -} - -/* -** If pExpr is a constant expression that is appropriate for -** factoring out of a loop, then evaluate the expression -** into a register and convert the expression into a TK_REGISTER -** expression. -*/ -static int evalConstExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_REGISTER: { - return 1; - } - case TK_FUNCTION: - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: - case TK_CONST_FUNC: { - /* The arguments to a function have a fixed destination. - ** Mark them this way to avoid generated unneeded OP_SCopy - ** instructions. - */ - ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - if( pList ){ - int i = pList->nExpr; - struct ExprList_item *pItem = pList->a; - for(; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - if( pItem->pExpr ) pItem->pExpr->flags |= EP_FixedDest; - } - } - break; - } - } - if( isAppropriateForFactoring(pExpr) ){ - int r1 = ++pParse->nMem; - int r2; - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1); - if( r1!=r2 ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER; - pExpr->iTable = r2; - return WRC_Prune; - } - return WRC_Continue; -} - -/* -** Preevaluate constant subexpressions within pExpr and store the -** results in registers. Modify pExpr so that the constant subexpresions -** are TK_REGISTER opcodes that refer to the precomputed values. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ - Walker w; - w.xExprCallback = evalConstExpr; - w.xSelectCallback = 0; - w.pParse = pParse; - sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); -} - - -/* -** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given -** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target. -** -** Return the number of elements evaluated. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pList, /* The expression list to be coded */ - int target, /* Where to write results */ - int doHardCopy /* Make a hard copy of every element */ -){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int i, n; - assert( pList!=0 ); - assert( target>0 ); - n = pList->nExpr; - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; iiAlias ){ - int iReg = codeAlias(pParse, pItem->iAlias, pItem->pExpr, target+i); - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( iReg!=target+i ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iReg, target+i); - } - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pItem->pExpr, target+i); - } - if( doHardCopy ){ - sqlite3ExprHardCopy(pParse, target, n); - } - } - return n; -} - -/* -** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made -** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution -** continues straight thru if the expression is false. -** -** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then -** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL. -** -** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ) -** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding -** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in -** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code -** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int op = 0; - int regFree1 = 0; - int regFree2 = 0; - int r1, r2; - - assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); - if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return; - op = pExpr->op; - switch( op ){ - case TK_AND: { - int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - testcase( pParse->disableColCache==0 ); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - pParse->disableColCache++; - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 ); - pParse->disableColCache--; - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); - break; - } - case TK_OR: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - testcase( pParse->disableColCache==0 ); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - pParse->disableColCache++; - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 ); - pParse->disableColCache--; - break; - } - case TK_NOT: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_LT: - case TK_LE: - case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: - case TK_NE: - case TK_EQ: { - assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt ); - assert( TK_LE==OP_Le ); - assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt ); - assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge ); - assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq ); - assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne ); - testcase( op==TK_LT ); - testcase( op==TK_LE ); - testcase( op==TK_GT ); - testcase( op==TK_GE ); - testcase( op==TK_EQ ); - testcase( op==TK_NE ); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, ®Free1, - pExpr->pRight, &r2, ®Free2); - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_ISNULL: - case TK_NOTNULL: { - assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); - assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); - testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); - testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_BETWEEN: { - /* x BETWEEN y AND z - ** - ** Is equivalent to - ** - ** x>=y AND x<=z - ** - ** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression - ** elementation of x. - */ - Expr exprAnd; - Expr compLeft; - Expr compRight; - Expr exprX; - - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - exprX = *pExpr->pLeft; - exprAnd.op = TK_AND; - exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft; - exprAnd.pRight = &compRight; - compLeft.op = TK_GE; - compLeft.pLeft = &exprX; - compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; - compRight.op = TK_LE; - compRight.pLeft = &exprX; - compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; - exprX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, ®Free1); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - exprX.op = TK_REGISTER; - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - default: { - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - break; - } - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); -} - -/* -** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made -** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution -** continues straight thru if the expression is true. -** -** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then -** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull -** is 0. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int op = 0; - int regFree1 = 0; - int regFree2 = 0; - int r1, r2; - - assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); - if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return; - - /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows: - ** - ** pExpr->op op - ** --------- ---------- - ** TK_ISNULL OP_NotNull - ** TK_NOTNULL OP_IsNull - ** TK_NE OP_Eq - ** TK_EQ OP_Ne - ** TK_GT OP_Le - ** TK_LE OP_Gt - ** TK_GE OP_Lt - ** TK_LT OP_Ge - ** - ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused. - ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we - ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression. - ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct. - */ - op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1); - - /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants - */ - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le ); - assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt ); - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AND: { - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - testcase( pParse->disableColCache==0 ); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - pParse->disableColCache++; - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 ); - pParse->disableColCache--; - break; - } - case TK_OR: { - int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - testcase( pParse->disableColCache==0 ); - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - pParse->disableColCache++; - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); - assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 ); - pParse->disableColCache--; - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); - break; - } - case TK_NOT: { - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - case TK_LT: - case TK_LE: - case TK_GT: - case TK_GE: - case TK_NE: - case TK_EQ: { - testcase( op==TK_LT ); - testcase( op==TK_LE ); - testcase( op==TK_GT ); - testcase( op==TK_GE ); - testcase( op==TK_EQ ); - testcase( op==TK_NE ); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, ®Free1, - pExpr->pRight, &r2, ®Free2); - codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, - r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( regFree2==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_ISNULL: - case TK_NOTNULL: { - testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); - testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - break; - } - case TK_BETWEEN: { - /* x BETWEEN y AND z - ** - ** Is equivalent to - ** - ** x>=y AND x<=z - ** - ** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression - ** elementation of x. - */ - Expr exprAnd; - Expr compLeft; - Expr compRight; - Expr exprX; - - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - exprX = *pExpr->pLeft; - exprAnd.op = TK_AND; - exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft; - exprAnd.pRight = &compRight; - compLeft.op = TK_GE; - compLeft.pLeft = &exprX; - compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; - compRight.op = TK_LE; - compRight.pLeft = &exprX; - compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; - exprX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, ®Free1); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - exprX.op = TK_REGISTER; - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull); - break; - } - default: { - r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); - testcase( regFree1==0 ); - testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); - break; - } - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); -} - -/* -** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees. Return TRUE (non-zero) -** if they are identical and return FALSE if they differ in any way. -** -** Sometimes this routine will return FALSE even if the two expressions -** really are equivalent. If we cannot prove that the expressions are -** identical, we return FALSE just to be safe. So if this routine -** returns false, then you do not really know for certain if the two -** expressions are the same. But if you get a TRUE return, then you -** can be sure the expressions are the same. In the places where -** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra FALSE - that -** just might result in some slightly slower code. But returning -** an incorrect TRUE could lead to a malfunction. -*/ -int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){ - int i; - if( pA==0||pB==0 ){ - return pB==pA; - } - if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_xIsSelect) || ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - return 0; - } - if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 0; - if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 0; - if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 0; - if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 0; - - if( pA->x.pList && pB->x.pList ){ - if( pA->x.pList->nExpr!=pB->x.pList->nExpr ) return 0; - for(i=0; ix.pList->nExpr; i++){ - Expr *pExprA = pA->x.pList->a[i].pExpr; - Expr *pExprB = pB->x.pList->a[i].pExpr; - if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB) ) return 0; - } - }else if( pA->x.pList || pB->x.pList ){ - return 0; - } - - if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 0; - if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && pA->token.z ){ - if( pB->token.z==0 ) return 0; - if( pB->token.n!=pA->token.n ) return 0; - if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pA->token.z,(char*)pB->token.z,pB->token.n)!=0 ){ - return 0; - } - } - return 1; -} - - -/* -** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of -** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. -*/ -static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ - int i; - pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pInfo->aCol, - sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]), - 3, - &pInfo->nColumn, - &pInfo->nColumnAlloc, - &i - ); - return i; -} - -/* -** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of -** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. -*/ -static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ - int i; - pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( - db, - pInfo->aFunc, - sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]), - 3, - &pInfo->nFunc, - &pInfo->nFuncAlloc, - &i - ); - return i; -} - -/* -** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker. It is used to -** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(). See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates -** for additional information. -*/ -static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - int i; - NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; - Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo; - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: - case TK_COLUMN: { - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); - testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); - /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM - ** clause of the aggregate query */ - if( pSrcList ){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a; - for(i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - struct AggInfo_col *pCol; - if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){ - /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table - ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. - ** - ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there - ** is not an entry there already. - */ - int k; - pCol = pAggInfo->aCol; - for(k=0; knColumn; k++, pCol++){ - if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable && - pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ - break; - } - } - if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn) - && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 - ){ - pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k]; - pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab; - pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable; - pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; - pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - pCol->iSorterColumn = -1; - pCol->pExpr = pExpr; - if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){ - int j, n; - ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy; - struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a; - n = pGB->nExpr; - for(j=0; jpExpr; - if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable && - pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ - pCol->iSorterColumn = j; - break; - } - } - } - if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){ - pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++; - } - } - /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either - ** because it was there before or because we just created it). - ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that - ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry. - */ - pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; - pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN; - pExpr->iAgg = k; - break; - } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */ - } /* end loop over pSrcList */ - } - return WRC_Prune; - } - case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { - /* The pNC->nDepth==0 test causes aggregate functions in subqueries - ** to be ignored */ - if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){ - /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate - ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure - */ - struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc; - for(i=0; inFunc; i++, pItem++){ - if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr) ){ - break; - } - } - if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){ - /* pExpr is original. Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[] - */ - u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); - i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo); - if( i>=0 ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i]; - pItem->pExpr = pExpr; - pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; - pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, - (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, - pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0); - if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){ - pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; - }else{ - pItem->iDistinct = -1; - } - } - } - /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry - */ - pExpr->iAgg = i; - pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; - return WRC_Prune; - } - } - } - return WRC_Continue; -} -static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ - NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; - if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){ - pNC->nDepth++; - sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSelect); - pNC->nDepth--; - return WRC_Prune; - }else{ - return WRC_Continue; - } -} - -/* -** Analyze the given expression looking for aggregate functions and -** for variables that need to be added to the pParse->aAgg[] array. -** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary. -** -** This routine should only be called after the expression has been -** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames(). -*/ -void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){ - Walker w; - w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate; - w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect; - w.u.pNC = pNC; - sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); -} - -/* -** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an -** expression list. Return the number of errors. -** -** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short. -*/ -void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int i; - if( pList ){ - for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr); - } - } -} - -/* -** Allocate or deallocate temporary use registers during code generation. -*/ -int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){ - if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){ - return ++pParse->nMem; - } - return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg]; -} -void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ - if( iReg && pParse->nTempRegaTempReg) ){ - sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(pParse, iReg); - pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg; - } -} - -/* -** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers -*/ -int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){ - int i, n; - i = pParse->iRangeReg; - n = pParse->nRangeReg; - if( nReg<=n && !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) ){ - pParse->iRangeReg += nReg; - pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg; - }else{ - i = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += nReg; - } - return i; -} -void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ - if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){ - pParse->nRangeReg = nReg; - pParse->iRangeReg = iReg; - } -} diff --git a/fault.c b/fault.c deleted file mode 100644 index b36dd36..0000000 --- a/fault.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2008 Jan 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** $Id: fault.c,v 1.11 2008/09/02 00:52:52 drh Exp $ -*/ - -/* -** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" -** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the -** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory -** and returns 0). -** -** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite -** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually -** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily -** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this -** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The -** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure -** during a hash table resize is a benign fault. -*/ - -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST - -/* -** Global variables. -*/ -typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks; -static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks { - void (*xBenignBegin)(void); - void (*xBenignEnd)(void); -} sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 }; - -/* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks -** structure. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, -** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common -** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly -** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD -# define wsdHooksInit \ - BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks) -# define wsdHooks x[0] -#else -# define wsdHooksInit -# define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks -#endif - - -/* -** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and -** sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() are called, respectively. -*/ -void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks( - void (*xBenignBegin)(void), - void (*xBenignEnd)(void) -){ - wsdHooksInit; - wsdHooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin; - wsdHooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd; -} - -/* -** This (sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()) is called by SQLite code to indicate that -** subsequent malloc failures are benign. A call to sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() -** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign. -*/ -void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){ - wsdHooksInit; - if( wsdHooks.xBenignBegin ){ - wsdHooks.xBenignBegin(); - } -} -void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){ - wsdHooksInit; - if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){ - wsdHooks.xBenignEnd(); - } -} - -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ diff --git a/fts3.c b/fts3.c deleted file mode 100644 index 19e6495..0000000 --- a/fts3.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7024 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2006 Oct 10 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search. -*/ - -/* -** The code in this file is only compiled if: -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension -** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of -** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). -*/ - -/* TODO(shess) Consider exporting this comment to an HTML file or the -** wiki. -*/ -/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like) -** structures called segments which map terms to doclists. The -** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the -** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable. Since trees -** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the -** bottom up. -** -** -**** Varints **** -** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a -** varint. We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order -** using seven bits * per byte as follows: -** -** KEY: -** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit -** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit -** -** 7 bits - A -** 14 bits - BA -** 21 bits - BBA -** and so on. -** -** This is identical to how sqlite encodes varints (see util.c). -** -** -**** Document lists **** -** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a -** given term. Doclists hold docids, and can optionally associate -** token positions and offsets with docids. -** -** A DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS doclist is stored like this: -** -** array { -** varint docid; -** array { (position list for column 0) -** varint position; (delta from previous position plus POS_BASE) -** varint startOffset; (delta from previous startOffset) -** varint endOffset; (delta from startOffset) -** } -** array { -** varint POS_COLUMN; (marks start of position list for new column) -** varint column; (index of new column) -** array { -** varint position; (delta from previous position plus POS_BASE) -** varint startOffset;(delta from previous startOffset) -** varint endOffset; (delta from startOffset) -** } -** } -** varint POS_END; (marks end of positions for this document. -** } -** -** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in -** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream -** generated by the tokenizer, while an "offset" is a byte offset, -** both based at 0. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur in the -** same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals -** ending a position list array. -** -** A DL_POSITIONS doclist omits the startOffset and endOffset -** information. A DL_DOCIDS doclist omits both the position and -** offset information, becoming an array of varint-encoded docids. -** -** On-disk data is stored as type DL_DEFAULT, so we don't serialize -** the type. Due to how deletion is implemented in the segmentation -** system, on-disk doclists MUST store at least positions. -** -** -**** Segment leaf nodes **** -** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term. Leaf -** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to -** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to -** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer). Leaf nodes have -** the format: -** -** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always 0) -** varint nTerm; (length of first term) -** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) -** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) -** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) -** array { -** (further terms are delta-encoded) -** varint nPrefix; (length of prefix shared with previous term) -** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) -** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term) -** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) -** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) -** } -** -** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in -** memory. -** -** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in -** the %_segments table in sorted order. This means that when the end -** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next -** greater node id. -** -** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node -** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048). New data which itself is -** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone -** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist). The goal of -** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while -** making it efficient to directly access large doclists. The -** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more -** likely to be query targets. -** -** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more -** dynamic. For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf -** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes. My intuition is -** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize. -** -** -**** Segment interior nodes **** -** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms -** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree. Interior -** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using -** InteriorReader. InteriorWriters are created as needed when -** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node -** itself grows too big and must be split. The format of interior -** nodes: -** -** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always >0) -** varint iBlockid; (block id of node's leftmost subtree) -** optional { -** varint nTerm; (length of first term) -** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) -** array { -** (further terms are delta-encoded) -** varint nPrefix; (length of shared prefix with previous term) -** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) -** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term) -** } -** } -** -** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X } -** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory. -** -** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees. The -** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid -** is encoded. The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less -** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded). -** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less -** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at -** iBlockid+i. Interior nodes only store enough term data to -** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left -** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is -** "wicked", only "w" is stored). -** -** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when -** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048). -** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing -** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny. The interior nodes -** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at -** height+1, and so on. -** -** -**** Segment directory **** -** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for -** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the -** segment's tree. -** -** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding -** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024). -** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node. If the top -** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments -** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit -** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the -** height and the blockid of the previous root). -** -** The meta-information in the segment directory is: -** level - segment level (see below) -** idx - index within level -** - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment) -** start_block - first leaf node -** leaves_end_block - last leaf node -** end_block - last block (including interior nodes) -** root - contents of root node -** -** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block, -** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0. -** -** -**** Segment merging **** -** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and -** merged in batches. Each increase in level represents exponentially -** more documents. -** -** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and -** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with -** incrementing idx. When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all -** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment. Level 1 -** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1 -** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing -** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on. -** -** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in -** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge. Since segment -** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this -** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently. -** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are -** deleted. -** -** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments. 16 seems to be -** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance. 32 and 64 show -** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're -** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time -** sorting). 8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than -** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16. -** -** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments -** which need to be scanned and merged. For instance, with 100k docs -** inserted: -** -** MERGE_COUNT segments -** 16 25 -** 8 12 -** 4 10 -** 2 6 -** -** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very -** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge -** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast -** even with many segments. -** -** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side -** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16. Also, it is possible/likely that -** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet -** spot around. -** -** -** -**** Handling of deletions and updates **** -** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented -** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term -** index when a document is deleted or updated. For deletions, we -** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates -** we simply write the new doclist. Segment merges overwrite older -** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates -** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out. The -** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out -** older data. -** -** TODO(shess) Provide a VACUUM type operation to clear out all -** deletions and duplications. This would basically be a forced merge -** into a single segment. -*/ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE) -# define SQLITE_CORE 1 -#endif - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "fts3.h" -#include "fts3_expr.h" -#include "fts3_hash.h" -#include "fts3_tokenizer.h" -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE -# include "sqlite3ext.h" - SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 -#endif - - -/* TODO(shess) MAN, this thing needs some refactoring. At minimum, it -** would be nice to order the file better, perhaps something along the -** lines of: -** -** - utility functions -** - table setup functions -** - table update functions -** - table query functions -** -** Put the query functions last because they're likely to reference -** typedefs or functions from the table update section. -*/ - -#if 0 -# define FTSTRACE(A) printf A; fflush(stdout) -#else -# define FTSTRACE(A) -#endif - -/* It is not safe to call isspace(), tolower(), or isalnum() on -** hi-bit-set characters. This is the same solution used in the -** tokenizer. -*/ -/* TODO(shess) The snippet-generation code should be using the -** tokenizer-generated tokens rather than doing its own local -** tokenization. -*/ -/* TODO(shess) Is __isascii() a portable version of (c&0x80)==0? */ -static int safe_isspace(char c){ - return (c&0x80)==0 ? isspace(c) : 0; -} -static int safe_tolower(char c){ - return (c&0x80)==0 ? tolower(c) : c; -} -static int safe_isalnum(char c){ - return (c&0x80)==0 ? isalnum(c) : 0; -} - -typedef enum DocListType { - DL_DOCIDS, /* docids only */ - DL_POSITIONS, /* docids + positions */ - DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS /* docids + positions + offsets */ -} DocListType; - -/* -** By default, only positions and not offsets are stored in the doclists. -** To change this so that offsets are stored too, compile with -** -** -DDL_DEFAULT=DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS -** -** If DL_DEFAULT is set to DL_DOCIDS, your table can only be inserted -** into (no deletes or updates). -*/ -#ifndef DL_DEFAULT -# define DL_DEFAULT DL_POSITIONS -#endif - -enum { - POS_END = 0, /* end of this position list */ - POS_COLUMN, /* followed by new column number */ - POS_BASE -}; - -/* MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments (see comment at -** top of file). -*/ -#define MERGE_COUNT 16 - -/* utility functions */ - -/* CLEAR() and SCRAMBLE() abstract memset() on a pointer to a single -** record to prevent errors of the form: -** -** my_function(SomeType *b){ -** memset(b, '\0', sizeof(b)); // sizeof(b)!=sizeof(*b) -** } -*/ -/* TODO(shess) Obvious candidates for a header file. */ -#define CLEAR(b) memset(b, '\0', sizeof(*(b))) - -#ifndef NDEBUG -# define SCRAMBLE(b) memset(b, 0x55, sizeof(*(b))) -#else -# define SCRAMBLE(b) -#endif - -/* We may need up to VARINT_MAX bytes to store an encoded 64-bit integer. */ -#define VARINT_MAX 10 - -/* Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. - * The length of data written will be between 1 and VARINT_MAX bytes. - * The number of bytes written is returned. */ -static int fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){ - unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p; - sqlite_uint64 vu = v; - do{ - *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80); - vu >>= 7; - }while( vu!=0 ); - q[-1] &= 0x7f; /* turn off high bit in final byte */ - assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= VARINT_MAX ); - return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p); -} - -/* Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. - * Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error. - * The value is stored in *v. */ -static int fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){ - const unsigned char *q = (const unsigned char *) p; - sqlite_uint64 x = 0, y = 1; - while( (*q & 0x80) == 0x80 ){ - x += y * (*q++ & 0x7f); - y <<= 7; - if( q - (unsigned char *)p >= VARINT_MAX ){ /* bad data */ - assert( 0 ); - return 0; - } - } - x += y * (*q++); - *v = (sqlite_int64) x; - return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p); -} - -static int fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){ - sqlite_int64 i; - int ret = fts3GetVarint(p, &i); - *pi = (int) i; - assert( *pi==i ); - return ret; -} - -/*******************************************************************/ -/* DataBuffer is used to collect data into a buffer in piecemeal -** fashion. It implements the usual distinction between amount of -** data currently stored (nData) and buffer capacity (nCapacity). -** -** dataBufferInit - create a buffer with given initial capacity. -** dataBufferReset - forget buffer's data, retaining capacity. -** dataBufferDestroy - free buffer's data. -** dataBufferSwap - swap contents of two buffers. -** dataBufferExpand - expand capacity without adding data. -** dataBufferAppend - append data. -** dataBufferAppend2 - append two pieces of data at once. -** dataBufferReplace - replace buffer's data. -*/ -typedef struct DataBuffer { - char *pData; /* Pointer to malloc'ed buffer. */ - int nCapacity; /* Size of pData buffer. */ - int nData; /* End of data loaded into pData. */ -} DataBuffer; - -static void dataBufferInit(DataBuffer *pBuffer, int nCapacity){ - assert( nCapacity>=0 ); - pBuffer->nData = 0; - pBuffer->nCapacity = nCapacity; - pBuffer->pData = nCapacity==0 ? NULL : sqlite3_malloc(nCapacity); -} -static void dataBufferReset(DataBuffer *pBuffer){ - pBuffer->nData = 0; -} -static void dataBufferDestroy(DataBuffer *pBuffer){ - if( pBuffer->pData!=NULL ) sqlite3_free(pBuffer->pData); - SCRAMBLE(pBuffer); -} -static void dataBufferSwap(DataBuffer *pBuffer1, DataBuffer *pBuffer2){ - DataBuffer tmp = *pBuffer1; - *pBuffer1 = *pBuffer2; - *pBuffer2 = tmp; -} -static void dataBufferExpand(DataBuffer *pBuffer, int nAddCapacity){ - assert( nAddCapacity>0 ); - /* TODO(shess) Consider expanding more aggressively. Note that the - ** underlying malloc implementation may take care of such things for - ** us already. - */ - if( pBuffer->nData+nAddCapacity>pBuffer->nCapacity ){ - pBuffer->nCapacity = pBuffer->nData+nAddCapacity; - pBuffer->pData = sqlite3_realloc(pBuffer->pData, pBuffer->nCapacity); - } -} -static void dataBufferAppend(DataBuffer *pBuffer, - const char *pSource, int nSource){ - assert( nSource>0 && pSource!=NULL ); - dataBufferExpand(pBuffer, nSource); - memcpy(pBuffer->pData+pBuffer->nData, pSource, nSource); - pBuffer->nData += nSource; -} -static void dataBufferAppend2(DataBuffer *pBuffer, - const char *pSource1, int nSource1, - const char *pSource2, int nSource2){ - assert( nSource1>0 && pSource1!=NULL ); - assert( nSource2>0 && pSource2!=NULL ); - dataBufferExpand(pBuffer, nSource1+nSource2); - memcpy(pBuffer->pData+pBuffer->nData, pSource1, nSource1); - memcpy(pBuffer->pData+pBuffer->nData+nSource1, pSource2, nSource2); - pBuffer->nData += nSource1+nSource2; -} -static void dataBufferReplace(DataBuffer *pBuffer, - const char *pSource, int nSource){ - dataBufferReset(pBuffer); - dataBufferAppend(pBuffer, pSource, nSource); -} - -/* StringBuffer is a null-terminated version of DataBuffer. */ -typedef struct StringBuffer { - DataBuffer b; /* Includes null terminator. */ -} StringBuffer; - -static void initStringBuffer(StringBuffer *sb){ - dataBufferInit(&sb->b, 100); - dataBufferReplace(&sb->b, "", 1); -} -static int stringBufferLength(StringBuffer *sb){ - return sb->b.nData-1; -} -static char *stringBufferData(StringBuffer *sb){ - return sb->b.pData; -} -static void stringBufferDestroy(StringBuffer *sb){ - dataBufferDestroy(&sb->b); -} - -static void nappend(StringBuffer *sb, const char *zFrom, int nFrom){ - assert( sb->b.nData>0 ); - if( nFrom>0 ){ - sb->b.nData--; - dataBufferAppend2(&sb->b, zFrom, nFrom, "", 1); - } -} -static void append(StringBuffer *sb, const char *zFrom){ - nappend(sb, zFrom, strlen(zFrom)); -} - -/* Append a list of strings separated by commas. */ -static void appendList(StringBuffer *sb, int nString, char **azString){ - int i; - for(i=0; i0 ) append(sb, ", "); - append(sb, azString[i]); - } -} - -static int endsInWhiteSpace(StringBuffer *p){ - return stringBufferLength(p)>0 && - safe_isspace(stringBufferData(p)[stringBufferLength(p)-1]); -} - -/* If the StringBuffer ends in something other than white space, add a -** single space character to the end. -*/ -static void appendWhiteSpace(StringBuffer *p){ - if( stringBufferLength(p)==0 ) return; - if( !endsInWhiteSpace(p) ) append(p, " "); -} - -/* Remove white space from the end of the StringBuffer */ -static void trimWhiteSpace(StringBuffer *p){ - while( endsInWhiteSpace(p) ){ - p->b.pData[--p->b.nData-1] = '\0'; - } -} - -/*******************************************************************/ -/* DLReader is used to read document elements from a doclist. The -** current docid is cached, so dlrDocid() is fast. DLReader does not -** own the doclist buffer. -** -** dlrAtEnd - true if there's no more data to read. -** dlrDocid - docid of current document. -** dlrDocData - doclist data for current document (including docid). -** dlrDocDataBytes - length of same. -** dlrAllDataBytes - length of all remaining data. -** dlrPosData - position data for current document. -** dlrPosDataLen - length of pos data for current document (incl POS_END). -** dlrStep - step to current document. -** dlrInit - initial for doclist of given type against given data. -** dlrDestroy - clean up. -** -** Expected usage is something like: -** -** DLReader reader; -** dlrInit(&reader, pData, nData); -** while( !dlrAtEnd(&reader) ){ -** // calls to dlrDocid() and kin. -** dlrStep(&reader); -** } -** dlrDestroy(&reader); -*/ -typedef struct DLReader { - DocListType iType; - const char *pData; - int nData; - - sqlite_int64 iDocid; - int nElement; -} DLReader; - -static int dlrAtEnd(DLReader *pReader){ - assert( pReader->nData>=0 ); - return pReader->nData==0; -} -static sqlite_int64 dlrDocid(DLReader *pReader){ - assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) ); - return pReader->iDocid; -} -static const char *dlrDocData(DLReader *pReader){ - assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) ); - return pReader->pData; -} -static int dlrDocDataBytes(DLReader *pReader){ - assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) ); - return pReader->nElement; -} -static int dlrAllDataBytes(DLReader *pReader){ - assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) ); - return pReader->nData; -} -/* TODO(shess) Consider adding a field to track iDocid varint length -** to make these two functions faster. This might matter (a tiny bit) -** for queries. -*/ -static const char *dlrPosData(DLReader *pReader){ - sqlite_int64 iDummy; - int n = fts3GetVarint(pReader->pData, &iDummy); - assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) ); - return pReader->pData+n; -} -static int dlrPosDataLen(DLReader *pReader){ - sqlite_int64 iDummy; - int n = fts3GetVarint(pReader->pData, &iDummy); - assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) ); - return pReader->nElement-n; -} -static void dlrStep(DLReader *pReader){ - assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) ); - - /* Skip past current doclist element. */ - assert( pReader->nElement<=pReader->nData ); - pReader->pData += pReader->nElement; - pReader->nData -= pReader->nElement; - - /* If there is more data, read the next doclist element. */ - if( pReader->nData!=0 ){ - sqlite_int64 iDocidDelta; - int iDummy, n = fts3GetVarint(pReader->pData, &iDocidDelta); - pReader->iDocid += iDocidDelta; - if( pReader->iType>=DL_POSITIONS ){ - assert( nnData ); - while( 1 ){ - n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy); - assert( n<=pReader->nData ); - if( iDummy==POS_END ) break; - if( iDummy==POS_COLUMN ){ - n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy); - assert( nnData ); - }else if( pReader->iType==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){ - n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy); - n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy); - assert( nnData ); - } - } - } - pReader->nElement = n; - assert( pReader->nElement<=pReader->nData ); - } -} -static void dlrInit(DLReader *pReader, DocListType iType, - const char *pData, int nData){ - assert( pData!=NULL && nData!=0 ); - pReader->iType = iType; - pReader->pData = pData; - pReader->nData = nData; - pReader->nElement = 0; - pReader->iDocid = 0; - - /* Load the first element's data. There must be a first element. */ - dlrStep(pReader); -} -static void dlrDestroy(DLReader *pReader){ - SCRAMBLE(pReader); -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* Verify that the doclist can be validly decoded. Also returns the -** last docid found because it is convenient in other assertions for -** DLWriter. -*/ -static void docListValidate(DocListType iType, const char *pData, int nData, - sqlite_int64 *pLastDocid){ - sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid = 0; - assert( nData>0 ); - assert( pData!=0 ); - assert( pData+nData>pData ); - while( nData!=0 ){ - sqlite_int64 iDocidDelta; - int n = fts3GetVarint(pData, &iDocidDelta); - iPrevDocid += iDocidDelta; - if( iType>DL_DOCIDS ){ - int iDummy; - while( 1 ){ - n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy); - if( iDummy==POS_END ) break; - if( iDummy==POS_COLUMN ){ - n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy); - }else if( iType>DL_POSITIONS ){ - n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy); - n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy); - } - assert( n<=nData ); - } - } - assert( n<=nData ); - pData += n; - nData -= n; - } - if( pLastDocid ) *pLastDocid = iPrevDocid; -} -#define ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(i, p, n, o) docListValidate(i, p, n, o) -#else -#define ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(i, p, n, o) assert( 1 ) -#endif - -/*******************************************************************/ -/* DLWriter is used to write doclist data to a DataBuffer. DLWriter -** always appends to the buffer and does not own it. -** -** dlwInit - initialize to write a given type doclistto a buffer. -** dlwDestroy - clear the writer's memory. Does not free buffer. -** dlwAppend - append raw doclist data to buffer. -** dlwCopy - copy next doclist from reader to writer. -** dlwAdd - construct doclist element and append to buffer. -** Only apply dlwAdd() to DL_DOCIDS doclists (else use PLWriter). -*/ -typedef struct DLWriter { - DocListType iType; - DataBuffer *b; - sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid; -#ifndef NDEBUG - int has_iPrevDocid; -#endif -} DLWriter; - -static void dlwInit(DLWriter *pWriter, DocListType iType, DataBuffer *b){ - pWriter->b = b; - pWriter->iType = iType; - pWriter->iPrevDocid = 0; -#ifndef NDEBUG - pWriter->has_iPrevDocid = 0; -#endif -} -static void dlwDestroy(DLWriter *pWriter){ - SCRAMBLE(pWriter); -} -/* iFirstDocid is the first docid in the doclist in pData. It is -** needed because pData may point within a larger doclist, in which -** case the first item would be delta-encoded. -** -** iLastDocid is the final docid in the doclist in pData. It is -** needed to create the new iPrevDocid for future delta-encoding. The -** code could decode the passed doclist to recreate iLastDocid, but -** the only current user (docListMerge) already has decoded this -** information. -*/ -/* TODO(shess) This has become just a helper for docListMerge. -** Consider a refactor to make this cleaner. -*/ -static void dlwAppend(DLWriter *pWriter, - const char *pData, int nData, - sqlite_int64 iFirstDocid, sqlite_int64 iLastDocid){ - sqlite_int64 iDocid = 0; - char c[VARINT_MAX]; - int nFirstOld, nFirstNew; /* Old and new varint len of first docid. */ -#ifndef NDEBUG - sqlite_int64 iLastDocidDelta; -#endif - - /* Recode the initial docid as delta from iPrevDocid. */ - nFirstOld = fts3GetVarint(pData, &iDocid); - assert( nFirstOldiType==DL_DOCIDS) ); - nFirstNew = fts3PutVarint(c, iFirstDocid-pWriter->iPrevDocid); - - /* Verify that the incoming doclist is valid AND that it ends with - ** the expected docid. This is essential because we'll trust this - ** docid in future delta-encoding. - */ - ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(pWriter->iType, pData, nData, &iLastDocidDelta); - assert( iLastDocid==iFirstDocid-iDocid+iLastDocidDelta ); - - /* Append recoded initial docid and everything else. Rest of docids - ** should have been delta-encoded from previous initial docid. - */ - if( nFirstOldb, c, nFirstNew, - pData+nFirstOld, nData-nFirstOld); - }else{ - dataBufferAppend(pWriter->b, c, nFirstNew); - } - pWriter->iPrevDocid = iLastDocid; -} -static void dlwCopy(DLWriter *pWriter, DLReader *pReader){ - dlwAppend(pWriter, dlrDocData(pReader), dlrDocDataBytes(pReader), - dlrDocid(pReader), dlrDocid(pReader)); -} -static void dlwAdd(DLWriter *pWriter, sqlite_int64 iDocid){ - char c[VARINT_MAX]; - int n = fts3PutVarint(c, iDocid-pWriter->iPrevDocid); - - /* Docids must ascend. */ - assert( !pWriter->has_iPrevDocid || iDocid>pWriter->iPrevDocid ); - assert( pWriter->iType==DL_DOCIDS ); - - dataBufferAppend(pWriter->b, c, n); - pWriter->iPrevDocid = iDocid; -#ifndef NDEBUG - pWriter->has_iPrevDocid = 1; -#endif -} - -/*******************************************************************/ -/* PLReader is used to read data from a document's position list. As -** the caller steps through the list, data is cached so that varints -** only need to be decoded once. -** -** plrInit, plrDestroy - create/destroy a reader. -** plrColumn, plrPosition, plrStartOffset, plrEndOffset - accessors -** plrAtEnd - at end of stream, only call plrDestroy once true. -** plrStep - step to the next element. -*/ -typedef struct PLReader { - /* These refer to the next position's data. nData will reach 0 when - ** reading the last position, so plrStep() signals EOF by setting - ** pData to NULL. - */ - const char *pData; - int nData; - - DocListType iType; - int iColumn; /* the last column read */ - int iPosition; /* the last position read */ - int iStartOffset; /* the last start offset read */ - int iEndOffset; /* the last end offset read */ -} PLReader; - -static int plrAtEnd(PLReader *pReader){ - return pReader->pData==NULL; -} -static int plrColumn(PLReader *pReader){ - assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) ); - return pReader->iColumn; -} -static int plrPosition(PLReader *pReader){ - assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) ); - return pReader->iPosition; -} -static int plrStartOffset(PLReader *pReader){ - assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) ); - return pReader->iStartOffset; -} -static int plrEndOffset(PLReader *pReader){ - assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) ); - return pReader->iEndOffset; -} -static void plrStep(PLReader *pReader){ - int i, n; - - assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) ); - - if( pReader->nData==0 ){ - pReader->pData = NULL; - return; - } - - n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &i); - if( i==POS_COLUMN ){ - n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &pReader->iColumn); - pReader->iPosition = 0; - pReader->iStartOffset = 0; - n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &i); - } - /* Should never see adjacent column changes. */ - assert( i!=POS_COLUMN ); - - if( i==POS_END ){ - pReader->nData = 0; - pReader->pData = NULL; - return; - } - - pReader->iPosition += i-POS_BASE; - if( pReader->iType==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){ - n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &i); - pReader->iStartOffset += i; - n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &i); - pReader->iEndOffset = pReader->iStartOffset+i; - } - assert( n<=pReader->nData ); - pReader->pData += n; - pReader->nData -= n; -} - -static void plrInit(PLReader *pReader, DLReader *pDLReader){ - pReader->pData = dlrPosData(pDLReader); - pReader->nData = dlrPosDataLen(pDLReader); - pReader->iType = pDLReader->iType; - pReader->iColumn = 0; - pReader->iPosition = 0; - pReader->iStartOffset = 0; - pReader->iEndOffset = 0; - plrStep(pReader); -} -static void plrDestroy(PLReader *pReader){ - SCRAMBLE(pReader); -} - -/*******************************************************************/ -/* PLWriter is used in constructing a document's position list. As a -** convenience, if iType is DL_DOCIDS, PLWriter becomes a no-op. -** PLWriter writes to the associated DLWriter's buffer. -** -** plwInit - init for writing a document's poslist. -** plwDestroy - clear a writer. -** plwAdd - append position and offset information. -** plwCopy - copy next position's data from reader to writer. -** plwTerminate - add any necessary doclist terminator. -** -** Calling plwAdd() after plwTerminate() may result in a corrupt -** doclist. -*/ -/* TODO(shess) Until we've written the second item, we can cache the -** first item's information. Then we'd have three states: -** -** - initialized with docid, no positions. -** - docid and one position. -** - docid and multiple positions. -** -** Only the last state needs to actually write to dlw->b, which would -** be an improvement in the DLCollector case. -*/ -typedef struct PLWriter { - DLWriter *dlw; - - int iColumn; /* the last column written */ - int iPos; /* the last position written */ - int iOffset; /* the last start offset written */ -} PLWriter; - -/* TODO(shess) In the case where the parent is reading these values -** from a PLReader, we could optimize to a copy if that PLReader has -** the same type as pWriter. -*/ -static void plwAdd(PLWriter *pWriter, int iColumn, int iPos, - int iStartOffset, int iEndOffset){ - /* Worst-case space for POS_COLUMN, iColumn, iPosDelta, - ** iStartOffsetDelta, and iEndOffsetDelta. - */ - char c[5*VARINT_MAX]; - int n = 0; - - /* Ban plwAdd() after plwTerminate(). */ - assert( pWriter->iPos!=-1 ); - - if( pWriter->dlw->iType==DL_DOCIDS ) return; - - if( iColumn!=pWriter->iColumn ){ - n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, POS_COLUMN); - n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iColumn); - pWriter->iColumn = iColumn; - pWriter->iPos = 0; - pWriter->iOffset = 0; - } - assert( iPos>=pWriter->iPos ); - n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, POS_BASE+(iPos-pWriter->iPos)); - pWriter->iPos = iPos; - if( pWriter->dlw->iType==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){ - assert( iStartOffset>=pWriter->iOffset ); - n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iStartOffset-pWriter->iOffset); - pWriter->iOffset = iStartOffset; - assert( iEndOffset>=iStartOffset ); - n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iEndOffset-iStartOffset); - } - dataBufferAppend(pWriter->dlw->b, c, n); -} -static void plwCopy(PLWriter *pWriter, PLReader *pReader){ - plwAdd(pWriter, plrColumn(pReader), plrPosition(pReader), - plrStartOffset(pReader), plrEndOffset(pReader)); -} -static void plwInit(PLWriter *pWriter, DLWriter *dlw, sqlite_int64 iDocid){ - char c[VARINT_MAX]; - int n; - - pWriter->dlw = dlw; - - /* Docids must ascend. */ - assert( !pWriter->dlw->has_iPrevDocid || iDocid>pWriter->dlw->iPrevDocid ); - n = fts3PutVarint(c, iDocid-pWriter->dlw->iPrevDocid); - dataBufferAppend(pWriter->dlw->b, c, n); - pWriter->dlw->iPrevDocid = iDocid; -#ifndef NDEBUG - pWriter->dlw->has_iPrevDocid = 1; -#endif - - pWriter->iColumn = 0; - pWriter->iPos = 0; - pWriter->iOffset = 0; -} -/* TODO(shess) Should plwDestroy() also terminate the doclist? But -** then plwDestroy() would no longer be just a destructor, it would -** also be doing work, which isn't consistent with the overall idiom. -** Another option would be for plwAdd() to always append any necessary -** terminator, so that the output is always correct. But that would -** add incremental work to the common case with the only benefit being -** API elegance. Punt for now. -*/ -static void plwTerminate(PLWriter *pWriter){ - if( pWriter->dlw->iType>DL_DOCIDS ){ - char c[VARINT_MAX]; - int n = fts3PutVarint(c, POS_END); - dataBufferAppend(pWriter->dlw->b, c, n); - } -#ifndef NDEBUG - /* Mark as terminated for assert in plwAdd(). */ - pWriter->iPos = -1; -#endif -} -static void plwDestroy(PLWriter *pWriter){ - SCRAMBLE(pWriter); -} - -/*******************************************************************/ -/* DLCollector wraps PLWriter and DLWriter to provide a -** dynamically-allocated doclist area to use during tokenization. -** -** dlcNew - malloc up and initialize a collector. -** dlcDelete - destroy a collector and all contained items. -** dlcAddPos - append position and offset information. -** dlcAddDoclist - add the collected doclist to the given buffer. -** dlcNext - terminate the current document and open another. -*/ -typedef struct DLCollector { - DataBuffer b; - DLWriter dlw; - PLWriter plw; -} DLCollector; - -/* TODO(shess) This could also be done by calling plwTerminate() and -** dataBufferAppend(). I tried that, expecting nominal performance -** differences, but it seemed to pretty reliably be worth 1% to code -** it this way. I suspect it is the incremental malloc overhead (some -** percentage of the plwTerminate() calls will cause a realloc), so -** this might be worth revisiting if the DataBuffer implementation -** changes. -*/ -static void dlcAddDoclist(DLCollector *pCollector, DataBuffer *b){ - if( pCollector->dlw.iType>DL_DOCIDS ){ - char c[VARINT_MAX]; - int n = fts3PutVarint(c, POS_END); - dataBufferAppend2(b, pCollector->b.pData, pCollector->b.nData, c, n); - }else{ - dataBufferAppend(b, pCollector->b.pData, pCollector->b.nData); - } -} -static void dlcNext(DLCollector *pCollector, sqlite_int64 iDocid){ - plwTerminate(&pCollector->plw); - plwDestroy(&pCollector->plw); - plwInit(&pCollector->plw, &pCollector->dlw, iDocid); -} -static void dlcAddPos(DLCollector *pCollector, int iColumn, int iPos, - int iStartOffset, int iEndOffset){ - plwAdd(&pCollector->plw, iColumn, iPos, iStartOffset, iEndOffset); -} - -static DLCollector *dlcNew(sqlite_int64 iDocid, DocListType iType){ - DLCollector *pCollector = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(DLCollector)); - dataBufferInit(&pCollector->b, 0); - dlwInit(&pCollector->dlw, iType, &pCollector->b); - plwInit(&pCollector->plw, &pCollector->dlw, iDocid); - return pCollector; -} -static void dlcDelete(DLCollector *pCollector){ - plwDestroy(&pCollector->plw); - dlwDestroy(&pCollector->dlw); - dataBufferDestroy(&pCollector->b); - SCRAMBLE(pCollector); - sqlite3_free(pCollector); -} - - -/* Copy the doclist data of iType in pData/nData into *out, trimming -** unnecessary data as we go. Only columns matching iColumn are -** copied, all columns copied if iColumn is -1. Elements with no -** matching columns are dropped. The output is an iOutType doclist. -*/ -/* NOTE(shess) This code is only valid after all doclists are merged. -** If this is run before merges, then doclist items which represent -** deletion will be trimmed, and will thus not effect a deletion -** during the merge. -*/ -static void docListTrim(DocListType iType, const char *pData, int nData, - int iColumn, DocListType iOutType, DataBuffer *out){ - DLReader dlReader; - DLWriter dlWriter; - - assert( iOutType<=iType ); - - dlrInit(&dlReader, iType, pData, nData); - dlwInit(&dlWriter, iOutType, out); - - while( !dlrAtEnd(&dlReader) ){ - PLReader plReader; - PLWriter plWriter; - int match = 0; - - plrInit(&plReader, &dlReader); - - while( !plrAtEnd(&plReader) ){ - if( iColumn==-1 || plrColumn(&plReader)==iColumn ){ - if( !match ){ - plwInit(&plWriter, &dlWriter, dlrDocid(&dlReader)); - match = 1; - } - plwAdd(&plWriter, plrColumn(&plReader), plrPosition(&plReader), - plrStartOffset(&plReader), plrEndOffset(&plReader)); - } - plrStep(&plReader); - } - if( match ){ - plwTerminate(&plWriter); - plwDestroy(&plWriter); - } - - plrDestroy(&plReader); - dlrStep(&dlReader); - } - dlwDestroy(&dlWriter); - dlrDestroy(&dlReader); -} - -/* Used by docListMerge() to keep doclists in the ascending order by -** docid, then ascending order by age (so the newest comes first). -*/ -typedef struct OrderedDLReader { - DLReader *pReader; - - /* TODO(shess) If we assume that docListMerge pReaders is ordered by - ** age (which we do), then we could use pReader comparisons to break - ** ties. - */ - int idx; -} OrderedDLReader; - -/* Order eof to end, then by docid asc, idx desc. */ -static int orderedDLReaderCmp(OrderedDLReader *r1, OrderedDLReader *r2){ - if( dlrAtEnd(r1->pReader) ){ - if( dlrAtEnd(r2->pReader) ) return 0; /* Both atEnd(). */ - return 1; /* Only r1 atEnd(). */ - } - if( dlrAtEnd(r2->pReader) ) return -1; /* Only r2 atEnd(). */ - - if( dlrDocid(r1->pReader)pReader) ) return -1; - if( dlrDocid(r1->pReader)>dlrDocid(r2->pReader) ) return 1; - - /* Descending on idx. */ - return r2->idx-r1->idx; -} - -/* Bubble p[0] to appropriate place in p[1..n-1]. Assumes that -** p[1..n-1] is already sorted. -*/ -/* TODO(shess) Is this frequent enough to warrant a binary search? -** Before implementing that, instrument the code to check. In most -** current usage, I expect that p[0] will be less than p[1] a very -** high proportion of the time. -*/ -static void orderedDLReaderReorder(OrderedDLReader *p, int n){ - while( n>1 && orderedDLReaderCmp(p, p+1)>0 ){ - OrderedDLReader tmp = p[0]; - p[0] = p[1]; - p[1] = tmp; - n--; - p++; - } -} - -/* Given an array of doclist readers, merge their doclist elements -** into out in sorted order (by docid), dropping elements from older -** readers when there is a duplicate docid. pReaders is assumed to be -** ordered by age, oldest first. -*/ -/* TODO(shess) nReaders must be <= MERGE_COUNT. This should probably -** be fixed. -*/ -static void docListMerge(DataBuffer *out, - DLReader *pReaders, int nReaders){ - OrderedDLReader readers[MERGE_COUNT]; - DLWriter writer; - int i, n; - const char *pStart = 0; - int nStart = 0; - sqlite_int64 iFirstDocid = 0, iLastDocid = 0; - - assert( nReaders>0 ); - if( nReaders==1 ){ - dataBufferAppend(out, dlrDocData(pReaders), dlrAllDataBytes(pReaders)); - return; - } - - assert( nReaders<=MERGE_COUNT ); - n = 0; - for(i=0; i0 ){ - orderedDLReaderReorder(readers+i, nReaders-i); - } - - dlwInit(&writer, pReaders[0].iType, out); - while( !dlrAtEnd(readers[0].pReader) ){ - sqlite_int64 iDocid = dlrDocid(readers[0].pReader); - - /* If this is a continuation of the current buffer to copy, extend - ** that buffer. memcpy() seems to be more efficient if it has a - ** lots of data to copy. - */ - if( dlrDocData(readers[0].pReader)==pStart+nStart ){ - nStart += dlrDocDataBytes(readers[0].pReader); - }else{ - if( pStart!=0 ){ - dlwAppend(&writer, pStart, nStart, iFirstDocid, iLastDocid); - } - pStart = dlrDocData(readers[0].pReader); - nStart = dlrDocDataBytes(readers[0].pReader); - iFirstDocid = iDocid; - } - iLastDocid = iDocid; - dlrStep(readers[0].pReader); - - /* Drop all of the older elements with the same docid. */ - for(i=1; i0 ){ - orderedDLReaderReorder(readers+i, nReaders-i); - } - } - - /* Copy over any remaining elements. */ - if( nStart>0 ) dlwAppend(&writer, pStart, nStart, iFirstDocid, iLastDocid); - dlwDestroy(&writer); -} - -/* Helper function for posListUnion(). Compares the current position -** between left and right, returning as standard C idiom of <0 if -** left0 if left>right, and 0 if left==right. "End" always -** compares greater. -*/ -static int posListCmp(PLReader *pLeft, PLReader *pRight){ - assert( pLeft->iType==pRight->iType ); - if( pLeft->iType==DL_DOCIDS ) return 0; - - if( plrAtEnd(pLeft) ) return plrAtEnd(pRight) ? 0 : 1; - if( plrAtEnd(pRight) ) return -1; - - if( plrColumn(pLeft)plrColumn(pRight) ) return 1; - - if( plrPosition(pLeft)plrPosition(pRight) ) return 1; - if( pLeft->iType==DL_POSITIONS ) return 0; - - if( plrStartOffset(pLeft)plrStartOffset(pRight) ) return 1; - - if( plrEndOffset(pLeft)plrEndOffset(pRight) ) return 1; - - return 0; -} - -/* Write the union of position lists in pLeft and pRight to pOut. -** "Union" in this case meaning "All unique position tuples". Should -** work with any doclist type, though both inputs and the output -** should be the same type. -*/ -static void posListUnion(DLReader *pLeft, DLReader *pRight, DLWriter *pOut){ - PLReader left, right; - PLWriter writer; - - assert( dlrDocid(pLeft)==dlrDocid(pRight) ); - assert( pLeft->iType==pRight->iType ); - assert( pLeft->iType==pOut->iType ); - - plrInit(&left, pLeft); - plrInit(&right, pRight); - plwInit(&writer, pOut, dlrDocid(pLeft)); - - while( !plrAtEnd(&left) || !plrAtEnd(&right) ){ - int c = posListCmp(&left, &right); - if( c<0 ){ - plwCopy(&writer, &left); - plrStep(&left); - }else if( c>0 ){ - plwCopy(&writer, &right); - plrStep(&right); - }else{ - plwCopy(&writer, &left); - plrStep(&left); - plrStep(&right); - } - } - - plwTerminate(&writer); - plwDestroy(&writer); - plrDestroy(&left); - plrDestroy(&right); -} - -/* Write the union of doclists in pLeft and pRight to pOut. For -** docids in common between the inputs, the union of the position -** lists is written. Inputs and outputs are always type DL_DEFAULT. -*/ -static void docListUnion( - const char *pLeft, int nLeft, - const char *pRight, int nRight, - DataBuffer *pOut /* Write the combined doclist here */ -){ - DLReader left, right; - DLWriter writer; - - if( nLeft==0 ){ - if( nRight!=0) dataBufferAppend(pOut, pRight, nRight); - return; - } - if( nRight==0 ){ - dataBufferAppend(pOut, pLeft, nLeft); - return; - } - - dlrInit(&left, DL_DEFAULT, pLeft, nLeft); - dlrInit(&right, DL_DEFAULT, pRight, nRight); - dlwInit(&writer, DL_DEFAULT, pOut); - - while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) || !dlrAtEnd(&right) ){ - if( dlrAtEnd(&right) ){ - dlwCopy(&writer, &left); - dlrStep(&left); - }else if( dlrAtEnd(&left) ){ - dlwCopy(&writer, &right); - dlrStep(&right); - }else if( dlrDocid(&left)dlrDocid(&right) ){ - dlwCopy(&writer, &right); - dlrStep(&right); - }else{ - posListUnion(&left, &right, &writer); - dlrStep(&left); - dlrStep(&right); - } - } - - dlrDestroy(&left); - dlrDestroy(&right); - dlwDestroy(&writer); -} - -/* -** This function is used as part of the implementation of phrase and -** NEAR matching. -** -** pLeft and pRight are DLReaders positioned to the same docid in -** lists of type DL_POSITION. This function writes an entry to the -** DLWriter pOut for each position in pRight that is less than -** (nNear+1) greater (but not equal to or smaller) than a position -** in pLeft. For example, if nNear is 0, and the positions contained -** by pLeft and pRight are: -** -** pLeft: 5 10 15 20 -** pRight: 6 9 17 21 -** -** then the docid is added to pOut. If pOut is of type DL_POSITIONS, -** then a positionids "6" and "21" are also added to pOut. -** -** If boolean argument isSaveLeft is true, then positionids are copied -** from pLeft instead of pRight. In the example above, the positions "5" -** and "20" would be added instead of "6" and "21". -*/ -static void posListPhraseMerge( - DLReader *pLeft, - DLReader *pRight, - int nNear, - int isSaveLeft, - DLWriter *pOut -){ - PLReader left, right; - PLWriter writer; - int match = 0; - - assert( dlrDocid(pLeft)==dlrDocid(pRight) ); - assert( pOut->iType!=DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ); - - plrInit(&left, pLeft); - plrInit(&right, pRight); - - while( !plrAtEnd(&left) && !plrAtEnd(&right) ){ - if( plrColumn(&left)plrColumn(&right) ){ - plrStep(&right); - }else if( plrPosition(&left)>=plrPosition(&right) ){ - plrStep(&right); - }else{ - if( (plrPosition(&right)-plrPosition(&left))<=(nNear+1) ){ - if( !match ){ - plwInit(&writer, pOut, dlrDocid(pLeft)); - match = 1; - } - if( !isSaveLeft ){ - plwAdd(&writer, plrColumn(&right), plrPosition(&right), 0, 0); - }else{ - plwAdd(&writer, plrColumn(&left), plrPosition(&left), 0, 0); - } - plrStep(&right); - }else{ - plrStep(&left); - } - } - } - - if( match ){ - plwTerminate(&writer); - plwDestroy(&writer); - } - - plrDestroy(&left); - plrDestroy(&right); -} - -/* -** Compare the values pointed to by the PLReaders passed as arguments. -** Return -1 if the value pointed to by pLeft is considered less than -** the value pointed to by pRight, +1 if it is considered greater -** than it, or 0 if it is equal. i.e. -** -** (*pLeft - *pRight) -** -** A PLReader that is in the EOF condition is considered greater than -** any other. If neither argument is in EOF state, the return value of -** plrColumn() is used. If the plrColumn() values are equal, the -** comparison is on the basis of plrPosition(). -*/ -static int plrCompare(PLReader *pLeft, PLReader *pRight){ - assert(!plrAtEnd(pLeft) || !plrAtEnd(pRight)); - - if( plrAtEnd(pRight) || plrAtEnd(pLeft) ){ - return (plrAtEnd(pRight) ? -1 : 1); - } - if( plrColumn(pLeft)!=plrColumn(pRight) ){ - return ((plrColumn(pLeft)0) -** and write the results into pOut. -** -** A phrase intersection means that two documents only match -** if pLeft.iPos+1==pRight.iPos. -** -** A NEAR intersection means that two documents only match if -** (abs(pLeft.iPos-pRight.iPos) 0", - /* SEGDIR_DELETE */ "delete from %_segdir where level = ?", - - /* NOTE(shess): The first three results of the following two - ** statements must match. - */ - /* SEGDIR_SELECT_SEGMENT */ - "select start_block, leaves_end_block, root from %_segdir " - " where level = ? and idx = ?", - /* SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL */ - "select start_block, leaves_end_block, root from %_segdir " - " order by level desc, idx asc", - /* SEGDIR_DELETE_ALL */ "delete from %_segdir", - /* SEGDIR_COUNT */ "select count(*), ifnull(max(level),0) from %_segdir", -}; - -/* -** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following -** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance -** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance. -** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their -** arguments. -*/ -struct fulltext_vtab { - sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - const char *zDb; /* logical database name */ - const char *zName; /* virtual table name */ - int nColumn; /* number of columns in virtual table */ - char **azColumn; /* column names. malloced */ - char **azContentColumn; /* column names in content table; malloced */ - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */ - - /* Precompiled statements which we keep as long as the table is - ** open. - */ - sqlite3_stmt *pFulltextStatements[MAX_STMT]; - - /* Precompiled statements used for segment merges. We run a - ** separate select across the leaf level of each tree being merged. - */ - sqlite3_stmt *pLeafSelectStmts[MERGE_COUNT]; - /* The statement used to prepare pLeafSelectStmts. */ -#define LEAF_SELECT \ - "select block from %_segments where blockid between ? and ? order by blockid" - - /* These buffer pending index updates during transactions. - ** nPendingData estimates the memory size of the pending data. It - ** doesn't include the hash-bucket overhead, nor any malloc - ** overhead. When nPendingData exceeds kPendingThreshold, the - ** buffer is flushed even before the transaction closes. - ** pendingTerms stores the data, and is only valid when nPendingData - ** is >=0 (nPendingData<0 means pendingTerms has not been - ** initialized). iPrevDocid is the last docid written, used to make - ** certain we're inserting in sorted order. - */ - int nPendingData; -#define kPendingThreshold (1*1024*1024) - sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid; - fts3Hash pendingTerms; -}; - -/* -** When the core wants to do a query, it create a cursor using a -** call to xOpen. This structure is an instance of a cursor. It -** is destroyed by xClose. -*/ -typedef struct fulltext_cursor { - sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ - QueryType iCursorType; /* Copy of sqlite3_index_info.idxNum */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */ - int eof; /* True if at End Of Results */ - Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Parsed MATCH query string */ - Snippet snippet; /* Cached snippet for the current row */ - int iColumn; /* Column being searched */ - DataBuffer result; /* Doclist results from fulltextQuery */ - DLReader reader; /* Result reader if result not empty */ -} fulltext_cursor; - -static fulltext_vtab *cursor_vtab(fulltext_cursor *c){ - return (fulltext_vtab *) c->base.pVtab; -} - -static const sqlite3_module fts3Module; /* forward declaration */ - -/* Return a dynamically generated statement of the form - * insert into %_content (docid, ...) values (?, ...) - */ -static const char *contentInsertStatement(fulltext_vtab *v){ - StringBuffer sb; - int i; - - initStringBuffer(&sb); - append(&sb, "insert into %_content (docid, "); - appendList(&sb, v->nColumn, v->azContentColumn); - append(&sb, ") values (?"); - for(i=0; inColumn; ++i) - append(&sb, ", ?"); - append(&sb, ")"); - return stringBufferData(&sb); -} - -/* Return a dynamically generated statement of the form - * select from %_content where docid = ? - */ -static const char *contentSelectStatement(fulltext_vtab *v){ - StringBuffer sb; - initStringBuffer(&sb); - append(&sb, "SELECT "); - appendList(&sb, v->nColumn, v->azContentColumn); - append(&sb, " FROM %_content WHERE docid = ?"); - return stringBufferData(&sb); -} - -/* Return a dynamically generated statement of the form - * update %_content set [col_0] = ?, [col_1] = ?, ... - * where docid = ? - */ -static const char *contentUpdateStatement(fulltext_vtab *v){ - StringBuffer sb; - int i; - - initStringBuffer(&sb); - append(&sb, "update %_content set "); - for(i=0; inColumn; ++i) { - if( i>0 ){ - append(&sb, ", "); - } - append(&sb, v->azContentColumn[i]); - append(&sb, " = ?"); - } - append(&sb, " where docid = ?"); - return stringBufferData(&sb); -} - -/* Puts a freshly-prepared statement determined by iStmt in *ppStmt. -** If the indicated statement has never been prepared, it is prepared -** and cached, otherwise the cached version is reset. -*/ -static int sql_get_statement(fulltext_vtab *v, fulltext_statement iStmt, - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){ - assert( iStmtpFulltextStatements[iStmt]==NULL ){ - const char *zStmt; - int rc; - switch( iStmt ){ - case CONTENT_INSERT_STMT: - zStmt = contentInsertStatement(v); break; - case CONTENT_SELECT_STMT: - zStmt = contentSelectStatement(v); break; - case CONTENT_UPDATE_STMT: - zStmt = contentUpdateStatement(v); break; - default: - zStmt = fulltext_zStatement[iStmt]; - } - rc = sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, &v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt], - zStmt); - if( zStmt != fulltext_zStatement[iStmt]) sqlite3_free((void *) zStmt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } else { - int rc = sqlite3_reset(v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt]); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - - *ppStmt = v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt]; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* Like sqlite3_step(), but convert SQLITE_DONE to SQLITE_OK and -** SQLITE_ROW to SQLITE_ERROR. Useful for statements like UPDATE, -** where we expect no results. -*/ -static int sql_single_step(sqlite3_stmt *s){ - int rc = sqlite3_step(s); - return (rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : rc; -} - -/* Like sql_get_statement(), but for special replicated LEAF_SELECT -** statements. idx -1 is a special case for an uncached version of -** the statement (used in the optimize implementation). -*/ -/* TODO(shess) Write version for generic statements and then share -** that between the cached-statement functions. -*/ -static int sql_get_leaf_statement(fulltext_vtab *v, int idx, - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){ - assert( idx>=-1 && idxdb, v->zDb, v->zName, ppStmt, LEAF_SELECT); - }else if( v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx]==NULL ){ - int rc = sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, &v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx], - LEAF_SELECT); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - }else{ - int rc = sqlite3_reset(v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx]); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - - *ppStmt = v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx]; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* insert into %_content (docid, ...) values ([docid], [pValues]) -** If the docid contains SQL NULL, then a unique docid will be -** generated. -*/ -static int content_insert(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_value *docid, - sqlite3_value **pValues){ - sqlite3_stmt *s; - int i; - int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_INSERT_STMT, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_value(s, 1, docid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - for(i=0; inColumn; ++i){ - rc = sqlite3_bind_value(s, 2+i, pValues[i]); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - - return sql_single_step(s); -} - -/* update %_content set col0 = pValues[0], col1 = pValues[1], ... - * where docid = [iDocid] */ -static int content_update(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_value **pValues, - sqlite_int64 iDocid){ - sqlite3_stmt *s; - int i; - int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_UPDATE_STMT, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - for(i=0; inColumn; ++i){ - rc = sqlite3_bind_value(s, 1+i, pValues[i]); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - - rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1+v->nColumn, iDocid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - return sql_single_step(s); -} - -static void freeStringArray(int nString, const char **pString){ - int i; - - for (i=0 ; i < nString ; ++i) { - if( pString[i]!=NULL ) sqlite3_free((void *) pString[i]); - } - sqlite3_free((void *) pString); -} - -/* select * from %_content where docid = [iDocid] - * The caller must delete the returned array and all strings in it. - * null fields will be NULL in the returned array. - * - * TODO: Perhaps we should return pointer/length strings here for consistency - * with other code which uses pointer/length. */ -static int content_select(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid, - const char ***pValues){ - sqlite3_stmt *s; - const char **values; - int i; - int rc; - - *pValues = NULL; - - rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_SELECT_STMT, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iDocid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_step(s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc; - - values = (const char **) sqlite3_malloc(v->nColumn * sizeof(const char *)); - for(i=0; inColumn; ++i){ - if( sqlite3_column_type(s, i)==SQLITE_NULL ){ - values[i] = NULL; - }else{ - values[i] = string_dup((char*)sqlite3_column_text(s, i)); - } - } - - /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step() - * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */ - rc = sqlite3_step(s); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - *pValues = values; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - freeStringArray(v->nColumn, values); - return rc; -} - -/* delete from %_content where docid = [iDocid ] */ -static int content_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid){ - sqlite3_stmt *s; - int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_DELETE_STMT, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iDocid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - return sql_single_step(s); -} - -/* Returns SQLITE_ROW if any rows exist in %_content, SQLITE_DONE if -** no rows exist, and any error in case of failure. -*/ -static int content_exists(fulltext_vtab *v){ - sqlite3_stmt *s; - int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_EXISTS_STMT, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_step(s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc; - - /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step() - * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */ - rc = sqlite3_step(s); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_ROW; - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR; - return rc; -} - -/* insert into %_segments values ([pData]) -** returns assigned blockid in *piBlockid -*/ -static int block_insert(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData, - sqlite_int64 *piBlockid){ - sqlite3_stmt *s; - int rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_INSERT_STMT, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(s, 1, pData, nData, SQLITE_STATIC); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_step(s); - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR; - if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc; - - /* blockid column is an alias for rowid. */ - *piBlockid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(v->db); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* delete from %_segments -** where blockid between [iStartBlockid] and [iEndBlockid] -** -** Deletes the range of blocks, inclusive, used to delete the blocks -** which form a segment. -*/ -static int block_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, - sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid, sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid){ - sqlite3_stmt *s; - int rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_DELETE_STMT, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iStartBlockid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 2, iEndBlockid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - return sql_single_step(s); -} - -/* Returns SQLITE_ROW with *pidx set to the maximum segment idx found -** at iLevel. Returns SQLITE_DONE if there are no segments at -** iLevel. Otherwise returns an error. -*/ -static int segdir_max_index(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, int *pidx){ - sqlite3_stmt *s; - int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_MAX_INDEX_STMT, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_step(s); - /* Should always get at least one row due to how max() works. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_DONE; - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc; - - /* NULL means that there were no inputs to max(). */ - if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_column_type(s, 0) ){ - rc = sqlite3_step(s); - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR; - return rc; - } - - *pidx = sqlite3_column_int(s, 0); - - /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step() - * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */ - rc = sqlite3_step(s); - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR; - if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc; - return SQLITE_ROW; -} - -/* insert into %_segdir values ( -** [iLevel], [idx], -** [iStartBlockid], [iLeavesEndBlockid], [iEndBlockid], -** [pRootData] -** ) -*/ -static int segdir_set(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, int idx, - sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid, - sqlite_int64 iLeavesEndBlockid, - sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid, - const char *pRootData, int nRootData){ - sqlite3_stmt *s; - int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SET_STMT, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 2, idx); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 3, iStartBlockid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 4, iLeavesEndBlockid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 5, iEndBlockid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(s, 6, pRootData, nRootData, SQLITE_STATIC); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - return sql_single_step(s); -} - -/* Queries %_segdir for the block span of the segments in level -** iLevel. Returns SQLITE_DONE if there are no blocks for iLevel, -** SQLITE_ROW if there are blocks, else an error. -*/ -static int segdir_span(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, - sqlite_int64 *piStartBlockid, - sqlite_int64 *piEndBlockid){ - sqlite3_stmt *s; - int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SPAN_STMT, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_step(s); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_DONE; /* Should never happen */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc; - - /* This happens if all segments at this level are entirely inline. */ - if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_column_type(s, 0) ){ - /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step() - * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */ - int rc2 = sqlite3_step(s); - if( rc2==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR; - return rc2; - } - - *piStartBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0); - *piEndBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1); - - /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step() - * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */ - rc = sqlite3_step(s); - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR; - if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc; - return SQLITE_ROW; -} - -/* Delete the segment blocks and segment directory records for all -** segments at iLevel. -*/ -static int segdir_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel){ - sqlite3_stmt *s; - sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid, iEndBlockid; - int rc = segdir_span(v, iLevel, &iStartBlockid, &iEndBlockid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc; - - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ - rc = block_delete(v, iStartBlockid, iEndBlockid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - - /* Delete the segment directory itself. */ - rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_DELETE_STMT, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iLevel); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - return sql_single_step(s); -} - -/* Delete entire fts index, SQLITE_OK on success, relevant error on -** failure. -*/ -static int segdir_delete_all(fulltext_vtab *v){ - sqlite3_stmt *s; - int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_DELETE_ALL_STMT, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sql_single_step(s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_DELETE_ALL_STMT, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - return sql_single_step(s); -} - -/* Returns SQLITE_OK with *pnSegments set to the number of entries in -** %_segdir and *piMaxLevel set to the highest level which has a -** segment. Otherwise returns the SQLite error which caused failure. -*/ -static int segdir_count(fulltext_vtab *v, int *pnSegments, int *piMaxLevel){ - sqlite3_stmt *s; - int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_COUNT_STMT, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_step(s); - /* TODO(shess): This case should not be possible? Should stronger - ** measures be taken if it happens? - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - *pnSegments = 0; - *piMaxLevel = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc; - - *pnSegments = sqlite3_column_int(s, 0); - *piMaxLevel = sqlite3_column_int(s, 1); - - /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step() - * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */ - rc = sqlite3_step(s); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_OK; - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR; - return rc; -} - -/* TODO(shess) clearPendingTerms() is far down the file because -** writeZeroSegment() is far down the file because LeafWriter is far -** down the file. Consider refactoring the code to move the non-vtab -** code above the vtab code so that we don't need this forward -** reference. -*/ -static int clearPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v); - -/* -** Free the memory used to contain a fulltext_vtab structure. -*/ -static void fulltext_vtab_destroy(fulltext_vtab *v){ - int iStmt, i; - - FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Destroy %p\n", v)); - for( iStmt=0; iStmtpFulltextStatements[iStmt]!=NULL ){ - sqlite3_finalize(v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt]); - v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt] = NULL; - } - } - - for( i=0; ipLeafSelectStmts[i]!=NULL ){ - sqlite3_finalize(v->pLeafSelectStmts[i]); - v->pLeafSelectStmts[i] = NULL; - } - } - - if( v->pTokenizer!=NULL ){ - v->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(v->pTokenizer); - v->pTokenizer = NULL; - } - - clearPendingTerms(v); - - sqlite3_free(v->azColumn); - for(i = 0; i < v->nColumn; ++i) { - sqlite3_free(v->azContentColumn[i]); - } - sqlite3_free(v->azContentColumn); - sqlite3_free(v); -} - -/* -** Token types for parsing the arguments to xConnect or xCreate. -*/ -#define TOKEN_EOF 0 /* End of file */ -#define TOKEN_SPACE 1 /* Any kind of whitespace */ -#define TOKEN_ID 2 /* An identifier */ -#define TOKEN_STRING 3 /* A string literal */ -#define TOKEN_PUNCT 4 /* A single punctuation character */ - -/* -** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then -** ftsIdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false. -** -** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is -** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters, -** isFtsIdChar[X] must be 1. -** -** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the -** middle of identfiers. But many SQL implementations do. -** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility. -** But the feature is undocumented. -*/ -static const char isFtsIdChar[] = { -/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ - 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ -}; -#define ftsIdChar(C) (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && isFtsIdChar[c-0x20])) - - -/* -** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. -** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning. -*/ -static int ftsGetToken(const char *z, int *tokenType){ - int i, c; - switch( *z ){ - case 0: { - *tokenType = TOKEN_EOF; - return 0; - } - case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': { - for(i=1; safe_isspace(z[i]); i++){} - *tokenType = TOKEN_SPACE; - return i; - } - case '`': - case '\'': - case '"': { - int delim = z[0]; - for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ - if( c==delim ){ - if( z[i+1]==delim ){ - i++; - }else{ - break; - } - } - } - *tokenType = TOKEN_STRING; - return i + (c!=0); - } - case '[': { - for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} - *tokenType = TOKEN_ID; - return i; - } - default: { - if( !ftsIdChar(*z) ){ - break; - } - for(i=1; ftsIdChar(z[i]); i++){} - *tokenType = TOKEN_ID; - return i; - } - } - *tokenType = TOKEN_PUNCT; - return 1; -} - -/* -** A token extracted from a string is an instance of the following -** structure. -*/ -typedef struct FtsToken { - const char *z; /* Pointer to token text. Not '\000' terminated */ - short int n; /* Length of the token text in bytes. */ -} FtsToken; - -/* -** Given a input string (which is really one of the argv[] parameters -** passed into xConnect or xCreate) split the string up into tokens. -** Return an array of pointers to '\000' terminated strings, one string -** for each non-whitespace token. -** -** The returned array is terminated by a single NULL pointer. -** -** Space to hold the returned array is obtained from a single -** malloc and should be freed by passing the return value to free(). -** The individual strings within the token list are all a part of -** the single memory allocation and will all be freed at once. -*/ -static char **tokenizeString(const char *z, int *pnToken){ - int nToken = 0; - FtsToken *aToken = sqlite3_malloc( strlen(z) * sizeof(aToken[0]) ); - int n = 1; - int e, i; - int totalSize = 0; - char **azToken; - char *zCopy; - while( n>0 ){ - n = ftsGetToken(z, &e); - if( e!=TOKEN_SPACE ){ - aToken[nToken].z = z; - aToken[nToken].n = n; - nToken++; - totalSize += n+1; - } - z += n; - } - azToken = (char**)sqlite3_malloc( nToken*sizeof(char*) + totalSize ); - zCopy = (char*)&azToken[nToken]; - nToken--; - for(i=0; i=0 ){ - azIn[j] = azIn[i]; - } - j++; - } - } - azIn[j] = 0; - } -} - - -/* -** Find the first alphanumeric token in the string zIn. Null-terminate -** this token. Remove any quotation marks. And return a pointer to -** the result. -*/ -static char *firstToken(char *zIn, char **pzTail){ - int n, ttype; - while(1){ - n = ftsGetToken(zIn, &ttype); - if( ttype==TOKEN_SPACE ){ - zIn += n; - }else if( ttype==TOKEN_EOF ){ - *pzTail = zIn; - return 0; - }else{ - zIn[n] = 0; - *pzTail = &zIn[1]; - dequoteString(zIn); - return zIn; - } - } - /*NOTREACHED*/ -} - -/* Return true if... -** -** * s begins with the string t, ignoring case -** * s is longer than t -** * The first character of s beyond t is not a alphanumeric -** -** Ignore leading space in *s. -** -** To put it another way, return true if the first token of -** s[] is t[]. -*/ -static int startsWith(const char *s, const char *t){ - while( safe_isspace(*s) ){ s++; } - while( *t ){ - if( safe_tolower(*s++)!=safe_tolower(*t++) ) return 0; - } - return *s!='_' && !safe_isalnum(*s); -} - -/* -** An instance of this structure defines the "spec" of a -** full text index. This structure is populated by parseSpec -** and use by fulltextConnect and fulltextCreate. -*/ -typedef struct TableSpec { - const char *zDb; /* Logical database name */ - const char *zName; /* Name of the full-text index */ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns to be indexed */ - char **azColumn; /* Original names of columns to be indexed */ - char **azContentColumn; /* Column names for %_content */ - char **azTokenizer; /* Name of tokenizer and its arguments */ -} TableSpec; - -/* -** Reclaim all of the memory used by a TableSpec -*/ -static void clearTableSpec(TableSpec *p) { - sqlite3_free(p->azColumn); - sqlite3_free(p->azContentColumn); - sqlite3_free(p->azTokenizer); -} - -/* Parse a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement, which looks like this: - * - * CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE email - * USING fts3(subject, body, tokenize mytokenizer(myarg)) - * - * We return parsed information in a TableSpec structure. - * - */ -static int parseSpec(TableSpec *pSpec, int argc, const char *const*argv, - char**pzErr){ - int i, n; - char *z, *zDummy; - char **azArg; - const char *zTokenizer = 0; /* argv[] entry describing the tokenizer */ - - assert( argc>=3 ); - /* Current interface: - ** argv[0] - module name - ** argv[1] - database name - ** argv[2] - table name - ** argv[3..] - columns, optionally followed by tokenizer specification - ** and snippet delimiters specification. - */ - - /* Make a copy of the complete argv[][] array in a single allocation. - ** The argv[][] array is read-only and transient. We can write to the - ** copy in order to modify things and the copy is persistent. - */ - CLEAR(pSpec); - for(i=n=0; izDb = azArg[1]; - pSpec->zName = azArg[2]; - pSpec->nColumn = 0; - pSpec->azColumn = azArg; - zTokenizer = "tokenize simple"; - for(i=3; inColumn] = firstToken(azArg[i], &zDummy); - pSpec->nColumn++; - } - } - if( pSpec->nColumn==0 ){ - azArg[0] = "content"; - pSpec->nColumn = 1; - } - - /* - ** Construct the list of content column names. - ** - ** Each content column name will be of the form cNNAAAA - ** where NN is the column number and AAAA is the sanitized - ** column name. "sanitized" means that special characters are - ** converted to "_". The cNN prefix guarantees that all column - ** names are unique. - ** - ** The AAAA suffix is not strictly necessary. It is included - ** for the convenience of people who might examine the generated - ** %_content table and wonder what the columns are used for. - */ - pSpec->azContentColumn = sqlite3_malloc( pSpec->nColumn * sizeof(char *) ); - if( pSpec->azContentColumn==0 ){ - clearTableSpec(pSpec); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - char *p; - pSpec->azContentColumn[i] = sqlite3_mprintf("c%d%s", i, azArg[i]); - for (p = pSpec->azContentColumn[i]; *p ; ++p) { - if( !safe_isalnum(*p) ) *p = '_'; - } - } - - /* - ** Parse the tokenizer specification string. - */ - pSpec->azTokenizer = tokenizeString(zTokenizer, &n); - tokenListToIdList(pSpec->azTokenizer); - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement that describes the schema of -** the virtual table. Return a pointer to this schema string. -** -** Space is obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() and should be freed -** using sqlite3_free(). -*/ -static char *fulltextSchema( - int nColumn, /* Number of columns */ - const char *const* azColumn, /* List of columns */ - const char *zTableName /* Name of the table */ -){ - int i; - char *zSchema, *zNext; - const char *zSep = "("; - zSchema = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x"); - for(i=0; ibase */ - v->db = db; - v->zDb = spec->zDb; /* Freed when azColumn is freed */ - v->zName = spec->zName; /* Freed when azColumn is freed */ - v->nColumn = spec->nColumn; - v->azContentColumn = spec->azContentColumn; - spec->azContentColumn = 0; - v->azColumn = spec->azColumn; - spec->azColumn = 0; - - if( spec->azTokenizer==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - zTok = spec->azTokenizer[0]; - if( !zTok ){ - zTok = "simple"; - } - nTok = strlen(zTok)+1; - - m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zTok, nTok); - if( !m ){ - *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", spec->azTokenizer[0]); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto err; - } - - for(n=0; spec->azTokenizer[n]; n++){} - if( n ){ - rc = m->xCreate(n-1, (const char*const*)&spec->azTokenizer[1], - &v->pTokenizer); - }else{ - rc = m->xCreate(0, 0, &v->pTokenizer); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err; - v->pTokenizer->pModule = m; - - /* TODO: verify the existence of backing tables foo_content, foo_term */ - - schema = fulltextSchema(v->nColumn, (const char*const*)v->azColumn, - spec->zName); - rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, schema); - sqlite3_free(schema); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err; - - memset(v->pFulltextStatements, 0, sizeof(v->pFulltextStatements)); - - /* Indicate that the buffer is not live. */ - v->nPendingData = -1; - - *ppVTab = &v->base; - FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Connect %p\n", v)); - - return rc; - -err: - fulltext_vtab_destroy(v); - return rc; -} - -static int fulltextConnect( - sqlite3 *db, - void *pAux, - int argc, const char *const*argv, - sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, - char **pzErr -){ - TableSpec spec; - int rc = parseSpec(&spec, argc, argv, pzErr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = constructVtab(db, (fts3Hash *)pAux, &spec, ppVTab, pzErr); - clearTableSpec(&spec); - return rc; -} - -/* The %_content table holds the text of each document, with -** the docid column exposed as the SQLite rowid for the table. -*/ -/* TODO(shess) This comment needs elaboration to match the updated -** code. Work it into the top-of-file comment at that time. -*/ -static int fulltextCreate(sqlite3 *db, void *pAux, - int argc, const char * const *argv, - sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char **pzErr){ - int rc; - TableSpec spec; - StringBuffer schema; - FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Create\n")); - - rc = parseSpec(&spec, argc, argv, pzErr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - initStringBuffer(&schema); - append(&schema, "CREATE TABLE %_content("); - append(&schema, " docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"); - appendList(&schema, spec.nColumn, spec.azContentColumn); - append(&schema, ")"); - rc = sql_exec(db, spec.zDb, spec.zName, stringBufferData(&schema)); - stringBufferDestroy(&schema); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto out; - - rc = sql_exec(db, spec.zDb, spec.zName, - "create table %_segments(" - " blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY," - " block blob" - ");" - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto out; - - rc = sql_exec(db, spec.zDb, spec.zName, - "create table %_segdir(" - " level integer," - " idx integer," - " start_block integer," - " leaves_end_block integer," - " end_block integer," - " root blob," - " primary key(level, idx)" - ");"); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto out; - - rc = constructVtab(db, (fts3Hash *)pAux, &spec, ppVTab, pzErr); - -out: - clearTableSpec(&spec); - return rc; -} - -/* Decide how to handle an SQL query. */ -static int fulltextBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ - fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *)pVTab; - int i; - FTSTRACE(("FTS3 BestIndex\n")); - - for(i=0; inConstraint; ++i){ - const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pConstraint; - pConstraint = &pInfo->aConstraint[i]; - if( pConstraint->usable ) { - if( (pConstraint->iColumn==-1 || pConstraint->iColumn==v->nColumn+1) && - pConstraint->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){ - pInfo->idxNum = QUERY_DOCID; /* lookup by docid */ - FTSTRACE(("FTS3 QUERY_DOCID\n")); - } else if( pConstraint->iColumn>=0 && pConstraint->iColumn<=v->nColumn && - pConstraint->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){ - /* full-text search */ - pInfo->idxNum = QUERY_FULLTEXT + pConstraint->iColumn; - FTSTRACE(("FTS3 QUERY_FULLTEXT %d\n", pConstraint->iColumn)); - } else continue; - - pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1; - pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1; - - /* An arbitrary value for now. - * TODO: Perhaps docid matches should be considered cheaper than - * full-text searches. */ - pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0; - - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - pInfo->idxNum = QUERY_GENERIC; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -static int fulltextDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab){ - FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Disconnect %p\n", pVTab)); - fulltext_vtab_destroy((fulltext_vtab *)pVTab); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -static int fulltextDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab){ - fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *)pVTab; - int rc; - - FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Destroy %p\n", pVTab)); - rc = sql_exec(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, - "drop table if exists %_content;" - "drop table if exists %_segments;" - "drop table if exists %_segdir;" - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - fulltext_vtab_destroy((fulltext_vtab *)pVTab); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -static int fulltextOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ - fulltext_cursor *c; - - c = (fulltext_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(fulltext_cursor)); - if( c ){ - memset(c, 0, sizeof(fulltext_cursor)); - /* sqlite will initialize c->base */ - *ppCursor = &c->base; - FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Open %p: %p\n", pVTab, c)); - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -} - -/* Free all of the dynamically allocated memory held by the -** Snippet -*/ -static void snippetClear(Snippet *p){ - sqlite3_free(p->aMatch); - sqlite3_free(p->zOffset); - sqlite3_free(p->zSnippet); - CLEAR(p); -} - -/* -** Append a single entry to the p->aMatch[] log. -*/ -static void snippetAppendMatch( - Snippet *p, /* Append the entry to this snippet */ - int iCol, int iTerm, /* The column and query term */ - int iToken, /* Matching token in document */ - int iStart, int nByte /* Offset and size of the match */ -){ - int i; - struct snippetMatch *pMatch; - if( p->nMatch+1>=p->nAlloc ){ - p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + 10; - p->aMatch = sqlite3_realloc(p->aMatch, p->nAlloc*sizeof(p->aMatch[0]) ); - if( p->aMatch==0 ){ - p->nMatch = 0; - p->nAlloc = 0; - return; - } - } - i = p->nMatch++; - pMatch = &p->aMatch[i]; - pMatch->iCol = iCol; - pMatch->iTerm = iTerm; - pMatch->iToken = iToken; - pMatch->iStart = iStart; - pMatch->nByte = nByte; -} - -/* -** Sizing information for the circular buffer used in snippetOffsetsOfColumn() -*/ -#define FTS3_ROTOR_SZ (32) -#define FTS3_ROTOR_MASK (FTS3_ROTOR_SZ-1) - -/* -** Function to iterate through the tokens of a compiled expression. -** -** Except, skip all tokens on the right-hand side of a NOT operator. -** This function is used to find tokens as part of snippet and offset -** generation and we do nt want snippets and offsets to report matches -** for tokens on the RHS of a NOT. -*/ -static int fts3NextExprToken(Fts3Expr **ppExpr, int *piToken){ - Fts3Expr *p = *ppExpr; - int iToken = *piToken; - if( iToken<0 ){ - /* In this case the expression p is the root of an expression tree. - ** Move to the first token in the expression tree. - */ - while( p->pLeft ){ - p = p->pLeft; - } - iToken = 0; - }else{ - assert(p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - if( iToken<(p->pPhrase->nToken-1) ){ - iToken++; - }else{ - iToken = 0; - while( p->pParent && p->pParent->pLeft!=p ){ - assert( p->pParent->pRight==p ); - p = p->pParent; - } - p = p->pParent; - if( p ){ - assert( p->pRight!=0 ); - p = p->pRight; - while( p->pLeft ){ - p = p->pLeft; - } - } - } - } - - *ppExpr = p; - *piToken = iToken; - return p?1:0; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the expression node pExpr is located beneath the -** RHS of a NOT operator. -*/ -static int fts3ExprBeneathNot(Fts3Expr *p){ - Fts3Expr *pParent; - while( p ){ - pParent = p->pParent; - if( pParent && pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NOT && pParent->pRight==p ){ - return 1; - } - p = pParent; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Add entries to pSnippet->aMatch[] for every match that occurs against -** document zDoc[0..nDoc-1] which is stored in column iColumn. -*/ -static void snippetOffsetsOfColumn( - fulltext_cursor *pCur, /* The fulltest search cursor */ - Snippet *pSnippet, /* The Snippet object to be filled in */ - int iColumn, /* Index of fulltext table column */ - const char *zDoc, /* Text of the fulltext table column */ - int nDoc /* Length of zDoc in bytes */ -){ - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pTModule; /* The tokenizer module */ - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* The specific tokenizer */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTCursor; /* Tokenizer cursor */ - fulltext_vtab *pVtab; /* The full text index */ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the index */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - unsigned int match, prevMatch; /* Phrase search bitmasks */ - const char *zToken; /* Next token from the tokenizer */ - int nToken; /* Size of zToken */ - int iBegin, iEnd, iPos; /* Offsets of beginning and end */ - - /* The following variables keep a circular buffer of the last - ** few tokens */ - unsigned int iRotor = 0; /* Index of current token */ - int iRotorBegin[FTS3_ROTOR_SZ]; /* Beginning offset of token */ - int iRotorLen[FTS3_ROTOR_SZ]; /* Length of token */ - - pVtab = cursor_vtab(pCur); - nColumn = pVtab->nColumn; - pTokenizer = pVtab->pTokenizer; - pTModule = pTokenizer->pModule; - rc = pTModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pTCursor); - if( rc ) return; - pTCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; - - prevMatch = 0; - while( !pTModule->xNext(pTCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos) ){ - Fts3Expr *pIter = pCur->pExpr; - int iIter = -1; - iRotorBegin[iRotor&FTS3_ROTOR_MASK] = iBegin; - iRotorLen[iRotor&FTS3_ROTOR_MASK] = iEnd-iBegin; - match = 0; - for(i=0; i<(FTS3_ROTOR_SZ-1) && fts3NextExprToken(&pIter, &iIter); i++){ - int nPhrase; /* Number of tokens in current phrase */ - struct PhraseToken *pToken; /* Current token */ - int iCol; /* Column index */ - - if( fts3ExprBeneathNot(pIter) ) continue; - nPhrase = pIter->pPhrase->nToken; - pToken = &pIter->pPhrase->aToken[iIter]; - iCol = pIter->pPhrase->iColumn; - if( iCol>=0 && iColn>nToken ) continue; - if( !pToken->isPrefix && pToken->nn<=nToken ); - if( memcmp(pToken->z, zToken, pToken->n) ) continue; - if( iIter>0 && (prevMatch & (1<=0; j--){ - int k = (iRotor-j) & FTS3_ROTOR_MASK; - snippetAppendMatch(pSnippet, iColumn, i-j, iPos-j, - iRotorBegin[k], iRotorLen[k]); - } - } - } - prevMatch = match<<1; - iRotor++; - } - pTModule->xClose(pTCursor); -} - -/* -** Remove entries from the pSnippet structure to account for the NEAR -** operator. When this is called, pSnippet contains the list of token -** offsets produced by treating all NEAR operators as AND operators. -** This function removes any entries that should not be present after -** accounting for the NEAR restriction. For example, if the queried -** document is: -** -** "A B C D E A" -** -** and the query is: -** -** A NEAR/0 E -** -** then when this function is called the Snippet contains token offsets -** 0, 4 and 5. This function removes the "0" entry (because the first A -** is not near enough to an E). -** -** When this function is called, the value pointed to by parameter piLeft is -** the integer id of the left-most token in the expression tree headed by -** pExpr. This function increments *piLeft by the total number of tokens -** in the expression tree headed by pExpr. -** -** Return 1 if any trimming occurs. Return 0 if no trimming is required. -*/ -static int trimSnippetOffsets( - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* The search expression */ - Snippet *pSnippet, /* The set of snippet offsets to be trimmed */ - int *piLeft /* Index of left-most token in pExpr */ -){ - if( pExpr ){ - if( trimSnippetOffsets(pExpr->pLeft, pSnippet, piLeft) ){ - return 1; - } - - switch( pExpr->eType ){ - case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: - *piLeft += pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; - break; - case FTSQUERY_NEAR: { - /* The right-hand-side of a NEAR operator is always a phrase. The - ** left-hand-side is either a phrase or an expression tree that is - ** itself headed by a NEAR operator. The following initializations - ** set local variable iLeft to the token number of the left-most - ** token in the right-hand phrase, and iRight to the right most - ** token in the same phrase. For example, if we had: - ** - ** MATCH '"abc def" NEAR/2 "ghi jkl"' - ** - ** then iLeft will be set to 2 (token number of ghi) and nToken will - ** be set to 4. - */ - Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; - int iLeft = *piLeft; - int nNear = pExpr->nNear; - int nToken = pRight->pPhrase->nToken; - int jj, ii; - if( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ - pLeft = pLeft->pRight; - } - assert( pRight->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - assert( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - nToken += pLeft->pPhrase->nToken; - - for(ii=0; iinMatch; ii++){ - struct snippetMatch *p = &pSnippet->aMatch[ii]; - if( p->iTerm==iLeft ){ - int isOk = 0; - /* Snippet ii is an occurence of query term iLeft in the document. - ** It occurs at position (p->iToken) of the document. We now - ** search for an instance of token (iLeft-1) somewhere in the - ** range (p->iToken - nNear)...(p->iToken + nNear + nToken) within - ** the set of snippetMatch structures. If one is found, proceed. - ** If one cannot be found, then remove snippets ii..(ii+N-1) - ** from the matching snippets, where N is the number of tokens - ** in phrase pRight->pPhrase. - */ - for(jj=0; isOk==0 && jjnMatch; jj++){ - struct snippetMatch *p2 = &pSnippet->aMatch[jj]; - if( p2->iTerm==(iLeft-1) ){ - if( p2->iToken>=(p->iToken-nNear-1) - && p2->iToken<(p->iToken+nNear+nToken) - ){ - isOk = 1; - } - } - } - if( !isOk ){ - int kk; - for(kk=0; kkpPhrase->nToken; kk++){ - pSnippet->aMatch[kk+ii].iTerm = -2; - } - return 1; - } - } - if( p->iTerm==(iLeft-1) ){ - int isOk = 0; - for(jj=0; isOk==0 && jjnMatch; jj++){ - struct snippetMatch *p2 = &pSnippet->aMatch[jj]; - if( p2->iTerm==iLeft ){ - if( p2->iToken<=(p->iToken+nNear+1) - && p2->iToken>(p->iToken-nNear-nToken) - ){ - isOk = 1; - } - } - } - if( !isOk ){ - int kk; - for(kk=0; kkpPhrase->nToken; kk++){ - pSnippet->aMatch[ii-kk].iTerm = -2; - } - return 1; - } - } - } - break; - } - } - - if( trimSnippetOffsets(pExpr->pRight, pSnippet, piLeft) ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Compute all offsets for the current row of the query. -** If the offsets have already been computed, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static void snippetAllOffsets(fulltext_cursor *p){ - int nColumn; - int iColumn, i; - int iFirst, iLast; - int iTerm = 0; - fulltext_vtab *pFts = cursor_vtab(p); - - if( p->snippet.nMatch || p->pExpr==0 ){ - return; - } - nColumn = pFts->nColumn; - iColumn = (p->iCursorType - QUERY_FULLTEXT); - if( iColumn<0 || iColumn>=nColumn ){ - /* Look for matches over all columns of the full-text index */ - iFirst = 0; - iLast = nColumn-1; - }else{ - /* Look for matches in the iColumn-th column of the index only */ - iFirst = iColumn; - iLast = iColumn; - } - for(i=iFirst; i<=iLast; i++){ - const char *zDoc; - int nDoc; - zDoc = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(p->pStmt, i+1); - nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(p->pStmt, i+1); - snippetOffsetsOfColumn(p, &p->snippet, i, zDoc, nDoc); - } - - while( trimSnippetOffsets(p->pExpr, &p->snippet, &iTerm) ){ - iTerm = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Convert the information in the aMatch[] array of the snippet -** into the string zOffset[0..nOffset-1]. This string is used as -** the return of the SQL offsets() function. -*/ -static void snippetOffsetText(Snippet *p){ - int i; - int cnt = 0; - StringBuffer sb; - char zBuf[200]; - if( p->zOffset ) return; - initStringBuffer(&sb); - for(i=0; inMatch; i++){ - struct snippetMatch *pMatch = &p->aMatch[i]; - if( pMatch->iTerm>=0 ){ - /* If snippetMatch.iTerm is less than 0, then the match was - ** discarded as part of processing the NEAR operator (see the - ** trimSnippetOffsetsForNear() function for details). Ignore - ** it in this case - */ - zBuf[0] = ' '; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf)-1, &zBuf[cnt>0], "%d %d %d %d", - pMatch->iCol, pMatch->iTerm, pMatch->iStart, pMatch->nByte); - append(&sb, zBuf); - cnt++; - } - } - p->zOffset = stringBufferData(&sb); - p->nOffset = stringBufferLength(&sb); -} - -/* -** zDoc[0..nDoc-1] is phrase of text. aMatch[0..nMatch-1] are a set -** of matching words some of which might be in zDoc. zDoc is column -** number iCol. -** -** iBreak is suggested spot in zDoc where we could begin or end an -** excerpt. Return a value similar to iBreak but possibly adjusted -** to be a little left or right so that the break point is better. -*/ -static int wordBoundary( - int iBreak, /* The suggested break point */ - const char *zDoc, /* Document text */ - int nDoc, /* Number of bytes in zDoc[] */ - struct snippetMatch *aMatch, /* Matching words */ - int nMatch, /* Number of entries in aMatch[] */ - int iCol /* The column number for zDoc[] */ -){ - int i; - if( iBreak<=10 ){ - return 0; - } - if( iBreak>=nDoc-10 ){ - return nDoc; - } - for(i=0; i0 && aMatch[i-1].iStart+aMatch[i-1].nByte>=iBreak ){ - return aMatch[i-1].iStart; - } - } - for(i=1; i<=10; i++){ - if( safe_isspace(zDoc[iBreak-i]) ){ - return iBreak - i + 1; - } - if( safe_isspace(zDoc[iBreak+i]) ){ - return iBreak + i + 1; - } - } - return iBreak; -} - - - -/* -** Allowed values for Snippet.aMatch[].snStatus -*/ -#define SNIPPET_IGNORE 0 /* It is ok to omit this match from the snippet */ -#define SNIPPET_DESIRED 1 /* We want to include this match in the snippet */ - -/* -** Generate the text of a snippet. -*/ -static void snippetText( - fulltext_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor we need the snippet for */ - const char *zStartMark, /* Markup to appear before each match */ - const char *zEndMark, /* Markup to appear after each match */ - const char *zEllipsis /* Ellipsis mark */ -){ - int i, j; - struct snippetMatch *aMatch; - int nMatch; - int nDesired; - StringBuffer sb; - int tailCol; - int tailOffset; - int iCol; - int nDoc; - const char *zDoc; - int iStart, iEnd; - int tailEllipsis = 0; - int iMatch; - - - sqlite3_free(pCursor->snippet.zSnippet); - pCursor->snippet.zSnippet = 0; - aMatch = pCursor->snippet.aMatch; - nMatch = pCursor->snippet.nMatch; - initStringBuffer(&sb); - - for(i=0; i0; i++){ - if( aMatch[i].snStatus!=SNIPPET_DESIRED ) continue; - nDesired--; - iCol = aMatch[i].iCol; - zDoc = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pCursor->pStmt, iCol+1); - nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCursor->pStmt, iCol+1); - iStart = aMatch[i].iStart - 40; - iStart = wordBoundary(iStart, zDoc, nDoc, aMatch, nMatch, iCol); - if( iStart<=10 ){ - iStart = 0; - } - if( iCol==tailCol && iStart<=tailOffset+20 ){ - iStart = tailOffset; - } - if( (iCol!=tailCol && tailCol>=0) || iStart!=tailOffset ){ - trimWhiteSpace(&sb); - appendWhiteSpace(&sb); - append(&sb, zEllipsis); - appendWhiteSpace(&sb); - } - iEnd = aMatch[i].iStart + aMatch[i].nByte + 40; - iEnd = wordBoundary(iEnd, zDoc, nDoc, aMatch, nMatch, iCol); - if( iEnd>=nDoc-10 ){ - iEnd = nDoc; - tailEllipsis = 0; - }else{ - tailEllipsis = 1; - } - while( iMatchsnippet.zSnippet = stringBufferData(&sb); - pCursor->snippet.nSnippet = stringBufferLength(&sb); -} - - -/* -** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation -** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface. -*/ -static int fulltextClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ - fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor; - FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Close %p\n", c)); - sqlite3_finalize(c->pStmt); - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(c->pExpr); - snippetClear(&c->snippet); - if( c->result.nData!=0 ){ - dlrDestroy(&c->reader); - } - dataBufferDestroy(&c->result); - sqlite3_free(c); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -static int fulltextNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ - fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor; - int rc; - - FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Next %p\n", pCursor)); - snippetClear(&c->snippet); - if( c->iCursorType < QUERY_FULLTEXT ){ - /* TODO(shess) Handle SQLITE_SCHEMA AND SQLITE_BUSY. */ - rc = sqlite3_step(c->pStmt); - switch( rc ){ - case SQLITE_ROW: - c->eof = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - case SQLITE_DONE: - c->eof = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - default: - c->eof = 1; - return rc; - } - } else { /* full-text query */ - rc = sqlite3_reset(c->pStmt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - if( c->result.nData==0 || dlrAtEnd(&c->reader) ){ - c->eof = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(c->pStmt, 1, dlrDocid(&c->reader)); - dlrStep(&c->reader); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - /* TODO(shess) Handle SQLITE_SCHEMA AND SQLITE_BUSY. */ - rc = sqlite3_step(c->pStmt); - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ /* the case we expect */ - c->eof = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - /* an error occurred; abort */ - return rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_ERROR : rc; - } -} - - -/* TODO(shess) If we pushed LeafReader to the top of the file, or to -** another file, term_select() could be pushed above -** docListOfTerm(). -*/ -static int termSelect(fulltext_vtab *v, int iColumn, - const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix, - DocListType iType, DataBuffer *out); - -/* -** Return a DocList corresponding to the phrase *pPhrase. -** -** The resulting DL_DOCIDS doclist is stored in pResult, which is -** overwritten. -*/ -static int docListOfPhrase( - fulltext_vtab *pTab, /* The full text index */ - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase, /* Phrase to return a doclist corresponding to */ - DocListType eListType, /* Either DL_DOCIDS or DL_POSITIONS */ - DataBuffer *pResult /* Write the result here */ -){ - int ii; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int iCol = pPhrase->iColumn; - DocListType eType = eListType; - assert( eType==DL_POSITIONS || eType==DL_DOCIDS ); - if( pPhrase->nToken>1 ){ - eType = DL_POSITIONS; - } - - /* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */ - assert( pTab->nPendingData<0 ); - - for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iinToken; ii++){ - DataBuffer tmp; - struct PhraseToken *p = &pPhrase->aToken[ii]; - rc = termSelect(pTab, iCol, p->z, p->n, p->isPrefix, eType, &tmp); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( ii==0 ){ - *pResult = tmp; - }else{ - DataBuffer res = *pResult; - dataBufferInit(pResult, 0); - if( ii==(pPhrase->nToken-1) ){ - eType = eListType; - } - docListPhraseMerge( - res.pData, res.nData, tmp.pData, tmp.nData, 0, 0, eType, pResult - ); - dataBufferDestroy(&res); - dataBufferDestroy(&tmp); - } - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Evaluate the full-text expression pExpr against fts3 table pTab. Write -** the results into pRes. -*/ -static int evalFts3Expr( - fulltext_vtab *pTab, /* Fts3 Virtual table object */ - Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Parsed fts3 expression */ - DataBuffer *pRes /* OUT: Write results of the expression here */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* Initialize the output buffer. If this is an empty query (pExpr==0), - ** this is all that needs to be done. Empty queries produce empty - ** result sets. - */ - dataBufferInit(pRes, 0); - - if( pExpr ){ - if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ - DocListType eType = DL_DOCIDS; - if( pExpr->pParent && pExpr->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ - eType = DL_POSITIONS; - } - rc = docListOfPhrase(pTab, pExpr->pPhrase, eType, pRes); - }else{ - DataBuffer lhs; - DataBuffer rhs; - - dataBufferInit(&rhs, 0); - if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = evalFts3Expr(pTab, pExpr->pLeft, &lhs)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = evalFts3Expr(pTab, pExpr->pRight, &rhs)) - ){ - switch( pExpr->eType ){ - case FTSQUERY_NEAR: { - int nToken; - Fts3Expr *pLeft; - DocListType eType = DL_DOCIDS; - if( pExpr->pParent && pExpr->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ - eType = DL_POSITIONS; - } - pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; - while( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ - pLeft=pLeft->pRight; - } - assert( pExpr->pRight->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - assert( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - nToken = pLeft->pPhrase->nToken + pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken; - docListPhraseMerge(lhs.pData, lhs.nData, rhs.pData, rhs.nData, - pExpr->nNear+1, nToken, eType, pRes - ); - break; - } - case FTSQUERY_NOT: { - docListExceptMerge(lhs.pData, lhs.nData, rhs.pData, rhs.nData,pRes); - break; - } - case FTSQUERY_AND: { - docListAndMerge(lhs.pData, lhs.nData, rhs.pData, rhs.nData, pRes); - break; - } - case FTSQUERY_OR: { - docListOrMerge(lhs.pData, lhs.nData, rhs.pData, rhs.nData, pRes); - break; - } - } - } - dataBufferDestroy(&lhs); - dataBufferDestroy(&rhs); - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* TODO(shess) Refactor the code to remove this forward decl. */ -static int flushPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v); - -/* Perform a full-text query using the search expression in -** zInput[0..nInput-1]. Return a list of matching documents -** in pResult. -** -** Queries must match column iColumn. Or if iColumn>=nColumn -** they are allowed to match against any column. -*/ -static int fulltextQuery( - fulltext_vtab *v, /* The full text index */ - int iColumn, /* Match against this column by default */ - const char *zInput, /* The query string */ - int nInput, /* Number of bytes in zInput[] */ - DataBuffer *pResult, /* Write the result doclist here */ - Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* Put parsed query string here */ -){ - int rc; - - /* TODO(shess) Instead of flushing pendingTerms, we could query for - ** the relevant term and merge the doclist into what we receive from - ** the database. Wait and see if this is a common issue, first. - ** - ** A good reason not to flush is to not generate update-related - ** error codes from here. - */ - - /* Flush any buffered updates before executing the query. */ - rc = flushPendingTerms(v); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Parse the query passed to the MATCH operator. */ - rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(v->pTokenizer, - v->azColumn, v->nColumn, iColumn, zInput, nInput, ppExpr - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( 0==(*ppExpr) ); - return rc; - } - - return evalFts3Expr(v, *ppExpr, pResult); -} - -/* -** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See -** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional -** information. -** -** If idxNum==QUERY_GENERIC then do a full table scan against -** the %_content table. -** -** If idxNum==QUERY_DOCID then do a docid lookup for a single entry -** in the %_content table. -** -** If idxNum>=QUERY_FULLTEXT then use the full text index. The -** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column -** number idxNum-QUERY_FULLTEXT, 0 indexed. argv[0] is the right-hand -** side of the MATCH operator. -*/ -/* TODO(shess) Upgrade the cursor initialization and destruction to -** account for fulltextFilter() being called multiple times on the -** same cursor. The current solution is very fragile. Apply fix to -** fts3 as appropriate. -*/ -static int fulltextFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ - int idxNum, const char *idxStr, /* Which indexing scheme to use */ - int argc, sqlite3_value **argv /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ -){ - fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor; - fulltext_vtab *v = cursor_vtab(c); - int rc; - - FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Filter %p\n",pCursor)); - - /* If the cursor has a statement that was not prepared according to - ** idxNum, clear it. I believe all calls to fulltextFilter with a - ** given cursor will have the same idxNum , but in this case it's - ** easy to be safe. - */ - if( c->pStmt && c->iCursorType!=idxNum ){ - sqlite3_finalize(c->pStmt); - c->pStmt = NULL; - } - - /* Get a fresh statement appropriate to idxNum. */ - /* TODO(shess): Add a prepared-statement cache in the vt structure. - ** The cache must handle multiple open cursors. Easier to cache the - ** statement variants at the vt to reduce malloc/realloc/free here. - ** Or we could have a StringBuffer variant which allowed stack - ** construction for small values. - */ - if( !c->pStmt ){ - StringBuffer sb; - initStringBuffer(&sb); - append(&sb, "SELECT docid, "); - appendList(&sb, v->nColumn, v->azContentColumn); - append(&sb, " FROM %_content"); - if( idxNum!=QUERY_GENERIC ) append(&sb, " WHERE docid = ?"); - rc = sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, &c->pStmt, - stringBufferData(&sb)); - stringBufferDestroy(&sb); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - c->iCursorType = idxNum; - }else{ - sqlite3_reset(c->pStmt); - assert( c->iCursorType==idxNum ); - } - - switch( idxNum ){ - case QUERY_GENERIC: - break; - - case QUERY_DOCID: - rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(c->pStmt, 1, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0])); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - break; - - default: /* full-text search */ - { - int iCol = idxNum-QUERY_FULLTEXT; - const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - assert( idxNum<=QUERY_FULLTEXT+v->nColumn); - assert( argc==1 ); - if( c->result.nData!=0 ){ - /* This case happens if the same cursor is used repeatedly. */ - dlrDestroy(&c->reader); - dataBufferReset(&c->result); - }else{ - dataBufferInit(&c->result, 0); - } - rc = fulltextQuery(v, iCol, zQuery, -1, &c->result, &c->pExpr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - if( c->result.nData!=0 ){ - dlrInit(&c->reader, DL_DOCIDS, c->result.pData, c->result.nData); - } - break; - } - } - - return fulltextNext(pCursor); -} - -/* This is the xEof method of the virtual table. The SQLite core -** calls this routine to find out if it has reached the end of -** a query's results set. -*/ -static int fulltextEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ - fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor; - return c->eof; -} - -/* This is the xColumn method of the virtual table. The SQLite -** core calls this method during a query when it needs the value -** of a column from the virtual table. This method needs to use -** one of the sqlite3_result_*() routines to store the requested -** value back in the pContext. -*/ -static int fulltextColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, - sqlite3_context *pContext, int idxCol){ - fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor; - fulltext_vtab *v = cursor_vtab(c); - - if( idxColnColumn ){ - sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3_column_value(c->pStmt, idxCol+1); - sqlite3_result_value(pContext, pVal); - }else if( idxCol==v->nColumn ){ - /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table. - ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor - */ - sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, &c, sizeof(c), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else if( idxCol==v->nColumn+1 ){ - /* The docid column, which is an alias for rowid. */ - sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3_column_value(c->pStmt, 0); - sqlite3_result_value(pContext, pVal); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to -** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3 -** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The -** rowid should be written to *pRowid. -*/ -static int fulltextRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ - fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor; - - *pRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(c->pStmt, 0); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* Add all terms in [zText] to pendingTerms table. If [iColumn] > 0, -** we also store positions and offsets in the hash table using that -** column number. -*/ -static int buildTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid, - const char *zText, int iColumn){ - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = v->pTokenizer; - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor; - const char *pToken; - int nTokenBytes; - int iStartOffset, iEndOffset, iPosition; - int rc; - - rc = pTokenizer->pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zText, -1, &pCursor); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; - while( SQLITE_OK==(rc=pTokenizer->pModule->xNext(pCursor, - &pToken, &nTokenBytes, - &iStartOffset, &iEndOffset, - &iPosition)) ){ - DLCollector *p; - int nData; /* Size of doclist before our update. */ - - /* Positions can't be negative; we use -1 as a terminator - * internally. Token can't be NULL or empty. */ - if( iPosition<0 || pToken == NULL || nTokenBytes == 0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - break; - } - - p = fts3HashFind(&v->pendingTerms, pToken, nTokenBytes); - if( p==NULL ){ - nData = 0; - p = dlcNew(iDocid, DL_DEFAULT); - fts3HashInsert(&v->pendingTerms, pToken, nTokenBytes, p); - - /* Overhead for our hash table entry, the key, and the value. */ - v->nPendingData += sizeof(struct fts3HashElem)+sizeof(*p)+nTokenBytes; - }else{ - nData = p->b.nData; - if( p->dlw.iPrevDocid!=iDocid ) dlcNext(p, iDocid); - } - if( iColumn>=0 ){ - dlcAddPos(p, iColumn, iPosition, iStartOffset, iEndOffset); - } - - /* Accumulate data added by dlcNew or dlcNext, and dlcAddPos. */ - v->nPendingData += p->b.nData-nData; - } - - /* TODO(shess) Check return? Should this be able to cause errors at - ** this point? Actually, same question about sqlite3_finalize(), - ** though one could argue that failure there means that the data is - ** not durable. *ponder* - */ - pTokenizer->pModule->xClose(pCursor); - if( SQLITE_DONE == rc ) return SQLITE_OK; - return rc; -} - -/* Add doclists for all terms in [pValues] to pendingTerms table. */ -static int insertTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid, - sqlite3_value **pValues){ - int i; - for(i = 0; i < v->nColumn ; ++i){ - char *zText = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(pValues[i]); - int rc = buildTerms(v, iDocid, zText, i); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* Add empty doclists for all terms in the given row's content to -** pendingTerms. -*/ -static int deleteTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid){ - const char **pValues; - int i, rc; - - /* TODO(shess) Should we allow such tables at all? */ - if( DL_DEFAULT==DL_DOCIDS ) return SQLITE_ERROR; - - rc = content_select(v, iDocid, &pValues); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - for(i = 0 ; i < v->nColumn; ++i) { - rc = buildTerms(v, iDocid, pValues[i], -1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - } - - freeStringArray(v->nColumn, pValues); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* TODO(shess) Refactor the code to remove this forward decl. */ -static int initPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid); - -/* Insert a row into the %_content table; set *piDocid to be the ID of the -** new row. Add doclists for terms to pendingTerms. -*/ -static int index_insert(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_value *pRequestDocid, - sqlite3_value **pValues, sqlite_int64 *piDocid){ - int rc; - - rc = content_insert(v, pRequestDocid, pValues); /* execute an SQL INSERT */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* docid column is an alias for rowid. */ - *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(v->db); - rc = initPendingTerms(v, *piDocid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - return insertTerms(v, *piDocid, pValues); -} - -/* Delete a row from the %_content table; add empty doclists for terms -** to pendingTerms. -*/ -static int index_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iRow){ - int rc = initPendingTerms(v, iRow); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = deleteTerms(v, iRow); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - return content_delete(v, iRow); /* execute an SQL DELETE */ -} - -/* Update a row in the %_content table; add delete doclists to -** pendingTerms for old terms not in the new data, add insert doclists -** to pendingTerms for terms in the new data. -*/ -static int index_update(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iRow, - sqlite3_value **pValues){ - int rc = initPendingTerms(v, iRow); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Generate an empty doclist for each term that previously appeared in this - * row. */ - rc = deleteTerms(v, iRow); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = content_update(v, pValues, iRow); /* execute an SQL UPDATE */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Now add positions for terms which appear in the updated row. */ - return insertTerms(v, iRow, pValues); -} - -/*******************************************************************/ -/* InteriorWriter is used to collect terms and block references into -** interior nodes in %_segments. See commentary at top of file for -** format. -*/ - -/* How large interior nodes can grow. */ -#define INTERIOR_MAX 2048 - -/* Minimum number of terms per interior node (except the root). This -** prevents large terms from making the tree too skinny - must be >0 -** so that the tree always makes progress. Note that the min tree -** fanout will be INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS+1. -*/ -#define INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS 7 -#if INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS<1 -# error INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS must be greater than 0. -#endif - -/* ROOT_MAX controls how much data is stored inline in the segment -** directory. -*/ -/* TODO(shess) Push ROOT_MAX down to whoever is writing things. It's -** only here so that interiorWriterRootInfo() and leafWriterRootInfo() -** can both see it, but if the caller passed it in, we wouldn't even -** need a define. -*/ -#define ROOT_MAX 1024 -#if ROOT_MAXterm, 0); - dataBufferReplace(&block->term, pTerm, nTerm); - - n = fts3PutVarint(c, iHeight); - n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iChildBlock); - dataBufferInit(&block->data, INTERIOR_MAX); - dataBufferReplace(&block->data, c, n); - } - return block; -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* Verify that the data is readable as an interior node. */ -static void interiorBlockValidate(InteriorBlock *pBlock){ - const char *pData = pBlock->data.pData; - int nData = pBlock->data.nData; - int n, iDummy; - sqlite_int64 iBlockid; - - assert( nData>0 ); - assert( pData!=0 ); - assert( pData+nData>pData ); - - /* Must lead with height of node as a varint(n), n>0 */ - n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy); - assert( n>0 ); - assert( iDummy>0 ); - assert( n0 ); - assert( n<=nData ); - pData += n; - nData -= n; - - /* Zero or more terms of positive length */ - if( nData!=0 ){ - /* First term is not delta-encoded. */ - n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy); - assert( n>0 ); - assert( iDummy>0 ); - assert( n+iDummy>0); - assert( n+iDummy<=nData ); - pData += n+iDummy; - nData -= n+iDummy; - - /* Following terms delta-encoded. */ - while( nData!=0 ){ - /* Length of shared prefix. */ - n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy); - assert( n>0 ); - assert( iDummy>=0 ); - assert( n0 ); - assert( iDummy>0 ); - assert( n+iDummy>0); - assert( n+iDummy<=nData ); - pData += n+iDummy; - nData -= n+iDummy; - } - } -} -#define ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(x) interiorBlockValidate(x) -#else -#define ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(x) assert( 1 ) -#endif - -typedef struct InteriorWriter { - int iHeight; /* from 0 at leaves. */ - InteriorBlock *first, *last; - struct InteriorWriter *parentWriter; - - DataBuffer term; /* Last term written to block "last". */ - sqlite_int64 iOpeningChildBlock; /* First child block in block "last". */ -#ifndef NDEBUG - sqlite_int64 iLastChildBlock; /* for consistency checks. */ -#endif -} InteriorWriter; - -/* Initialize an interior node where pTerm[nTerm] marks the leftmost -** term in the tree. iChildBlock is the leftmost child block at the -** next level down the tree. -*/ -static void interiorWriterInit(int iHeight, const char *pTerm, int nTerm, - sqlite_int64 iChildBlock, - InteriorWriter *pWriter){ - InteriorBlock *block; - assert( iHeight>0 ); - CLEAR(pWriter); - - pWriter->iHeight = iHeight; - pWriter->iOpeningChildBlock = iChildBlock; -#ifndef NDEBUG - pWriter->iLastChildBlock = iChildBlock; -#endif - block = interiorBlockNew(iHeight, iChildBlock, pTerm, nTerm); - pWriter->last = pWriter->first = block; - ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(pWriter->last); - dataBufferInit(&pWriter->term, 0); -} - -/* Append the child node rooted at iChildBlock to the interior node, -** with pTerm[nTerm] as the leftmost term in iChildBlock's subtree. -*/ -static void interiorWriterAppend(InteriorWriter *pWriter, - const char *pTerm, int nTerm, - sqlite_int64 iChildBlock){ - char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX]; - int n, nPrefix = 0; - - ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(pWriter->last); - - /* The first term written into an interior node is actually - ** associated with the second child added (the first child was added - ** in interiorWriterInit, or in the if clause at the bottom of this - ** function). That term gets encoded straight up, with nPrefix left - ** at 0. - */ - if( pWriter->term.nData==0 ){ - n = fts3PutVarint(c, nTerm); - }else{ - while( nPrefixterm.nData && - pTerm[nPrefix]==pWriter->term.pData[nPrefix] ){ - nPrefix++; - } - - n = fts3PutVarint(c, nPrefix); - n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm-nPrefix); - } - -#ifndef NDEBUG - pWriter->iLastChildBlock++; -#endif - assert( pWriter->iLastChildBlock==iChildBlock ); - - /* Overflow to a new block if the new term makes the current block - ** too big, and the current block already has enough terms. - */ - if( pWriter->last->data.nData+n+nTerm-nPrefix>INTERIOR_MAX && - iChildBlock-pWriter->iOpeningChildBlock>INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS ){ - pWriter->last->next = interiorBlockNew(pWriter->iHeight, iChildBlock, - pTerm, nTerm); - pWriter->last = pWriter->last->next; - pWriter->iOpeningChildBlock = iChildBlock; - dataBufferReset(&pWriter->term); - }else{ - dataBufferAppend2(&pWriter->last->data, c, n, - pTerm+nPrefix, nTerm-nPrefix); - dataBufferReplace(&pWriter->term, pTerm, nTerm); - } - ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(pWriter->last); -} - -/* Free the space used by pWriter, including the linked-list of -** InteriorBlocks, and parentWriter, if present. -*/ -static int interiorWriterDestroy(InteriorWriter *pWriter){ - InteriorBlock *block = pWriter->first; - - while( block!=NULL ){ - InteriorBlock *b = block; - block = block->next; - dataBufferDestroy(&b->term); - dataBufferDestroy(&b->data); - sqlite3_free(b); - } - if( pWriter->parentWriter!=NULL ){ - interiorWriterDestroy(pWriter->parentWriter); - sqlite3_free(pWriter->parentWriter); - } - dataBufferDestroy(&pWriter->term); - SCRAMBLE(pWriter); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* If pWriter can fit entirely in ROOT_MAX, return it as the root info -** directly, leaving *piEndBlockid unchanged. Otherwise, flush -** pWriter to %_segments, building a new layer of interior nodes, and -** recursively ask for their root into. -*/ -static int interiorWriterRootInfo(fulltext_vtab *v, InteriorWriter *pWriter, - char **ppRootInfo, int *pnRootInfo, - sqlite_int64 *piEndBlockid){ - InteriorBlock *block = pWriter->first; - sqlite_int64 iBlockid = 0; - int rc; - - /* If we can fit the segment inline */ - if( block==pWriter->last && block->data.nDatadata.pData; - *pnRootInfo = block->data.nData; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Flush the first block to %_segments, and create a new level of - ** interior node. - */ - ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(block); - rc = block_insert(v, block->data.pData, block->data.nData, &iBlockid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - *piEndBlockid = iBlockid; - - pWriter->parentWriter = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pWriter->parentWriter)); - interiorWriterInit(pWriter->iHeight+1, - block->term.pData, block->term.nData, - iBlockid, pWriter->parentWriter); - - /* Flush additional blocks and append to the higher interior - ** node. - */ - for(block=block->next; block!=NULL; block=block->next){ - ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(block); - rc = block_insert(v, block->data.pData, block->data.nData, &iBlockid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - *piEndBlockid = iBlockid; - - interiorWriterAppend(pWriter->parentWriter, - block->term.pData, block->term.nData, iBlockid); - } - - /* Parent node gets the chance to be the root. */ - return interiorWriterRootInfo(v, pWriter->parentWriter, - ppRootInfo, pnRootInfo, piEndBlockid); -} - -/****************************************************************/ -/* InteriorReader is used to read off the data from an interior node -** (see comment at top of file for the format). -*/ -typedef struct InteriorReader { - const char *pData; - int nData; - - DataBuffer term; /* previous term, for decoding term delta. */ - - sqlite_int64 iBlockid; -} InteriorReader; - -static void interiorReaderDestroy(InteriorReader *pReader){ - dataBufferDestroy(&pReader->term); - SCRAMBLE(pReader); -} - -/* TODO(shess) The assertions are great, but what if we're in NDEBUG -** and the blob is empty or otherwise contains suspect data? -*/ -static void interiorReaderInit(const char *pData, int nData, - InteriorReader *pReader){ - int n, nTerm; - - /* Require at least the leading flag byte */ - assert( nData>0 ); - assert( pData[0]!='\0' ); - - CLEAR(pReader); - - /* Decode the base blockid, and set the cursor to the first term. */ - n = fts3GetVarint(pData+1, &pReader->iBlockid); - assert( 1+n<=nData ); - pReader->pData = pData+1+n; - pReader->nData = nData-(1+n); - - /* A single-child interior node (such as when a leaf node was too - ** large for the segment directory) won't have any terms. - ** Otherwise, decode the first term. - */ - if( pReader->nData==0 ){ - dataBufferInit(&pReader->term, 0); - }else{ - n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nTerm); - dataBufferInit(&pReader->term, nTerm); - dataBufferReplace(&pReader->term, pReader->pData+n, nTerm); - assert( n+nTerm<=pReader->nData ); - pReader->pData += n+nTerm; - pReader->nData -= n+nTerm; - } -} - -static int interiorReaderAtEnd(InteriorReader *pReader){ - return pReader->term.nData==0; -} - -static sqlite_int64 interiorReaderCurrentBlockid(InteriorReader *pReader){ - return pReader->iBlockid; -} - -static int interiorReaderTermBytes(InteriorReader *pReader){ - assert( !interiorReaderAtEnd(pReader) ); - return pReader->term.nData; -} -static const char *interiorReaderTerm(InteriorReader *pReader){ - assert( !interiorReaderAtEnd(pReader) ); - return pReader->term.pData; -} - -/* Step forward to the next term in the node. */ -static void interiorReaderStep(InteriorReader *pReader){ - assert( !interiorReaderAtEnd(pReader) ); - - /* If the last term has been read, signal eof, else construct the - ** next term. - */ - if( pReader->nData==0 ){ - dataBufferReset(&pReader->term); - }else{ - int n, nPrefix, nSuffix; - - n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nPrefix); - n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &nSuffix); - - /* Truncate the current term and append suffix data. */ - pReader->term.nData = nPrefix; - dataBufferAppend(&pReader->term, pReader->pData+n, nSuffix); - - assert( n+nSuffix<=pReader->nData ); - pReader->pData += n+nSuffix; - pReader->nData -= n+nSuffix; - } - pReader->iBlockid++; -} - -/* Compare the current term to pTerm[nTerm], returning strcmp-style -** results. If isPrefix, equality means equal through nTerm bytes. -*/ -static int interiorReaderTermCmp(InteriorReader *pReader, - const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix){ - const char *pReaderTerm = interiorReaderTerm(pReader); - int nReaderTerm = interiorReaderTermBytes(pReader); - int c, n = nReaderTerm0 ) return -1; - if( nTerm>0 ) return 1; - return 0; - } - - c = memcmp(pReaderTerm, pTerm, n); - if( c!=0 ) return c; - if( isPrefix && n==nTerm ) return 0; - return nReaderTerm - nTerm; -} - -/****************************************************************/ -/* LeafWriter is used to collect terms and associated doclist data -** into leaf blocks in %_segments (see top of file for format info). -** Expected usage is: -** -** LeafWriter writer; -** leafWriterInit(0, 0, &writer); -** while( sorted_terms_left_to_process ){ -** // data is doclist data for that term. -** rc = leafWriterStep(v, &writer, pTerm, nTerm, pData, nData); -** if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err; -** } -** rc = leafWriterFinalize(v, &writer); -**err: -** leafWriterDestroy(&writer); -** return rc; -** -** leafWriterStep() may write a collected leaf out to %_segments. -** leafWriterFinalize() finishes writing any buffered data and stores -** a root node in %_segdir. leafWriterDestroy() frees all buffers and -** InteriorWriters allocated as part of writing this segment. -** -** TODO(shess) Document leafWriterStepMerge(). -*/ - -/* Put terms with data this big in their own block. */ -#define STANDALONE_MIN 1024 - -/* Keep leaf blocks below this size. */ -#define LEAF_MAX 2048 - -typedef struct LeafWriter { - int iLevel; - int idx; - sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid; /* needed to create the root info */ - sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid; /* when we're done writing. */ - - DataBuffer term; /* previous encoded term */ - DataBuffer data; /* encoding buffer */ - - /* bytes of first term in the current node which distinguishes that - ** term from the last term of the previous node. - */ - int nTermDistinct; - - InteriorWriter parentWriter; /* if we overflow */ - int has_parent; -} LeafWriter; - -static void leafWriterInit(int iLevel, int idx, LeafWriter *pWriter){ - CLEAR(pWriter); - pWriter->iLevel = iLevel; - pWriter->idx = idx; - - dataBufferInit(&pWriter->term, 32); - - /* Start out with a reasonably sized block, though it can grow. */ - dataBufferInit(&pWriter->data, LEAF_MAX); -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* Verify that the data is readable as a leaf node. */ -static void leafNodeValidate(const char *pData, int nData){ - int n, iDummy; - - if( nData==0 ) return; - assert( nData>0 ); - assert( pData!=0 ); - assert( pData+nData>pData ); - - /* Must lead with a varint(0) */ - n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy); - assert( iDummy==0 ); - assert( n>0 ); - assert( n0 ); - assert( iDummy>0 ); - assert( n+iDummy>0 ); - assert( n+iDummy0 ); - assert( iDummy>0 ); - assert( n+iDummy>0 ); - assert( n+iDummy<=nData ); - ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(DL_DEFAULT, pData+n, iDummy, NULL); - pData += n+iDummy; - nData -= n+iDummy; - - /* Verify that trailing terms and doclists also are readable. */ - while( nData!=0 ){ - n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy); - assert( n>0 ); - assert( iDummy>=0 ); - assert( n0 ); - assert( iDummy>0 ); - assert( n+iDummy>0 ); - assert( n+iDummy0 ); - assert( iDummy>0 ); - assert( n+iDummy>0 ); - assert( n+iDummy<=nData ); - ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(DL_DEFAULT, pData+n, iDummy, NULL); - pData += n+iDummy; - nData -= n+iDummy; - } -} -#define ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(p, n) leafNodeValidate(p, n) -#else -#define ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(p, n) assert( 1 ) -#endif - -/* Flush the current leaf node to %_segments, and adding the resulting -** blockid and the starting term to the interior node which will -** contain it. -*/ -static int leafWriterInternalFlush(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter, - int iData, int nData){ - sqlite_int64 iBlockid = 0; - const char *pStartingTerm; - int nStartingTerm, rc, n; - - /* Must have the leading varint(0) flag, plus at least some - ** valid-looking data. - */ - assert( nData>2 ); - assert( iData>=0 ); - assert( iData+nData<=pWriter->data.nData ); - ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(pWriter->data.pData+iData, nData); - - rc = block_insert(v, pWriter->data.pData+iData, nData, &iBlockid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - assert( iBlockid!=0 ); - - /* Reconstruct the first term in the leaf for purposes of building - ** the interior node. - */ - n = fts3GetVarint32(pWriter->data.pData+iData+1, &nStartingTerm); - pStartingTerm = pWriter->data.pData+iData+1+n; - assert( pWriter->data.nData>iData+1+n+nStartingTerm ); - assert( pWriter->nTermDistinct>0 ); - assert( pWriter->nTermDistinct<=nStartingTerm ); - nStartingTerm = pWriter->nTermDistinct; - - if( pWriter->has_parent ){ - interiorWriterAppend(&pWriter->parentWriter, - pStartingTerm, nStartingTerm, iBlockid); - }else{ - interiorWriterInit(1, pStartingTerm, nStartingTerm, iBlockid, - &pWriter->parentWriter); - pWriter->has_parent = 1; - } - - /* Track the span of this segment's leaf nodes. */ - if( pWriter->iEndBlockid==0 ){ - pWriter->iEndBlockid = pWriter->iStartBlockid = iBlockid; - }else{ - pWriter->iEndBlockid++; - assert( iBlockid==pWriter->iEndBlockid ); - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} -static int leafWriterFlush(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter){ - int rc = leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, 0, pWriter->data.nData); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Re-initialize the output buffer. */ - dataBufferReset(&pWriter->data); - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* Fetch the root info for the segment. If the entire leaf fits -** within ROOT_MAX, then it will be returned directly, otherwise it -** will be flushed and the root info will be returned from the -** interior node. *piEndBlockid is set to the blockid of the last -** interior or leaf node written to disk (0 if none are written at -** all). -*/ -static int leafWriterRootInfo(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter, - char **ppRootInfo, int *pnRootInfo, - sqlite_int64 *piEndBlockid){ - /* we can fit the segment entirely inline */ - if( !pWriter->has_parent && pWriter->data.nDatadata.pData; - *pnRootInfo = pWriter->data.nData; - *piEndBlockid = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Flush remaining leaf data. */ - if( pWriter->data.nData>0 ){ - int rc = leafWriterFlush(v, pWriter); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - - /* We must have flushed a leaf at some point. */ - assert( pWriter->has_parent ); - - /* Tenatively set the end leaf blockid as the end blockid. If the - ** interior node can be returned inline, this will be the final - ** blockid, otherwise it will be overwritten by - ** interiorWriterRootInfo(). - */ - *piEndBlockid = pWriter->iEndBlockid; - - return interiorWriterRootInfo(v, &pWriter->parentWriter, - ppRootInfo, pnRootInfo, piEndBlockid); -} - -/* Collect the rootInfo data and store it into the segment directory. -** This has the effect of flushing the segment's leaf data to -** %_segments, and also flushing any interior nodes to %_segments. -*/ -static int leafWriterFinalize(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter){ - sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid; - char *pRootInfo; - int rc, nRootInfo; - - rc = leafWriterRootInfo(v, pWriter, &pRootInfo, &nRootInfo, &iEndBlockid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Don't bother storing an entirely empty segment. */ - if( iEndBlockid==0 && nRootInfo==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - - return segdir_set(v, pWriter->iLevel, pWriter->idx, - pWriter->iStartBlockid, pWriter->iEndBlockid, - iEndBlockid, pRootInfo, nRootInfo); -} - -static void leafWriterDestroy(LeafWriter *pWriter){ - if( pWriter->has_parent ) interiorWriterDestroy(&pWriter->parentWriter); - dataBufferDestroy(&pWriter->term); - dataBufferDestroy(&pWriter->data); -} - -/* Encode a term into the leafWriter, delta-encoding as appropriate. -** Returns the length of the new term which distinguishes it from the -** previous term, which can be used to set nTermDistinct when a node -** boundary is crossed. -*/ -static int leafWriterEncodeTerm(LeafWriter *pWriter, - const char *pTerm, int nTerm){ - char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX]; - int n, nPrefix = 0; - - assert( nTerm>0 ); - while( nPrefixterm.nData && - pTerm[nPrefix]==pWriter->term.pData[nPrefix] ){ - nPrefix++; - /* Failing this implies that the terms weren't in order. */ - assert( nPrefixdata.nData==0 ){ - /* Encode the node header and leading term as: - ** varint(0) - ** varint(nTerm) - ** char pTerm[nTerm] - */ - n = fts3PutVarint(c, '\0'); - n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm); - dataBufferAppend2(&pWriter->data, c, n, pTerm, nTerm); - }else{ - /* Delta-encode the term as: - ** varint(nPrefix) - ** varint(nSuffix) - ** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix] - */ - n = fts3PutVarint(c, nPrefix); - n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm-nPrefix); - dataBufferAppend2(&pWriter->data, c, n, pTerm+nPrefix, nTerm-nPrefix); - } - dataBufferReplace(&pWriter->term, pTerm, nTerm); - - return nPrefix+1; -} - -/* Used to avoid a memmove when a large amount of doclist data is in -** the buffer. This constructs a node and term header before -** iDoclistData and flushes the resulting complete node using -** leafWriterInternalFlush(). -*/ -static int leafWriterInlineFlush(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter, - const char *pTerm, int nTerm, - int iDoclistData){ - char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX]; - int iData, n = fts3PutVarint(c, 0); - n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm); - - /* There should always be room for the header. Even if pTerm shared - ** a substantial prefix with the previous term, the entire prefix - ** could be constructed from earlier data in the doclist, so there - ** should be room. - */ - assert( iDoclistData>=n+nTerm ); - - iData = iDoclistData-(n+nTerm); - memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iData, c, n); - memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iData+n, pTerm, nTerm); - - return leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, iData, pWriter->data.nData-iData); -} - -/* Push pTerm[nTerm] along with the doclist data to the leaf layer of -** %_segments. -*/ -static int leafWriterStepMerge(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter, - const char *pTerm, int nTerm, - DLReader *pReaders, int nReaders){ - char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX]; - int iTermData = pWriter->data.nData, iDoclistData; - int i, nData, n, nActualData, nActual, rc, nTermDistinct; - - ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(pWriter->data.pData, pWriter->data.nData); - nTermDistinct = leafWriterEncodeTerm(pWriter, pTerm, nTerm); - - /* Remember nTermDistinct if opening a new node. */ - if( iTermData==0 ) pWriter->nTermDistinct = nTermDistinct; - - iDoclistData = pWriter->data.nData; - - /* Estimate the length of the merged doclist so we can leave space - ** to encode it. - */ - for(i=0, nData=0; idata, c, n); - - docListMerge(&pWriter->data, pReaders, nReaders); - ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(DL_DEFAULT, - pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData+n, - pWriter->data.nData-iDoclistData-n, NULL); - - /* The actual amount of doclist data at this point could be smaller - ** than the length we encoded. Additionally, the space required to - ** encode this length could be smaller. For small doclists, this is - ** not a big deal, we can just use memmove() to adjust things. - */ - nActualData = pWriter->data.nData-(iDoclistData+n); - nActual = fts3PutVarint(c, nActualData); - assert( nActualData<=nData ); - assert( nActual<=n ); - - /* If the new doclist is big enough for force a standalone leaf - ** node, we can immediately flush it inline without doing the - ** memmove(). - */ - /* TODO(shess) This test matches leafWriterStep(), which does this - ** test before it knows the cost to varint-encode the term and - ** doclist lengths. At some point, change to - ** pWriter->data.nData-iTermData>STANDALONE_MIN. - */ - if( nTerm+nActualData>STANDALONE_MIN ){ - /* Push leaf node from before this term. */ - if( iTermData>0 ){ - rc = leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, 0, iTermData); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - pWriter->nTermDistinct = nTermDistinct; - } - - /* Fix the encoded doclist length. */ - iDoclistData += n - nActual; - memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData, c, nActual); - - /* Push the standalone leaf node. */ - rc = leafWriterInlineFlush(v, pWriter, pTerm, nTerm, iDoclistData); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Leave the node empty. */ - dataBufferReset(&pWriter->data); - - return rc; - } - - /* At this point, we know that the doclist was small, so do the - ** memmove if indicated. - */ - if( nActualdata.pData+iDoclistData+nActual, - pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData+n, - pWriter->data.nData-(iDoclistData+n)); - pWriter->data.nData -= n-nActual; - } - - /* Replace written length with actual length. */ - memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData, c, nActual); - - /* If the node is too large, break things up. */ - /* TODO(shess) This test matches leafWriterStep(), which does this - ** test before it knows the cost to varint-encode the term and - ** doclist lengths. At some point, change to - ** pWriter->data.nData>LEAF_MAX. - */ - if( iTermData+nTerm+nActualData>LEAF_MAX ){ - /* Flush out the leading data as a node */ - rc = leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, 0, iTermData); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - pWriter->nTermDistinct = nTermDistinct; - - /* Rebuild header using the current term */ - n = fts3PutVarint(pWriter->data.pData, 0); - n += fts3PutVarint(pWriter->data.pData+n, nTerm); - memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+n, pTerm, nTerm); - n += nTerm; - - /* There should always be room, because the previous encoding - ** included all data necessary to construct the term. - */ - assert( ndata.nData-iDoclistDatadata.pData+n, - pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData, - pWriter->data.nData-iDoclistData); - pWriter->data.nData -= iDoclistData-n; - } - ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(pWriter->data.pData, pWriter->data.nData); - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* Push pTerm[nTerm] along with the doclist data to the leaf layer of -** %_segments. -*/ -/* TODO(shess) Revise writeZeroSegment() so that doclists are -** constructed directly in pWriter->data. -*/ -static int leafWriterStep(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter, - const char *pTerm, int nTerm, - const char *pData, int nData){ - int rc; - DLReader reader; - - dlrInit(&reader, DL_DEFAULT, pData, nData); - rc = leafWriterStepMerge(v, pWriter, pTerm, nTerm, &reader, 1); - dlrDestroy(&reader); - - return rc; -} - - -/****************************************************************/ -/* LeafReader is used to iterate over an individual leaf node. */ -typedef struct LeafReader { - DataBuffer term; /* copy of current term. */ - - const char *pData; /* data for current term. */ - int nData; -} LeafReader; - -static void leafReaderDestroy(LeafReader *pReader){ - dataBufferDestroy(&pReader->term); - SCRAMBLE(pReader); -} - -static int leafReaderAtEnd(LeafReader *pReader){ - return pReader->nData<=0; -} - -/* Access the current term. */ -static int leafReaderTermBytes(LeafReader *pReader){ - return pReader->term.nData; -} -static const char *leafReaderTerm(LeafReader *pReader){ - assert( pReader->term.nData>0 ); - return pReader->term.pData; -} - -/* Access the doclist data for the current term. */ -static int leafReaderDataBytes(LeafReader *pReader){ - int nData; - assert( pReader->term.nData>0 ); - fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nData); - return nData; -} -static const char *leafReaderData(LeafReader *pReader){ - int n, nData; - assert( pReader->term.nData>0 ); - n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nData); - return pReader->pData+n; -} - -static void leafReaderInit(const char *pData, int nData, - LeafReader *pReader){ - int nTerm, n; - - assert( nData>0 ); - assert( pData[0]=='\0' ); - - CLEAR(pReader); - - /* Read the first term, skipping the header byte. */ - n = fts3GetVarint32(pData+1, &nTerm); - dataBufferInit(&pReader->term, nTerm); - dataBufferReplace(&pReader->term, pData+1+n, nTerm); - - /* Position after the first term. */ - assert( 1+n+nTermpData = pData+1+n+nTerm; - pReader->nData = nData-1-n-nTerm; -} - -/* Step the reader forward to the next term. */ -static void leafReaderStep(LeafReader *pReader){ - int n, nData, nPrefix, nSuffix; - assert( !leafReaderAtEnd(pReader) ); - - /* Skip previous entry's data block. */ - n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nData); - assert( n+nData<=pReader->nData ); - pReader->pData += n+nData; - pReader->nData -= n+nData; - - if( !leafReaderAtEnd(pReader) ){ - /* Construct the new term using a prefix from the old term plus a - ** suffix from the leaf data. - */ - n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nPrefix); - n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &nSuffix); - assert( n+nSuffixnData ); - pReader->term.nData = nPrefix; - dataBufferAppend(&pReader->term, pReader->pData+n, nSuffix); - - pReader->pData += n+nSuffix; - pReader->nData -= n+nSuffix; - } -} - -/* strcmp-style comparison of pReader's current term against pTerm. -** If isPrefix, equality means equal through nTerm bytes. -*/ -static int leafReaderTermCmp(LeafReader *pReader, - const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix){ - int c, n = pReader->term.nDataterm.nData : nTerm; - if( n==0 ){ - if( pReader->term.nData>0 ) return -1; - if(nTerm>0 ) return 1; - return 0; - } - - c = memcmp(pReader->term.pData, pTerm, n); - if( c!=0 ) return c; - if( isPrefix && n==nTerm ) return 0; - return pReader->term.nData - nTerm; -} - - -/****************************************************************/ -/* LeavesReader wraps LeafReader to allow iterating over the entire -** leaf layer of the tree. -*/ -typedef struct LeavesReader { - int idx; /* Index within the segment. */ - - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement we're streaming leaves from. */ - int eof; /* we've seen SQLITE_DONE from pStmt. */ - - LeafReader leafReader; /* reader for the current leaf. */ - DataBuffer rootData; /* root data for inline. */ -} LeavesReader; - -/* Access the current term. */ -static int leavesReaderTermBytes(LeavesReader *pReader){ - assert( !pReader->eof ); - return leafReaderTermBytes(&pReader->leafReader); -} -static const char *leavesReaderTerm(LeavesReader *pReader){ - assert( !pReader->eof ); - return leafReaderTerm(&pReader->leafReader); -} - -/* Access the doclist data for the current term. */ -static int leavesReaderDataBytes(LeavesReader *pReader){ - assert( !pReader->eof ); - return leafReaderDataBytes(&pReader->leafReader); -} -static const char *leavesReaderData(LeavesReader *pReader){ - assert( !pReader->eof ); - return leafReaderData(&pReader->leafReader); -} - -static int leavesReaderAtEnd(LeavesReader *pReader){ - return pReader->eof; -} - -/* loadSegmentLeaves() may not read all the way to SQLITE_DONE, thus -** leaving the statement handle open, which locks the table. -*/ -/* TODO(shess) This "solution" is not satisfactory. Really, there -** should be check-in function for all statement handles which -** arranges to call sqlite3_reset(). This most likely will require -** modification to control flow all over the place, though, so for now -** just punt. -** -** Note the the current system assumes that segment merges will run to -** completion, which is why this particular probably hasn't arisen in -** this case. Probably a brittle assumption. -*/ -static int leavesReaderReset(LeavesReader *pReader){ - return sqlite3_reset(pReader->pStmt); -} - -static void leavesReaderDestroy(LeavesReader *pReader){ - /* If idx is -1, that means we're using a non-cached statement - ** handle in the optimize() case, so we need to release it. - */ - if( pReader->pStmt!=NULL && pReader->idx==-1 ){ - sqlite3_finalize(pReader->pStmt); - } - leafReaderDestroy(&pReader->leafReader); - dataBufferDestroy(&pReader->rootData); - SCRAMBLE(pReader); -} - -/* Initialize pReader with the given root data (if iStartBlockid==0 -** the leaf data was entirely contained in the root), or from the -** stream of blocks between iStartBlockid and iEndBlockid, inclusive. -*/ -static int leavesReaderInit(fulltext_vtab *v, - int idx, - sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid, - sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid, - const char *pRootData, int nRootData, - LeavesReader *pReader){ - CLEAR(pReader); - pReader->idx = idx; - - dataBufferInit(&pReader->rootData, 0); - if( iStartBlockid==0 ){ - /* Entire leaf level fit in root data. */ - dataBufferReplace(&pReader->rootData, pRootData, nRootData); - leafReaderInit(pReader->rootData.pData, pReader->rootData.nData, - &pReader->leafReader); - }else{ - sqlite3_stmt *s; - int rc = sql_get_leaf_statement(v, idx, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iStartBlockid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 2, iEndBlockid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_step(s); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - pReader->eof = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc; - - pReader->pStmt = s; - leafReaderInit(sqlite3_column_blob(pReader->pStmt, 0), - sqlite3_column_bytes(pReader->pStmt, 0), - &pReader->leafReader); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* Step the current leaf forward to the next term. If we reach the -** end of the current leaf, step forward to the next leaf block. -*/ -static int leavesReaderStep(fulltext_vtab *v, LeavesReader *pReader){ - assert( !leavesReaderAtEnd(pReader) ); - leafReaderStep(&pReader->leafReader); - - if( leafReaderAtEnd(&pReader->leafReader) ){ - int rc; - if( pReader->rootData.pData ){ - pReader->eof = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - rc = sqlite3_step(pReader->pStmt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ - pReader->eof = 1; - return rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc; - } - leafReaderDestroy(&pReader->leafReader); - leafReaderInit(sqlite3_column_blob(pReader->pStmt, 0), - sqlite3_column_bytes(pReader->pStmt, 0), - &pReader->leafReader); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* Order LeavesReaders by their term, ignoring idx. Readers at eof -** always sort to the end. -*/ -static int leavesReaderTermCmp(LeavesReader *lr1, LeavesReader *lr2){ - if( leavesReaderAtEnd(lr1) ){ - if( leavesReaderAtEnd(lr2) ) return 0; - return 1; - } - if( leavesReaderAtEnd(lr2) ) return -1; - - return leafReaderTermCmp(&lr1->leafReader, - leavesReaderTerm(lr2), leavesReaderTermBytes(lr2), - 0); -} - -/* Similar to leavesReaderTermCmp(), with additional ordering by idx -** so that older segments sort before newer segments. -*/ -static int leavesReaderCmp(LeavesReader *lr1, LeavesReader *lr2){ - int c = leavesReaderTermCmp(lr1, lr2); - if( c!=0 ) return c; - return lr1->idx-lr2->idx; -} - -/* Assume that pLr[1]..pLr[nLr] are sorted. Bubble pLr[0] into its -** sorted position. -*/ -static void leavesReaderReorder(LeavesReader *pLr, int nLr){ - while( nLr>1 && leavesReaderCmp(pLr, pLr+1)>0 ){ - LeavesReader tmp = pLr[0]; - pLr[0] = pLr[1]; - pLr[1] = tmp; - nLr--; - pLr++; - } -} - -/* Initializes pReaders with the segments from level iLevel, returning -** the number of segments in *piReaders. Leaves pReaders in sorted -** order. -*/ -static int leavesReadersInit(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, - LeavesReader *pReaders, int *piReaders){ - sqlite3_stmt *s; - int i, rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_LEVEL_STMT, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - i = 0; - while( (rc = sqlite3_step(s))==SQLITE_ROW ){ - sqlite_int64 iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0); - sqlite_int64 iEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1); - const char *pRootData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2); - int nRootData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2); - - assert( i0 ){ - leavesReaderDestroy(&pReaders[i]); - } - return rc; - } - - *piReaders = i; - - /* Leave our results sorted by term, then age. */ - while( i-- ){ - leavesReaderReorder(pReaders+i, *piReaders-i); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* Merge doclists from pReaders[nReaders] into a single doclist, which -** is written to pWriter. Assumes pReaders is ordered oldest to -** newest. -*/ -/* TODO(shess) Consider putting this inline in segmentMerge(). */ -static int leavesReadersMerge(fulltext_vtab *v, - LeavesReader *pReaders, int nReaders, - LeafWriter *pWriter){ - DLReader dlReaders[MERGE_COUNT]; - const char *pTerm = leavesReaderTerm(pReaders); - int i, nTerm = leavesReaderTermBytes(pReaders); - - assert( nReaders<=MERGE_COUNT ); - - for(i=0; i0 ){ - rc = leavesReaderStep(v, lrs+i); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err; - - /* Reorder by term, then by age. */ - leavesReaderReorder(lrs+i, MERGE_COUNT-i); - } - } - - for(i=0; i0 ); - - for(rc=SQLITE_OK; rc==SQLITE_OK && !leavesReaderAtEnd(pReader); - rc=leavesReaderStep(v, pReader)){ - /* TODO(shess) Really want leavesReaderTermCmp(), but that name is - ** already taken to compare the terms of two LeavesReaders. Think - ** on a better name. [Meanwhile, break encapsulation rather than - ** use a confusing name.] - */ - int c = leafReaderTermCmp(&pReader->leafReader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix); - if( c>0 ) break; /* Past any possible matches. */ - if( c==0 ){ - const char *pData = leavesReaderData(pReader); - int iBuffer, nData = leavesReaderDataBytes(pReader); - - /* Find the first empty buffer. */ - for(iBuffer=0; iBuffer0 ){ - assert(pBuffers!=NULL); - memcpy(p, pBuffers, nBuffers*sizeof(*pBuffers)); - sqlite3_free(pBuffers); - } - pBuffers = p; - } - dataBufferInit(&(pBuffers[nBuffers]), 0); - nBuffers++; - } - - /* At this point, must have an empty at iBuffer. */ - assert(iBufferpData, p->nData); - - /* dataBufferReset() could allow a large doclist to blow up - ** our memory requirements. - */ - if( p->nCapacity<1024 ){ - dataBufferReset(p); - }else{ - dataBufferDestroy(p); - dataBufferInit(p, 0); - } - } - } - } - } - - /* Union all the doclists together into *out. */ - /* TODO(shess) What if *out is big? Sigh. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nBuffers>0 ){ - int iBuffer; - for(iBuffer=0; iBuffer0 ){ - if( out->nData==0 ){ - dataBufferSwap(out, &(pBuffers[iBuffer])); - }else{ - docListAccumulateUnion(out, pBuffers[iBuffer].pData, - pBuffers[iBuffer].nData); - } - } - } - } - - while( nBuffers-- ){ - dataBufferDestroy(&(pBuffers[nBuffers])); - } - if( pBuffers!=NULL ) sqlite3_free(pBuffers); - - return rc; -} - -/* Call loadSegmentLeavesInt() with pData/nData as input. */ -static int loadSegmentLeaf(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData, - const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix, - DataBuffer *out){ - LeavesReader reader; - int rc; - - assert( nData>1 ); - assert( *pData=='\0' ); - rc = leavesReaderInit(v, 0, 0, 0, pData, nData, &reader); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = loadSegmentLeavesInt(v, &reader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out); - leavesReaderReset(&reader); - leavesReaderDestroy(&reader); - return rc; -} - -/* Call loadSegmentLeavesInt() with the leaf nodes from iStartLeaf to -** iEndLeaf (inclusive) as input, and merge the resulting doclist into -** out. -*/ -static int loadSegmentLeaves(fulltext_vtab *v, - sqlite_int64 iStartLeaf, sqlite_int64 iEndLeaf, - const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix, - DataBuffer *out){ - int rc; - LeavesReader reader; - - assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf ); - rc = leavesReaderInit(v, 0, iStartLeaf, iEndLeaf, NULL, 0, &reader); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = loadSegmentLeavesInt(v, &reader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out); - leavesReaderReset(&reader); - leavesReaderDestroy(&reader); - return rc; -} - -/* Taking pData/nData as an interior node, find the sequence of child -** nodes which could include pTerm/nTerm/isPrefix. Note that the -** interior node terms logically come between the blocks, so there is -** one more blockid than there are terms (that block contains terms >= -** the last interior-node term). -*/ -/* TODO(shess) The calling code may already know that the end child is -** not worth calculating, because the end may be in a later sibling -** node. Consider whether breaking symmetry is worthwhile. I suspect -** it is not worthwhile. -*/ -static void getChildrenContaining(const char *pData, int nData, - const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix, - sqlite_int64 *piStartChild, - sqlite_int64 *piEndChild){ - InteriorReader reader; - - assert( nData>1 ); - assert( *pData!='\0' ); - interiorReaderInit(pData, nData, &reader); - - /* Scan for the first child which could contain pTerm/nTerm. */ - while( !interiorReaderAtEnd(&reader) ){ - if( interiorReaderTermCmp(&reader, pTerm, nTerm, 0)>0 ) break; - interiorReaderStep(&reader); - } - *piStartChild = interiorReaderCurrentBlockid(&reader); - - /* Keep scanning to find a term greater than our term, using prefix - ** comparison if indicated. If isPrefix is false, this will be the - ** same blockid as the starting block. - */ - while( !interiorReaderAtEnd(&reader) ){ - if( interiorReaderTermCmp(&reader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix)>0 ) break; - interiorReaderStep(&reader); - } - *piEndChild = interiorReaderCurrentBlockid(&reader); - - interiorReaderDestroy(&reader); - - /* Children must ascend, and if !prefix, both must be the same. */ - assert( *piEndChild>=*piStartChild ); - assert( isPrefix || *piStartChild==*piEndChild ); -} - -/* Read block at iBlockid and pass it with other params to -** getChildrenContaining(). -*/ -static int loadAndGetChildrenContaining( - fulltext_vtab *v, - sqlite_int64 iBlockid, - const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix, - sqlite_int64 *piStartChild, sqlite_int64 *piEndChild -){ - sqlite3_stmt *s = NULL; - int rc; - - assert( iBlockid!=0 ); - assert( pTerm!=NULL ); - assert( nTerm!=0 ); /* TODO(shess) Why not allow this? */ - assert( piStartChild!=NULL ); - assert( piEndChild!=NULL ); - - rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_SELECT_STMT, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iBlockid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = sqlite3_step(s); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_ERROR; - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc; - - getChildrenContaining(sqlite3_column_blob(s, 0), sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 0), - pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, piStartChild, piEndChild); - - /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step() - * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain - * locked. */ - rc = sqlite3_step(s); - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR; - if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc; - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* Traverse the tree represented by pData[nData] looking for -** pTerm[nTerm], placing its doclist into *out. This is internal to -** loadSegment() to make error-handling cleaner. -*/ -static int loadSegmentInt(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData, - sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd, - const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix, - DataBuffer *out){ - /* Special case where root is a leaf. */ - if( *pData=='\0' ){ - return loadSegmentLeaf(v, pData, nData, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out); - }else{ - int rc; - sqlite_int64 iStartChild, iEndChild; - - /* Process pData as an interior node, then loop down the tree - ** until we find the set of leaf nodes to scan for the term. - */ - getChildrenContaining(pData, nData, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, - &iStartChild, &iEndChild); - while( iStartChild>iLeavesEnd ){ - sqlite_int64 iNextStart, iNextEnd; - rc = loadAndGetChildrenContaining(v, iStartChild, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, - &iNextStart, &iNextEnd); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* If we've branched, follow the end branch, too. */ - if( iStartChild!=iEndChild ){ - sqlite_int64 iDummy; - rc = loadAndGetChildrenContaining(v, iEndChild, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, - &iDummy, &iNextEnd); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - - assert( iNextStart<=iNextEnd ); - iStartChild = iNextStart; - iEndChild = iNextEnd; - } - assert( iStartChild<=iLeavesEnd ); - assert( iEndChild<=iLeavesEnd ); - - /* Scan through the leaf segments for doclists. */ - return loadSegmentLeaves(v, iStartChild, iEndChild, - pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out); - } -} - -/* Call loadSegmentInt() to collect the doclist for pTerm/nTerm, then -** merge its doclist over *out (any duplicate doclists read from the -** segment rooted at pData will overwrite those in *out). -*/ -/* TODO(shess) Consider changing this to determine the depth of the -** leaves using either the first characters of interior nodes (when -** ==1, we're one level above the leaves), or the first character of -** the root (which will describe the height of the tree directly). -** Either feels somewhat tricky to me. -*/ -/* TODO(shess) The current merge is likely to be slow for large -** doclists (though it should process from newest/smallest to -** oldest/largest, so it may not be that bad). It might be useful to -** modify things to allow for N-way merging. This could either be -** within a segment, with pairwise merges across segments, or across -** all segments at once. -*/ -static int loadSegment(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData, - sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd, - const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix, - DataBuffer *out){ - DataBuffer result; - int rc; - - assert( nData>1 ); - - /* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */ - assert( v->nPendingData<0 ); - - dataBufferInit(&result, 0); - rc = loadSegmentInt(v, pData, nData, iLeavesEnd, - pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &result); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && result.nData>0 ){ - if( out->nData==0 ){ - DataBuffer tmp = *out; - *out = result; - result = tmp; - }else{ - DataBuffer merged; - DLReader readers[2]; - - dlrInit(&readers[0], DL_DEFAULT, out->pData, out->nData); - dlrInit(&readers[1], DL_DEFAULT, result.pData, result.nData); - dataBufferInit(&merged, out->nData+result.nData); - docListMerge(&merged, readers, 2); - dataBufferDestroy(out); - *out = merged; - dlrDestroy(&readers[0]); - dlrDestroy(&readers[1]); - } - } - dataBufferDestroy(&result); - return rc; -} - -/* Scan the database and merge together the posting lists for the term -** into *out. -*/ -static int termSelect( - fulltext_vtab *v, - int iColumn, - const char *pTerm, int nTerm, /* Term to query for */ - int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ - DocListType iType, - DataBuffer *out /* Write results here */ -){ - DataBuffer doclist; - sqlite3_stmt *s; - int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */ - assert( v->nPendingData<0 ); - - dataBufferInit(&doclist, 0); - dataBufferInit(out, 0); - - /* Traverse the segments from oldest to newest so that newer doclist - ** elements for given docids overwrite older elements. - */ - while( (rc = sqlite3_step(s))==SQLITE_ROW ){ - const char *pData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2); - const int nData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2); - const sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1); - rc = loadSegment(v, pData, nData, iLeavesEnd, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, - &doclist); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - if( doclist.nData!=0 ){ - /* TODO(shess) The old term_select_all() code applied the column - ** restrict as we merged segments, leading to smaller buffers. - ** This is probably worthwhile to bring back, once the new storage - ** system is checked in. - */ - if( iColumn==v->nColumn) iColumn = -1; - docListTrim(DL_DEFAULT, doclist.pData, doclist.nData, - iColumn, iType, out); - } - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - - err: - dataBufferDestroy(&doclist); - return rc; -} - -/****************************************************************/ -/* Used to hold hashtable data for sorting. */ -typedef struct TermData { - const char *pTerm; - int nTerm; - DLCollector *pCollector; -} TermData; - -/* Orders TermData elements in strcmp fashion ( <0 for less-than, 0 -** for equal, >0 for greater-than). -*/ -static int termDataCmp(const void *av, const void *bv){ - const TermData *a = (const TermData *)av; - const TermData *b = (const TermData *)bv; - int n = a->nTermnTerm ? a->nTerm : b->nTerm; - int c = memcmp(a->pTerm, b->pTerm, n); - if( c!=0 ) return c; - return a->nTerm-b->nTerm; -} - -/* Order pTerms data by term, then write a new level 0 segment using -** LeafWriter. -*/ -static int writeZeroSegment(fulltext_vtab *v, fts3Hash *pTerms){ - fts3HashElem *e; - int idx, rc, i, n; - TermData *pData; - LeafWriter writer; - DataBuffer dl; - - /* Determine the next index at level 0, merging as necessary. */ - rc = segdirNextIndex(v, 0, &idx); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - n = fts3HashCount(pTerms); - pData = sqlite3_malloc(n*sizeof(TermData)); - - for(i = 0, e = fts3HashFirst(pTerms); e; i++, e = fts3HashNext(e)){ - assert( i1 ) qsort(pData, n, sizeof(*pData), termDataCmp); - - /* TODO(shess) Refactor so that we can write directly to the segment - ** DataBuffer, as happens for segment merges. - */ - leafWriterInit(0, idx, &writer); - dataBufferInit(&dl, 0); - for(i=0; inPendingData>=0 ){ - fts3HashElem *e; - for(e=fts3HashFirst(&v->pendingTerms); e; e=fts3HashNext(e)){ - dlcDelete(fts3HashData(e)); - } - fts3HashClear(&v->pendingTerms); - v->nPendingData = -1; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* If pendingTerms has data, flush it to a level-zero segment, and -** free it. -*/ -static int flushPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v){ - if( v->nPendingData>=0 ){ - int rc = writeZeroSegment(v, &v->pendingTerms); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) clearPendingTerms(v); - return rc; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* If pendingTerms is "too big", or docid is out of order, flush it. -** Regardless, be certain that pendingTerms is initialized for use. -*/ -static int initPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid){ - /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on - ** forced-flush would provide better performance. I suspect that if - ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the - ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms - ** generate longer doclists. - */ - if( iDocid<=v->iPrevDocid || v->nPendingData>kPendingThreshold ){ - int rc = flushPendingTerms(v); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - if( v->nPendingData<0 ){ - fts3HashInit(&v->pendingTerms, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); - v->nPendingData = 0; - } - v->iPrevDocid = iDocid; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* This function implements the xUpdate callback; it is the top-level entry - * point for inserting, deleting or updating a row in a full-text table. */ -static int fulltextUpdate(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, sqlite3_value **ppArg, - sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ - fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *) pVtab; - int rc; - - FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Update %p\n", pVtab)); - - if( nArg<2 ){ - rc = index_delete(v, sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[0])); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If we just deleted the last row in the table, clear out the - ** index data. - */ - rc = content_exists(v); - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - /* Clear the pending terms so we don't flush a useless level-0 - ** segment when the transaction closes. - */ - rc = clearPendingTerms(v); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = segdir_delete_all(v); - } - } - } - } else if( sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[0]) != SQLITE_NULL ){ - /* An update: - * ppArg[0] = old rowid - * ppArg[1] = new rowid - * ppArg[2..2+v->nColumn-1] = values - * ppArg[2+v->nColumn] = value for magic column (we ignore this) - * ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1] = value for docid - */ - sqlite_int64 rowid = sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[0]); - if( sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[1]) != SQLITE_INTEGER || - sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[1]) != rowid ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* we don't allow changing the rowid */ - }else if( sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1]) != SQLITE_INTEGER || - sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1]) != rowid ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* we don't allow changing the docid */ - }else{ - assert( nArg==2+v->nColumn+2); - rc = index_update(v, rowid, &ppArg[2]); - } - } else { - /* An insert: - * ppArg[1] = requested rowid - * ppArg[2..2+v->nColumn-1] = values - * ppArg[2+v->nColumn] = value for magic column (we ignore this) - * ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1] = value for docid - */ - sqlite3_value *pRequestDocid = ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1]; - assert( nArg==2+v->nColumn+2); - if( SQLITE_NULL != sqlite3_value_type(pRequestDocid) && - SQLITE_NULL != sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[1]) ){ - /* TODO(shess) Consider allowing this to work if the values are - ** identical. I'm inclined to discourage that usage, though, - ** given that both rowid and docid are special columns. Better - ** would be to define one or the other as the default winner, - ** but should it be fts3-centric (docid) or SQLite-centric - ** (rowid)? - */ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - if( SQLITE_NULL == sqlite3_value_type(pRequestDocid) ){ - pRequestDocid = ppArg[1]; - } - rc = index_insert(v, pRequestDocid, &ppArg[2], pRowid); - } - } - - return rc; -} - -static int fulltextSync(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xSync()\n")); - return flushPendingTerms((fulltext_vtab *)pVtab); -} - -static int fulltextBegin(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *) pVtab; - FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xBegin()\n")); - - /* Any buffered updates should have been cleared by the previous - ** transaction. - */ - assert( v->nPendingData<0 ); - return clearPendingTerms(v); -} - -static int fulltextCommit(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *) pVtab; - FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xCommit()\n")); - - /* Buffered updates should have been cleared by fulltextSync(). */ - assert( v->nPendingData<0 ); - return clearPendingTerms(v); -} - -static int fulltextRollback(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xRollback()\n")); - return clearPendingTerms((fulltext_vtab *)pVtab); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3 -*/ -static void snippetFunc( - sqlite3_context *pContext, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - fulltext_cursor *pCursor; - if( argc<1 ) return; - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB || - sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){ - sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "illegal first argument to html_snippet",-1); - }else{ - const char *zStart = ""; - const char *zEnd = ""; - const char *zEllipsis = "..."; - memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor)); - if( argc>=2 ){ - zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - if( argc>=3 ){ - zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); - if( argc>=4 ){ - zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[3]); - } - } - } - snippetAllOffsets(pCursor); - snippetText(pCursor, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis); - sqlite3_result_text(pContext, pCursor->snippet.zSnippet, - pCursor->snippet.nSnippet, SQLITE_STATIC); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3 -*/ -static void snippetOffsetsFunc( - sqlite3_context *pContext, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - fulltext_cursor *pCursor; - if( argc<1 ) return; - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB || - sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){ - sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "illegal first argument to offsets",-1); - }else{ - memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor)); - snippetAllOffsets(pCursor); - snippetOffsetText(&pCursor->snippet); - sqlite3_result_text(pContext, - pCursor->snippet.zOffset, pCursor->snippet.nOffset, - SQLITE_STATIC); - } -} - -/* OptLeavesReader is nearly identical to LeavesReader, except that -** where LeavesReader is geared towards the merging of complete -** segment levels (with exactly MERGE_COUNT segments), OptLeavesReader -** is geared towards implementation of the optimize() function, and -** can merge all segments simultaneously. This version may be -** somewhat less efficient than LeavesReader because it merges into an -** accumulator rather than doing an N-way merge, but since segment -** size grows exponentially (so segment count logrithmically) this is -** probably not an immediate problem. -*/ -/* TODO(shess): Prove that assertion, or extend the merge code to -** merge tree fashion (like the prefix-searching code does). -*/ -/* TODO(shess): OptLeavesReader and LeavesReader could probably be -** merged with little or no loss of performance for LeavesReader. The -** merged code would need to handle >MERGE_COUNT segments, and would -** also need to be able to optionally optimize away deletes. -*/ -typedef struct OptLeavesReader { - /* Segment number, to order readers by age. */ - int segment; - LeavesReader reader; -} OptLeavesReader; - -static int optLeavesReaderAtEnd(OptLeavesReader *pReader){ - return leavesReaderAtEnd(&pReader->reader); -} -static int optLeavesReaderTermBytes(OptLeavesReader *pReader){ - return leavesReaderTermBytes(&pReader->reader); -} -static const char *optLeavesReaderData(OptLeavesReader *pReader){ - return leavesReaderData(&pReader->reader); -} -static int optLeavesReaderDataBytes(OptLeavesReader *pReader){ - return leavesReaderDataBytes(&pReader->reader); -} -static const char *optLeavesReaderTerm(OptLeavesReader *pReader){ - return leavesReaderTerm(&pReader->reader); -} -static int optLeavesReaderStep(fulltext_vtab *v, OptLeavesReader *pReader){ - return leavesReaderStep(v, &pReader->reader); -} -static int optLeavesReaderTermCmp(OptLeavesReader *lr1, OptLeavesReader *lr2){ - return leavesReaderTermCmp(&lr1->reader, &lr2->reader); -} -/* Order by term ascending, segment ascending (oldest to newest), with -** exhausted readers to the end. -*/ -static int optLeavesReaderCmp(OptLeavesReader *lr1, OptLeavesReader *lr2){ - int c = optLeavesReaderTermCmp(lr1, lr2); - if( c!=0 ) return c; - return lr1->segment-lr2->segment; -} -/* Bubble pLr[0] to appropriate place in pLr[1..nLr-1]. Assumes that -** pLr[1..nLr-1] is already sorted. -*/ -static void optLeavesReaderReorder(OptLeavesReader *pLr, int nLr){ - while( nLr>1 && optLeavesReaderCmp(pLr, pLr+1)>0 ){ - OptLeavesReader tmp = pLr[0]; - pLr[0] = pLr[1]; - pLr[1] = tmp; - nLr--; - pLr++; - } -} - -/* optimize() helper function. Put the readers in order and iterate -** through them, merging doclists for matching terms into pWriter. -** Returns SQLITE_OK on success, or the SQLite error code which -** prevented success. -*/ -static int optimizeInternal(fulltext_vtab *v, - OptLeavesReader *readers, int nReaders, - LeafWriter *pWriter){ - int i, rc = SQLITE_OK; - DataBuffer doclist, merged, tmp; - - /* Order the readers. */ - i = nReaders; - while( i-- > 0 ){ - optLeavesReaderReorder(&readers[i], nReaders-i); - } - - dataBufferInit(&doclist, LEAF_MAX); - dataBufferInit(&merged, LEAF_MAX); - - /* Exhausted readers bubble to the end, so when the first reader is - ** at eof, all are at eof. - */ - while( !optLeavesReaderAtEnd(&readers[0]) ){ - - /* Figure out how many readers share the next term. */ - for(i=1; i 0 ){ - dlrDestroy(&dlReaders[nReaders]); - } - - /* Accumulated doclist to reader 0 for next pass. */ - dlrInit(&dlReaders[0], DL_DEFAULT, doclist.pData, doclist.nData); - } - - /* Destroy reader that was left in the pipeline. */ - dlrDestroy(&dlReaders[0]); - - /* Trim deletions from the doclist. */ - dataBufferReset(&merged); - docListTrim(DL_DEFAULT, doclist.pData, doclist.nData, - -1, DL_DEFAULT, &merged); - } - - /* Only pass doclists with hits (skip if all hits deleted). */ - if( merged.nData>0 ){ - rc = leafWriterStep(v, pWriter, - optLeavesReaderTerm(&readers[0]), - optLeavesReaderTermBytes(&readers[0]), - merged.pData, merged.nData); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err; - } - - /* Step merged readers to next term and reorder. */ - while( i-- > 0 ){ - rc = optLeavesReaderStep(v, &readers[i]); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err; - - optLeavesReaderReorder(&readers[i], nReaders-i); - } - } - - err: - dataBufferDestroy(&doclist); - dataBufferDestroy(&merged); - return rc; -} - -/* Implement optimize() function for FTS3. optimize(t) merges all -** segments in the fts index into a single segment. 't' is the magic -** table-named column. -*/ -static void optimizeFunc(sqlite3_context *pContext, - int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - fulltext_cursor *pCursor; - if( argc>1 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "excess arguments to optimize()",-1); - }else if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB || - sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){ - sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "illegal first argument to optimize",-1); - }else{ - fulltext_vtab *v; - int i, rc, iMaxLevel; - OptLeavesReader *readers; - int nReaders; - LeafWriter writer; - sqlite3_stmt *s; - - memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor)); - v = cursor_vtab(pCursor); - - /* Flush any buffered updates before optimizing. */ - rc = flushPendingTerms(v); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err; - - rc = segdir_count(v, &nReaders, &iMaxLevel); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err; - if( nReaders==0 || nReaders==1 ){ - sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1, - SQLITE_STATIC); - return; - } - - rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT, &s); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err; - - readers = sqlite3_malloc(nReaders*sizeof(readers[0])); - if( readers==NULL ) goto err; - - /* Note that there will already be a segment at this position - ** until we call segdir_delete() on iMaxLevel. - */ - leafWriterInit(iMaxLevel, 0, &writer); - - i = 0; - while( (rc = sqlite3_step(s))==SQLITE_ROW ){ - sqlite_int64 iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0); - sqlite_int64 iEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1); - const char *pRootData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2); - int nRootData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2); - - assert( i 0 ){ - leavesReaderDestroy(&readers[i].reader); - } - sqlite3_free(readers); - - /* If we've successfully gotten to here, delete the old segments - ** and flush the interior structure of the new segment. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - for( i=0; i<=iMaxLevel; i++ ){ - rc = segdir_delete(v, i); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = leafWriterFinalize(v, &writer); - } - - leafWriterDestroy(&writer); - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err; - - sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); - return; - - /* TODO(shess): Error-handling needs to be improved along the - ** lines of the dump_ functions. - */ - err: - { - char buf[512]; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "Error in optimize: %s", - sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3_context_db_handle(pContext))); - sqlite3_result_error(pContext, buf, -1); - } - } -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* Generate an error of the form ": ". If msg is NULL, -** pull the error from the context's db handle. -*/ -static void generateError(sqlite3_context *pContext, - const char *prefix, const char *msg){ - char buf[512]; - if( msg==NULL ) msg = sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3_context_db_handle(pContext)); - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "%s: %s", prefix, msg); - sqlite3_result_error(pContext, buf, -1); -} - -/* Helper function to collect the set of terms in the segment into -** pTerms. The segment is defined by the leaf nodes between -** iStartBlockid and iEndBlockid, inclusive, or by the contents of -** pRootData if iStartBlockid is 0 (in which case the entire segment -** fit in a leaf). -*/ -static int collectSegmentTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_stmt *s, - fts3Hash *pTerms){ - const sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0); - const sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1); - const char *pRootData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2); - const int nRootData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2); - LeavesReader reader; - int rc = leavesReaderInit(v, 0, iStartBlockid, iEndBlockid, - pRootData, nRootData, &reader); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !leavesReaderAtEnd(&reader) ){ - const char *pTerm = leavesReaderTerm(&reader); - const int nTerm = leavesReaderTermBytes(&reader); - void *oldValue = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pTerms, pTerm, nTerm); - void *newValue = (void *)((char *)oldValue+1); - - /* From the comment before sqlite3Fts3HashInsert in fts3_hash.c, - ** the data value passed is returned in case of malloc failure. - */ - if( newValue==sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pTerms, pTerm, nTerm, newValue) ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = leavesReaderStep(v, &reader); - } - } - - leavesReaderDestroy(&reader); - return rc; -} - -/* Helper function to build the result string for dump_terms(). */ -static int generateTermsResult(sqlite3_context *pContext, fts3Hash *pTerms){ - int iTerm, nTerms, nResultBytes, iByte; - char *result; - TermData *pData; - fts3HashElem *e; - - /* Iterate pTerms to generate an array of terms in pData for - ** sorting. - */ - nTerms = fts3HashCount(pTerms); - assert( nTerms>0 ); - pData = sqlite3_malloc(nTerms*sizeof(TermData)); - if( pData==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - - nResultBytes = 0; - for(iTerm = 0, e = fts3HashFirst(pTerms); e; iTerm++, e = fts3HashNext(e)){ - nResultBytes += fts3HashKeysize(e)+1; /* Term plus trailing space */ - assert( iTerm0 ); /* nTerms>0, nResultsBytes must be, too. */ - result = sqlite3_malloc(nResultBytes); - if( result==NULL ){ - sqlite3_free(pData); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - if( nTerms>1 ) qsort(pData, nTerms, sizeof(*pData), termDataCmp); - - /* Read the terms in order to build the result. */ - iByte = 0; - for(iTerm=0; iTerm0 ){ - rc = generateTermsResult(pContext, &terms); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", "out of memory"); - }else{ - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - } - }else if( argc==3 ){ - /* The specific segment asked for could not be found. */ - generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", "segment not found"); - }else{ - /* No segments found. */ - /* TODO(shess): It should be impossible to reach this. This - ** case can only happen for an empty table, in which case - ** SQLite has no rows to call this function on. - */ - sqlite3_result_null(pContext); - } - } - sqlite3Fts3HashClear(&terms); - } -} - -/* Expand the DL_DEFAULT doclist in pData into a text result in -** pContext. -*/ -static void createDoclistResult(sqlite3_context *pContext, - const char *pData, int nData){ - DataBuffer dump; - DLReader dlReader; - - assert( pData!=NULL && nData>0 ); - - dataBufferInit(&dump, 0); - dlrInit(&dlReader, DL_DEFAULT, pData, nData); - for( ; !dlrAtEnd(&dlReader); dlrStep(&dlReader) ){ - char buf[256]; - PLReader plReader; - - plrInit(&plReader, &dlReader); - if( DL_DEFAULT==DL_DOCIDS || plrAtEnd(&plReader) ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "[%lld] ", dlrDocid(&dlReader)); - dataBufferAppend(&dump, buf, strlen(buf)); - }else{ - int iColumn = plrColumn(&plReader); - - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "[%lld %d[", - dlrDocid(&dlReader), iColumn); - dataBufferAppend(&dump, buf, strlen(buf)); - - for( ; !plrAtEnd(&plReader); plrStep(&plReader) ){ - if( plrColumn(&plReader)!=iColumn ){ - iColumn = plrColumn(&plReader); - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "] %d[", iColumn); - assert( dump.nData>0 ); - dump.nData--; /* Overwrite trailing space. */ - assert( dump.pData[dump.nData]==' '); - dataBufferAppend(&dump, buf, strlen(buf)); - } - if( DL_DEFAULT==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "%d,%d,%d ", - plrPosition(&plReader), - plrStartOffset(&plReader), plrEndOffset(&plReader)); - }else if( DL_DEFAULT==DL_POSITIONS ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "%d ", plrPosition(&plReader)); - }else{ - assert( NULL=="Unhandled DL_DEFAULT value"); - } - dataBufferAppend(&dump, buf, strlen(buf)); - } - plrDestroy(&plReader); - - assert( dump.nData>0 ); - dump.nData--; /* Overwrite trailing space. */ - assert( dump.pData[dump.nData]==' '); - dataBufferAppend(&dump, "]] ", 3); - } - } - dlrDestroy(&dlReader); - - assert( dump.nData>0 ); - dump.nData--; /* Overwrite trailing space. */ - assert( dump.pData[dump.nData]==' '); - dump.pData[dump.nData] = '\0'; - assert( dump.nData>0 ); - - /* Passes ownership of dump's buffer to pContext. */ - sqlite3_result_text(pContext, dump.pData, dump.nData, sqlite3_free); - dump.pData = NULL; - dump.nData = dump.nCapacity = 0; -} - -/* Implements dump_doclist() for use in inspecting the fts3 index from -** tests. TEXT result containing a string representation of the -** doclist for the indicated term. dump_doclist(t, term, level, idx) -** dumps the doclist for term from the segment specified by level, idx -** (in %_segdir), while dump_doclist(t, term) dumps the logical -** doclist for the term across all segments. The per-segment doclist -** can contain deletions, while the full-index doclist will not -** (deletions are omitted). -** -** Result formats differ with the setting of DL_DEFAULTS. Examples: -** -** DL_DOCIDS: [1] [3] [7] -** DL_POSITIONS: [1 0[0 4] 1[17]] [3 1[5]] -** DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS: [1 0[0,0,3 4,23,26] 1[17,102,105]] [3 1[5,20,23]] -** -** In each case the number after the outer '[' is the docid. In the -** latter two cases, the number before the inner '[' is the column -** associated with the values within. For DL_POSITIONS the numbers -** within are the positions, for DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS they are the -** position, the start offset, and the end offset. -*/ -static void dumpDoclistFunc( - sqlite3_context *pContext, - int argc, sqlite3_value **argv -){ - fulltext_cursor *pCursor; - if( argc!=2 && argc!=4 ){ - generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "incorrect arguments"); - }else if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB || - sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){ - generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "illegal first argument"); - }else if( sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])==NULL || - sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])[0]=='\0' ){ - generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "empty second argument"); - }else{ - const char *pTerm = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - const int nTerm = strlen(pTerm); - fulltext_vtab *v; - int rc; - DataBuffer doclist; - - memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor)); - v = cursor_vtab(pCursor); - - dataBufferInit(&doclist, 0); - - /* termSelect() yields the same logical doclist that queries are - ** run against. - */ - if( argc==2 ){ - rc = termSelect(v, v->nColumn, pTerm, nTerm, 0, DL_DEFAULT, &doclist); - }else{ - sqlite3_stmt *s = NULL; - - /* Get our specific segment's information. */ - rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_SEGMENT_STMT, &s); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, sqlite3_value_int(argv[2])); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 2, sqlite3_value_int(argv[3])); - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3_step(s); - - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - dataBufferDestroy(&doclist); - generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "segment not found"); - return; - } - - /* Found a segment, load it into doclist. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ - const sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1); - const char *pData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2); - const int nData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2); - - /* loadSegment() is used by termSelect() to load each - ** segment's data. - */ - rc = loadSegment(v, pData, nData, iLeavesEnd, pTerm, nTerm, 0, - &doclist); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3_step(s); - - /* Should not have more than one matching segment. */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ - sqlite3_reset(s); - dataBufferDestroy(&doclist); - generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "invalid segdir"); - return; - } - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - } - - sqlite3_reset(s); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( doclist.nData>0 ){ - createDoclistResult(pContext, doclist.pData, doclist.nData); - }else{ - /* TODO(shess): This can happen if the term is not present, or - ** if all instances of the term have been deleted and this is - ** an all-index dump. It may be interesting to distinguish - ** these cases. - */ - sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); - } - }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - /* Handle out-of-memory cases specially because if they are - ** generated in fts3 code they may not be reflected in the db - ** handle. - */ - /* TODO(shess): Handle this more comprehensively. - ** sqlite3ErrStr() has what I need, but is internal. - */ - generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "out of memory"); - }else{ - generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", NULL); - } - - dataBufferDestroy(&doclist); - } -} -#endif - -/* -** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3 -** virtual table. -*/ -static int fulltextFindFunction( - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, - int nArg, - const char *zName, - void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void **ppArg -){ - if( strcmp(zName,"snippet")==0 ){ - *pxFunc = snippetFunc; - return 1; - }else if( strcmp(zName,"offsets")==0 ){ - *pxFunc = snippetOffsetsFunc; - return 1; - }else if( strcmp(zName,"optimize")==0 ){ - *pxFunc = optimizeFunc; - return 1; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - /* NOTE(shess): These functions are present only for testing - ** purposes. No particular effort is made to optimize their - ** execution or how they build their results. - */ - }else if( strcmp(zName,"dump_terms")==0 ){ - /* fprintf(stderr, "Found dump_terms\n"); */ - *pxFunc = dumpTermsFunc; - return 1; - }else if( strcmp(zName,"dump_doclist")==0 ){ - /* fprintf(stderr, "Found dump_doclist\n"); */ - *pxFunc = dumpDoclistFunc; - return 1; -#endif - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Rename an fts3 table. -*/ -static int fulltextRename( - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, - const char *zName -){ - fulltext_vtab *p = (fulltext_vtab *)pVtab; - int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content' RENAME TO '%q_content';" - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';" - "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir' RENAME TO '%q_segdir';" - , p->zDb, p->zName, zName - , p->zDb, p->zName, zName - , p->zDb, p->zName, zName - ); - if( zSql ){ - rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - } - return rc; -} - -static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = { - /* iVersion */ 0, - /* xCreate */ fulltextCreate, - /* xConnect */ fulltextConnect, - /* xBestIndex */ fulltextBestIndex, - /* xDisconnect */ fulltextDisconnect, - /* xDestroy */ fulltextDestroy, - /* xOpen */ fulltextOpen, - /* xClose */ fulltextClose, - /* xFilter */ fulltextFilter, - /* xNext */ fulltextNext, - /* xEof */ fulltextEof, - /* xColumn */ fulltextColumn, - /* xRowid */ fulltextRowid, - /* xUpdate */ fulltextUpdate, - /* xBegin */ fulltextBegin, - /* xSync */ fulltextSync, - /* xCommit */ fulltextCommit, - /* xRollback */ fulltextRollback, - /* xFindFunction */ fulltextFindFunction, - /* xRename */ fulltextRename, -}; - -static void hashDestroy(void *p){ - fts3Hash *pHash = (fts3Hash *)p; - sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); - sqlite3_free(pHash); -} - -/* -** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple" and "porter" - are implemented -** in files fts3_tokenizer1.c and fts3_porter.c respectively. The following -** two forward declarations are for functions declared in these files -** used to retrieve the respective implementations. -** -** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed -** to by the argument to point a the "simple" tokenizer implementation. -** Function ...PorterTokenizerModule() sets *pModule to point to the -** porter tokenizer/stemmer implementation. -*/ -void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); -void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); -void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); - -int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, fts3Hash *, const char *); - -/* -** Initialise the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part -** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by -** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this -** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point. -*/ -int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - fts3Hash *pHash = 0; - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0; - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0; - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0; - - sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple); - sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU - sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu); -#endif - - /* Allocate and initialise the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */ - pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(fts3Hash)); - if( !pHash ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); - } - - /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple) - || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) - || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu)) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db); -#endif - - /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload - ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the - ** module with sqlite. - */ - if( SQLITE_OK==rc - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer")) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", -1)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", -1)) -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "dump_terms", -1)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "dump_doclist", -1)) -#endif - ){ - return sqlite3_create_module_v2( - db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy - ); - } - - /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */ - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - if( pHash ){ - sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); - sqlite3_free(pHash); - } - return rc; -} - -#if !SQLITE_CORE -int sqlite3_extension_init( - sqlite3 *db, - char **pzErrMsg, - const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi -){ - SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) - return sqlite3Fts3Init(db); -} -#endif - -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ diff --git a/fts3.h b/fts3.h deleted file mode 100644 index c1aa8ca..0000000 --- a/fts3.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2006 Oct 10 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the -** FTS3 library. All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface. -*/ -#include "sqlite3.h" - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db); - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} /* extern "C" */ -#endif /* __cplusplus */ diff --git a/fts3_expr.c b/fts3_expr.c deleted file mode 100644 index ae11e2d..0000000 --- a/fts3_expr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,894 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2008 Nov 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings -** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported -** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is -** hand-coded. The public interface to this module is declared in source -** code file "fts3_expr.h". -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - -/* -** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been -** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS -** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between -** the new and the old syntaxes are: -** -** a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not. -** -** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not. -** -** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not -** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator). -** -** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence -** than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit -** AND operators have a higher precedence than OR. -** -** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the -** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable -** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to -** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can -** be tested using a single build of testfixture. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0; -#else -# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS -# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1 -# else -# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* -** Default span for NEAR operators. -*/ -#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10 - -#include "fts3_expr.h" -#include "sqlite3.h" -#include -#include -#include - -typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext; -struct ParseContext { - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer module */ - const char **azCol; /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ - int nCol; /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ - int iDefaultCol; /* Default column to query */ - sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Write error message here */ - int nNest; /* Number of nested brackets */ -}; - -/* -** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. -** -** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it -** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behaviour when passed -** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type -** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper -** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for -** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e. -** negative values). -*/ -static int fts3isspace(char c){ - return (c&0x80)==0 ? isspace(c) : 0; -} - -/* -** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer -** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr -** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this -** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is -** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the -** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated -** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free(). -** -** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation -** fails. -*/ -static int getNextToken( - ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ - int iCol, /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */ - const char *z, int n, /* Input string */ - Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */ - int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ -){ - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer; - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; - int rc; - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor; - Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; - int nConsumed = 0; - - rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCursor); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - const char *zToken; - int nToken, iStart, iEnd, iPosition; - int nByte; /* total space to allocate */ - - pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; - rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken; - pRet = (Fts3Expr *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); - if( !pRet ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - memset(pRet, 0, nByte); - pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; - pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1]; - pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1; - pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol; - pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken; - pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1]; - memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken); - - if( iEndpPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1; - iEnd++; - } - if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' ){ - pRet->pPhrase->isNot = 1; - } - } - nConsumed = iEnd; - } - - pModule->xClose(pCursor); - } - - *pnConsumed = nConsumed; - *ppExpr = pRet; - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Enlarge a memory allocation. If an out-of-memory allocation occurs, -** then free the old allocation. -*/ -void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){ - void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew); - if( !pRet ){ - sqlite3_free(pOrig); - } - return pRet; -} - -/* -** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string -** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character -** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire -** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE -** containing the results. -** -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the -** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory -** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set -** to 0. -*/ -static int getNextString( - ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ - const char *zInput, int nInput, /* Input string */ - Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: expression */ -){ - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer; - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; - int rc; - Fts3Expr *p = 0; - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0; - char *zTemp = 0; - int nTemp = 0; - - rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCursor); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int ii; - pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; - for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ - const char *zToken; - int nToken, iBegin, iEnd, iPos; - rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase); - p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nByte+ii*sizeof(struct PhraseToken)); - zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nToken); - if( !p || !zTemp ){ - goto no_mem; - } - if( ii==0 ){ - memset(p, 0, nByte); - p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1]; - } - p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1]; - p->pPhrase->nToken = ii+1; - p->pPhrase->aToken[ii].n = nToken; - memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zToken, nToken); - nTemp += nToken; - if( iEndpPhrase->aToken[ii].isPrefix = 1; - }else{ - p->pPhrase->aToken[ii].isPrefix = 0; - } - } - } - - pModule->xClose(pCursor); - pCursor = 0; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - int jj; - char *zNew; - int nNew = 0; - int nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase); - nByte += (p?(p->pPhrase->nToken-1):0) * sizeof(struct PhraseToken); - p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nByte + nTemp); - if( !p ){ - goto no_mem; - } - if( zTemp ){ - zNew = &(((char *)p)[nByte]); - memcpy(zNew, zTemp, nTemp); - }else{ - memset(p, 0, nByte+nTemp); - } - p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1]; - for(jj=0; jjpPhrase->nToken; jj++){ - p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = &zNew[nNew]; - nNew += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n; - } - sqlite3_free(zTemp); - p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; - p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - - *ppExpr = p; - return rc; -no_mem: - - if( pCursor ){ - pModule->xClose(pCursor); - } - sqlite3_free(zTemp); - sqlite3_free(p); - *ppExpr = 0; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; -} - -/* -** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself -** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required. -*/ -static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *); - -/* -** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr -** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached. -** -** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM -** if a malloc failure occurs, or SQLITE_ERROR if a parse error is encountered. -** If SQLITE_ERROR is returned, pContext is populated with an error message. -*/ -static int getNextNode( - ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ - const char *z, int n, /* Input string */ - Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */ - int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ -){ - static const struct Fts3Keyword { - char z[4]; /* Keyword text */ - unsigned char n; /* Length of the keyword */ - unsigned char parenOnly; /* Only valid in paren mode */ - unsigned char eType; /* Keyword code */ - } aKeyword[] = { - { "OR" , 2, 0, FTSQUERY_OR }, - { "AND", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_AND }, - { "NOT", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_NOT }, - { "NEAR", 4, 0, FTSQUERY_NEAR } - }; - int ii; - int iCol; - int iColLen; - int rc; - Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; - - const char *zInput = z; - int nInput = n; - - /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or - ** close bracket, or a quoted string. - */ - while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){ - nInput--; - zInput++; - } - if( nInput==0 ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - - /* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */ - for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){ - const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii]; - - if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){ - continue; - } - - if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){ - int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM; - int nKey = pKey->n; - char cNext; - - /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */ - if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ - assert( nKey==4 ); - if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){ - nNear = 0; - for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){ - nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0'); - } - } - } - - /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true, - ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close - ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. - */ - cNext = zInput[nKey]; - if( fts3isspace(cNext) - || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0 - ){ - pRet = (Fts3Expr *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); - memset(pRet, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr)); - pRet->eType = pKey->eType; - pRet->nNear = nNear; - *ppExpr = pRet; - *pnConsumed = (zInput - z) + nKey; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the - ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue. - */ - } - } - - /* Check for an open bracket. */ - if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){ - if( *zInput=='(' ){ - int nConsumed; - int rc; - pParse->nNest++; - rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, &zInput[1], nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - } - *pnConsumed = (zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed; - return rc; - } - - /* Check for a close bracket. */ - if( *zInput==')' ){ - pParse->nNest--; - *pnConsumed = (zInput - z) + 1; - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - } - - /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then - ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString() - ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping - ** a quote character embedded in a string. - */ - if( *zInput=='"' ){ - for(ii=1; iiiDefaultCol; - iColLen = 0; - for(ii=0; iinCol; ii++){ - const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii]; - int nStr = strlen(zStr); - if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' && memcmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 ){ - iCol = ii; - iColLen = ((zInput - z) + nStr + 1); - break; - } - } - rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed); - *pnConsumed += iColLen; - return rc; -} - -/* -** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type -** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the -** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e. -** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator -** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence. -** -** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS -** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to -** lowest is: -** -** NEAR -** NOT -** AND (including implicit ANDs) -** OR -** -** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher -** precedence than the AND operator. -*/ -static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){ - assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); - if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){ - return p->eType; - }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ - return 1; - }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ - return 2; - } - assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND ); - return 3; -} - -/* -** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query -** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently -** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary -** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence -** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head -** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node. -*/ -static void insertBinaryOperator( - Fts3Expr **ppHead, /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */ - Fts3Expr *pPrev, /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */ - Fts3Expr *pNew /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */ -){ - Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev; - while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){ - pSplit = pSplit->pParent; - } - - if( pSplit->pParent ){ - assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit ); - pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew; - pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent; - }else{ - *ppHead = pNew; - } - pNew->pLeft = pSplit; - pSplit->pParent = pNew; -} - -/* -** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function -** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched -** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered. -** -** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the -** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of -** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM -** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned. -*/ -static int fts3ExprParse( - ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ - const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ - Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ - int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ -){ - Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; - Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0; - Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0; /* Only used in legacy parse mode */ - int nIn = n; - const char *zIn = z; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int isRequirePhrase = 1; - - while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - Fts3Expr *p = 0; - int nByte = 0; - rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int isPhrase; - - if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses - && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && p->pPhrase->isNot - ){ - /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */ - Fts3Expr *pNot = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); - if( !pNot ){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto exprparse_out; - } - memset(pNot, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr)); - pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT; - pNot->pRight = p; - if( pNotBranch ){ - pNotBranch->pLeft = p; - pNot->pRight = pNotBranch; - } - pNotBranch = pNot; - }else{ - int eType = p->eType; - assert( eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE || !p->pPhrase->isNot ); - isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft); - - /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or - ** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a - ** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when - ** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error. - */ - if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto exprparse_out; - } - - if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){ - /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */ - Fts3Expr *pAnd; - assert( pRet && pPrev ); - pAnd = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); - if( !pAnd ){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto exprparse_out; - } - memset(pAnd, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr)); - pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND; - insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd); - pPrev = pAnd; - } - - /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR - ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of - ** the following: - ** - ** (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase - ** phrase NEAR (bracketed expression) - ** - ** Return an error in either case. - */ - if( pPrev && ( - (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE) - || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR) - )){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto exprparse_out; - } - - if( isPhrase ){ - if( pRet ){ - assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 ); - pPrev->pRight = p; - p->pParent = pPrev; - }else{ - pRet = p; - } - }else{ - insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p); - } - isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase; - } - assert( nByte>0 ); - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) ); - nIn -= nByte; - zIn += nByte; - pPrev = p; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){ - if( !pRet ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - }else{ - pNotBranch->pLeft = pRet; - pRet = pNotBranch; - } - } - } - *pnConsumed = n - nIn; - -exprparse_out: - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet); - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch); - pRet = 0; - } - *ppExpr = pRet; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing -** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the -** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the -** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head -** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error -** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse -** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0. -** -** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a -** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen(). -** -** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to -** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[] -** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names -** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. -** Column names must be nul-terminated strings. -** -** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column -** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default -** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly -** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default -** match any table column. -*/ -int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */ - char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ - int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ - int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */ - const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ - Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ -){ - int nParsed; - int rc; - ParseContext sParse; - sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer; - sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol; - sParse.nCol = nCol; - sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol; - sParse.nNest = 0; - if( z==0 ){ - *ppExpr = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( n<0 ){ - n = strlen(z); - } - rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed); - - /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr); - *ppExpr = 0; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(). -*/ -void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *p){ - if( p ){ - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pLeft); - sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pRight); - sqlite3_free(p); - } -} - -/**************************************************************************** -***************************************************************************** -** Everything after this point is just test code. -*/ - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - -#include - -/* -** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers). -*/ -static int queryTestTokenizer( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zName, - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)"; - - *pp = 0; - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){ - memcpy(pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp)); - } - } - - return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); -} - -/* -** This function is part of the test interface for the query parser. It -** writes a text representation of the query expression pExpr into the -** buffer pointed to by argument zBuf. It is assumed that zBuf is large -** enough to store the required text representation. -*/ -static void exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){ - switch( pExpr->eType ){ - case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: { - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; - int i; - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "PHRASE %d %d", pPhrase->iColumn, pPhrase->isNot); - for(i=0; inToken; i++){ - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf," %.*s",pPhrase->aToken[i].n,pPhrase->aToken[i].z); - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf,"%s", (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"")); - } - return; - } - - case FTSQUERY_NEAR: - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "NEAR/%d ", pExpr->nNear); - break; - case FTSQUERY_NOT: - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "NOT "); - break; - case FTSQUERY_AND: - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "AND "); - break; - case FTSQUERY_OR: - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "OR "); - break; - } - - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "{"); - exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf); - zBuf += strlen(zBuf); - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "} "); - - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "{"); - exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf); - zBuf += strlen(zBuf); - zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "}"); -} - -/* -** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the -** expression parser. It should be called as follows: -** -** fts3_exprtest(, , , ...); -** -** The first argument, , is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used -** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument -** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name -** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to. -** For example: -** -** SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2'); -*/ -static void fts3ExprTest( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = 0; - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; - int rc; - char **azCol = 0; - const char *zExpr; - int nExpr; - int nCol; - int ii; - Fts3Expr *pExpr; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - - if( argc<3 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, - "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1 - ); - return; - } - - rc = queryTestTokenizer(db, - (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), &pModule); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - goto exprtest_out; - }else if( !pModule ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "No such tokenizer module", -1); - goto exprtest_out; - } - - rc = pModule->xCreate(0, 0, &pTokenizer); - assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - goto exprtest_out; - } - pTokenizer->pModule = pModule; - - zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - nCol = argc-2; - azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *)); - if( !azCol ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - goto exprtest_out; - } - for(ii=0; iixDestroy(pTokenizer); - } - sqlite3_free(azCol); -} - -/* -** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() -** with database connection db. -*/ -void sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){ - sqlite3_create_function( - db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0 - ); -} - -#endif -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ diff --git a/fts3_expr.h b/fts3_expr.h deleted file mode 100644 index a48dee6..0000000 --- a/fts3_expr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2008 Nov 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -*/ - -#include "fts3_tokenizer.h" -#include "sqlite3.h" - -/* -** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH -** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser -** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a -** custom parser. -** -** query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*. -** -** andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*. -** -** notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*. -** notexpr ::= LP query RP. -** -** nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*. -** -** distance_opt ::= . -** distance_opt ::= / INTEGER. -** -** phrase ::= TOKEN. -** phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN. -** phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...". -*/ - -typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr; -typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase; - -/* -** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in -** sequence. A single token is the base case and the most common case. -** For a sequence of tokens contained in "...", nToken will be the number -** of tokens in the string. -*/ -struct Fts3Phrase { - int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */ - int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */ - int isNot; /* Phrase prefixed by unary not (-) operator */ - struct PhraseToken { - char *z; /* Text of the token */ - int n; /* Number of bytes in buffer pointed to by z */ - int isPrefix; /* True if token ends in with a "*" character */ - } aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */ -}; - -/* -** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator. -*/ -struct Fts3Expr { - int eType; /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */ - int nNear; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */ - Fts3Expr *pParent; /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */ - Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */ - Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */ - Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */ -}; - -int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, char **, int, int, - const char *, int, Fts3Expr **); -void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *); - -/* -** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first -** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For -** example, the following: -** -** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e" -** -** is equivalent to: -** -** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))" -*/ -#define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1 -#define FTSQUERY_NOT 2 -#define FTSQUERY_AND 3 -#define FTSQUERY_OR 4 -#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5 - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -void sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db); -#endif diff --git a/fts3_hash.c b/fts3_hash.c deleted file mode 100644 index ee30117..0000000 --- a/fts3_hash.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,373 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite. -** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table -** implementation for the full-text indexing module. -*/ - -/* -** The code in this file is only compiled if: -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension -** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of -** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - -#include -#include -#include - -#include "sqlite3.h" -#include "fts3_hash.h" - -/* -** Malloc and Free functions -*/ -static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){ - void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n); - if( p ){ - memset(p, 0, n); - } - return p; -} -static void fts3HashFree(void *p){ - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the -** fields of the Hash structure. -** -** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. -** keyClass is one of the constants -** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass -** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is -** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and -** false if it should just use the supplied pointer. -*/ -void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(fts3Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){ - assert( pNew!=0 ); - assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); - pNew->keyClass = keyClass; - pNew->copyKey = copyKey; - pNew->first = 0; - pNew->count = 0; - pNew->htsize = 0; - pNew->ht = 0; -} - -/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. -** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table -** to the empty state. -*/ -void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(fts3Hash *pH){ - fts3HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ - - assert( pH!=0 ); - elem = pH->first; - pH->first = 0; - fts3HashFree(pH->ht); - pH->ht = 0; - pH->htsize = 0; - while( elem ){ - fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; - if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ - fts3HashFree(elem->pKey); - } - fts3HashFree(elem); - elem = next_elem; - } - pH->count = 0; -} - -/* -** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING -*/ -static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ - const char *z = (const char *)pKey; - int h = 0; - if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z); - while( nKey > 0 ){ - h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++; - nKey--; - } - return h & 0x7fffffff; -} -static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ - if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; - return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1); -} - -/* -** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY -*/ -static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ - int h = 0; - const char *z = (const char *)pKey; - while( nKey-- > 0 ){ - h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++); - } - return h & 0x7fffffff; -} -static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ - if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; - return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1); -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. -** -** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some -** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation: -** -** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a -** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of ftsHashFunction() -** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value -** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters -** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int". -*/ -static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){ - if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){ - return &fts3StrHash; - }else{ - assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); - return &fts3BinHash; - } -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. -** -** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition, -** see the header comment on the previous function. -*/ -static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){ - if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){ - return &fts3StrCompare; - }else{ - assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); - return &fts3BinCompare; - } -} - -/* Link an element into the hash table -*/ -static void fts3HashInsertElement( - fts3Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ - struct _fts3ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ - fts3HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ -){ - fts3HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ - pHead = pEntry->chain; - if( pHead ){ - pNew->next = pHead; - pNew->prev = pHead->prev; - if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } - else { pH->first = pNew; } - pHead->prev = pNew; - }else{ - pNew->next = pH->first; - if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } - pNew->prev = 0; - pH->first = pNew; - } - pEntry->count++; - pEntry->chain = pNew; -} - - -/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. -** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail -** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails. -*/ -static void fts3Rehash(fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){ - struct _fts3ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ - fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ - int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ - - assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 ); - new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) ); - if( new_ht==0 ) return; - fts3HashFree(pH->ht); - pH->ht = new_ht; - pH->htsize = new_size; - xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); - for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ - int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1); - next_elem = elem->next; - fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); - } -} - -/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an -** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has -** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter. -*/ -static fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash( - const fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ - const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ - int nKey, - int h /* The hash for this key. */ -){ - fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ - int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ - int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */ - - if( pH->ht ){ - struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; - elem = pEntry->chain; - count = pEntry->count; - xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass); - while( count-- && elem ){ - if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ - return elem; - } - elem = elem->next; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that -** element and a hash on the element's key. -*/ -static void fts3RemoveElementByHash( - fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ - fts3HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ - int h /* Hash value for the element */ -){ - struct _fts3ht *pEntry; - if( elem->prev ){ - elem->prev->next = elem->next; - }else{ - pH->first = elem->next; - } - if( elem->next ){ - elem->next->prev = elem->prev; - } - pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; - if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ - pEntry->chain = elem->next; - } - pEntry->count--; - if( pEntry->count<=0 ){ - pEntry->chain = 0; - } - if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ - fts3HashFree(elem->pKey); - } - fts3HashFree( elem ); - pH->count--; - if( pH->count<=0 ){ - assert( pH->first==0 ); - assert( pH->count==0 ); - fts3HashClear(pH); - } -} - -/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key -** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is -** found, or NULL if there is no match. -*/ -void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){ - int h; /* A hash on key */ - fts3HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */ - int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ - - if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0; - xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); - assert( xHash!=0 ); - h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey); - assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); - elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1)); - return elem ? elem->data : 0; -} - -/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey -** and the data is "data". -** -** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new -** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey -** flag is set. NULL is returned. -** -** If another element already exists with the same key, then the -** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. -** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then -** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. -** -** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the -** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. -*/ -void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert( - fts3Hash *pH, /* The hash table to insert into */ - const void *pKey, /* The key */ - int nKey, /* Number of bytes in the key */ - void *data /* The data */ -){ - int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */ - int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ - fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ - fts3HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ - int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ - - assert( pH!=0 ); - xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); - assert( xHash!=0 ); - hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey); - assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); - h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); - elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h); - if( elem ){ - void *old_data = elem->data; - if( data==0 ){ - fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h); - }else{ - elem->data = data; - } - return old_data; - } - if( data==0 ) return 0; - if( pH->htsize==0 ){ - fts3Rehash(pH,8); - if( pH->htsize==0 ){ - pH->count = 0; - return data; - } - } - new_elem = (fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(fts3HashElem) ); - if( new_elem==0 ) return data; - if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){ - new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey ); - if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){ - fts3HashFree(new_elem); - return data; - } - memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey); - }else{ - new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey; - } - new_elem->nKey = nKey; - pH->count++; - if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){ - fts3Rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2); - } - assert( pH->htsize>0 ); - assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); - h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); - fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem); - new_elem->data = data; - return 0; -} - -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ diff --git a/fts3_hash.h b/fts3_hash.h deleted file mode 100644 index e01954e..0000000 --- a/fts3_hash.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation -** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone -** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module. -** -*/ -#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_ -#define _FTS3_HASH_H_ - -/* Forward declarations of structures. */ -typedef struct fts3Hash fts3Hash; -typedef struct fts3HashElem fts3HashElem; - -/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. -** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client -** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure -** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. -** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and -** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make -** this structure opaque. -*/ -struct fts3Hash { - char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */ - char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */ - int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ - fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ - int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ - struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */ - int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ - fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ - } *ht; -}; - -/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following -** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. -** -** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really -** be opaque because it is used by macros. -*/ -struct fts3HashElem { - fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ - void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ - void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ -}; - -/* -** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table: -** -** FTS3_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long -** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case -** is respected in comparisons. -** -** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. -** memcmp() is used to compare keys. -** -** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1. -*/ -#define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1 -#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2 - -/* -** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. -*/ -void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(fts3Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey); -void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); -void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); -void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(fts3Hash*); - -/* -** Shorthand for the functions above -*/ -#define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit -#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert -#define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind -#define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear - -/* -** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is -** like this: -** -** fts3Hash h; -** fts3HashElem *p; -** ... -** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){ -** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p); -** // do something with pData -** } -*/ -#define fts3HashFirst(H) ((H)->first) -#define fts3HashNext(E) ((E)->next) -#define fts3HashData(E) ((E)->data) -#define fts3HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) -#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) - -/* -** Number of entries in a hash table -*/ -#define fts3HashCount(H) ((H)->count) - -#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */ diff --git a/fts3_icu.c b/fts3_icu.c deleted file mode 100644 index 85390d3..0000000 --- a/fts3_icu.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,260 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 June 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library. -** -** $Id: fts3_icu.c,v 1.3 2008/09/01 18:34:20 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU - -#include -#include -#include "fts3_tokenizer.h" - -#include -#include -#include -#include - -typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer; -typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor; - -struct IcuTokenizer { - sqlite3_tokenizer base; - char *zLocale; -}; - -struct IcuCursor { - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; - - UBreakIterator *pIter; /* ICU break-iterator object */ - int nChar; /* Number of UChar elements in pInput */ - UChar *aChar; /* Copy of input using utf-16 encoding */ - int *aOffset; /* Offsets of each character in utf-8 input */ - - int nBuffer; - char *zBuffer; - - int iToken; -}; - -/* -** Create a new tokenizer instance. -*/ -static int icuCreate( - int argc, /* Number of entries in argv[] */ - const char * const *argv, /* Tokenizer creation arguments */ - sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ -){ - IcuTokenizer *p; - int n = 0; - - if( argc>0 ){ - n = strlen(argv[0])+1; - } - p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(p, 0, sizeof(IcuTokenizer)); - - if( n ){ - p->zLocale = (char *)&p[1]; - memcpy(p->zLocale, argv[0], n); - } - - *ppTokenizer = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)p; - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Destroy a tokenizer -*/ -static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ - IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer; - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input -** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in -** *ppCursor. -*/ -static int icuOpen( - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ - const char *zInput, /* Input string */ - int nInput, /* Length of zInput in bytes */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ -){ - IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer; - IcuCursor *pCsr; - - const int32_t opt = U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT; - UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; - int nChar; - - UChar32 c; - int iInput = 0; - int iOut = 0; - - *ppCursor = 0; - - if( nInput<0 ){ - nInput = strlen(zInput); - } - nChar = nInput+1; - pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc( - sizeof(IcuCursor) + /* IcuCursor */ - nChar * sizeof(UChar) + /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */ - (nChar+1) * sizeof(int) /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */ - ); - if( !pCsr ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor)); - pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1]; - pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[nChar]; - - pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; - U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); - while( c>0 ){ - int isError = 0; - c = u_foldCase(c, opt); - U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError); - if( isError ){ - sqlite3_free(pCsr); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; - - if( iInputpIter = ubrk_open(UBRK_WORD, p->zLocale, pCsr->aChar, iOut, &status); - if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ - sqlite3_free(pCsr); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pCsr->nChar = iOut; - - ubrk_first(pCsr->pIter); - *ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to icuOpen(). -*/ -static int icuClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ - IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor; - ubrk_close(pCsr->pIter); - sqlite3_free(pCsr->zBuffer); - sqlite3_free(pCsr); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. -*/ -static int icuNext( - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ - const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */ - int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ - int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ - int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ - int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ -){ - IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor; - - int iStart = 0; - int iEnd = 0; - int nByte = 0; - - while( iStart==iEnd ){ - UChar32 c; - - iStart = ubrk_current(pCsr->pIter); - iEnd = ubrk_next(pCsr->pIter); - if( iEnd==UBRK_DONE ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - - while( iStartaChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c); - if( u_isspace(c) ){ - iStart = iWhite; - }else{ - break; - } - } - assert(iStart<=iEnd); - } - - do { - UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; - if( nByte ){ - char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zBuffer, nByte); - if( !zNew ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pCsr->zBuffer = zNew; - pCsr->nBuffer = nByte; - } - - u_strToUTF8( - pCsr->zBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer, &nByte, /* Output vars */ - &pCsr->aChar[iStart], iEnd-iStart, /* Input vars */ - &status /* Output success/failure */ - ); - } while( nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ); - - *ppToken = pCsr->zBuffer; - *pnBytes = nByte; - *piStartOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iStart]; - *piEndOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iEnd]; - *piPosition = pCsr->iToken++; - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer -*/ -static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module icuTokenizerModule = { - 0, /* iVersion */ - icuCreate, /* xCreate */ - icuDestroy, /* xCreate */ - icuOpen, /* xOpen */ - icuClose, /* xClose */ - icuNext, /* xNext */ -}; - -/* -** Set *ppModule to point at the implementation of the ICU tokenizer. -*/ -void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule -){ - *ppModule = &icuTokenizerModule; -} - -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */ -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ diff --git a/fts3_porter.c b/fts3_porter.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6ff67a9..0000000 --- a/fts3_porter.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,642 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2006 September 30 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements -** a Porter stemmer. -*/ - -/* -** The code in this file is only compiled if: -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension -** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of -** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "fts3_tokenizer.h" - -/* -** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer -*/ -typedef struct porter_tokenizer { - sqlite3_tokenizer base; /* Base class */ -} porter_tokenizer; - -/* -** Class derived from sqlit3_tokenizer_cursor -*/ -typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor { - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; - const char *zInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ - int nInput; /* size of the input */ - int iOffset; /* current position in zInput */ - int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ - char *zToken; /* storage for current token */ - int nAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ -} porter_tokenizer_cursor; - - -/* Forward declaration */ -static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule; - - -/* -** Create a new tokenizer instance. -*/ -static int porterCreate( - int argc, const char * const *argv, - sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer -){ - porter_tokenizer *t; - t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t)); - if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t)); - *ppTokenizer = &t->base; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Destroy a tokenizer -*/ -static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ - sqlite3_free(pTokenizer); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input -** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in -** *ppCursor. -*/ -static int porterOpen( - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ - const char *zInput, int nInput, /* String to be tokenized */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ -){ - porter_tokenizer_cursor *c; - - c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c)); - if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - - c->zInput = zInput; - if( zInput==0 ){ - c->nInput = 0; - }else if( nInput<0 ){ - c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput); - }else{ - c->nInput = nInput; - } - c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ - c->iToken = 0; - c->zToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ - c->nAllocated = 0; - - *ppCursor = &c->base; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to -** porterOpen() above. -*/ -static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ - porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; - sqlite3_free(c->zToken); - sqlite3_free(c); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -/* -** Vowel or consonant -*/ -static const char cType[] = { - 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, - 1, 1, 1, 2, 1 -}; - -/* -** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in -** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according -** to Porter ruls. -** -** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'. -** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant, -** in which case it is a vowel. -** -** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order. So the 'y' rule -** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another -** consonent. -*/ -static int isVowel(const char*); -static int isConsonant(const char *z){ - int j; - char x = *z; - if( x==0 ) return 0; - assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); - j = cType[x-'a']; - if( j<2 ) return j; - return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1); -} -static int isVowel(const char *z){ - int j; - char x = *z; - if( x==0 ) return 0; - assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); - j = cType[x-'a']; - if( j<2 ) return 1-j; - return isConsonant(z + 1); -} - -/* -** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let -** C be sequence of one or more consonants. Then every word can be -** represented as: -** -** [C] (VC){m} [V] -** -** In prose: A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or -** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel. "m" is the -** number of vowel consonant pairs. This routine computes the value -** of m for the first i bytes of a word. -** -** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more. In other words, -** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed -** by a consonant. -** -** In this routine z[] is in reverse order. So we are really looking -** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel. -*/ -static int m_gt_0(const char *z){ - while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 0; - while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } - return *z!=0; -} - -/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is -** exactly 1 -*/ -static int m_eq_1(const char *z){ - while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 0; - while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 0; - while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 1; - while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } - return *z==0; -} - -/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead -** or m>0 -*/ -static int m_gt_1(const char *z){ - while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 0; - while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 0; - while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } - if( *z==0 ) return 0; - while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } - return *z!=0; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1] -*/ -static int hasVowel(const char *z){ - while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } - return *z!=0; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant. -** -** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at -** the first two characters of z[]. -*/ -static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){ - return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1] && isConsonant(z+1); -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which -** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant -** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'. -** -** The word is reversed here. So we are really checking the -** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy]. -*/ -static int star_oh(const char *z){ - return - z[0]!=0 && isConsonant(z) && - z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' && - z[1]!=0 && isVowel(z+1) && - z[2]!=0 && isConsonant(z+2); -} - -/* -** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem -** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the -** ending to zTo. -** -** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo -** is in normal order. -** -** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not -** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and -** no substitution occurs. -*/ -static int stem( - char **pz, /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */ - const char *zFrom, /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */ - const char *zTo, /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */ - int (*xCond)(const char*) /* Condition that must be true */ -){ - char *z = *pz; - while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; } - if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0; - if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1; - while( *zTo ){ - *(--z) = *(zTo++); - } - *pz = z; - return 1; -} - -/* -** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is -** inappropriate. The input word is copied into the output with -** US-ASCII case folding. If the input word is too long (more -** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if -** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes -** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end. -*/ -static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ - int i, mx, j; - int hasDigit = 0; - for(i=0; i='A' && c<='Z' ){ - zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a'; - }else{ - if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1; - zOut[i] = c; - } - } - mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10; - if( nIn>mx*2 ){ - for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i=sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){ - /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer. - ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */ - copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); - return; - } - for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i='A' && c<='Z' ){ - zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A'; - }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){ - zReverse[j] = c; - }else{ - /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback - ** to the copy stemmer */ - copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); - return; - } - } - memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5); - z = &zReverse[j+1]; - - - /* Step 1a */ - if( z[0]=='s' ){ - if( - !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) && - !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0) && - !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0) - ){ - z++; - } - } - - /* Step 1b */ - z2 = z; - if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){ - /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ - }else if( - (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel)) - && z!=z2 - ){ - if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) || - stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) || - stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){ - /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ - }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){ - z++; - }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){ - *(--z) = 'e'; - } - } - - /* Step 1c */ - if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){ - z[0] = 'i'; - } - - /* Step 2 */ - switch( z[1] ){ - case 'a': - stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0); - break; - case 'c': - stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0); - break; - case 'e': - stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0); - break; - case 'g': - stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0); - break; - case 'l': - stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0); - break; - case 'o': - stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0); - break; - case 's': - stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0); - break; - case 't': - stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0); - break; - } - - /* Step 3 */ - switch( z[0] ){ - case 'e': - stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0); - break; - case 'i': - stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0); - break; - case 'l': - stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) || - stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0); - break; - case 's': - stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0); - break; - } - - /* Step 4 */ - switch( z[1] ){ - case 'a': - if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ - z += 2; - } - break; - case 'c': - if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ - z += 4; - } - break; - case 'e': - if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ - z += 2; - } - break; - case 'i': - if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ - z += 2; - } - break; - case 'l': - if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ - z += 4; - } - break; - case 'n': - if( z[0]=='t' ){ - if( z[2]=='a' ){ - if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){ - z += 3; - } - }else if( z[2]=='e' ){ - stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) || - stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) || - stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1); - } - } - break; - case 'o': - if( z[0]=='u' ){ - if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){ - z += 2; - } - }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){ - stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1); - } - break; - case 's': - if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ - z += 3; - } - break; - case 't': - stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) || - stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1); - break; - case 'u': - if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ - z += 3; - } - break; - case 'v': - case 'z': - if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ - z += 3; - } - break; - } - - /* Step 5a */ - if( z[0]=='e' ){ - if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){ - z++; - }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){ - z++; - } - } - - /* Step 5b */ - if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){ - z++; - } - - /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order. Flip it back - ** around into forward order and return. - */ - *pnOut = i = strlen(z); - zOut[i] = 0; - while( *z ){ - zOut[--i] = *(z++); - } -} - -/* -** Characters that can be part of a token. We assume any character -** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be -** part of a token. In other words, delimiters all must have -** values of 0x7f or lower. -*/ -static const char porterIdChar[] = { -/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ - 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ -}; -#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30])) - -/* -** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must -** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen(). -*/ -static int porterNext( - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */ - const char **pzToken, /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */ - int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ - int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ - int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ - int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ -){ - porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; - const char *z = c->zInput; - - while( c->iOffsetnInput ){ - int iStartOffset, ch; - - /* Scan past delimiter characters */ - while( c->iOffsetnInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ - c->iOffset++; - } - - /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ - iStartOffset = c->iOffset; - while( c->iOffsetnInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ - c->iOffset++; - } - - if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ - int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; - if( n>c->nAllocated ){ - c->nAllocated = n+20; - c->zToken = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated); - if( c->zToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes); - *pzToken = c->zToken; - *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; - *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; - *piPosition = c->iToken++; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return SQLITE_DONE; -} - -/* -** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer -*/ -static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = { - 0, - porterCreate, - porterDestroy, - porterOpen, - porterClose, - porterNext, -}; - -/* -** Allocate a new porter tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new -** tokenizer in *ppModule -*/ -void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule( - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule -){ - *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule; -} - -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ diff --git a/fts3_tokenizer.c b/fts3_tokenizer.c deleted file mode 100644 index ef19995..0000000 --- a/fts3_tokenizer.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,371 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 June 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search. -** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface. -*/ - -/* -** The code in this file is only compiled if: -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension -** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of -** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - -#include "sqlite3ext.h" -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE - SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 -#endif - -#include "fts3_hash.h" -#include "fts3_tokenizer.h" -#include - -/* -** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying -** hash table. This function may be called as follows: -** -** SELECT (); -** SELECT (, ); -** -** where is the name passed as the second argument -** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer'). -** -** If the argument is specified, it must be a blob value -** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding -** to the string . If is not specified, then -** the string must already exist in the has table. Otherwise, -** an error is returned. -** -** Whether or not the argument is specified, the value returned -** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding -** to string (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable). -*/ -static void scalarFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - fts3Hash *pHash; - void *pPtr = 0; - const unsigned char *zName; - int nName; - - assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); - - pHash = (fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); - - zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1; - - if( argc==2 ){ - void *pOld; - int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1); - return; - } - pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); - pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr); - if( pOld==pPtr ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1); - return; - } - }else{ - pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName); - if( !pPtr ){ - char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErr); - return; - } - } - - sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - -#include -#include - -/* -** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers -** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This -** function must be called with two arguments: -** -** SELECT (, ); -** SELECT (, ); -** -** where is the name passed as the second argument -** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer') -** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test'). -** -** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl -** list. For each token in the , three elements are -** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the -** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the -** substring of associated with the token. For example, -** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer: -** -** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how'); -** -** will return the string: -** -** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}" -** -*/ -static void testFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - fts3Hash *pHash; - sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p; - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0; - - const char *zErr = 0; - - const char *zName; - int nName; - const char *zInput; - int nInput; - - const char *zArg = 0; - - const char *zToken; - int nToken; - int iStart; - int iEnd; - int iPos; - - Tcl_Obj *pRet; - - assert( argc==2 || argc==3 ); - - nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]); - zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]); - - if( argc==3 ){ - zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - } - - pHash = (fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); - p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1); - - if( !p ){ - char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErr); - return; - } - - pRet = Tcl_NewObj(); - Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet); - - if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(zArg ? 1 : 0, &zArg, &pTokenizer) ){ - zErr = "error in xCreate()"; - goto finish; - } - pTokenizer->pModule = p; - if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){ - zErr = "error in xOpen()"; - goto finish; - } - pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; - - while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){ - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos)); - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); - zToken = &zInput[iStart]; - nToken = iEnd-iStart; - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); - } - - if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){ - zErr = "error in xClose()"; - goto finish; - } - if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){ - zErr = "error in xDestroy()"; - goto finish; - } - -finish: - if( zErr ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } - Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet); -} - -static -int registerTokenizer( - sqlite3 *db, - char *zName, - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)"; - - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3_step(pStmt); - - return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); -} - -static -int queryTokenizer( - sqlite3 *db, - char *zName, - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)"; - - *pp = 0; - rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); - if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){ - memcpy(pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp)); - } - } - - return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); -} - -void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); - -/* -** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test(). -** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the -** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined. -** -** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function -** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and -** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated -** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to -** test them. -** -** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar -** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is -** detected. i.e.: -** -** SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test(); -** -*/ -static void intTestFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int rc; - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1; - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2; - sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context); - - /* Test the query function */ - sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1); - rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - assert( p1==p2 ); - rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); - assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ); - assert( p2==0 ); - assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") ); - - /* Test the storage function */ - rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - assert( p2==p1 ); - - sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} - -#endif - -/* -** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of -** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must -** been initialised to use string keys, and to take a private copy -** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to: -** -** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); -** -** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above -** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is -** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header -** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both -** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash. -** -** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name -** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table. -*/ -int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable( - sqlite3 *db, - fts3Hash *pHash, - const char *zName -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - void *p = (void *)pHash; - const int any = SQLITE_ANY; - char *zTest = 0; - char *zTest2 = 0; - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - void *pdb = (void *)db; - zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName); - zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName); - if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -#endif - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK - || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0)) - || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0)) -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 2, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0)) - || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 3, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0)) - || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0)) -#endif - ); - - sqlite3_free(zTest); - sqlite3_free(zTest2); - return rc; -} - -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ diff --git a/fts3_tokenizer.h b/fts3_tokenizer.h deleted file mode 100644 index 906303d..0000000 --- a/fts3_tokenizer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,148 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2006 July 10 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. -** -************************************************************************* -** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search. There -** are three basic components: -** -** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer -** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for -** tokenizers. -** -** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps -** including customization information defined at creation time. -** -** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate -** tokens from a particular input. -*/ -#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ -#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ - -/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time. -** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then -** we will need a way to register the API consistently. -*/ -#include "sqlite3.h" - -/* -** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer -** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to -** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback -** functions that make up an implementation. -** -** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to -** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the -** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer -** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an -** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to -** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments). -** -** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen() -** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object -** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on -** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer -** object. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module; -typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer; -typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor; - -struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { - - /* - ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0. - */ - int iVersion; - - /* - ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the - ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL - ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if - ** the following SQL is executed: - ** - ** CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer arg1 arg2) - ** - ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers - ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2". - ** - ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error - ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set - ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic - ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialised by - ** this callback. The caller will do so. - */ - int (*xCreate)( - int argc, /* Size of argv array */ - const char *const*argv, /* Tokenizer argument strings */ - sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ - ); - - /* - ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method - ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). - */ - int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer); - - /* - ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller - ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid - ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). - */ - int (*xOpen)( - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */ - const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */ - ); - - /* - ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this - ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen(). - */ - int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor); - - /* - ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This - ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the - ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that - ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code. - ** - ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the - ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or - ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length - ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is - ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and - ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first - ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set - ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in - ** the input buffer. - ** - ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer - ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call - ** to xNext() or xClose(). - */ - /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be - ** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes - ** should be converted to zInput. - */ - int (*xNext)( - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */ - const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */ - int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */ - int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */ - int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */ - ); -}; - -struct sqlite3_tokenizer { - const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */ - /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ -}; - -struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor { - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */ - /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ -}; - -#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */ diff --git a/fts3_tokenizer1.c b/fts3_tokenizer1.c deleted file mode 100644 index da255d9..0000000 --- a/fts3_tokenizer1.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,230 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2006 Oct 10 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer. -*/ - -/* -** The code in this file is only compiled if: -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension -** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or -** -** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of -** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) - - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "fts3_tokenizer.h" - -typedef struct simple_tokenizer { - sqlite3_tokenizer base; - char delim[128]; /* flag ASCII delimiters */ -} simple_tokenizer; - -typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor { - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; - const char *pInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ - int nBytes; /* size of the input */ - int iOffset; /* current position in pInput */ - int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ - char *pToken; /* storage for current token */ - int nTokenAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ -} simple_tokenizer_cursor; - - -/* Forward declaration */ -static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule; - -static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){ - return c<0x80 && t->delim[c]; -} - -/* -** Create a new tokenizer instance. -*/ -static int simpleCreate( - int argc, const char * const *argv, - sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer -){ - simple_tokenizer *t; - - t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t)); - if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t)); - - /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run, - ** else we need to reindex. One solution would be a meta-table to - ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this - ** information on the initial create. - */ - if( argc>1 ){ - int i, n = strlen(argv[1]); - for(i=0; i=0x80 ){ - sqlite3_free(t); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - t->delim[ch] = 1; - } - } else { - /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */ - int i; - for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){ - t->delim[i] = !isalnum(i); - } - } - - *ppTokenizer = &t->base; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Destroy a tokenizer -*/ -static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ - sqlite3_free(pTokenizer); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input -** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor -** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in -** *ppCursor. -*/ -static int simpleOpen( - sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ - const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* String to be tokenized */ - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ -){ - simple_tokenizer_cursor *c; - - c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c)); - if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - - c->pInput = pInput; - if( pInput==0 ){ - c->nBytes = 0; - }else if( nBytes<0 ){ - c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput); - }else{ - c->nBytes = nBytes; - } - c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ - c->iToken = 0; - c->pToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ - c->nTokenAllocated = 0; - - *ppCursor = &c->base; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to -** simpleOpen() above. -*/ -static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ - simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; - sqlite3_free(c->pToken); - sqlite3_free(c); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must -** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen(). -*/ -static int simpleNext( - sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ - const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */ - int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ - int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ - int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ - int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ -){ - simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; - simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer; - unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput; - - while( c->iOffsetnBytes ){ - int iStartOffset; - - /* Scan past delimiter characters */ - while( c->iOffsetnBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ - c->iOffset++; - } - - /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ - iStartOffset = c->iOffset; - while( c->iOffsetnBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ - c->iOffset++; - } - - if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ - int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; - if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){ - c->nTokenAllocated = n+20; - c->pToken = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated); - if( c->pToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - for(i=0; ipToken[i] = ch<0x80 ? tolower(ch) : ch; - } - *ppToken = c->pToken; - *pnBytes = n; - *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; - *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; - *piPosition = c->iToken++; - - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return SQLITE_DONE; -} - -/* -** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer -*/ -static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = { - 0, - simpleCreate, - simpleDestroy, - simpleOpen, - simpleClose, - simpleNext, -}; - -/* -** Allocate a new simple tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new -** tokenizer in *ppModule -*/ -void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule( - sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule -){ - *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule; -} - -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ diff --git a/func.c b/func.c deleted file mode 100644 index 058b158..0000000 --- a/func.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1470 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2002 February 23 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL -** functions of SQLite. -** -** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function -** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. -** All other code has file scope. -** -** $Id: func.c,v 1.231 2009/04/08 23:04:14 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include -#include -#include "vdbeInt.h" - -/* -** Return the collating function associated with a function. -*/ -static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){ - return context->pColl; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions -*/ -static void minmaxFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i; - int mask; /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */ - int iBest; - CollSeq *pColl; - - assert( argc>1 ); - mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1; - pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - assert( pColl ); - assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 ); - iBest = 0; - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - for(i=1; i=0 ){ - testcase( mask==0 ); - iBest = i; - } - } - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]); -} - -/* -** Return the type of the argument. -*/ -static void typeofFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const char *z = 0; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break; - case SQLITE_TEXT: z = "text"; break; - case SQLITE_FLOAT: z = "real"; break; - case SQLITE_BLOB: z = "blob"; break; - default: z = "null"; break; - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} - - -/* -** Implementation of the length() function -*/ -static void lengthFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int len; - - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_BLOB: - case SQLITE_INTEGER: - case SQLITE_FLOAT: { - sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])); - break; - } - case SQLITE_TEXT: { - const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - len = 0; - while( *z ){ - len++; - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - } - sqlite3_result_int(context, len); - break; - } - default: { - sqlite3_result_null(context); - break; - } - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the abs() function -*/ -static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: { - i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - if( iVal<0 ){ - if( (iVal<<1)==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1); - return; - } - iVal = -iVal; - } - sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal); - break; - } - case SQLITE_NULL: { - sqlite3_result_null(context); - break; - } - default: { - double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal; - sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal); - break; - } - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the substr() function. -** -** substr(x,p1,p2) returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1. -** p1 is 1-indexed. So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character -** of x. If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters. -** If x is a blob, then we count bytes. -** -** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[]. -*/ -static void substrFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *z; - const unsigned char *z2; - int len; - int p0type; - i64 p1, p2; - int negP2 = 0; - - assert( argc==3 || argc==2 ); - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL - || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL) - ){ - return; - } - p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); - if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){ - len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) ); - }else{ - z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( z==0 ) return; - len = 0; - for(z2=z; *z2; len++){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); - } - } - p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); - if( argc==3 ){ - p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); - if( p2<0 ){ - p2 = -p2; - negP2 = 1; - } - }else{ - p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; - } - if( p1<0 ){ - p1 += len; - if( p1<0 ){ - p2 += p1; - if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; - p1 = 0; - } - }else if( p1>0 ){ - p1--; - }else if( p2>0 ){ - p2--; - } - if( negP2 ){ - p1 -= p2; - if( p1<0 ){ - p2 += p1; - p1 = 0; - } - } - assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 ); - if( p1+p2>len ){ - p2 = len-p1; - if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; - } - if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ - while( *z && p1 ){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - p1--; - } - for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(z2-z), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], (int)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the round() function -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - int n = 0; - double r; - char zBuf[500]; /* larger than the %f representation of the largest double */ - assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); - if( argc==2 ){ - if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return; - n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); - if( n>30 ) n = 30; - if( n<0 ) n = 0; - } - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%.*f",n,r); - sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r); - sqlite3_result_double(context, r); -} -#endif - -/* -** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3_malloc(). If the -** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify -** the database handle that malloc() has failed and return NULL. -** If nByte is larger than the maximum string or blob length, then -** raise an SQLITE_TOOBIG exception and return NULL. -*/ -static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, i64 nByte){ - char *z; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - assert( nByte>0 ); - testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); - if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - z = 0; - }else{ - z = sqlite3Malloc((int)nByte); - if( !z ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - } - } - return z; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions. -*/ -static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - char *z1; - const char *z2; - int i, n; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ - assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( z2 ){ - z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1); - if( z1 ){ - memcpy(z1, z2, n+1); - for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){ - z1[i] = (char)sqlite3Toupper(z1[i]); - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, sqlite3_free); - } - } -} -static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - u8 *z1; - const char *z2; - int i, n; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ - assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( z2 ){ - z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1); - if( z1 ){ - memcpy(z1, z2, n+1); - for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){ - z1[i] = sqlite3Tolower(z1[i]); - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char *)z1, -1, sqlite3_free); - } - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions. -** All three do the same thing. They return the first non-NULL -** argument. -*/ -static void ifnullFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i; - for(i=0; imatchOne; - u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; - u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet; - u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; - int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */ - - while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,&zPattern))!=0 ){ - if( !prevEscape && c==matchAll ){ - while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,&zPattern)) == matchAll - || c == matchOne ){ - if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - } - if( c==0 ){ - return 1; - }else if( c==esc ){ - c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - if( c==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( c==matchSet ){ - assert( esc==0 ); /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */ - assert( matchSet<0x80 ); /* '[' is a single-byte character */ - while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString); - } - return *zString!=0; - } - while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString,&zString))!=0 ){ - if( noCase ){ - GlogUpperToLower(c2); - GlogUpperToLower(c); - while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); - GlogUpperToLower(c2); - } - }else{ - while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); - } - } - if( c2==0 ) return 0; - if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1; - } - return 0; - }else if( !prevEscape && c==matchOne ){ - if( sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( c==matchSet ){ - int prior_c = 0; - assert( esc==0 ); /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */ - seen = 0; - invert = 0; - c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); - if( c==0 ) return 0; - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - if( c2=='^' ){ - invert = 1; - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - } - if( c2==']' ){ - if( c==']' ) seen = 1; - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - } - while( c2 && c2!=']' ){ - if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1; - prior_c = 0; - }else{ - if( c==c2 ){ - seen = 1; - } - prior_c = c2; - } - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, &zPattern); - } - if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){ - prevEscape = 1; - }else{ - c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, &zString); - if( noCase ){ - GlogUpperToLower(c); - GlogUpperToLower(c2); - } - if( c!=c2 ){ - return 0; - } - prevEscape = 0; - } - } - return *zString==0; -} - -/* -** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is -** just a variation of LIKE) gets called. This is used for testing -** only. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_like_count = 0; -#endif - - -/* -** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements -** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the -** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: -** -** A LIKE B -** -** is implemented as like(B,A). -** -** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes -** the GLOB operator. -*/ -static void likeFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *zA, *zB; - int escape = 0; - int nPat; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - - zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - - /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems - ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). - */ - nPat = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ); - testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 ); - if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); - return; - } - assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* Encoding did not change */ - - if( argc==3 ){ - /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. - ** Otherwise, return an error. - */ - const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); - if( zEsc==0 ) return; - if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, - "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); - return; - } - escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(zEsc, &zEsc); - } - if( zA && zB ){ - struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_like_count++; -#endif - - sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape)); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function. The result is the first -** argument if the arguments are different. The result is NULL if the -** arguments are equal to each other. -*/ -static void nullifFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){ - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the VERSION(*) function. The result is the version -** of the SQLite library that is running. -*/ -static void versionFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_version, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} - -/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex -** digits. */ -static const char hexdigits[] = { - '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', - '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' -}; - -/* -** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function. The interface may -** change. This function may disappear. Do not write code that depends -** on this function. -** -** Implementation of the QUOTE() function. This function takes a single -** argument. If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as -** the argument. If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string -** "NULL". Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with -** single-quote escapes. -*/ -static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ - case SQLITE_INTEGER: - case SQLITE_FLOAT: { - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); - break; - } - case SQLITE_BLOB: { - char *zText = 0; - char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); - if( zText ){ - int i; - for(i=0; i>4)&0x0F]; - zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F]; - } - zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\''; - zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0'; - zText[0] = 'X'; - zText[1] = '\''; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3_free(zText); - } - break; - } - case SQLITE_TEXT: { - int i,j; - u64 n; - const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - char *z; - - if( zArg==0 ) return; - for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; } - z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3); - if( z ){ - z[0] = '\''; - for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){ - z[j++] = zArg[i]; - if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){ - z[j++] = '\''; - } - } - z[j++] = '\''; - z[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free); - } - break; - } - default: { - assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ); - sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); - break; - } - } -} - -/* -** The hex() function. Interpret the argument as a blob. Return -** a hexadecimal rendering as text. -*/ -static void hexFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int i, n; - const unsigned char *pBlob; - char *zHex, *z; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); - n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1); - if( zHex ){ - for(i=0; i>4)&0xf]; - *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf]; - } - *z = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free); - } -} - -/* -** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes. -*/ -static void zeroblobFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - i64 n; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - testcase( n==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); - if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n); - } -} - -/* -** The replace() function. Three arguments are all strings: call -** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived -** from A by replacing every occurance of B with C. The match -** must be exact. Collating sequences are not used. -*/ -static void replaceFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *zStr; /* The input string A */ - const unsigned char *zPattern; /* The pattern string B */ - const unsigned char *zRep; /* The replacement string C */ - unsigned char *zOut; /* The output */ - int nStr; /* Size of zStr */ - int nPattern; /* Size of zPattern */ - int nRep; /* Size of zRep */ - i64 nOut; /* Maximum size of zOut */ - int loopLimit; /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - - assert( argc==3 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zStr==0 ) return; - nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - if( zPattern==0 ){ - assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL - || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed ); - return; - } - if( zPattern[0]==0 ){ - assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL ); - sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); - return; - } - nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) ); /* No encoding change */ - zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); - if( zRep==0 ) return; - nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); - assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) ); - nOut = nStr + 1; - assert( nOutaLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); - if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zOut); - return; - } - zOld = zOut; - zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut); - if( zOut==0 ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zOld); - return; - } - memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep); - j += nRep; - i += nPattern-1; - } - } - assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut ); - memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i); - j += nStr - i; - assert( j<=nOut ); - zOut[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions. -** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both. -*/ -static void trimFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const unsigned char *zIn; /* Input string */ - const unsigned char *zCharSet; /* Set of characters to trim */ - int nIn; /* Number of bytes in input */ - int flags; /* 1: trimleft 2: trimright 3: trim */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - unsigned char *aLen = 0; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */ - unsigned char **azChar = 0; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */ - int nChar; /* Number of characters in zCharSet */ - - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){ - return; - } - zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zIn==0 ) return; - nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); - if( argc==1 ){ - static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 }; - static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " }; - nChar = 1; - aLen = (u8*)lenOne; - azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne; - zCharSet = 0; - }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){ - return; - }else{ - const unsigned char *z; - for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - } - if( nChar>0 ){ - azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1)); - if( azChar==0 ){ - return; - } - aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar]; - for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ - azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z; - SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); - aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]); - } - } - } - if( nChar>0 ){ - flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context)); - if( flags & 1 ){ - while( nIn>0 ){ - int len = 0; - for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; - zIn += len; - nIn -= len; - } - } - if( flags & 2 ){ - while( nIn>0 ){ - int len = 0; - for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; - nIn -= len; - } - } - if( zCharSet ){ - sqlite3_free(azChar); - } - } - sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -} - - -#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX -/* -** Compute the soundex encoding of a word. -*/ -static void soundexFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - char zResult[8]; - const u8 *zIn; - int i, j; - static const unsigned char iCode[] = { - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, - 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, - 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - }; - assert( argc==1 ); - zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)""; - for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){} - if( zIn[i] ){ - u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; - zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]); - for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){ - int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; - if( code>0 ){ - if( code!=prevcode ){ - prevcode = code; - zResult[j++] = code + '0'; - } - }else{ - prevcode = 0; - } - } - while( j<4 ){ - zResult[j++] = '0'; - } - zResult[j] = 0; - sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); - } -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -/* -** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL. -*/ -static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - const char *zProc; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - char *zErrMsg = 0; - - if( argc==2 ){ - zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - }else{ - zProc = 0; - } - if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - } -} -#endif - - -/* -** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a -** sum() or avg() aggregate computation. -*/ -typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx; -struct SumCtx { - double rSum; /* Floating point sum */ - i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */ - i64 cnt; /* Number of elements summed */ - u8 overflow; /* True if integer overflow seen */ - u8 approx; /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */ -}; - -/* -** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total. -** -** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means -** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs. TOTAL returns -** 0.0 in that case. In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where -** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point -** value. TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if -** it overflows an integer. -*/ -static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - SumCtx *p; - int type; - assert( argc==1 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); - type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]); - if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){ - p->cnt++; - if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ - i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); - p->rSum += v; - if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 ){ - i64 iNewSum = p->iSum + v; - int s1 = (int)(p->iSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1)); - int s2 = (int)(v >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1)); - int s3 = (int)(iNewSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1)); - p->overflow = ((s1&s2&~s3) | (~s1&~s2&s3))?1:0; - p->iSum = iNewSum; - } - }else{ - p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); - p->approx = 1; - } - } -} -static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ - if( p->overflow ){ - sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1); - }else if( p->approx ){ - sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum); - } - } -} -static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ - sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt); - } -} -static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - SumCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0); -} - -/* -** The following structure keeps track of state information for the -** count() aggregate function. -*/ -typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx; -struct CountCtx { - i64 n; -}; - -/* -** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function. -*/ -static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ - CountCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); - if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){ - p->n++; - } - - /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated. But just to make - ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our - ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be - ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */ - assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff - || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) ); -} -static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - CountCtx *p; - p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0); -} - -/* -** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions. -*/ -static void minmaxStep( - sqlite3_context *context, - int NotUsed, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0]; - Mem *pBest; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest)); - if( !pBest ) return; - - if( pBest->flags ){ - int max; - int cmp; - CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); - /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates, - ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the - ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the - ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it - ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer. - ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max() - ** aggregate, or 0 for min(). - */ - max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0; - cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl); - if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); - } - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); - } -} -static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - sqlite3_value *pRes; - pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( pRes ){ - if( ALWAYS(pRes->flags) ){ - sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes); - } - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes); - } -} - -/* -** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?) -*/ -static void groupConcatStep( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - const char *zVal; - StrAccum *pAccum; - const char *zSep; - int nVal, nSep; - assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); - if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; - pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum)); - - if( pAccum ){ - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); - pAccum->useMalloc = 1; - pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; - if( pAccum->nChar ){ - if( argc==2 ){ - zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); - nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); - }else{ - zSep = ","; - nSep = 1; - } - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep); - } - zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal); - } -} -static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - StrAccum *pAccum; - pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); - if( pAccum ){ - if( pAccum->tooBig ){ - sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); - }else if( pAccum->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); - }else{ - sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, - sqlite3_free); - } - } -} - -/* -** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL -** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with -** external linkage. -*/ -void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - sqlite3AlterFunctions(db); -#endif - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2); - assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } -#ifdef SQLITE_SSE - (void)sqlite3SseFunctions(db); -#endif -} - -/* -** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name. -*/ -static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){ - FuncDef *pDef; - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), - 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); - if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){ - pDef->flags = flagVal; - } -} - -/* -** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions. The caseSensitive -** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case -** sensitive. GLOB is always case sensitive. -*/ -void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){ - struct compareInfo *pInfo; - if( caseSensitive ){ - pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt; - }else{ - pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm; - } - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_ANY, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0); - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_ANY, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0); - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_ANY, - (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0,0); - setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE); - setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", - caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE); -} - -/* -** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If -** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function -** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and -** return TRUE. If the function is not a LIKE-style function then -** return FALSE. -*/ -int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){ - FuncDef *pDef; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION - || !pExpr->x.pList - || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2 - ){ - return 0; - } - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, 2, - SQLITE_UTF8, 0); - if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){ - return 0; - } - - /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are - ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The - ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption - */ - memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3); - assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll ); - assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne ); - assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet ); - *pIsNocase = (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0; - return 1; -} - -/* -** All all of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above -** to the global function hash table. This occurs at start-time (as -** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()). -** -** After this routine runs -*/ -void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){ - /* - ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions - ** defined in this file. - ** - ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the - ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time. The elements of this array - ** are read-only after initialization is complete. - */ - static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = { - FUNCTION(ltrim, 1, 1, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(ltrim, 2, 1, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(rtrim, 1, 2, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(rtrim, 2, 2, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(trim, 1, 3, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(trim, 2, 3, 0, trimFunc ), - FUNCTION(min, -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc ), - FUNCTION(min, 0, 0, 1, 0 ), - AGGREGATE(min, 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ), - FUNCTION(max, -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc ), - FUNCTION(max, 0, 1, 1, 0 ), - AGGREGATE(max, 1, 1, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize ), - FUNCTION(typeof, 1, 0, 0, typeofFunc ), - FUNCTION(length, 1, 0, 0, lengthFunc ), - FUNCTION(substr, 2, 0, 0, substrFunc ), - FUNCTION(substr, 3, 0, 0, substrFunc ), - FUNCTION(abs, 1, 0, 0, absFunc ), -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - FUNCTION(round, 1, 0, 0, roundFunc ), - FUNCTION(round, 2, 0, 0, roundFunc ), -#endif - FUNCTION(upper, 1, 0, 0, upperFunc ), - FUNCTION(lower, 1, 0, 0, lowerFunc ), - FUNCTION(coalesce, 1, 0, 0, 0 ), - FUNCTION(coalesce, -1, 0, 0, ifnullFunc ), - FUNCTION(coalesce, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), - FUNCTION(hex, 1, 0, 0, hexFunc ), - FUNCTION(ifnull, 2, 0, 1, ifnullFunc ), - FUNCTION(random, 0, 0, 0, randomFunc ), - FUNCTION(randomblob, 1, 0, 0, randomBlob ), - FUNCTION(nullif, 2, 0, 1, nullifFunc ), - FUNCTION(sqlite_version, 0, 0, 0, versionFunc ), - FUNCTION(quote, 1, 0, 0, quoteFunc ), - FUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid), - FUNCTION(changes, 0, 0, 0, changes ), - FUNCTION(total_changes, 0, 0, 0, total_changes ), - FUNCTION(replace, 3, 0, 0, replaceFunc ), - FUNCTION(zeroblob, 1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc ), - #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX - FUNCTION(soundex, 1, 0, 0, soundexFunc ), - #endif - #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - FUNCTION(load_extension, 1, 0, 0, loadExt ), - FUNCTION(load_extension, 2, 0, 0, loadExt ), - #endif - AGGREGATE(sum, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, sumFinalize ), - AGGREGATE(total, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, totalFinalize ), - AGGREGATE(avg, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, avgFinalize ), - /* AGGREGATE(count, 0, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), */ - {0,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT,0,0,0,countStep,countFinalize,"count",0}, - AGGREGATE(count, 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), - AGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize), - AGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize), - - LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), - #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE - LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), - LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), - #else - LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), - LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), - #endif - }; - - int i; - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); - FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aBuiltinFunc); - - for(i=0; i? */ - - 0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02, /* 40..47 @ABCDEFG */ - 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 48..4f HIJKLMNO */ - 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 50..57 PQRSTUVW */ - 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 58..5f XYZ[\]^_ */ - 0x00, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22, /* 60..67 `abcdefg */ - 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 68..6f hijklmno */ - 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 70..77 pqrstuvw */ - 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 78..7f xyz{|}~. */ - - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 80..87 ........ */ - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 88..8f ........ */ - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 90..97 ........ */ - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 98..9f ........ */ - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* a0..a7 ........ */ - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* a8..af ........ */ - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* b0..b7 ........ */ - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* b8..bf ........ */ - - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* c0..c7 ........ */ - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* c8..cf ........ */ - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* d0..d7 ........ */ - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* d8..df ........ */ - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* e0..e7 ........ */ - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* e8..ef ........ */ - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* f0..f7 ........ */ - 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 /* f8..ff ........ */ -}; -#endif - - - -/* -** The following singleton contains the global configuration for -** the SQLite library. -*/ -SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = { - SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS, /* bMemstat */ - 1, /* bCoreMutex */ - SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1, /* bFullMutex */ - 0x7ffffffe, /* mxStrlen */ - 100, /* szLookaside */ - 500, /* nLookaside */ - {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* m */ - {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* mutex */ - {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* pcache */ - (void*)0, /* pHeap */ - 0, /* nHeap */ - 0, 0, /* mnHeap, mxHeap */ - (void*)0, /* pScratch */ - 0, /* szScratch */ - 0, /* nScratch */ - (void*)0, /* pPage */ - 0, /* szPage */ - 0, /* nPage */ - 0, /* mxParserStack */ - 0, /* sharedCacheEnabled */ - /* All the rest need to always be zero */ - 0, /* isInit */ - 0, /* inProgress */ - 0, /* isMallocInit */ - 0, /* pInitMutex */ - 0, /* nRefInitMutex */ -}; - - -/* -** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all -** database connections. After initialization, this table is -** read-only. -*/ -SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions; - -/* -** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the -** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database. SQLite never uses -** the database page that contains the pending byte. It never attempts -** to read or write that page. The pending byte page is set assign -** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks. -** -** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to -** a different position in the file. This allows code that has to -** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller -** than 1 GiB. The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to -** move the pending byte. -** -** IMPORTANT: Changing the pending byte to any value other than -** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format! -** Changing the pending byte during operating results in undefined -** and dileterious behavior. -*/ -int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000; diff --git a/hash.c b/hash.c deleted file mode 100644 index 013f41a..0000000 --- a/hash.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,303 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables -** used in SQLite. -** -** $Id: hash.c,v 1.33 2009/01/09 01:12:28 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the -** fields of the Hash structure. -** -** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. -** "copyKey" is true if the hash table should make its own private -** copy of keys and false if it should just use the supplied pointer. -*/ -void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew, int copyKey){ - assert( pNew!=0 ); - pNew->copyKey = copyKey!=0; - pNew->first = 0; - pNew->count = 0; - pNew->htsize = 0; - pNew->ht = 0; -} - -/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. -** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table -** to the empty state. -*/ -void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){ - HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ - - assert( pH!=0 ); - elem = pH->first; - pH->first = 0; - sqlite3_free(pH->ht); - pH->ht = 0; - pH->htsize = 0; - while( elem ){ - HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; - if( pH->copyKey ){ - sqlite3_free(elem->pKey); - } - sqlite3_free(elem); - elem = next_elem; - } - pH->count = 0; -} - -/* -** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_STRING -*/ -static int strHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ - const char *z = (const char *)pKey; - int h = 0; - if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = sqlite3Strlen30(z); - while( nKey > 0 ){ - h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++]; - nKey--; - } - return h & 0x7fffffff; -} -static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ - if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; - return sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1); -} - - -/* Link an element into the hash table -*/ -static void insertElement( - Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ - struct _ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ - HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ -){ - HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ - pHead = pEntry->chain; - if( pHead ){ - pNew->next = pHead; - pNew->prev = pHead->prev; - if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } - else { pH->first = pNew; } - pHead->prev = pNew; - }else{ - pNew->next = pH->first; - if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } - pNew->prev = 0; - pH->first = pNew; - } - pEntry->count++; - pEntry->chain = pNew; -} - - -/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. -** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail -** to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails. -*/ -static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){ - struct _ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ - HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT - if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){ - new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht); - } - if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return; -#endif - - /* There is a call to sqlite3_malloc() inside rehash(). If there is - ** already an allocation at pH->ht, then if this malloc() fails it - ** is benign (since failing to resize a hash table is a performance - ** hit only, not a fatal error). - */ - if( pH->htsize>0 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3MallocZero( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) ); - if( pH->htsize>0 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - - if( new_ht==0 ) return; - sqlite3_free(pH->ht); - pH->ht = new_ht; - pH->htsize = new_size; - for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ - int h = strHash(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1); - next_elem = elem->next; - insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); - } -} - -/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an -** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has -** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter. -*/ -static HashElem *findElementGivenHash( - const Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ - const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ - int nKey, - int h /* The hash for this key. */ -){ - HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ - int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ - - if( pH->ht ){ - struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; - elem = pEntry->chain; - count = pEntry->count; - while( count-- && elem ){ - if( strCompare(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ - return elem; - } - elem = elem->next; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that -** element and a hash on the element's key. -*/ -static void removeElementGivenHash( - Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ - HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ - int h /* Hash value for the element */ -){ - struct _ht *pEntry; - if( elem->prev ){ - elem->prev->next = elem->next; - }else{ - pH->first = elem->next; - } - if( elem->next ){ - elem->next->prev = elem->prev; - } - pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; - if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ - pEntry->chain = elem->next; - } - pEntry->count--; - if( pEntry->count<=0 ){ - pEntry->chain = 0; - } - if( pH->copyKey ){ - sqlite3_free(elem->pKey); - } - sqlite3_free( elem ); - pH->count--; - if( pH->count<=0 ){ - assert( pH->first==0 ); - assert( pH->count==0 ); - sqlite3HashClear(pH); - } -} - -/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key -** that matches pKey,nKey. Return a pointer to the corresponding -** HashElem structure for this element if it is found, or NULL -** otherwise. -*/ -HashElem *sqlite3HashFindElem(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){ - int h; /* A hash on key */ - HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */ - - if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0; - h = strHash(pKey,nKey); - elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h % pH->htsize); - return elem; -} - -/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key -** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is -** found, or NULL if there is no match. -*/ -void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){ - HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */ - elem = sqlite3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey); - return elem ? elem->data : 0; -} - -/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey -** and the data is "data". -** -** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new -** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey -** flag is set. NULL is returned. -** -** If another element already exists with the same key, then the -** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. -** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then -** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. -** -** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the -** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. -*/ -void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *data){ - int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */ - int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ - HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ - HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ - - assert( pH!=0 ); - hraw = strHash(pKey, nKey); - if( pH->htsize ){ - h = hraw % pH->htsize; - elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h); - if( elem ){ - void *old_data = elem->data; - if( data==0 ){ - removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h); - }else{ - elem->data = data; - if( !pH->copyKey ){ - elem->pKey = (void *)pKey; - } - assert(nKey==elem->nKey); - } - return old_data; - } - } - if( data==0 ) return 0; - new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) ); - if( new_elem==0 ) return data; - if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){ - new_elem->pKey = sqlite3Malloc( nKey ); - if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(new_elem); - return data; - } - memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey); - }else{ - new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey; - } - new_elem->nKey = nKey; - pH->count++; - if( pH->htsize==0 ){ - rehash(pH, 128/sizeof(pH->ht[0])); - if( pH->htsize==0 ){ - pH->count = 0; - if( pH->copyKey ){ - sqlite3_free(new_elem->pKey); - } - sqlite3_free(new_elem); - return data; - } - } - if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){ - rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2); - } - assert( pH->htsize>0 ); - h = hraw % pH->htsize; - insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem); - new_elem->data = data; - return 0; -} diff --git a/hash.h b/hash.h deleted file mode 100644 index 16b391f..0000000 --- a/hash.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation -** used in SQLite. -** -** $Id: hash.h,v 1.12 2008/10/10 17:41:29 drh Exp $ -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_ -#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_ - -/* Forward declarations of structures. */ -typedef struct Hash Hash; -typedef struct HashElem HashElem; - -/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. -** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client -** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure -** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. -** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and -** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make -** this structure opaque. -*/ -struct Hash { - unsigned int copyKey: 1; /* True if copy of key made on insert */ - unsigned int htsize : 31; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ - unsigned int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ - HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ - struct _ht { /* the hash table */ - int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ - HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ - } *ht; -}; - -/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following -** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. -** -** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really -** be opaque because it is used by macros. -*/ -struct HashElem { - HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ - void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ - void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ -}; - -/* -** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. -*/ -void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*, int copyKey); -void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); -void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); -HashElem *sqlite3HashFindElem(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); -void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); - -/* -** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is -** like this: -** -** Hash h; -** HashElem *p; -** ... -** for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ -** SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p); -** // do something with pData -** } -*/ -#define sqliteHashFirst(H) ((H)->first) -#define sqliteHashNext(E) ((E)->next) -#define sqliteHashData(E) ((E)->data) -#define sqliteHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) -#define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) - -/* -** Number of entries in a hash table -*/ -#define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) - -#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */ diff --git a/hwtime.h b/hwtime.h deleted file mode 100644 index 896041e..0000000 --- a/hwtime.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2008 May 27 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" -** counters for x86 class CPUs. -** -** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $ -*/ -#ifndef _HWTIME_H_ -#define _HWTIME_H_ - -/* -** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. -** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the -** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res -** profiling. -*/ -#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ - (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) - - #if defined(__GNUC__) - - __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - unsigned int lo, hi; - __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); - return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; - } - - #elif defined(_MSC_VER) - - __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - __asm { - rdtsc - ret ; return value at EDX:EAX - } - } - - #endif - -#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) - - __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - unsigned long val; - __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); - return val; - } - -#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) - - __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ - unsigned long long retval; - unsigned long junk; - __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ - 1: mftbu %1\n\ - mftb %L0\n\ - mftbu %0\n\ - cmpw %0,%1\n\ - bne 1b" - : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); - return retval; - } - -#else - - #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. - - /* - ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, - ** you can remove the above #error and use the following - ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many - ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at - ** least compile and run. - */ - sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } - -#endif - -#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */ diff --git a/insert.c b/insert.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9b23c86..0000000 --- a/insert.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1740 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite. -** -** $Id: insert.c,v 1.260 2009/02/28 10:47:42 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity -** string for index pIdx. A column affinity string has one character -** for each column in the table, according to the affinity of the column: -** -** Character Column affinity -** ------------------------------ -** 'a' TEXT -** 'b' NONE -** 'c' NUMERIC -** 'd' INTEGER -** 'e' REAL -** -** An extra 'b' is appended to the end of the string to cover the -** rowid that appears as the last column in every index. -*/ -void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){ - if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ - /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is - ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as - ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use. - ** - ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by - ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned - ** up. - */ - int n; - Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); - pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3Malloc(pIdx->nColumn+2); - if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } - for(n=0; nnColumn; n++){ - pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity; - } - pIdx->zColAff[n++] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; - pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0; - } - - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pIdx->zColAff, 0); -} - -/* -** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity -** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character -** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the -** column: -** -** Character Column affinity -** ------------------------------ -** 'a' TEXT -** 'b' NONE -** 'c' NUMERIC -** 'd' INTEGER -** 'e' REAL -*/ -void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){ - /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table - ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then - ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use. - ** - ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by - ** sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up. - */ - if( !pTab->zColAff ){ - char *zColAff; - int i; - sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); - - zColAff = (char *)sqlite3Malloc(pTab->nCol+1); - if( !zColAff ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } - - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity; - } - zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0'; - - pTab->zColAff = zColAff; - } - - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, 0); -} - -/* -** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices -** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program beginning at location -** iStartAddr throught the end of the program. This is used to see if -** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO SELECT ..." can -** run without using temporary table for the results of the SELECT. -*/ -static int readsTable(Vdbe *v, int iStartAddr, int iDb, Table *pTab){ - int i; - int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - for(i=iStartAddr; iopcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){ - Index *pIndex; - int tnum = pOp->p2; - if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){ - return 1; - } - for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ - if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){ - return 1; - } - } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pTab->pVtab ){ - assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 ); - assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); - return 1; - } -#endif - } - return 0; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT -/* -** Write out code to initialize the autoincrement logic. This code -** looks up the current autoincrement value in the sqlite_sequence -** table and stores that value in a register. Code generated by -** autoIncStep() will keep that register holding the largest -** rowid value. Code generated by autoIncEnd() will write the new -** largest value of the counter back into the sqlite_sequence table. -** -** This routine returns the index of the mem[] cell that contains -** the maximum rowid counter. -** -** Three consecutive registers are allocated by this routine. The -** first two hold the name of the target table and the maximum rowid -** inserted into the target table, respectively. -** The third holds the rowid in sqlite_sequence where we will -** write back the revised maximum rowid. This routine returns the -** index of the second of these three registers. -*/ -static int autoIncBegin( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ - Table *pTab /* The table we are writing to */ -){ - int memId = 0; /* Register holding maximum rowid */ - if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - Db *pDb = &pParse->db->aDb[iDb]; - int iCur = pParse->nTab++; - int addr; /* Address of the top of the loop */ - assert( v ); - pParse->nMem++; /* Holds name of table */ - memId = ++pParse->nMem; - pParse->nMem++; - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead); - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, memId-1, 0, pTab->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, addr+9); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, 0, memId); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, memId-1, addr+7, memId); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, memId+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, 1, memId); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+9); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr+2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memId); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); - } - return memId; -} - -/* -** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation. -** -** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a -** new rowid that is about to be inserted. If that new rowid is -** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the -** memory cell is updated. The stack is unchanged. -*/ -static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){ - if( memId>0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid); - } -} - -/* -** After doing one or more inserts, the maximum rowid is stored -** in reg[memId]. Generate code to write this value back into the -** the sqlite_sequence table. -*/ -static void autoIncEnd( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ - Table *pTab, /* Table we are inserting into */ - int memId /* Memory cell holding the maximum rowid */ -){ - if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ - int iCur = pParse->nTab++; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - Db *pDb = &pParse->db->aDb[iDb]; - int j1; - int iRec = ++pParse->nMem; /* Memory cell used for record */ - - assert( v ); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iCur, memId+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, memId-1, 2, iRec); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iCur, iRec, memId+1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur); - } -} -#else -/* -** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines -** above are all no-ops -*/ -# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0) -# define autoIncStep(A,B,C) -# define autoIncEnd(A,B,C,D) -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ - - -/* Forward declaration */ -static int xferOptimization( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ - int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ -); - -/* -** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms: -** -** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST) -** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select -** -** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional. If omitted, -** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted. The IDLIST -** appears in the pColumn parameter. pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted. -** -** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT -** statement above, and pSelect is NULL. For the second form, pList is -** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate -** data for the insert. -** -** The code generated follows one of four templates. For a simple -** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes -** once straight down through. Pseudo-code follows (we call this -** the "1st template"): -** -** open write cursor to
and its indices -** puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack -** write the resulting record into
-** cleanup -** -** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form -** -** INSERT INTO
SELECT ... -** -** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM " - -** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table -** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and -** if and are distinct tables but have identical -** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization -** is invoked that copies raw records from over to . -** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this -** template. This is the 2nd template. -** -** open a write cursor to
-** open read cursor on -** transfer all records in over to
-** close cursors -** foreach index on
-** open a write cursor on the
index -** open a read cursor on the corresponding index -** transfer all records from the read to the write cursors -** close cursors -** end foreach -** -** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply -** and the SELECT clause does not read from
at any time. -** The generated code follows this template: -** -** EOF <- 0 -** X <- A -** goto B -** A: setup for the SELECT -** loop over the rows in the SELECT -** load values into registers R..R+n -** yield X -** end loop -** cleanup after the SELECT -** EOF <- 1 -** yield X -** goto A -** B: open write cursor to
and its indices -** C: yield X -** if EOF goto D -** insert the select result into
from R..R+n -** goto C -** D: cleanup -** -** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its -** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table -** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form, -** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of -** the select. The template is like this: -** -** EOF <- 0 -** X <- A -** goto B -** A: setup for the SELECT -** loop over the tables in the SELECT -** load value into register R..R+n -** yield X -** end loop -** cleanup after the SELECT -** EOF <- 1 -** yield X -** halt-error -** B: open temp table -** L: yield X -** if EOF goto M -** insert row from R..R+n into temp table -** goto L -** M: open write cursor to
and its indices -** rewind temp table -** C: loop over rows of intermediate table -** transfer values form intermediate table into
-** end loop -** D: cleanup -*/ -void sqlite3Insert( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */ - ExprList *pList, /* List of values to be inserted */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - IdList *pColumn, /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */ - int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ -){ - sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ - Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into. aka TABLE */ - char *zTab; /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */ - const char *zDb; /* Name of the database holding this table */ - int i, j, idx; /* Loop counters */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ - Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */ - int nHidden = 0; /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */ - int baseCur = 0; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */ - int keyColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ - int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */ - int useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */ - int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */ - int addrInsTop = 0; /* Jump to label "D" */ - int addrCont = 0; /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */ - int addrSelect = 0; /* Address of coroutine that implements the SELECT */ - SelectDest dest; /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */ - int newIdx = -1; /* Cursor for the NEW pseudo-table */ - int iDb; /* Index of database holding TABLE */ - Db *pDb; /* The database containing table being inserted into */ - int appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */ - - /* Register allocations */ - int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */ - int regAutoinc = 0; /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */ - int regRowCount = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */ - int regIns; /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */ - int regRowid; /* registers holding insert rowid */ - int regData; /* register holding first column to insert */ - int regRecord; /* Holds the assemblied row record */ - int regEof = 0; /* Register recording end of SELECT data */ - int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register allocated to each index */ - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - int isView; /* True if attempting to insert into a view */ - Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ - int tmask; /* Mask of trigger times */ -#endif - - db = pParse->db; - memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest)); - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - - /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information. - */ - assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); - zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName; - if( zTab==0 ) goto insert_cleanup; - pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); - if( pTab==0 ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( iDbnDb ); - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - zDb = pDb->zName; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - - /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being - ** inserted into is a view - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask); - isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; -#else -# define pTrigger 0 -# define tmask 0 -# define isView 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW -# undef isView -# define isView 0 -#endif - assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) ); - - /* Ensure that: - * (a) the table is not read-only, - * (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist - */ - if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - assert( pTab!=0 ); - - /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. - ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view (or virtual - ** module table). - */ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - - /* Allocate a VDBE - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup; - if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb); - - /* if there are row triggers, allocate a temp table for new.* references. */ - if( pTrigger ){ - newIdx = pParse->nTab++; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT - /* If the statement is of the form - ** - ** INSERT INTO SELECT * FROM ; - ** - ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer - ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices. - ** - ** This is the 2nd template. - */ - if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){ - assert( !pTrigger ); - assert( pList==0 ); - goto insert_cleanup; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ - - /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the - ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc. - */ - regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab); - - /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied. If the data - ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that - ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation. The - ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates. - */ - if( pSelect ){ - /* Data is coming from a SELECT. Generate code to implement that SELECT - ** as a co-routine. The code is common to both the 3rd and 4th - ** templates: - ** - ** EOF <- 0 - ** X <- A - ** goto B - ** A: setup for the SELECT - ** loop over the tables in the SELECT - ** load value into register R..R+n - ** yield X - ** end loop - ** cleanup after the SELECT - ** EOF <- 1 - ** yield X - ** halt-error - ** - ** On each invocation of the co-routine, it puts a single row of the - ** SELECT result into registers dest.iMem...dest.iMem+dest.nMem-1. - ** (These output registers are allocated by sqlite3Select().) When - ** the SELECT completes, it sets the EOF flag stored in regEof. - */ - int rc, j1; - - regEof = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEof); /* EOF <- 0 */ - VdbeComment((v, "SELECT eof flag")); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, ++pParse->nMem); - addrSelect = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, addrSelect-1, dest.iParm); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - VdbeComment((v, "Jump over SELECT coroutine")); - - /* Resolve the expressions in the SELECT statement and execute it. */ - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); - if( rc || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEof); /* EOF <- 1 */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); /* yield X */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_INTERNAL, OE_Abort); - VdbeComment((v, "End of SELECT coroutine")); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); /* label B: */ - - regFromSelect = dest.iMem; - assert( pSelect->pEList ); - nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; - assert( dest.nMem==nColumn ); - - /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement - ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4). Set to - ** FALSE if each* row of the SELECT can be written directly into - ** the destination table (template 3). - ** - ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one - ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a - ** temp table in the case of row triggers. - */ - if( pTrigger || readsTable(v, addrSelect, iDb, pTab) ){ - useTempTable = 1; - } - - if( useTempTable ){ - /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT - ** and add it to a transient table srcTab. The code generated - ** here is from the 4th template: - ** - ** B: open temp table - ** L: yield X - ** if EOF goto M - ** insert row from R..R+n into temp table - ** goto L - ** M: ... - */ - int regRec; /* Register to hold packed record */ - int regTempRowid; /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */ - int addrTop; /* Label "L" */ - int addrIf; /* Address of jump to M */ - - srcTab = pParse->nTab++; - regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn); - addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); - addrIf = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIf); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid); - } - }else{ - /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES - ** clause - */ - NameContext sNC; - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - srcTab = -1; - assert( useTempTable==0 ); - nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - } - } - - /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number - ** of columns to be inserted into the table. - */ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0); - } - } - if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied", - pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol, nColumn); - goto insert_cleanup; - } - if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId); - goto insert_cleanup; - } - - /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure - ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and - ** remember the column indices. - ** - ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column - ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the keyColumn variable - ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column. keyColumn is - ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as - ** is appears in the original table. (The index of the primary - ** key in the original table is pTab->iPKey.) - */ - if( pColumn ){ - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - pColumn->a[i].idx = -1; - } - for(i=0; inId; i++){ - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){ - pColumn->a[i].idx = j; - if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ - keyColumn = i; - } - break; - } - } - if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ - if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){ - keyColumn = i; - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s", - pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName); - pParse->nErr++; - goto insert_cleanup; - } - } - } - } - - /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary - ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index - ** in the original table definition. - */ - if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){ - keyColumn = pTab->iPKey; - } - - /* Open the temp table for FOR EACH ROW triggers - */ - if( pTrigger ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0, pTab->nCol); - } - - /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ - regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); - } - - /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */ - if( !isView ){ - int nIdx; - - baseCur = pParse->nTab; - nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, baseCur, OP_OpenWrite); - aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1)); - if( aRegIdx==0 ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - for(i=0; inMem; - } - } - - /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */ - if( useTempTable ){ - /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the - ** following pseudocode (template 4): - ** - ** rewind temp table - ** C: loop over rows of intermediate table - ** transfer values form intermediate table into
- ** end loop - ** D: ... - */ - addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab); - addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - }else if( pSelect ){ - /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the - ** following pseudocode (template 3): - ** - ** C: yield X - ** if EOF goto D - ** insert the select result into
from R..R+n - ** goto C - ** D: ... - */ - addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm); - addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof); - } - - /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row, - ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record. - */ - regRecord = ++pParse->nMem; - regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1; - pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1; - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - regRowid++; - pParse->nMem++; - } - regData = regRowid+1; - - /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any - */ - endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ - int regTrigRowid; - int regCols; - int regRec; - - /* build the NEW.* reference row. Note that if there is an INTEGER - ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be - ** translated into a unique ID for the row. But on a BEFORE trigger, - ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has - ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1 - */ - regTrigRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - if( keyColumn<0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regTrigRowid); - }else if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regTrigRowid); - }else{ - int j1; - assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regTrigRowid); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regTrigRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regTrigRowid); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTrigRowid); - } - - /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible, - ** this block would have to account for hidden column. - */ - assert(!IsVirtual(pTab)); - - /* Create the new column data - */ - regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol); - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( pColumn==0 ){ - j = i; - }else{ - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; - } - } - if( pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i); - }else if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i); - }else{ - assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ - sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i); - } - } - regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCols, pTab->nCol, regRec); - - /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger, - ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record. - ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the - ** table column affinities. - */ - if( !isView ){ - sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, regRec, regTrigRowid); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTrigRowid); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol); - - /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */ - if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, - pTab, newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop, 0, 0) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - } - - /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack. The - ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRowid - ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which - ** case the record number is the same as that column. - */ - if( !isView ){ - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns); - } - if( keyColumn>=0 ){ - if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regRowid); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+keyColumn, regRowid); - }else{ - VdbeOp *pOp; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regRowid); - pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) - 1); - if( pOp && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - appendFlag = 1; - pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid; - pOp->p1 = baseCur; - pOp->p2 = regRowid; - pOp->p3 = regAutoinc; - } - } - /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid - ** to generate a unique primary key value. - */ - if( !appendFlag ){ - int j1; - if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - }else{ - j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, j1+2); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid); - } - }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); - appendFlag = 1; - } - autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); - - /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning - ** with the first column. - */ - nHidden = 0; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i; - if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ - /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL. - ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted - ** in its place. So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid - ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRegStore); - continue; - } - if( pColumn==0 ){ - if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){ - assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); - j = -1; - nHidden++; - }else{ - j = i - nHidden; - } - }else{ - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; - } - } - if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore); - }else if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore); - } - } - - /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and - ** do the insertion. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, - (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P4_VTAB); - }else -#endif - { - sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( - pParse, - pTab, - baseCur, - regIns, - aRegIdx, - keyColumn>=0, - 0, - onError, - endOfLoop - ); - sqlite3CompleteInsertion( - pParse, - pTab, - baseCur, - regIns, - aRegIdx, - 0, - (tmask&TRIGGER_AFTER) ? newIdx : -1, - appendFlag - ); - } - } - - /* Update the count of rows that are inserted - */ - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); - } - - if( pTrigger ){ - /* Code AFTER triggers */ - if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, - pTab, newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop, 0, 0) ){ - goto insert_cleanup; - } - } - - /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source - ** is a SELECT statement. - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); - if( useTempTable ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab); - }else if( pSelect ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrCont); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); - } - - if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){ - /* Close all tables opened */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, baseCur); - for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, idx+baseCur); - } - } - - /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the - ** counter value in memory regAutoinc back into the sqlite_sequence - ** table. - */ - autoIncEnd(pParse, iDb, pTab, regAutoinc); - - /* - ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is - ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not - ** invoke the callback function. - */ - if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC); - } - -insert_cleanup: - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); - sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); - sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx); -} - -/* -** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE. -** -** The input is a range of consecutive registers as follows: -** -** 1. The rowid of the row to be updated before the update. This -** value is omitted unless we are doing an UPDATE that involves a -** change to the record number or writing to a virtual table. -** -** 2. The rowid of the row after the update. -** -** 3. The data in the first column of the entry after the update. -** -** i. Data from middle columns... -** -** N. The data in the last column of the entry after the update. -** -** The regRowid parameter is the index of the register containing (2). -** -** The old rowid shown as entry (1) above is omitted unless both isUpdate -** and rowidChng are 1. isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for -** INSERTs. RowidChng means that the new rowid is explicitly specified by -** the update or insert statement. If rowidChng is false, it means that -** the rowid is computed automatically in an insert or that the rowid value -** is not modified by the update. -** -** The code generated by this routine store new index entries into -** registers identified by aRegIdx[]. No index entry is created for -** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is -** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices -** attached to the table. -** -** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL, -** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails, -** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible -** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE. -** -** Constraint type Action What Happens -** --------------- ---------- ---------------------------------------- -** any ROLLBACK The current transaction is rolled back and -** sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a -** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. -** -** any ABORT Back out changes from the current command -** only (do not do a complete rollback) then -** cause sqlite3_exec() to return immediately -** with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. -** -** any FAIL Sqlite_exec() returns immediately with a -** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. The -** transaction is not rolled back and any -** prior changes are retained. -** -** any IGNORE The record number and data is popped from -** the stack and there is an immediate jump -** to label ignoreDest. -** -** NOT NULL REPLACE The NULL value is replace by the default -** value for that column. If the default value -** is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT. -** -** UNIQUE REPLACE The other row that conflicts with the row -** being inserted is removed. -** -** CHECK REPLACE Illegal. The results in an exception. -** -** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter. -** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter -** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value -** for the constraint is used. -** -** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with -** cursor number "baseCur". All indices of pTab must also have open -** read/write cursors with cursor number baseCur+i for the i-th cursor. -** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then -** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. -*/ -void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ - int baseCur, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */ - int regRowid, /* Index of the range of input registers */ - int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */ - int rowidChng, /* True if the rowid might collide with existing entry */ - int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ - int overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */ - int ignoreDest /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */ -){ - int i; - Vdbe *v; - int nCol; - int onError; - int j1; /* Addresss of jump instruction */ - int j2 = 0, j3; /* Addresses of jump instructions */ - int regData; /* Register containing first data column */ - int iCur; - Index *pIdx; - int seenReplace = 0; - int hasTwoRowids = (isUpdate && rowidChng); - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ - nCol = pTab->nCol; - regData = regRowid + 1; - - - /* Test all NOT NULL constraints. - */ - for(i=0; iiPKey ){ - continue; - } - onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull; - if( onError==OE_None ) continue; - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail - || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); - switch( onError ){ - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Abort: - case OE_Fail: { - char *zMsg; - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_HaltIfNull, - SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, regData+i); - zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s may not be NULL", - pTab->zName, pTab->aCol[i].zName); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regData+i, ignoreDest); - break; - } - case OE_Replace: { - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regData+i); - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regData+i); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - break; - } - } - } - - /* Test all CHECK constraints - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - if( pTab->pCheck && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){ - int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - pParse->ckBase = regData; - sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pTab->pCheck, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort; - if( onError==OE_Ignore ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk); - } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ - - /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key - ** of the new record does not previously exist. Except, if this - ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK. - */ - if( rowidChng ){ - onError = pTab->keyConf; - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - - if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex ){ - if( isUpdate ){ - j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regRowid, 0, regRowid-1); - } - j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, baseCur, 0, regRowid); - switch( onError ){ - default: { - onError = OE_Abort; - /* Fall thru into the next case */ - } - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Abort: - case OE_Fail: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0, - "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC); - break; - } - case OE_Replace: { - sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, baseCur, 0); - seenReplace = 1; - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - assert( seenReplace==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - break; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3); - if( isUpdate ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); - } - } - } - - /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE - ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist. - ** Add the new records to the indices as we go. - */ - for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){ - int regIdx; - int regR; - - if( aRegIdx[iCur]==0 ) continue; /* Skip unused indices */ - - /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */ - regIdx = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn+1); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regData+idx, regIdx+i); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1, aRegIdx[iCur]); - sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1); - - /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */ - onError = pIdx->onError; - if( onError==OE_None ) continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */ - if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ - onError = overrideError; - }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - if( seenReplace ){ - if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace; - else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort; - } - - - /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */ - j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IsNull, regIdx, 0, pIdx->nColumn); - regR = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid-hasTwoRowids, regR); - j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, baseCur+iCur+1, 0, - regR, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(aRegIdx[iCur]), - P4_INT32); - - /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */ - assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail - || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); - switch( onError ){ - case OE_Rollback: - case OE_Abort: - case OE_Fail: { - int j, n1, n2; - char zErrMsg[200]; - sqlite3_snprintf(ArraySize(zErrMsg), zErrMsg, - pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column "); - n1 = sqlite3Strlen30(zErrMsg); - for(j=0; jnColumn && n1aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName; - n2 = sqlite3Strlen30(zCol); - if( j>0 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(ArraySize(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], ", "); - n1 += 2; - } - if( n1+n2>ArraySize(zErrMsg)-30 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(ArraySize(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "..."); - n1 += 3; - break; - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf(ArraySize(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "%s", zCol); - n1 += n2; - } - } - sqlite3_snprintf(ArraySize(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], - pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique"); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0, zErrMsg,0); - break; - } - case OE_Ignore: { - assert( seenReplace==0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); - break; - } - case OE_Replace: { - sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, baseCur, regR, 0); - seenReplace = 1; - break; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regR); - } -} - -/* -** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation -** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. -** A consecutive range of registers starting at regRowid contains the -** rowid and the content to be inserted. -** -** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six -** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. -*/ -void sqlite3CompleteInsertion( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ - int baseCur, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */ - int regRowid, /* Range of content */ - int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */ - int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ - int newIdx, /* Index of NEW table for triggers. -1 if none */ - int appendBias /* True if this is likely to be an append */ -){ - int i; - Vdbe *v; - int nIdx; - Index *pIdx; - u8 pik_flags; - int regData; - int regRec; - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ - for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){} - for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){ - if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, baseCur+i+1, aRegIdx[i]); - } - regData = regRowid + 1; - regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec); - sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - if( newIdx>=0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, regRec, regRowid); - } -#endif - if( pParse->nested ){ - pik_flags = 0; - }else{ - pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE; - pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID); - } - if( appendBias ){ - pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, baseCur, regRec, regRowid); - if( !pParse->nested ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC); - } - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags); -} - -/* -** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all -** indices of that table. The "baseCur" parameter is the cursor number used -** for the table. Indices are opened on subsequent cursors. -** -** Return the number of indices on the table. -*/ -int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */ - int baseCur, /* Cursor number assigned to the table */ - int op /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ -){ - int i; - int iDb; - Index *pIdx; - Vdbe *v; - - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, baseCur, iDb, pTab, op); - for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ - KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); - assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, i+baseCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb, - (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); - } - if( pParse->nTab<=baseCur+i ){ - pParse->nTab = baseCur+i; - } - return i-1; -} - - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** The following global variable is incremented whenever the -** transfer optimization is used. This is used for testing -** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really -** is happening when it is suppose to. -*/ -int sqlite3_xferopt_count; -#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT -/* -** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible. -*/ -static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){ - if( z1==0 ){ - return z2==0; - } - if( z2==0 ){ - return 0; - } - return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0; -} - - -/* -** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data -** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization. The rules -** for a compatible index: -** -** * The index is over the same set of columns -** * The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns -** * The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) -** * The same collating sequence on each column -*/ -static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){ - int i; - assert( pDest && pSrc ); - assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable ); - if( pDest->nColumn!=pSrc->nColumn ){ - return 0; /* Different number of columns */ - } - if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){ - return 0; /* Different conflict resolution strategies */ - } - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){ - return 0; /* Different columns indexed */ - } - if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){ - return 0; /* Different sort orders */ - } - if( pSrc->azColl[i]!=pDest->azColl[i] ){ - return 0; /* Different collating sequences */ - } - } - - /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */ - return 1; -} - -/* -** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form -** -** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2; -** -** This optimization is only attempted if -** -** (1) tab1 and tab2 have identical schemas including all the -** same indices and constraints -** -** (2) tab1 and tab2 are different tables -** -** (3) There must be no triggers on tab1 -** -** (4) The result set of the SELECT statement is "*" -** -** (5) The SELECT statement has no WHERE, HAVING, ORDER BY, GROUP BY, -** or LIMIT clause. -** -** (6) The SELECT statement is a simple (not a compound) select that -** contains only tab2 in its FROM clause -** -** This method for implementing the INSERT transfers raw records from -** tab2 over to tab1. The columns are not decoded. Raw records from -** the indices of tab2 are transfered to tab1 as well. In so doing, -** the resulting tab1 has much less fragmentation. -** -** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is attempted. If any -** of the conditions above fail so that the optimization should not -** be attempted, then this routine returns FALSE. -*/ -static int xferOptimization( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ - Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ - int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ - int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ -){ - ExprList *pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */ - Table *pSrc; /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */ - Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx; /* Source and destination indices */ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int iDbSrc; /* The database of pSrc */ - int iSrc, iDest; /* Cursors from source and destination */ - int addr1, addr2; /* Loop addresses */ - int emptyDestTest; /* Address of test for empty pDest */ - int emptySrcTest; /* Address of test for empty pSrc */ - Vdbe *v; /* The VDBE we are building */ - KeyInfo *pKey; /* Key information for an index */ - int regAutoinc; /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */ - int destHasUniqueIdx = 0; /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */ - int regData, regRowid; /* Registers holding data and rowid */ - - if( pSelect==0 ){ - return 0; /* Must be of the form INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */ - } - if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){ - return 0; /* tab1 must not have triggers */ - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ - return 0; /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */ - } -#endif - if( onError==OE_Default ){ - onError = OE_Abort; - } - if( onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback ){ - return 0; /* Cannot do OR REPLACE or OR IGNORE or OR FAIL */ - } - assert(pSelect->pSrc); /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */ - if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */ - } - if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */ - } - if( pSelect->pWhere ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */ - } - if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */ - } - /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause. If HAVING is present but - ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */ - if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */ - } - if( pSelect->pLimit ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */ - } - assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 ); /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */ - if( pSelect->pPrior ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */ - } - if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ - return 0; /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */ - } - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){ - return 0; /* The result set must have exactly one column */ - } - assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr ); - if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){ - return 0; /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */ - } - - /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the - ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization. Now - ** we have to check the semantics. - */ - pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a; - pSrc = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase); - if( pSrc==0 ){ - return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */ - } - if( pSrc==pDest ){ - return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */ - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ - return 0; /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */ - } -#endif - if( pSrc->pSelect ){ - return 0; /* tab2 may not be a view */ - } - if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){ - return 0; /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */ - } - if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){ - return 0; /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ - } - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( pDest->aCol[i].affinity!=pSrc->aCol[i].affinity ){ - return 0; /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */ - } - if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDest->aCol[i].zColl, pSrc->aCol[i].zColl) ){ - return 0; /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */ - } - if( pDest->aCol[i].notNull && !pSrc->aCol[i].notNull ){ - return 0; /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */ - } - } - for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ - if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ - destHasUniqueIdx = 1; - } - for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ - if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; - } - if( pSrcIdx==0 ){ - return 0; /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */ - } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - if( pDest->pCheck && !sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pCheck, pDest->pCheck) ){ - return 0; /* Tables have different CHECK constraints. Ticket #2252 */ - } -#endif - - /* If we get this far, it means either: - ** - ** * We can always do the transfer if the table contains an - ** an integer primary key - ** - ** * We can conditionally do the transfer if the destination - ** table is empty. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_xferopt_count++; -#endif - iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema); - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc); - iSrc = pParse->nTab++; - iDest = pParse->nTab++; - regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest); - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite); - if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) || destHasUniqueIdx ){ - /* If tables do not have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and there - ** are indices to be copied and the destination is not empty, - ** we have to disallow the transfer optimization because the - ** the rowids might change which will mess up indexing. - ** - ** Or if the destination has a UNIQUE index and is not empty, - ** we also disallow the transfer optimization because we cannot - ** insure that all entries in the union of DEST and SRC will be - ** unique. - */ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); - emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - }else{ - emptyDestTest = 0; - } - sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead); - emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); - regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0, - "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); - autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); - }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid); - }else{ - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); - assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 ); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); - autoIncEnd(pParse, iDbDest, pDest, regAutoinc); - for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ - for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ - if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; - } - assert( pSrcIdx ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pSrcIdx); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc, - (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName)); - pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pDestIdx); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest, - (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName)); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - } - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - if( emptyDestTest ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); - return 0; - }else{ - return 1; - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ - -/* Make sure "isView" gets undefined in case this file becomes part of -** the amalgamation - so that subsequent files do not see isView as a -** macro. */ -#undef isView diff --git a/journal.c b/journal.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9466e69..0000000 --- a/journal.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,240 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** @(#) $Id: journal.c,v 1.9 2009/01/20 17:06:27 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - -/* -** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used -** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization -** is enabled. -** -** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the -** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created, -** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to -** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file -** on disk is not created or populated until either: -** -** 1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated -** buffer, or -** 2) The sqlite3JournalCreate() function is called. -*/ - -#include "sqliteInt.h" - - -/* -** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by -** as an open file handle for journal files. -*/ -struct JournalFile { - sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* I/O methods on journal files */ - int nBuf; /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */ - char *zBuf; /* Space to buffer journal writes */ - int iSize; /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */ - int flags; /* xOpen flags */ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The "real" underlying VFS */ - sqlite3_file *pReal; /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */ - const char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ -}; -typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile; - -/* -** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file -** for JournalFile p. -*/ -static int createFile(JournalFile *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !p->pReal ){ - sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1]; - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->pReal = pReal; - if( p->iSize>0 ){ - assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0); - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close the file. -*/ -static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal); - } - sqlite3_free(p->zBuf); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Read data from the file. -*/ -static int jrnlRead( - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */ - void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */ - sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); - }else if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->iSize ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; - }else{ - memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write data to the file. -*/ -static int jrnlWrite( - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */ - const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){ - rc = createFile(p); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); - }else{ - memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt); - if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){ - p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt); - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Truncate the file. -*/ -static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size); - }else if( sizeiSize ){ - p->iSize = size; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Sync the file. -*/ -static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){ - int rc; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Query the size of the file in bytes. -*/ -static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize); - }else{ - *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object. -*/ -static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - jrnlClose, /* xClose */ - jrnlRead, /* xRead */ - jrnlWrite, /* xWrite */ - jrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */ - jrnlSync, /* xSync */ - jrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */ - 0, /* xLock */ - 0, /* xUnlock */ - 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ - 0, /* xFileControl */ - 0, /* xSectorSize */ - 0 /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ -}; - -/* -** Open a journal file. -*/ -int sqlite3JournalOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the journal file */ - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* Preallocated, blank file handle */ - int flags, /* Opening flags */ - int nBuf /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */ -){ - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); - if( nBuf>0 ){ - p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf); - if( !p->zBuf ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - }else{ - return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0); - } - p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods; - p->nBuf = nBuf; - p->flags = flags; - p->zJournal = zName; - p->pVfs = pVfs; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying -** file has not yet been created, create it now. -*/ -int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){ - if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - return createFile((JournalFile *)p); -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs -** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files. -*/ -int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ - return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile)); -} -#endif diff --git a/keywordhash.h b/keywordhash.h deleted file mode 100644 index e215fc9..0000000 --- a/keywordhash.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,266 +0,0 @@ -/***** This file contains automatically generated code ****** -** -** The code in this file has been automatically generated by -** -** $Header: /sqlite/sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c,v 1.37 2009/02/01 00:00:46 drh Exp $ -** -** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether -** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing -** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table. -** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code -** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications -** on platforms with limited memory. -*/ -/* Hash score: 171 */ -static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){ - /* zText[] encodes 801 bytes of keywords in 541 bytes */ - /* REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT */ - /* ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE */ - /* XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY */ - /* UNIQUERYATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERELEASEBETWEENOTNULLIKE */ - /* CASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACHIMMEDIATEJOIN */ - /* SERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHENWHERENAME */ - /* AFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICTCROSS */ - /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAILFROMFULLGLOBYIF */ - /* ISNULLORDERESTRICTOUTERIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSINGVACUUMVIEW */ - /* INITIALLY */ - static const char zText[540] = { - 'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H', - 'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G', - 'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A', - 'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F', - 'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N', - 'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I', - 'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E', - 'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E', - 'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T', - 'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q', - 'U','E','R','Y','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U', - 'P','D','A','T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','L','E','A','S', - 'E','B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C', - 'A','S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L', - 'A','T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D', - 'A','T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E', - 'J','O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A', - 'L','Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U', - 'E','S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W', - 'H','E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C', - 'E','A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R', - 'E','M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M', - 'M','I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U', - 'R','R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M', - 'A','R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T', - 'D','R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L', - 'O','B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S', - 'T','R','I','C','T','O','U','T','E','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L', - 'B','A','C','K','R','O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V', - 'A','C','U','U','M','V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y', - }; - static const unsigned char aHash[127] = { - 70, 99, 112, 68, 0, 44, 0, 0, 76, 0, 71, 0, 0, - 41, 12, 72, 15, 0, 111, 79, 49, 106, 0, 19, 0, 0, - 116, 0, 114, 109, 0, 22, 87, 0, 9, 0, 0, 64, 65, - 0, 63, 6, 0, 47, 84, 96, 0, 113, 95, 0, 0, 43, - 0, 97, 24, 0, 17, 0, 117, 48, 23, 0, 5, 104, 25, - 90, 0, 0, 119, 100, 55, 118, 52, 7, 50, 0, 85, 0, - 94, 26, 0, 93, 0, 0, 0, 89, 86, 91, 82, 103, 14, - 38, 102, 0, 75, 0, 18, 83, 105, 31, 0, 115, 74, 107, - 56, 45, 78, 0, 0, 88, 39, 0, 110, 0, 35, 0, 0, - 28, 0, 80, 53, 58, 0, 20, 57, 0, 51, - }; - static const unsigned char aNext[119] = { - 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 32, 0, 21, 0, 0, 0, 42, 3, 46, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 29, 0, 37, 0, 0, 0, 1, 60, 0, - 0, 61, 0, 40, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 59, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 30, 54, 16, 33, 11, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 10, 66, 73, 0, 8, 0, 98, 92, 0, 101, 0, - 81, 0, 69, 0, 0, 108, 27, 36, 67, 77, 0, 34, 62, - 0, 0, - }; - static const unsigned char aLen[119] = { - 7, 7, 5, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, 6, 3, 7, 6, 6, - 7, 7, 3, 8, 2, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 10, 4, 6, - 11, 2, 7, 5, 5, 9, 6, 9, 9, 7, 10, 10, 4, - 6, 2, 3, 9, 4, 2, 6, 5, 6, 6, 5, 6, 5, - 5, 7, 7, 3, 7, 4, 4, 7, 3, 6, 4, 7, 6, - 12, 6, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4, 7, 6, 5, 6, 7, 5, - 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 3, 7, 13, 2, 2, 4, 6, 6, - 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 8, 8, 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, - 2, 2, 6, 5, 8, 5, 5, 8, 3, 5, 5, 6, 4, - 9, 3, - }; - static const unsigned short int aOffset[119] = { - 0, 2, 2, 8, 9, 14, 16, 20, 23, 25, 25, 29, 33, - 36, 41, 46, 48, 53, 54, 59, 62, 65, 67, 69, 78, 81, - 86, 95, 96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152, 159, - 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 189, 194, 197, 203, - 206, 210, 217, 223, 223, 226, 229, 233, 234, 238, 244, 248, 255, - 261, 273, 279, 288, 290, 296, 301, 303, 310, 315, 320, 326, 332, - 337, 341, 344, 350, 354, 361, 363, 370, 372, 374, 383, 387, 393, - 399, 407, 412, 412, 428, 435, 442, 443, 450, 454, 458, 462, 466, - 469, 471, 473, 479, 483, 491, 495, 500, 508, 511, 516, 521, 527, - 531, 536, - }; - static const unsigned char aCode[119] = { - TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE, - TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOR, - TK_FOREIGN, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD, - TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE, - TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE, - TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ALTER, - TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_SAVEPOINT, TK_INTERSECT, - TK_TRIGGER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO, TK_OFFSET, - TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, TK_OR, - TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, TK_GROUP, - TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, TK_BETWEEN, - TK_NOT, TK_NOTNULL, TK_NULL, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_CASCADE, - TK_ASC, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE, TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE, - TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN, TK_INSERT, - TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE, TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT, - TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_LIMIT, TK_WHEN, TK_WHERE, - TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, TK_REPLACE, TK_AND, TK_DEFAULT, - TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN, TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW, - TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, - TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS, TK_DROP, - TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_BY, - TK_IF, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER, TK_RESTRICT, TK_JOIN_KW, - TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW, TK_UNION, TK_USING, - TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY, TK_ALL, - }; - int h, i; - if( n<2 ) return TK_ID; - h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^ - (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^ - n) % 127; - for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){ - if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){ - testcase( i==0 ); /* TK_REINDEX */ - testcase( i==1 ); /* TK_INDEXED */ - testcase( i==2 ); /* TK_INDEX */ - testcase( i==3 ); /* TK_DESC */ - testcase( i==4 ); /* TK_ESCAPE */ - testcase( i==5 ); /* TK_EACH */ - testcase( i==6 ); /* TK_CHECK */ - testcase( i==7 ); /* TK_KEY */ - testcase( i==8 ); /* TK_BEFORE */ - testcase( i==9 ); /* TK_FOR */ - testcase( i==10 ); /* TK_FOREIGN */ - testcase( i==11 ); /* TK_IGNORE */ - testcase( i==12 ); /* TK_LIKE_KW */ - testcase( i==13 ); /* TK_EXPLAIN */ - testcase( i==14 ); /* TK_INSTEAD */ - testcase( i==15 ); /* TK_ADD */ - testcase( i==16 ); /* TK_DATABASE */ - testcase( i==17 ); /* TK_AS */ - testcase( i==18 ); /* TK_SELECT */ - testcase( i==19 ); /* TK_TABLE */ - testcase( i==20 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */ - testcase( i==21 ); /* TK_THEN */ - testcase( i==22 ); /* TK_END */ - testcase( i==23 ); /* TK_DEFERRABLE */ - testcase( i==24 ); /* TK_ELSE */ - testcase( i==25 ); /* TK_EXCEPT */ - testcase( i==26 ); /* TK_TRANSACTION */ - testcase( i==27 ); /* TK_ON */ - testcase( i==28 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */ - testcase( i==29 ); /* TK_ALTER */ - testcase( i==30 ); /* TK_RAISE */ - testcase( i==31 ); /* TK_EXCLUSIVE */ - testcase( i==32 ); /* TK_EXISTS */ - testcase( i==33 ); /* TK_SAVEPOINT */ - testcase( i==34 ); /* TK_INTERSECT */ - testcase( i==35 ); /* TK_TRIGGER */ - testcase( i==36 ); /* TK_REFERENCES */ - testcase( i==37 ); /* TK_CONSTRAINT */ - testcase( i==38 ); /* TK_INTO */ - testcase( i==39 ); /* TK_OFFSET */ - testcase( i==40 ); /* TK_OF */ - testcase( i==41 ); /* TK_SET */ - testcase( i==42 ); /* TK_TEMP */ - testcase( i==43 ); /* TK_TEMP */ - testcase( i==44 ); /* TK_OR */ - testcase( i==45 ); /* TK_UNIQUE */ - testcase( i==46 ); /* TK_QUERY */ - testcase( i==47 ); /* TK_ATTACH */ - testcase( i==48 ); /* TK_HAVING */ - testcase( i==49 ); /* TK_GROUP */ - testcase( i==50 ); /* TK_UPDATE */ - testcase( i==51 ); /* TK_BEGIN */ - testcase( i==52 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */ - testcase( i==53 ); /* TK_RELEASE */ - testcase( i==54 ); /* TK_BETWEEN */ - testcase( i==55 ); /* TK_NOT */ - testcase( i==56 ); /* TK_NOTNULL */ - testcase( i==57 ); /* TK_NULL */ - testcase( i==58 ); /* TK_LIKE_KW */ - testcase( i==59 ); /* TK_CASCADE */ - testcase( i==60 ); /* TK_ASC */ - testcase( i==61 ); /* TK_DELETE */ - testcase( i==62 ); /* TK_CASE */ - testcase( i==63 ); /* TK_COLLATE */ - testcase( i==64 ); /* TK_CREATE */ - testcase( i==65 ); /* TK_CTIME_KW */ - testcase( i==66 ); /* TK_DETACH */ - testcase( i==67 ); /* TK_IMMEDIATE */ - testcase( i==68 ); /* TK_JOIN */ - testcase( i==69 ); /* TK_INSERT */ - testcase( i==70 ); /* TK_MATCH */ - testcase( i==71 ); /* TK_PLAN */ - testcase( i==72 ); /* TK_ANALYZE */ - testcase( i==73 ); /* TK_PRAGMA */ - testcase( i==74 ); /* TK_ABORT */ - testcase( i==75 ); /* TK_VALUES */ - testcase( i==76 ); /* TK_VIRTUAL */ - testcase( i==77 ); /* TK_LIMIT */ - testcase( i==78 ); /* TK_WHEN */ - testcase( i==79 ); /* TK_WHERE */ - testcase( i==80 ); /* TK_RENAME */ - testcase( i==81 ); /* TK_AFTER */ - testcase( i==82 ); /* TK_REPLACE */ - testcase( i==83 ); /* TK_AND */ - testcase( i==84 ); /* TK_DEFAULT */ - testcase( i==85 ); /* TK_AUTOINCR */ - testcase( i==86 ); /* TK_TO */ - testcase( i==87 ); /* TK_IN */ - testcase( i==88 ); /* TK_CAST */ - testcase( i==89 ); /* TK_COLUMNKW */ - testcase( i==90 ); /* TK_COMMIT */ - testcase( i==91 ); /* TK_CONFLICT */ - testcase( i==92 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */ - testcase( i==93 ); /* TK_CTIME_KW */ - testcase( i==94 ); /* TK_CTIME_KW */ - testcase( i==95 ); /* TK_PRIMARY */ - testcase( i==96 ); /* TK_DEFERRED */ - testcase( i==97 ); /* TK_DISTINCT */ - testcase( i==98 ); /* TK_IS */ - testcase( i==99 ); /* TK_DROP */ - testcase( i==100 ); /* TK_FAIL */ - testcase( i==101 ); /* TK_FROM */ - testcase( i==102 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */ - testcase( i==103 ); /* TK_LIKE_KW */ - testcase( i==104 ); /* TK_BY */ - testcase( i==105 ); /* TK_IF */ - testcase( i==106 ); /* TK_ISNULL */ - testcase( i==107 ); /* TK_ORDER */ - testcase( i==108 ); /* TK_RESTRICT */ - testcase( i==109 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */ - testcase( i==110 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */ - testcase( i==111 ); /* TK_ROLLBACK */ - testcase( i==112 ); /* TK_ROW */ - testcase( i==113 ); /* TK_UNION */ - testcase( i==114 ); /* TK_USING */ - testcase( i==115 ); /* TK_VACUUM */ - testcase( i==116 ); /* TK_VIEW */ - testcase( i==117 ); /* TK_INITIALLY */ - testcase( i==118 ); /* TK_ALL */ - return aCode[i]; - } - } - return TK_ID; -} -int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){ - return keywordCode((char*)z, n); -} diff --git a/legacy.c b/legacy.c deleted file mode 100644 index 75de5dc..0000000 --- a/legacy.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,145 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file -** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in -** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be -** accessed by users of the library. -** -** $Id: legacy.c,v 1.32 2009/03/19 18:51:07 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ - -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure -** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from -** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message. -** -** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result -** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first -** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback -** is invoked, even for queries. -*/ -int sqlite3_exec( - sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ - const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ - sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */ - void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - const char *zLeftover; - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; - char **azCols = 0; - - int nRetry = 0; - int nCallback; - - if( zSql==0 ) zSql = ""; - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){ - int nCol; - char **azVals = 0; - - pStmt = 0; - rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - continue; - } - if( !pStmt ){ - /* this happens for a comment or white-space */ - zSql = zLeftover; - continue; - } - - nCallback = 0; - nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); - - while( 1 ){ - int i; - rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); - - /* Invoke the callback function if required */ - if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || - (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !nCallback && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){ - if( 0==nCallback ){ - if( azCols==0 ){ - azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1); - if( azCols==0 ){ - goto exec_out; - } - } - for(i=0; imallocFailed = 1; - goto exec_out; - } - } - } - if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){ - rc = SQLITE_ABORT; - sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); - pStmt = 0; - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT, 0); - goto exec_out; - } - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ - rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); - pStmt = 0; - if( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ - nRetry = 0; - zSql = zLeftover; - while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++; - } - break; - } - } - - sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols); - azCols = 0; - } - -exec_out: - if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); - sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols); - - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc==sqlite3_errcode(db) && pzErrMsg ){ - int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg); - if( *pzErrMsg ){ - memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg); - } - }else if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = 0; - } - - assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} diff --git a/loadext.c b/loadext.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0a1d155..0000000 --- a/loadext.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,603 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2006 June 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into -** the SQLite library. -** -** $Id: loadext.c,v 1.58 2009/01/20 16:53:40 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ - -#ifndef SQLITE_CORE - #define SQLITE_CORE 1 /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */ -#endif -#include "sqlite3ext.h" -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - -/* -** Some API routines are omitted when various features are -** excluded from a build of SQLite. Substitute a NULL pointer -** for any missing APIs. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -# define sqlite3_column_database_name 0 -# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_table_name 0 -# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_origin_name 0 -# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION -# define sqlite3_set_authorizer 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -# define sqlite3_bind_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_collation_needed16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_complete16 0 -# define sqlite3_create_collation16 0 -# define sqlite3_create_function16 0 -# define sqlite3_errmsg16 0 -# define sqlite3_open16 0 -# define sqlite3_prepare16 0 -# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 0 -# define sqlite3_result_error16 0 -# define sqlite3_result_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_result_text16be 0 -# define sqlite3_result_text16le 0 -# define sqlite3_value_text16 0 -# define sqlite3_value_text16be 0 -# define sqlite3_value_text16le 0 -# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 -# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE -# define sqlite3_complete 0 -# define sqlite3_complete16 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK -# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -# define sqlite3_create_module 0 -# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0 -# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE -# define sqlite3_profile 0 -# define sqlite3_trace 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE -# define sqlite3_free_table 0 -# define sqlite3_get_table 0 -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_bytes 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_close 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_open 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_read 0 -#define sqlite3_blob_write 0 -#endif - -/* -** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines. -** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are -** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite -** library. -** -** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure -** in order to preserve backwards compatibility. -** -** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the -** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they -** intend to use is supported by the library. Extensions should -** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is -** not NULL before calling it. -*/ -static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { - sqlite3_aggregate_context, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlite3_aggregate_count, -#else - 0, -#endif - sqlite3_bind_blob, - sqlite3_bind_double, - sqlite3_bind_int, - sqlite3_bind_int64, - sqlite3_bind_null, - sqlite3_bind_parameter_count, - sqlite3_bind_parameter_index, - sqlite3_bind_parameter_name, - sqlite3_bind_text, - sqlite3_bind_text16, - sqlite3_bind_value, - sqlite3_busy_handler, - sqlite3_busy_timeout, - sqlite3_changes, - sqlite3_close, - sqlite3_collation_needed, - sqlite3_collation_needed16, - sqlite3_column_blob, - sqlite3_column_bytes, - sqlite3_column_bytes16, - sqlite3_column_count, - sqlite3_column_database_name, - sqlite3_column_database_name16, - sqlite3_column_decltype, - sqlite3_column_decltype16, - sqlite3_column_double, - sqlite3_column_int, - sqlite3_column_int64, - sqlite3_column_name, - sqlite3_column_name16, - sqlite3_column_origin_name, - sqlite3_column_origin_name16, - sqlite3_column_table_name, - sqlite3_column_table_name16, - sqlite3_column_text, - sqlite3_column_text16, - sqlite3_column_type, - sqlite3_column_value, - sqlite3_commit_hook, - sqlite3_complete, - sqlite3_complete16, - sqlite3_create_collation, - sqlite3_create_collation16, - sqlite3_create_function, - sqlite3_create_function16, - sqlite3_create_module, - sqlite3_data_count, - sqlite3_db_handle, - sqlite3_declare_vtab, - sqlite3_enable_shared_cache, - sqlite3_errcode, - sqlite3_errmsg, - sqlite3_errmsg16, - sqlite3_exec, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlite3_expired, -#else - 0, -#endif - sqlite3_finalize, - sqlite3_free, - sqlite3_free_table, - sqlite3_get_autocommit, - sqlite3_get_auxdata, - sqlite3_get_table, - 0, /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */ - sqlite3_interrupt, - sqlite3_last_insert_rowid, - sqlite3_libversion, - sqlite3_libversion_number, - sqlite3_malloc, - sqlite3_mprintf, - sqlite3_open, - sqlite3_open16, - sqlite3_prepare, - sqlite3_prepare16, - sqlite3_profile, - sqlite3_progress_handler, - sqlite3_realloc, - sqlite3_reset, - sqlite3_result_blob, - sqlite3_result_double, - sqlite3_result_error, - sqlite3_result_error16, - sqlite3_result_int, - sqlite3_result_int64, - sqlite3_result_null, - sqlite3_result_text, - sqlite3_result_text16, - sqlite3_result_text16be, - sqlite3_result_text16le, - sqlite3_result_value, - sqlite3_rollback_hook, - sqlite3_set_authorizer, - sqlite3_set_auxdata, - sqlite3_snprintf, - sqlite3_step, - sqlite3_table_column_metadata, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlite3_thread_cleanup, -#else - 0, -#endif - sqlite3_total_changes, - sqlite3_trace, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED - sqlite3_transfer_bindings, -#else - 0, -#endif - sqlite3_update_hook, - sqlite3_user_data, - sqlite3_value_blob, - sqlite3_value_bytes, - sqlite3_value_bytes16, - sqlite3_value_double, - sqlite3_value_int, - sqlite3_value_int64, - sqlite3_value_numeric_type, - sqlite3_value_text, - sqlite3_value_text16, - sqlite3_value_text16be, - sqlite3_value_text16le, - sqlite3_value_type, - sqlite3_vmprintf, - /* - ** The original API set ends here. All extensions can call any - ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL. But - ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the - ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with - ** a library that is new enough to support that API. - ************************************************************************* - */ - sqlite3_overload_function, - - /* - ** Added after 3.3.13 - */ - sqlite3_prepare_v2, - sqlite3_prepare16_v2, - sqlite3_clear_bindings, - - /* - ** Added for 3.4.1 - */ - sqlite3_create_module_v2, - - /* - ** Added for 3.5.0 - */ - sqlite3_bind_zeroblob, - sqlite3_blob_bytes, - sqlite3_blob_close, - sqlite3_blob_open, - sqlite3_blob_read, - sqlite3_blob_write, - sqlite3_create_collation_v2, - sqlite3_file_control, - sqlite3_memory_highwater, - sqlite3_memory_used, -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT - 0, - 0, - 0, - 0, - 0, -#else - sqlite3_mutex_alloc, - sqlite3_mutex_enter, - sqlite3_mutex_free, - sqlite3_mutex_leave, - sqlite3_mutex_try, -#endif - sqlite3_open_v2, - sqlite3_release_memory, - sqlite3_result_error_nomem, - sqlite3_result_error_toobig, - sqlite3_sleep, - sqlite3_soft_heap_limit, - sqlite3_vfs_find, - sqlite3_vfs_register, - sqlite3_vfs_unregister, - - /* - ** Added for 3.5.8 - */ - sqlite3_threadsafe, - sqlite3_result_zeroblob, - sqlite3_result_error_code, - sqlite3_test_control, - sqlite3_randomness, - sqlite3_context_db_handle, - - /* - ** Added for 3.6.0 - */ - sqlite3_extended_result_codes, - sqlite3_limit, - sqlite3_next_stmt, - sqlite3_sql, - sqlite3_status, -}; - -/* -** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file -** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a -** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used. Use -** of the default name is recommended. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong. -** -** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with -** error message text. The calling function should free this memory -** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ). -*/ -static int sqlite3LoadExtension( - sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ - const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ - const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ -){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; - void *handle; - int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*); - char *zErrmsg = 0; - void **aHandle; - - /* Ticket #1863. To avoid a creating security problems for older - ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the - ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default. One - ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension - ** loading. Otherwise you get the following error. - */ - if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized"); - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - if( zProc==0 ){ - zProc = "sqlite3_extension_init"; - } - - handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile); - if( handle==0 ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - char zErr[256]; - zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = '\0'; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr, - "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile); - sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr); - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zErr); - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) - sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zProc); - if( xInit==0 ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - char zErr[256]; - zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = '\0'; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr, - "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zProc,zFile); - sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr); - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zErr); - sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; - }else if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){ - if( pzErrMsg ){ - *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg); - } - sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); - sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */ - aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1)); - if( aHandle==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( db->nExtension>0 ){ - memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); - db->aExtension = aHandle; - - db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -int sqlite3_load_extension( - sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ - const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ - const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ - char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order -** to clean up loaded extensions -*/ -void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(i=0; inExtension; i++){ - sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); -} - -/* -** Enable or disable extension loading. Extension loading is disabled by -** default so as not to open security holes in older applications. -*/ -int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( onoff ){ - db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension; - }else{ - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ - -/* -** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension -** loading is supported. We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that -** code if regular extension loading is not available. This is that -** dummy pointer. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { 0 }; -#endif - - -/* -** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded -** extensions. -** -** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER -** mutex must be held while accessing this list. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList; -static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList { - int nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */ - void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */ -} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 }; - -/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension -** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, -** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common -** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly -** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD -# define wsdAutoextInit \ - sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext) -# define wsdAutoext x[0] -#else -# define wsdAutoextInit -# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext -#endif - - -/* -** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically -** loaded by every new database connection. -*/ -int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - }else -#endif - { - int i; -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); -#endif - wsdAutoextInit; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - for(i=0; i=wsdAutoext.nExt ){ - xInit = 0; - go = 0; - }else{ - xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) - wsdAutoext.aExt[i]; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - if( xInit && xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, - "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg); - go = 0; - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); - } - } - return rc; -} diff --git a/main.c b/main.c deleted file mode 100644 index e9447e3..0000000 --- a/main.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2180 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file -** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in -** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be -** accessed by users of the library. -** -** $Id: main.c,v 1.536 2009/04/09 01:23:49 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 -# include "fts3.h" -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE -# include "rtree.h" -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU -# include "sqliteicu.h" -#endif - -/* -** The version of the library -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; -#endif -const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; } -int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; } -int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; } - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) -/* -** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if -** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing -** I/O active are written using this function. These messages -** are intended for debugging activity only. -*/ -void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0; -#endif - -/* -** If the following global variable points to a string which is the -** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store -** temporary files. -** -** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command. -*/ -char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; - -/* -** Initialize SQLite. -** -** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation, -** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with -** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT -** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as -** sqlite3_open(). -** -** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process, -** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown. -** -** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to -** completion. If subsequent threads call this routine before the first -** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent -** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization. -** -** The first thread might call this routine recursively. Recursive -** calls to this routine should not block, of course. Otherwise the -** initialization process would never complete. -** -** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine. Let Y be some other -** thread. Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is -** incomplete, it is required that: -** -** * Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most -** call by X completes. -** -** * Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately -** without blocking. -*/ -int sqlite3_initialize(void){ - sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; /* The main static mutex */ - int rc; /* Result code */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } -#endif - - /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call - ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op. But the initialization - ** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end - ** of this routine. - */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK; - - /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to - ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error. - ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex, - ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do. - ** - ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own - ** initialization. - */ - rc = sqlite3MutexInit(); - if( rc ) return rc; - - /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex. - ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that - ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the - ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static - ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem. - */ - pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ - rc = sqlite3MallocInit(); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1; - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - - /* If unable to initialize the malloc subsystem, then return early. - ** There is little hope of getting SQLite to run if the malloc - ** subsystem cannot be initialized. - */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so - ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into - ** sqlite3_initialize(). The recursive calls normally come through - ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other - ** recursive calls might also be possible. - */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){ - FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1; - memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions)); - sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(); - rc = sqlite3_os_init(); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize(); - sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage); - } - sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = (rc==SQLITE_OK ? 1 : 0); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); - - /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive - ** mutex to prevent a resource leak. - */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--; - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){ - assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 ); - sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - - /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has - ** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but - ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no - ** reason. So we run it once during initialization. - */ -#ifndef NDEBUG -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */ - if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1; - double y; - assert(sizeof(x)==8); - assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y)); - memcpy(&y, &x, 8); - assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) ); - } -#endif -#endif - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize(). Must not be called while -** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or -** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread. This -** routine is not threadsafe. Not by a long shot. -*/ -int sqlite3_shutdown(void){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0; - sqlite3PcacheShutdown(); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){ - sqlite3_os_end(); - } - sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(); - sqlite3MallocEnd(); - sqlite3MutexEnd(); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of -** the SQLite library at run-time. -** -** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding -** database connections or memory allocations. This routine is not -** threadsafe. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable -** behavior. -*/ -int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){ - va_list ap; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while - ** the SQLite library is in use. */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE; - - va_start(ap, op); - switch( op ){ - - /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe - ** compile. - */ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: { - /* Disable all mutexing */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: { - /* Disable mutexing of database connections */ - /* Enable mutexing of core data structures */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: { - /* Enable all mutexing */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1; - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: { - /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*); - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: { - /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */ - *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; - break; - } -#endif - - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: { - /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*); - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: { - /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault(); - *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m; - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: { - /* Enable or disable the malloc status collection */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: { - /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: { - /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: { - /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods*); - break; - } - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: { - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit==0 ){ - sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); - } - *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache; - break; - } - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5) - case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: { - /* Designate a buffer for heap memory space */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int); - - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){ - /* If the heap pointer is NULL, then restore the malloc implementation - ** back to NULL pointers too. This will cause the malloc to go - ** back to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is - ** run. - */ - memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m)); - }else{ - /* The heap pointer is not NULL, then install one of the - ** mem5.c/mem3.c methods. If neither ENABLE_MEMSYS3 nor - ** ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined, return an error. - ** the default case and return an error. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(); -#endif - } - break; - } -#endif - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - - default: { - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - break; - } - } - va_end(ap); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection. -** Return SQLITE_OK on success. -** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY. -** -** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot. -** The cnt parameter is the number of slots. If pStart is NULL the -** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). -** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for -** the lookaside memory. -*/ -static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){ - void *pStart; - if( db->lookaside.nOut ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before - ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for - ** both at the same time. - */ - if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ - sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); - } - /* The size of a lookaside slot needs to be larger than a pointer - ** to be useful. - */ - if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0; - if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0; - if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){ - sz = 0; - pStart = 0; - }else if( pBuf==0 ){ - sz = ROUND8(sz); - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt ); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - }else{ - sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); - pStart = pBuf; - } - db->lookaside.pStart = pStart; - db->lookaside.pFree = 0; - db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz; - if( pStart ){ - int i; - LookasideSlot *p; - assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ); - p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart; - for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){ - p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree; - db->lookaside.pFree = p; - p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz]; - } - db->lookaside.pEnd = p; - db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1; - db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0; - }else{ - db->lookaside.pEnd = 0; - db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; - db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Return the mutex associated with a database connection. -*/ -sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->mutex; -} - -/* -** Configuration settings for an individual database connection -*/ -int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ - va_list ap; - int rc; - va_start(ap, op); - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { - void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); - int sz = va_arg(ap, int); - int cnt = va_arg(ap, int); - rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt); - break; - } - default: { - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - break; - } - } - va_end(ap); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces. -*/ -static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){ - while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; } - return n==0; -} - -/* -** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always -** available. -** -** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end -** of strings is ignored. This implements the RTRIM collation. -*/ -static int binCollFunc( - void *padFlag, - int nKey1, const void *pKey1, - int nKey2, const void *pKey2 -){ - int rc, n; - n = nKey1lastRowid; -} - -/* -** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec(). -*/ -int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->nChange; -} - -/* -** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened. -*/ -int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->nTotalChange; -} - -/* -** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the -** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open -** at the b-tree/pager level. -*/ -void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){ - while( db->pSavepoint ){ - Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint; - db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext; - sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); - } - db->nSavepoint = 0; - db->nStatement = 0; - db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0; -} - -/* -** Close an existing SQLite database -*/ -int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ - HashElem *i; - int j; - - if( !db ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - -#ifdef SQLITE_SSE - { - extern void sqlite3SseCleanup(sqlite3*); - sqlite3SseCleanup(db); - } -#endif - - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - - /* If a transaction is open, the ResetInternalSchema() call above - ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual - ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback() - ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active - ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing - ** some prepared statements internally. - */ - sqlite3VtabRollback(db); - - /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */ - if( db->pVdbe ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "unable to close due to unfinalised statements"); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ); - - for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt; - if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "unable to close due to unfinished backup operation"); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - } - - /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */ - sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); - - for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ - struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j]; - if( pDb->pBt ){ - sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); - pDb->pBt = 0; - if( j!=1 ){ - pDb->pSchema = 0; - } - } - } - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - - /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any - ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks. - */ - sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db); - - assert( db->nDb<=2 ); - assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ); - for(j=0; jaFunc.a); j++){ - FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p; - for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){ - pHash = p->pHash; - while( p ){ - pNext = p->pNext; - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); - p = pNext; - } - } - } - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i); - /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */ - for(j=0; j<3; j++){ - if( pColl[j].xDel ){ - pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser); - } - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ - Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i); - if( pMod->xDestroy ){ - pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod); - } - sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule); -#endif - - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */ - if( db->pErr ){ - sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr); - } - sqlite3CloseExtensions(db); - - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR; - - /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema - ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()). - ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into - ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database - ** structure? - */ - sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; - sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex); - assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 ); /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */ - if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ - sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); - } - sqlite3_free(db); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Rollback all database files. -*/ -void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db){ - int i; - int inTrans = 0; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){ - if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(db->aDb[i].pBt) ){ - inTrans = 1; - } - sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt); - db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0; - } - } - sqlite3VtabRollback(db); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - - if( db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - } - - /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */ - if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){ - db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg); - } -} - -/* -** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the -** argument. -*/ -const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){ - const char *z; - switch( rc & 0xff ){ - case SQLITE_ROW: - case SQLITE_DONE: - case SQLITE_OK: z = "not an error"; break; - case SQLITE_ERROR: z = "SQL logic error or missing database"; break; - case SQLITE_PERM: z = "access permission denied"; break; - case SQLITE_ABORT: z = "callback requested query abort"; break; - case SQLITE_BUSY: z = "database is locked"; break; - case SQLITE_LOCKED: z = "database table is locked"; break; - case SQLITE_NOMEM: z = "out of memory"; break; - case SQLITE_READONLY: z = "attempt to write a readonly database"; break; - case SQLITE_INTERRUPT: z = "interrupted"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR: z = "disk I/O error"; break; - case SQLITE_CORRUPT: z = "database disk image is malformed"; break; - case SQLITE_FULL: z = "database or disk is full"; break; - case SQLITE_CANTOPEN: z = "unable to open database file"; break; - case SQLITE_EMPTY: z = "table contains no data"; break; - case SQLITE_SCHEMA: z = "database schema has changed"; break; - case SQLITE_TOOBIG: z = "String or BLOB exceeded size limit"; break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: z = "constraint failed"; break; - case SQLITE_MISMATCH: z = "datatype mismatch"; break; - case SQLITE_MISUSE: z = "library routine called out of sequence";break; - case SQLITE_NOLFS: z = "large file support is disabled"; break; - case SQLITE_AUTH: z = "authorization denied"; break; - case SQLITE_FORMAT: z = "auxiliary database format error"; break; - case SQLITE_RANGE: z = "bind or column index out of range"; break; - case SQLITE_NOTADB: z = "file is encrypted or is not a database";break; - default: z = "unknown error"; break; - } - return z; -} - -/* -** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries -** again until a timeout value is reached. The timeout value is -** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first -** argument. -*/ -static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback( - void *ptr, /* Database connection */ - int count /* Number of times table has been busy */ -){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP) - static const u8 delays[] = - { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25, 25, 50, 50, 100 }; - static const u8 totals[] = - { 0, 1, 3, 8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 }; -# define NDELAY (sizeof(delays)/sizeof(delays[0])) - sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; - int timeout = db->busyTimeout; - int delay, prior; - - assert( count>=0 ); - if( count < NDELAY ){ - delay = delays[count]; - prior = totals[count]; - }else{ - delay = delays[NDELAY-1]; - prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1)); - } - if( prior + delay > timeout ){ - delay = timeout - prior; - if( delay<=0 ) return 0; - } - sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000); - return 1; -#else - sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; - int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout; - if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){ - return 0; - } - sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000); - return 1; -#endif -} - -/* -** Invoke the given busy handler. -** -** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock. -** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it -** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error. -*/ -int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){ - int rc; - if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0; - rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy); - if( rc==0 ){ - p->nBusy = -1; - }else{ - p->nBusy++; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the -** given callback function with the given argument. -*/ -int sqlite3_busy_handler( - sqlite3 *db, - int (*xBusy)(void*,int), - void *pArg -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy; - db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg; - db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK -/* -** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the -** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will -** be invoked every nOps opcodes. -*/ -void sqlite3_progress_handler( - sqlite3 *db, - int nOps, - int (*xProgress)(void*), - void *pArg -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( nOps>0 ){ - db->xProgress = xProgress; - db->nProgressOps = nOps; - db->pProgressArg = pArg; - }else{ - db->xProgress = 0; - db->nProgressOps = 0; - db->pProgressArg = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); -} -#endif - - -/* -** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the -** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0. -*/ -int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){ - if( ms>0 ){ - db->busyTimeout = ms; - sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db); - }else{ - sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity. -*/ -void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){ - db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; -} - - -/* -** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except -** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is -** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code -** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. -*/ -int sqlite3CreateFunc( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int enc, - void *pUserData, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -){ - FuncDef *p; - int nName; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( zFunctionName==0 || - (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || - (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) || - (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) || - (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) || - (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zFunctionName))) ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "bad parameters"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this - ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the - ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. - ** - ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function - ** to the hash table. - */ - if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){ - enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, - pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE, - pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; - } -#else - enc = SQLITE_UTF8; -#endif - - /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so, - ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function - ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the - ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements. - */ - p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0); - if( p && p->iPrefEnc==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){ - if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements"); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - } - } - - p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1); - assert(p || db->mallocFailed); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - p->flags = 0; - p->xFunc = xFunc; - p->xStep = xStep; - p->xFinalize = xFinal; - p->pUserData = pUserData; - p->nArg = (u16)nArg; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Create new user functions. -*/ -int sqlite3_create_function( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int enc, - void *p, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -int sqlite3_create_function16( - sqlite3 *db, - const void *zFunctionName, - int nArg, - int eTextRep, - void *p, - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), - void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) -){ - int rc; - char *zFunc8; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1); - rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -#endif - - -/* -** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table. -** -** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then -** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create -** a new one that always throws a run-time error. -** -** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they -** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists. -** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work -** properly. -*/ -int sqlite3_overload_function( - sqlite3 *db, - const char *zName, - int nArg -){ - int nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName); - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){ - sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, - 0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0); - } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE -/* -** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace -** is returned. -** -** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL -** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each -** SQL statement. -*/ -void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){ - void *pOld; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pOld = db->pTraceArg; - db->xTrace = xTrace; - db->pTraceArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pOld; -} -/* -** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered -** profile function is returned. -** -** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL -** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of -** each SQL statement that is run. -*/ -void *sqlite3_profile( - sqlite3 *db, - void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64), - void *pArg -){ - void *pOld; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pOld = db->pProfileArg; - db->xProfile = xProfile; - db->pProfileArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pOld; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ - -/*** EXPERIMENTAL *** -** -** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments. -** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a -** rollback. -*/ -void *sqlite3_commit_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ - int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */ - void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ -){ - void *pOld; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pOld = db->pCommitArg; - db->xCommitCallback = xCallback; - db->pCommitArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pOld; -} - -/* -** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated, -** inserted or deleted using this database connection. -*/ -void *sqlite3_update_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ - void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64), - void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ -){ - void *pRet; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pRet = db->pUpdateArg; - db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback; - db->pUpdateArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pRet; -} - -/* -** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled -** back by this database connection. -*/ -void *sqlite3_rollback_hook( - sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ - void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */ - void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ -){ - void *pRet; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - pRet = db->pRollbackArg; - db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback; - db->pRollbackArg = pArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return pRet; -} - -/* -** This routine is called to create a connection to a database BTree -** driver. If zFilename is the name of a file, then that file is -** opened and used. If zFilename is the magic name ":memory:" then -** the database is stored in memory (and is thus forgotten as soon as -** the connection is closed.) If zFilename is NULL then the database -** is a "virtual" database for transient use only and is deleted as -** soon as the connection is closed. -** -** A virtual database can be either a disk file (that is automatically -** deleted when the file is closed) or it an be held entirely in memory, -** depending on the values of the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE compile-time macro and the -** db->temp_store variable, according to the following chart: -** -** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database -** ----------------- -------------- ------------------------------ -** 0 any file -** 1 1 file -** 1 2 memory -** 1 0 file -** 2 1 file -** 2 2 memory -** 2 0 memory -** 3 any memory -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeFactory( - const sqlite3 *db, /* Main database when opening aux otherwise 0 */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ - int omitJournal, /* if TRUE then do not journal this file */ - int nCache, /* How many pages in the page cache */ - int vfsFlags, /* Flags passed through to vfsOpen */ - Btree **ppBtree /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ -){ - int btFlags = 0; - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - assert( ppBtree != 0); - if( omitJournal ){ - btFlags |= BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL; - } - if( db->flags & SQLITE_NoReadlock ){ - btFlags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK; - } - if( zFilename==0 ){ -#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0 - /* Do nothing */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB -#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 - if( db->temp_store==2 ) zFilename = ":memory:"; -#endif -#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 - if( db->temp_store!=1 ) zFilename = ":memory:"; -#endif -#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 - zFilename = ":memory:"; -#endif -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB */ - } - - if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (zFilename==0 || *zFilename==0) ){ - vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(zFilename, (sqlite3 *)db, ppBtree, btFlags, vfsFlags); - - /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the - ** default value. Except, if the call to BtreeOpen() returned a handle - ** open on an existing shared pager-cache, do not change the pager-cache - ** size. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeSchema(*ppBtree, 0, 0) ){ - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(*ppBtree, nCache); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent -** error. -*/ -const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){ - const char *z; - if( !db ){ - return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); - } - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE); - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); - }else{ - z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - if( z==0 ){ - z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode); - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return z; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent -** error. -*/ -const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){ - static const u16 outOfMem[] = { - 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0 - }; - static const u16 misuse[] = { - 'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ', - 'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ', - 'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ', - 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', - 'o', 'f', ' ', - 's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0 - }; - - const void *z; - if( !db ){ - return (void *)outOfMem; - } - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return (void *)misuse; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - z = (void *)outOfMem; - }else{ - z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); - if( z==0 ){ - sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode), - SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); - z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); - } - /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16() - ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to - ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via - ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message. - */ - db->mallocFailed = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return z; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is -** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open(). -*/ -int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ - if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - return db->errCode & db->errMask; -} -int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ - if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - return db->errCode; -} - -/* -** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName -** and the encoding is enc. -*/ -static int createCollation( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), - void(*xDel)(void*) -){ - CollSeq *pColl; - int enc2; - int nName; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - - /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this - ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the - ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. - */ - enc2 = enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED; - if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 ){ - enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - } - if( (enc2&~3)!=0 ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - - /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation - ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there - ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements. - */ - nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName); - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, nName, 0); - if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){ - if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, - "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements"); - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); - - /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to - ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(), - ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated. - ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need - ** to be called. - */ - if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){ - CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); - int j; - for(j=0; j<3; j++){ - CollSeq *p = &aColl[j]; - if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){ - if( p->xDel ){ - p->xDel(p->pUser); - } - p->xCmp = 0; - } - } - } - } - - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, nName, 1); - if( pColl ){ - pColl->xCmp = xCompare; - pColl->pUser = pCtx; - pColl->xDel = xDel; - pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)); - } - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values. The -** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_* -** #defines in sqlite3.h. -*/ -static const int aHardLimit[] = { - SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH, - SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH, - SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, - SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH, - SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT, - SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP, - SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG, - SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, - SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH, - SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER, -}; - -/* -** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values -*/ -#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100 -# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100 -# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH -# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2 -# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40 -# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000 -# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30 -# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 30 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1 -# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<1 -# error SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER must be at least 1 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767 -# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767 -#endif - - -/* -** Change the value of a limit. Report the old value. -** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1. -** Make no changes but still report the old value if the -** new limit is negative. -** -** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs. -** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit -** from forming. -*/ -int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){ - int oldLimit; - if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){ - return -1; - } - oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId]; - if( newLimit>=0 ){ - if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){ - newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId]; - } - db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit; - } - return oldLimit; -} - -/* -** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of -** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename" -** is UTF-8 encoded. -*/ -static int openDatabase( - const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */ - sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: Returned database handle */ - unsigned flags, /* Operational flags */ - const char *zVfs /* Name of the VFS to use */ -){ - sqlite3 *db; - int rc; - CollSeq *pColl; - int isThreadsafe; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ) return rc; -#endif - - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){ - isThreadsafe = 0; - }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){ - isThreadsafe = 0; - }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){ - isThreadsafe = 1; - }else{ - isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex; - } - - /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter */ - flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | - SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX | - SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX - ); - - /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */ - db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) ); - if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out; - if( isThreadsafe ){ - db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); - if( db->mutex==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(db); - db = 0; - goto opendb_out; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->errMask = 0xff; - db->priorNewRowid = 0; - db->nDb = 2; - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY; - db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; - - assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) ); - memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit)); - db->autoCommit = 1; - db->nextAutovac = -1; - db->nextPagesize = 0; - db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames -#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4 - | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION - | SQLITE_LoadExtension -#endif - ; - sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule, 0); -#endif - - db->pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs); - if( !db->pVfs ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - sqlite3Error(db, rc, "no such vfs: %s", zVfs); - goto opendb_out; - } - - /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8 - ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary - ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure. - */ - createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0); - createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0); - createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0); - createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, binCollFunc, 0); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto opendb_out; - } - db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 6, 0); - assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 ); - - /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */ - createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0); - - /* Set flags on the built-in collating sequences */ - db->pDfltColl->type = SQLITE_COLL_BINARY; - pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "NOCASE", 6, 0); - if( pColl ){ - pColl->type = SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE; - } - - /* Open the backend database driver */ - db->openFlags = flags; - rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFilename, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, - flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB, - &db->aDb[0].pBt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - goto opendb_out; - } - db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt); - db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0); - - - /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp - ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults. - */ - db->aDb[0].zName = "main"; - db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - db->aDb[1].zName = "temp"; - db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1; -#endif - - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto opendb_out; - } - - /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the - ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database - ** is accessed. - */ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); - sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db); - - /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered - ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API. - */ - (void)sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db); - if( sqlite3_errcode(db)!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto opendb_out; - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*); - rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*); - rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db); - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE - if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ - rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db); - } -#endif - - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - - /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking - ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking - ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE - db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE; - sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt), - SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE); -#endif - - /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */ - setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside, - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside); - -opendb_out: - if( db ){ - assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - } - rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - sqlite3_close(db); - db = 0; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK; - } - *ppDb = db; - return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); -} - -/* -** Open a new database handle. -*/ -int sqlite3_open( - const char *zFilename, - sqlite3 **ppDb -){ - return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb, - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); -} -int sqlite3_open_v2( - const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ - sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ - int flags, /* Flags */ - const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ -){ - return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, flags, zVfs); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Open a new database handle. -*/ -int sqlite3_open16( - const void *zFilename, - sqlite3 **ppDb -){ - char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */ - sqlite3_value *pVal; - int rc; - - assert( zFilename ); - assert( ppDb ); - *ppDb = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ) return rc; -#endif - pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); - sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); - zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); - if( zFilename8 ){ - rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb, - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); - assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ - ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - } - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); - - return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. -*/ -int sqlite3_create_collation( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - rc = createCollation(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. -*/ -int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( - sqlite3* db, - const char *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), - void(*xDel)(void*) -){ - int rc; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - rc = createCollation(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. -*/ -int sqlite3_create_collation16( - sqlite3* db, - const void *zName, - int enc, - void* pCtx, - int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - char *zName8; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1); - if( zName8 ){ - rc = createCollation(db, zName8, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8); - } - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -/* -** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle -** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. -*/ -int sqlite3_collation_needed( - sqlite3 *db, - void *pCollNeededArg, - void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded; - db->xCollNeeded16 = 0; - db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle -** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. -*/ -int sqlite3_collation_needed16( - sqlite3 *db, - void *pCollNeededArg, - void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) -){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->xCollNeeded = 0; - db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16; - db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GLOBALRECOVER -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -/* -** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a -** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically. -*/ -int sqlite3_global_recover(void){ - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif -#endif - -/* -** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit -** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on -** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled -** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK. -** -******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ****** -*/ -int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){ - return db->autoCommit; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** The following routine is subtituted for constant SQLITE_CORRUPT in -** debugging builds. This provides a way to set a breakpoint for when -** corruption is first detected. -*/ -int sqlite3Corrupt(void){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -/* -** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific -** data for this thread has been deallocated. -** -** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a -** no-op. It is retained for historical compatibility. -*/ -void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){ -} -#endif - -/* -** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table. -** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA -int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( - sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ - const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ - const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ - const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ - char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ - char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ - int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ - int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ - int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ -){ - int rc; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - Table *pTab = 0; - Column *pCol = 0; - int iCol; - - char const *zDataType = 0; - char const *zCollSeq = 0; - int notnull = 0; - int primarykey = 0; - int autoinc = 0; - - /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - goto error_out; - } - - /* Locate the table in question */ - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName); - if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){ - pTab = 0; - goto error_out; - } - - /* Find the column for which info is requested */ - if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){ - iCol = pTab->iPKey; - if( iCol>=0 ){ - pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; - } - }else{ - for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ - pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){ - break; - } - } - if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ - pTab = 0; - goto error_out; - } - } - - /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned - ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey - ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities: - ** - ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" - ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. - ** - ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an - ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol. - */ - if( pCol ){ - zDataType = pCol->zType; - zCollSeq = pCol->zColl; - notnull = pCol->notNull!=0; - primarykey = pCol->isPrimKey!=0; - autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0; - }else{ - zDataType = "INTEGER"; - primarykey = 1; - } - if( !zCollSeq ){ - zCollSeq = "BINARY"; - } - -error_out: - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - - /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters - ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur, - ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters. - */ - if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType; - if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq; - if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull; - if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey; - if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc; - - if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); - zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName, - zColumnName); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} -#endif - -/* -** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. -*/ -int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; - int rc; - pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); - if( pVfs==0 ) return 0; - - /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() - ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's. - */ - rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Enable or disable the extended result codes. -*/ -int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database. -*/ -int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){ - int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - int iDb; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - if( zDbName==0 ){ - iDb = 0; - }else{ - for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ - if( strcmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDbName)==0 ) break; - } - } - if( iDbnDb ){ - Btree *pBtree = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; - if( pBtree ){ - Pager *pPager; - sqlite3_file *fd; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree); - assert( pPager!=0 ); - fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); - assert( fd!=0 ); - if( fd->pMethods ){ - rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Interface to the testing logic. -*/ -int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ - int rc = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST - va_list ap; - va_start(ap, op); - switch( op ){ - - /* - ** Save the current state of the PRNG. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: { - sqlite3PrngSaveState(); - break; - } - - /* - ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using - ** PRNG_SAVE. If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then - ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: { - sqlite3PrngRestoreState(); - break; - } - - /* - ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state. The next call - ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call - ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: { - sqlite3PrngResetState(); - break; - } - - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program) - ** - ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size. The program argument - ** is an array of integers that defines the test. Return -1 on a - ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error. - ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: { - int sz = va_arg(ap, int); - int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*); - rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg); - break; - } - - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd) - ** - ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures - ** are benign. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: { - typedef void (*void_function)(void); - void_function xBenignBegin; - void_function xBenignEnd; - xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function); - xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function); - sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd); - break; - } - - /* - ** sqlite3_test_control(PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X) - ** - ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0. - ** Make no changes if X==0. Return the value of the pending byte - ** as it existing before this routine was called. - ** - ** IMPORTANT: Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in - ** an incompatible database file format. Changing the PENDING byte - ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and - ** dileterious behavior. - */ - case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: { - unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); - rc = sqlite3PendingByte; - if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal; - break; - } - } - va_end(ap); -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ - return rc; -} diff --git a/malloc.c b/malloc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 92e5639..0000000 --- a/malloc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,718 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite. -** -** $Id: malloc.c,v 1.61 2009/03/24 15:08:10 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include - -/* -** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the -** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap -** limit. -*/ -static void softHeapLimitEnforcer( - void *NotUsed, - sqlite3_int64 NotUsed2, - int allocSize -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize); -} - -/* -** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or -** negative value indicates no limit. -*/ -void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){ - sqlite3_uint64 iLimit; - int overage; - if( n<0 ){ - iLimit = 0; - }else{ - iLimit = n; - } - sqlite3_initialize(); - if( iLimit>0 ){ - sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, iLimit); - }else{ - sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0); - } - overage = (int)(sqlite3_memory_used() - (i64)n); - if( overage>0 ){ - sqlite3_release_memory(overage); - } -} - -/* -** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently -** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to -** cache database pages that are not currently in use. -*/ -int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - int nRet = 0; -#if 0 - nRet += sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(n); -#endif - nRet += sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n-nRet); - return nRet; -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(n); - return SQLITE_OK; -#endif -} - -/* -** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem. -*/ -static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global { - /* Number of free pages for scratch and page-cache memory */ - u32 nScratchFree; - u32 nPageFree; - - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to serialize access */ - - /* - ** The alarm callback and its arguments. The mem0.mutex lock will - ** be held while the callback is running. Recursive calls into - ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be - ** issued. The alarmBusy variable is set to prevent recursive - ** callbacks. - */ - sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold; - void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64,int); - void *alarmArg; - int alarmBusy; - - /* - ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch and - ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage to a block of memory that records - ** which pages are available. - */ - u32 *aScratchFree; - u32 *aPageFree; -} mem0 = { 62560955, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; - -#define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0) - -/* -** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem. -*/ -int sqlite3MallocInit(void){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){ - sqlite3MemSetDefault(); - } - memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0)); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); - } - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100 - && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>=0 ){ - int i; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch-4); - mem0.aScratchFree = (u32*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch) - [sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch*sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch]; - for(i=0; i=512 - && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage>=1 ){ - int i; - int overhead; - int sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage); - int n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage; - overhead = (4*n + sz - 1)/sz; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage -= overhead; - mem0.aPageFree = (u32*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage) - [sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage*sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage]; - for(i=0; i= mem0.alarmThreshold ){ - sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); - } - } - p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); - if( p==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){ - sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); - p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); - } - if( p ){ - nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull); - } - *pp = p; - return nFull; -} - -/* -** Allocate memory. This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it -** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized. -*/ -void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){ - void *p; - if( n<=0 || NEVER(n>=0x7fffff00) ){ - /* The NEVER(n>=0x7fffff00) term is added out of paranoia. We want to make - ** absolutely sure that there is nothing within SQLite that can cause a - ** memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum signed - ** integer value and thus cause an integer overflow inside of the xMalloc() - ** implementation. The n>=0x7fffff00 gives us 255 bytes of headroom. The - ** test should never be true because SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH should be much - ** less than 0x7fffff00 and it should catch large memory allocations - ** before they reach this point. */ - p = 0; - }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - mallocWithAlarm(n, &p); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - }else{ - p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application. -** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the -** allocation. -*/ -void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; -#endif - return sqlite3Malloc(n); -} - -/* -** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from -** xScratchMalloc(). We verify this constraint in the single-threaded -** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation -** is outstanding clearing it when the allocation is freed. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) -static int scratchAllocOut = 0; -#endif - - -/* -** Allocate memory that is to be used and released right away. -** This routine is similar to alloca() in that it is not intended -** for situations where the memory might be held long-term. This -** routine is intended to get memory to old large transient data -** structures that would not normally fit on the stack of an -** embedded processor. -*/ -void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){ - void *p; - assert( n>0 ); - -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) - /* Verify that no more than one scratch allocation per thread - ** is outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the - ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case - ** would be much more complicated.) */ - assert( scratchAllocOut==0 ); -#endif - - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch=(void*)mem0.aScratchFree ){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ - int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, -iSize); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - }else{ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); - } - }else{ - int i; - i = (int)((u8*)p - (u8*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch); - i /= sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch; - assert( i>=0 && i=db->lookaside.pStart && plookaside.pEnd; -} -#else -#define isLookaside(A,B) 0 -#endif - -/* -** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from -** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc(). -*/ -int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){ - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); -} -int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ - assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( p==0 ){ - return 0; - }else if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ - return db->lookaside.sz; - }else{ - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); - } -} - -/* -** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc(). -*/ -void sqlite3_free(void *p){ - if( p==0 ) return; - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -sqlite3MallocSize(p)); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - }else{ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); - } -} - -/* -** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database -** connection. -*/ -void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ - assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ - LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p; - pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree; - db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf; - db->lookaside.nOut--; - }else{ - sqlite3_free(p); - } -} - -/* -** Change the size of an existing memory allocation -*/ -void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){ - int nOld, nNew; - void *pNew; - if( pOld==0 ){ - return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); - } - if( nBytes<=0 || NEVER(nBytes>=0x7fffff00) ){ - /* The NEVER(...) term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */ - sqlite3_free(pOld); - return 0; - } - nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes); - nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes); - if( nOld==nNew ){ - pNew = pOld; - }else{ - if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED)+nNew-nOld >= - mem0.alarmThreshold ){ - sqlite3MallocAlarm(nNew-nOld); - } - pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); - if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){ - sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes); - pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); - } - if( pNew ){ - nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld); - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - }else{ - pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nBytes); - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc. Make sure that the memory -** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc. -*/ -void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; -#endif - return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n); -} - - -/* -** Allocate and zero memory. -*/ -void *sqlite3MallocZero(int n){ - void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n); - if( p ){ - memset(p, 0, n); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make -** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer. -*/ -void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, int n){ - void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); - if( p ){ - memset(p, 0, n); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make -** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer. -** -** If db!=0 and db->mallocFailed is true (indicating a prior malloc -** failure on the same database connection) then always return 0. -** Hence for a particular database connection, once malloc starts -** failing, it fails consistently until mallocFailed is reset. -** This is an important assumption. There are many places in the -** code that do things like this: -** -** int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 100); -** int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 200); -** if( b ) a[10] = 9; -** -** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed -** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too. -*/ -void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){ - void *p; - assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE - if( db ){ - LookasideSlot *pBuf; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return 0; - } - if( db->lookaside.bEnabled && n<=db->lookaside.sz - && (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)!=0 ){ - db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext; - db->lookaside.nOut++; - if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){ - db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut; - } - return (void*)pBuf; - } - } -#else - if( db && db->mallocFailed ){ - return 0; - } -#endif - p = sqlite3Malloc(n); - if( !p && db ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the -** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object. -*/ -void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){ - void *pNew = 0; - assert( db!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ - if( p==0 ){ - return sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); - } - if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ - if( n<=db->lookaside.sz ){ - return p; - } - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); - if( pNew ){ - memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); - } - }else{ - pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n); - if( !pNew ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Attempt to reallocate p. If the reallocation fails, then free p -** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection. -*/ -void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){ - void *pNew; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n); - if( !pNew ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These -** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This -** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are -** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the -** ThreadData structure. -*/ -char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){ - char *zNew; - size_t n; - if( z==0 ){ - return 0; - } - n = (db ? sqlite3Strlen(db, z) : sqlite3Strlen30(z))+1; - assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n ); - zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n); - if( zNew ){ - memcpy(zNew, z, n); - } - return zNew; -} -char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){ - char *zNew; - if( z==0 ){ - return 0; - } - assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n ); - zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n+1); - if( zNew ){ - memcpy(zNew, z, n); - zNew[n] = 0; - } - return zNew; -} - -/* -** Create a string from the zFromat argument and the va_list that follows. -** Store the string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc() and make *pz -** point to that string. -*/ -void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *z; - - va_start(ap, zFormat); - z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz); - *pz = z; -} - - -/* -** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. -** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or -** sqlite3_realloc. -** -** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this -** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous -** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. -** -** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occurred, -** then the connection error-code (the value returned by sqlite3_errcode()) -** is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. -*/ -int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){ - /* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle - ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed - ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error(). - */ - assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( db && (db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); - db->mallocFailed = 0; - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff); -} diff --git a/mem0.c b/mem0.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0cac07b..0000000 --- a/mem0.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2008 October 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains a no-op memory allocation drivers for use when -** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC is defined. The allocation drivers implemented -** here always fail. SQLite will not operate with these drivers. These -** are merely placeholders. Real drivers must be substituted using -** sqlite3_config() before SQLite will operate. -** -** $Id: mem0.c,v 1.1 2008/10/28 18:58:20 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is -** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time -** macros. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC - -/* -** No-op versions of all memory allocation routines -*/ -static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ return 0; } -static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ return; } -static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ return 0; } -static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ return 0; } -static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return n; } -static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ return; } - -/* -** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage. -** -** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in -** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. -*/ -void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ - static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { - sqlite3MemMalloc, - sqlite3MemFree, - sqlite3MemRealloc, - sqlite3MemSize, - sqlite3MemRoundup, - sqlite3MemInit, - sqlite3MemShutdown, - 0 - }; - sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC */ diff --git a/mem1.c b/mem1.c deleted file mode 100644 index e3b8863..0000000 --- a/mem1.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,145 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when -** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface -** to obtain the memory it needs. -** -** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation -** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object. -** -** $Id: mem1.c,v 1.30 2009/03/23 04:33:33 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is -** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time -** macros. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC - -/* -** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation -** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize(). -** -** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because -** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level -** routines. -*/ -static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ - sqlite3_int64 *p; - assert( nByte>0 ); - nByte = ROUND8(nByte); - p = malloc( nByte+8 ); - if( p ){ - p[0] = nByte; - p++; - } - return (void *)p; -} - -/* -** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc() -** or sqlite3MemRealloc(). -** -** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since -** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with -** by higher-level routines. -*/ -static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ - sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; - assert( pPrior!=0 ); - p--; - free(p); -} - -/* -** Like realloc(). Resize an allocation previously obtained from -** sqlite3MemMalloc(). -** -** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0. Cases where -** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and -** redirected to xMalloc. Similarly, we know that nByte>0 becauses -** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level -** routines and redirected to xFree. -*/ -static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ - sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; - assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 ); - nByte = ROUND8(nByte); - p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; - p--; - p = realloc(p, nByte+8 ); - if( p ){ - p[0] = nByte; - p++; - } - return (void*)p; -} - -/* -** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc() -** or xRealloc(). -*/ -static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ - sqlite3_int64 *p; - if( pPrior==0 ) return 0; - p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; - p--; - return (int)p[0]; -} - -/* -** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. -*/ -static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ - return ROUND8(n); -} - -/* -** Initialize this module. -*/ -static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Deinitialize this module. -*/ -static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return; -} - -/* -** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage. -** -** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in -** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. -*/ -void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ - static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { - sqlite3MemMalloc, - sqlite3MemFree, - sqlite3MemRealloc, - sqlite3MemSize, - sqlite3MemRoundup, - sqlite3MemInit, - sqlite3MemShutdown, - 0 - }; - sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */ diff --git a/mem2.c b/mem2.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8c498a2..0000000 --- a/mem2.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,444 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when -** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface -** to obtain the memory it needs while adding lots of additional debugging -** information to each allocation in order to help detect and fix memory -** leaks and memory usage errors. -** -** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation -** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object. -** -** $Id: mem2.c,v 1.45 2009/03/23 04:33:33 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** This version of the memory allocator is used only if the -** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is defined -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG - -/* -** The backtrace functionality is only available with GLIBC -*/ -#ifdef __GLIBC__ - extern int backtrace(void**,int); - extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int); -#else -# define backtrace(A,B) 1 -# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C) -#endif -#include - -/* -** Each memory allocation looks like this: -** -** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ -** | Title | backtrace pointers | MemBlockHdr | allocation | EndGuard | -** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ -** -** The application code sees only a pointer to the allocation. We have -** to back up from the allocation pointer to find the MemBlockHdr. The -** MemBlockHdr tells us the size of the allocation and the number of -** backtrace pointers. There is also a guard word at the end of the -** MemBlockHdr. -*/ -struct MemBlockHdr { - i64 iSize; /* Size of this allocation */ - struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev; /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */ - char nBacktrace; /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */ - char nBacktraceSlots; /* Available backtrace slots */ - short nTitle; /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */ - int iForeGuard; /* Guard word for sanity */ -}; - -/* -** Guard words -*/ -#define FOREGUARD 0x80F5E153 -#define REARGUARD 0xE4676B53 - -/* -** Number of malloc size increments to track. -*/ -#define NCSIZE 1000 - -/* -** All of the static variables used by this module are collected -** into a single structure named "mem". This is to keep the -** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution -** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. -*/ -static struct { - - /* - ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. - */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; - - /* - ** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations - */ - struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst; - struct MemBlockHdr *pLast; - - /* - ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations. - */ - int nBacktrace; - void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **); - - /* - ** Title text to insert in front of each block - */ - int nTitle; /* Bytes of zTitle to save. Includes '\0' and padding */ - char zTitle[100]; /* The title text */ - - /* - ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter. - ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it. - */ - int disallow; /* Do not allow memory allocation */ - - /* - ** Gather statistics on the sizes of memory allocations. - ** nAlloc[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8 - ** bytes. i==NCSIZE is the number of allocation attempts for - ** sizes more than NCSIZE*8 bytes. - */ - int nAlloc[NCSIZE]; /* Total number of allocations */ - int nCurrent[NCSIZE]; /* Current number of allocations */ - int mxCurrent[NCSIZE]; /* Highwater mark for nCurrent */ - -} mem; - - -/* -** Adjust memory usage statistics -*/ -static void adjustStats(int iSize, int increment){ - int i = ROUND8(iSize)/8; - if( i>NCSIZE-1 ){ - i = NCSIZE - 1; - } - if( increment>0 ){ - mem.nAlloc[i]++; - mem.nCurrent[i]++; - if( mem.nCurrent[i]>mem.mxCurrent[i] ){ - mem.mxCurrent[i] = mem.nCurrent[i]; - } - }else{ - mem.nCurrent[i]--; - assert( mem.nCurrent[i]>=0 ); - } -} - -/* -** Given an allocation, find the MemBlockHdr for that allocation. -** -** This routine checks the guards at either end of the allocation and -** if they are incorrect it asserts. -*/ -static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){ - struct MemBlockHdr *p; - int *pInt; - u8 *pU8; - int nReserve; - - p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation; - p--; - assert( p->iForeGuard==(int)FOREGUARD ); - nReserve = ROUND8(p->iSize); - pInt = (int*)pAllocation; - pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation; - assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD ); - /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due - ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure - ** they haven't been overwritten. - */ - while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 ); - return p; -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes currently allocated at address p. -*/ -static int sqlite3MemSize(void *p){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - if( !p ){ - return 0; - } - pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); - return pHdr->iSize; -} - -/* -** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem. -*/ -static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - assert( (sizeof(struct MemBlockHdr)&7) == 0 ); - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ - /* If memory status is enabled, then the malloc.c wrapper will already - ** hold the STATIC_MEM mutex when the routines here are invoked. */ - mem.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem. -*/ -static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - mem.mutex = 0; -} - -/* -** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. -*/ -static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ - return ROUND8(n); -} - -/* -** Allocate nByte bytes of memory. -*/ -static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - void **pBt; - char *z; - int *pInt; - void *p = 0; - int totalSize; - int nReserve; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - assert( mem.disallow==0 ); - nReserve = ROUND8(nByte); - totalSize = nReserve + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) + - mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle; - p = malloc(totalSize); - if( p ){ - z = p; - pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle]; - pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace]; - pHdr->pNext = 0; - pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast; - if( mem.pLast ){ - mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr; - }else{ - mem.pFirst = pHdr; - } - mem.pLast = pHdr; - pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD; - pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace; - pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle; - if( mem.nBacktrace ){ - void *aAddr[40]; - pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1; - memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*)); - assert(pBt[0]); - if( mem.xBacktrace ){ - mem.xBacktrace(nByte, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &aAddr[1]); - } - }else{ - pHdr->nBacktrace = 0; - } - if( mem.nTitle ){ - memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle); - } - pHdr->iSize = nByte; - adjustStats(nByte, +1); - pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1]; - pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD; - memset(pInt, 0x65, nReserve); - p = (void*)pInt; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); - return p; -} - -/* -** Free memory. -*/ -static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - void **pBt; - char *z; - assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || mem.mutex!=0 ); - pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); - pBt = (void**)pHdr; - pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - if( pHdr->pPrev ){ - assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr ); - pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext; - }else{ - assert( mem.pFirst==pHdr ); - mem.pFirst = pHdr->pNext; - } - if( pHdr->pNext ){ - assert( pHdr->pNext->pPrev==pHdr ); - pHdr->pNext->pPrev = pHdr->pPrev; - }else{ - assert( mem.pLast==pHdr ); - mem.pLast = pHdr->pPrev; - } - z = (char*)pBt; - z -= pHdr->nTitle; - adjustStats(pHdr->iSize, -1); - memset(z, 0x2b, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) + - pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle); - free(z); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); -} - -/* -** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. -** -** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the -** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the -** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is -** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find -** the error. -*/ -static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr; - void *pNew; - assert( mem.disallow==0 ); - pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); - pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte); - if( pNew ){ - memcpy(pNew, pPrior, nByteiSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize); - if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){ - memset(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], 0x2b, nByte - pOldHdr->iSize); - } - sqlite3MemFree(pPrior); - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in -** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. -*/ -void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ - static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { - sqlite3MemMalloc, - sqlite3MemFree, - sqlite3MemRealloc, - sqlite3MemSize, - sqlite3MemRoundup, - sqlite3MemInit, - sqlite3MemShutdown, - 0 - }; - sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); -} - -/* -** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation. -** A value of zero turns off backtracing. The number is always rounded -** up to a multiple of 2. -*/ -void sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(int depth){ - if( depth<0 ){ depth = 0; } - if( depth>20 ){ depth = 20; } - depth = (depth+1)&0xfe; - mem.nBacktrace = depth; -} - -void sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **)){ - mem.xBacktrace = xBacktrace; -} - -/* -** Set the title string for subsequent allocations. -*/ -void sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char *zTitle){ - unsigned int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zTitle) + 1; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); - if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1; - memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n); - mem.zTitle[n] = 0; - mem.nTitle = ROUND8(n); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); -} - -void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){ - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ - void **pBt = (void**)pHdr; - pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; - mem.xBacktrace(pHdr->iSize, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &pBt[1]); - } -} - -/* -** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory -** allocations into that log. -*/ -void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){ - FILE *out; - struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; - void **pBt; - int i; - out = fopen(zFilename, "w"); - if( out==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n", - zFilename); - return; - } - for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ - char *z = (char*)pHdr; - z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle; - fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", - pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???"); - if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){ - fflush(out); - pBt = (void**)pHdr; - pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; - backtrace_symbols_fd(pBt, pHdr->nBacktrace, fileno(out)); - fprintf(out, "\n"); - } - } - fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n"); - for(i=0; i=1 ); - size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; - assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); - assert( size>=2 ); - if( size <= MX_SMALL ){ - memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]); - }else{ - hash = size % N_HASH; - memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); - } -} - -/* -** Link the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted -** at *pRoot. -*/ -static void memsys3LinkIntoList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); - mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot; - mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0; - if( *pRoot ){ - mem3.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i; - } - *pRoot = i; -} - -/* -** Link the chunk at index i into either the appropriate -** small chunk list, or into the large chunk hash table. -*/ -static void memsys3Link(u32 i){ - u32 size, hash; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); - assert( i>=1 ); - assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 ); - size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; - assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); - assert( size>=2 ); - if( size <= MX_SMALL ){ - memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]); - }else{ - hash = size % N_HASH; - memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); - } -} - -/* -** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex -** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if -** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true. -*/ -static void memsys3Enter(void){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){ - mem3.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex); -} -static void memsys3Leave(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); -} - -/* -** Called when we are unable to satisfy an allocation of nBytes. -*/ -static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){ - if( !mem3.alarmBusy ){ - mem3.alarmBusy = 1; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); - sqlite3_release_memory(nByte); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex); - mem3.alarmBusy = 0; - } -} - - -/* -** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked. Adjust its -** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the -** user portion of the chunk. -*/ -static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){ - u32 x; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); - assert( i>=1 ); - assert( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ); - assert( mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock ); - x = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x; - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 | 1 | (x&2); - mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock; - mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2; - return &mem3.aPool[i]; -} - -/* -** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk. -** Return a pointer to the new allocation. Or, if the master chunk -** is not large enough, return 0. -*/ -static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); - assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ); - if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){ - /* Use the entire master */ - void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster); - mem3.iMaster = 0; - mem3.szMaster = 0; - mem3.mnMaster = 0; - return p; - }else{ - /* Split the master block. Return the tail. */ - u32 newi, x; - newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock; - assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 ); - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock; - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2; - mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1; - mem3.szMaster -= nBlock; - mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; - x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; - if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){ - mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster; - } - return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi]; - } -} - -/* -** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size -** or same size hash. In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either -** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[]. -** -** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries -** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks. -** -** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces -** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk. In order for -** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be -** linked into the hash tables. That is not the normal state of -** affairs, of course. The calling routine must link the master -** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly -** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished. -*/ -static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){ - u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); - for(i=*pRoot; i>0; i=iNext){ - iNext = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next; - size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x; - assert( (size&1)==0 ); - if( (size&2)==0 ){ - memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, pRoot); - assert( i > mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); - prev = i - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize; - if( prev==iNext ){ - iNext = mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next; - } - memsys3Unlink(prev); - size = i + size/4 - prev; - x = mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; - mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x = size*4 | x; - mem3.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size; - memsys3Link(prev); - i = prev; - }else{ - size /= 4; - } - if( size>mem3.szMaster ){ - mem3.iMaster = i; - mem3.szMaster = size; - } - } -} - -/* -** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size. -** Return NULL if unable. -** -** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are -** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe". -*/ -static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){ - u32 i; - u32 nBlock; - u32 toFree; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); - assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 ); - if( nByte<=12 ){ - nBlock = 2; - }else{ - nBlock = (nByte + 11)/8; - } - assert( nBlock>=2 ); - - /* STEP 1: - ** Look for an entry of the correct size in either the small - ** chunk table or in the large chunk hash table. This is - ** successful most of the time (about 9 times out of 10). - */ - if( nBlock <= MX_SMALL ){ - i = mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]; - if( i>0 ){ - memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]); - return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock); - } - }else{ - int hash = nBlock % N_HASH; - for(i=mem3.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next){ - if( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ){ - memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); - return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock); - } - } - } - - /* STEP 2: - ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end - ** of the master chunk. This step usually works if step 1 fails. - */ - if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){ - return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock); - } - - - /* STEP 3: - ** Loop through the entire memory pool. Coalesce adjacent free - ** chunks. Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk. - ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off - ** of the end of the master chunk. This step happens very - ** rarely (we hope!) - */ - for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){ - memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree); - if( mem3.iMaster ){ - memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster); - mem3.iMaster = 0; - mem3.szMaster = 0; - } - for(i=0; i=nBlock ){ - return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock); - } - } - } - - /* If none of the above worked, then we fail. */ - return 0; -} - -/* -** Free an outstanding memory allocation. -** -** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are -** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe". -*/ -void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){ - Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld; - int i; - u32 size, x; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); - assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] ); - i = p - mem3.aPool; - assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 ); - size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; - assert( i+size<=mem3.nPool+1 ); - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~1; - mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size; - mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2; - memsys3Link(i); - - /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */ - if( mem3.iMaster ){ - while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){ - size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize; - mem3.iMaster -= size; - mem3.szMaster += size; - memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster); - x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; - } - x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; - while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){ - memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster); - mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; - mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; - } - } -} - -/* -** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. The -** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead. This only -** works for chunks that are currently checked out. -*/ -static int memsys3Size(void *p){ - Mem3Block *pBlock; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p; - assert( (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)!=0 ); - return (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&~3)*2 - 4; -} - -/* -** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. -*/ -static int memsys3Roundup(int n){ - if( n<=12 ){ - return 12; - }else{ - return ((n+11)&~7) - 4; - } -} - -/* -** Allocate nBytes of memory. -*/ -static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){ - sqlite3_int64 *p; - assert( nBytes>0 ); /* malloc.c filters out 0 byte requests */ - memsys3Enter(); - p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes); - memsys3Leave(); - return (void*)p; -} - -/* -** Free memory. -*/ -void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){ - assert( pPrior ); - memsys3Enter(); - memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior); - memsys3Leave(); -} - -/* -** Change the size of an existing memory allocation -*/ -void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ - int nOld; - void *p; - if( pPrior==0 ){ - return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes); - } - if( nBytes<=0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pPrior); - return 0; - } - nOld = memsys3Size(pPrior); - if( nBytes<=nOld && nBytes>=nOld-128 ){ - return pPrior; - } - memsys3Enter(); - p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes); - if( p ){ - if( nOld>1)!=(size&1) ){ - fprintf(out, "%p tail checkout bit is incorrect\n", &mem3.aPool[i]); - assert( 0 ); - break; - } - if( size&1 ){ - fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8); - }else{ - fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8, - i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : ""); - } - } - for(i=0; i0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){ - fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j], - (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8); - } - fprintf(out, "\n"); - } - for(i=0; i0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){ - fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j], - (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8); - } - fprintf(out, "\n"); - } - fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster); - fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8); - fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); - if( out==stdout ){ - fflush(stdout); - }else{ - fclose(out); - } -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename); -#endif -} - -/* -** This routine is the only routine in this file with external -** linkage. -** -** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in -** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The -** arguments specify the block of memory to manage. -** -** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore -** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not). -*/ -const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){ - static const sqlite3_mem_methods mempoolMethods = { - memsys3Malloc, - memsys3Free, - memsys3Realloc, - memsys3Size, - memsys3Roundup, - memsys3Init, - memsys3Shutdown, - 0 - }; - return &mempoolMethods; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 */ diff --git a/mem5.c b/mem5.c deleted file mode 100644 index f9389e9..0000000 --- a/mem5.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,488 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 October 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory -** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. -** -** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all -** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory -** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations -** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() -** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called, -** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot -** be changed. -** -** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included -** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined. -** -** $Id: mem5.c,v 1.19 2008/11/19 16:52:44 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** This version of the memory allocator is used only when -** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 - -/* -** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure. -** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the -** size of the array is a power of 2. -*/ -typedef struct Mem5Link Mem5Link; -struct Mem5Link { - int next; /* Index of next free chunk */ - int prev; /* Index of previous free chunk */ -}; - -/* -** Maximum size of any allocation is ((1<=0 && i=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX ); - assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize ); - - next = MEM5LINK(i)->next; - prev = MEM5LINK(i)->prev; - if( prev<0 ){ - mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next; - }else{ - MEM5LINK(prev)->next = next; - } - if( next>=0 ){ - MEM5LINK(next)->prev = prev; - } -} - -/* -** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize -** free list. -*/ -static void memsys5Link(int i, int iLogsize){ - int x; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem5.mutex) ); - assert( i>=0 && i=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX ); - assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize ); - - x = MEM5LINK(i)->next = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize]; - MEM5LINK(i)->prev = -1; - if( x>=0 ){ - assert( xprev = i; - } - mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i; -} - -/* -** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex -** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if -** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true. -*/ -static void memsys5Enter(void){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem5.mutex==0 ){ - mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex); -} -static void memsys5Leave(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem5.mutex); -} - -/* -** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. The -** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead. This only -** works for chunks that are currently checked out. -*/ -static int memsys5Size(void *p){ - int iSize = 0; - if( p ){ - int i = ((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.nAtom; - assert( i>=0 && i=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX ); - i = iFirst = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize]; - assert( iFirst>=0 ); - while( i>0 ){ - if( inext; - } - memsys5Unlink(iFirst, iLogsize); - return iFirst; -} - -/* -** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size. -** Return NULL if unable. -*/ -static void *memsys5MallocUnsafe(int nByte){ - int i; /* Index of a mem5.aPool[] slot */ - int iBin; /* Index into mem5.aiFreelist[] */ - int iFullSz; /* Size of allocation rounded up to power of 2 */ - int iLogsize; /* Log2 of iFullSz/POW2_MIN */ - - /* Keep track of the maximum allocation request. Even unfulfilled - ** requests are counted */ - if( (u32)nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){ - mem5.maxRequest = nByte; - } - - /* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */ - for(iFullSz=mem5.nAtom, iLogsize=0; iFullSzLOGMAX ) return 0; - i = memsys5UnlinkFirst(iBin); - while( iBin>iLogsize ){ - int newSize; - - iBin--; - newSize = 1 << iBin; - mem5.aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin; - memsys5Link(i+newSize, iBin); - } - mem5.aCtrl[i] = iLogsize; - - /* Update allocator performance statistics. */ - mem5.nAlloc++; - mem5.totalAlloc += iFullSz; - mem5.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte; - mem5.currentCount++; - mem5.currentOut += iFullSz; - if( mem5.maxCount=0 && iBlock0 ); - assert( mem5.currentOut>=(size*mem5.nAtom) ); - mem5.currentCount--; - mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.nAtom; - assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 ); - assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 ); - - mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize; - while( iLogsize>iLogsize) & 1 ){ - iBuddy = iBlock - size; - }else{ - iBuddy = iBlock + size; - } - assert( iBuddy>=0 ); - if( (iBuddy+(1<mem5.nBlock ) break; - if( mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break; - memsys5Unlink(iBuddy, iLogsize); - iLogsize++; - if( iBuddy0 ){ - memsys5Enter(); - p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes); - memsys5Leave(); - } - return (void*)p; -} - -/* -** Free memory. -*/ -static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){ - if( pPrior==0 ){ -assert(0); - return; - } - memsys5Enter(); - memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior); - memsys5Leave(); -} - -/* -** Change the size of an existing memory allocation -*/ -static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ - int nOld; - void *p; - if( pPrior==0 ){ - return memsys5Malloc(nBytes); - } - if( nBytes<=0 ){ - memsys5Free(pPrior); - return 0; - } - nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior); - if( nBytes<=nOld ){ - return pPrior; - } - memsys5Enter(); - p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes); - if( p ){ - memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld); - memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior); - } - memsys5Leave(); - return p; -} - -/* -** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. -*/ -static int memsys5Roundup(int n){ - int iFullSz; - for(iFullSz=mem5.nAtom; iFullSzmem5.nAtom ){ - mem5.nAtom = mem5.nAtom << 1; - } - - mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.nAtom+sizeof(u8))); - mem5.zPool = zByte; - mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.nAtom]; - - for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){ - mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1; - } - - iOffset = 0; - for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){ - int nAlloc = (1<mem5.nBlock); - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Deinitialize this module. -*/ -static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return; -} - -/* -** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory -** allocations into that log. -*/ -void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - FILE *out; - int i, j, n; - int nMinLog; - - if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){ - out = stdout; - }else{ - out = fopen(zFilename, "w"); - if( out==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n", - zFilename); - return; - } - } - memsys5Enter(); - nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.nAtom); - for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){ - for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){} - fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.nAtom << i, n); - } - fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc); - fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc); - fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess); - fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut = %u\n", mem5.currentOut); - fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount); - fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut = %u\n", mem5.maxOut); - fprintf(out, "mem5.maxCount = %u\n", mem5.maxCount); - fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest); - memsys5Leave(); - if( out==stdout ){ - fflush(stdout); - }else{ - fclose(out); - } -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename); -#endif -} - -/* -** This routine is the only routine in this file with external -** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods -** struct populated with the memsys5 methods. -*/ -const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){ - static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys5Methods = { - memsys5Malloc, - memsys5Free, - memsys5Realloc, - memsys5Size, - memsys5Roundup, - memsys5Init, - memsys5Shutdown, - 0 - }; - return &memsys5Methods; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 */ diff --git a/memjournal.c b/memjournal.c deleted file mode 100644 index 15665a0..0000000 --- a/memjournal.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,259 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2008 October 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal. -** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for -** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used. -** -** @(#) $Id: memjournal.c,v 1.11 2009/04/05 12:22:09 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* Forward references to internal structures */ -typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal; -typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint; -typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk; - -/* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of -** this many bytes. -** -** The size chosen is a little less than a power of two. That way, -** the FileChunk object will have a size that almost exactly fills -** a power-of-two allocation. This mimimizes wasted space in power-of-two -** memory allocators. -*/ -#define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE ((int)(1024-sizeof(FileChunk*))) - -/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values. -*/ -#ifndef MIN -# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y)) -#endif - -/* -** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures. -*/ -struct FileChunk { - FileChunk *pNext; /* Next chunk in the journal */ - u8 zChunk[JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE]; /* Content of this chunk */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal. -** The cursor can be either for reading or writing. -*/ -struct FilePoint { - sqlite3_int64 iOffset; /* Offset from the beginning of the file */ - FileChunk *pChunk; /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */ -}; - -/* -** This subclass is a subclass of sqlite3_file. Each open memory-journal -** is an instance of this class. -*/ -struct MemJournal { - sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */ - FileChunk *pFirst; /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */ - FilePoint endpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the file */ - FilePoint readpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */ -}; - -/* -** Read data from the in-memory journal file. This is the implementation -** of the sqlite3_vfs.xRead method. -*/ -static int memjrnlRead( - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */ - void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */ - sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */ -){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - u8 *zOut = zBuf; - int nRead = iAmt; - int iChunkOffset; - FileChunk *pChunk; - - /* SQLite never tries to read past the end of a rollback journal file */ - assert( iOfst+iAmt<=p->endpoint.iOffset ); - - if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){ - sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0; - for(pChunk=p->pFirst; - ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE)<=iOfst; - pChunk=pChunk->pNext - ){ - iOff += JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE; - } - }else{ - pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk; - } - - iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE); - do { - int iSpace = JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset; - int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset)); - memcpy(zOut, &pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], nCopy); - zOut += nCopy; - nRead -= iSpace; - iChunkOffset = 0; - } while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 ); - p->readpoint.iOffset = iOfst+iAmt; - p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk; - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Write data to the file. -*/ -static int memjrnlWrite( - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */ - const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */ -){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - int nWrite = iAmt; - u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf; - - /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random - ** access writes are not required by sqlite. - */ - assert(iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOfst); - - while( nWrite>0 ){ - FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk; - int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE); - int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset); - - if( iChunkOffset==0 ){ - /* New chunk is required to extend the file. */ - FileChunk *pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(FileChunk)); - if( !pNew ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - pNew->pNext = 0; - if( pChunk ){ - assert( p->pFirst ); - pChunk->pNext = pNew; - }else{ - assert( !p->pFirst ); - p->pFirst = pNew; - } - p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew; - } - - memcpy(&p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], zWrite, iSpace); - zWrite += iSpace; - nWrite -= iSpace; - p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Truncate the file. -*/ -static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - FileChunk *pChunk; - assert(size==0); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(size); - pChunk = p->pFirst; - while( pChunk ){ - FileChunk *pTmp = pChunk; - pChunk = pChunk->pNext; - sqlite3_free(pTmp); - } - sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pJfd); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close the file. -*/ -static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ - memjrnlTruncate(pJfd, 0); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Sync the file. -** -** Syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op. And, in fact, this routine -** is never called in a working implementation. This implementation -** exists purely as a contingency, in case some malfunction in some other -** part of SQLite causes Sync to be called by mistake. -*/ -static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ /*NO_TEST*/ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); /*NO_TEST*/ - assert( 0 ); /*NO_TEST*/ - return SQLITE_OK; /*NO_TEST*/ -} /*NO_TEST*/ - -/* -** Query the size of the file in bytes. -*/ -static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object. -*/ -static struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - memjrnlClose, /* xClose */ - memjrnlRead, /* xRead */ - memjrnlWrite, /* xWrite */ - memjrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */ - memjrnlSync, /* xSync */ - memjrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */ - 0, /* xLock */ - 0, /* xUnlock */ - 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ - 0, /* xFileControl */ - 0, /* xSectorSize */ - 0 /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ -}; - -/* -** Open a journal file. -*/ -void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); - memset(p, 0, sqlite3MemJournalSize()); - p->pMethod = &MemJournalMethods; -} - -/* -** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is -** an in-memory journal -*/ -int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ - return pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods; -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal that uses vfs -** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files. -*/ -int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void){ - return sizeof(MemJournal); -} diff --git a/mutex.c b/mutex.c deleted file mode 100644 index d7b769d..0000000 --- a/mutex.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,149 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes. -** -** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations. - -** -** $Id: mutex.c,v 1.30 2009/02/17 16:29:11 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT -/* -** Initialize the mutex system. -*/ -int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){ - /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not - ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to - ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to - ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure. - ** - ** The danger is that although sqlite3_config() is not a threadsafe - ** API, sqlite3_initialize() is, and so multiple threads may be - ** attempting to run this function simultaneously. To guard write - ** access to the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure, the 'MASTER' static mutex - ** is obtained before modifying it. - */ - sqlite3_mutex_methods *p = sqlite3DefaultMutex(); - sqlite3_mutex *pMaster = 0; - - rc = p->xMutexInit(); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pMaster = p->xMutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - assert(pMaster); - p->xMutexEnter(pMaster); - assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc==0 - || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc==p->xMutexAlloc - ); - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *p; - } - p->xMutexLeave(pMaster); - } - }else{ - rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit(); - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by -** sqlite3MutexInit(). -*/ -int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){ - rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd(); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one. -*/ -sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; -#endif - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id); -} - -sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){ - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - return 0; - } - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id); -} - -/* -** Free a dynamic mutex. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - if( p ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree(p); - } -} - -/* -** Obtain the mutex p. If some other thread already has the mutex, block -** until it can be obtained. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - if( p ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter(p); - } -} - -/* -** Obtain the mutex p. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if another -** thread holds the mutex and it cannot be obtained, return SQLITE_BUSY. -*/ -int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p ){ - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry(p); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously -** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex -** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument -** this function is a no-op. -*/ -void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - if( p ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave(p); - } -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use inside assert() statements. -*/ -int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld(p); -} -int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p); -} -#endif - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_MUTEX */ diff --git a/mutex.h b/mutex.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9457cb4..0000000 --- a/mutex.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations. -** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available -** to all source files. We break it out in an effort to keep the code -** better organized. -** -** NOTE: source files should *not* #include this header file directly. -** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file -** include this one indirectly. -** -** $Id: mutex.h,v 1.9 2008/10/07 15:25:48 drh Exp $ -*/ - - -/* -** Figure out what version of the code to use. The choices are -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT No mutex logic. Not even stubs. The -** mutexes implemention cannot be overridden -** at start-time. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications. No -** mutual exclusion is provided. But this -** implementation can be overridden at -** start-time. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS For multi-threaded applications on Unix. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 For multi-threaded applications on Win32. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 For multi-threaded applications on OS/2. -*/ -#if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT -#endif -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) -# if SQLITE_OS_UNIX -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS -# elif SQLITE_OS_WIN -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 -# elif SQLITE_OS_OS2 -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 -# else -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT -/* -** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros. -*/ -#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) -#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK -#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) 1 -#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) 1 -#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) -#define sqlite3MutexInit() SQLITE_OK -#define sqlite3MutexEnd() -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_OMIT_MUTEX) */ diff --git a/mutex_noop.c b/mutex_noop.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7c13244..0000000 --- a/mutex_noop.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,186 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2008 October 07 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes. -** -** This implementation in this file does not provide any mutual -** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications -** that use SQLite in a single thread. The routines defined -** here are place-holders. Applications can substitute working -** mutex routines at start-time using the -** -** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX,...) -** -** interface. -** -** If compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG, then additional logic is inserted -** that does error checking on mutexes to make sure they are being -** called correctly. -** -** $Id: mutex_noop.c,v 1.3 2008/12/05 17:17:08 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - - -#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -** Stub routines for all mutex methods. -** -** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking. -*/ -static int noopMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return 1; } -static int noopMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return 1; } -static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; } -static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return; } -static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return; } -static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return; } - -sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ - static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { - noopMutexInit, - noopMutexEnd, - noopMutexAlloc, - noopMutexFree, - noopMutexEnter, - noopMutexTry, - noopMutexLeave, - - noopMutexHeld, - noopMutexNotheld - }; - - return &sMutex; -} -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ - -#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing -** and debugging purposes. The mutexes still do not provide any -** mutual exclusion. -*/ - -/* -** The mutex object -*/ -struct sqlite3_mutex { - int id; /* The mutex type */ - int cnt; /* Number of entries without a matching leave */ -}; - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use inside assert() statements. -*/ -static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p==0 || p->cnt>0; -} -static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p==0 || p->cnt==0; -} - -/* -** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. -*/ -static int debugMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. -*/ -static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){ - static sqlite3_mutex aStatic[6]; - sqlite3_mutex *pNew = 0; - switch( id ){ - case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: - case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { - pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew)); - if( pNew ){ - pNew->id = id; - pNew->cnt = 0; - } - break; - } - default: { - assert( id-2 >= 0 ); - assert( id-2 < (int)(sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0])) ); - pNew = &aStatic[id-2]; - pNew->id = id; - break; - } - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex. -*/ -static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p->cnt==0 ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK -** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can -** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex -** more than once, the behavior is undefined. -*/ -static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(p) ); - p->cnt++; -} -static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(p) ); - p->cnt++; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or -** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. -*/ -static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( debugMutexHeld(p) ); - p->cnt--; - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(p) ); -} - -sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ - static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { - debugMutexInit, - debugMutexEnd, - debugMutexAlloc, - debugMutexFree, - debugMutexEnter, - debugMutexTry, - debugMutexLeave, - - debugMutexHeld, - debugMutexNotheld - }; - - return &sMutex; -} -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ diff --git a/mutex_os2.c b/mutex_os2.c deleted file mode 100644 index 15ffd2c..0000000 --- a/mutex_os2.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,273 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for OS/2 -** -** $Id: mutex_os2.c,v 1.11 2008/11/22 19:50:54 pweilbacher Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** The code in this file is only used if SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 is defined. -** See the mutex.h file for details. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 - -/********************** OS/2 Mutex Implementation ********************** -** -** This implementation of mutexes is built using the OS/2 API. -*/ - -/* -** The mutex object -** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct sqlite3_mutex { - HMTX mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ - int id; /* Mutex type */ - int nRef; /* Number of references */ - TID owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */ -}; - -#define OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER 0,0,0,0 - -/* -** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. -*/ -static int os2MutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static int os2MutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. -** SQLite will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument -** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: -** -**
    -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 4 -**
-** -** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create -** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. -** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction -** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex -** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem -** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. -** -** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Three static mutexes are -** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite -** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal -** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should -** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. -** -** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static -** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has -** the same type number. -*/ -static sqlite3_mutex *os2MutexAlloc(int iType){ - sqlite3_mutex *p = NULL; - switch( iType ){ - case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: - case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ - p->id = iType; - if( DosCreateMutexSem( 0, &p->mutex, 0, FALSE ) != NO_ERROR ){ - sqlite3_free( p ); - p = NULL; - } - } - break; - } - default: { - static volatile int isInit = 0; - static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = { - { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, }, - }; - if ( !isInit ){ - APIRET rc; - PTIB ptib; - PPIB ppib; - HMTX mutex; - char name[32]; - DosGetInfoBlocks( &ptib, &ppib ); - sqlite3_snprintf( sizeof(name), name, "\\SEM32\\SQLITE%04x", - ppib->pib_ulpid ); - while( !isInit ){ - mutex = 0; - rc = DosCreateMutexSem( name, &mutex, 0, FALSE); - if( rc == NO_ERROR ){ - unsigned int i; - if( !isInit ){ - for( i = 0; i < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]); i++ ){ - DosCreateMutexSem( 0, &staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, FALSE ); - } - isInit = 1; - } - DosCloseMutexSem( mutex ); - }else if( rc == ERROR_DUPLICATE_NAME ){ - DosSleep( 1 ); - }else{ - return p; - } - } - } - assert( iType-2 >= 0 ); - assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) ); - p = &staticMutexes[iType-2]; - p->id = iType; - break; - } - } - return p; -} - - -/* -** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex. -** SQLite is careful to deallocate every mutex that it allocates. -*/ -static void os2MutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - if( p==0 ) return; - assert( p->nRef==0 ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - DosCloseMutexSem( p->mutex ); - sqlite3_free( p ); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK -** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can -** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex -** more than once, the behavior is undefined. -*/ -static void os2MutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - TID tid; - PID holder1; - ULONG holder2; - if( p==0 ) return; - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || os2MutexNotheld(p) ); - DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT); - DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2); - p->owner = tid; - p->nRef++; -} -static int os2MutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - int rc; - TID tid; - PID holder1; - ULONG holder2; - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || os2MutexNotheld(p) ); - if( DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_IMMEDIATE_RETURN) == NO_ERROR) { - DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2); - p->owner = tid; - p->nRef++; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } else { - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or -** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. -*/ -static void os2MutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - TID tid; - PID holder1; - ULONG holder2; - if( p==0 ) return; - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2); - assert( p->owner==tid ); - p->nRef--; - assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - DosReleaseMutexSem(p->mutex); -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use inside assert() statements. -*/ -static int os2MutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - TID tid; - PID pid; - ULONG ulCount; - PTIB ptib; - if( p!=0 ) { - DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount); - } else { - DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL); - tid = ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid; - } - return p==0 || (p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==tid); -} -static int os2MutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - TID tid; - PID pid; - ULONG ulCount; - PTIB ptib; - if( p!= 0 ) { - DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount); - } else { - DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL); - tid = ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid; - } - return p==0 || p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid; -} -#endif - -sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ - static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { - os2MutexInit, - os2MutexEnd, - os2MutexAlloc, - os2MutexFree, - os2MutexEnter, - os2MutexTry, - os2MutexLeave, -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - os2MutexHeld, - os2MutexNotheld -#endif - }; - - return &sMutex; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 */ diff --git a/mutex_unix.c b/mutex_unix.c deleted file mode 100644 index 36b0682..0000000 --- a/mutex_unix.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,328 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads -** -** $Id: mutex_unix.c,v 1.16 2008/12/08 18:19:18 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe -** under unix with pthreads. -** -** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that -** supports recursive mutexes. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS - -#include - - -/* -** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct sqlite3_mutex { - pthread_mutex_t mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ - int id; /* Mutex type */ - int nRef; /* Number of entrances */ - pthread_t owner; /* Thread that is within this mutex */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - int trace; /* True to trace changes */ -#endif -}; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0, 0 } -#else -#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0 } -#endif - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use only inside assert() statements. On some platforms, -** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to -** deliver incorrect results. In particular, if pthread_equal() is -** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery -** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a -** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic. But we are -** told that HPUX is not such a platform. If so, then these routines -** will not always work correctly on HPUX. -** -** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite -** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to -** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these -** routines are never called. -*/ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())); -} -static int pthreadMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0; -} -#endif - -/* -** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. -*/ -static int pthreadMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. SQLite -** will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument -** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: -** -**
    -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU -**
-** -** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create -** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. -** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction -** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex -** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem -** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. -** -** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Three static mutexes are -** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite -** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal -** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should -** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. -** -** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static -** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has -** the same type number. -*/ -static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){ - static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = { - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER - }; - sqlite3_mutex *p; - switch( iType ){ - case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX - /* If recursive mutexes are not available, we will have to - ** build our own. See below. */ - pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); -#else - /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */ - pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr; - pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr); - pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); - pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr); - pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr); -#endif - p->id = iType; - } - break; - } - case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: { - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ - p->id = iType; - pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); - } - break; - } - default: { - assert( iType-2 >= 0 ); - assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(staticMutexes) ); - p = &staticMutexes[iType-2]; - p->id = iType; - break; - } - } - return p; -} - - -/* -** This routine deallocates a previously -** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every -** mutex that it allocates. -*/ -static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p->nRef==0 ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK -** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can -** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex -** more than once, the behavior is undefined. -*/ -static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX - /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow - ** our own. This implementation assumes that pthread_equal() - ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self - ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values - ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. - ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that - ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same - ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions - ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. - */ - { - pthread_t self = pthread_self(); - if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){ - p->nRef++; - }else{ - pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); - assert( p->nRef==0 ); - p->owner = self; - p->nRef = 1; - } - } -#else - /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available. - */ - pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); - p->owner = pthread_self(); - p->nRef++; -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( p->trace ){ - printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); - } -#endif -} -static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - int rc; - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX - /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow - ** our own. This implementation assumes that pthread_equal() - ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self - ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values - ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. - ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that - ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same - ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions - ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. - */ - { - pthread_t self = pthread_self(); - if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){ - p->nRef++; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ - assert( p->nRef==0 ); - p->owner = self; - p->nRef = 1; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - } -#else - /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available. - */ - if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ - p->owner = pthread_self(); - p->nRef++; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){ - printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); - } -#endif - return rc; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or -** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. -*/ -static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) ); - p->nRef--; - assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX - if( p->nRef==0 ){ - pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex); - } -#else - pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( p->trace ){ - printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); - } -#endif -} - -sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ - static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { - pthreadMutexInit, - pthreadMutexEnd, - pthreadMutexAlloc, - pthreadMutexFree, - pthreadMutexEnter, - pthreadMutexTry, - pthreadMutexLeave, -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - pthreadMutexHeld, - pthreadMutexNotheld -#else - 0, - 0 -#endif - }; - - return &sMutex; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD */ diff --git a/mutex_w32.c b/mutex_w32.c deleted file mode 100644 index eeb2d79..0000000 --- a/mutex_w32.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,256 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2007 August 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32 -** -** $Id: mutex_w32.c,v 1.15 2009/01/30 16:09:23 shane Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded -** on a win32 system. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 - -/* -** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct sqlite3_mutex { - CRITICAL_SECTION mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ - int id; /* Mutex type */ - int nRef; /* Number of enterances */ - DWORD owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */ -}; - -/* -** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP, -** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME. -** -** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack -** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that -** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME. A call to -** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or -** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call -** the LockFileEx() API. -** -** mutexIsNT() is only used for the TryEnterCriticalSection() API call, -** which is only available if your application was compiled with -** _WIN32_WINNT defined to a value >= 0x0400. Currently, the only -** call to TryEnterCriticalSection() is #ifdef'ed out, so #ifdef -** this out as well. -*/ -#if 0 -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE -# define mutexIsNT() (1) -#else - static int mutexIsNT(void){ - static int osType = 0; - if( osType==0 ){ - OSVERSIONINFO sInfo; - sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); - GetVersionEx(&sInfo); - osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1; - } - return osType==2; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */ -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use only inside assert() statements. -*/ -static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId(); -} -static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=GetCurrentThreadId(); -} -#endif - - -/* -** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. -*/ -static int winMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static int winMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. SQLite -** will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument -** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: -** -**
    -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 4 -**
-** -** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create -** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. -** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction -** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex -** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem -** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. -** -** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Three static mutexes are -** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite -** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal -** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should -** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. -** -** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static -** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has -** the same type number. -*/ -static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){ - sqlite3_mutex *p; - - switch( iType ){ - case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: - case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ - p->id = iType; - InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex); - } - break; - } - default: { - static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[6]; - static int isInit = 0; - while( !isInit ){ - static long lock = 0; - if( InterlockedIncrement(&lock)==1 ){ - int i; - for(i=0; i= 0 ); - assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) ); - p = &staticMutexes[iType-2]; - p->id = iType; - break; - } - } - return p; -} - - -/* -** This routine deallocates a previously -** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every -** mutex that it allocates. -*/ -static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( p->nRef==0 ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK -** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can -** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex -** more than once, the behavior is undefined. -*/ -static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld(p) ); - EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex); - p->owner = GetCurrentThreadId(); - p->nRef++; -} -static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld(p) ); - /* - ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it - ** is used it is merely an optimization. So it is OK for it to always - ** fail. - ** - ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT. - ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without - ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98. - ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now. See - ** ticket #2685. - */ -#if 0 - if( mutexIsNT() && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){ - p->owner = GetCurrentThreadId(); - p->nRef++; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); -#endif - return rc; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or -** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. -*/ -static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - assert( p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId() ); - p->nRef--; - assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex); -} - -sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ - static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { - winMutexInit, - winMutexEnd, - winMutexAlloc, - winMutexFree, - winMutexEnter, - winMutexTry, - winMutexLeave, -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - winMutexHeld, - winMutexNotheld -#else - 0, - 0 -#endif - }; - - return &sMutex; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */ diff --git a/notify.c b/notify.c deleted file mode 100644 index afa7626..0000000 --- a/notify.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,333 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2009 March 3 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify() -** API method and its associated functionality. -** -** $Id: notify.c,v 1.4 2009/04/07 22:06:57 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include "btreeInt.h" - -/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY - -/* -** Public interfaces: -** -** sqlite3ConnectionBlocked() -** sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() -** sqlite3ConnectionClosed() -** sqlite3_unlock_notify() -*/ - -#define assertMutexHeld() \ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ) - -/* -** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process -** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection -** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER -** mutex is held. -*/ -static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0; - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following -** properties of the blocked connections list: -** -** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either -** pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both. -** -** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for -** xUnlockNotify are grouped together. -** -** 3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the -** blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection -** set to db. This is used when closing connection db. -*/ -static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){ - sqlite3 *p; - for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){ - int seen = 0; - sqlite3 *p2; - - /* Verify property (1) */ - assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection ); - - /* Verify property (2) */ - for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){ - if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1; - assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen ); - assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db ); - assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db ); - } - } -} -#else -# define checkListProperties(x) -#endif - -/* -** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection -** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op. -*/ -static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ - sqlite3 **pp; - assertMutexHeld(); - for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){ - if( *pp==db ){ - *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked; - break; - } - } -} - -/* -** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed -** that it is not already a part of the list. -*/ -static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ - sqlite3 **pp; - assertMutexHeld(); - for( - pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; - *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; - pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked - ); - db->pNextBlocked = *pp; - *pp = db; -} - -/* -** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex. -*/ -static void enterMutex(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); - checkListProperties(0); -} - -/* -** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex. -*/ -static void leaveMutex(void){ - assertMutexHeld(); - checkListProperties(0); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); -} - -/* -** Register an unlock-notify callback. -** -** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation -** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection -** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared -** cache. pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection. -** -** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately, -** before this routine returns. -** -** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate -** a deadlock. -** -** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops -** its locks. -** -** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered -** on the same "db". If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately -** cancelled. -*/ -int sqlite3_unlock_notify( - sqlite3 *db, - void (*xNotify)(void **, int), - void *pArg -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - enterMutex(); - - if( xNotify==0 ){ - removeFromBlockedList(db); - db->pUnlockConnection = 0; - db->xUnlockNotify = 0; - db->pUnlockArg = 0; - }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){ - /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a - ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback - ** immediately. - */ - xNotify(&pArg, 1); - }else{ - sqlite3 *p; - - for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){} - if( p ){ - rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; /* Deadlock detected. */ - }else{ - db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection; - db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify; - db->pUnlockArg = pArg; - removeFromBlockedList(db); - addToBlockedList(db); - } - } - - leaveMutex(); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0)); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement -** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED -** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available -** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction. -*/ -void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){ - enterMutex(); - if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ - addToBlockedList(db); - } - db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker; - leaveMutex(); -} - -/* -** This function is called when -** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held -** by database connection db have been released. -** -** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections -** list and does the following: -** -** 1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is -** set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0. -** -** 2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is -** set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and -** set pUnlockConnection=0. -** -** 3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and -** pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections -** list. -*/ -void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){ - void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */ - int nArg = 0; /* Number of entries in aArg[] */ - sqlite3 **pp; /* Iterator variable */ - void **aArg; /* Arguments to the unlock callback */ - void **aDyn = 0; /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */ - void *aStatic[16]; /* Starter space for aArg[]. No malloc required */ - - aArg = aStatic; - enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */ - - /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */ - for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){ - sqlite3 *p = *pp; - - /* Step 1. */ - if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){ - p->pBlockingConnection = 0; - } - - /* Step 2. */ - if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){ - assert( p->xUnlockNotify ); - if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){ - xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); - nArg = 0; - } - - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) ); - assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn ); - if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic)) - || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, aDyn)/sizeof(void*))) - ){ - /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */ - void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2); - if( pNew ){ - memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *)); - sqlite3_free(aDyn); - aDyn = aArg = pNew; - }else{ - /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to - ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the - ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to - ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed. - ** - ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error - ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code - ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be - ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections - ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait - ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never - ** arrive. - ** - ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context - ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and - ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without - ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because - ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of - ** context pointers the application will receive two or more - ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will - ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple - ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the - ** circumstances. - */ - xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); - nArg = 0; - } - } - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - - aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg; - xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify; - p->pUnlockConnection = 0; - p->xUnlockNotify = 0; - p->pUnlockArg = 0; - } - - /* Step 3. */ - if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ - /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */ - *pp = p->pNextBlocked; - p->pNextBlocked = 0; - }else{ - pp = &p->pNextBlocked; - } - } - - if( nArg!=0 ){ - xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); - } - sqlite3_free(aDyn); - leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */ -} - -/* -** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is -** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list. -*/ -void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ - sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db); - enterMutex(); - removeFromBlockedList(db); - checkListProperties(db); - leaveMutex(); -} -#endif diff --git a/opcodes.c b/opcodes.c deleted file mode 100644 index 14f60bc..0000000 --- a/opcodes.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,154 +0,0 @@ -/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ -/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ - static const char *const azName[] = { "?", - /* 1 */ "ReadCookie", - /* 2 */ "AutoCommit", - /* 3 */ "Found", - /* 4 */ "NullRow", - /* 5 */ "Variable", - /* 6 */ "RealAffinity", - /* 7 */ "Sort", - /* 8 */ "Affinity", - /* 9 */ "IfNot", - /* 10 */ "Gosub", - /* 11 */ "NotFound", - /* 12 */ "ResultRow", - /* 13 */ "SeekLe", - /* 14 */ "Rowid", - /* 15 */ "CreateIndex", - /* 16 */ "Explain", - /* 17 */ "Statement", - /* 18 */ "DropIndex", - /* 19 */ "Not", - /* 20 */ "Null", - /* 21 */ "Int64", - /* 22 */ "LoadAnalysis", - /* 23 */ "IdxInsert", - /* 24 */ "VUpdate", - /* 25 */ "Next", - /* 26 */ "SetNumColumns", - /* 27 */ "SeekLt", - /* 28 */ "Rewind", - /* 29 */ "RowSetRead", - /* 30 */ "Last", - /* 31 */ "MustBeInt", - /* 32 */ "IncrVacuum", - /* 33 */ "String", - /* 34 */ "VFilter", - /* 35 */ "Count", - /* 36 */ "Close", - /* 37 */ "AggFinal", - /* 38 */ "RowData", - /* 39 */ "IdxRowid", - /* 40 */ "Pagecount", - /* 41 */ "SeekGe", - /* 42 */ "OpenPseudo", - /* 43 */ "Halt", - /* 44 */ "Compare", - /* 45 */ "NewRowid", - /* 46 */ "IdxLT", - /* 47 */ "SeekGt", - /* 48 */ "MemMax", - /* 49 */ "Function", - /* 50 */ "IntegrityCk", - /* 51 */ "SCopy", - /* 52 */ "IfNeg", - /* 53 */ "NotExists", - /* 54 */ "VDestroy", - /* 55 */ "IdxDelete", - /* 56 */ "Vacuum", - /* 57 */ "Copy", - /* 58 */ "If", - /* 59 */ "Destroy", - /* 60 */ "Jump", - /* 61 */ "AggStep", - /* 62 */ "Clear", - /* 63 */ "Insert", - /* 64 */ "Permutation", - /* 65 */ "VBegin", - /* 66 */ "Or", - /* 67 */ "And", - /* 68 */ "OpenEphemeral", - /* 69 */ "IdxGE", - /* 70 */ "Trace", - /* 71 */ "IsNull", - /* 72 */ "NotNull", - /* 73 */ "Ne", - /* 74 */ "Eq", - /* 75 */ "Gt", - /* 76 */ "Le", - /* 77 */ "Lt", - /* 78 */ "Ge", - /* 79 */ "VRowid", - /* 80 */ "BitAnd", - /* 81 */ "BitOr", - /* 82 */ "ShiftLeft", - /* 83 */ "ShiftRight", - /* 84 */ "Add", - /* 85 */ "Subtract", - /* 86 */ "Multiply", - /* 87 */ "Divide", - /* 88 */ "Remainder", - /* 89 */ "Concat", - /* 90 */ "MakeRecord", - /* 91 */ "Yield", - /* 92 */ "SetCookie", - /* 93 */ "BitNot", - /* 94 */ "String8", - /* 95 */ "Prev", - /* 96 */ "ContextPush", - /* 97 */ "DropTrigger", - /* 98 */ "VColumn", - /* 99 */ "Return", - /* 100 */ "OpenWrite", - /* 101 */ "Integer", - /* 102 */ "Transaction", - /* 103 */ "IfPos", - /* 104 */ "RowSetAdd", - /* 105 */ "CollSeq", - /* 106 */ "Savepoint", - /* 107 */ "VRename", - /* 108 */ "Sequence", - /* 109 */ "ContextPop", - /* 110 */ "HaltIfNull", - /* 111 */ "VCreate", - /* 112 */ "CreateTable", - /* 113 */ "AddImm", - /* 114 */ "DropTable", - /* 115 */ "IsUnique", - /* 116 */ "VOpen", - /* 117 */ "IfZero", - /* 118 */ "Noop", - /* 119 */ "RowKey", - /* 120 */ "Expire", - /* 121 */ "Delete", - /* 122 */ "Blob", - /* 123 */ "Move", - /* 124 */ "Goto", - /* 125 */ "ParseSchema", - /* 126 */ "VNext", - /* 127 */ "Seek", - /* 128 */ "TableLock", - /* 129 */ "VerifyCookie", - /* 130 */ "Real", - /* 131 */ "Column", - /* 132 */ "OpenRead", - /* 133 */ "ResetCount", - /* 134 */ "NotUsed_134", - /* 135 */ "NotUsed_135", - /* 136 */ "NotUsed_136", - /* 137 */ "NotUsed_137", - /* 138 */ "NotUsed_138", - /* 139 */ "NotUsed_139", - /* 140 */ "NotUsed_140", - /* 141 */ "ToText", - /* 142 */ "ToBlob", - /* 143 */ "ToNumeric", - /* 144 */ "ToInt", - /* 145 */ "ToReal", - }; - return azName[i]; -} -#endif diff --git a/opcodes.h b/opcodes.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8b06b59..0000000 --- a/opcodes.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ -/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */ -#define OP_ReadCookie 1 -#define OP_AutoCommit 2 -#define OP_Found 3 -#define OP_NullRow 4 -#define OP_Lt 77 /* same as TK_LT */ -#define OP_Variable 5 -#define OP_RealAffinity 6 -#define OP_Sort 7 -#define OP_Affinity 8 -#define OP_IfNot 9 -#define OP_Gosub 10 -#define OP_Add 84 /* same as TK_PLUS */ -#define OP_NotFound 11 -#define OP_ResultRow 12 -#define OP_IsNull 71 /* same as TK_ISNULL */ -#define OP_SeekLe 13 -#define OP_Rowid 14 -#define OP_CreateIndex 15 -#define OP_Explain 16 -#define OP_Statement 17 -#define OP_DropIndex 18 -#define OP_Null 20 -#define OP_ToInt 144 /* same as TK_TO_INT */ -#define OP_Int64 21 -#define OP_LoadAnalysis 22 -#define OP_IdxInsert 23 -#define OP_VUpdate 24 -#define OP_Next 25 -#define OP_SetNumColumns 26 -#define OP_ToNumeric 143 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/ -#define OP_Ge 78 /* same as TK_GE */ -#define OP_BitNot 93 /* same as TK_BITNOT */ -#define OP_SeekLt 27 -#define OP_Rewind 28 -#define OP_Multiply 86 /* same as TK_STAR */ -#define OP_ToReal 145 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */ -#define OP_Gt 75 /* same as TK_GT */ -#define OP_RowSetRead 29 -#define OP_Last 30 -#define OP_MustBeInt 31 -#define OP_Ne 73 /* same as TK_NE */ -#define OP_IncrVacuum 32 -#define OP_String 33 -#define OP_VFilter 34 -#define OP_Count 35 -#define OP_Close 36 -#define OP_AggFinal 37 -#define OP_RowData 38 -#define OP_IdxRowid 39 -#define OP_Pagecount 40 -#define OP_BitOr 81 /* same as TK_BITOR */ -#define OP_NotNull 72 /* same as TK_NOTNULL */ -#define OP_SeekGe 41 -#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT */ -#define OP_OpenPseudo 42 -#define OP_Halt 43 -#define OP_Compare 44 -#define OP_NewRowid 45 -#define OP_Real 130 /* same as TK_FLOAT */ -#define OP_IdxLT 46 -#define OP_SeekGt 47 -#define OP_MemMax 48 -#define OP_Function 49 -#define OP_IntegrityCk 50 -#define OP_Remainder 88 /* same as TK_REM */ -#define OP_SCopy 51 -#define OP_ShiftLeft 82 /* same as TK_LSHIFT */ -#define OP_IfNeg 52 -#define OP_BitAnd 80 /* same as TK_BITAND */ -#define OP_Or 66 /* same as TK_OR */ -#define OP_NotExists 53 -#define OP_VDestroy 54 -#define OP_IdxDelete 55 -#define OP_Vacuum 56 -#define OP_Copy 57 -#define OP_If 58 -#define OP_Destroy 59 -#define OP_Jump 60 -#define OP_AggStep 61 -#define OP_Clear 62 -#define OP_Insert 63 -#define OP_Permutation 64 -#define OP_VBegin 65 -#define OP_OpenEphemeral 68 -#define OP_IdxGE 69 -#define OP_Trace 70 -#define OP_Divide 87 /* same as TK_SLASH */ -#define OP_String8 94 /* same as TK_STRING */ -#define OP_Concat 89 /* same as TK_CONCAT */ -#define OP_VRowid 79 -#define OP_MakeRecord 90 -#define OP_Yield 91 -#define OP_SetCookie 92 -#define OP_Prev 95 -#define OP_ContextPush 96 -#define OP_DropTrigger 97 -#define OP_And 67 /* same as TK_AND */ -#define OP_VColumn 98 -#define OP_Return 99 -#define OP_OpenWrite 100 -#define OP_Integer 101 -#define OP_Transaction 102 -#define OP_IfPos 103 -#define OP_RowSetAdd 104 -#define OP_CollSeq 105 -#define OP_Savepoint 106 -#define OP_VRename 107 -#define OP_ToBlob 142 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */ -#define OP_Sequence 108 -#define OP_ContextPop 109 -#define OP_ShiftRight 83 /* same as TK_RSHIFT */ -#define OP_HaltIfNull 110 -#define OP_VCreate 111 -#define OP_CreateTable 112 -#define OP_AddImm 113 -#define OP_ToText 141 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */ -#define OP_DropTable 114 -#define OP_IsUnique 115 -#define OP_VOpen 116 -#define OP_IfZero 117 -#define OP_Noop 118 -#define OP_RowKey 119 -#define OP_Expire 120 -#define OP_Delete 121 -#define OP_Subtract 85 /* same as TK_MINUS */ -#define OP_Blob 122 -#define OP_Move 123 -#define OP_Goto 124 -#define OP_ParseSchema 125 -#define OP_Eq 74 /* same as TK_EQ */ -#define OP_VNext 126 -#define OP_Seek 127 -#define OP_Le 76 /* same as TK_LE */ -#define OP_TableLock 128 -#define OP_VerifyCookie 129 -#define OP_Column 131 -#define OP_OpenRead 132 -#define OP_ResetCount 133 - -/* The following opcode values are never used */ -#define OP_NotUsed_134 134 -#define OP_NotUsed_135 135 -#define OP_NotUsed_136 136 -#define OP_NotUsed_137 137 -#define OP_NotUsed_138 138 -#define OP_NotUsed_139 139 -#define OP_NotUsed_140 140 - - -/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in -** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c -** are encoded into bitvectors as follows: -*/ -#define OPFLG_JUMP 0x0001 /* jump: P2 holds jmp target */ -#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002 /* out2-prerelease: */ -#define OPFLG_IN1 0x0004 /* in1: P1 is an input */ -#define OPFLG_IN2 0x0008 /* in2: P2 is an input */ -#define OPFLG_IN3 0x0010 /* in3: P3 is an input */ -#define OPFLG_OUT3 0x0020 /* out3: P3 is an output */ -#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\ -/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x01,\ -/* 8 */ 0x00, 0x05, 0x01, 0x11, 0x00, 0x11, 0x02, 0x02,\ -/* 16 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x08,\ -/* 24 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x11, 0x01, 0x21, 0x01, 0x05,\ -/* 32 */ 0x01, 0x02, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\ -/* 40 */ 0x02, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x11,\ -/* 48 */ 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x05, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 56 */ 0x00, 0x04, 0x05, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 64 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x11, 0x00, 0x05,\ -/* 72 */ 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x02,\ -/* 80 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c,\ -/* 88 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x04, 0x10, 0x04, 0x02, 0x01,\ -/* 96 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x05,\ -/* 104 */ 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00,\ -/* 112 */ 0x02, 0x04, 0x00, 0x11, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08,\ -/* 128 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ -/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\ -/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04,} diff --git a/os.c b/os.c deleted file mode 100644 index d879b8a..0000000 --- a/os.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,281 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2005 November 29 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all -** architectures. -** -** $Id: os.c,v 1.126 2009/03/25 14:24:42 drh Exp $ -*/ -#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1 -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#undef _SQLITE_OS_C_ - -/* -** The default SQLite sqlite3_vfs implementations do not allocate -** memory (actually, os_unix.c allocates a small amount of memory -** from within OsOpen()), but some third-party implementations may. -** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX() -** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro. -** -** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure -** testing: -** -** sqlite3OsOpen() -** sqlite3OsRead() -** sqlite3OsWrite() -** sqlite3OsSync() -** sqlite3OsLock() -** -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && (SQLITE_OS_WIN==0) - #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST if (1) { \ - void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10); \ - if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; \ - sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc); \ - } -#else - #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST -#endif - -/* -** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods -** of the sqlite3_file object. This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All -** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using -** C++ instead of plain old C. -*/ -int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file *pId){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pId->pMethods ){ - rc = pId->pMethods->xClose(pId); - pId->pMethods = 0; - } - return rc; -} -int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST; - return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset); -} -int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST; - return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset); -} -int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){ - return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size); -} -int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST; - return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags); -} -int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST; - return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize); -} -int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST; - return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType); -} -int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ - return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType); -} -int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST; - return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut); -} -int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg); -} -int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ - int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize; - return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE); -} -int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id); -} - -/* -** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the -** VFS methods. -*/ -int sqlite3OsOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - sqlite3_file *pFile, - int flags, - int *pFlagsOut -){ - int rc; - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST; - rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags, pFlagsOut); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 ); - return rc; -} -int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ - return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync); -} -int sqlite3OsAccess( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int flags, - int *pResOut -){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST; - return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut); -} -int sqlite3OsFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int nPathOut, - char *zPathOut -){ - return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut); -} -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){ - return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath); -} -void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ - pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); -} -void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHdle, const char *zSym))(void){ - return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHdle, zSym); -} -void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ - pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ -int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ - return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); -} -int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ - return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro); -} -int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTimeOut){ - return pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, pTimeOut); -} - -int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zFile, - sqlite3_file **ppFile, - int flags, - int *pOutFlags -){ - int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3_file *pFile; - pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3Malloc(pVfs->szOsFile); - if( pFile ){ - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(pFile); - }else{ - *ppFile = pFile; - } - } - return rc; -} -int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( pFile ); - rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile); - sqlite3_free(pFile); - return rc; -} - -/* -** The list of all registered VFS implementations. -*/ -static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0; -#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList) - -/* -** Locate a VFS by name. If no name is given, simply return the -** first VFS on the list. -*/ -sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0; -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ) return 0; -#endif -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); -#endif - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){ - if( zVfs==0 ) break; - if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return pVfs; -} - -/* -** Unlink a VFS from the linked list -*/ -static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ); - if( pVfs==0 ){ - /* No-op */ - }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){ - vfsList = pVfs->pNext; - }else if( vfsList ){ - sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList; - while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){ - p = p->pNext; - } - if( p->pNext==pVfs ){ - p->pNext = pVfs->pNext; - } - } -} - -/* -** Register a VFS with the system. It is harmless to register the same -** VFS multiple times. The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is -** true. -*/ -int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); - if( rc ) return rc; -#endif - mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - vfsUnlink(pVfs); - if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){ - pVfs->pNext = vfsList; - vfsList = pVfs; - }else{ - pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext; - vfsList->pNext = pVfs; - } - assert(vfsList); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible. -*/ -int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); -#endif - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - vfsUnlink(pVfs); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} diff --git a/os.h b/os.h deleted file mode 100644 index d483f3f..0000000 --- a/os.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,268 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 16 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file -** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that -** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems. -** -** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up -** being included by every source file. -** -** $Id: os.h,v 1.108 2009/02/05 16:31:46 drh Exp $ -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_ -#define _SQLITE_OS_H_ - -/* -** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other -** operating system. After the following block of preprocess macros, -** all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, SQLITE_OS_WIN, SQLITE_OS_OS2, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER -** will defined to either 1 or 0. One of the four will be 1. The other -** three will be 0. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) -# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1 -# undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# undef SQLITE_OS_WIN -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# undef SQLITE_OS_OS2 -# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0 -# else -# undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER -# endif -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) -# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 -# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN -# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1 -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0 -# elif defined(__EMX__) || defined(_OS2) || defined(OS2) || defined(_OS2_) || defined(__OS2__) -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 1 -# else -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1 -# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0 -# endif -# else -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0 -# endif -#else -# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* -** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much -** reduced API. -*/ -#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) -# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1 -#else -# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0 -#endif - - -/* -** Define the maximum size of a temporary filename -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN -# include -# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50) -#elif SQLITE_OS_OS2 -# if (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) && defined(OS2_HIGH_MEMORY) -# include /* has to be included before os2.h for linking to work */ -# endif -# define INCL_DOSDATETIME -# define INCL_DOSFILEMGR -# define INCL_DOSERRORS -# define INCL_DOSMISC -# define INCL_DOSPROCESS -# define INCL_DOSMODULEMGR -# define INCL_DOSSEMAPHORES -# include -# include -# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (CCHMAXPATHCOMP) -#else -# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200 -#endif - -/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it -** a no-op -*/ -#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC -# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y) -#endif - -/* -** The default size of a disk sector -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 512 -#endif - -/* -** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random -** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the -** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit. -** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the -** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits -** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done -** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line. -** -** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then -** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it -** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder. -** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a -** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the -** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain. -** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" -** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but -** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart -** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid -** of the file. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX -# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_" -#endif - -/* -** The following values may be passed as the second argument to -** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics: -** -** SHARED: Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously. -** RESERVED: A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at -** any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks. -** PENDING: A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at -** any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new -** SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes. -** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks. -** -** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a -** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING -** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to -** sqlite3OsLock(). -*/ -#define NO_LOCK 0 -#define SHARED_LOCK 1 -#define RESERVED_LOCK 2 -#define PENDING_LOCK 3 -#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 4 - -/* -** File Locking Notes: (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix) -** -** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because -** those functions are not available. So we use only LockFile() and -** UnlockFile(). -** -** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes. -** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen -** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at -** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the -** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte. -** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range. -** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking -** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte. -** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from -** the RESERVED_LOCK byte. -** -** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available, -** which means we can use reader/writer locks. When reader/writer locks -** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used -** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME. Hence, the locking scheme -** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers. -** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single -** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers. -** -** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking. -** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which -** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for -** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. -** -** The same locking strategy and -** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possiblity of having -** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file -** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever -** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between -** windows and unix. I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by -** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility. -** -** Locking in windows is manditory. For this reason, we cannot store -** actual data in the bytes used for locking. The pager never allocates -** the pages involved in locking therefore. SHARED_SIZE is selected so -** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size. -** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE -** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except -** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic -** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite. -** -** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible -** file format. Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice -** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test. -** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the -** 1GB boundary. -** -*/ -#define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3PendingByte -#define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1) -#define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2) -#define SHARED_SIZE 510 - -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods -*/ -int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*); -int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset); -int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset); -int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size); -int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int); -int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize); -int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int); -int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); -int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut); -int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0 -int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id); -int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id); - -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods -*/ -int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *); -int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int); -int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut); -int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *); -void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); -void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void); -void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *); -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ -int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); -int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int); -int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *, double*); - -/* -** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using -** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure. -*/ -int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*); -int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); - -#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */ diff --git a/os_common.h b/os_common.h deleted file mode 100644 index 03d1d74..0000000 --- a/os_common.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2004 May 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to -** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those -** files. -** -** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a -** general purpose header file. -** -** $Id: os_common.h,v 1.38 2009/02/24 18:40:50 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ -#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_ -#define _OS_COMMON_H_ - -/* -** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG -** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the -** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. -*/ -#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG -# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -int sqlite3OSTrace = 0; -#define OSTRACE1(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X) -#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y) -#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z) -#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A) -#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B) -#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \ - if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) -#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \ - if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) -#else -#define OSTRACE1(X) -#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) -#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) -#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) -#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) -#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) -#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) -#endif - -/* -** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works -** on i486 hardware. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE - -/* -** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing -** high-performance timing routines. -*/ -#include "hwtime.h" - -static sqlite_uint64 g_start; -static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed; -#define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime() -#define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start -#define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed -#else -#define TIMER_START -#define TIMER_END -#define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0) -#endif - -/* -** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block -** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This -** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */ -int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */ -int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */ -int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */ -int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */ -int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0; -int sqlite3_diskfull = 0; -#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X) -#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ - if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \ - || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \ - { local_ioerr(); CODE; } -static void local_ioerr(){ - IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); - sqlite3_io_error_hit++; - if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++; -} -#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ - if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ - if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ - local_ioerr(); \ - sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ - sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ - CODE; \ - }else{ \ - sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ - } \ - } -#else -#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) -#define SimulateIOError(A) -#define SimulateDiskfullError(A) -#endif - -/* -** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; -#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) -#else -#define OpenCounter(X) -#endif - -#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */ diff --git a/os_os2.c b/os_os2.c deleted file mode 100644 index 07e9e6d..0000000 --- a/os_os2.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1127 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2006 Feb 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains code that is specific to OS/2. -** -** $Id: os_os2.c,v 1.63 2008/12/10 19:26:24 drh Exp $ -*/ - -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -#if SQLITE_OS_OS2 - -/* -** A Note About Memory Allocation: -** -** This driver uses malloc()/free() directly rather than going through -** the SQLite-wrappers sqlite3_malloc()/sqlite3_free(). Those wrappers -** are designed for use on embedded systems where memory is scarce and -** malloc failures happen frequently. OS/2 does not typically run on -** embedded systems, and when it does the developers normally have bigger -** problems to worry about than running out of memory. So there is not -** a compelling need to use the wrappers. -** -** But there is a good reason to not use the wrappers. If we use the -** wrappers then we will get simulated malloc() failures within this -** driver. And that causes all kinds of problems for our tests. We -** could enhance SQLite to deal with simulated malloc failures within -** the OS driver, but the code to deal with those failure would not -** be exercised on Linux (which does not need to malloc() in the driver) -** and so we would have difficulty writing coverage tests for that -** code. Better to leave the code out, we think. -** -** The point of this discussion is as follows: When creating a new -** OS layer for an embedded system, if you use this file as an example, -** avoid the use of malloc()/free(). Those routines work ok on OS/2 -** desktops but not so well in embedded systems. -*/ - -/* -** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE -# define SQLITE_OS2_THREADS 1 -#endif - -/* -** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files -*/ -#include "os_common.h" - -/* -** The os2File structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific for the OS/2 -** protability layer. -*/ -typedef struct os2File os2File; -struct os2File { - const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */ - HFILE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */ - char* pathToDel; /* Name of file to delete on close, NULL if not */ - unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */ -}; - -#define LOCK_TIMEOUT 10L /* the default locking timeout */ - -/***************************************************************************** -** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified -** by the sqlite3_io_methods object. -******************************************************************************/ - -/* -** Close a file. -*/ -static int os2Close( sqlite3_file *id ){ - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - os2File *pFile; - if( id && (pFile = (os2File*)id) != 0 ){ - OSTRACE2( "CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h ); - rc = DosClose( pFile->h ); - pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; - if( pFile->pathToDel != NULL ){ - rc = DosForceDelete( (PSZ)pFile->pathToDel ); - free( pFile->pathToDel ); - pFile->pathToDel = NULL; - } - id = 0; - OpenCounter( -1 ); - } - - return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; -} - -/* -** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all -** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes -** wrong. -*/ -static int os2Read( - sqlite3_file *id, /* File to read from */ - void *pBuf, /* Write content into this buffer */ - int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */ - sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */ -){ - ULONG fileLocation = 0L; - ULONG got; - os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - assert( id!=0 ); - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_READ ); - OSTRACE3( "READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ); - if( DosSetFilePtr(pFile->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &fileLocation) != NO_ERROR ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } - if( DosRead( pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &got ) != NO_ERROR ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; - } - if( got == (ULONG)amt ) - return SQLITE_OK; - else { - /* Unread portions of the input buffer must be zero-filled */ - memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); - return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; - } -} - -/* -** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or some other error code on failure. -*/ -static int os2Write( - sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */ - const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */ - int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */ -){ - ULONG fileLocation = 0L; - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - ULONG wrote; - os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - assert( id!=0 ); - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE ); - SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); - OSTRACE3( "WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ); - if( DosSetFilePtr(pFile->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &fileLocation) != NO_ERROR ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } - assert( amt>0 ); - while( amt > 0 && - ( rc = DosWrite( pFile->h, (PVOID)pBuf, amt, &wrote ) ) == NO_ERROR && - wrote > 0 - ){ - amt -= wrote; - pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; - } - - return ( rc != NO_ERROR || amt > (int)wrote ) ? SQLITE_FULL : SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Truncate an open file to a specified size -*/ -static int os2Truncate( sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte ){ - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - OSTRACE3( "TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte ); - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE ); - rc = DosSetFileSize( pFile->h, nByte ); - return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test -** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times. -*/ -int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; -int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. -*/ -static int os2Sync( sqlite3_file *id, int flags ){ - os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - OSTRACE3( "SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL){ - sqlite3_fullsync_count++; - } - sqlite3_sync_count++; -#endif - /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a - ** no-op - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pFile); - return SQLITE_OK; -#else - return DosResetBuffer( pFile->h ) == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; -#endif -} - -/* -** Determine the current size of a file in bytes -*/ -static int os2FileSize( sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize ){ - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - FILESTATUS3 fsts3FileInfo; - memset(&fsts3FileInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3FileInfo)); - assert( id!=0 ); - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT ); - rc = DosQueryFileInfo( ((os2File*)id)->h, FIL_STANDARD, &fsts3FileInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) ); - if( rc == NO_ERROR ){ - *pSize = fsts3FileInfo.cbFile; - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; - } -} - -/* -** Acquire a reader lock. -*/ -static int getReadLock( os2File *pFile ){ - FILELOCK LockArea, - UnlockArea; - APIRET res; - memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); - memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); - LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; - LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; - UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; - UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; - res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 1L ); - OSTRACE3( "GETREADLOCK %d res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); - return res; -} - -/* -** Undo a readlock -*/ -static int unlockReadLock( os2File *id ){ - FILELOCK LockArea, - UnlockArea; - APIRET res; - memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); - memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); - LockArea.lOffset = 0L; - LockArea.lRange = 0L; - UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; - UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; - res = DosSetFileLocks( id->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 1L ); - OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK-READLOCK file handle=%d res=%d?\n", id->h, res ); - return res; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. The os2Unlock() routine -** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0. -** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You -** must go straight to locking level 0. -*/ -static int os2Lock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */ - APIRET res = NO_ERROR; /* Result of an OS/2 lock call */ - int newLocktype; /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */ - int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */ - FILELOCK LockArea, - UnlockArea; - os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); - memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); - assert( pFile!=0 ); - OSTRACE4( "LOCK %d %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype ); - - /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the - ** os2File, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as - ** sqlite3_mutex_enter() hasn't been called yet. - */ - if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d %d ok (already held)\n", pFile->h, locktype ); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct - */ - assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or - ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of - ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary. - */ - newLocktype = pFile->locktype; - if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK - || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) - ){ - LockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE; - LockArea.lRange = 1L; - UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; - UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; - - /* wait longer than LOCK_TIMEOUT here not to have to try multiple times */ - res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 100L, 0L ); - if( res == NO_ERROR ){ - gotPendingLock = 1; - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d pending lock boolean set. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); - } - } - - /* Acquire a shared lock - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){ - assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK ); - res = getReadLock(pFile); - if( res == NO_ERROR ){ - newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK; - } - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d acquire shared lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); - } - - /* Acquire a RESERVED lock - */ - if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){ - assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE; - LockArea.lRange = 1L; - UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; - UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; - res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); - if( res == NO_ERROR ){ - newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK; - } - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d acquire reserved lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); - } - - /* Acquire a PENDING lock - */ - if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){ - newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK; - gotPendingLock = 0; - OSTRACE2( "LOCK %d acquire pending lock. pending lock boolean unset.\n", pFile->h ); - } - - /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock - */ - if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){ - assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK ); - res = unlockReadLock(pFile); - OSTRACE2( "unreadlock = %d\n", res ); - LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; - LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; - UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; - UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; - res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); - if( res == NO_ERROR ){ - newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; - }else{ - OSTRACE2( "OS/2 error-code = %d\n", res ); - getReadLock(pFile); - } - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d acquire exclusive lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); - } - - /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then - ** release it now. - */ - if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - int r; - LockArea.lOffset = 0L; - LockArea.lRange = 0L; - UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE; - UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; - r = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d unlocking pending/is shared. r=%d\n", pFile->h, r ); - } - - /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then - ** return the appropriate result code. - */ - if( res == NO_ERROR ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - OSTRACE4( "LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h, - locktype, newLocktype ); - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - pFile->locktype = newLocktype; - OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return -** non-zero, otherwise zero. -*/ -static int os2CheckReservedLock( sqlite3_file *id, int *pOut ){ - int r = 0; - os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - assert( pFile!=0 ); - if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ - r = 1; - OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, r ); - }else{ - FILELOCK LockArea, - UnlockArea; - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); - memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); - LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE; - LockArea.lRange = 1L; - UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; - UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; - rc = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); - OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d lock reserved byte rc=%d\n", pFile->h, rc ); - if( rc == NO_ERROR ){ - APIRET rcu = NO_ERROR; /* return code for unlocking */ - LockArea.lOffset = 0L; - LockArea.lRange = 0L; - UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE; - UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; - rcu = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); - OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d unlock reserved byte r=%d\n", pFile->h, rcu ); - } - r = !(rc == NO_ERROR); - OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, r ); - } - *pOut = r; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -** -** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument -** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine -** might return SQLITE_IOERR; -*/ -static int os2Unlock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){ - int type; - os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - APIRET rc = SQLITE_OK; - APIRET res = NO_ERROR; - FILELOCK LockArea, - UnlockArea; - memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); - memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); - assert( pFile!=0 ); - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - OSTRACE4( "UNLOCK %d to %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype ); - type = pFile->locktype; - if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - LockArea.lOffset = 0L; - LockArea.lRange = 0L; - UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; - UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; - res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); - OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d exclusive lock res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && getReadLock(pFile) != NO_ERROR ){ - /* This should never happen. We should always be able to - ** reacquire the read lock */ - OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d to %d getReadLock() failed\n", pFile->h, locktype ); - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - } - } - if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ - LockArea.lOffset = 0L; - LockArea.lRange = 0L; - UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE; - UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; - res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); - OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d reserved res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); - } - if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){ - res = unlockReadLock(pFile); - OSTRACE5( "UNLOCK %d is %d want %d res=%d\n", pFile->h, type, locktype, res ); - } - if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){ - LockArea.lOffset = 0L; - LockArea.lRange = 0L; - UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE; - UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; - res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L ); - OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d pending res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ); - } - pFile->locktype = locktype; - OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Control and query of the open file handle. -*/ -static int os2FileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { - *(int*)pArg = ((os2File*)id)->locktype; - OSTRACE3( "FCNTL_LOCKSTATE %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype ); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for -** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be -** larger for some devices. -** -** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that -** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. -** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the -** same for both. -*/ -static int os2SectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ - return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; -} - -/* -** Return a vector of device characteristics. -*/ -static int os2DeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - return 0; -} - - -/* -** Character set conversion objects used by conversion routines. -*/ -static UconvObject ucUtf8 = NULL; /* convert between UTF-8 and UCS-2 */ -static UconvObject uclCp = NULL; /* convert between local codepage and UCS-2 */ - -/* -** Helper function to initialize the conversion objects from and to UTF-8. -*/ -static void initUconvObjects( void ){ - if( UniCreateUconvObject( UTF_8, &ucUtf8 ) != ULS_SUCCESS ) - ucUtf8 = NULL; - if ( UniCreateUconvObject( (UniChar *)L"@path=yes", &uclCp ) != ULS_SUCCESS ) - uclCp = NULL; -} - -/* -** Helper function to free the conversion objects from and to UTF-8. -*/ -static void freeUconvObjects( void ){ - if ( ucUtf8 ) - UniFreeUconvObject( ucUtf8 ); - if ( uclCp ) - UniFreeUconvObject( uclCp ); - ucUtf8 = NULL; - uclCp = NULL; -} - -/* -** Helper function to convert UTF-8 filenames to local OS/2 codepage. -** The two-step process: first convert the incoming UTF-8 string -** into UCS-2 and then from UCS-2 to the current codepage. -** The returned char pointer has to be freed. -*/ -static char *convertUtf8PathToCp( const char *in ){ - UniChar tempPath[CCHMAXPATH]; - char *out = (char *)calloc( CCHMAXPATH, 1 ); - - if( !out ) - return NULL; - - if( !ucUtf8 || !uclCp ) - initUconvObjects(); - - /* determine string for the conversion of UTF-8 which is CP1208 */ - if( UniStrToUcs( ucUtf8, tempPath, (char *)in, CCHMAXPATH ) != ULS_SUCCESS ) - return out; /* if conversion fails, return the empty string */ - - /* conversion for current codepage which can be used for paths */ - UniStrFromUcs( uclCp, out, tempPath, CCHMAXPATH ); - - return out; -} - -/* -** Helper function to convert filenames from local codepage to UTF-8. -** The two-step process: first convert the incoming codepage-specific -** string into UCS-2 and then from UCS-2 to the codepage of UTF-8. -** The returned char pointer has to be freed. -** -** This function is non-static to be able to use this in shell.c and -** similar applications that take command line arguments. -*/ -char *convertCpPathToUtf8( const char *in ){ - UniChar tempPath[CCHMAXPATH]; - char *out = (char *)calloc( CCHMAXPATH, 1 ); - - if( !out ) - return NULL; - - if( !ucUtf8 || !uclCp ) - initUconvObjects(); - - /* conversion for current codepage which can be used for paths */ - if( UniStrToUcs( uclCp, tempPath, (char *)in, CCHMAXPATH ) != ULS_SUCCESS ) - return out; /* if conversion fails, return the empty string */ - - /* determine string for the conversion of UTF-8 which is CP1208 */ - UniStrFromUcs( ucUtf8, out, tempPath, CCHMAXPATH ); - - return out; -} - -/* -** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an -** sqlite3_file for os2. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods os2IoMethod = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - os2Close, - os2Read, - os2Write, - os2Truncate, - os2Sync, - os2FileSize, - os2Lock, - os2Unlock, - os2CheckReservedLock, - os2FileControl, - os2SectorSize, - os2DeviceCharacteristics -}; - -/*************************************************************************** -** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object. -** -** The next block of code implements the VFS methods. -****************************************************************************/ - -/* -** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be big enough to -** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters. -*/ -static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf ){ - static const unsigned char zChars[] = - "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" - "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" - "0123456789"; - int i, j; - char zTempPathBuf[3]; - PSZ zTempPath = (PSZ)&zTempPathBuf; - if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ - zTempPath = sqlite3_temp_directory; - }else{ - if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TEMP", &zTempPath ) ){ - if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMP", &zTempPath ) ){ - if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMPDIR", &zTempPath ) ){ - ULONG ulDriveNum = 0, ulDriveMap = 0; - DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap ); - sprintf( (char*)zTempPath, "%c:", (char)( 'A' + ulDriveNum - 1 ) ); - } - } - } - } - /* Strip off a trailing slashes or backslashes, otherwise we would get * - * multiple (back)slashes which causes DosOpen() to fail. * - * Trailing spaces are not allowed, either. */ - j = sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath); - while( j > 0 && ( zTempPath[j-1] == '\\' || zTempPath[j-1] == '/' - || zTempPath[j-1] == ' ' ) ){ - j--; - } - zTempPath[j] = '\0'; - if( !sqlite3_temp_directory ){ - char *zTempPathUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( zTempPath ); - sqlite3_snprintf( nBuf-30, zBuf, - "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPathUTF ); - free( zTempPathUTF ); - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf( nBuf-30, zBuf, - "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath ); - } - j = sqlite3Strlen30( zBuf ); - sqlite3_randomness( 20, &zBuf[j] ); - for( i = 0; i < 20; i++, j++ ){ - zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; - } - zBuf[j] = 0; - OSTRACE2( "TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Write the full -** pathname into zFull[]. zFull[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname -** bytes in size. -*/ -static int os2FullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ - const char *zRelative, /* Possibly relative input path */ - int nFull, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ - char *zFull /* Output buffer */ -){ - char *zRelativeCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zRelative ); - char zFullCp[CCHMAXPATH] = "\0"; - char *zFullUTF; - APIRET rc = DosQueryPathInfo( zRelativeCp, FIL_QUERYFULLNAME, zFullCp, - CCHMAXPATH ); - free( zRelativeCp ); - zFullUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( zFullCp ); - sqlite3_snprintf( nFull, zFull, zFullUTF ); - free( zFullUTF ); - return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; -} - - -/* -** Open a file. -*/ -static int os2Open( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the file */ - sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */ - int flags, /* Open mode flags */ - int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */ -){ - HFILE h; - ULONG ulFileAttribute = FILE_NORMAL; - ULONG ulOpenFlags = 0; - ULONG ulOpenMode = 0; - os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - ULONG ulAction; - char *zNameCp; - char zTmpname[CCHMAXPATH+1]; /* Buffer to hold name of temp file */ - - /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a - ** temporary file name to use - */ - if( !zName ){ - int rc = getTempname(CCHMAXPATH+1, zTmpname); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - zName = zTmpname; - } - - - memset( pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile) ); - - OSTRACE2( "OPEN want %d\n", flags ); - - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){ - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN read/write\n" ); - }else{ - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN read only\n" ); - } - - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){ - ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN open new/create\n" ); - }else{ - ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN open existing\n" ); - } - - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){ - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN share read/write\n" ); - }else{ - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN share read only\n" ); - } - - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){ - char pathUtf8[CCHMAXPATH]; -#ifdef NDEBUG /* when debugging we want to make sure it is deleted */ - ulFileAttribute = FILE_HIDDEN; -#endif - os2FullPathname( pVfs, zName, CCHMAXPATH, pathUtf8 ); - pFile->pathToDel = convertUtf8PathToCp( pathUtf8 ); - OSTRACE1( "OPEN hidden/delete on close file attributes\n" ); - }else{ - pFile->pathToDel = NULL; - OSTRACE1( "OPEN normal file attribute\n" ); - } - - /* always open in random access mode for possibly better speed */ - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM; - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR; - ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT; - - zNameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zName ); - rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zNameCp, - &h, - &ulAction, - 0L, - ulFileAttribute, - ulOpenFlags, - ulOpenMode, - (PEAOP2)NULL ); - free( zNameCp ); - if( rc != NO_ERROR ){ - OSTRACE7( "OPEN Invalid handle rc=%d: zName=%s, ulAction=%#lx, ulAttr=%#lx, ulFlags=%#lx, ulMode=%#lx\n", - rc, zName, ulAction, ulFileAttribute, ulOpenFlags, ulOpenMode ); - if( pFile->pathToDel ) - free( pFile->pathToDel ); - pFile->pathToDel = NULL; - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){ - OSTRACE2( "OPEN %d Invalid handle\n", ((flags | SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & ~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE) ); - return os2Open( pVfs, zName, id, - ((flags | SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & ~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE), - pOutFlags ); - }else{ - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - } - } - - if( pOutFlags ){ - *pOutFlags = flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ? SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE : SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; - } - - pFile->pMethod = &os2IoMethod; - pFile->h = h; - OpenCounter(+1); - OSTRACE3( "OPEN %d pOutFlags=%d\n", pFile->h, pOutFlags ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Delete the named file. -*/ -static int os2Delete( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on os2 */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */ - int syncDir /* Not used on os2 */ -){ - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename ); - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE ); - rc = DosDelete( (PSZ)zFilenameCp ); - free( zFilenameCp ); - OSTRACE2( "DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename ); - return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE; -} - -/* -** Check the existance and status of a file. -*/ -static int os2Access( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on os2 */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to check */ - int flags, /* Type of test to make on this file */ - int *pOut /* Write results here */ -){ - FILESTATUS3 fsts3ConfigInfo; - APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; - char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename ); - - memset( &fsts3ConfigInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3ConfigInfo) ); - rc = DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zFilenameCp, FIL_STANDARD, - &fsts3ConfigInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) ); - free( zFilenameCp ); - OSTRACE4( "ACCESS fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile=%d flags=%d rc=%d\n", - fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile, flags, rc ); - switch( flags ){ - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: - case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: - rc = (rc == NO_ERROR); - OSTRACE3( "ACCESS %s access of read and exists rc=%d\n", zFilename, rc ); - break; - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: - rc = (rc == NO_ERROR) && ( (fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile & FILE_READONLY) == 0 ); - OSTRACE3( "ACCESS %s access of read/write rc=%d\n", zFilename, rc ); - break; - default: - assert( !"Invalid flags argument" ); - } - *pOut = rc; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -/* -** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points -** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. -*/ -/* -** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points -** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. -*/ -static void *os2DlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){ - UCHAR loadErr[256]; - HMODULE hmod; - APIRET rc; - char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp(zFilename); - rc = DosLoadModule((PSZ)loadErr, sizeof(loadErr), zFilenameCp, &hmod); - free(zFilenameCp); - return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void*)hmod; -} -/* -** A no-op since the error code is returned on the DosLoadModule call. -** os2Dlopen returns zero if DosLoadModule is not successful. -*/ -static void os2DlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ -/* no-op */ -} -static void *os2DlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){ - PFN pfn; - APIRET rc; - rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, zSymbol, &pfn); - if( rc != NO_ERROR ){ - /* if the symbol itself was not found, search again for the same - * symbol with an extra underscore, that might be needed depending - * on the calling convention */ - char _zSymbol[256] = "_"; - strncat(_zSymbol, zSymbol, 255); - rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, _zSymbol, &pfn); - } - return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void*)pfn; -} -static void os2DlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ - DosFreeModule((HMODULE)pHandle); -} -#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */ - #define os2DlOpen 0 - #define os2DlError 0 - #define os2DlSym 0 - #define os2DlClose 0 -#endif - - -/* -** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf. -*/ -static int os2Randomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf ){ - int n = 0; -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) - n = nBuf; - memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); -#else - int sizeofULong = sizeof(ULONG); - if( (int)sizeof(DATETIME) <= nBuf - n ){ - DATETIME x; - DosGetDateTime(&x); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x)); - n += sizeof(x); - } - - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - PPIB ppib; - DosGetInfoBlocks(NULL, &ppib); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ppib->pib_ulpid, sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - } - - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - PTIB ptib; - DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid, sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - } - - /* if we still haven't filled the buffer yet the following will */ - /* grab everything once instead of making several calls for a single item */ - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - ULONG ulSysInfo[QSV_MAX]; - DosQuerySysInfo(1L, QSV_MAX, ulSysInfo, sizeofULong * QSV_MAX); - - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_MS_COUNT - 1], sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TIMER_INTERVAL - 1], sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - } - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TIME_LOW - 1], sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - } - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TIME_HIGH - 1], sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - } - if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){ - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TOTAVAILMEM - 1], sizeofULong); - n += sizeofULong; - } - } -#endif - - return n; -} - -/* -** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. -** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep. -** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually -** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which -** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less -** than the argument. -*/ -static int os2Sleep( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec ){ - DosSleep( (microsec/1000) ); - return microsec; -} - -/* -** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result -** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime(). This is used for testing. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_current_time = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the -** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and -** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. -*/ -int os2CurrentTime( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow ){ - double now; - SHORT minute; /* needs to be able to cope with negative timezone offset */ - USHORT second, hour, - day, month, year; - DATETIME dt; - DosGetDateTime( &dt ); - second = (USHORT)dt.seconds; - minute = (SHORT)dt.minutes + dt.timezone; - hour = (USHORT)dt.hours; - day = (USHORT)dt.day; - month = (USHORT)dt.month; - year = (USHORT)dt.year; - - /* Calculations from http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd.html - http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd-0.1.c */ - /* Calculate the Julian days */ - now = day - 32076 + - 1461*(year + 4800 + (month - 14)/12)/4 + - 367*(month - 2 - (month - 14)/12*12)/12 - - 3*((year + 4900 + (month - 14)/12)/100)/4; - - /* Add the fractional hours, mins and seconds */ - now += (hour + 12.0)/24.0; - now += minute/1440.0; - now += second/86400.0; - *prNow = now; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( sqlite3_current_time ){ - *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5; - } -#endif - return 0; -} - -static int os2GetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - return 0; -} - -/* -** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface. -*/ -int sqlite3_os_init(void){ - static sqlite3_vfs os2Vfs = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - sizeof(os2File), /* szOsFile */ - CCHMAXPATH, /* mxPathname */ - 0, /* pNext */ - "os2", /* zName */ - 0, /* pAppData */ - - os2Open, /* xOpen */ - os2Delete, /* xDelete */ - os2Access, /* xAccess */ - os2FullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ - os2DlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ - os2DlError, /* xDlError */ - os2DlSym, /* xDlSym */ - os2DlClose, /* xDlClose */ - os2Randomness, /* xRandomness */ - os2Sleep, /* xSleep */ - os2CurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ - os2GetLastError /* xGetLastError */ - }; - sqlite3_vfs_register(&os2Vfs, 1); - initUconvObjects(); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -int sqlite3_os_end(void){ - freeUconvObjects(); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OS_OS2 */ diff --git a/os_unix.c b/os_unix.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8776aca..0000000 --- a/os_unix.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5143 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2004 May 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains the VFS implementation for unix-like operating systems -** include Linux, MacOSX, *BSD, QNX, VxWorks, AIX, HPUX, and others. -** -** There are actually several different VFS implementations in this file. -** The differences are in the way that file locking is done. The default -** implementation uses Posix Advisory Locks. Alternative implementations -** use flock(), dot-files, various proprietary locking schemas, or simply -** skip locking all together. -** -** This source file is organized into divisions where the logic for various -** subfunctions is contained within the appropriate division. PLEASE -** KEEP THE STRUCTURE OF THIS FILE INTACT. New code should be placed -** in the correct division and should be clearly labeled. -** -** The layout of divisions is as follows: -** -** * General-purpose declarations and utility functions. -** * Unique file ID logic used by VxWorks. -** * Various locking primitive implementations (all except proxy locking): -** + for Posix Advisory Locks -** + for no-op locks -** + for dot-file locks -** + for flock() locking -** + for named semaphore locks (VxWorks only) -** + for AFP filesystem locks (MacOSX only) -** * sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking. -** * Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking -** methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method. -** * sqlite3_vfs method implementations. -** * Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only) -** * Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods -** plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). -** -** $Id: os_unix.c,v 1.250 2009/04/07 05:35:04 chw Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX /* This file is used on unix only */ - -/* -** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency -** control: -** -** 1. POSIX locking (the default), -** 2. No locking, -** 3. Dot-file locking, -** 4. flock() locking, -** 5. AFP locking (OSX only), -** 6. Named POSIX semaphores (VXWorks only), -** 7. proxy locking. (OSX only) -** -** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -** is defined to 1. The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic -** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem -** where the database is located. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) -# if defined(__APPLE__) -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 -# else -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* -** Define the OS_VXWORKS pre-processor macro to 1 if building on -** vxworks, or 0 otherwise. -*/ -#ifndef OS_VXWORKS -# if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL) -# define OS_VXWORKS 1 -# else -# define OS_VXWORKS 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* -** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the -** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks -** large file support, these should be no-ops. -** -** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch -** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling -** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work -** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0). If you compile on RedHat 7.2 -** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel -** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary -** portability you should omit LFS. -** -** The previous paragraph was written in 2005. (This paragraph is written -** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so -** you should probably leave LFS enabled. But some embedded platforms might -** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS -# define _LARGE_FILE 1 -# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS -# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 -# endif -# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -/* -** standard include files. -*/ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -# include -# if OS_VXWORKS -# include -# include -# else -# include -# include -# include -# endif -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - -/* -** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define -** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE -# include -# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1 -#endif - -/* -** Default permissions when creating a new file -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644 -#endif - -/* - ** Default permissions when creating auto proxy dir - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS 0755 -#endif - -/* -** Maximum supported path-length. -*/ -#define MAX_PATHNAME 512 - -/* -** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not -** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK -*/ -#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x) ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY)) - - -/* -** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix -** VFS implementations. -*/ -typedef struct unixFile unixFile; -struct unixFile { - sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */ - struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen; /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */ - struct unixLockInfo *pLock; /* Info about locks on this inode */ - int h; /* The file descriptor */ - int dirfd; /* File descriptor for the directory */ - unsigned char locktype; /* The type of lock held on this fd */ - int lastErrno; /* The unix errno from the last I/O error */ - void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */ -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - int openFlags; /* The flags specified at open() */ -#endif -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) - pthread_t tid; /* The thread that "owns" this unixFile */ -#endif -#if OS_VXWORKS - int isDelete; /* Delete on close if true */ - struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID */ -#endif -#ifndef NDEBUG - /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the - ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated - ** whenever any part of the database changes. An assertion fault will - ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction - ** counter. This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the - ** one described by ticket #3584. - */ - unsigned char transCntrChng; /* True if the transaction counter changed */ - unsigned char dbUpdate; /* True if any part of database file changed */ - unsigned char inNormalWrite; /* True if in a normal write operation */ - - /* If true, that means we are dealing with a database file that has - ** a range of locking bytes from PENDING_BYTE through PENDING_BYTE+511 - ** which should never be read or written. Asserts() will verify this */ - unsigned char isLockable; /* True if file might be locked */ -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that - ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c. - */ - char aPadding[32]; -#endif -}; - -/* -** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files -*/ -#include "os_common.h" - -/* -** Define various macros that are missing from some systems. -*/ -#ifndef O_LARGEFILE -# define O_LARGEFILE 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS -# undef O_LARGEFILE -# define O_LARGEFILE 0 -#endif -#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW -# define O_NOFOLLOW 0 -#endif -#ifndef O_BINARY -# define O_BINARY 0 -#endif - -/* -** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it -** lacks the fcntl() system call. So redefine fcntl() to be something -** that always succeeds. This means that locking does not occur under -** DJGPP. But it is DOS - what did you expect? -*/ -#ifdef __DJGPP__ -# define fcntl(A,B,C) 0 -#endif - -/* -** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0. Used for -** testing and debugging only. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE -#define threadid pthread_self() -#else -#define threadid 0 -#endif - - -/* -** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. -*/ -static void unixEnterMutex(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); -} -static void unixLeaveMutex(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); -} - - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging -** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied -** integer lock-type. -*/ -static const char *locktypeName(int locktype){ - switch( locktype ){ - case NO_LOCK: return "NONE"; - case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED"; - case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED"; - case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING"; - case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE"; - } - return "ERROR"; -} -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE -/* -** Print out information about all locking operations. -** -** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded -** platforms. Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE -** command-line option on the compiler. This code is normally -** turned off. -*/ -static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){ - char *zOpName, *zType; - int s; - int savedErrno; - if( op==F_GETLK ){ - zOpName = "GETLK"; - }else if( op==F_SETLK ){ - zOpName = "SETLK"; - }else{ - s = fcntl(fd, op, p); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s); - return s; - } - if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){ - zType = "RDLCK"; - }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){ - zType = "WRLCK"; - }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){ - zType = "UNLCK"; - }else{ - assert( 0 ); - } - assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET ); - s = fcntl(fd, op, p); - savedErrno = errno; - sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n", - threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len, - (int)p->l_pid, s); - if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){ - struct flock l2; - l2 = *p; - fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2); - if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){ - zType = "RDLCK"; - }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){ - zType = "WRLCK"; - }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){ - zType = "UNLCK"; - }else{ - assert( 0 ); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n", - zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid); - } - errno = savedErrno; - return s; -} -#define fcntl lockTrace -#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */ - - - -/* -** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something -** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions. Specifically, it is -** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY -** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into -** SQLITE_IOERR -** -** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks, -** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately. -*/ -static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) { - switch (posixError) { - case 0: - return SQLITE_OK; - - case EAGAIN: - case ETIMEDOUT: - case EBUSY: - case EINTR: - case ENOLCK: - /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support - * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - - case EACCES: - /* EACCES is like EAGAIN during locking operations, but not any other time*/ - if( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || - (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || - (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) || - (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - /* else fall through */ - case EPERM: - return SQLITE_PERM; - - case EDEADLK: - return SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED; - -#if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP - case EOPNOTSUPP: - /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support - * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */ -#endif -#ifdef ENOTSUP - case ENOTSUP: - /* invalid fd, unless during file system support introspection, in which - * it actually means what it says */ -#endif - case EIO: - case EBADF: - case EINVAL: - case ENOTCONN: - case ENODEV: - case ENXIO: - case ENOENT: - case ESTALE: - case ENOSYS: - /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */ - - default: - return sqliteIOErr; - } -} - - - -/****************************************************************************** -****************** Begin Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks *************** -** -** On most versions of unix, we can get a unique ID for a file by concatenating -** the device number and the inode number. But this does not work on VxWorks. -** On VxWorks, a unique file id must be based on the canonical filename. -** -** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a -** unique file ID in VxWorks. Each instance of this structure contains -** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count. -** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to -** zero. -** -** There are never very many files open at one time and lookups are not -** a performance-critical path, so it is sufficient to put these -** structures on a linked list. -*/ -struct vxworksFileId { - struct vxworksFileId *pNext; /* Next in a list of them all */ - int nRef; /* Number of references to this one */ - int nName; /* Length of the zCanonicalName[] string */ - char *zCanonicalName; /* Canonical filename */ -}; - -#if OS_VXWORKS -/* -** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this -** variable: -*/ -static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFileList = 0; - -/* -** Simplify a filename into its canonical form -** by making the following changes: -** -** * removing any trailing and duplicate / -** * convert /./ into just / -** * convert /A/../ where A is any simple name into just / -** -** Changes are made in-place. Return the new name length. -** -** The original filename is in z[0..n-1]. Return the number of -** characters in the simplified name. -*/ -static int vxworksSimplifyName(char *z, int n){ - int i, j; - while( n>1 && z[n-1]=='/' ){ n--; } - for(i=j=0; i0 && z[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; } - if( j>0 ){ j--; } - i += 2; - continue; - } - } - z[j++] = z[i]; - } - z[j] = 0; - return j; -} - -/* -** Find a unique file ID for the given absolute pathname. Return -** a pointer to the vxworksFileId object. This pointer is the unique -** file ID. -** -** The nRef field of the vxworksFileId object is incremented before -** the object is returned. A new vxworksFileId object is created -** and added to the global list if necessary. -** -** If a memory allocation error occurs, return NULL. -*/ -static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){ - struct vxworksFileId *pNew; /* search key and new file ID */ - struct vxworksFileId *pCandidate; /* For looping over existing file IDs */ - int n; /* Length of zAbsoluteName string */ - - assert( zAbsoluteName[0]=='/' ); - n = (int)strlen(zAbsoluteName); - pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) + (n+1) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->zCanonicalName = (char*)&pNew[1]; - memcpy(pNew->zCanonicalName, zAbsoluteName, n+1); - n = vxworksSimplifyName(pNew->zCanonicalName, n); - - /* Search for an existing entry that matching the canonical name. - ** If found, increment the reference count and return a pointer to - ** the existing file ID. - */ - unixEnterMutex(); - for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){ - if( pCandidate->nName==n - && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0 - ){ - sqlite3_free(pNew); - pCandidate->nRef++; - unixLeaveMutex(); - return pCandidate; - } - } - - /* No match was found. We will make a new file ID */ - pNew->nRef = 1; - pNew->nName = n; - pNew->pNext = vxworksFileList; - vxworksFileList = pNew; - unixLeaveMutex(); - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Decrement the reference count on a vxworksFileId object. Free -** the object when the reference count reaches zero. -*/ -static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){ - unixEnterMutex(); - assert( pId->nRef>0 ); - pId->nRef--; - if( pId->nRef==0 ){ - struct vxworksFileId **pp; - for(pp=&vxworksFileList; *pp && *pp!=pId; pp = &((*pp)->pNext)){} - assert( *pp==pId ); - *pp = pId->pNext; - sqlite3_free(pId); - } - unixLeaveMutex(); -} -#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ -/*************** End of Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks **************** -******************************************************************************/ - - -/****************************************************************************** -*************************** Posix Advisory Locking **************************** -** -** POSIX advisory locks are broken by design. ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996) -** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process -** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set -** by the same process. It does not explicitly say so, but this implies -** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different -** file descriptor. Consider this test case: -** -** int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); -** int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); -** -** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because -** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set -** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock -** on fd2, it works. I would have expected the second lock to -** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1. -** But not so. Since both locks came from the same process, the -** second overrides the first, even though they were on different -** file descriptors opened on different file names. -** -** This means that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access -** among competing threads of the same process. POSIX locks will work fine -** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not -** threads within the same process. -** -** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally -** on its own. Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the -** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the -** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in) -** and check for locks already existing on that inode. When locks are -** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the -** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same -** inode. -** -** (Aside: The use of inode numbers as unique IDs does not work on VxWorks. -** For VxWorks, we have to use the alternative unique ID system based on -** canonical filename and implemented in the previous division.) -** -** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file -** descriptor. It is now a structure that holds the integer file -** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal -** locks on the corresponding inode. There is one locking structure -** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures -** point to the same locking structure. The locking structure keeps -** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt" -** field that tells us its internal lock status. cnt==0 means the -** file is unlocked. cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock. -** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file. -** -** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking -** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a -** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between -** a locked and an unlocked state. -** -** But wait: there are yet more problems with POSIX advisory locks. -** -** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks, -** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are -** released. To work around this problem, each unixFile structure contains -** a pointer to an unixOpenCnt structure. There is one unixOpenCnt structure -** per open inode, which means that multiple unixFile can point to a single -** unixOpenCnt. When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are -** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call -** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear. -** The unixOpenCnt structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to -** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock -** clears. -** -** Yet another problem: LinuxThreads do not play well with posix locks. -** -** Many older versions of linux use the LinuxThreads library which is -** not posix compliant. Under LinuxThreads, a lock created by thread -** A cannot be modified or overridden by a different thread B. -** Only thread A can modify the lock. Locking behavior is correct -** if the appliation uses the newer Native Posix Thread Library (NPTL) -** on linux - with NPTL a lock created by thread A can override locks -** in thread B. But there is no way to know at compile-time which -** threading library is being used. So there is no way to know at -** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B. -** We have to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the -** current process. -** -** On systems where thread A is unable to modify locks created by -** thread B, we have to keep track of which thread created each -** lock. Hence there is an extra field in the key to the unixLockInfo -** structure to record this information. And on those systems it -** is illegal to begin a transaction in one thread and finish it -** in another. For this latter restriction, there is no work-around. -** It is a limitation of LinuxThreads. -*/ - -/* -** Set or check the unixFile.tid field. This field is set when an unixFile -** is first opened. All subsequent uses of the unixFile verify that the -** same thread is operating on the unixFile. Some operating systems do -** not allow locks to be overridden by other threads and that restriction -** means that sqlite3* database handles cannot be moved from one thread -** to another while locks are held. -** -** Version 3.3.1 (2006-01-15): unixFile can be moved from one thread to -** another as long as we are running on a system that supports threads -** overriding each others locks (which is now the most common behavior) -** or if no locks are held. But the unixFile.pLock field needs to be -** recomputed because its key includes the thread-id. See the -** transferOwnership() function below for additional information -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) -# define SET_THREADID(X) (X)->tid = pthread_self() -# define CHECK_THREADID(X) (threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 && \ - !pthread_equal((X)->tid, pthread_self())) -#else -# define SET_THREADID(X) -# define CHECK_THREADID(X) 0 -#endif - -/* -** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used -** to locate a particular unixOpenCnt structure given its inode. This -** is the same as the unixLockKey except that the thread ID is omitted. -*/ -struct unixFileId { - dev_t dev; /* Device number */ -#if OS_VXWORKS - struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID for vxworks. */ -#else - ino_t ino; /* Inode number */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used -** to locate a particular unixLockInfo structure given its inode. -** -** If threads cannot override each others locks (LinuxThreads), then we -** set the unixLockKey.tid field to the thread ID. If threads can override -** each others locks (Posix and NPTL) then tid is always set to zero. -** tid is omitted if we compile without threading support or on an OS -** other than linux. -*/ -struct unixLockKey { - struct unixFileId fid; /* Unique identifier for the file */ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) - pthread_t tid; /* Thread ID of lock owner. Zero if not using LinuxThreads */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open -** inode. Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for -** each inode opened by each thread. -** -** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile -** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this -** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it. -*/ -struct unixLockInfo { - struct unixLockKey lockKey; /* The lookup key */ - int cnt; /* Number of SHARED locks held */ - int locktype; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */ - int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ - struct unixLockInfo *pNext; /* List of all unixLockInfo objects */ - struct unixLockInfo *pPrev; /* .... doubly linked */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open -** inode. This structure keeps track of the number of locks on that -** inode. If a close is attempted against an inode that is holding -** locks, the close is deferred until all locks clear by adding the -** file descriptor to be closed to the pending list. -** -** TODO: Consider changing this so that there is only a single file -** descriptor for each open file, even when it is opened multiple times. -** The close() system call would only occur when the last database -** using the file closes. -*/ -struct unixOpenCnt { - struct unixFileId fileId; /* The lookup key */ - int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ - int nLock; /* Number of outstanding locks */ - int nPending; /* Number of pending close() operations */ - int *aPending; /* Malloced space holding fd's awaiting a close() */ -#if OS_VXWORKS - sem_t *pSem; /* Named POSIX semaphore */ - char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; /* Name of that semaphore */ -#endif - struct unixOpenCnt *pNext, *pPrev; /* List of all unixOpenCnt objects */ -}; - -/* -** Lists of all unixLockInfo and unixOpenCnt objects. These used to be hash -** tables. But the number of objects is rarely more than a dozen and -** never exceeds a few thousand. And lookup is not on a critical -** path so a simple linked list will suffice. -*/ -static struct unixLockInfo *lockList = 0; -static struct unixOpenCnt *openList = 0; - -/* -** This variable remembers whether or not threads can override each others -** locks. -** -** 0: No. Threads cannot override each others locks. (LinuxThreads) -** 1: Yes. Threads can override each others locks. (Posix & NLPT) -** -1: We don't know yet. -** -** On some systems, we know at compile-time if threads can override each -** others locks. On those systems, the SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK macro -** will be set appropriately. On other systems, we have to check at -** runtime. On these latter systems, SQLTIE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK is -** undefined. -** -** This variable normally has file scope only. But during testing, we make -** it a global so that the test code can change its value in order to verify -** that the right stuff happens in either case. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) -# ifndef SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -# define SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -1 -# endif -# ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK; -# else -static int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK; -# endif -#endif - -/* -** This structure holds information passed into individual test -** threads by the testThreadLockingBehavior() routine. -*/ -struct threadTestData { - int fd; /* File to be locked */ - struct flock lock; /* The locking operation */ - int result; /* Result of the locking operation */ -}; - -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) -/* -** This function is used as the main routine for a thread launched by -** testThreadLockingBehavior(). It tests whether the shared-lock obtained -** by the main thread in testThreadLockingBehavior() conflicts with a -** hypothetical write-lock obtained by this thread on the same file. -** -** The write-lock is not actually acquired, as this is not possible if -** the file is open in read-only mode (see ticket #3472). -*/ -static void *threadLockingTest(void *pArg){ - struct threadTestData *pData = (struct threadTestData*)pArg; - pData->result = fcntl(pData->fd, F_GETLK, &pData->lock); - return pArg; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) */ - - -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) -/* -** This procedure attempts to determine whether or not threads -** can override each others locks then sets the -** threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks variable appropriately. -*/ -static void testThreadLockingBehavior(int fd_orig){ - int fd; - int rc; - struct threadTestData d; - struct flock l; - pthread_t t; - - fd = dup(fd_orig); - if( fd<0 ) return; - memset(&l, 0, sizeof(l)); - l.l_type = F_RDLCK; - l.l_len = 1; - l.l_start = 0; - l.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - rc = fcntl(fd_orig, F_SETLK, &l); - if( rc!=0 ) return; - memset(&d, 0, sizeof(d)); - d.fd = fd; - d.lock = l; - d.lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; - pthread_create(&t, 0, threadLockingTest, &d); - pthread_join(t, 0); - close(fd); - if( d.result!=0 ) return; - threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = (d.lock.l_type==F_UNLCK); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_THERADSAFE && defined(__linux__) */ - -/* -** Release a unixLockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo(). -*/ -static void releaseLockInfo(struct unixLockInfo *pLock){ - if( pLock ){ - pLock->nRef--; - if( pLock->nRef==0 ){ - if( pLock->pPrev ){ - assert( pLock->pPrev->pNext==pLock ); - pLock->pPrev->pNext = pLock->pNext; - }else{ - assert( lockList==pLock ); - lockList = pLock->pNext; - } - if( pLock->pNext ){ - assert( pLock->pNext->pPrev==pLock ); - pLock->pNext->pPrev = pLock->pPrev; - } - sqlite3_free(pLock); - } - } -} - -/* -** Release a unixOpenCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo(). -*/ -static void releaseOpenCnt(struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen){ - if( pOpen ){ - pOpen->nRef--; - if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){ - if( pOpen->pPrev ){ - assert( pOpen->pPrev->pNext==pOpen ); - pOpen->pPrev->pNext = pOpen->pNext; - }else{ - assert( openList==pOpen ); - openList = pOpen->pNext; - } - if( pOpen->pNext ){ - assert( pOpen->pNext->pPrev==pOpen ); - pOpen->pNext->pPrev = pOpen->pPrev; - } - sqlite3_free(pOpen->aPending); - sqlite3_free(pOpen); - } - } -} - -/* -** Given a file descriptor, locate unixLockInfo and unixOpenCnt structures that -** describes that file descriptor. Create new ones if necessary. The -** return values might be uninitialized if an error occurs. -** -** Return an appropriate error code. -*/ -static int findLockInfo( - unixFile *pFile, /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */ - struct unixLockInfo **ppLock, /* Return the unixLockInfo structure here */ - struct unixOpenCnt **ppOpen /* Return the unixOpenCnt structure here */ -){ - int rc; /* System call return code */ - int fd; /* The file descriptor for pFile */ - struct unixLockKey lockKey; /* Lookup key for the unixLockInfo structure */ - struct unixFileId fileId; /* Lookup key for the unixOpenCnt struct */ - struct stat statbuf; /* Low-level file information */ - struct unixLockInfo *pLock; /* Candidate unixLockInfo object */ - struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen; /* Candidate unixOpenCnt object */ - - /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to - ** create a unique name for the file. - */ - fd = pFile->h; - rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf); - if( rc!=0 ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; -#ifdef EOVERFLOW - if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS; -#endif - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } - -#ifdef __APPLE__ - /* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported - ** incorrectly for zero-size files. See ticket #3260. To work - ** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite) - ** we always increase the file size to 1 by writing a single byte - ** prior to accessing the inode number. The one byte written is - ** an ASCII 'S' character which also happens to be the first byte - ** in the header of every SQLite database. In this way, if there - ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated - ** the first page of the database, no damage is done. - */ - if( statbuf.st_size==0 ){ - rc = write(fd, "S", 1); - if( rc!=1 ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } - rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf); - if( rc!=0 ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } - } -#endif - - memset(&lockKey, 0, sizeof(lockKey)); - lockKey.fid.dev = statbuf.st_dev; -#if OS_VXWORKS - lockKey.fid.pId = pFile->pId; -#else - lockKey.fid.ino = statbuf.st_ino; -#endif -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) - if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks<0 ){ - testThreadLockingBehavior(fd); - } - lockKey.tid = threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ? 0 : pthread_self(); -#endif - fileId = lockKey.fid; - if( ppLock!=0 ){ - pLock = lockList; - while( pLock && memcmp(&lockKey, &pLock->lockKey, sizeof(lockKey)) ){ - pLock = pLock->pNext; - } - if( pLock==0 ){ - pLock = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pLock) ); - if( pLock==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto exit_findlockinfo; - } - pLock->lockKey = lockKey; - pLock->nRef = 1; - pLock->cnt = 0; - pLock->locktype = 0; - pLock->pNext = lockList; - pLock->pPrev = 0; - if( lockList ) lockList->pPrev = pLock; - lockList = pLock; - }else{ - pLock->nRef++; - } - *ppLock = pLock; - } - if( ppOpen!=0 ){ - pOpen = openList; - while( pOpen && memcmp(&fileId, &pOpen->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){ - pOpen = pOpen->pNext; - } - if( pOpen==0 ){ - pOpen = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pOpen) ); - if( pOpen==0 ){ - releaseLockInfo(pLock); - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto exit_findlockinfo; - } - pOpen->fileId = fileId; - pOpen->nRef = 1; - pOpen->nLock = 0; - pOpen->nPending = 0; - pOpen->aPending = 0; - pOpen->pNext = openList; - pOpen->pPrev = 0; - if( openList ) openList->pPrev = pOpen; - openList = pOpen; -#if OS_VXWORKS - pOpen->pSem = NULL; - pOpen->aSemName[0] = '\0'; -#endif - }else{ - pOpen->nRef++; - } - *ppOpen = pOpen; - } - -exit_findlockinfo: - return rc; -} - -/* -** If we are currently in a different thread than the thread that the -** unixFile argument belongs to, then transfer ownership of the unixFile -** over to the current thread. -** -** A unixFile is only owned by a thread on systems that use LinuxThreads. -** -** Ownership transfer is only allowed if the unixFile is currently unlocked. -** If the unixFile is locked and an ownership is wrong, then return -** SQLITE_MISUSE. SQLITE_OK is returned if everything works. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) -static int transferOwnership(unixFile *pFile){ - int rc; - pthread_t hSelf; - if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ){ - /* Ownership transfers not needed on this system */ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - hSelf = pthread_self(); - if( pthread_equal(pFile->tid, hSelf) ){ - /* We are still in the same thread */ - OSTRACE1("No-transfer, same thread\n"); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){ - /* We cannot change ownership while we are holding a lock! */ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - OSTRACE4("Transfer ownership of %d from %d to %d\n", - pFile->h, pFile->tid, hSelf); - pFile->tid = hSelf; - if (pFile->pLock != NULL) { - releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock); - rc = findLockInfo(pFile, &pFile->pLock, 0); - OSTRACE5("LOCK %d is now %s(%s,%d)\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(pFile->locktype), - locktypeName(pFile->pLock->locktype), pFile->pLock->cnt); - return rc; - } else { - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} -#else /* if not SQLITE_THREADSAFE */ - /* On single-threaded builds, ownership transfer is a no-op */ -# define transferOwnership(X) SQLITE_OK -#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE */ - - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut -** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value -** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. -*/ -static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int reserved = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - - assert( pFile ); - unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pLock is shared across threads */ - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->pLock->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ - reserved = 1; - } - - /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. - */ -#ifndef __DJGPP__ - if( !reserved ){ - struct flock lock; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; - lock.l_len = 1; - lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; - if (-1 == fcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock)) { - int tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK); - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){ - reserved = 1; - } - } -#endif - - unixLeaveMutex(); - OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved); - - *pResOut = reserved; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -*/ -static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and - ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive - ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid - ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated - ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously - ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required. - ** - ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved - ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte - ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset. - ** - ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending - ** byte'. If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte - ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released. - ** - ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock. - ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the - ** 'reserved byte'. - ** - ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a - ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock - ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be - ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process - ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock. - ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file - ** after a crash. - ** - ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is - ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte - ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes - ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the - ** database. - ** - ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte - ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By - ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist - ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock. - */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - struct unixLockInfo *pLock = pFile->pLock; - struct flock lock; - int s; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE7("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), - locktypeName(pLock->locktype), pLock->cnt , getpid()); - - /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the - ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as - ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. - */ - if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ - OSTRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(locktype)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct - */ - assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads - */ - unixEnterMutex(); - - /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile. - */ - rc = transferOwnership(pFile); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - unixLeaveMutex(); - return rc; - } - pLock = pFile->pLock; - - /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* - ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. - */ - if( (pFile->locktype!=pLock->locktype && - (pLock->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK || locktype>SHARED_LOCK)) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto end_lock; - } - - /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already - ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and - ** return SQLITE_OK. - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && - (pLock->locktype==SHARED_LOCK || pLock->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ - assert( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( pFile->locktype==0 ); - assert( pLock->cnt>0 ); - pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; - pLock->cnt++; - pFile->pOpen->nLock++; - goto end_lock; - } - - lock.l_len = 1L; - - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - - /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before - ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will - ** be released. - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK - || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktypeh, F_SETLK, &lock); - if( s==(-1) ){ - int tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - goto end_lock; - } - } - - - /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make - ** operating system calls for the specified lock. - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - int tErrno = 0; - assert( pLock->cnt==0 ); - assert( pLock->locktype==0 ); - - /* Now get the read-lock */ - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - if( (s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock))==(-1) ){ - tErrno = errno; - } - /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ - lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; - lock.l_len = 1L; - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){ - if( s != -1 ){ - /* This could happen with a network mount */ - tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - goto end_lock; - } - } - if( s==(-1) ){ - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - }else{ - pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; - pFile->pOpen->nLock++; - pLock->cnt = 1; - } - }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pLock->cnt>1 ){ - /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this - ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is - ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file - ** already. - */ - assert( 0!=pFile->locktype ); - lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; - switch( locktype ){ - case RESERVED_LOCK: - lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; - break; - case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock); - if( s==(-1) ){ - int tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - } - } - - -#ifndef NDEBUG - /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when - ** transitioning from a SHARED to a RESERVED lock. The change - ** from SHARED to RESERVED marks the beginning of a normal - ** write operation (not a hot journal rollback). - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK - && pFile->locktype<=SHARED_LOCK - && locktype==RESERVED_LOCK - ){ - pFile->transCntrChng = 0; - pFile->dbUpdate = 0; - pFile->inNormalWrite = 1; - } -#endif - - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pFile->locktype = locktype; - pLock->locktype = locktype; - }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK; - pLock->locktype = PENDING_LOCK; - } - -end_lock: - unixLeaveMutex(); - OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), - rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - struct unixLockInfo *pLock; - struct flock lock; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - int h; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE7("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype, - pFile->locktype, pFile->pLock->locktype, pFile->pLock->cnt, getpid()); - - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - unixEnterMutex(); - h = pFile->h; - pLock = pFile->pLock; - assert( pLock->cnt!=0 ); - if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ - assert( pLock->locktype==pFile->locktype ); - SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); - SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) - SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - -#ifndef NDEBUG - /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start - ** reading the database file again, make sure that the - ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database - ** file changed. If the transaction counter is not updated, - ** other connections to the same file might not realize that - ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their - ** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption. - */ - assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0 - || pFile->dbUpdate==0 - || pFile->transCntrChng==1 ); - pFile->inNormalWrite = 0; -#endif - - - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)==(-1) ){ - int tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - goto end_unlock; - } - } - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; - lock.l_len = 2L; assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE ); - if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){ - pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; - }else{ - int tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - goto end_unlock; - } - } - if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){ - struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen; - int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; - - /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an - ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released - ** the lock. - */ - pLock->cnt--; - if( pLock->cnt==0 ){ - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L; - SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); - SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) - SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){ - pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK; - }else{ - int tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK; - pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; - } - } - - /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file. When the - ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close - ** was deferred because of outstanding locks. - */ - pOpen = pFile->pOpen; - pOpen->nLock--; - assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 ); - if( pOpen->nLock==0 && pOpen->nPending>0 ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inPending; i++){ - /* close pending fds, but if closing fails don't free the array - ** assign -1 to the successfully closed descriptors and record the - ** error. The next attempt to unlock will try again. */ - if( pOpen->aPending[i] < 0 ) continue; - if( close(pOpen->aPending[i]) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - rc2 = SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE; - }else{ - pOpen->aPending[i] = -1; - } - } - if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(pOpen->aPending); - pOpen->nPending = 0; - pOpen->aPending = 0; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } - } - -end_unlock: - unixLeaveMutex(); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->locktype = locktype; - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation -** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file -** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile -** structure to 0. -** -** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called, -** even on VxWorks. A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the -** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine. -*/ -static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - if( pFile ){ - if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){ - int err = close(pFile->dirfd); - if( err ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - return SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE; - }else{ - pFile->dirfd=-1; - } - } - if( pFile->h>=0 ){ - int err = close(pFile->h); - if( err ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - return SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE; - } - } -#if OS_VXWORKS - if( pFile->pId ){ - if( pFile->isDelete ){ - unlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName); - } - vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId); - pFile->pId = 0; - } -#endif - OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h); - OpenCounter(-1); - memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close a file. -*/ -static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( id ){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; - unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); - unixEnterMutex(); - if( pFile->pOpen && pFile->pOpen->nLock ){ - /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just - ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file - ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending. It will be automatically closed when - ** the last lock is cleared. - */ - int *aNew; - struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen; - aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pOpen->aPending, (pOpen->nPending+1)*sizeof(int) ); - if( aNew==0 ){ - /* If a malloc fails, just leak the file descriptor */ - }else{ - pOpen->aPending = aNew; - pOpen->aPending[pOpen->nPending] = pFile->h; - pOpen->nPending++; - pFile->h = -1; - } - } - releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock); - releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen); - rc = closeUnixFile(id); - unixLeaveMutex(); - } - return rc; -} - -/************** End of the posix advisory lock implementation ***************** -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -****************************** No-op Locking ********************************** -** -** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the -** simplest: locking is ignored. No attempt is made to lock the database -** file for reading or writing. -** -** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases -** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.) It can -** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to -** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more -** database connections. But there is a serious risk of database -** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple -** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same -** time and one or more of those connections are writing. -*/ - -static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int *pResOut){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - *pResOut = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close the file. -*/ -static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - return closeUnixFile(id); -} - -/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation ********************* -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -************************* Begin dot-file Locking ****************************** -** -** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existing of separate lock -** files in order to control access to the database. This works on just -** about every filesystem imaginable. But there are serious downsides: -** -** (1) There is zero concurrency. A single reader blocks all other -** connections from reading or writing the database. -** -** (2) An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files -** sitting around that need to be cleared manually. -** -** Nevertheless, a dotlock is an appropriate locking mode for use if no -** other locking strategy is available. -** -** Dotfile locking works by creating a file in the same directory as the -** database and with the same name but with a ".lock" extension added. -** The existance of a lock file implies an EXCLUSIVE lock. All other lock -** types (SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING) are mapped into EXCLUSIVE. -*/ - -/* -** The file suffix added to the data base filename in order to create the -** lock file. -*/ -#define DOTLOCK_SUFFIX ".lock" - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut -** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value -** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. -** -** In dotfile locking, either a lock exists or it does not. So in this -** variation of CheckReservedLock(), *pResOut is set to true if any lock -** is held on the file and false if the file is unlocked. -*/ -static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int reserved = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - - assert( pFile ); - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ - /* Either this connection or some other connection in the same process - ** holds a lock on the file. No need to check further. */ - reserved = 1; - }else{ - /* The lock is held if and only if the lockfile exists */ - const char *zLockFile = (const char*)pFile->lockingContext; - reserved = access(zLockFile, 0)==0; - } - OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved); - *pResOut = reserved; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -** -** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE. -** But we track the other locking levels internally. -*/ -static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - int fd; - char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - - /* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists. All we have - ** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level. - */ - if( pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK ){ - pFile->locktype = locktype; -#if !OS_VXWORKS - /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */ - utimes(zLockFile, NULL); -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* grab an exclusive lock */ - fd = open(zLockFile,O_RDONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,0600); - if( fd<0 ){ - /* failed to open/create the file, someone else may have stolen the lock */ - int tErrno = errno; - if( EEXIST == tErrno ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } else { - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - } - return rc; - } - if( close(fd) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE; - } - - /* got it, set the type and return ok */ - pFile->locktype = locktype; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -** -** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file. -*/ -static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype, - pFile->locktype, getpid()); - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* no-op if possible */ - if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the - ** lock state. No need to mess with the file on disk. - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */ - assert( locktype==NO_LOCK ); - if( unlink(zLockFile) ){ - int rc, tErrno = errno; - if( ENOENT != tErrno ){ - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); - } - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - return rc; - } - pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close a file. Make sure the lock has been released before closing. -*/ -static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - int rc; - if( id ){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); - sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); - } - rc = closeUnixFile(id); - return rc; -} -/****************** End of the dot-file lock implementation ******************* -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -************************** Begin flock Locking ******************************** -** -** Use the flock() system call to do file locking. -** -** flock() locking is like dot-file locking in that the various -** fine-grain locking levels supported by SQLite are collapsed into -** a single exclusive lock. In other words, SHARED, RESERVED, and -** PENDING locks are the same thing as an EXCLUSIVE lock. SQLite -** still works when you do this, but concurrency is reduced since -** only a single process can be reading the database at a time. -** -** Omit this section if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is turned off or if -** compiling for VXWORKS. -*/ -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut -** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value -** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. -*/ -static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int reserved = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - - assert( pFile ); - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ - reserved = 1; - } - - /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ - if( !reserved ){ - /* attempt to get the lock */ - int lrc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB); - if( !lrc ){ - /* got the lock, unlock it */ - lrc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN); - if ( lrc ) { - int tErrno = errno; - /* unlock failed with an error */ - lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - rc = lrc; - } - } - } else { - int tErrno = errno; - reserved = 1; - /* someone else might have it reserved */ - lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - rc = lrc; - } - } - } - OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved); - -#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS - if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - reserved=1; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ - *pResOut = reserved; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** flock() only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate -** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or -** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from -** access the file. -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -*/ -static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - assert( pFile ); - - /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. - ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ - if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) { - pFile->locktype = locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* grab an exclusive lock */ - - if (flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) { - int tErrno = errno; - /* didn't get, must be busy */ - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - } else { - /* got it, set the type and return ok */ - pFile->locktype = locktype; - } - OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), - rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"); -#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS - if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype, - pFile->locktype, getpid()); - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* no-op if possible */ - if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ - if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) { - pFile->locktype = locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* no, really, unlock. */ - int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN); - if (rc) { - int r, tErrno = errno; - r = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(r) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } -#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS - if( (r & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ - r = SQLITE_BUSY; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ - - return r; - } else { - pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - -/* -** Close a file. -*/ -static int flockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - if( id ){ - flockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); - } - return closeUnixFile(id); -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORK */ - -/******************* End of the flock lock implementation ********************* -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -************************ Begin Named Semaphore Locking ************************ -** -** Named semaphore locking is only supported on VxWorks. -** -** Semaphore locking is like dot-lock and flock in that it really only -** supports EXCLUSIVE locking. Only a single process can read or write -** the database file at a time. This reduces potential concurrency, but -** makes the lock implementation much easier. -*/ -#if OS_VXWORKS - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut -** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value -** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. -*/ -static int semCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int reserved = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - - assert( pFile ); - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ - reserved = 1; - } - - /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ - if( !reserved ){ - sem_t *pSem = pFile->pOpen->pSem; - struct stat statBuf; - - if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){ - int tErrno = errno; - if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){ - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK); - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } else { - /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */ - reserved = (pFile->locktype < SHARED_LOCK); - } - }else{ - /* we could have it if we want it */ - sem_post(pSem); - } - } - OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved); - - *pResOut = reserved; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** Semaphore locks only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate -** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or -** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from -** access the file. -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -*/ -static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - int fd; - sem_t *pSem = pFile->pOpen->pSem; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. - ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ - if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) { - pFile->locktype = locktype; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - goto sem_end_lock; - } - - /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */ - if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto sem_end_lock; - } - - /* got it, set the type and return ok */ - pFile->locktype = locktype; - - sem_end_lock: - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int semUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - sem_t *pSem = pFile->pOpen->pSem; - - assert( pFile ); - assert( pSem ); - OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype, - pFile->locktype, getpid()); - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* no-op if possible */ - if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ - if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) { - pFile->locktype = locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* no, really unlock. */ - if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) { - int rc, tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - return rc; - } - pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* - ** Close a file. - */ -static int semClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - if( id ){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - semUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); - assert( pFile ); - unixEnterMutex(); - releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock); - releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen); - unixLeaveMutex(); - closeUnixFile(id); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ -/* -** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks. -** -*************** End of the named semaphore lock implementation **************** -******************************************************************************/ - - -/****************************************************************************** -*************************** Begin AFP Locking ********************************* -** -** AFP is the Apple Filing Protocol. AFP is a network filesystem found -** on Apple Macintosh computers - both OS9 and OSX. -** -** Third-party implementations of AFP are available. But this code here -** only works on OSX. -*/ - -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state -*/ -typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext; -struct afpLockingContext { - unsigned long long sharedByte; - const char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */ -}; - -struct ByteRangeLockPB2 -{ - unsigned long long offset; /* offset to first byte to lock */ - unsigned long long length; /* nbr of bytes to lock */ - unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */ - unsigned char unLockFlag; /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */ - unsigned char startEndFlag; /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */ - int fd; /* file desc to assoc this lock with */ -}; - -#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) - -/* -** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an -** AFP filesystem. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure. -*/ -static int afpSetLock( - const char *path, /* Name of the file to be locked or unlocked */ - unixFile *pFile, /* Open file descriptor on path */ - unsigned long long offset, /* First byte to be locked */ - unsigned long long length, /* Number of bytes to lock */ - int setLockFlag /* True to set lock. False to clear lock */ -){ - struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb; - int err; - - pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1; - pb.startEndFlag = 0; - pb.offset = offset; - pb.length = length; - pb.fd = pFile->h; - - OSTRACE6("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", - (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""), - offset, length); - err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0); - if ( err==-1 ) { - int rc; - int tErrno = errno; - OSTRACE4("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", - path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno)); -#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; -#else - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, - setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); -#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */ - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = tErrno; - } - return rc; - } else { - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut -** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value -** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. -*/ -static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int reserved = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - - assert( pFile ); - afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ - reserved = 1; - } - - /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. - */ - if( !reserved ){ - /* lock the RESERVED byte */ - int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); - if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){ - /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore - ** the original state */ - lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); - } else { - /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */ - reserved = 1; - } - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ - rc=lrc; - } - } - - OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved); - - *pResOut = reserved; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -*/ -static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %s was %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), getpid()); - - /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the - ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as - ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. - */ - if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ - OSTRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h, - locktypeName(locktype)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct - */ - assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads - */ - unixEnterMutex(); - - /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile. - */ - rc = transferOwnership(pFile); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - unixLeaveMutex(); - return rc; - } - - /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before - ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will - ** be released. - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK - || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktypedbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1); - if (failed) { - rc = failed; - goto afp_end_lock; - } - } - - /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make - ** operating system calls for the specified lock. - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - int lk, lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno; - - /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */ - /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */ - lk = random(); - context->sharedByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1); - lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, - SHARED_FIRST+context->sharedByte, 1, 1); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){ - lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno; - } - /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ - lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); - - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) { - pFile->lastErrno = lrc1Errno; - rc = lrc1; - goto afp_end_lock; - } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){ - rc = lrc2; - goto afp_end_lock; - } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) { - rc = lrc1; - } else { - pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; - pFile->pOpen->nLock++; - } - }else{ - /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is - ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file - ** already. - */ - int failed = 0; - assert( 0!=pFile->locktype ); - if (locktype >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->locktype < RESERVED_LOCK) { - /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */ - failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); - } - if (!failed && locktype == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) { - /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */ - - /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to - ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnlock - */ - if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST + - context->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){ - int failed2 = SQLITE_OK; - /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */ - failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, - SHARED_SIZE, 1); - if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, - SHARED_FIRST + context->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){ - /* Can't reestablish the shared lock. Sqlite can't deal, this is - ** a critical I/O error - */ - rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : - SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; - goto afp_end_lock; - } - }else{ - rc = failed; - } - } - if( failed ){ - rc = failed; - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pFile->locktype = locktype; - }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK; - } - -afp_end_lock: - unixLeaveMutex(); - OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), - rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - afpLockingContext *pCtx = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype, - pFile->locktype, getpid()); - - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - unixEnterMutex(); - if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ - - if( pFile->locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - /* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */ - int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pCtx->sharedByte; - rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1); - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK ){ - rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ - rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); - } - }else if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){ - /* clear the shared lock */ - int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pCtx->sharedByte; - rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){ - struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen; - pOpen->nLock--; - assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 ); - if( pOpen->nLock==0 && pOpen->nPending>0 ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inPending; i++){ - if( pOpen->aPending[i] < 0 ) continue; - if( close(pOpen->aPending[i]) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE; - }else{ - pOpen->aPending[i] = -1; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(pOpen->aPending); - pOpen->nPending = 0; - pOpen->aPending = 0; - } - } - } - } - unixLeaveMutex(); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->locktype = locktype; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context -*/ -static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - if( id ){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); - unixEnterMutex(); - if( pFile->pOpen && pFile->pOpen->nLock ){ - /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just - ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file - ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending. It will be automatically closed when - ** the last lock is cleared. - */ - int *aNew; - struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen; - aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pOpen->aPending, (pOpen->nPending+1)*sizeof(int) ); - if( aNew==0 ){ - /* If a malloc fails, just leak the file descriptor */ - }else{ - pOpen->aPending = aNew; - pOpen->aPending[pOpen->nPending] = pFile->h; - pOpen->nPending++; - pFile->h = -1; - } - } - releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen); - sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); - closeUnixFile(id); - unixLeaveMutex(); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ -/* -** The code above is the AFP lock implementation. The code is specific -** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative -** is available. If you don't compile for a mac, then the "unix-afp" -** VFS is not available. -** -********************* End of the AFP lock implementation ********************** -******************************************************************************/ - - -/****************************************************************************** -**************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods ***************************** -** -** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the -** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods. The locking -** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per -** division). Those methods that are common to all locking modes -** are gather together into this division. -*/ - -/* -** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt -** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read. -** -** NB: If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also -** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500. This varies from -** one system to another. Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD -** any any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE. -** See tickets #2741 and #2681. -** -** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value -** is set before returning. -*/ -static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){ - int got; - i64 newOffset; - TIMER_START; -#if defined(USE_PREAD) - got = pread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); - SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); -#elif defined(USE_PREAD64) - got = pread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); - SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); -#else - newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET); - SimulateIOError( newOffset-- ); - if( newOffset!=offset ){ - if( newOffset == -1 ){ - ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; - }else{ - ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0; - } - return -1; - } - got = read(id->h, pBuf, cnt); -#endif - TIMER_END; - if( got<0 ){ - ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; - } - OSTRACE5("READ %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED); - return got; -} - -/* -** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all -** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes -** wrong. -*/ -static int unixRead( - sqlite3_file *id, - void *pBuf, - int amt, - sqlite3_int64 offset -){ - int got; - assert( id ); - - /* Never read or write any of the bytes in the locking range */ - assert( ((unixFile*)id)->isLockable==0 - || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 - || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE ); - - got = seekAndRead((unixFile*)id, offset, pBuf, amt); - if( got==amt ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else if( got<0 ){ - /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */ - return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; - }else{ - ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */ - /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */ - memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); - return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; - } -} - -/* -** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf. -** Return the number of bytes actually read. Update the offset. -** -** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed write the lastErrno value -** is set before returning. -*/ -static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){ - int got; - i64 newOffset; - TIMER_START; -#if defined(USE_PREAD) - got = pwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); -#elif defined(USE_PREAD64) - got = pwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); -#else - newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET); - if( newOffset!=offset ){ - if( newOffset == -1 ){ - ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; - }else{ - ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0; - } - return -1; - } - got = write(id->h, pBuf, cnt); -#endif - TIMER_END; - if( got<0 ){ - ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; - } - - OSTRACE5("WRITE %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED); - return got; -} - - -/* -** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or some other error code on failure. -*/ -static int unixWrite( - sqlite3_file *id, - const void *pBuf, - int amt, - sqlite3_int64 offset -){ - int wrote = 0; - assert( id ); - assert( amt>0 ); - - /* Never read or write any of the bytes in the locking range */ - assert( ((unixFile*)id)->isLockable==0 - || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 - || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE ); - -#ifndef NDEBUG - /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to - ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a - ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database - ** has changed. If the transaction counter is modified, record that - ** fact too. - */ - if( ((unixFile*)id)->inNormalWrite ){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - pFile->dbUpdate = 1; /* The database has been modified */ - if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){ - int rc; - char oldCntr[4]; - SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); - rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4); - SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){ - pFile->transCntrChng = 1; /* The transaction counter has changed */ - } - } - } -#endif - - while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite((unixFile*)id, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){ - amt -= wrote; - offset += wrote; - pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; - } - SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 )); - SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 )); - if( amt>0 ){ - if( wrote<0 ){ - /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */ - return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; - }else{ - ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */ - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test -** that syncs and fullsyncs are occurring at the right times. -*/ -int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; -int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync(). Some do. -** Others do no. To be safe, we will stick with the (slower) fsync(). -** If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly, -** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync -*/ -#if !defined(fdatasync) && !defined(__linux__) -# define fdatasync fsync -#endif - -/* -** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not -** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined. F_FULLFSYNC is currently -** only available on Mac OS X. But that could change. -*/ -#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC -# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1 -#else -# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0 -#endif - - -/* -** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many -** unix systems. The following procedure is an attempt to make -** it work better. -** -** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s. This is useful -** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly. -** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC -** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash -** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file. -** -** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged. -** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content -** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is -** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However, -** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the -** file size has changed. The only real difference between fdatasync() -** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the -** inode if the mtime or owner or other inode attributes have changed. -** We only care about the file size, not the other file attributes, so -** as far as SQLite is concerned, an fdatasync() is always adequate. -** So, we always use fdatasync() if it is available, regardless of -** the value of the dataOnly flag. -*/ -static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ - int rc; - - /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as - ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering - ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC - UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); -#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC - UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); -#endif - - /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and - ** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure - ** gets called with the correct arguments. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++; - sqlite3_sync_count++; -#endif - - /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a - ** no-op - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC - rc = SQLITE_OK; -#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC - if( fullSync ){ - rc = fcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0); - }else{ - rc = 1; - } - /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync(). - ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local - ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC - ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync - ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call. - ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid - ** the fcntl call every time sync is called. - */ - if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd); - -#else - rc = fdatasync(fd); -#if OS_VXWORKS - if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){ - rc = fsync(fd); - } -#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ -#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */ - - if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){ - rc = 0; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. -** -** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file -** size, access time, etc) are synced. If dataOnly!=0 then only the -** file data is synced. -** -** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file -** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file. -** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory -** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot. The next -** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because -** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction -** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption. -*/ -static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ - int rc; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY); - int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; - - /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */ - assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL - || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL - ); - - /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This - ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems. - */ - SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE2("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h); - rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly); - SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); - if( rc ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - return SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC; - } - if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){ - int err; - OSTRACE4("DIRSYNC %-3d (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->dirfd, - HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync); -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC - /* The directory sync is only attempted if full_fsync is - ** turned off or unavailable. If a full_fsync occurred above, - ** then the directory sync is superfluous. - */ - if( (!HAVE_FULLFSYNC || !isFullsync) && full_fsync(pFile->dirfd,0,0) ){ - /* - ** We have received multiple reports of fsync() returning - ** errors when applied to directories on certain file systems. - ** A failed directory sync is not a big deal. So it seems - ** better to ignore the error. Ticket #1657 - */ - /* pFile->lastErrno = errno; */ - /* return SQLITE_IOERR; */ - } -#endif - err = close(pFile->dirfd); /* Only need to sync once, so close the */ - if( err==0 ){ /* directory when we are done */ - pFile->dirfd = -1; - }else{ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Truncate an open file to a specified size -*/ -static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){ - int rc; - assert( id ); - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE ); - rc = ftruncate(((unixFile*)id)->h, (off_t)nByte); - if( rc ){ - ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; - return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE; - }else{ - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - -/* -** Determine the current size of a file in bytes -*/ -static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ - int rc; - struct stat buf; - assert( id ); - rc = fstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf); - SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); - if( rc!=0 ){ - ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno; - return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; - } - *pSize = buf.st_size; - - /* When opening a zero-size database, the findLockInfo() procedure - ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug - ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem. In order to avoid problems with upper - ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is - ** really 1. Ticket #3260. - */ - if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0; - - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) -/* -** Handler for proxy-locking file-control verbs. Defined below in the -** proxying locking division. -*/ -static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); -#endif - - -/* -** Information and control of an open file handle. -*/ -static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { - *(int*)pArg = ((unixFile*)id)->locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: { - *(int*)pArg = ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno; - return SQLITE_OK; - } -#ifndef NDEBUG - /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done - ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and - ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be - ** unchanged. - */ - case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: { - ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } -#endif -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) - case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: - case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { - return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg); - } -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */ - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for -** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be -** larger for some devices. -** -** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that -** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. -** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the -** same for both. -*/ -static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; -} - -/* -** Return the device characteristics for the file. This is always 0 for unix. -*/ -static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return 0; -} - -/* -** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods. -** -********************** End sqlite3_file Methods ******************************* -******************************************************************************/ - -/* -** This division contains definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects that -** implement various file locking strategies. It also contains definitions -** of "finder" functions. A finder-function is used to locate the appropriate -** sqlite3_io_methods object for a particular database file. The pAppData -** field of the sqlite3_vfs VFS objects are initialized to be pointers to -** the correct finder-function for that VFS. -** -** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods -** object. The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which -** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking -** strategy from that. -** -** For finder-funtion F, two objects are created: -** -** (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()". -** -** (2) A constant pointer to this functio named just "F". -** -** -** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS -** objects. We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point -** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void* -** from be cast into a function pointer. -** -** -** Each instance of this macro generates two objects: -** -** * A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking -** methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK. -** -** * An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer -** to the METHOD object in the previous bullet. -*/ -#define IOMETHODS(FINDER, METHOD, CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKLOCK) \ -static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = { \ - 1, /* iVersion */ \ - CLOSE, /* xClose */ \ - unixRead, /* xRead */ \ - unixWrite, /* xWrite */ \ - unixTruncate, /* xTruncate */ \ - unixSync, /* xSync */ \ - unixFileSize, /* xFileSize */ \ - LOCK, /* xLock */ \ - UNLOCK, /* xUnlock */ \ - CKLOCK, /* xCheckReservedLock */ \ - unixFileControl, /* xFileControl */ \ - unixSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ \ - unixDeviceCharacteristics /* xDeviceCapabilities */ \ -}; \ -static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, int h){ \ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(h); \ - return &METHOD; \ -} \ -static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,int) \ - = FINDER##Impl; - -/* -** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the -** locking strategies. Functions that return pointers to these methods -** are also created. -*/ -IOMETHODS( - posixIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - posixIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - unixClose, /* xClose method */ - unixLock, /* xLock method */ - unixUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - unixCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ -) -IOMETHODS( - nolockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - nolockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - nolockClose, /* xClose method */ - nolockLock, /* xLock method */ - nolockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - nolockCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ -) -IOMETHODS( - dotlockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - dotlockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - dotlockClose, /* xClose method */ - dotlockLock, /* xLock method */ - dotlockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - dotlockCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ -) - -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS -IOMETHODS( - flockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - flockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - flockClose, /* xClose method */ - flockLock, /* xLock method */ - flockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - flockCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ -) -#endif - -#if OS_VXWORKS -IOMETHODS( - semIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - semIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - semClose, /* xClose method */ - semLock, /* xLock method */ - semUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - semCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ -) -#endif - -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -IOMETHODS( - afpIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - afpIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - afpClose, /* xClose method */ - afpLock, /* xLock method */ - afpUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - afpCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ -) -#endif - -/* -** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it -** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and -** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those -** secondary files. For this reason, the division that implements -** proxy locking is located much further down in the file. But we need -** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function -** for proxy locking here. So we forward declare the I/O methods. -*/ -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file*); -static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file*, int); -static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); -static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int*); -IOMETHODS( - proxyIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - proxyIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - proxyClose, /* xClose method */ - proxyLock, /* xLock method */ - proxyUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - proxyCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */ -) -#endif - - -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy -** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods -** object that implements that strategy. -** -** This is for MacOSX only. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl( - const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */ - int fd /* file descriptor open on the database file */ -){ - static const struct Mapping { - const char *zFilesystem; /* Filesystem type name */ - const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Appropriate locking method */ - } aMap[] = { - { "hfs", &posixIoMethods }, - { "ufs", &posixIoMethods }, - { "afpfs", &afpIoMethods }, -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_AFP_LOCKING_SMB - { "smbfs", &afpIoMethods }, -#else - { "smbfs", &flockIoMethods }, -#endif - { "webdav", &nolockIoMethods }, - { 0, 0 } - }; - int i; - struct statfs fsInfo; - struct flock lockInfo; - - if( !filePath ){ - /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file - ** that does not need to be locked. */ - return &nolockIoMethods; - } - if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){ - if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){ - return &nolockIoMethods; - } - for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){ - if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){ - return aMap[i].pMethods; - } - } - } - - /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs". - ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, - ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. - */ - lockInfo.l_len = 1; - lockInfo.l_start = 0; - lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; - if( fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { - return &posixIoMethods; - }else{ - return &dotlockIoMethods; - } -} -static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,int) - = autolockIoFinderImpl; - -#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - -#if OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy -** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods -** object that implements that strategy. -** -** This is for VXWorks only. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl( - const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */ - int fd /* file descriptor open on the database file */ -){ - struct flock lockInfo; - - if( !filePath ){ - /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file - ** that does not need to be locked. */ - return &nolockIoMethods; - } - - /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks. - ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method. - */ - lockInfo.l_len = 1; - lockInfo.l_start = 0; - lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; - if( fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { - return &posixIoMethods; - }else{ - return &semIoMethods; - } -} -static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,int) - = autolockIoFinderImpl; - -#endif /* OS_VXWORKS && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - -/* -** An abstract type for a pointer to a IO method finder function: -*/ -typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,int); - - -/**************************************************************************** -**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods **************************** -** -** This division contains the implementation of methods on the -** sqlite3_vfs object. -*/ - -/* -** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId. -*/ -static int fillInUnixFile( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ - int h, /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */ - int dirfd, /* Directory file descriptor */ - sqlite3_file *pId, /* Write to the unixFile structure here */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */ - int noLock, /* Omit locking if true */ - int isDelete /* Delete on close if true */ -){ - const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle; - unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( pNew->pLock==NULL ); - assert( pNew->pOpen==NULL ); - - /* Parameter isDelete is only used on vxworks. - ** Express this explicitly here to prevent compiler warnings - ** about unused parameters. - */ -#if !OS_VXWORKS - UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDelete); -#endif - - OSTRACE3("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename); - pNew->h = h; - pNew->dirfd = dirfd; - SET_THREADID(pNew); - -#if OS_VXWORKS - pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename); - if( pNew->pId==0 ){ - noLock = 1; - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -#endif - - if( noLock ){ - pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods; - }else{ - pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, h); -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for - ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name) - ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */ - pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename; -#endif - } - - if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods ){ - unixEnterMutex(); - rc = findLockInfo(pNew, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen); - unixLeaveMutex(); - } - -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) - else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){ - /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in - ** the afpLockingContext. - */ - afpLockingContext *pCtx; - pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) ); - if( pCtx==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed - ** according to requirement F11141. So we do not need to make a - ** copy of the filename. */ - pCtx->dbPath = zFilename; - srandomdev(); - unixEnterMutex(); - rc = findLockInfo(pNew, NULL, &pNew->pOpen); - unixLeaveMutex(); - } - } -#endif - - else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){ - /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in - ** the dotlockLockingContext - */ - char *zLockFile; - int nFilename; - nFilename = (int)strlen(zFilename) + 6; - zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nFilename); - if( zLockFile==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s" DOTLOCK_SUFFIX, zFilename); - } - pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile; - } - -#if OS_VXWORKS - else if( pLockingStyle == &semIoMethods ){ - /* Named semaphore locking uses the file path so it needs to be - ** included in the semLockingContext - */ - unixEnterMutex(); - rc = findLockInfo(pNew, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen); - if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pOpen->pSem==NULL) ){ - char *zSemName = pNew->pOpen->aSemName; - int n; - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "%s.sem", - pNew->pId->zCanonicalName); - for( n=0; zSemName[n]; n++ ) - if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_'; - pNew->pOpen->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1); - if( pNew->pOpen->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - pNew->pOpen->aSemName[0] = '\0'; - } - } - unixLeaveMutex(); - } -#endif - - pNew->lastErrno = 0; -#if OS_VXWORKS - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - unlink(zFilename); - isDelete = 0; - } - pNew->isDelete = isDelete; -#endif - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd); /* silent leak if fail, already in error */ - close(h); - }else{ - pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle; - OpenCounter(+1); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename. -** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and -** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM -** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined -** value. -** -** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing -** the file descriptor *pFd using close(). -*/ -static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){ - int ii; - int fd = -1; - char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; - - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename); - for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--); - if( ii>0 ){ - zDirname[ii] = '\0'; - fd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0); - if( fd>=0 ){ -#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC - fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); -#endif - OSTRACE3("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname); - } - } - *pFd = fd; - return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:SQLITE_CANTOPEN); -} - -/* -** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be allocated -** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least -** pVfs->mxPathname bytes. -*/ -static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - static const char *azDirs[] = { - 0, - 0, - "/var/tmp", - "/usr/tmp", - "/tmp", - ".", - }; - static const unsigned char zChars[] = - "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" - "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" - "0123456789"; - unsigned int i, j; - struct stat buf; - const char *zDir = "."; - - /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just - ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this - ** function failing. - */ - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); - - azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory; - if (NULL == azDirs[1]) { - azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR"); - } - - for(i=0; i= (size_t)nBuf ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - do{ - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-17, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir); - j = (int)strlen(zBuf); - sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]); - for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){ - zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; - } - zBuf[j] = 0; - }while( access(zBuf,0)==0 ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) -/* -** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile. -** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen() -** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined. -*/ -static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*); -#endif - - -/* -** Open the file zPath. -** -** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this -** one: -** -** sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(); -** sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(); -** sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(); -** -** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags: -** -** ReadWrite() -> (READWRITE | CREATE) -** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY) -** OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE) -** -** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If -** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the -** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new -** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for -** OpenExclusive(). -*/ -static int unixOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */ - const char *zPath, /* Pathname of file to be opened */ - sqlite3_file *pFile, /* The file descriptor to be filled in */ - int flags, /* Input flags to control the opening */ - int *pOutFlags /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */ -){ - int fd = -1; /* File descriptor returned by open() */ - int dirfd = -1; /* Directory file descriptor */ - int openFlags = 0; /* Flags to pass to open() */ - int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */ - int noLock; /* True to omit locking primitives */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE); - int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE); - int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); - int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); - int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); - - /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open - ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync() - ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d. - */ - int isOpenDirectory = (isCreate && - (eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) - ); - - /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open - ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in. - */ - char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; - const char *zName = zPath; - - /* Check the following statements are true: - ** - ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and - ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and - ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. - ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. - */ - assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly)); - assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite); - assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); - assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); - - /* The main DB, main journal, and master journal are never automatically - ** deleted - */ - assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || !isDelete ); - assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || !isDelete ); - assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || !isDelete ); - - /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ - assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB - ); - - memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); - - if( !zName ){ - assert(isDelete && !isOpenDirectory); - rc = getTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+1, zTmpname); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - zName = zTmpname; - } - - if( isReadonly ) openFlags |= O_RDONLY; - if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR; - if( isCreate ) openFlags |= O_CREAT; - if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW); - openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY); - - fd = open(zName, openFlags, isDelete?0600:SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); - OSTRACE4("OPENX %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags); - if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){ - /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */ - flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); - flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; - return unixOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags, pOutFlags); - } - if( fd<0 ){ - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - } - if( isDelete ){ -#if OS_VXWORKS - zPath = zName; -#else - unlink(zName); -#endif - } -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - else{ - ((unixFile*)pFile)->openFlags = openFlags; - } -#endif - if( pOutFlags ){ - *pOutFlags = flags; - } - -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 ){ - ((unixFile*)pFile)->isLockable = 1; - } -#endif - - assert( fd>=0 ); - if( isOpenDirectory ){ - rc = openDirectory(zPath, &dirfd); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - close(fd); /* silently leak if fail, already in error */ - return rc; - } - } - -#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC - fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); -#endif - - noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB; - -#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING - if( zPath!=NULL && !noLock ){ - char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING"); - int useProxy = 0; - - /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, - ** 0 means never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only - */ - if( envforce!=NULL ){ - useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0; - }else{ - struct statfs fsInfo; - - if( statfs(zPath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){ - ((unixFile*)pFile)->lastErrno = errno; - if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd); /* silently leak if fail, in error */ - close(fd); /* silently leak if fail, in error */ - return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; - } - useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL); - } - if( useProxy ){ - rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock, isDelete); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:"); - } - return rc; - } - } -#endif - - return fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock, isDelete); -} - -/* -** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync() -** the directory after deleting the file. -*/ -static int unixDelete( - sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */ - const char *zPath, /* Name of file to be deleted */ - int dirSync /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); - unlink(zPath); -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC - if( dirSync ){ - int fd; - rc = openDirectory(zPath, &fd); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ -#if OS_VXWORKS - if( fsync(fd)==-1 ) -#else - if( fsync(fd) ) -#endif - { - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC; - } - if( close(fd)&&!rc ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE; - } - } - } -#endif - return rc; -} - -/* -** Test the existance of or access permissions of file zPath. The -** test performed depends on the value of flags: -** -** SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists -** SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable. -** SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable. -** -** Otherwise return 0. -*/ -static int unixAccess( - sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* The VFS containing this xAccess method */ - const char *zPath, /* Path of the file to examine */ - int flags, /* What do we want to learn about the zPath file? */ - int *pResOut /* Write result boolean here */ -){ - int amode = 0; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; ); - switch( flags ){ - case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: - amode = F_OK; - break; - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: - amode = W_OK|R_OK; - break; - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: - amode = R_OK; - break; - - default: - assert(!"Invalid flags argument"); - } - *pResOut = (access(zPath, amode)==0); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path -** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by -** zPath. -** -** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes -** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to -** this buffer before returning. -*/ -static int unixFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ - const char *zPath, /* Possibly relative input path */ - int nOut, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ - char *zOut /* Output buffer */ -){ - - /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just - ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this - ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the - ** current working directory has been unlinked. - */ - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); - - assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - - zOut[nOut-1] = '\0'; - if( zPath[0]=='/' ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath); - }else{ - int nCwd; - if( getcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){ - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - } - nCwd = (int)strlen(zOut); - sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION -/* -** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points -** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. -*/ -#include -static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, const char *zFilename){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL); -} - -/* -** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or -** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error -** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message -** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default -** error message. -*/ -static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ - char *zErr; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - unixEnterMutex(); - zErr = dlerror(); - if( zErr ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr); - } - unixLeaveMutex(); -} -static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){ - /* - ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be - ** cast into a pointer to a function. And yet the library dlsym() routine - ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function. So how do we - ** use dlsym() with -pedantic-errors? - ** - ** Variable x below is defined to be a pointer to a function taking - ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function. - ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function. - ** (That assignment requires a cast.) Then we call the function that - ** x points to. - ** - ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where - ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*. But then, on the - ** other hand, dlsym() will not work on such a system either, so we have - ** not really lost anything. - */ - void (*(*x)(void*,const char*))(void); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - x = (void(*(*)(void*,const char*))(void))dlsym; - return (*x)(p, zSym); -} -static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *pHandle){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - dlclose(pHandle); -} -#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */ - #define unixDlOpen 0 - #define unixDlError 0 - #define unixDlSym 0 - #define unixDlClose 0 -#endif - -/* -** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf. -*/ -static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - assert((size_t)nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int))); - - /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting - ** errors. The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would - ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the - ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry - ** some users. Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize - ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness - ** in the random seed. - ** - ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do. That means - ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the - ** tests repeatable. - */ - memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); -#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) - { - int pid, fd; - fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY); - if( fd<0 ){ - time_t t; - time(&t); - memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t)); - pid = getpid(); - memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &pid, sizeof(pid)); - assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(pid)<=(size_t)nBuf ); - nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(pid); - }else{ - nBuf = read(fd, zBuf, nBuf); - close(fd); - } - } -#endif - return nBuf; -} - - -/* -** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. -** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep. -** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually -** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which -** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less -** than the argument. -*/ -static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int microseconds){ -#if OS_VXWORKS - struct timespec sp; - - sp.tv_sec = microseconds / 1000000; - sp.tv_nsec = (microseconds % 1000000) * 1000; - nanosleep(&sp, NULL); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return microseconds; -#elif defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP - usleep(microseconds); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return microseconds; -#else - int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000; - sleep(seconds); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return seconds*1000000; -#endif -} - -/* -** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as -** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of -** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */ -#endif - -/* -** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the -** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and -** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. -*/ -static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){ -#if defined(NO_GETTOD) - time_t t; - time(&t); - *prNow = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5; -#elif OS_VXWORKS - struct timespec sNow; - clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow); - *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_nsec/86400000000000.0; -#else - struct timeval sNow; - gettimeofday(&sNow, 0); - *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_usec/86400000000.0; -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( sqlite3_current_time ){ - *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5; - } -#endif - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return 0; -} - -/* -** We added the xGetLastError() method with the intention of providing -** better low-level error messages when operating-system problems come up -** during SQLite operation. But so far, none of that has been implemented -** in the core. So this routine is never called. For now, it is merely -** a place-holder. -*/ -static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed2); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed3); - return 0; -} - -/* -************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods *************************** -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -************************** Begin Proxy Locking ******************************** -** -** Proxy locking is a "uber-locking-method" in this sense: It uses the -** other locking methods on secondary lock files. Proxy locking is a -** meta-layer over top of the primitive locking implemented above. For -** this reason, the division that implements of proxy locking is deferred -** until late in the file (here) after all of the other I/O methods have -** been defined - so that the primitive locking methods are available -** as services to help with the implementation of proxy locking. -** -**** -** -** The default locking schemes in SQLite use byte-range locks on the -** database file to coordinate safe, concurrent access by multiple readers -** and writers [http://sqlite.org/lockingv3.html]. The five file locking -** states (UNLOCKED, PENDING, SHARED, RESERVED, EXCLUSIVE) are implemented -** as POSIX read & write locks over fixed set of locations (via fsctl), -** on AFP and SMB only exclusive byte-range locks are available via fsctl -** with _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) to track the same 5 states. -** To simulate a F_RDLCK on the shared range, on AFP a randomly selected -** address in the shared range is taken for a SHARED lock, the entire -** shared range is taken for an EXCLUSIVE lock): -** -** PENDING_BYTE 0x40000000 -** RESERVED_BYTE 0x40000001 -** SHARED_RANGE 0x40000002 -> 0x40000200 -** -** This works well on the local file system, but shows a nearly 100x -** slowdown in read performance on AFP because the AFP client disables -** the read cache when byte-range locks are present. Enabling the read -** cache exposes a cache coherency problem that is present on all OS X -** supported network file systems. NFS and AFP both observe the -** close-to-open semantics for ensuring cache coherency -** [http://nfs.sourceforge.net/#faq_a8], which does not effectively -** address the requirements for concurrent database access by multiple -** readers and writers -** [http://www.nabble.com/SQLite-on-NFS-cache-coherency-td15655701.html]. -** -** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking -** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a -** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file -** and onto a proxy file on the local file system. -** -** -** Using proxy locks -** ----------------- -** -** C APIs -** -** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, -** | ":auto:"); -** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, &); -** -** -** SQL pragmas -** -** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file= | :auto: -** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file -** -** Specifying ":auto:" means that if there is a conch file with a matching -** host ID in it, the proxy path in the conch file will be used, otherwise -** a proxy path based on the user's temp dir -** (via confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR,...)) will be used and the -** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the -** database file. For example: -** -** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" -** The lock path will be "/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:") -** -** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not -** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via -** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another -** connection or process). -** -** -** How proxy locking works -** ----------------------- -** -** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: -** -** * conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host -** at a time -** -** * proxy file to act as a proxy for the advisory locks normally -** taken on the database -** -** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch" -** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the -** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock -** proxy path against the values stored in the conch. The conch file is -** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name -** is patterned after the database file name as ".-conch". -** If the conch file does not exist, or it's contents do not match the -** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive -** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy -** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again. If the conch -** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock -** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. -** -** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks -** normally taken on the database file. This allows for safe sharing -** of the database file for multiple readers and writers on the same -** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file). -** -** There is a third file - the host ID file - used as a persistent record -** of a unique identifier for the host, a 128-byte unique host id file -** in the path defined by the HOSTIDPATH macro (default value is -** /Library/Caches/.com.apple.sqliteConchHostId). -** -** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is -** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made. -** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where -** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it. -** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until -** the connection to the database is closed. -** -** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need -** to be created the first time they are used. -** -** Configuration options -** --------------------- -** -** SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING -** -** Database files accessed on non-local file systems are -** automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are -** named automatically using the same logic as -** PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:" -** -** SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG -** -** Enables the logging of error messages during host id file -** retrieval and creation -** -** HOSTIDPATH -** -** Overrides the default host ID file path location -** -** LOCKPROXYDIR -** -** Overrides the default directory used for lock proxy files that -** are named automatically via the ":auto:" setting -** -** SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS -** -** Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the -** lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set. -** -** -** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING, -** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will -** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0 -** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database -** files (explicity calling the SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or -** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING). -*/ - -/* -** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX -*/ -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */ -int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0; -#endif - -/* -** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote -** and local proxy files in it -*/ -typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext; -struct proxyLockingContext { - unixFile *conchFile; /* Open conch file */ - char *conchFilePath; /* Name of the conch file */ - unixFile *lockProxy; /* Open proxy lock file */ - char *lockProxyPath; /* Name of the proxy lock file */ - char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */ - int conchHeld; /* True if the conch is currently held */ - void *oldLockingContext; /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */ - sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod; /* Original I/O methods for close */ -}; - -/* HOSTIDLEN and CONCHLEN both include space for the string -** terminating nul -*/ -#define HOSTIDLEN 128 -#define CONCHLEN (MAXPATHLEN+HOSTIDLEN+1) -#ifndef HOSTIDPATH -# define HOSTIDPATH "/Library/Caches/.com.apple.sqliteConchHostId" -#endif - -/* basically a copy of unixRandomness with different -** test behavior built in */ -static int proxyGenerateHostID(char *pHostID){ - int pid, fd, len; - unsigned char *key = (unsigned char *)pHostID; - - memset(key, 0, HOSTIDLEN); - len = 0; - fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY); - if( fd>=0 ){ - len = read(fd, key, HOSTIDLEN); - close(fd); /* silently leak the fd if it fails */ - } - if( len < HOSTIDLEN ){ - time_t t; - time(&t); - memcpy(key, &t, sizeof(t)); - pid = getpid(); - memcpy(&key[sizeof(t)], &pid, sizeof(pid)); - } - -#ifdef MAKE_PRETTY_HOSTID - { - int i; - /* filter the bytes into printable ascii characters and NUL terminate */ - key[(HOSTIDLEN-1)] = 0x00; - for( i=0; i<(HOSTIDLEN-1); i++ ){ - unsigned char pa = key[i]&0x7F; - if( pa<0x20 ){ - key[i] = (key[i]&0x80 == 0x80) ? pa+0x40 : pa+0x20; - }else if( pa==0x7F ){ - key[i] = (key[i]&0x80 == 0x80) ? pa=0x20 : pa+0x7E; - } - } - } -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* writes the host id path to path, path should be an pre-allocated buffer -** with enough space for a path -*/ -static void proxyGetHostIDPath(char *path, size_t len){ - strlcpy(path, HOSTIDPATH, len); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( sqlite3_hostid_num>0 ){ - char suffix[2] = "1"; - suffix[0] = suffix[0] + sqlite3_hostid_num; - strlcat(path, suffix, len); - } -#endif - OSTRACE3("GETHOSTIDPATH %s pid=%d\n", path, getpid()); -} - -/* get the host ID from a sqlite hostid file stored in the -** user-specific tmp directory, create the ID if it's not there already -*/ -static int proxyGetHostID(char *pHostID, int *pError){ - int fd; - char path[MAXPATHLEN]; - size_t len; - int rc=SQLITE_OK; - - proxyGetHostIDPath(path, MAXPATHLEN); - /* try to create the host ID file, if it already exists read the contents */ - fd = open(path, O_CREAT|O_WRONLY|O_EXCL, 0644); - if( fd<0 ){ - int err=errno; - - if( err!=EEXIST ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG /* set the sqlite error message instead */ - fprintf(stderr, "sqlite error creating host ID file %s: %s\n", - path, strerror(err)); -#endif - return SQLITE_PERM; - } - /* couldn't create the file, read it instead */ - fd = open(path, O_RDONLY|O_EXCL); - if( fd<0 ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG /* set the sqlite error message instead */ - int err = errno; - fprintf(stderr, "sqlite error opening host ID file %s: %s\n", - path, strerror(err)); -#endif - return SQLITE_PERM; - } - len = pread(fd, pHostID, HOSTIDLEN, 0); - if( len<0 ){ - *pError = errno; - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ; - }else if( lenlockingContext; - - if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; - char testValue[CONCHLEN]; - char conchValue[CONCHLEN]; - char lockPath[MAXPATHLEN]; - char *tLockPath = NULL; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int readRc = SQLITE_OK; - int syncPerms = 0; - - OSTRACE4("TAKECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, - (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid()); - - rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int pError = 0; - memset(testValue, 0, CONCHLEN); /* conch is fixed size */ - rc = proxyGetHostID(testValue, &pError); - if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){ - pFile->lastErrno = pError; - } - if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ - strlcpy(&testValue[HOSTIDLEN], pCtx->lockProxyPath, MAXPATHLEN); - } - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_takeconch; - } - - readRc = unixRead((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, conchValue, CONCHLEN, 0); - if( readRc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - if( readRc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){ - pFile->lastErrno = conchFile->lastErrno; - } - rc = readRc; - goto end_takeconch; - } - /* if the conch has data compare the contents */ - if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ - /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll - ** use the local lock file path that's already in there */ - if( !memcmp(testValue, conchValue, HOSTIDLEN) ){ - tLockPath = (char *)&conchValue[HOSTIDLEN]; - goto end_takeconch; - } - }else{ - /* we've got the conch if conchValue matches our path and host ID */ - if( !memcmp(testValue, conchValue, CONCHLEN) ){ - goto end_takeconch; - } - } - }else{ - /* a short read means we're "creating" the conch (even though it could - ** have been user-intervention), if we acquire the exclusive lock, - ** we'll try to match the current on-disk permissions of the database - */ - syncPerms = 1; - } - - /* either conch was emtpy or didn't match */ - if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ - proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN); - tLockPath = lockPath; - strlcpy(&testValue[HOSTIDLEN], lockPath, MAXPATHLEN); - } - - /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process - ** has a shared lock already) */ - rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, testValue, CONCHLEN, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && syncPerms ){ - struct stat buf; - int err = fstat(pFile->h, &buf); - if( err==0 ){ - /* try to match the database file permissions, ignore failure */ -#ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG - fchmod(conchFile->h, buf.st_mode); -#else - if( fchmod(conchFile->h, buf.st_mode)!=0 ){ - int code = errno; - fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n", - buf.st_mode, code, strerror(code)); - } else { - fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",buf.st_mode); - } - }else{ - int code = errno; - fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", - err, code, strerror(code)); -#endif - } - } - } - conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); - -end_takeconch: - OSTRACE2("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){ - if( pFile->h>=0 ){ -#ifdef STRICT_CLOSE_ERROR - if( close(pFile->h) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = errno; - return SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE; - } -#else - close(pFile->h); /* silently leak fd if fail */ -#endif - } - pFile->h = -1; - int fd = open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags, - SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); - OSTRACE2("TRANSPROXY: OPEN %d\n", fd); - if( fd>=0 ){ - pFile->h = fd; - }else{ - rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called - during locking */ - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){ - char *path = tLockPath ? tLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath; - /* ACS: Need to make a copy of path sometimes */ - rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCtx->conchHeld = 1; - - if( tLockPath ){ - pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tLockPath); - if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ - ((afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext)->dbPath = - pCtx->lockProxyPath; - } - } - } else { - conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK); - } - OSTRACE3("TAKECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed"); - return rc; - } -} - -/* -** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock. -*/ -static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){ - int rc; /* Subroutine return code */ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx; /* The locking context for the proxy lock */ - unixFile *conchFile; /* Name of the conch file */ - - pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; - OSTRACE4("RELEASECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, - (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), - getpid()); - pCtx->conchHeld = 0; - rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK); - OSTRACE3("RELEASECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, - (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Given the name of a database file, compute the name of its conch file. -** Store the conch filename in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). -** Make *pConchPath point to the new name. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or SQLITE_NOMEM if unable to obtain memory. -** -** The caller is responsible for ensuring that the allocated memory -** space is eventually freed. -** -** *pConchPath is set to NULL if a memory allocation error occurs. -*/ -static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int len = (int)strlen(dbPath); /* Length of database filename - dbPath */ - char *conchPath; /* buffer in which to construct conch name */ - - /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to - ** the name of the original database file. */ - *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(len + 8); - if( conchPath==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1); - - /* now insert a "." before the last / character */ - for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){ - if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){ - i++; - break; - } - } - conchPath[i]='.'; - while ( ilockingContext; - char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - - /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */ - if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") || - (oldPath && !strncmp(oldPath, path, MAXPATHLEN)) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy; - pCtx->lockProxy=NULL; - pCtx->conchHeld = 0; - if( lockProxy!=NULL ){ - rc=lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)lockProxy); - if( rc ) return rc; - sqlite3_free(lockProxy); - } - sqlite3_free(oldPath); - pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** pFile is a file that has been opened by a prior xOpen call. dbPath -** is a string buffer at least MAXPATHLEN+1 characters in size. -** -** This routine find the filename associated with pFile and writes it -** int dbPath. -*/ -static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){ -#if defined(__APPLE__) - if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ - /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field - ** of the struct */ - assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN ); - strcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath); - }else -#endif - if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){ - /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock - ** file path */ - int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX); - memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1); - }else{ - /* all other styles use the locking context to store the db file path */ - assert( strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN ); - strcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking -** will be performed on the local proxy lock file. The following fields -** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and -** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time: -** ->lockingContext -** ->pMethod -*/ -static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { - proxyLockingContext *pCtx; - char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1]; /* Name of the database file */ - char *lockPath=NULL; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath); - if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ){ - lockPath=NULL; - }else{ - lockPath=(char *)path; - } - - OSTRACE4("TRANSPROXY %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h, - (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), getpid()); - - pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) ); - if( pCtx==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(pCtx, 0, sizeof(*pCtx)); - - rc = proxyCreateConchPathname(dbPath, &pCtx->conchFilePath); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){ - pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, - ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return. - */ - pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath); - pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext; - pFile->lockingContext = pCtx; - pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod; - pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods; - }else{ - if( pCtx->conchFile ){ - rc = pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile); - if( rc ) return rc; - sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile); - } - sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); - sqlite3_free(pCtx); - } - OSTRACE3("TRANSPROXY %d %s\n", pFile->h, - (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific -** to proxy locking. -*/ -static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; - proxyTakeConch(pFile); - if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ - *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath; - }else{ - *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)"; - } - } else { - *(const char **)pArg = NULL; - } - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods); - if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){ - if( isProxyStyle ){ - /* turn off proxy locking - not supported */ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/; - }else{ - /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - }else{ - const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg; - if( isProxyStyle ){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = - (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; - if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") - || (pCtx->lockProxyPath && - !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN)) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = switchLockProxyPath(pFile, proxyPath); - } - }else{ - /* turn on proxy file locking */ - rc = proxyTransformUnixFile(pFile, proxyPath); - } - } - return rc; - } - default: { - assert( 0 ); /* The call assures that only valid opcodes are sent */ - } - } - /*NOTREACHED*/ - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** Within this division (the proxying locking implementation) the procedures -** above this point are all utilities. The lock-related methods of the -** proxy-locking sqlite3_io_method object follow. -*/ - - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut -** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value -** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. -*/ -static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; - return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -*/ -static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; - rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, locktype); - pFile->locktype = proxy->locktype; - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; - rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, locktype); - pFile->locktype = proxy->locktype; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close a file that uses proxy locks. -*/ -static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - if( id ){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy; - unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( lockProxy ){ - rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy); - if( rc ) return rc; - sqlite3_free(lockProxy); - pCtx->lockProxy = 0; - } - if( conchFile ){ - if( pCtx->conchHeld ){ - rc = proxyReleaseConch(pFile); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - rc = conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)conchFile); - if( rc ) return rc; - sqlite3_free(conchFile); - } - sqlite3_free(pCtx->lockProxyPath); - sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); - sqlite3_free(pCtx->dbPath); - /* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */ - pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext; - pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod; - sqlite3_free(pCtx); - return pFile->pMethod->xClose(id); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - - -#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ -/* -** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems. -** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also -** restricted to MacOSX. -** -** -******************* End of the proxy lock implementation ********************** -******************************************************************************/ - -/* -** Initialize the operating system interface. -** -** This routine registers all VFS implementations for unix-like operating -** systems. This routine, and the sqlite3_os_end() routine that follows, -** should be the only routines in this file that are visible from other -** files. -** -** This routine is called once during SQLite initialization and by a -** single thread. The memory allocation and mutex subsystems have not -** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they -** should not be used. -*/ -int sqlite3_os_init(void){ - /* - ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object. - ** The name of the VFS is NAME. The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer - ** to the "finder" function. (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because - ** silly C90 rules prohibit a void* from being cast to a function pointer - ** and so we have to go through the intermediate pointer to avoid problems - ** when compiling with -pedantic-errors on GCC.) - ** - ** The FINDER parameter to this macro is the name of the pointer to the - ** finder-function. The finder-function returns a pointer to the - ** sqlite_io_methods object that implements the desired locking - ** behaviors. See the division above that contains the IOMETHODS - ** macro for addition information on finder-functions. - ** - ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods - ** object. But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little - ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the - ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for - ** that filesystem time. - */ - #define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) { \ - 1, /* iVersion */ \ - sizeof(unixFile), /* szOsFile */ \ - MAX_PATHNAME, /* mxPathname */ \ - 0, /* pNext */ \ - VFSNAME, /* zName */ \ - (void*)&FINDER, /* pAppData */ \ - unixOpen, /* xOpen */ \ - unixDelete, /* xDelete */ \ - unixAccess, /* xAccess */ \ - unixFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ \ - unixDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ \ - unixDlError, /* xDlError */ \ - unixDlSym, /* xDlSym */ \ - unixDlClose, /* xDlClose */ \ - unixRandomness, /* xRandomness */ \ - unixSleep, /* xSleep */ \ - unixCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ \ - unixGetLastError /* xGetLastError */ \ - } - - /* - ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array. - ** - ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified - ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered. So the following - ** array cannot be const. - */ - static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = { -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && (OS_VXWORKS || defined(__APPLE__)) - UNIXVFS("unix", autolockIoFinder ), -#else - UNIXVFS("unix", posixIoFinder ), -#endif - UNIXVFS("unix-none", nolockIoFinder ), - UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile", dotlockIoFinder ), -#if OS_VXWORKS - UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ), -#endif -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - UNIXVFS("unix-posix", posixIoFinder ), -#if !OS_VXWORKS - UNIXVFS("unix-flock", flockIoFinder ), -#endif -#endif -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) - UNIXVFS("unix-afp", afpIoFinder ), - UNIXVFS("unix-proxy", proxyIoFinder ), -#endif - }; - unsigned int i; /* Loop counter */ - - /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */ - for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){ - sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Shutdown the operating system interface. -** -** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine, -** to release dynamically allocated objects. But not on unix. -** This routine is a no-op for unix. -*/ -int sqlite3_os_end(void){ - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */ diff --git a/os_win.c b/os_win.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8f705cf..0000000 --- a/os_win.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1876 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2004 May 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains code that is specific to windows. -** -** $Id: os_win.c,v 1.154 2009/04/09 14:27:07 chw Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN /* This file is used for windows only */ - - -/* -** A Note About Memory Allocation: -** -** This driver uses malloc()/free() directly rather than going through -** the SQLite-wrappers sqlite3_malloc()/sqlite3_free(). Those wrappers -** are designed for use on embedded systems where memory is scarce and -** malloc failures happen frequently. Win32 does not typically run on -** embedded systems, and when it does the developers normally have bigger -** problems to worry about than running out of memory. So there is not -** a compelling need to use the wrappers. -** -** But there is a good reason to not use the wrappers. If we use the -** wrappers then we will get simulated malloc() failures within this -** driver. And that causes all kinds of problems for our tests. We -** could enhance SQLite to deal with simulated malloc failures within -** the OS driver, but the code to deal with those failure would not -** be exercised on Linux (which does not need to malloc() in the driver) -** and so we would have difficulty writing coverage tests for that -** code. Better to leave the code out, we think. -** -** The point of this discussion is as follows: When creating a new -** OS layer for an embedded system, if you use this file as an example, -** avoid the use of malloc()/free(). Those routines work ok on windows -** desktops but not so well in embedded systems. -*/ - -#include - -#ifdef __CYGWIN__ -# include -#endif - -/* -** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads. -*/ -#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE -# define SQLITE_W32_THREADS 1 -#endif - -/* -** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files -*/ -#include "os_common.h" - -/* -** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition. -*/ -#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES -# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1) -#endif - -/* -** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much -** reduced API. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE -# define AreFileApisANSI() 1 -# define GetDiskFreeSpaceW() 0 -#endif - -/* -** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it -** with some code of our own. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE -typedef struct winceLock { - int nReaders; /* Number of reader locks obtained */ - BOOL bPending; /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */ - BOOL bReserved; /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */ - BOOL bExclusive; /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */ -} winceLock; -#endif - -/* -** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32 -** portability layer. -*/ -typedef struct winFile winFile; -struct winFile { - const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;/* Must be first */ - HANDLE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */ - unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */ - short sharedLockByte; /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */ - DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */ - DWORD sectorSize; /* Sector size of the device file is on */ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - WCHAR *zDeleteOnClose; /* Name of file to delete when closing */ - HANDLE hMutex; /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */ - HANDLE hShared; /* Shared memory segment used for locking */ - winceLock local; /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */ - winceLock *shared; /* Global shared lock memory for the file */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Forward prototypes. -*/ -static int getSectorSize( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zRelative /* UTF-8 file name */ -); - -/* -** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes -** thereafter. It records whether the operating system is Win95 -** or WinNT. -** -** 0: Operating system unknown. -** 1: Operating system is Win95. -** 2: Operating system is WinNT. -** -** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture -** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_os_type = 0; -#else -static int sqlite3_os_type = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP, -** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME. -** -** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack -** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that -** API as long as we don't call it when running Win95/98/ME. A call to -** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or -** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call -** the LockFileEx() API. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE -# define isNT() (1) -#else - static int isNT(void){ - if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){ - OSVERSIONINFO sInfo; - sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); - GetVersionEx(&sInfo); - sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1; - } - return sqlite3_os_type==2; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */ - -/* -** Convert a UTF-8 string to microsoft unicode (UTF-16?). -** -** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc. -*/ -static WCHAR *utf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ - int nChar; - WCHAR *zWideFilename; - - nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0); - zWideFilename = malloc( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) ); - if( zWideFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, nChar); - if( nChar==0 ){ - free(zWideFilename); - zWideFilename = 0; - } - return zWideFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert microsoft unicode to UTF-8. Space to hold the returned string is -** obtained from malloc(). -*/ -static char *unicodeToUtf8(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){ - int nByte; - char *zFilename; - - nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); - zFilename = malloc( nByte ); - if( zFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte, - 0, 0); - if( nByte == 0 ){ - free(zFilename); - zFilename = 0; - } - return zFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert an ansi string to microsoft unicode, based on the -** current codepage settings for file apis. -** -** Space to hold the returned string is obtained -** from malloc. -*/ -static WCHAR *mbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ - int nByte; - WCHAR *zMbcsFilename; - int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; - - nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,0)*sizeof(WCHAR); - zMbcsFilename = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) ); - if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename, nByte); - if( nByte==0 ){ - free(zMbcsFilename); - zMbcsFilename = 0; - } - return zMbcsFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert microsoft unicode to multibyte character string, based on the -** user's Ansi codepage. -** -** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from -** malloc(). -*/ -static char *unicodeToMbcs(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){ - int nByte; - char *zFilename; - int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; - - nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); - zFilename = malloc( nByte ); - if( zFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte, - 0, 0); - if( nByte == 0 ){ - free(zFilename); - zFilename = 0; - } - return zFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8. Space to hold the -** returned string is obtained from malloc(). -*/ -char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(const char *zFilename){ - char *zFilenameUtf8; - WCHAR *zTmpWide; - - zTmpWide = mbcsToUnicode(zFilename); - if( zTmpWide==0 ){ - return 0; - } - zFilenameUtf8 = unicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide); - free(zTmpWide); - return zFilenameUtf8; -} - -/* -** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string. Space to hold the -** returned string is obtained from malloc(). -*/ -static char *utf8ToMbcs(const char *zFilename){ - char *zFilenameMbcs; - WCHAR *zTmpWide; - - zTmpWide = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename); - if( zTmpWide==0 ){ - return 0; - } - zFilenameMbcs = unicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide); - free(zTmpWide); - return zFilenameMbcs; -} - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE -/************************************************************************* -** This section contains code for WinCE only. -*/ -/* -** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function. So create a -** substitute. -*/ -#include -struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t) -{ - static struct tm y; - FILETIME uTm, lTm; - SYSTEMTIME pTm; - sqlite3_int64 t64; - t64 = *t; - t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000; - uTm.dwLowDateTime = t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF; - uTm.dwHighDateTime= t64 >> 32; - FileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm); - FileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm); - y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900; - y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1; - y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek; - y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay; - y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour; - y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute; - y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond; - return &y; -} - -/* This will never be called, but defined to make the code compile */ -#define GetTempPathA(a,b) - -#define LockFile(a,b,c,d,e) winceLockFile(&a, b, c, d, e) -#define UnlockFile(a,b,c,d,e) winceUnlockFile(&a, b, c, d, e) -#define LockFileEx(a,b,c,d,e,f) winceLockFileEx(&a, b, c, d, e, f) - -#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-offsetof(winFile,h)] - -/* -** Acquire a lock on the handle h -*/ -static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){ - DWORD dwErr; - do { - dwErr = WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE); - } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED); -} -/* -** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire() -*/ -#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h) - -/* -** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file -** descriptor pFile -*/ -static BOOL winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){ - WCHAR *zTok; - WCHAR *zName = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename); - BOOL bInit = TRUE; - - /* Initialize the local lockdata */ - ZeroMemory(&pFile->local, sizeof(pFile->local)); - - /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it - ** to derive a mutex name. */ - zTok = CharLowerW(zName); - for (;*zTok;zTok++){ - if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_'; - } - - /* Create/open the named mutex */ - pFile->hMutex = CreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName); - if (!pFile->hMutex){ - pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); - free(zName); - return FALSE; - } - - /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */ - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are - ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name - ** and using that as the shared filemapping name. - */ - CharUpperW(zName); - pFile->hShared = CreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL, - PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock), - zName); - - /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it - ** must be zero-initialized */ - if (GetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){ - bInit = FALSE; - } - - free(zName); - - /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */ - if (pFile->hShared){ - pFile->shared = (winceLock*)MapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, - FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock)); - /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */ - if (!pFile->shared){ - pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); - CloseHandle(pFile->hShared); - pFile->hShared = NULL; - } - } - - /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */ - if (pFile->hShared == NULL){ - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); - pFile->hMutex = NULL; - return FALSE; - } - - /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */ - if (bInit) { - ZeroMemory(pFile->shared, sizeof(winceLock)); - } - - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - return TRUE; -} - -/* -** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks -*/ -static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){ - if (pFile->hMutex){ - /* Acquire the mutex */ - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they - are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */ - if (pFile->local.nReaders){ - pFile->shared->nReaders --; - } - if (pFile->local.bReserved){ - pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; - } - if (pFile->local.bPending){ - pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; - } - if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ - pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; - } - - /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */ - UnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared); - CloseHandle(pFile->hShared); - - /* Done with the mutex */ - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); - pFile->hMutex = NULL; - } -} - -/* -** An implementation of the LockFile() API of windows for wince -*/ -static BOOL winceLockFile( - HANDLE *phFile, - DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, - DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh -){ - winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); - BOOL bReturn = FALSE; - - if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */ - if (dwFileOffsetLow == SHARED_FIRST - && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){ - if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ - pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE; - pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Want a read-only lock? */ - else if ((dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST && - dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE) && - nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ - pFile->local.nReaders ++; - if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){ - pFile->shared->nReaders ++; - } - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Want a pending lock? */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ - /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */ - if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) { - pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE; - pFile->local.bPending = TRUE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - /* Want a reserved lock? */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) { - pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE; - pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - return bReturn; -} - -/* -** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of windows for wince -*/ -static BOOL winceUnlockFile( - HANDLE *phFile, - DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, - DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh -){ - winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); - BOOL bReturn = FALSE; - - if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */ - if (dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST && - dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE){ - /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */ - if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ - pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE; - pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - - /* Did we just have a reader lock? */ - else if (pFile->local.nReaders){ - pFile->local.nReaders --; - if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0) - { - pFile->shared->nReaders --; - } - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Releasing a pending lock */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->local.bPending){ - pFile->local.bPending = FALSE; - pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - /* Releasing a reserved lock */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->local.bReserved) { - pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE; - pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - return bReturn; -} - -/* -** An implementation of the LockFileEx() API of windows for wince -*/ -static BOOL winceLockFileEx( - HANDLE *phFile, - DWORD dwFlags, - DWORD dwReserved, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh, - LPOVERLAPPED lpOverlapped -){ - /* If the caller wants a shared read lock, forward this call - ** to winceLockFile */ - if (lpOverlapped->Offset == SHARED_FIRST && - dwFlags == 1 && - nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){ - return winceLockFile(phFile, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0); - } - return FALSE; -} -/* -** End of the special code for wince -*****************************************************************************/ -#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */ - -/***************************************************************************** -** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified -** by the sqlite3_io_methods object. -******************************************************************************/ - -/* -** Close a file. -** -** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes -** fail. This is a very unreasonable result, but windows is notorious -** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen. If -** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again. As -** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before -** giving up and returning an error. -*/ -#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3 -static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){ - int rc, cnt = 0; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - - assert( id!=0 ); - OSTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h); - do{ - rc = CloseHandle(pFile->h); - }while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (Sleep(100), 1) ); -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE -#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3 - winceDestroyLock(pFile); - if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){ - int cnt = 0; - while( - DeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0 - && GetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff - && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS - ){ - Sleep(100); /* Wait a little before trying again */ - } - free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose); - } -#endif - OpenCounter(-1); - return rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; -} - -/* -** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition. -*/ -#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER -# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1) -#endif - -/* -** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all -** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes -** wrong. -*/ -static int winRead( - sqlite3_file *id, /* File to read from */ - void *pBuf, /* Write content into this buffer */ - int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */ - sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */ -){ - LONG upperBits = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); - LONG lowerBits = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); - DWORD rc; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - DWORD error; - DWORD got; - - assert( id!=0 ); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ); - OSTRACE3("READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype); - rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); - if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && (error=GetLastError())!=NO_ERROR ){ - pFile->lastErrno = error; - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - if( !ReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &got, 0) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); - return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; - } - if( got==(DWORD)amt ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */ - memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); - return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; - } -} - -/* -** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or some other error code on failure. -*/ -static int winWrite( - sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */ - const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */ - int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */ -){ - LONG upperBits = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); - LONG lowerBits = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); - DWORD rc; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - DWORD error; - DWORD wrote = 0; - - assert( id!=0 ); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE); - SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL); - OSTRACE3("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype); - rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); - if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && (error=GetLastError())!=NO_ERROR ){ - pFile->lastErrno = error; - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - assert( amt>0 ); - while( - amt>0 - && (rc = WriteFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &wrote, 0))!=0 - && wrote>0 - ){ - amt -= wrote; - pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; - } - if( !rc || amt>(int)wrote ){ - pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Truncate an open file to a specified size -*/ -static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ - LONG upperBits = (LONG)((nByte>>32) & 0x7fffffff); - LONG lowerBits = (LONG)(nByte & 0xffffffff); - DWORD rc; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - DWORD error; - - assert( id!=0 ); - OSTRACE3("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE); - rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); - if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && (error=GetLastError())!=NO_ERROR ){ - pFile->lastErrno = error; - return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE; - } - /* SetEndOfFile will fail if nByte is negative */ - if( !SetEndOfFile(pFile->h) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); - return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test -** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times. -*/ -int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; -int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. -*/ -static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ -#ifndef SQLITE_NO_SYNC - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - - assert( id!=0 ); - OSTRACE3("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype); -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_TEST - UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); -#else - if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){ - sqlite3_fullsync_count++; - } - sqlite3_sync_count++; -#endif - /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a - ** no-op - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC - return SQLITE_OK; -#else - if( FlushFileBuffers(pFile->h) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Determine the current size of a file in bytes -*/ -static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){ - DWORD upperBits; - DWORD lowerBits; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - DWORD error; - - assert( id!=0 ); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT); - lowerBits = GetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits); - if( (lowerBits == INVALID_FILE_SIZE) - && ((error = GetLastError()) != NO_ERROR) ) - { - pFile->lastErrno = error; - return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; - } - *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems. -*/ -#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY -# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1 -#endif - -/* -** Acquire a reader lock. -** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this -** is Win95 or WinNT. -*/ -static int getReadLock(winFile *pFile){ - int res; - if( isNT() ){ - OVERLAPPED ovlp; - ovlp.Offset = SHARED_FIRST; - ovlp.OffsetHigh = 0; - ovlp.hEvent = 0; - res = LockFileEx(pFile->h, LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY, - 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0, &ovlp); -/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 - }else{ - int lk; - sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk); - pFile->sharedLockByte = (short)((lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1)); - res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); -#endif - } - if( res == 0 ){ - pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); - } - return res; -} - -/* -** Undo a readlock -*/ -static int unlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){ - int res; - if( isNT() ){ - res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); -/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 - }else{ - res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); -#endif - } - if( res == 0 ){ - pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError(); - } - return res; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. The winUnlock() routine -** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0. -** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You -** must go straight to locking level 0. -*/ -static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */ - int res = 1; /* Result of a windows lock call */ - int newLocktype; /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */ - int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - DWORD error = NO_ERROR; - - assert( id!=0 ); - OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n", - pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte); - - /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the - ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as - ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. - */ - if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct - */ - assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or - ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of - ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary. - */ - newLocktype = pFile->locktype; - if( (pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK) - || ( (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) - && (pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)) - ){ - int cnt = 3; - while( cnt-->0 && (res = LockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){ - /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. The pending lock might be - ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily. - */ - OSTRACE2("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt); - Sleep(1); - } - gotPendingLock = res; - if( !res ){ - error = GetLastError(); - } - } - - /* Acquire a shared lock - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){ - assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK ); - res = getReadLock(pFile); - if( res ){ - newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK; - }else{ - error = GetLastError(); - } - } - - /* Acquire a RESERVED lock - */ - if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){ - assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - res = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - if( res ){ - newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK; - }else{ - error = GetLastError(); - } - } - - /* Acquire a PENDING lock - */ - if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ - newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK; - gotPendingLock = 0; - } - - /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock - */ - if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ - assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK ); - res = unlockReadLock(pFile); - OSTRACE2("unreadlock = %d\n", res); - res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); - if( res ){ - newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; - }else{ - error = GetLastError(); - OSTRACE2("error-code = %d\n", error); - getReadLock(pFile); - } - } - - /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then - ** release it now. - */ - if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - - /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then - ** return the appropriate result code. - */ - if( res ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - OSTRACE4("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h, - locktype, newLocktype); - pFile->lastErrno = error; - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - pFile->locktype = (u8)newLocktype; - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return -** non-zero, otherwise zero. -*/ -static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ - int rc; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - - assert( id!=0 ); - if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ - rc = 1; - OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc); - }else{ - rc = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - if( rc ){ - UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - rc = !rc; - OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc); - } - *pResOut = rc; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -** -** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument -** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine -** might return SQLITE_IOERR; -*/ -static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - int type; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( pFile!=0 ); - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype, - pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte); - type = pFile->locktype; - if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(pFile) ){ - /* This should never happen. We should always be able to - ** reacquire the read lock */ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - } - } - if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ - UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){ - unlockReadLock(pFile); - } - if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){ - UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Control and query of the open file handle. -*/ -static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { - *(int*)pArg = ((winFile*)id)->locktype; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: { - *(int*)pArg = (int)((winFile*)id)->lastErrno; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for -** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be -** larger for some devices. -** -** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that -** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. -** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the -** same for both. -*/ -static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ - assert( id!=0 ); - return (int)(((winFile*)id)->sectorSize); -} - -/* -** Return a vector of device characteristics. -*/ -static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); - return 0; -} - -/* -** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an -** sqlite3_file for win32. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - winClose, - winRead, - winWrite, - winTruncate, - winSync, - winFileSize, - winLock, - winUnlock, - winCheckReservedLock, - winFileControl, - winSectorSize, - winDeviceCharacteristics -}; - -/*************************************************************************** -** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object. -** -** The next block of code implements the VFS methods. -****************************************************************************/ - -/* -** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying -** operating system wants filenames in. Space to hold the result -** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling -** function. -*/ -static void *convertUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){ - void *zConverted = 0; - if( isNT() ){ - zConverted = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename); -/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 - }else{ - zConverted = utf8ToMbcs(zFilename); -#endif - } - /* caller will handle out of memory */ - return zConverted; -} - -/* -** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be big enough to -** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters. -*/ -static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - static char zChars[] = - "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" - "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" - "0123456789"; - size_t i, j; - char zTempPath[MAX_PATH+1]; - if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory); - }else if( isNT() ){ - char *zMulti; - WCHAR zWidePath[MAX_PATH]; - GetTempPathW(MAX_PATH-30, zWidePath); - zMulti = unicodeToUtf8(zWidePath); - if( zMulti ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zMulti); - free(zMulti); - }else{ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. -** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, -** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 - }else{ - char *zUtf8; - char zMbcsPath[MAX_PATH]; - GetTempPathA(MAX_PATH-30, zMbcsPath); - zUtf8 = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zMbcsPath); - if( zUtf8 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zUtf8); - free(zUtf8); - }else{ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -#endif - } - for(i=sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){} - zTempPath[i] = 0; - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-30, zBuf, - "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath); - j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); - sqlite3_randomness(20, &zBuf[j]); - for(i=0; i<20; i++, j++){ - zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; - } - zBuf[j] = 0; - OSTRACE2("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The return value of getLastErrorMsg -** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero -** otherwise (if the message was truncated). -*/ -static int getLastErrorMsg(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - DWORD error = GetLastError(); - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", error, error); -#else - /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure. Otherwise it - ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output - ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char. - */ - if (!FormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM, - NULL, - error, - 0, - zBuf, - nBuf-1, - 0)) - { - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", error, error); - } -#endif - - return 0; -} - -/* -** Open a file. -*/ -static int winOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ - sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */ - int flags, /* Open mode flags */ - int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */ -){ - HANDLE h; - DWORD dwDesiredAccess; - DWORD dwShareMode; - DWORD dwCreationDisposition; - DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0; -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - int isTemp = 0; -#endif - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - void *zConverted; /* Filename in OS encoding */ - const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */ - char zTmpname[MAX_PATH+1]; /* Buffer used to create temp filename */ - - assert( id!=0 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - - /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a - ** temporary file name to use - */ - if( !zUtf8Name ){ - int rc = getTempname(MAX_PATH+1, zTmpname); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - zUtf8Name = zTmpname; - } - - /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */ - zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){ - dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE; - }else{ - dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ; - } - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){ - dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS; - }else{ - dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING; - } - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){ - dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE; - }else{ - dwShareMode = 0; - } - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN; - isTemp = 1; -#else - dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY - | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN - | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE; -#endif - }else{ - dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL; - } - /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always - ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used. Ticket #2699. */ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS; -#endif - if( isNT() ){ - h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted, - dwDesiredAccess, - dwShareMode, - NULL, - dwCreationDisposition, - dwFlagsAndAttributes, - NULL - ); -/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. -** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, -** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 - }else{ - h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted, - dwDesiredAccess, - dwShareMode, - NULL, - dwCreationDisposition, - dwFlagsAndAttributes, - NULL - ); -#endif - } - if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ - free(zConverted); - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){ - return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id, - ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE), pOutFlags); - }else{ - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - } - } - if( pOutFlags ){ - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){ - *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE; - }else{ - *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; - } - } - memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile)); - pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod; - pFile->h = h; - pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR; - pFile->sectorSize = getSectorSize(pVfs, zUtf8Name); -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - if( (flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)) == - (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) - && !winceCreateLock(zName, pFile) - ){ - CloseHandle(h); - free(zConverted); - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - } - if( isTemp ){ - pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted; - }else -#endif - { - free(zConverted); - } - OpenCounter(+1); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Delete the named file. -** -** Note that windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other -** process has it open. Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program -** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do -** whatever it does. While this other process is holding the -** file open, we will be unable to delete it. To work around this -** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again. Up -** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving -** up and returning an error. -*/ -#define MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 5 -static int winDelete( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */ - int syncDir /* Not used on win32 */ -){ - int cnt = 0; - DWORD rc; - DWORD error = 0; - void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); - if( isNT() ){ - do{ - DeleteFileW(zConverted); - }while( ( ((rc = GetFileAttributesW(zConverted)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) - || ((error = GetLastError()) == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED)) - && (++cnt < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS) - && (Sleep(100), 1) ); -/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. -** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, -** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 - }else{ - do{ - DeleteFileA(zConverted); - }while( ( ((rc = GetFileAttributesA(zConverted)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) - || ((error = GetLastError()) == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED)) - && (++cnt < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS) - && (Sleep(100), 1) ); -#endif - } - free(zConverted); - OSTRACE2("DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename); - return ( (rc == INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) - && (error == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE; -} - -/* -** Check the existance and status of a file. -*/ -static int winAccess( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to check */ - int flags, /* Type of test to make on this file */ - int *pResOut /* OUT: Result */ -){ - DWORD attr; - int rc = 0; - void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( isNT() ){ - attr = GetFileAttributesW((WCHAR*)zConverted); -/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. -** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, -** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 - }else{ - attr = GetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted); -#endif - } - free(zConverted); - switch( flags ){ - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: - case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: - rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; - break; - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: - rc = (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0; - break; - default: - assert(!"Invalid flags argument"); - } - *pResOut = rc; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Write the full -** pathname into zOut[]. zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname -** bytes in size. -*/ -static int winFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ - const char *zRelative, /* Possibly relative input path */ - int nFull, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ - char *zFull /* Output buffer */ -){ - -#if defined(__CYGWIN__) - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull); - cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(zRelative, zFull); - return SQLITE_OK; -#endif - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull); - /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */ - sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zRelative); - return SQLITE_OK; -#endif - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(__CYGWIN__) - int nByte; - void *zConverted; - char *zOut; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull); - zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zRelative); - if( isNT() ){ - WCHAR *zTemp; - nByte = GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3; - zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); - if( zTemp==0 ){ - free(zConverted); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); - free(zConverted); - zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTemp); - free(zTemp); -/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. -** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE, -** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 - }else{ - char *zTemp; - nByte = GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3; - zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); - if( zTemp==0 ){ - free(zConverted); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); - free(zConverted); - zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp); - free(zTemp); -#endif - } - if( zOut ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zOut); - free(zOut); - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Get the sector size of the device used to store -** file. -*/ -static int getSectorSize( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zRelative /* UTF-8 file name */ -){ - DWORD bytesPerSector = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; - char zFullpath[MAX_PATH+1]; - int rc; - DWORD dwRet = 0, dwDummy; - - /* - ** We need to get the full path name of the file - ** to get the drive letter to look up the sector - ** size. - */ - rc = winFullPathname(pVfs, zRelative, MAX_PATH, zFullpath); - if( rc == SQLITE_OK ) - { - void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFullpath); - if( zConverted ){ - if( isNT() ){ - int i; - /* trim path to just drive reference */ - WCHAR *p = zConverted; - for(i=0;ifd)) -#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) - -/* -** The page cache as a whole is always in one of the following -** states: -** -** PAGER_UNLOCK The page cache is not currently reading or -** writing the database file. There is no -** data held in memory. This is the initial -** state. -** -** PAGER_SHARED The page cache is reading the database. -** Writing is not permitted. There can be -** multiple readers accessing the same database -** file at the same time. -** -** PAGER_RESERVED This process has reserved the database for writing -** but has not yet made any changes. Only one process -** at a time can reserve the database. The original -** database file has not been modified so other -** processes may still be reading the on-disk -** database file. -** -** PAGER_EXCLUSIVE The page cache is writing the database. -** Access is exclusive. No other processes or -** threads can be reading or writing while one -** process is writing. -** -** PAGER_SYNCED The pager moves to this state from PAGER_EXCLUSIVE -** after all dirty pages have been written to the -** database file and the file has been synced to -** disk. All that remains to do is to remove or -** truncate the journal file and the transaction -** will be committed. -** -** The page cache comes up in PAGER_UNLOCK. The first time a -** sqlite3PagerGet() occurs, the state transitions to PAGER_SHARED. -** After all pages have been released using sqlite_page_unref(), -** the state transitions back to PAGER_UNLOCK. The first time -** that sqlite3PagerWrite() is called, the state transitions to -** PAGER_RESERVED. (Note that sqlite3PagerWrite() can only be -** called on an outstanding page which means that the pager must -** be in PAGER_SHARED before it transitions to PAGER_RESERVED.) -** PAGER_RESERVED means that there is an open rollback journal. -** The transition to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE occurs before any changes -** are made to the database file, though writes to the rollback -** journal occurs with just PAGER_RESERVED. After an sqlite3PagerRollback() -** or sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(), the state can go back to PAGER_SHARED, -** or it can stay at PAGER_EXCLUSIVE if we are in exclusive access mode. -*/ -#define PAGER_UNLOCK 0 -#define PAGER_SHARED 1 /* same as SHARED_LOCK */ -#define PAGER_RESERVED 2 /* same as RESERVED_LOCK */ -#define PAGER_EXCLUSIVE 4 /* same as EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */ -#define PAGER_SYNCED 5 - -/* -** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) if( P->xCodec!=0 ){ P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X); } -# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)(P->xCodec!=0?P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X):D)) -#else -# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) /* NO-OP */ -# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)D) -#endif - -/* -** The maximum allowed sector size. 16MB. If the xSectorsize() method -** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. -** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on -** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. -*/ -#define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x0100000 - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active -** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures -** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and -** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). -** -** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is -** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while -** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset -** immediately following the last journal record written into the main -** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint -** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). -*/ -typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; -struct PagerSavepoint { - i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ - i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ - Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ - Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ - Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ -}; - -/* -** A open page cache is an instance of the following structure. -** -** errCode -** -** Pager.errCode may be set to SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or -** or SQLITE_FULL. Once one of the first three errors occurs, it persists -** and is returned as the result of every major pager API call. The -** SQLITE_FULL return code is slightly different. It persists only until the -** next successful rollback is performed on the pager cache. Also, -** SQLITE_FULL does not affect the sqlite3PagerGet() and sqlite3PagerLookup() -** APIs, they may still be used successfully. -** -** dbSizeValid, dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize -** -** Managing the size of the database file in pages is a little complicated. -** The variable Pager.dbSize contains the number of pages that the database -** image currently contains. As the database image grows or shrinks this -** variable is updated. The variable Pager.dbFileSize contains the number -** of pages in the database file. This may be different from Pager.dbSize -** if some pages have been appended to the database image but not yet written -** out from the cache to the actual file on disk. Or if the image has been -** truncated by an incremental-vacuum operation. The Pager.dbOrigSize variable -** contains the number of pages in the database image when the current -** transaction was opened. The contents of all three of these variables is -** only guaranteed to be correct if the boolean Pager.dbSizeValid is true. -** -** TODO: Under what conditions is dbSizeValid set? Cleared? -** -** changeCountDone -** -** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter -** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is -** not updated more often than necessary. -** -** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which -** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. -** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is -** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, -** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of -** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. -** -** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection -** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction -** committed. -** -** dbModified -** -** The dbModified flag is set whenever a database page is dirtied. -** It is cleared at the end of each transaction. -** -** It is used when committing or otherwise ending a transaction. If -** the dbModified flag is clear then less work has to be done. -** -** journalStarted -** -** This flag is set whenever the the main journal is synced. -** -** The point of this flag is that it must be set after the -** first journal header in a journal file has been synced to disk. -** After this has happened, new pages appended to the database -** do not need the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag set, as they do not need -** to wait for a journal sync before they can be written out to -** the database file (see function pager_write()). -** -** setMaster -** -** This variable is used to ensure that the master journal file name -** (if any) is only written into the journal file once. -** -** When committing a transaction, the master journal file name (if any) -** may be written into the journal file while the pager is still in -** PAGER_RESERVED state (see CommitPhaseOne() for the action). It -** then attempts to upgrade to an exclusive lock. If this attempt -** fails, then SQLITE_BUSY may be returned to the user and the user -** may attempt to commit the transaction again later (calling -** CommitPhaseOne() again). This flag is used to ensure that the -** master journal name is only written to the journal file the first -** time CommitPhaseOne() is called. -** -** doNotSync -** -** This variable is set and cleared by sqlite3PagerWrite(). -** -** needSync -** -** TODO: It might be easier to set this variable in writeJournalHdr() -** and writeMasterJournal() only. Change its meaning to "unsynced data -** has been written to the journal". -*/ -struct Pager { - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ - u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ - u8 journalMode; /* On of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ - u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ - u8 noReadlock; /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */ - u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ - u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ - u8 sync_flags; /* One of SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL */ - u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary file */ - u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ - u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ - - /* The following block contains those class members that are dynamically - ** modified during normal operations. The other variables in this structure - ** are either constant throughout the lifetime of the pager, or else - ** used to store configuration parameters that affect the way the pager - ** operates. - ** - ** The 'state' variable is described in more detail along with the - ** descriptions of the values it may take - PAGER_UNLOCK etc. Many of the - ** other variables in this block are described in the comment directly - ** above this class definition. - */ - u8 state; /* PAGER_UNLOCK, _SHARED, _RESERVED, etc. */ - u8 dbModified; /* True if there are any changes to the Db */ - u8 needSync; /* True if an fsync() is needed on the journal */ - u8 journalStarted; /* True if header of journal is synced */ - u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ - u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ - u8 doNotSync; /* Boolean. While true, do not spill the cache */ - u8 dbSizeValid; /* Set when dbSize is correct */ - Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ - Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ - Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ - int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ - int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ - u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ - u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ - Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ - sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ - sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ - sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ - i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ - i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ - PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ - int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ - char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ - u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ - - int nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ - u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ - int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ - Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ - char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ - char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ - int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ - void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - int nHit, nMiss; /* Cache hits and missing */ - int nRead, nWrite; /* Database pages read/written */ -#endif - void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ - void *pCodecArg; /* First argument to xCodec() */ -#endif - char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ - i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ - PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ - sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ -}; - -/* -** The following global variables hold counters used for -** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in -** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ -int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ -int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ -# define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ -#else -# define PAGER_INCR(v) -#endif - - - -/* -** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data -** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. -** -** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity -** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being -** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal -** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made -** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional -** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the -** journal and ignore it. -** -** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists -** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both -** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. -** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the -** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, -** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely -** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the -** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might -** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which -** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. -*/ -static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { - 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, -}; - -/* -** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by -** the following macro. -*/ -#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) - -/* -** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same -** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). -*/ -#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) - -/* -** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. -** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, -** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize -** out code that would never execute. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB -# define MEMDB 0 -#else -# define MEMDB pPager->memDb -#endif - -/* -** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). -*/ -#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Usage: -** -** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); -*/ -static int assert_pager_state(Pager *pPager){ - - /* A temp-file is always in PAGER_EXCLUSIVE or PAGER_SYNCED state. */ - assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ); - - /* The changeCountDone flag is always set for temp-files */ - assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); - - return 1; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. -** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one -** or more open savepoints for which: -** -** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and -** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in -** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. -*/ -static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - int i; - for(i=0; inSavepoint; i++){ - PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; - if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. -*/ -static int pageInJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ - return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPg->pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); -} - -/* -** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer -** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an -** error code is something goes wrong. -** -** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. -*/ -static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ - unsigned char ac[4]; - int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. -*/ -#define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) - -/* -** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK -** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. -*/ -static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ - char ac[4]; - put32bits(ac, val); - return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); -} - -/* -** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). -** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. -** -** This is so that expressions can be written as: -** -** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... -** -** instead of -** -** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... -*/ -#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods) - -/* -** If file pFd is open, call sqlite3OsUnlock() on it. -*/ -static int osUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFd, int eLock){ - if( !isOpen(pFd) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - return sqlite3OsUnlock(pFd, eLock); -} - -/* -** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization -** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if: -** -** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that -** a database page may be written atomically, and -** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal -** to the page size. -** -** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is -** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory -** database. -** -** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used, -** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it -** contains rollback data for exactly one page. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE -static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ - assert( !MEMDB ); - if( !pPager->tempFile ){ - int dc; /* Device characteristics */ - int nSector; /* Sector size */ - int szPage; /* Page size */ - - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); - dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); - nSector = pPager->sectorSize; - szPage = pPager->pageSize; - - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); - if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ - return 0; - } - } - - return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); -} -#endif - -/* -** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking -** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing -** and debugging only. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES -/* -** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. -*/ -static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ - u32 hash = 0; - int i; - for(i=0; ipPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); -} -static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ - pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); -} - -/* -** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES -** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks -** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. -*/ -#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) -static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - assert( !pPg->pageHash || pPager->errCode - || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); -} - -#else -#define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 -#define pager_pagehash(X) 0 -#define CHECK_PAGE(x) -#endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ - -/* -** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. -** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the -** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied -** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format -** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. -** -** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by -** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is -** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal -** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a -** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name -** were present in the journal. -** -** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal -** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A -** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master -** journal file name. -** -** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present -** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. -** -** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite -** error code is returned. -*/ -static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ - i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ - u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ - u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ - unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ - zMaster[0] = '\0'; - - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) - || szJ<16 - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) - || len>=nMaster - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) - || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) - ){ - return rc; - } - - /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ - for(u=0; ujournalOff, assuming a sector -** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. -** -** i.e for a sector size of 512: -** -** Pager.journalOff Return value -** --------------------------------------- -** 0 0 -** 512 512 -** 100 512 -** 2000 2048 -** -*/ -static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ - i64 offset = 0; - i64 c = pPager->journalOff; - if( c ){ - offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); - } - assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); - assert( offset>=c ); - assert( (offset-c)jfd) ); - if( pPager->journalOff ){ - const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ - - IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) - if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); - }else{ - static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->sync_flags); - } - - /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock - ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for - ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more - ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need - ** to sync the file following this operation. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ - i64 sz; - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal -** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the -** current location. -** -** The format for the journal header is as follows: -** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. -** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. -** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. -** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. -** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. -** - 4 bytes: Database page size. -** -** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. -*/ -static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ - u32 nHeader = pPager->pageSize; /* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ - u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ - int ii; /* Loop counter */ - - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ - - if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ - nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); - } - - /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created - ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the - ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. - */ - for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){ - if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ - pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; - } - } - - pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); - memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); - - /* - ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this - ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. - ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, - ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number - ** of records (see syncJournal()). - ** - ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When - ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the - ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption - ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal - ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios - ** where this risk can be ignored: - ** - ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a - ** power failure in this case anyway. - ** - ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees - ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. - */ - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); - if( (pPager->noSync) || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) - || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) - ){ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); - }else{ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0); - } - - /* The random check-hash initialiser */ - sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); - /* The initial database size */ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); - /* The assumed sector size for this process */ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); - - /* The page size */ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); - - /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything - ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing - ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to - ** take the performance hit. - */ - memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, - nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); - - /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the - ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the - ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next - ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file - ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). - ** - ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can - ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, - ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of - ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what - ** is done. - ** - ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the - ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize - ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required - ** to populate the entire journal header sector. - */ - for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWritejournalHdr, nHeader)) - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); - pPager->journalOff += nHeader; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file -** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal -** file. The current location in the journal file is given by -** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for -** a description of the journal header format. -** -** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of -** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the -** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit -** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned -** in this case. -** -** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is -** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes -** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. -*/ -static int readJournalHdr( - Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ - i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ - u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ - u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ - i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ - - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ - - /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the - ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this - ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. - */ - pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); - if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; - - /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match - ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return - ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, - ** proceed. - */ - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - - /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec - ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start - ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. - */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) - ){ - return rc; - } - - if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ - u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ - u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ - u16 iPageSize16; /* Copy of iPageSize in 16-bit variable */ - - /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) - ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields - ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power - ** of two greater than or equal to 512, and not greater than their - ** respective compile time maximum limits. - */ - if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<512 - || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE - || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 - ){ - /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is - ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have - ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading - ** the journal file here. - */ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - - /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. - ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within - ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. - */ - iPageSize16 = (u16)iPageSize; - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize16); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iPageSize16==(u16)iPageSize ); - - /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by - ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was - ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine - ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value - ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. - */ - pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; - } - - pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager -** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last -** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the -** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before -** anything is written. The format is: -** -** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. -** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. -** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). -** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. -** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. -** -** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master -** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. -** -** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), -** this call is a no-op. -*/ -static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ - i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ - i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ - u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ - - if( !zMaster || pPager->setMaster - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pPager->setMaster = 1; - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - - /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ - for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ - cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; - } - - /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing - ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to - ** the journal has already been synced. - */ - if( pPager->fullSync ){ - pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); - } - iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; - - /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If - ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. - */ - if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) - || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) - || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) - || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) - || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) - ){ - return rc; - } - pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); - pPager->needSync = !pPager->noSync; - - /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical - ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name - ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is - ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file - ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine - ** whether or not the journal is hot. - ** - ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal - ** file to the required size. - */ - if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) - && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff - ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return -** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not -** already in memory. -*/ -static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ - PgHdr *p; /* Return value */ - - /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to - ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made. - */ - (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p); - return p; -} - -/* -** Unless the pager is in error-state, discard all in-memory pages. If -** the pager is in error-state, then this call is a no-op. -** -** TODO: Why can we not reset the pager while in error state? -*/ -static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ - if( SQLITE_OK==pPager->errCode ){ - sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); - sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); - } -} - -/* -** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both -** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal -** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. -*/ -static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ - int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ - for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){ - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); - } - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); - } - sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); - pPager->aSavepoint = 0; - pPager->nSavepoint = 0; - pPager->nSubRec = 0; -} - -/* -** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint -** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful -** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. -*/ -static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ - int ii; /* Loop counter */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ - - for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){ - PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; - if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ - rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Unlock the database file. This function is a no-op if the pager -** is in exclusive mode. -** -** If the pager is currently in error state, discard the contents of -** the cache and reset the Pager structure internal state. If there is -** an open journal-file, then the next time a shared-lock is obtained -** on the pager file (by this or any other process), it will be -** treated as a hot-journal and rolled back. -*/ -static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - /* Always close the journal file when dropping the database lock. - ** Otherwise, another connection with journal_mode=delete might - ** delete the file out from under us. - */ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); - pPager->pInJournal = 0; - releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); - - /* If the file is unlocked, somebody else might change it. The - ** values stored in Pager.dbSize etc. might become invalid if - ** this happens. TODO: Really, this doesn't need to be cleared - ** until the change-counter check fails in pagerSharedLock(). - */ - pPager->dbSizeValid = 0; - - rc = osUnlock(pPager->fd, NO_LOCK); - if( rc ){ - pPager->errCode = rc; - } - IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p\n", pPager)) - - /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be - ** trusted. Now that the pager file is unlocked, the contents of the - ** cache can be discarded and the error code safely cleared. - */ - if( pPager->errCode ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; - } - pager_reset(pPager); - } - - pPager->changeCountDone = 0; - pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; - } -} - -/* -** This function should be called when an IOERR, CORRUPT or FULL error -** may have occurred. The first argument is a pointer to the pager -** structure, the second the error-code about to be returned by a pager -** API function. The value returned is a copy of the second argument -** to this function. -** -** If the second argument is SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or SQLITE_FULL -** the error becomes persistent. Until the persisten error is cleared, -** subsequent API calls on this Pager will immediately return the same -** error code. -** -** A persistent error indicates that the contents of the pager-cache -** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding -** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when -** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need -** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if -** it were a hot-journal). -*/ -static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ - int rc2 = rc & 0xff; - assert( - pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || - pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || - (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR - ); - if( - rc2==SQLITE_FULL || - rc2==SQLITE_IOERR || - rc2==SQLITE_CORRUPT - ){ - pPager->errCode = rc; - if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK - && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 - ){ - /* If the pager is already unlocked, call pager_unlock() now to - ** clear the error state and ensure that the pager-cache is - ** completely empty. - */ - pager_unlock(pPager); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the -** database file. -** -** If the pager has already entered the error state, do not attempt -** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The -** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock -** the database file and clear the error state. If this means that -** there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next connection -** to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) will -** roll it back. -** -** If the pager has not already entered the error state, but an IO or -** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause -** the pager to enter the error state. Which will be cleared by the -** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. -*/ -static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ - if( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK && pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ){ - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - } - pager_unlock(pPager); -} - -/* -** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by -** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called -** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening -** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a -** database transaction. -** -** If the pager is in PAGER_SHARED or PAGER_UNLOCK state when this -** routine is called, it is a no-op (returns SQLITE_OK). -** -** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. -** -** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal -** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a -** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this -** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized -** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and -** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: -** -** journalMode==MEMORY -** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an -** in-memory journal. -** -** journalMode==TRUNCATE -** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. -** -** journalMode==PERSIST -** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates -** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal -** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. -** -** journalMode==DELETE -** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). -** -** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing -** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is -** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under -** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. -** -** After the journal is finalized, if running in non-exclusive mode, the -** pager moves to PAGER_SHARED state (and downgrades the lock on the -** database file accordingly). -** -** If the pager is running in exclusive mode and is in PAGER_SYNCED state, -** it moves to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE. No locks are downgraded when running in -** exclusive mode. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during -** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the -** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the -** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still -** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the -** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related -** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is -** returned. -*/ -static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ - int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ - - if( pPager->statejfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 ); - if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - - /* TODO: There's a problem here if a journal-file was opened in MEMORY - ** mode and then the journal-mode is changed to TRUNCATE or PERSIST - ** during the transaction. This code should be changed to assume - ** that the journal mode has not changed since the transaction was - ** started. And the sqlite3PagerJournalMode() function should be - ** changed to make sure that this is the case too. - */ - - /* Finalize the journal file. */ - if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ - int isMemoryJournal = sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd); - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - if( !isMemoryJournal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); - } - }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); - pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->journalStarted = 0; - }else if( pPager->exclusiveMode - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST - ){ - rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster); - pager_error(pPager, rc); - pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->journalStarted = 0; - }else{ - assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE || rc ); - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->tempFile ){ - rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); - } - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); -#endif - - sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); - pPager->pInJournal = 0; - pPager->nRec = 0; - } - - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - rc2 = osUnlock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK); - pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED; - pPager->changeCountDone = 0; - }else if( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED ){ - pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE; - } - pPager->setMaster = 0; - pPager->needSync = 0; - pPager->dbModified = 0; - - /* TODO: Is this optimal? Why is the db size invalidated here - ** when the database file is not unlocked? */ - pPager->dbOrigSize = 0; - sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); - if( !MEMDB ){ - pPager->dbSizeValid = 0; - } - - return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); -} - -/* -** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes -** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the -** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. -** -** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the -** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte -** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). -** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. -** -** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an -** incompatible journal file format. -** -** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely -** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. -** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be -** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, -** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. -*/ -static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ - u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ - int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ - while( i>0 ){ - cksum += aData[i]; - i -= 200; - } - return cksum; -} - -/* -** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or -** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. -** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset -** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. -** -** The isMainJrnl flag is true if this is the main rollback journal and -** false for the statement journal. The main rollback journal uses -** checksums - the statement journal does not. -** -** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file -** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is -** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. -** -** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already -** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back -** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. -** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set -** prior to returning. -** -** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file -** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs -** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing -** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data -** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be -** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in -** two circumstances: -** -** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or -** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file -** and the checksum field does not match the record content. -** -** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. -** -** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically -** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, -** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. -*/ -static int pager_playback_one_page( - Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ - int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ - int isUnsync, /* True if reading from unsynced main journal */ - i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ - int isSavepnt, /* True for a savepoint rollback */ - Bitvec *pDone /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ -){ - int rc; - PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ - Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ - u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ - u8 *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ - sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ - - assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ - assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ - assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ - assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ - - aData = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace; - assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ - - /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal - ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. - */ - jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; - rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; - - /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally - ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, - ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to - ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. - */ - if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ - assert( !isSavepnt ); - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( isMainJrnl ){ - rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, aData)!=cksum ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - } - - if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - assert( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ); - - /* If the pager is in RESERVED state, then there must be a copy of this - ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, - ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. - ** - ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode - ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may - ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs - ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache - ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not - ** assert()able. - ** - ** If in EXCLUSIVE state, then we update the pager cache if it exists - ** and the main file. The page is then marked not dirty. - ** - ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is - ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. - ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement - ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a - ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know - ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback - ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the - ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can - ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be - ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be - ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced - ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else - ** the page is marked as needSync==0. - ** - ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it - ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. - ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. - */ - pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); - assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); - PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, aData), - (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") - )); - if( (pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE) - && (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)) - && isOpen(pPager->fd) - && !isUnsync - ){ - i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); - if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ - pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; - } - sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, aData); - }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ - /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to - ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential - ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it - ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be - ** current. - ** - ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite - ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen - ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then - ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). - ** - ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing - ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty - ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as - ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. - */ - assert( isSavepnt ); - if( (rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ; - sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); - } - if( pPg ){ - /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except - ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the - ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result - ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to - ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). - */ - void *pData; - pData = pPg->pData; - memcpy(pData, aData, pPager->pageSize); - if( pPager->xReiniter ){ - pPager->xReiniter(pPg); - } - if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){ - /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main - ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the - ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page - ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the. - ** - ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled - ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an - ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe - ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as - ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is - ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and - ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to - ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but - ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially - ** be written out into the database file before its journal file - ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this, - ** database corruption may ensue. - */ - sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg); -#endif - /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. - ** Do this before any decoding. */ - if( pgno==1 ){ - memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - } - - /* Decode the page just read from disk */ - CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3); - sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); - } - return rc; -} - -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) -/* -** This routine looks ahead into the main journal file and determines -** whether or not the next record (the record that begins at file -** offset pPager->journalOff) is a well-formed page record consisting -** of a valid page number, pPage->pageSize bytes of content, followed -** by a valid checksum. -** -** The pager never needs to know this in order to do its job. This -** routine is only used from with assert() and testcase() macros. -*/ -static int pagerNextJournalPageIsValid(Pager *pPager){ - Pgno pgno; /* The page number of the page */ - u32 cksum; /* The page checksum */ - int rc; /* Return code from read operations */ - sqlite3_file *fd; /* The file descriptor from which we are reading */ - u8 *aData; /* Content of the page */ - - /* Read the page number header */ - fd = pPager->jfd; - rc = read32bits(fd, pPager->journalOff, &pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return 0; } /*NO_TEST*/ - if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ return 0; } /*NO_TEST*/ - if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize ){ return 0; } /*NO_TEST*/ - - /* Read the checksum */ - rc = read32bits(fd, pPager->journalOff+pPager->pageSize+4, &cksum); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return 0; } /*NO_TEST*/ - - /* Read the data and verify the checksum */ - aData = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aData, pPager->pageSize, pPager->journalOff+4); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return 0; } /*NO_TEST*/ - if( pager_cksum(pPager, aData)!=cksum ){ return 0; } /*NO_TEST*/ - - /* Reach this point only if the page is valid */ - return 1; -} -#endif /* !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) */ - -/* -** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal -** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. -** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, -** and does so if it is. -** -** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not -** available for use within this function. -** -** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names -** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 -** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a -** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal -** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: -** -** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" -** -** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child -** journals have been rolled back. -** -** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into -** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For -** each child journal, it checks if: -** -** * if the child journal exists, and if so -** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal -** file zMaster -** -** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria -** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if -** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from -** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). -** -** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This -** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation -** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors -** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. -** -** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load -** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be -** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page -** size. -*/ -static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - int rc; /* Return code */ - sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ - sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ - char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ - i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ - - /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. - ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. - */ - pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); - pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); - if( !pMaster ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; - - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; - - if( nMasterJournal>0 ){ - char *zJournal; - char *zMasterPtr = 0; - int nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; - - /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from - ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. - */ - zMasterJournal = (char *)sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr); - if( !zMasterJournal ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto delmaster_out; - } - zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal]; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; - - zJournal = zMasterJournal; - while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)pageSize bytes). If the file -** on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS -** xTruncate() method to truncate it. -** -** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than -** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if -** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it -** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to -** the end of the new file instead. -** -** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying -** the database file, return the error code to the caller. -*/ -static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - i64 currentSize, newSize; - /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); - newSize = pPager->pageSize*(i64)nPage; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ - if( currentSize>newSize ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, "", 1, newSize-1); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given -** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method -** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used -** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and -** master journal pointers within created journal files. -** -** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. -** -** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is -** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 512 if -** it is less than 512, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it -** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. -*/ -static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); - - if( !pPager->tempFile ){ - /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file - ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() - ** call will segfault. - */ - pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd); - } - if( pPager->sectorSize<512 ){ - pPager->sectorSize = 512; - } - if( pPager->sectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ - assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); - pPager->sectorSize = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; - } -} - -/* -** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to -** the state it was in before we started making changes. -** -** The journal file format is as follows: -** -** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. -** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records -** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the -** number of page records from the journal size. -** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the -** sanity checksum. -** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the -** database to during a rollback. -** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header -** is this many bytes in size. -** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page case. -** (7) 4 byte integer which is the number of bytes in the master journal -** name. The value may be zero (indicate that there is no master -** journal.) -** (8) N bytes of the master journal name. The name will be nul-terminated -** and might be shorter than the value read from (5). If the first byte -** of the name is \000 then there is no master journal. The master -** journal name is stored in UTF-8. -** (9) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: -** + 4 byte page number. -** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. -** + 4 byte checksum -** -** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 8 items above. -** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 9th item. -** -** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of -** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the -** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power -** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the -** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but -** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, -** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For -** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. -** -** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed -** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the -** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption -** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be -** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. -** -** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed -** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled -** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file -** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had -** been encountered. -** -** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted -** and an error code is returned. -** -** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal -** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is -** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. -** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling -** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is -** needed. -*/ -static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ - u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ - u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ - Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ - int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ - int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ - char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ - int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ - - /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if - ** the journal is empty. - */ - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ==0 ){ - goto end_playback; - } - - /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. - ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not - ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be - ** played back. - ** - ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that - ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that - ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, - ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value - ** for pageSize. - */ - zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; - rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); - } - zMaster = 0; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ - goto end_playback; - } - pPager->journalOff = 0; - needPagerReset = isHot; - - /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or - ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error - ** occurs. - */ - while( 1 ){ - int isUnsync = 0; - - /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are - ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or - ** it is corrupted, then a process must of failed while writing it. - ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. - */ - rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - goto end_playback; - } - - /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process - ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal - ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute - ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. - */ - if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ - assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); - nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); - } - - /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this - ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means - ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been - ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining - ** size of the file. - ** - ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. - ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next - ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But - ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in - ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional - ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages - ** should be computed based on the journal file size. - */ - testcase( nRec==0 && !isHot - && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)!=pPager->journalOff - && ((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager))>0 - && pagerNextJournalPageIsValid(pPager) - ); - if( nRec==0 && !isHot && - pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ - nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); - isUnsync = 1; - } - - /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the - ** database file back to its original size. - */ - if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ - rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_playback; - } - pPager->dbSize = mxPg; - } - - /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the - ** database file and/or page cache. - */ - for(u=0; ujournalOff,0,0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - pPager->journalOff = szJ; - break; - }else{ - /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error - ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state - ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next - ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. - */ - goto end_playback; - } - } - } - } - /*NOTREACHED*/ - assert( 0 ); - -end_playback: - /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original - ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the - ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the - ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. - */ - assert( - pPager->fd->pMethods==0 || - sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0)>=SQLITE_OK - ); - - /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or - ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but - ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter - ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive - ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not - ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency - ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just - ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. - */ - pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; - rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0'); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ - /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, - ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. - */ - rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - } - - /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling - ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size - ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. - */ - setSectorSize(pPager); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback -** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when -** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction -** savepoint. -** -** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is -** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, -** performed in the order specified: -** -** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte -** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to -** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal -** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. -** -** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played -** back starting from the journal header immediately following -** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. -** -** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting -** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of -** the journal file. -** -** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the -** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the -** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only -** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. -** -** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main -** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. -** -** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable -** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint -** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value -** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. -*/ -static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ - i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ - i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ - - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED ); - - /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ - if( pSavepoint ){ - pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); - if( !pDone ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - - /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint - ** being reverted was opened. - */ - pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; - - /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback - ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in - ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything - ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. - */ - szJ = pPager->journalOff; - - /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at - ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. - ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number - ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those - ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they - ** are played back. - */ - if( pSavepoint ){ - iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; - pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOffjournalOff, 1, pDone); - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - }else{ - pPager->journalOff = 0; - } - - /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at - ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end - ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and - ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. - */ - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOffjournalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" - ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the - ** pager_playback() function for additional information. - */ - assert( !(nJRec==0 - && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)!=pPager->journalOff - && ((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager))>0 - && pagerNextJournalPageIsValid(pPager)) - ); - if( nJRec==0 - && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff - ){ - nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); - } - for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iijournalOffjournalOff, 1, pDone); - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff==szJ ); - - /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were - ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) - ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. - */ - if( pSavepoint ){ - u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ - i64 offset = pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); - for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && iinSubRec; ii++){ - assert( offset==ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); - rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, 0, 0, &offset, 1, pDone); - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - } - - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->journalOff = szJ; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ - sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); -} - -/* -** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes -** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing -** the rollback journal. There are three levels: -** -** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default -** for temporary and transient files. -** -** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the -** database. This is normally adequate protection, but -** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, -** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal -** in a state which would cause damage to the database -** when it is rolled back. -** -** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the -** database (with some additional information - the nRec field -** of the journal header - being written in between the two -** syncs). If we assume that writing a -** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides -** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the -** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. -** -** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, -** and FULL=3. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager *pPager, int level, int bFullFsync){ - pPager->noSync = (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; - pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; - pPager->sync_flags = (bFullFsync?SQLITE_SYNC_FULL:SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); - if( pPager->noSync ) pPager->needSync = 0; -} -#endif - -/* -** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library -** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for -** testing and analysis only. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Open a temporary file. -** -** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically -** delete the temporary file when it is closed. -** -** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified -** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: -** -** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE -** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE -** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE -** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE -*/ -static int pagerOpentemp( - Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ - sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ -#endif - - vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Set the busy handler function. -** -** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns -** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, -** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE -** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from -** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE -** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: -** -** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler -** -------------------------------------------------------- -** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes -** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No -** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No -** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes -** -** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is -** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is -** returned to the caller of the pager API function. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( - Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ - int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ - void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ -){ - pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; - pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; -} - -/* -** Set the reinitializer for this pager. If not NULL, the reinitializer -** is called when the content of a page in cache is modified (restored) -** as part of a transaction or savepoint rollback. The callback gives -** higher-level code an opportunity to restore the EXTRA section to -** agree with the restored page data. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager *pPager, void (*xReinit)(DbPage*)){ - pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; -} - -/* -** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size -** is passed in *pPageSize. -** -** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it -** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. -** one of SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT or SQLITE_FULL). -** -** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: -** -** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power -** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and -** -** * there are no outstanding page references, and -** -** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is -** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. -** -** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. -** -** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() -** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt -** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. -** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. -** -** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated -** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this -** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, -** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u16 *pPageSize){ - int rc = pPager->errCode; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u16 pageSize = *pPageSize; - assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); - if( pageSize && pageSize!=pPager->pageSize - && (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) - && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 - ){ - char *pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); - if( !pNew ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pager_reset(pPager); - pPager->pageSize = pageSize; - sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); - pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; - sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); - } - } - *pPageSize = (u16)pPager->pageSize; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally -** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the -** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally -** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback -** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as -** no rollbacks are happening. -*/ -void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->pTmpSpace; -} - -/* -** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. -** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the -** maximum page count below the current size of the database. -** -** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ - if( mxPage>0 ){ - pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; - } - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0); - return pPager->mxPgno; -} - -/* -** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated -** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated -** errors in places where we do not care about errors. -** -** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops -** and generate no code. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; -extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; -static int saved_cnt; -void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ - saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; - sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; -} -void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ - sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; -} -#else -# define disable_simulated_io_errors() -# define enable_simulated_io_errors() -#endif - -/* -** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory -** that pDest points to. -** -** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or -** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is -** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this -** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or -** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. -** -** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, -** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the -** output buffer undefined. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - memset(pDest, 0, N); - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the total number of pages in the database file associated -** with pPager. Normally, this is calculated as (/). -** However, if the file is between 1 and bytes in size, then -** this is considered a 1 page file. -** -** If the pager is in error state when this function is called, then the -** error state error code is returned and *pnPage left unchanged. Or, -** if the file system has to be queried for the size of the file and -** the query attempt returns an IO error, the IO error code is returned -** and *pnPage is left unchanged. -** -** Otherwise, if everything is successful, then SQLITE_OK is returned -** and *pnPage is set to the number of pages in the database. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ - Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ - - /* If the pager is already in the error state, return the error code. */ - if( pPager->errCode ){ - return pPager->errCode; - } - - /* Determine the number of pages in the file. Store this in nPage. */ - if( pPager->dbSizeValid ){ - nPage = pPager->dbSize; - }else{ - int rc; /* Error returned by OsFileSize() */ - i64 n = 0; /* File size in bytes returned by OsFileSize() */ - - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) && (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n))) ){ - pager_error(pPager, rc); - return rc; - } - if( n>0 && npageSize ){ - nPage = 1; - }else{ - nPage = (Pgno)(n / pPager->pageSize); - } - if( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ){ - pPager->dbSize = nPage; - pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; - pPager->dbSizeValid = 1; - } - } - - /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the - ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so - ** that the file can be read. - */ - if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ - pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; - } - - /* Set the output variable and return SQLITE_OK */ - if( pnPage ){ - *pnPage = nPage; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If -** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op -** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). -** -** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke -** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat -** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to -** obtain the lock succeeds. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain -** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state -** variable to locktype before returning. -*/ -static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - /* The OS lock values must be the same as the Pager lock values */ - assert( PAGER_SHARED==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( PAGER_RESERVED==RESERVED_LOCK ); - assert( PAGER_EXCLUSIVE==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - - /* If the file is currently unlocked then the size must be unknown */ - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || pPager->dbSizeValid==0 ); - - /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is - ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler - ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above - ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). - */ - assert( (pPager->state>=locktype) - || (pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK && locktype==PAGER_SHARED) - || (pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED && locktype==PAGER_EXCLUSIVE) - ); - - if( pPager->state>=locktype ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - do { - rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, locktype); - }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->state = (u8)locktype; - IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, locktype)) - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This -** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It -** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the -** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ - assert( pPager->dbSizeValid ); - assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); - pPager->dbSize = nPage; -} - -/* -** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. -** -** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that -** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated -** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated -** with this page cache after this function returns will likely -** result in a coredump. -** -** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt -** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback -** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned -** to the caller. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){ - disable_simulated_io_errors(); - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - pPager->errCode = 0; - pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; - pager_reset(pPager); - if( MEMDB ){ - pager_unlock(pPager); - }else{ - /* Set Pager.journalHdr to -1 for the benefit of the pager_playback() - ** call which may be made from within pagerUnlockAndRollback(). If it - ** is not -1, then the unsynced portion of an open journal file may - ** be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs while - ** this is happening, the database may become corrupt. - */ - pPager->journalHdr = -1; - pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); - } - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - enable_simulated_io_errors(); - PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); - sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); - sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); - - assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); - assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); - - sqlite3_free(pPager); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) -/* -** Return the page number for page pPg. -*/ -Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ - return pPg->pgno; -} -#endif - -/* -** Increment the reference count for page pPg. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ - sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); -} - -/* -** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have -** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the -** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. -** -** If the Pager.needSync flag is not set, then this function is a -** no-op. Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode -** and the device characteristics of the the file-system, as follows: -** -** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need -** be taken. -** -** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, -** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header -** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have -** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync -** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. -** -** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then -** journal file is synced. -** -** Or, in pseudo-code: -** -** if( NOT ){ -** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ -** if( ) xSync(); -** -** } -** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(); -** } -** -** The Pager.needSync flag is never be set for temporary files, or any -** file operating in no-sync mode (Pager.noSync set to non-zero). -** -** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every -** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO -** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. -*/ -static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){ - if( pPager->needSync ){ - assert( !pPager->tempFile ); - if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - - if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ - /* Variable iNRecOffset is set to the offset in the journal file - ** of the nRec field of the most recently written journal header. - ** This field will be updated following the xSync() operation - ** on the journal file. */ - i64 iNRecOffset = pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic); - - /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection - ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal - ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger - ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal - ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the - ** previous connections transaction), and a crash or power-failure - ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes - ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its - ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the - ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all - ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, - ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. - ** - ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain - ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 - ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. - ** - ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this - ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used - ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of - ** the potential journal header. - */ - i64 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); - u8 aMagic[8]; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ - static const u8 zerobyte = 0; - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in - ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that - ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark - ** it as a candidate for rollback. - ** - ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the - ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible - ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field - ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written - ** and never needs to be updated. - */ - if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ - PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, iNRecOffset, 4)); - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iNRecOffset, pPager->nRec); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ - PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags| - (pPager->sync_flags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - } - - /* The journal file was just successfully synced. Set Pager.needSync - ** to zero and clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on all pagess. - */ - pPager->needSync = 0; - pPager->journalStarted = 1; - sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected -** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the -** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may -** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is -** a no-op. -** -** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function -** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock -** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, -** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. -** -** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file -** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is -** written out. -** -** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, -** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing -** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: -** -** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or -** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. -** -** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize -** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached -** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in -** the database file. -** -** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error -** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot -** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. -*/ -static int pager_write_pagelist(PgHdr *pList){ - Pager *pPager; /* Pager object */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - if( pList==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - pPager = pList->pPager; - - /* At this point there may be either a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the - ** database file. If there is already an EXCLUSIVE lock, the following - ** call is a no-op. - ** - ** Moving the lock from RESERVED to EXCLUSIVE actually involves going - ** through an intermediate state PENDING. A PENDING lock prevents new - ** readers from attaching to the database but is unsufficient for us to - ** write. The idea of a PENDING lock is to prevent new readers from - ** coming in while we wait for existing readers to clear. - ** - ** While the pager is in the RESERVED state, the original database file - ** is unchanged and we can rollback without having to playback the - ** journal into the original database file. Once we transition to - ** EXCLUSIVE, it means the database file has been changed and any rollback - ** will require a journal playback. - */ - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); - rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - - /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It - ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch - ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. - */ - if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); - } - - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ - Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; - - /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater - ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to - ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write - ** any such pages to the file. - ** - ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag - ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). - */ - if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ - i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ - char *pData = CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6); /* Data to write */ - - /* Write out the page data. */ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); - - /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match - ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this - ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. - */ - if( pgno==1 ){ - memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - } - if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ - pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; - } - - /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ - sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8 *)pData); - - PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); - IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); - PAGER_INCR(pPager->nWrite); - }else{ - PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pList->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pList); -#endif - pList = pList->pDirty; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. -** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check -** that it is really required before calling this function. -** -** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs -** for all open savepoints before returning. -** -** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO -** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or -** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint -** bitvec. -*/ -static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - if( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ - void *pData = pPg->pData; - i64 offset = pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); - char *pData2 = CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7); - - PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); - - assert( pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); - rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->nSubRec++; - assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); - rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some -** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object -** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory -** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is -** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page -** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first -** argument. -** -** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents -** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the -** journal file. -** -** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and -** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the -** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be -** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK -** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. -*/ -static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); - assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); - - /* The doNotSync flag is set by the sqlite3PagerWrite() function while it - ** is journalling a set of two or more database pages that are stored - ** on the same disk sector. Syncing the journal is not allowed while - ** this is happening as it is important that all members of such a - ** set of pages are synced to disk together. So, if the page this function - ** is trying to make clean will require a journal sync and the doNotSync - ** flag is set, return without doing anything. The pcache layer will - ** just have to go ahead and allocate a new page buffer instead of - ** reusing pPg. - ** - ** Similarly, if the pager has already entered the error state, do not - ** try to write the contents of pPg to disk. - */ - if( pPager->errCode || (pPager->doNotSync && pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Sync the journal file if required. */ - if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ - rc = syncJournal(pPager); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync && - !(pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) && - !(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) - ){ - pPager->nRec = 0; - rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); - } - } - - /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of - ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal. - ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not - ** actually write data to the file in this case. - ** - ** Consider the following sequence of events: - ** - ** BEGIN; - ** - ** - ** SAVEPOINT sp; - ** - ** pagerStress(page X) - ** ROLLBACK TO sp; - ** - ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written - ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then, - ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read - ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it - ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp" - ** was executed. - ** - ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the - ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will - ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is - ** executed. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ - rc = subjournalPage(pPg); - } - - /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPg->pDirty = 0; - rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPg); - } - - /* Mark the page as clean. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); - sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); - } - - return pager_error(pPager, rc); -} - - -/* -** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it -** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it -** to sqlite3PagerClose(). -** -** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. -** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created -** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted -** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then -** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. -** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. -** -** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated -** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user -** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. -** -** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the -** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination -** of the PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL and PAGER_NO_READLOCK flags. -** -** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter -** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. -** -** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened -** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to -** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL -** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM -** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or -** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ - Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ - int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ - int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ - int vfsFlags /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ -){ - u8 *pPtr; - Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ - int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ - int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ - int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ - char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ - int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ - int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ - int noReadlock = (flags & PAGER_NO_READLOCK)!=0; /* True to omit read-lock */ - int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ - u16 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ - - /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle - ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This - ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle - ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle" - ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal - ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see - ** source file journal.c). - */ - if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){ - journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); - }else{ - journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize()); - } - - /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ - *ppPager = 0; - - /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed - ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, - ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. - */ - if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ - nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; - zPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nPathname*2); - if( zPathname==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB - if( strcmp(zFilename,":memory:")==0 ){ - memDb = 1; - zPathname[0] = 0; - }else -#endif - { - zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ - rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); - } - - nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ - /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by - ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname - ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, - ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even - ** check for a hot-journal before reading. - */ - rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(zPathname); - return rc; - } - } - - /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the - ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal - ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: - ** - ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) - ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) - ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) - ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) - ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) - ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) - ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) - */ - pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( - ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ - ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ - ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ - journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ - nPathname + 1 + /* zFilename */ - nPathname + 8 + 1 /* zJournal */ - ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(journalFileSize) ); - if( !pPtr ){ - sqlite3_free(zPathname); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); - pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); - pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); - pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); - pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); - pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); - - /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ - if( zPathname ){ - pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1); - memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); - memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); - memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 8); - sqlite3_free(zPathname); - } - pPager->pVfs = pVfs; - pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; - - /* Open the pager file. - */ - if( zFilename && zFilename[0] && !memDb ){ - int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); - readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); - - /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, - ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the - ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: - ** - ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, - ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() - ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !readOnly ){ - setSectorSize(pPager); - assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); - if( szPageDfltsectorSize ){ - if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ - szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; - }else{ - szPageDflt = (u16)pPager->sectorSize; - } - } -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - { - int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); - int ii; - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); - assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); - for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ - if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ - szPageDflt = ii; - } - } - } -#endif - } - }else{ - /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. - ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually - ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). - ** - ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory - ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to - ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. - */ - tempFile = 1; - pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE; - } - - /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of - ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - } - - /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the - ** Pager structure and close the file. - */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace ); - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); - sqlite3_free(pPager); - return rc; - } - - /* Initialize the PCache object. */ - nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); - sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, - !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); - - PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); - IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) - - pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; - pPager->noReadlock = (noReadlock && readOnly) ?1:0; - /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ - /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ - /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ - pPager->dbSizeValid = (u8)memDb; - /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ - /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ - /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ - pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; - /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ - assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) ); - /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ - pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; - assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL - || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); - assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); - pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; - pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; - pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; - pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; - /* pPager->needSync = 0; */ - pPager->noSync = (pPager->tempFile || !useJournal) ?1:0; - pPager->fullSync = pPager->noSync ?0:1; - pPager->sync_flags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; - /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ - /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ - /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ - pPager->nExtra = nExtra; - pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); - setSectorSize(pPager); - if( memDb ){ - pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; - } - /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ - /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ - /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ - *ppPager = pPager; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - - -/* -** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to -** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in -** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that -** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal -** file exists if the following criteria are met: -** -** * The journal file exists in the file system, and -** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and -** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and -** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. -** -** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file -** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior -** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is -** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK -** is returned. -** -** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename -** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file -** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this -** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() -** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and -** will not roll it back. -** -** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and -** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is -** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying -** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error -** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. -*/ -static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ - sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - int rc; /* Return code */ - int exists; /* True if a journal file is present */ - - assert( pPager!=0 ); - assert( pPager->useJournal ); - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); - assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - - *pExists = 0; - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ - int locked; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ - rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ - int nPage; - - /* Check the size of the database file. If it consists of 0 pages, - ** then delete the journal file. See the header comment above for - ** the reasoning here. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( nPage==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); - }else{ - /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved - ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is - ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. - ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, - ** it can be ignored. - */ - int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u8 first = 0; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - *pExists = (first!=0); - } - } - } - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into -** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database -** file before this function is called. -** -** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to -** the value read from the database file. -** -** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. -** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ -static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ - Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - i64 iOffset; /* Byte offset of file to read from */ - - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED && !MEMDB ); - - if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - assert( pPager->tempFile ); - memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset); - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pgno==1 ){ - u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; - memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - } - CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3); - - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); - PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); - IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); - PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called whenever the upper layer requests a database -** page is requested, before the cache is checked for a suitable page -** or any data is read from the database. It performs the following -** two functions: -** -** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_UNLOCK state (no lock held -** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a -** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining -** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, -** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal -** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking -** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and -** discarded if they are found to be invalid. -** -** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently -** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, -** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding -** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal -** file. -** -** If the operation described by (2) above is not attempted, and if the -** pager is in an error state other than SQLITE_FULL when this is called, -** the error state error code is returned. It is permitted to read the -** database when in SQLITE_FULL error state. -** -** Otherwise, if everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an -** IO error occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal -** file or rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. -*/ -static int pagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int isErrorReset = 0; /* True if recovering from error state */ - - /* If this database is opened for exclusive access, has no outstanding - ** page references and is in an error-state, this is a chance to clear - ** the error. Discard the contents of the pager-cache and treat any - ** open journal file as a hot-journal. - */ - if( !MEMDB && pPager->exclusiveMode - && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 && pPager->errCode - ){ - if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - isErrorReset = 1; - } - pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; - pager_reset(pPager); - } - - /* If the pager is still in an error state, do not proceed. The error - ** state will be cleared at some point in the future when all page - ** references are dropped and the cache can be discarded. - */ - if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){ - return pPager->errCode; - } - - if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK || isErrorReset ){ - sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - int isHotJournal = 0; - assert( !MEMDB ); - assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); - if( !pPager->noReadlock ){ - rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ); - return pager_error(pPager, rc); - } - }else if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){ - pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED; - } - assert( pPager->state>=SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the - ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. - */ - if( !isErrorReset ){ - rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &isHotJournal); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto failed; - } - } - if( isErrorReset || isHotJournal ){ - /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is - ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the - ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the - ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the - ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the - ** hot-journal back. - ** - ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any - ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to - ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock - ** on the database file. - */ - if( pPager->statefd, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_error(pPager, rc); - goto failed; - } - pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE; - } - - /* Open the journal for read/write access. This is because in - ** exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open and - ** possibly used for a transaction later on. On some systems, the - ** OsTruncate() call used in exclusive-access mode also requires - ** a read/write file handle. - */ - if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - int res; - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs,pPager->zJournal,SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS,&res); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( res ){ - int fout = 0; - int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; - assert( !pPager->tempFile ); - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ - rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - } - }else{ - /* If the journal does not exist, that means some other process - ** has already rolled it back */ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - } - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto failed; - } - - /* TODO: Why are these cleared here? Is it necessary? */ - pPager->journalStarted = 0; - pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->setMaster = 0; - pPager->journalHdr = 0; - - /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write - ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before - ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with - ** an inconsistent cache. - */ - rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_error(pPager, rc); - goto failed; - } - assert( (pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED) - || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->state>PAGER_SHARED) - ); - } - - if( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ - /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file - ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous - ** read or write transaction). Check to see if the database - ** has been modified. If the database has changed, flush the - ** cache. - ** - ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning - ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are - ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The - ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when - ** a codec is in use. - ** - ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be - ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that - ** it can be neglected. - */ - char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0); - - if( pPager->errCode ){ - rc = pPager->errCode; - goto failed; - } - - assert( pPager->dbSizeValid ); - if( pPager->dbSize>0 ){ - IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto failed; - } - }else{ - memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); - } - - if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ - pager_reset(pPager); - } - } - assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ); - } - - failed: - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* pager_unlock() is a no-op for exclusive mode and in-memory databases. */ - pager_unlock(pPager); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active -** transaction and unlock the pager. -*/ -static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ - if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){ - pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); - } -} - -/* -** Drop a page from the cache using sqlite3PcacheDrop(). -** -** If this means there are now no pages with references to them, a rollback -** occurs and the lock on the database is removed. -*/ -static void pagerDropPage(DbPage *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); - pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); -} - -/* -** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page -** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is -** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. -** -** This function calls pagerSharedLock() to obtain a SHARED lock on -** the database file if such a lock or greater is not already held. -** This may cause hot-journal rollback or a cache purge. See comments -** above function pagerSharedLock() for details. -** -** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. -** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data -** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may -** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing -** object with no outstanding references. -** -** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the -** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is -** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra -** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. -** -** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a -** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the -** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no -** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the -** page is initialized to all zeros. -** -** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents -** of the page. This occurs in two seperate scenarios: -** -** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and -** -** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load -** a new page into the cache to populate with the data read -** from the savepoint journal. -** -** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of -** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding -** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the -** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open -** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any -** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents -** will not be journaled. This saves IO. -** -** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, -** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. -** -** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt -** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already -** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() -** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it -** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. -** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks -** or journal files. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerAcquire( - Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ - DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ - int noContent /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */ -){ - PgHdr *pPg = 0; - int rc; - - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - assert( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK - || sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 - || pgno==1 - ); - - /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page - ** number greater than this, or zero, is requested. - */ - if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - /* Make sure we have not hit any critical errors. - */ - assert( pPager!=0 ); - *ppPage = 0; - - /* If this is the first page accessed, then get a SHARED lock - ** on the database file. pagerSharedLock() is a no-op if - ** a database lock is already held. - */ - rc = pagerSharedLock(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ); - - rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, &pPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); - assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); - if( pPg->pPager==0 ){ - /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to - ** be initialized. - */ - int nMax; - PAGER_INCR(pPager->nMiss); - pPg->pPager = pPager; - - rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nMax); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); - return rc; - } - - if( nMax<(int)pgno || MEMDB || noContent ){ - if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - if( noContent ){ - /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. - ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a - ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure - ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set - ** a bit in a bit vector. - */ - sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ - TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - } - TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - }else{ - memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); - } - IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); - }else{ - assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); - rc = readDbPage(pPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pagerDropPage(pPg); - return rc; - } - } -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg); -#endif - }else{ - /* The requested page is in the page cache. */ - PAGER_INCR(pPager->nHit); - } - - *ppPage = pPg; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do -** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, -** or 0 if the page is not in cache. Also, return 0 if the -** pager is in PAGER_UNLOCK state when this function is called, -** or if the pager is in an error state other than SQLITE_FULL. -** -** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine -** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read -** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine -** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error -** has ever happened. -*/ -DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ - PgHdr *pPg = 0; - assert( pPager!=0 ); - assert( pgno!=0 ); - - if( (pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK) - && (pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL) - ){ - sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg); - } - - return pPg; -} - -/* -** Release a page reference. -** -** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the -** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages -** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is -** removed. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ - if( pPg ){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); - pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); - } -} - -/* -** If the main journal file has already been opened, ensure that the -** sub-journal file is open too. If the main journal is not open, -** this function is a no-op. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. -** An SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to -** sqlite3OsOpen() fails. -*/ -static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ - if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ - sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd); - }else{ - rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. -** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database -** file when this routine is called. -** -** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header -** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal -** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being -** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used -** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. -** -** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), -** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the -** already open file. -** -** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the -** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return -** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or -** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. -*/ -static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ - - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); - assert( pPager->useJournal ); - assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); - - /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. */ - if( pPager->errCode ){ - return pPager->errCode; - } - - /* TODO: Is it really possible to get here with dbSizeValid==0? If not, - ** the call to PagerPagecount() can be removed. - */ - testcase( pPager->dbSizeValid==0 ); - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0); - - pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); - if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ - if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ - sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); - }else{ - const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */ - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| - (pPager->tempFile ? - (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL): - (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) - ); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - rc = sqlite3JournalOpen( - pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager) - ); -#else - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0); -#endif - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - } - - - /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open - ** the sub-journal if necessary. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ - pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; - pPager->journalStarted = 0; - pPager->needSync = 0; - pPager->nRec = 0; - pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->setMaster = 0; - pPager->journalHdr = 0; - rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->nSavepoint ){ - rc = openSubJournal(pPager); - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); - pPager->pInJournal = 0; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a -** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. -** -** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED -** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least -** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking -** functions need be called. -** -** If this is not a temporary or in-memory file and, the journal file is -** opened if it has not been already. For a temporary file, the opening -** of the journal file is deferred until there is an actual need to -** write to the journal. TODO: Why handle temporary files differently? -** -** If the journal file is opened (or if it is already open), then a -** journal-header is written to the start of it. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ); - if( pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ){ - assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); - assert( !MEMDB && !pPager->tempFile ); - - /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter - ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The - ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE - ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. - */ - rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, RESERVED_LOCK); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->state = PAGER_RESERVED; - if( exFlag ){ - rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - } - } - - /* If the required locks were successfully obtained, open the journal - ** file and write the first journal-header to it. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->useJournal - && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - ){ - rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); - } - }else if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff==0 ){ - /* This happens when the pager was in exclusive-access mode the last - ** time a (read or write) transaction was successfully concluded - ** by this connection. Instead of deleting the journal file it was - ** kept open and either was truncated to 0 bytes or its header was - ** overwritten with zeros. - */ - assert( pPager->nRec==0 ); - assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==0 ); - assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); - rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); - } - - PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->journalOff>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the -** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into -** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the -** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs -** of any open savepoints as appropriate. -*/ -static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ - void *pData = pPg->pData; - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* Check for errors - */ - if( pPager->errCode ){ - return pPager->errCode; - } - if( pPager->readOnly ){ - return SQLITE_PERM; - } - - assert( !pPager->setMaster ); - - CHECK_PAGE(pPg); - - /* Mark the page as dirty. If the page has already been written - ** to the journal then we can return right away. - */ - sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); - if( pageInJournal(pPg) && !subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ - pPager->dbModified = 1; - }else{ - - /* If we get this far, it means that the page needs to be - ** written to the transaction journal or the ckeckpoint journal - ** or both. - ** - ** First check to see that the transaction journal exists and - ** create it if it does not. - */ - assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ); - rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pPager, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); - if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->useJournal - && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ - rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - pPager->dbModified = 1; - - /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an - ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file. Write the current page to - ** the transaction journal if it is not there already. - */ - if( !pageInJournal(pPg) && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ - u32 cksum; - char *pData2; - - /* We should never write to the journal file the page that - ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies - ** that we do not. */ - assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); - pData2 = CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7); - cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, pPg->pgno); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, - pPager->journalOff + 4); - pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize+4; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, cksum); - pPager->journalOff += 4; - } - IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, - pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); - PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, - ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); - - /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurred while journalling the - ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. - ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in - ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored - ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, - ** then corruption may follow. - */ - if( !pPager->noSync ){ - pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - pPager->needSync = 1; - } - - /* An error has occurred writing to the journal file. The - ** transaction will be rolled back by the layer above. - */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - pPager->nRec++; - assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); - rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - return rc; - } - }else{ - if( !pPager->journalStarted && !pPager->noSync ){ - pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - pPager->needSync = 1; - } - PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, - ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); - } - } - - /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, - ** then write the current page to the statement journal. Note that - ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format - ** in that it omits the checksums and the header. - */ - if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ - rc = subjournalPage(pPg); - } - } - - /* Update the database size and return. - */ - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED ); - if( pPager->dbSizepgno ){ - pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before -** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value -** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless -** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. -** -** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this -** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages -** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages -** must have been written to the journal file before returning. -** -** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned -** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage; - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); - - if( nPagePerSector>1 ){ - Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ - Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ - int nPage; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ - int ii; /* Loop counter */ - int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ - - /* Set the doNotSync flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow a journal - ** header to be written between the pages journaled by this function. - */ - assert( !MEMDB ); - assert( pPager->doNotSync==0 ); - pPager->doNotSync = 1; - - /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are - ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier - ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. - */ - pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; - - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, (int *)&nPageCount); - if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ - nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; - }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ - nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; - }else{ - nPage = nPagePerSector; - } - assert(nPage>0); - assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); - assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); - - for(ii=0; iipgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ - if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_write(pPage); - if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ - needSync = 1; - assert(pPager->needSync); - } - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); - } - } - }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ - if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ - needSync = 1; - } - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); - } - } - - /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages - ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because - ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the - ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them - ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. - */ - if( needSync ){ - assert( !MEMDB && pPager->noSync==0 ); - for(ii=0; iiflags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); - } - } - assert(pPager->needSync); - } - - assert( pPager->doNotSync==1 ); - pPager->doNotSync = 0; - }else{ - rc = pager_write(pDbPage); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed -** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok -** to change the content of the page. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ - return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY; -} -#endif - -/* -** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to -** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though -** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when -** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its -** content no longer matters. -** -** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data -** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so -** that it does not get written to disk. -** -** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large -** DELETE operations. -*/ -void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ - PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); - IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) - pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg); -#endif - } -} - -/* -** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file -** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at -** byte offset 24 of the pager file. -** -** If the isDirect flag is zero, then this is done by calling -** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the -** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current -** transaction is committed. -** -** The isDirect flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled -** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, -** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly -** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the -** sqlite3OsWrite() function. -*/ -static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the - ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect - ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter - ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. - ** - ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not - ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of - ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the - ** "if( isDirect )" condition. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - const int isDirect = 0; - assert( isDirectMode==0 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); -#else - const int isDirect = isDirectMode; -#endif - - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); - if( !pPager->changeCountDone && pPager->dbSize>0 ){ - PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ - u32 change_counter; /* Initial value of change-counter field */ - - assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); - - /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr); - assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); - - /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not - ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !isDirect ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ - change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPager->dbFileVers); - change_counter++; - put32bits(((char*)pPgHdr->pData)+24, change_counter); - - /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ - if( isDirect ){ - const void *zBuf = pPgHdr->pData; - assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); - } - - /* If everything worked, set the changeCountDone flag. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->changeCountDone = 1; - } - } - - /* Release the page reference. */ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Sync the pager file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory files -** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. -** -** If successful, or called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this -** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - if( MEMDB || pPager->noSync ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name -** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual -** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master -** journal (a single database transaction). -** -** This routine ensures that: -** -** * The database file change-counter is updated, -** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), -** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, -** * the database file is truncated (if required), and -** * the database file synced. -** -** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize -** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or -** delete the master journal file if specified). -** -** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value -** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. -** -** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself -** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to -** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the -** journal file in this case. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( - Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ - const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ - int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - if( pPager->errCode ){ - return pPager->errCode; - } - - PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", - pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); - - /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this - ** function has already been called, it is a no-op. - */ - if( MEMDB && pPager->dbModified ){ - sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); - }else if( pPager->state!=PAGER_SYNCED && pPager->dbModified ){ - - /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it - ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization - ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the - ** runtime criteria to use the operation: - ** - ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for - ** blocks of size page-size, and - ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and - ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. - ** - ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the - ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change - ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but - ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() - ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call - ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect - ** mode. - ** - ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, - ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter - ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be - ** created for this transaction. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - PgHdr *pPg; - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); - if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) - && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) - && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbFileSize - && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) - ){ - /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The - ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 - ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 - ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write - ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. - */ - rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); - } - } -#else - rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); -#endif - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - - /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages - ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal - ** file. This can only happen in auto-vacuum mode. - ** - ** Before reading the pages with page numbers larger than the - ** current value of Pager.dbSize, set dbSize back to the value - ** that it took at the start of the transaction. Otherwise, the - ** calls to sqlite3PagerGet() return zeroed pages instead of - ** reading data from the database file. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pPager->dbSizedbOrigSize - && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - ){ - Pgno i; /* Iterator variable */ - const Pgno iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); /* Pending lock page */ - const Pgno dbSize = pPager->dbSize; /* Database image size */ - pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; - for( i=dbSize+1; i<=pPager->dbOrigSize; i++ ){ - if( !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, i) && i!=iSkip ){ - PgHdr *pPage; /* Page to journal */ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - } - } - pPager->dbSize = dbSize; - } -#endif - - /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master - ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, - ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. - */ - rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - - /* Sync the journal file. If the atomic-update optimization is being - ** used, this call will not create the journal file or perform any - ** real IO. - */ - rc = syncJournal(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - - /* Write all dirty pages to the database file. */ - rc = pager_write_pagelist(sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); - goto commit_phase_one_exit; - } - sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); - - /* If the file on disk is not the same size as the database image, - ** then use pager_truncate to grow or shrink the file here. - */ - if( pPager->dbSize!=pPager->dbFileSize ){ - Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); - assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ); - rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - } - - /* Finally, sync the database file. */ - if( !pPager->noSync && !noSync ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags); - } - IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - - pPager->state = PAGER_SYNCED; - } - -commit_phase_one_exit: - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ){ - /* pager_incr_changecounter() may attempt to obtain an exclusive - ** lock to spill the cache and return IOERR_BLOCKED. But since - ** there is no chance the cache is inconsistent, it is - ** better to return SQLITE_BUSY. - **/ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** When this function is called, the database file has been completely -** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and -** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system -** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually -** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. -** -** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, -** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used -** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is -** irrevocably committed. -** -** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager -** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - /* Do not proceed if the pager is already in the error state. */ - if( pPager->errCode ){ - return pPager->errCode; - } - - /* This function should not be called if the pager is not in at least - ** PAGER_RESERVED state. And indeed SQLite never does this. But it is - ** nice to have this defensive block here anyway. - */ - if( NEVER(pPager->statedbModified==0 && pPager->exclusiveMode - && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST - ){ - assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - assert( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED || MEMDB || !pPager->dbModified ); - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster); - return pager_error(pPager, rc); -} - -/* -** Rollback all changes. The database falls back to PAGER_SHARED mode. -** -** This function performs two tasks: -** -** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and -** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction -** was opened, and -** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot -** rollback at any point in the future. -** -** subject to the following qualifications: -** -** * If the journal file is not yet open when this function is called, -** then only (2) is performed. In this case there is no journal file -** to roll back. -** -** * If in an error state other than SQLITE_FULL, then task (1) is -** performed. If successful, task (2). Regardless of the outcome -** of either, the error state error code is returned to the caller -** (i.e. either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_CORRUPT). -** -** * If the pager is in PAGER_RESERVED state, then attempt (1). Whether -** or not (1) is succussful, also attempt (2). If successful, return -** SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, enter the error state and return the first -** error code encountered. -** -** In this case there is no chance that the database was written to. -** So is safe to finalize the journal file even if the playback -** (operation 1) failed. However the pager must enter the error state -** as the contents of the in-memory cache are now suspect. -** -** * Finally, if in PAGER_EXCLUSIVE state, then attempt (1). Only -** attempt (2) if (1) is successful. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, -** otherwise enter the error state and return the error code from the -** failing operation. -** -** In this case the database file may have been written to. So if the -** playback operation did not succeed it would not be safe to finalize -** the journal file. It needs to be left in the file-system so that -** some other process can use it to restore the database state (by -** hot-journal rollback). -*/ -int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - if( !pPager->dbModified || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster); - }else if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){ - if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){ - pager_playback(pPager, 0); - } - rc = pPager->errCode; - }else{ - if( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED ){ - int rc2; - rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); - rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } - }else{ - rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); - } - - if( !MEMDB ){ - pPager->dbSizeValid = 0; - } - - /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager - ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error - ** persistent. - */ - rc = pager_error(pPager, rc); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE -** if the database is (in theory) writable. -*/ -u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->readOnly; -} - -/* -** Return the number of references to the pager. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ - return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); -} - -/* -** Return the number of references to the specified page. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ - return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. -*/ -int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ - static int a[11]; - a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); - a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); - a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); - a[3] = pPager->dbSizeValid ? (int) pPager->dbSize : -1; - a[4] = pPager->state; - a[5] = pPager->errCode; - a[6] = pPager->nHit; - a[7] = pPager->nMiss; - a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ - a[9] = pPager->nRead; - a[10] = pPager->nWrite; - return a; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return true if this is an in-memory pager. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ - return MEMDB; -} - -/* -** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are -** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints -** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already -** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. -** -** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error -** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is -** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ - - if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){ - int ii; /* Iterator variable */ - PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ - - /* Either there is no active journal or the sub-journal is open or - ** the journal is always stored in memory */ - assert( pPager->nSavepoint==0 || isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || - pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); - - /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM - ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a - ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. - */ - aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( - pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint - ); - if( !aNew ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); - pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; - pPager->nSavepoint = nSavepoint; - - /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ - for(ii=nCurrent; iidbSizeValid ); - aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; - if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ - aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; - }else{ - aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); - } - aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; - aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); - if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - - /* Open the sub-journal, if it is not already opened. */ - rc = openSubJournal(pPager); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. -** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently -** created savepoint. -** -** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. -** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with -** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes -** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. -** -** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter -** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint -** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate -** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than -** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. -** -** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current -** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling -** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate -** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the -** contents of the database to its original state. -** -** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint -** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), -** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. -** -** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, -** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a -** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); - assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); - - if( iSavepointnSavepoint ){ - int ii; /* Iterator variable */ - int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ - - /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this - ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated - ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. - */ - nNew = iSavepoint + (op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK); - for(ii=nNew; iinSavepoint; ii++){ - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); - } - pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; - - /* If this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. - ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has - ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to - ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. - */ - if( op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; - rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); - assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); - } - - /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate - ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ - if( nNew==0 && op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); - pPager->nSubRec = 0; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the full pathname of the database file. -*/ -const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->zFilename; -} - -/* -** Return the VFS structure for the pager. -*/ -const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->pVfs; -} - -/* -** Return the file handle for the database file associated -** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has -** not yet been opened. -*/ -sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->fd; -} - -/* -** Return the full pathname of the journal file. -*/ -const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->zJournal; -} - -/* -** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE -** if fsync()s are executed normally. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->noSync; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -/* -** Set the codec for this pager -*/ -void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( - Pager *pPager, - void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), - void *pCodecArg -){ - pPager->xCodec = xCodec; - pPager->pCodecArg = pCodecArg; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. -** -** There must be no references to the page previously located at -** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be -** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already -** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. -** -** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any -** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes -** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. -** -** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be -** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction -** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement -** transaction is active). -** -** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being -** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction -** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page -** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. -** -** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error -** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ - PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ - Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ - - assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); - - /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest - ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the - ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: - ** - ** BEGIN; - ** - ** SAVEPOINT one; - ** - ** ROLLBACK TO one; - ** - ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not - ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" - ** statement were is processed. - ** - ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into - ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function - ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. - */ - if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY - && subjRequiresPage(pPg) - && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg)) - ){ - return rc; - } - - PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); - IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) - - /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can - ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. - ** - ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that - ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno - ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. - */ - if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ - needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; - assert( pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); - assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); - assert( pPager->needSync ); - } - - /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it - ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PgHdr.needSync was set for - ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained - ** for the page moved there. - */ - pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); - assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); - if( pPgOld ){ - pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); - sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); - } - - origPgno = pPg->pgno; - sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); - sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); - pPager->dbModified = 1; - - if( needSyncPgno ){ - /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be - ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. - ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the - ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by - ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PgHdr.needSync - ** flag. - ** - ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due - ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] - ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in - ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before - ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in - ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. - ** - ** The sqlite3PagerGet() call may cause the journal to sync. So make - ** sure the Pager.needSync flag is set too. - */ - PgHdr *pPgHdr; - assert( pPager->needSync ); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pPager->pInJournal && needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ - sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno); - } - return rc; - } - pPager->needSync = 1; - assert( pPager->noSync==0 && !MEMDB ); - pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); - } - - /* - ** For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues - ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. We allocate - ** the page now, instead of at rollback, because we can better deal - ** with an out-of-memory error now. Ticket #3761. - */ - if( MEMDB ){ - DbPage *pNew; - rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, origPgno, &pNew, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - sqlite3PagerUnref(pNew); - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. -*/ -void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ - assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); - return pPg->pData; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space -** allocated along with the specified page. -*/ -void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - return (pPager?pPg->pExtra:0); -} - -/* -** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one -** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or -** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then -** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. -** -** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or -** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) -** locking-mode. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ - assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY - || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL - || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); - assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); - assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); - if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile ){ - pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; - } - return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; -} - -/* -** Get/set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: -** -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY -** -** If the parameter is not _QUERY, then the journal-mode is set to the -** value specified. Except, an in-memory database can only have its -** journal mode set to _OFF or _MEMORY. Attempts to change the journal -** mode of an in-memory database to something other than _OFF or _MEMORY -** are silently ignored. -** -** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. -*/ -int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ - assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); - assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY<0 ); - if( eMode>=0 && (!MEMDB || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF) ){ - pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; - } - return (int)pPager->journalMode; -} - -/* -** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. -** -** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. -** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. -*/ -i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ - if( iLimit>=-1 ){ - pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; - } - return pPager->journalSizeLimit; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module -** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module -** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and -** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. -*/ -sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ - return &pPager->pBackup; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ diff --git a/pager.h b/pager.h deleted file mode 100644 index 011f91c..0000000 --- a/pager.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,164 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache -** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page -** at a time and provides a journal for rollback. -** -** @(#) $Id: pager.h,v 1.100 2009/02/03 16:51:25 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ - -#ifndef _PAGER_H_ -#define _PAGER_H_ - -/* -** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative -** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the -** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit". -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT - #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1 -#endif - -/* -** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file -** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page". -*/ -typedef u32 Pgno; - -/* -** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure. -*/ -typedef struct Pager Pager; - -/* -** Handle type for pages. -*/ -typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; - -/* -** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is -** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is -** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file -** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to -** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c -** for details. -*/ -#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)) - -/* -** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen(). -** -** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h. -*/ -#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ -#define PAGER_NO_READLOCK 0x0002 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */ - -/* -** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode(). -*/ -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1 -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0 -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 - -/* -** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerJournalMode(). -*/ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY -1 -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */ - -/* -** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions -** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for -** a detailed description of each routine. -*/ - -/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ -int sqlite3PagerOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, Pager **ppPager, const char*, int,int,int); -int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager); -int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); - -/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */ -void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *); -void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*)); -int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u16*); -int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); -void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); -void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int); -int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); -int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *, int); -i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64); -sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*); - -/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ -int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); -#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0) -DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); -void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); -void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*); - -/* Operations on page references. */ -int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); -void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); -int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int); -int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*); -void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); -void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); - -/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */ -int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); -int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag); -int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int); -int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager); -int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n); -int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint); - -/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */ -u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); -const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*); -const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); -sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*); -const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*); -void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*); -int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*); - -/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */ -void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno); - -/* Used by encryption extensions. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(Pager*,void*(*)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),void*); -#endif - -/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) - Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); - int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*); - void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); - void disable_simulated_io_errors(void); - void enable_simulated_io_errors(void); -#else -# define disable_simulated_io_errors() -# define enable_simulated_io_errors() -#endif - -#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */ diff --git a/parse.c b/parse.c deleted file mode 100644 index caa0ad1..0000000 --- a/parse.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3664 +0,0 @@ -/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator. -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. -*/ -/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration -** in the input grammar file. */ -#include -#line 53 "parse.y" - -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** An instance of this structure holds information about the -** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement. -*/ -struct LimitVal { - Expr *pLimit; /* The LIMIT expression. NULL if there is no limit */ - Expr *pOffset; /* The OFFSET expression. NULL if there is none */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE, -** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators. -*/ -struct LikeOp { - Token eOperator; /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */ - int not; /* True if the NOT keyword is present */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a -** TRIGGER. "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, -** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD. If the event is of the form -** -** UPDATE ON (a,b,c) -** -** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c". -*/ -struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; }; - -/* -** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type. -*/ -struct AttachKey { int type; Token key; }; - -#line 46 "parse.c" -/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders. -** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch. -*/ -/* -** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator) -** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser -** understands. -** -** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar. -*/ -/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined. -*/ -#ifndef INTERFACE -# define INTERFACE 1 -#endif -/* The next thing included is series of defines which control -** various aspects of the generated parser. -** YYCODETYPE is the data type used for storing terminal -** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is -** used if there are fewer than 250 terminals -** and nonterminals. "int" is used otherwise. -** YYNOCODE is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds -** to no legal terminal or nonterminal number. This -** number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash -** table. -** YYFALLBACK If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens -** have fall-back values which should be used if the -** original value of the token will not parse. -** YYACTIONTYPE is the data type used for storing terminal -** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is -** used if there are fewer than 250 rules and -** states combined. "int" is used otherwise. -** sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE is the data type used for minor tokens given -** directly to the parser from the tokenizer. -** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor tokens. -** This is typically a union of many types, one of -** which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE. The entry in the union -** for base tokens is called "yy0". -** YYSTACKDEPTH is the maximum depth of the parser's stack. If -** zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc() -** sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument -** sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument -** sqlite3ParserARG_STORE Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser -** sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser -** YYNSTATE the combined number of states. -** YYNRULE the number of rules in the grammar -** YYERRORSYMBOL is the code number of the error symbol. If not -** defined, then do no error processing. -*/ -#define YYCODETYPE unsigned short int -#define YYNOCODE 252 -#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int -#define YYWILDCARD 65 -#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token -typedef union { - int yyinit; - sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0; - Expr* yy72; - TriggerStep* yy145; - ExprList* yy148; - SrcList* yy185; - int yy194; - Select* yy243; - IdList* yy254; - struct TrigEvent yy332; - struct LimitVal yy354; - struct LikeOp yy392; - struct {int value; int mask;} yy497; -} YYMINORTYPE; -#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH -#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100 -#endif -#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse; -#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse -#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse -#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse -#define YYNSTATE 616 -#define YYNRULE 323 -#define YYFALLBACK 1 -#define YY_NO_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2) -#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1) -#define YY_ERROR_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE) - -/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of -** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */ -static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor = { 0 }; - - -/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the -** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement -** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an -** action integer. -** -** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as -** follows -** -** 0 <= N < YYNSTATE Shift N. That is, push the lookahead -** token onto the stack and goto state N. -** -** YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE. -** -** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE A syntax error has occurred. -** -** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1 The parser accepts its input. -** -** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2 No such action. Denotes unused -** slots in the yy_action[] table. -** -** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[]. -** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as -** -** yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ] -** -** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value -** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S] -** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table -** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead. -** -** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is -** a terminal symbol. If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after -** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of -** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of -** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT. -** -** The following are the tables generated in this section: -** -** yy_action[] A single table containing all actions. -** yy_lookahead[] A table containing the lookahead for each entry in -** yy_action. Used to detect hash collisions. -** yy_shift_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for -** shifting terminals. -** yy_reduce_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for -** shifting non-terminals after a reduce. -** yy_default[] Default action for each state. -*/ -static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = { - /* 0 */ 304, 49, 484, 34, 140, 142, 468, 440, 56, 56, - /* 10 */ 56, 56, 168, 20, 20, 20, 20, 44, 44, 57, - /* 20 */ 57, 57, 54, 217, 940, 179, 407, 2, 315, 447, - /* 30 */ 453, 45, 20, 20, 20, 20, 44, 44, 57, 57, - /* 40 */ 57, 54, 217, 205, 414, 415, 440, 55, 19, 317, - /* 50 */ 457, 458, 454, 454, 22, 22, 56, 56, 56, 56, - /* 60 */ 429, 20, 20, 20, 20, 44, 44, 57, 57, 57, - /* 70 */ 54, 217, 304, 399, 315, 440, 491, 437, 50, 20, - /* 80 */ 20, 20, 20, 44, 44, 57, 57, 57, 54, 217, - /* 90 */ 527, 414, 415, 307, 57, 57, 57, 54, 217, 222, - /* 100 */ 116, 447, 453, 162, 507, 36, 132, 296, 400, 298, - /* 110 */ 325, 161, 417, 418, 440, 414, 415, 563, 248, 55, - /* 120 */ 19, 317, 457, 458, 454, 454, 22, 22, 56, 56, - /* 130 */ 56, 56, 240, 20, 20, 20, 20, 44, 44, 57, - /* 140 */ 57, 57, 54, 217, 304, 222, 135, 416, 512, 469, - /* 150 */ 215, 143, 132, 296, 400, 298, 325, 161, 306, 417, - /* 160 */ 418, 223, 599, 248, 248, 414, 415, 343, 18, 597, - /* 170 */ 598, 491, 329, 447, 453, 219, 44, 44, 57, 57, - /* 180 */ 57, 54, 217, 417, 418, 300, 181, 473, 471, 547, - /* 190 */ 211, 55, 19, 317, 457, 458, 454, 454, 22, 22, - /* 200 */ 56, 56, 56, 56, 28, 20, 20, 20, 20, 44, - /* 210 */ 44, 57, 57, 57, 54, 217, 304, 514, 431, 546, - /* 220 */ 356, 442, 460, 460, 66, 414, 415, 543, 414, 415, - /* 230 */ 555, 530, 381, 417, 418, 171, 381, 554, 373, 380, - /* 240 */ 385, 49, 192, 34, 140, 447, 453, 362, 333, 390, - /* 250 */ 486, 362, 444, 444, 444, 203, 436, 83, 344, 487, - /* 260 */ 436, 83, 156, 55, 19, 317, 457, 458, 454, 454, - /* 270 */ 22, 22, 56, 56, 56, 56, 437, 20, 20, 20, - /* 280 */ 20, 44, 44, 57, 57, 57, 54, 217, 304, 437, - /* 290 */ 574, 355, 278, 417, 418, 596, 417, 418, 349, 358, - /* 300 */ 404, 411, 349, 384, 432, 381, 233, 342, 108, 364, - /* 310 */ 416, 596, 543, 548, 204, 595, 594, 447, 453, 492, - /* 320 */ 362, 246, 469, 215, 558, 64, 416, 455, 416, 436, - /* 330 */ 88, 595, 379, 23, 573, 55, 19, 317, 457, 458, - /* 340 */ 454, 454, 22, 22, 56, 56, 56, 56, 437, 20, - /* 350 */ 20, 20, 20, 44, 44, 57, 57, 57, 54, 217, - /* 360 */ 304, 171, 191, 31, 373, 380, 385, 548, 8, 339, - /* 370 */ 220, 180, 353, 491, 106, 390, 593, 230, 430, 64, - /* 380 */ 518, 519, 416, 402, 330, 297, 294, 54, 217, 447, - /* 390 */ 453, 162, 372, 230, 382, 232, 496, 516, 416, 397, - /* 400 */ 1, 117, 190, 557, 414, 415, 433, 55, 19, 317, - /* 410 */ 457, 458, 454, 454, 22, 22, 56, 56, 56, 56, - /* 420 */ 7, 20, 20, 20, 20, 44, 44, 57, 57, 57, - /* 430 */ 54, 217, 304, 171, 381, 505, 373, 380, 385, 232, - /* 440 */ 142, 381, 440, 135, 196, 381, 306, 390, 476, 362, - /* 450 */ 213, 324, 49, 461, 34, 140, 362, 164, 436, 69, - /* 460 */ 362, 447, 453, 38, 141, 436, 83, 573, 491, 436, - /* 470 */ 77, 568, 417, 418, 471, 348, 211, 53, 437, 55, - /* 480 */ 19, 317, 457, 458, 454, 454, 22, 22, 56, 56, - /* 490 */ 56, 56, 30, 20, 20, 20, 20, 44, 44, 57, - /* 500 */ 57, 57, 54, 217, 304, 381, 478, 383, 566, 39, - /* 510 */ 440, 332, 565, 270, 448, 449, 381, 330, 297, 294, - /* 520 */ 362, 269, 479, 381, 272, 474, 350, 659, 232, 436, - /* 530 */ 104, 362, 226, 447, 453, 451, 452, 480, 362, 520, - /* 540 */ 436, 68, 356, 522, 460, 460, 477, 436, 79, 521, - /* 550 */ 570, 55, 19, 317, 457, 458, 454, 454, 22, 22, - /* 560 */ 56, 56, 56, 56, 450, 20, 20, 20, 20, 44, - /* 570 */ 44, 57, 57, 57, 54, 217, 304, 381, 202, 381, - /* 580 */ 529, 326, 176, 381, 137, 381, 414, 415, 861, 207, - /* 590 */ 208, 209, 362, 313, 362, 508, 381, 535, 362, 416, - /* 600 */ 362, 436, 100, 436, 79, 447, 453, 436, 91, 436, - /* 610 */ 88, 362, 437, 58, 356, 35, 460, 460, 536, 600, - /* 620 */ 436, 67, 199, 55, 19, 317, 457, 458, 454, 454, - /* 630 */ 22, 22, 56, 56, 56, 56, 403, 20, 20, 20, - /* 640 */ 20, 44, 44, 57, 57, 57, 54, 217, 304, 312, - /* 650 */ 218, 381, 509, 60, 417, 418, 437, 381, 331, 571, - /* 660 */ 519, 337, 464, 465, 408, 2, 362, 16, 381, 183, - /* 670 */ 319, 356, 362, 460, 460, 436, 87, 447, 453, 548, - /* 680 */ 493, 436, 84, 362, 356, 65, 460, 460, 374, 440, - /* 690 */ 607, 64, 436, 82, 416, 55, 19, 317, 457, 458, - /* 700 */ 454, 454, 22, 22, 56, 56, 56, 56, 381, 20, - /* 710 */ 20, 20, 20, 44, 44, 57, 57, 57, 54, 217, - /* 720 */ 304, 381, 478, 362, 230, 126, 157, 381, 49, 251, - /* 730 */ 34, 140, 436, 75, 610, 301, 362, 335, 479, 321, - /* 740 */ 464, 465, 362, 111, 416, 436, 70, 110, 602, 447, - /* 750 */ 453, 436, 71, 480, 281, 368, 168, 440, 419, 420, - /* 760 */ 421, 616, 409, 406, 195, 316, 322, 55, 19, 317, - /* 770 */ 457, 458, 454, 454, 22, 22, 56, 56, 56, 56, - /* 780 */ 381, 20, 20, 20, 20, 44, 44, 57, 57, 57, - /* 790 */ 54, 217, 304, 381, 240, 362, 158, 496, 437, 381, - /* 800 */ 378, 381, 230, 523, 436, 92, 206, 139, 362, 416, - /* 810 */ 197, 139, 500, 236, 362, 416, 362, 436, 99, 309, - /* 820 */ 146, 447, 453, 436, 89, 436, 90, 416, 267, 527, - /* 830 */ 496, 614, 930, 494, 930, 526, 254, 389, 601, 55, - /* 840 */ 19, 317, 457, 458, 454, 454, 22, 22, 56, 56, - /* 850 */ 56, 56, 381, 20, 20, 20, 20, 44, 44, 57, - /* 860 */ 57, 57, 54, 217, 304, 381, 376, 362, 251, 224, - /* 870 */ 261, 381, 265, 381, 611, 311, 436, 86, 467, 467, - /* 880 */ 362, 416, 489, 416, 381, 608, 362, 396, 362, 436, - /* 890 */ 94, 500, 402, 447, 453, 436, 98, 436, 93, 362, - /* 900 */ 564, 354, 564, 237, 109, 308, 416, 416, 436, 17, - /* 910 */ 61, 55, 32, 317, 457, 458, 454, 454, 22, 22, - /* 920 */ 56, 56, 56, 56, 381, 20, 20, 20, 20, 44, - /* 930 */ 44, 57, 57, 57, 54, 217, 304, 381, 240, 362, - /* 940 */ 159, 251, 341, 381, 496, 289, 398, 277, 436, 131, - /* 950 */ 263, 273, 362, 416, 351, 381, 416, 25, 362, 227, - /* 960 */ 500, 436, 129, 409, 406, 447, 453, 436, 73, 435, - /* 970 */ 362, 614, 931, 434, 931, 416, 186, 481, 228, 436, - /* 980 */ 74, 214, 113, 258, 19, 317, 457, 458, 454, 454, - /* 990 */ 22, 22, 56, 56, 56, 56, 381, 20, 20, 20, - /* 1000 */ 20, 44, 44, 57, 57, 57, 54, 217, 304, 381, - /* 1010 */ 202, 362, 299, 251, 611, 381, 359, 238, 524, 525, - /* 1020 */ 436, 105, 174, 314, 362, 435, 250, 381, 416, 434, - /* 1030 */ 362, 381, 416, 436, 101, 232, 21, 447, 453, 436, - /* 1040 */ 81, 416, 362, 569, 437, 168, 362, 357, 198, 612, - /* 1050 */ 320, 436, 130, 182, 553, 436, 85, 317, 457, 458, - /* 1060 */ 454, 454, 22, 22, 56, 56, 56, 56, 403, 20, - /* 1070 */ 20, 20, 20, 44, 44, 57, 57, 57, 54, 217, - /* 1080 */ 37, 328, 437, 3, 381, 251, 381, 360, 415, 371, - /* 1090 */ 327, 613, 240, 194, 62, 37, 328, 365, 3, 362, - /* 1100 */ 416, 362, 360, 415, 416, 495, 240, 416, 436, 59, - /* 1110 */ 436, 95, 365, 381, 10, 361, 133, 381, 581, 381, - /* 1120 */ 416, 416, 318, 147, 291, 473, 392, 437, 362, 391, - /* 1130 */ 361, 416, 362, 416, 362, 241, 386, 436, 80, 416, - /* 1140 */ 473, 436, 78, 436, 76, 47, 41, 107, 381, 252, - /* 1150 */ 482, 381, 501, 292, 40, 395, 370, 534, 533, 442, - /* 1160 */ 47, 41, 506, 362, 605, 416, 362, 416, 416, 40, - /* 1170 */ 395, 370, 436, 128, 442, 436, 96, 232, 170, 37, - /* 1180 */ 328, 4, 3, 425, 592, 240, 360, 415, 381, 240, - /* 1190 */ 444, 444, 444, 445, 446, 13, 365, 175, 416, 416, - /* 1200 */ 416, 552, 658, 362, 416, 444, 444, 444, 445, 446, - /* 1210 */ 13, 212, 436, 102, 361, 381, 284, 295, 271, 166, - /* 1220 */ 245, 604, 247, 582, 473, 185, 274, 381, 583, 603, - /* 1230 */ 362, 499, 585, 560, 33, 240, 167, 416, 287, 436, - /* 1240 */ 127, 266, 362, 272, 47, 41, 416, 283, 401, 345, - /* 1250 */ 416, 436, 72, 40, 395, 370, 416, 221, 442, 153, - /* 1260 */ 381, 573, 240, 416, 362, 152, 413, 29, 165, 422, - /* 1270 */ 46, 414, 415, 436, 9, 362, 48, 416, 586, 393, - /* 1280 */ 155, 416, 443, 405, 436, 97, 293, 24, 531, 444, - /* 1290 */ 444, 444, 445, 446, 13, 338, 286, 416, 416, 290, - /* 1300 */ 282, 416, 410, 416, 426, 587, 280, 439, 115, 473, - /* 1310 */ 416, 347, 256, 294, 416, 416, 253, 305, 427, 416, - /* 1320 */ 606, 416, 232, 550, 42, 262, 234, 279, 26, 189, - /* 1330 */ 188, 416, 285, 416, 276, 416, 173, 334, 416, 514, - /* 1340 */ 416, 416, 416, 442, 609, 388, 303, 31, 340, 416, - /* 1350 */ 498, 590, 154, 52, 578, 577, 52, 154, 539, 462, - /* 1360 */ 168, 63, 394, 579, 168, 336, 302, 572, 136, 423, - /* 1370 */ 517, 160, 488, 528, 444, 444, 444, 323, 125, 103, - /* 1380 */ 346, 216, 542, 441, 148, 576, 485, 275, 544, 377, - /* 1390 */ 217, 541, 232, 540, 257, 428, 530, 239, 466, 551, - /* 1400 */ 200, 242, 387, 172, 366, 177, 561, 244, 187, 51, - /* 1410 */ 367, 562, 27, 424, 169, 6, 11, 363, 288, 43, - /* 1420 */ 134, 310, 575, 235, 184, 545, 150, 15, 580, 243, - /* 1430 */ 412, 145, 483, 229, 615, 456, 144, 497, 264, 463, - /* 1440 */ 114, 255, 14, 511, 163, 503, 268, 178, 510, 584, - /* 1450 */ 122, 138, 475, 588, 472, 567, 259, 225, 154, 231, - /* 1460 */ 121, 504, 123, 438, 112, 124, 120, 502, 459, 559, - /* 1470 */ 12, 149, 119, 591, 490, 369, 201, 260, 549, 556, - /* 1480 */ 513, 375, 210, 515, 5, 470, 532, 537, 193, 589, - /* 1490 */ 657, 118, 249, 151, 538, 352, -}; -static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = { - /* 0 */ 19, 222, 223, 224, 225, 24, 233, 26, 75, 76, - /* 10 */ 77, 78, 25, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, - /* 20 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 142, 143, 144, 145, 19, 48, - /* 30 */ 49, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, - /* 40 */ 88, 89, 90, 160, 26, 27, 26, 66, 67, 68, - /* 50 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, - /* 60 */ 23, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, - /* 70 */ 89, 90, 19, 19, 19, 94, 25, 194, 25, 80, - /* 80 */ 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, - /* 90 */ 103, 26, 27, 155, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 90, - /* 100 */ 22, 48, 49, 49, 86, 52, 97, 98, 99, 100, - /* 110 */ 101, 102, 94, 95, 94, 26, 27, 57, 109, 66, - /* 120 */ 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, - /* 130 */ 77, 78, 150, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, - /* 140 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 19, 90, 95, 165, 23, 84, - /* 150 */ 85, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 104, 94, - /* 160 */ 95, 197, 97, 109, 109, 26, 27, 229, 204, 104, - /* 170 */ 105, 120, 234, 48, 49, 193, 84, 85, 86, 87, - /* 180 */ 88, 89, 90, 94, 95, 163, 219, 64, 166, 167, - /* 190 */ 168, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, - /* 200 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 22, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, - /* 210 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 19, 94, 172, 173, - /* 220 */ 112, 98, 114, 115, 22, 26, 27, 181, 26, 27, - /* 230 */ 181, 182, 150, 94, 95, 96, 150, 188, 99, 100, - /* 240 */ 101, 222, 160, 224, 225, 48, 49, 165, 19, 110, - /* 250 */ 31, 165, 129, 130, 131, 160, 174, 175, 18, 40, - /* 260 */ 174, 175, 25, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, - /* 270 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 194, 80, 81, 82, - /* 280 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 19, 194, - /* 290 */ 11, 19, 23, 94, 95, 150, 94, 95, 216, 27, - /* 300 */ 146, 147, 216, 221, 173, 150, 152, 221, 154, 42, - /* 310 */ 165, 150, 181, 150, 160, 170, 171, 48, 49, 120, - /* 320 */ 165, 158, 84, 85, 161, 162, 165, 98, 165, 174, - /* 330 */ 175, 170, 171, 136, 55, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, - /* 340 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 194, 80, - /* 350 */ 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, - /* 360 */ 19, 96, 25, 126, 99, 100, 101, 150, 22, 214, - /* 370 */ 215, 23, 218, 25, 22, 110, 231, 232, 161, 162, - /* 380 */ 190, 191, 165, 150, 105, 106, 107, 89, 90, 48, - /* 390 */ 49, 49, 231, 232, 18, 116, 166, 165, 165, 245, - /* 400 */ 22, 192, 185, 186, 26, 27, 174, 66, 67, 68, - /* 410 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, - /* 420 */ 74, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, - /* 430 */ 89, 90, 19, 96, 150, 205, 99, 100, 101, 116, - /* 440 */ 24, 150, 26, 95, 160, 150, 104, 110, 23, 165, - /* 450 */ 217, 128, 222, 23, 224, 225, 165, 156, 174, 175, - /* 460 */ 165, 48, 49, 50, 25, 174, 175, 55, 120, 174, - /* 470 */ 175, 21, 94, 95, 166, 167, 168, 136, 194, 66, - /* 480 */ 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, - /* 490 */ 77, 78, 135, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, - /* 500 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 19, 150, 12, 216, 29, 24, - /* 510 */ 94, 61, 33, 98, 48, 49, 150, 105, 106, 107, - /* 520 */ 165, 226, 28, 150, 109, 23, 47, 118, 116, 174, - /* 530 */ 175, 165, 227, 48, 49, 69, 70, 43, 165, 45, - /* 540 */ 174, 175, 112, 176, 114, 115, 23, 174, 175, 55, - /* 550 */ 100, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, - /* 560 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 98, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, - /* 570 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 19, 150, 160, 150, - /* 580 */ 23, 104, 23, 150, 150, 150, 26, 27, 138, 105, - /* 590 */ 106, 107, 165, 220, 165, 23, 150, 35, 165, 165, - /* 600 */ 165, 174, 175, 174, 175, 48, 49, 174, 175, 174, - /* 610 */ 175, 165, 194, 135, 112, 137, 114, 115, 56, 23, - /* 620 */ 174, 175, 160, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, - /* 630 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 218, 80, 81, 82, - /* 640 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 19, 220, - /* 650 */ 215, 150, 23, 235, 94, 95, 194, 150, 240, 190, - /* 660 */ 191, 169, 170, 171, 144, 145, 165, 22, 150, 24, - /* 670 */ 108, 112, 165, 114, 115, 174, 175, 48, 49, 150, - /* 680 */ 120, 174, 175, 165, 112, 22, 114, 115, 50, 26, - /* 690 */ 161, 162, 174, 175, 165, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, - /* 700 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 150, 80, - /* 710 */ 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, - /* 720 */ 19, 150, 12, 165, 232, 24, 6, 150, 222, 150, - /* 730 */ 224, 225, 174, 175, 248, 249, 165, 149, 28, 169, - /* 740 */ 170, 171, 165, 104, 165, 174, 175, 22, 242, 48, - /* 750 */ 49, 174, 175, 43, 23, 45, 25, 94, 7, 8, - /* 760 */ 9, 0, 1, 2, 160, 46, 187, 66, 67, 68, - /* 770 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, - /* 780 */ 150, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, - /* 790 */ 89, 90, 19, 150, 150, 165, 118, 166, 194, 150, - /* 800 */ 150, 150, 232, 184, 174, 175, 206, 207, 165, 165, - /* 810 */ 206, 207, 150, 23, 165, 165, 165, 174, 175, 246, - /* 820 */ 247, 48, 49, 174, 175, 174, 175, 165, 16, 103, - /* 830 */ 166, 22, 23, 120, 25, 178, 205, 193, 23, 66, - /* 840 */ 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, - /* 850 */ 77, 78, 150, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, - /* 860 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 19, 150, 150, 165, 150, 205, - /* 870 */ 58, 150, 60, 150, 65, 213, 174, 175, 129, 130, - /* 880 */ 165, 165, 25, 165, 150, 37, 165, 243, 165, 174, - /* 890 */ 175, 150, 150, 48, 49, 174, 175, 174, 175, 165, - /* 900 */ 105, 106, 107, 16, 22, 187, 165, 165, 174, 175, - /* 910 */ 244, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, - /* 920 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 150, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, - /* 930 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 19, 150, 150, 165, - /* 940 */ 118, 150, 86, 150, 166, 58, 19, 60, 174, 175, - /* 950 */ 138, 176, 165, 165, 213, 150, 165, 25, 165, 217, - /* 960 */ 150, 174, 175, 1, 2, 48, 49, 174, 175, 113, - /* 970 */ 165, 22, 23, 117, 25, 165, 119, 23, 187, 174, - /* 980 */ 175, 193, 22, 205, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, - /* 990 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 150, 80, 81, 82, - /* 1000 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 19, 150, - /* 1010 */ 160, 165, 179, 150, 65, 150, 97, 150, 7, 8, - /* 1020 */ 174, 175, 156, 213, 165, 113, 150, 150, 165, 117, - /* 1030 */ 165, 150, 165, 174, 175, 116, 22, 48, 49, 174, - /* 1040 */ 175, 165, 165, 23, 194, 25, 165, 128, 160, 23, - /* 1050 */ 187, 174, 175, 24, 176, 174, 175, 68, 69, 70, - /* 1060 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 218, 80, - /* 1070 */ 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, - /* 1080 */ 19, 20, 194, 22, 150, 150, 150, 26, 27, 150, - /* 1090 */ 240, 65, 150, 160, 16, 19, 20, 36, 22, 165, - /* 1100 */ 165, 165, 26, 27, 165, 150, 150, 165, 174, 175, - /* 1110 */ 174, 175, 36, 150, 34, 54, 150, 150, 150, 150, - /* 1120 */ 165, 165, 187, 118, 150, 64, 63, 194, 165, 50, - /* 1130 */ 54, 165, 165, 165, 165, 193, 157, 174, 175, 165, - /* 1140 */ 64, 174, 175, 174, 175, 84, 85, 22, 150, 193, - /* 1150 */ 150, 150, 150, 150, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 98, - /* 1160 */ 84, 85, 86, 165, 157, 165, 165, 165, 165, 93, - /* 1170 */ 94, 95, 174, 175, 98, 174, 175, 116, 15, 19, - /* 1180 */ 20, 34, 22, 150, 150, 150, 26, 27, 150, 150, - /* 1190 */ 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 36, 102, 165, 165, - /* 1200 */ 165, 176, 118, 165, 165, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, - /* 1210 */ 134, 5, 174, 175, 54, 150, 10, 11, 12, 13, - /* 1220 */ 14, 157, 150, 17, 64, 22, 140, 150, 193, 39, - /* 1230 */ 165, 150, 193, 20, 241, 150, 30, 165, 32, 174, - /* 1240 */ 175, 150, 165, 109, 84, 85, 165, 41, 150, 150, - /* 1250 */ 165, 174, 175, 93, 94, 95, 165, 50, 98, 53, - /* 1260 */ 150, 55, 150, 165, 165, 59, 150, 22, 62, 149, - /* 1270 */ 74, 26, 27, 174, 175, 165, 74, 165, 193, 122, - /* 1280 */ 127, 165, 150, 150, 174, 175, 150, 125, 150, 129, - /* 1290 */ 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 150, 202, 165, 165, 150, - /* 1300 */ 150, 165, 1, 165, 150, 193, 150, 203, 108, 64, - /* 1310 */ 165, 105, 106, 107, 165, 165, 150, 111, 150, 165, - /* 1320 */ 150, 165, 116, 150, 241, 150, 150, 150, 124, 84, - /* 1330 */ 85, 165, 201, 165, 150, 165, 156, 3, 165, 94, - /* 1340 */ 165, 165, 165, 98, 23, 139, 25, 126, 157, 165, - /* 1350 */ 23, 23, 25, 25, 23, 23, 25, 25, 23, 23, - /* 1360 */ 25, 25, 23, 199, 25, 157, 179, 189, 66, 149, - /* 1370 */ 176, 189, 177, 176, 129, 130, 131, 250, 180, 164, - /* 1380 */ 228, 180, 177, 166, 247, 199, 177, 177, 166, 178, - /* 1390 */ 90, 166, 116, 177, 209, 153, 182, 198, 233, 176, - /* 1400 */ 157, 209, 123, 156, 44, 157, 157, 238, 196, 104, - /* 1410 */ 121, 239, 135, 13, 151, 25, 22, 159, 200, 22, - /* 1420 */ 38, 157, 1, 199, 22, 184, 119, 5, 1, 210, - /* 1430 */ 149, 16, 157, 90, 4, 98, 121, 211, 15, 23, - /* 1440 */ 22, 210, 25, 23, 104, 211, 138, 219, 23, 20, - /* 1450 */ 189, 118, 11, 199, 23, 51, 210, 230, 25, 230, - /* 1460 */ 119, 211, 108, 194, 51, 127, 192, 27, 113, 157, - /* 1470 */ 22, 34, 192, 128, 208, 191, 236, 195, 186, 186, - /* 1480 */ 174, 237, 22, 174, 196, 166, 183, 183, 22, 199, - /* 1490 */ 118, 192, 148, 151, 183, 209, -}; -#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-68) -#define YY_SHIFT_MAX 406 -static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = { - /* 0 */ 962, 1061, 1206, 1061, 1160, 1160, 139, 65, 65, -19, - /* 10 */ 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 412, 89, 413, 1076, 1160, - /* 20 */ 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, - /* 30 */ 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, - /* 40 */ 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, - /* 50 */ 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, -48, - /* 60 */ 279, 89, 89, 238, 20, 238, 1276, 53, 269, 629, - /* 70 */ 125, 197, 341, 485, 557, 701, 773, 773, 773, 773, - /* 80 */ 773, 773, 773, 773, 773, 773, 773, 773, 773, 773, - /* 90 */ 845, 773, 773, 773, 773, 773, 917, 989, 989, -67, - /* 100 */ -67, -1, -1, 55, 92, 8, 89, 89, 450, 89, - /* 110 */ 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, - /* 120 */ 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 54, 20, 298, 1300, -68, - /* 130 */ -68, -68, 1245, 9, 494, 199, 494, 560, 18, 202, - /* 140 */ 378, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 809, 89, 949, 89, - /* 150 */ 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, - /* 160 */ 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, - /* 170 */ 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 89, 416, 416, 919, 761, - /* 180 */ 416, 323, 1276, 1276, 1276, -68, -68, -68, 123, 123, - /* 190 */ 337, 265, 430, 710, 502, 559, 572, 348, 108, 108, - /* 200 */ 479, 795, 108, 108, 108, 108, 51, 562, 562, 562, - /* 210 */ 856, 663, 751, 237, 272, 749, 342, 20, 219, 272, - /* 220 */ 219, 219, 20, 857, 272, 219, 478, 237, -13, 20, - /* 230 */ 749, 219, 912, 645, 1005, 1279, 477, 376, 1005, 1221, - /* 240 */ 1005, 1360, 1305, 1289, 1277, 1400, 1390, 1005, 719, 720, - /* 250 */ 1005, 1343, 78, 1343, 1305, 1289, 1302, 1221, 1305, 1289, - /* 260 */ 1276, 240, 1005, 240, 1400, 240, 78, 240, 376, 357, - /* 270 */ 477, 720, 719, 726, 848, 477, 960, 376, 477, 1005, - /* 280 */ 1005, 477, 1005, 1190, 720, 1157, 1162, 1190, 1204, 376, - /* 290 */ 1005, 1005, 1221, 960, 1302, 720, 477, 1302, 477, -68, - /* 300 */ -68, -68, -68, -68, 466, 812, 484, 887, 731, 1321, - /* 310 */ 346, 1327, 1328, 1331, 1332, 415, 1011, 229, 1020, 1060, - /* 320 */ 1335, 1336, 1339, 1026, 1394, 1397, 1382, 1421, 1402, 1422, - /* 330 */ 1307, 1427, 1415, 1337, 1430, 1423, 1315, 1416, 1418, 1417, - /* 340 */ 1340, 1420, 1425, 1308, 1429, 1333, 1441, 1341, 1431, 932, - /* 350 */ 1404, 1433, 1354, 1338, 1413, 1440, 1355, 1448, 1437, 1345, - /* 360 */ 1460, 1466, 1372, 37, 60, 182, 267, 352, 425, 439, - /* 370 */ 409, 523, 596, 638, 725, 639, 678, 790, 713, 815, - /* 380 */ 882, 822, 927, 932, 954, 1014, 1029, 1080, 1078, 1063, - /* 390 */ 1079, 1125, 1163, 1147, 1095, 1084, 1086, 1203, 1213, 1134, - /* 400 */ 1207, 1196, 1202, 1153, 1301, 1200, 1334, -}; -#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-228) -#define YY_REDUCE_MAX 303 -static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = { - /* 0 */ -118, 82, 154, 284, 155, 86, 217, 145, 161, 230, - /* 10 */ 291, 373, 429, 295, 435, 418, 163, 506, 1099, 1110, - /* 20 */ 355, 366, 427, 433, 446, 501, 507, 518, 558, 571, - /* 30 */ 577, 630, 643, 649, 651, 702, 715, 721, 723, 734, - /* 40 */ 774, 787, 793, 805, 846, 859, 865, 877, 881, 934, - /* 50 */ 936, 963, 967, 969, 998, 1001, 1038, 1065, 1077, -221, - /* 60 */ 850, 529, 644, 492, 22, 570, 604, 19, 19, 19, - /* 70 */ 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, - /* 80 */ 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, - /* 90 */ 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, 19, - /* 100 */ 19, 19, 19, 46, 19, 19, 662, 579, -62, 718, - /* 110 */ 791, 942, 741, 863, 935, 742, 810, 1035, 1039, 1085, - /* 120 */ 1112, -18, 788, 233, 956, 49, 308, 19, 19, 19, - /* 130 */ 19, 19, 232, 131, 190, 434, 469, 650, 716, 867, - /* 140 */ 876, 939, 955, 966, 968, 974, 486, 1000, 486, 1002, - /* 150 */ 1003, 1033, 1034, 1072, 1081, 1091, 1098, 1116, 1132, 716, - /* 160 */ 1133, 1136, 1138, 1145, 1149, 1150, 1154, 1156, 1166, 1168, - /* 170 */ 1170, 1173, 1175, 1176, 1177, 1184, 631, 664, -117, 520, - /* 180 */ 778, 95, 462, 888, 933, 573, 600, -36, 1309, 1306, - /* 190 */ 1293, 1292, 1282, 1284, 1282, 1282, 1282, 1266, 1282, 1282, - /* 200 */ 1240, 1244, 1282, 1282, 1282, 1282, 1266, 1303, 1304, 1311, - /* 210 */ 1288, 1319, 1344, 1290, 1286, -227, 1214, 1217, 1209, 1185, - /* 220 */ 1195, 1210, 1222, 1199, 1192, 1205, 1152, 1186, 1211, 1225, - /* 230 */ 1165, 1216, 1212, 1242, 1243, 1218, 1223, 1247, 1248, 1224, - /* 240 */ 1249, 1169, 1219, 1226, 1172, 1263, 1258, 1264, 1241, 1281, - /* 250 */ 1275, 1227, 1228, 1229, 1231, 1234, 1261, 1254, 1246, 1250, - /* 260 */ 1269, 1274, 1312, 1280, 1342, 1299, -33, 209, 301, 305, - /* 270 */ 367, 588, 619, 657, 666, 775, 833, 866, 878, 979, - /* 280 */ 1007, 1025, 1064, 993, 1120, 1094, 1104, 1083, 1131, 1180, - /* 290 */ 1191, 1208, 1164, 1187, 1178, 1220, 1194, 1182, 1197, 1198, - /* 300 */ 1215, 1127, 1201, 1137, -}; -static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = { - /* 0 */ 621, 856, 939, 939, 939, 856, 939, 885, 885, 744, - /* 10 */ 939, 939, 939, 854, 939, 939, 939, 914, 939, 939, - /* 20 */ 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, - /* 30 */ 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, - /* 40 */ 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, - /* 50 */ 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 828, - /* 60 */ 939, 939, 939, 885, 660, 885, 748, 779, 939, 939, - /* 70 */ 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 849, 853, 793, 794, - /* 80 */ 759, 786, 898, 858, 777, 787, 851, 857, 770, 913, - /* 90 */ 939, 850, 784, 915, 780, 781, 816, 815, 834, 840, - /* 100 */ 818, 827, 817, 652, 819, 820, 939, 939, 647, 939, - /* 110 */ 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, - /* 120 */ 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 713, 939, 821, 822, 836, - /* 130 */ 837, 835, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, - /* 140 */ 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, - /* 150 */ 939, 939, 869, 939, 939, 939, 939, 627, 939, 939, - /* 160 */ 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 918, 939, 920, 939, 939, - /* 170 */ 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 744, 744, 939, 621, - /* 180 */ 744, 939, 939, 939, 939, 932, 748, 738, 939, 939, - /* 190 */ 704, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 649, 725, - /* 200 */ 891, 939, 905, 903, 727, 789, 746, 939, 939, 939, - /* 210 */ 736, 662, 629, 783, 761, 939, 683, 939, 773, 761, - /* 220 */ 773, 773, 939, 745, 761, 773, 852, 783, 686, 939, - /* 230 */ 939, 773, 736, 939, 752, 774, 715, 644, 752, 783, - /* 240 */ 752, 895, 760, 765, 897, 637, 703, 752, 700, 626, - /* 250 */ 752, 866, 795, 866, 760, 765, 717, 783, 760, 765, - /* 260 */ 939, 724, 752, 724, 637, 724, 795, 724, 644, 939, - /* 270 */ 715, 626, 700, 686, 925, 715, 862, 644, 715, 752, - /* 280 */ 752, 715, 752, 917, 626, 766, 778, 917, 776, 644, - /* 290 */ 752, 752, 783, 862, 717, 626, 715, 717, 715, 688, - /* 300 */ 670, 937, 688, 932, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, - /* 310 */ 871, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, - /* 320 */ 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, - /* 330 */ 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 635, 939, 939, 939, 767, - /* 340 */ 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 855, - /* 350 */ 939, 894, 939, 939, 893, 939, 730, 939, 939, 939, - /* 360 */ 654, 939, 802, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, - /* 370 */ 803, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 804, 939, 939, 939, - /* 380 */ 939, 939, 939, 775, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 924, - /* 390 */ 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 807, 939, 927, 939, 939, - /* 400 */ 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 939, 622, 618, 617, 619, - /* 410 */ 620, 624, 625, 628, 654, 655, 657, 658, 659, 630, - /* 420 */ 631, 632, 633, 634, 636, 640, 638, 639, 641, 648, - /* 430 */ 650, 669, 671, 673, 734, 735, 799, 728, 729, 733, - /* 440 */ 656, 810, 801, 805, 806, 808, 809, 823, 824, 826, - /* 450 */ 832, 839, 842, 825, 830, 831, 833, 838, 841, 731, - /* 460 */ 732, 845, 663, 664, 667, 668, 881, 883, 882, 884, - /* 470 */ 666, 665, 811, 814, 847, 848, 906, 907, 908, 909, - /* 480 */ 910, 843, 753, 846, 829, 768, 771, 772, 769, 737, - /* 490 */ 747, 755, 756, 757, 758, 742, 743, 749, 764, 797, - /* 500 */ 798, 762, 763, 750, 751, 739, 740, 741, 844, 800, - /* 510 */ 812, 813, 674, 675, 807, 676, 677, 678, 716, 719, - /* 520 */ 720, 721, 679, 698, 701, 702, 680, 687, 681, 682, - /* 530 */ 689, 690, 691, 694, 695, 696, 697, 692, 693, 863, - /* 540 */ 864, 867, 865, 684, 685, 699, 672, 661, 653, 705, - /* 550 */ 708, 709, 710, 711, 712, 714, 706, 707, 651, 642, - /* 560 */ 645, 754, 887, 896, 892, 888, 889, 890, 646, 859, - /* 570 */ 860, 718, 791, 792, 886, 899, 901, 796, 902, 904, - /* 580 */ 900, 929, 643, 722, 723, 726, 868, 911, 782, 785, - /* 590 */ 788, 790, 870, 872, 874, 876, 877, 878, 879, 880, - /* 600 */ 873, 875, 912, 916, 919, 921, 922, 923, 926, 928, - /* 610 */ 933, 934, 935, 938, 936, 623, -}; -#define YY_SZ_ACTTAB (int)(sizeof(yy_action)/sizeof(yy_action[0])) - -/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens. If a construct -** like the following: -** -** %fallback ID X Y Z. -** -** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y, -** and Z. Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser -** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and -** the parse is retried before an error is thrown. -*/ -#ifdef YYFALLBACK -static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = { - 0, /* $ => nothing */ - 0, /* SEMI => nothing */ - 26, /* EXPLAIN => ID */ - 26, /* QUERY => ID */ - 26, /* PLAN => ID */ - 26, /* BEGIN => ID */ - 0, /* TRANSACTION => nothing */ - 26, /* DEFERRED => ID */ - 26, /* IMMEDIATE => ID */ - 26, /* EXCLUSIVE => ID */ - 0, /* COMMIT => nothing */ - 26, /* END => ID */ - 26, /* ROLLBACK => ID */ - 26, /* SAVEPOINT => ID */ - 26, /* RELEASE => ID */ - 0, /* TO => nothing */ - 0, /* TABLE => nothing */ - 0, /* CREATE => nothing */ - 26, /* IF => ID */ - 0, /* NOT => nothing */ - 0, /* EXISTS => nothing */ - 26, /* TEMP => ID */ - 0, /* LP => nothing */ - 0, /* RP => nothing */ - 0, /* AS => nothing */ - 0, /* COMMA => nothing */ - 0, /* ID => nothing */ - 0, /* INDEXED => nothing */ - 26, /* ABORT => ID */ - 26, /* AFTER => ID */ - 26, /* ANALYZE => ID */ - 26, /* ASC => ID */ - 26, /* ATTACH => ID */ - 26, /* BEFORE => ID */ - 26, /* BY => ID */ - 26, /* CASCADE => ID */ - 26, /* CAST => ID */ - 26, /* COLUMNKW => ID */ - 26, /* CONFLICT => ID */ - 26, /* DATABASE => ID */ - 26, /* DESC => ID */ - 26, /* DETACH => ID */ - 26, /* EACH => ID */ - 26, /* FAIL => ID */ - 26, /* FOR => ID */ - 26, /* IGNORE => ID */ - 26, /* INITIALLY => ID */ - 26, /* INSTEAD => ID */ - 26, /* LIKE_KW => ID */ - 26, /* MATCH => ID */ - 26, /* KEY => ID */ - 26, /* OF => ID */ - 26, /* OFFSET => ID */ - 26, /* PRAGMA => ID */ - 26, /* RAISE => ID */ - 26, /* REPLACE => ID */ - 26, /* RESTRICT => ID */ - 26, /* ROW => ID */ - 26, /* TRIGGER => ID */ - 26, /* VACUUM => ID */ - 26, /* VIEW => ID */ - 26, /* VIRTUAL => ID */ - 26, /* REINDEX => ID */ - 26, /* RENAME => ID */ - 26, /* CTIME_KW => ID */ - 0, /* ANY => nothing */ - 0, /* OR => nothing */ - 0, /* AND => nothing */ - 0, /* IS => nothing */ - 0, /* BETWEEN => nothing */ - 0, /* IN => nothing */ - 0, /* ISNULL => nothing */ - 0, /* NOTNULL => nothing */ - 0, /* NE => nothing */ - 0, /* EQ => nothing */ - 0, /* GT => nothing */ - 0, /* LE => nothing */ - 0, /* LT => nothing */ - 0, /* GE => nothing */ - 0, /* ESCAPE => nothing */ - 0, /* BITAND => nothing */ - 0, /* BITOR => nothing */ - 0, /* LSHIFT => nothing */ - 0, /* RSHIFT => nothing */ - 0, /* PLUS => nothing */ - 0, /* MINUS => nothing */ - 0, /* STAR => nothing */ - 0, /* SLASH => nothing */ - 0, /* REM => nothing */ - 0, /* CONCAT => nothing */ - 0, /* COLLATE => nothing */ - 0, /* UMINUS => nothing */ - 0, /* UPLUS => nothing */ - 0, /* BITNOT => nothing */ - 0, /* STRING => nothing */ - 0, /* JOIN_KW => nothing */ - 0, /* CONSTRAINT => nothing */ - 0, /* DEFAULT => nothing */ - 0, /* NULL => nothing */ - 0, /* PRIMARY => nothing */ - 0, /* UNIQUE => nothing */ - 0, /* CHECK => nothing */ - 0, /* REFERENCES => nothing */ - 0, /* AUTOINCR => nothing */ - 0, /* ON => nothing */ - 0, /* DELETE => nothing */ - 0, /* UPDATE => nothing */ - 0, /* INSERT => nothing */ - 0, /* SET => nothing */ - 0, /* DEFERRABLE => nothing */ - 0, /* FOREIGN => nothing */ - 0, /* DROP => nothing */ - 0, /* UNION => nothing */ - 0, /* ALL => nothing */ - 0, /* EXCEPT => nothing */ - 0, /* INTERSECT => nothing */ - 0, /* SELECT => nothing */ - 0, /* DISTINCT => nothing */ - 0, /* DOT => nothing */ - 0, /* FROM => nothing */ - 0, /* JOIN => nothing */ - 0, /* USING => nothing */ - 0, /* ORDER => nothing */ - 0, /* GROUP => nothing */ - 0, /* HAVING => nothing */ - 0, /* LIMIT => nothing */ - 0, /* WHERE => nothing */ - 0, /* INTO => nothing */ - 0, /* VALUES => nothing */ - 0, /* INTEGER => nothing */ - 0, /* FLOAT => nothing */ - 0, /* BLOB => nothing */ - 0, /* REGISTER => nothing */ - 0, /* VARIABLE => nothing */ - 0, /* CASE => nothing */ - 0, /* WHEN => nothing */ - 0, /* THEN => nothing */ - 0, /* ELSE => nothing */ - 0, /* INDEX => nothing */ - 0, /* ALTER => nothing */ - 0, /* ADD => nothing */ -}; -#endif /* YYFALLBACK */ - -/* The following structure represents a single element of the -** parser's stack. Information stored includes: -** -** + The state number for the parser at this level of the stack. -** -** + The value of the token stored at this level of the stack. -** (In other words, the "major" token.) -** -** + The semantic value stored at this level of the stack. This is -** the information used by the action routines in the grammar. -** It is sometimes called the "minor" token. -*/ -struct yyStackEntry { - YYACTIONTYPE stateno; /* The state-number */ - YYCODETYPE major; /* The major token value. This is the code - ** number for the token at this stack level */ - YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value. This - ** is the value of the token */ -}; -typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry; - -/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of -** the following structure */ -struct yyParser { - int yyidx; /* Index of top element in stack */ -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH - int yyidxMax; /* Maximum value of yyidx */ -#endif - int yyerrcnt; /* Shifts left before out of the error */ - sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL /* A place to hold %extra_argument */ -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - int yystksz; /* Current side of the stack */ - yyStackEntry *yystack; /* The parser's stack */ -#else - yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH]; /* The parser's stack */ -#endif -}; -typedef struct yyParser yyParser; - -#ifndef NDEBUG -#include -static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0; -static char *yyTracePrompt = 0; -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace -** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off -** by making either argument NULL -** -** Inputs: -**
    -**
  • A FILE* to which trace output should be written. -** If NULL, then tracing is turned off. -**
  • A prefix string written at the beginning of every -** line of trace output. If NULL, then tracing is -** turned off. -**
-** -** Outputs: -** None. -*/ -void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){ - yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE; - yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt; - if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0; - else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0; -} -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals -** are required. The following table supplies these names */ -static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { - "$", "SEMI", "EXPLAIN", "QUERY", - "PLAN", "BEGIN", "TRANSACTION", "DEFERRED", - "IMMEDIATE", "EXCLUSIVE", "COMMIT", "END", - "ROLLBACK", "SAVEPOINT", "RELEASE", "TO", - "TABLE", "CREATE", "IF", "NOT", - "EXISTS", "TEMP", "LP", "RP", - "AS", "COMMA", "ID", "INDEXED", - "ABORT", "AFTER", "ANALYZE", "ASC", - "ATTACH", "BEFORE", "BY", "CASCADE", - "CAST", "COLUMNKW", "CONFLICT", "DATABASE", - "DESC", "DETACH", "EACH", "FAIL", - "FOR", "IGNORE", "INITIALLY", "INSTEAD", - "LIKE_KW", "MATCH", "KEY", "OF", - "OFFSET", "PRAGMA", "RAISE", "REPLACE", - "RESTRICT", "ROW", "TRIGGER", "VACUUM", - "VIEW", "VIRTUAL", "REINDEX", "RENAME", - "CTIME_KW", "ANY", "OR", "AND", - "IS", "BETWEEN", "IN", "ISNULL", - "NOTNULL", "NE", "EQ", "GT", - "LE", "LT", "GE", "ESCAPE", - "BITAND", "BITOR", "LSHIFT", "RSHIFT", - "PLUS", "MINUS", "STAR", "SLASH", - "REM", "CONCAT", "COLLATE", "UMINUS", - "UPLUS", "BITNOT", "STRING", "JOIN_KW", - "CONSTRAINT", "DEFAULT", "NULL", "PRIMARY", - "UNIQUE", "CHECK", "REFERENCES", "AUTOINCR", - "ON", "DELETE", "UPDATE", "INSERT", - "SET", "DEFERRABLE", "FOREIGN", "DROP", - "UNION", "ALL", "EXCEPT", "INTERSECT", - "SELECT", "DISTINCT", "DOT", "FROM", - "JOIN", "USING", "ORDER", "GROUP", - "HAVING", "LIMIT", "WHERE", "INTO", - "VALUES", "INTEGER", "FLOAT", "BLOB", - "REGISTER", "VARIABLE", "CASE", "WHEN", - "THEN", "ELSE", "INDEX", "ALTER", - "ADD", "error", "input", "cmdlist", - "ecmd", "explain", "cmdx", "cmd", - "transtype", "trans_opt", "nm", "savepoint_opt", - "create_table", "create_table_args", "createkw", "temp", - "ifnotexists", "dbnm", "columnlist", "conslist_opt", - "select", "column", "columnid", "type", - "carglist", "id", "ids", "typetoken", - "typename", "signed", "plus_num", "minus_num", - "carg", "ccons", "term", "expr", - "onconf", "sortorder", "autoinc", "idxlist_opt", - "refargs", "defer_subclause", "refarg", "refact", - "init_deferred_pred_opt", "conslist", "tcons", "idxlist", - "defer_subclause_opt", "orconf", "resolvetype", "raisetype", - "ifexists", "fullname", "oneselect", "multiselect_op", - "distinct", "selcollist", "from", "where_opt", - "groupby_opt", "having_opt", "orderby_opt", "limit_opt", - "sclp", "as", "seltablist", "stl_prefix", - "joinop", "indexed_opt", "on_opt", "using_opt", - "joinop2", "inscollist", "sortlist", "sortitem", - "nexprlist", "setlist", "insert_cmd", "inscollist_opt", - "itemlist", "exprlist", "likeop", "escape", - "between_op", "in_op", "case_operand", "case_exprlist", - "case_else", "uniqueflag", "collate", "nmnum", - "plus_opt", "number", "trigger_decl", "trigger_cmd_list", - "trigger_time", "trigger_event", "foreach_clause", "when_clause", - "trigger_cmd", "database_kw_opt", "key_opt", "add_column_fullname", - "kwcolumn_opt", "create_vtab", "vtabarglist", "vtabarg", - "vtabargtoken", "lp", "anylist", -}; -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required. -*/ -static const char *const yyRuleName[] = { - /* 0 */ "input ::= cmdlist", - /* 1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd", - /* 2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd", - /* 3 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI", - /* 4 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI", - /* 5 */ "explain ::=", - /* 6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN", - /* 7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN", - /* 8 */ "cmdx ::= cmd", - /* 9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt", - /* 10 */ "trans_opt ::=", - /* 11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION", - /* 12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm", - /* 13 */ "transtype ::=", - /* 14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED", - /* 15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE", - /* 16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE", - /* 17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt", - /* 18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt", - /* 19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt", - /* 20 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT", - /* 21 */ "savepoint_opt ::=", - /* 22 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm", - /* 23 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm", - /* 24 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm", - /* 25 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args", - /* 26 */ "create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm", - /* 27 */ "createkw ::= CREATE", - /* 28 */ "ifnotexists ::=", - /* 29 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS", - /* 30 */ "temp ::= TEMP", - /* 31 */ "temp ::=", - /* 32 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP", - /* 33 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select", - /* 34 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column", - /* 35 */ "columnlist ::= column", - /* 36 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist", - /* 37 */ "columnid ::= nm", - /* 38 */ "id ::= ID", - /* 39 */ "id ::= INDEXED", - /* 40 */ "ids ::= ID|STRING", - /* 41 */ "nm ::= id", - /* 42 */ "nm ::= STRING", - /* 43 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW", - /* 44 */ "type ::=", - /* 45 */ "type ::= typetoken", - /* 46 */ "typetoken ::= typename", - /* 47 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP", - /* 48 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP", - /* 49 */ "typename ::= ids", - /* 50 */ "typename ::= typename ids", - /* 51 */ "signed ::= plus_num", - /* 52 */ "signed ::= minus_num", - /* 53 */ "carglist ::= carglist carg", - /* 54 */ "carglist ::=", - /* 55 */ "carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons", - /* 56 */ "carg ::= ccons", - /* 57 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term", - /* 58 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP", - /* 59 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term", - /* 60 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term", - /* 61 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT id", - /* 62 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf", - /* 63 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf", - /* 64 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc", - /* 65 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf", - /* 66 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP", - /* 67 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs", - /* 68 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause", - /* 69 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ids", - /* 70 */ "autoinc ::=", - /* 71 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR", - /* 72 */ "refargs ::=", - /* 73 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg", - /* 74 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm", - /* 75 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact", - /* 76 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact", - /* 77 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact", - /* 78 */ "refact ::= SET NULL", - /* 79 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT", - /* 80 */ "refact ::= CASCADE", - /* 81 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT", - /* 82 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", - /* 83 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", - /* 84 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=", - /* 85 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED", - /* 86 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE", - /* 87 */ "conslist_opt ::=", - /* 88 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist", - /* 89 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons", - /* 90 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons", - /* 91 */ "conslist ::= tcons", - /* 92 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", - /* 93 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf", - /* 94 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf", - /* 95 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf", - /* 96 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt", - /* 97 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=", - /* 98 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause", - /* 99 */ "onconf ::=", - /* 100 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype", - /* 101 */ "orconf ::=", - /* 102 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype", - /* 103 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype", - /* 104 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE", - /* 105 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE", - /* 106 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname", - /* 107 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS", - /* 108 */ "ifexists ::=", - /* 109 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select", - /* 110 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname", - /* 111 */ "cmd ::= select", - /* 112 */ "select ::= oneselect", - /* 113 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect", - /* 114 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION", - /* 115 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL", - /* 116 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT", - /* 117 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt", - /* 118 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT", - /* 119 */ "distinct ::= ALL", - /* 120 */ "distinct ::=", - /* 121 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA", - /* 122 */ "sclp ::=", - /* 123 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as", - /* 124 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR", - /* 125 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR", - /* 126 */ "as ::= AS nm", - /* 127 */ "as ::= ids", - /* 128 */ "as ::=", - /* 129 */ "from ::=", - /* 130 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist", - /* 131 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop", - /* 132 */ "stl_prefix ::=", - /* 133 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt", - /* 134 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt", - /* 135 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt", - /* 136 */ "dbnm ::=", - /* 137 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm", - /* 138 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm", - /* 139 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN", - /* 140 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN", - /* 141 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN", - /* 142 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN", - /* 143 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr", - /* 144 */ "on_opt ::=", - /* 145 */ "indexed_opt ::=", - /* 146 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm", - /* 147 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED", - /* 148 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP", - /* 149 */ "using_opt ::=", - /* 150 */ "orderby_opt ::=", - /* 151 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist", - /* 152 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder", - /* 153 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder", - /* 154 */ "sortitem ::= expr", - /* 155 */ "sortorder ::= ASC", - /* 156 */ "sortorder ::= DESC", - /* 157 */ "sortorder ::=", - /* 158 */ "groupby_opt ::=", - /* 159 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist", - /* 160 */ "having_opt ::=", - /* 161 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr", - /* 162 */ "limit_opt ::=", - /* 163 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr", - /* 164 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr", - /* 165 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr", - /* 166 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt", - /* 167 */ "where_opt ::=", - /* 168 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr", - /* 169 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt", - /* 170 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr", - /* 171 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr", - /* 172 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP", - /* 173 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select", - /* 174 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES", - /* 175 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf", - /* 176 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE", - /* 177 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr", - /* 178 */ "itemlist ::= expr", - /* 179 */ "inscollist_opt ::=", - /* 180 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP", - /* 181 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm", - /* 182 */ "inscollist ::= nm", - /* 183 */ "expr ::= term", - /* 184 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP", - /* 185 */ "term ::= NULL", - /* 186 */ "expr ::= id", - /* 187 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW", - /* 188 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm", - /* 189 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm", - /* 190 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB", - /* 191 */ "term ::= STRING", - /* 192 */ "expr ::= REGISTER", - /* 193 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE", - /* 194 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ids", - /* 195 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP", - /* 196 */ "expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP", - /* 197 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP", - /* 198 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW", - /* 199 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr", - /* 200 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr", - /* 201 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr", - /* 202 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr", - /* 203 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr", - /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr", - /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr", - /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr", - /* 207 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW", - /* 208 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW", - /* 209 */ "likeop ::= MATCH", - /* 210 */ "likeop ::= NOT MATCH", - /* 211 */ "escape ::= ESCAPE expr", - /* 212 */ "escape ::=", - /* 213 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr escape", - /* 214 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL", - /* 215 */ "expr ::= expr IS NULL", - /* 216 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL", - /* 217 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT NULL", - /* 218 */ "expr ::= NOT expr", - /* 219 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr", - /* 220 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr", - /* 221 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr", - /* 222 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN", - /* 223 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN", - /* 224 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr", - /* 225 */ "in_op ::= IN", - /* 226 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN", - /* 227 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP", - /* 228 */ "expr ::= LP select RP", - /* 229 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP", - /* 230 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm", - /* 231 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP", - /* 232 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END", - /* 233 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr", - /* 234 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr", - /* 235 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr", - /* 236 */ "case_else ::=", - /* 237 */ "case_operand ::= expr", - /* 238 */ "case_operand ::=", - /* 239 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist", - /* 240 */ "exprlist ::=", - /* 241 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr", - /* 242 */ "nexprlist ::= expr", - /* 243 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP", - /* 244 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE", - /* 245 */ "uniqueflag ::=", - /* 246 */ "idxlist_opt ::=", - /* 247 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP", - /* 248 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder", - /* 249 */ "idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder", - /* 250 */ "collate ::=", - /* 251 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ids", - /* 252 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname", - /* 253 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM", - /* 254 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm", - /* 255 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm", - /* 256 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum", - /* 257 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP", - /* 258 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num", - /* 259 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP", - /* 260 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num", - /* 261 */ "nmnum ::= nm", - /* 262 */ "nmnum ::= ON", - /* 263 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE", - /* 264 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT", - /* 265 */ "plus_num ::= plus_opt number", - /* 266 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS number", - /* 267 */ "number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT", - /* 268 */ "plus_opt ::= PLUS", - /* 269 */ "plus_opt ::=", - /* 270 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END", - /* 271 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause", - /* 272 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE", - /* 273 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER", - /* 274 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF", - /* 275 */ "trigger_time ::=", - /* 276 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT", - /* 277 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE", - /* 278 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist", - /* 279 */ "foreach_clause ::=", - /* 280 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW", - /* 281 */ "when_clause ::=", - /* 282 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr", - /* 283 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI", - /* 284 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI", - /* 285 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf nm SET setlist where_opt", - /* 286 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP", - /* 287 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt select", - /* 288 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM nm where_opt", - /* 289 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select", - /* 290 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP", - /* 291 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP", - /* 292 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK", - /* 293 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT", - /* 294 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL", - /* 295 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname", - /* 296 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt", - /* 297 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr", - /* 298 */ "key_opt ::=", - /* 299 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr", - /* 300 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE", - /* 301 */ "database_kw_opt ::=", - /* 302 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX", - /* 303 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm", - /* 304 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE", - /* 305 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm", - /* 306 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm", - /* 307 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column", - /* 308 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname", - /* 309 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=", - /* 310 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW", - /* 311 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab", - /* 312 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP", - /* 313 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm", - /* 314 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg", - /* 315 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg", - /* 316 */ "vtabarg ::=", - /* 317 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken", - /* 318 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY", - /* 319 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP", - /* 320 */ "lp ::= LP", - /* 321 */ "anylist ::=", - /* 322 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY", -}; -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - - -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 -/* -** Try to increase the size of the parser stack. -*/ -static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){ - int newSize; - yyStackEntry *pNew; - - newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100; - pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0])); - if( pNew ){ - p->yystack = pNew; - p->yystksz = newSize; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n", - yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz); - } -#endif - } -} -#endif - -/* -** This function allocates a new parser. -** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like -** malloc. -** -** Inputs: -** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory. -** -** Outputs: -** A pointer to a parser. This pointer is used in subsequent calls -** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree. -*/ -void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){ - yyParser *pParser; - pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) ); - if( pParser ){ - pParser->yyidx = -1; -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH - pParser->yyidxMax = 0; -#endif -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - pParser->yystack = NULL; - pParser->yystksz = 0; - yyGrowStack(pParser); -#endif - } - return pParser; -} - -/* The following function deletes the value associated with a -** symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal. -** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to -** the value. -*/ -static void yy_destructor( - yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ - YYCODETYPE yymajor, /* Type code for object to destroy */ - YYMINORTYPE *yypminor /* The object to be destroyed */ -){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; - switch( yymajor ){ - /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a - ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen - ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a - ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is - ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing. - ** - ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those - ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used - ** inside the C code. - */ - case 160: /* select */ - case 194: /* oneselect */ -{ -#line 389 "parse.y" -sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy243)); -#line 1339 "parse.c" -} - break; - case 174: /* term */ - case 175: /* expr */ - case 199: /* where_opt */ - case 201: /* having_opt */ - case 210: /* on_opt */ - case 215: /* sortitem */ - case 223: /* escape */ - case 226: /* case_operand */ - case 228: /* case_else */ - case 239: /* when_clause */ - case 242: /* key_opt */ -{ -#line 700 "parse.y" -sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy72)); -#line 1356 "parse.c" -} - break; - case 179: /* idxlist_opt */ - case 187: /* idxlist */ - case 197: /* selcollist */ - case 200: /* groupby_opt */ - case 202: /* orderby_opt */ - case 204: /* sclp */ - case 214: /* sortlist */ - case 216: /* nexprlist */ - case 217: /* setlist */ - case 220: /* itemlist */ - case 221: /* exprlist */ - case 227: /* case_exprlist */ -{ -#line 962 "parse.y" -sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy148)); -#line 1374 "parse.c" -} - break; - case 193: /* fullname */ - case 198: /* from */ - case 206: /* seltablist */ - case 207: /* stl_prefix */ -{ -#line 518 "parse.y" -sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy185)); -#line 1384 "parse.c" -} - break; - case 211: /* using_opt */ - case 213: /* inscollist */ - case 219: /* inscollist_opt */ -{ -#line 550 "parse.y" -sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy254)); -#line 1393 "parse.c" -} - break; - case 235: /* trigger_cmd_list */ - case 240: /* trigger_cmd */ -{ -#line 1069 "parse.y" -sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy145)); -#line 1401 "parse.c" -} - break; - case 237: /* trigger_event */ -{ -#line 1055 "parse.y" -sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy332).b); -#line 1408 "parse.c" -} - break; - default: break; /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */ - } -} - -/* -** Pop the parser's stack once. -** -** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which -** is popped from the stack, then call it. -** -** Return the major token number for the symbol popped. -*/ -static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){ - YYCODETYPE yymajor; - yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx]; - - if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return 0; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n", - yyTracePrompt, - yyTokenName[yytos->major]); - } -#endif - yymajor = yytos->major; - yy_destructor(pParser, yymajor, &yytos->minor); - pParser->yyidx--; - return yymajor; -} - -/* -** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are all called for -** all stack elements before shutting the parser down. -** -** Inputs: -**
    -**
  • A pointer to the parser. This should be a pointer -** obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc. -**
  • A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained -** from malloc. -**
-*/ -void sqlite3ParserFree( - void *p, /* The parser to be deleted */ - void (*freeProc)(void*) /* Function used to reclaim memory */ -){ - yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; - if( pParser==0 ) return; - while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser); -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - free(pParser->yystack); -#endif - (*freeProc)((void*)pParser); -} - -/* -** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser. -*/ -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH -int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){ - yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; - return pParser->yyidxMax; -} -#endif - -/* -** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal -** look-ahead token iLookAhead. -** -** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is -** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise -** return YY_NO_ACTION. -*/ -static int yy_find_shift_action( - yyParser *pParser, /* The parser */ - YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ -){ - int i; - int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno; - - if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_MAX || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){ - return yy_default[stateno]; - } - assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); - i += iLookAhead; - if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ - if( iLookAhead>0 ){ -#ifdef YYFALLBACK - YYCODETYPE iFallback; /* Fallback token */ - if( iLookAhead %s\n", - yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]); - } -#endif - return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback); - } -#endif -#ifdef YYWILDCARD - { - int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD; - if( j>=0 && j %s\n", - yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]); - } -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - return yy_action[j]; - } - } -#endif /* YYWILDCARD */ - } - return yy_default[stateno]; - }else{ - return yy_action[i]; - } -} - -/* -** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal -** look-ahead token iLookAhead. -** -** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is -** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise -** return YY_NO_ACTION. -*/ -static int yy_find_reduce_action( - int stateno, /* Current state number */ - YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ -){ - int i; -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_MAX ){ - return yy_default[stateno]; - } -#else - assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_MAX ); -#endif - i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno]; - assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ); - assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); - i += iLookAhead; -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ - return yy_default[stateno]; - } -#else - assert( i>=0 && iyyidx--; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt); - } -#endif - while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser - ** stack every overflows */ -#line 40 "parse.y" - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(yypMinor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow"); - pParse->parseError = 1; -#line 1586 "parse.c" - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */ -} - -/* -** Perform a shift action. -*/ -static void yy_shift( - yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser to be shifted */ - int yyNewState, /* The new state to shift in */ - int yyMajor, /* The major token to shift in */ - YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor /* Pointer to the minor token to shift in */ -){ - yyStackEntry *yytos; - yypParser->yyidx++; -#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH - if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){ - yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx; - } -#endif -#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 - if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){ - yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); - return; - } -#else - if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ - yyGrowStack(yypParser); - if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ - yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); - return; - } - } -#endif - yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; - yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState; - yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor; - yytos->minor = *yypMinor; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){ - int i; - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState); - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt); - for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++) - fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]); - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n"); - } -#endif -} - -/* The following table contains information about every rule that -** is used during the reduce. -*/ -static const struct { - YYCODETYPE lhs; /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */ - unsigned char nrhs; /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */ -} yyRuleInfo[] = { - { 142, 1 }, - { 143, 2 }, - { 143, 1 }, - { 144, 1 }, - { 144, 3 }, - { 145, 0 }, - { 145, 1 }, - { 145, 3 }, - { 146, 1 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 149, 0 }, - { 149, 1 }, - { 149, 2 }, - { 148, 0 }, - { 148, 1 }, - { 148, 1 }, - { 148, 1 }, - { 147, 2 }, - { 147, 2 }, - { 147, 2 }, - { 151, 1 }, - { 151, 0 }, - { 147, 2 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 147, 5 }, - { 147, 2 }, - { 152, 6 }, - { 154, 1 }, - { 156, 0 }, - { 156, 3 }, - { 155, 1 }, - { 155, 0 }, - { 153, 4 }, - { 153, 2 }, - { 158, 3 }, - { 158, 1 }, - { 161, 3 }, - { 162, 1 }, - { 165, 1 }, - { 165, 1 }, - { 166, 1 }, - { 150, 1 }, - { 150, 1 }, - { 150, 1 }, - { 163, 0 }, - { 163, 1 }, - { 167, 1 }, - { 167, 4 }, - { 167, 6 }, - { 168, 1 }, - { 168, 2 }, - { 169, 1 }, - { 169, 1 }, - { 164, 2 }, - { 164, 0 }, - { 172, 3 }, - { 172, 1 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 173, 4 }, - { 173, 3 }, - { 173, 3 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 173, 3 }, - { 173, 5 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 173, 4 }, - { 173, 4 }, - { 173, 1 }, - { 173, 2 }, - { 178, 0 }, - { 178, 1 }, - { 180, 0 }, - { 180, 2 }, - { 182, 2 }, - { 182, 3 }, - { 182, 3 }, - { 182, 3 }, - { 183, 2 }, - { 183, 2 }, - { 183, 1 }, - { 183, 1 }, - { 181, 3 }, - { 181, 2 }, - { 184, 0 }, - { 184, 2 }, - { 184, 2 }, - { 159, 0 }, - { 159, 2 }, - { 185, 3 }, - { 185, 2 }, - { 185, 1 }, - { 186, 2 }, - { 186, 7 }, - { 186, 5 }, - { 186, 5 }, - { 186, 10 }, - { 188, 0 }, - { 188, 1 }, - { 176, 0 }, - { 176, 3 }, - { 189, 0 }, - { 189, 2 }, - { 190, 1 }, - { 190, 1 }, - { 190, 1 }, - { 147, 4 }, - { 192, 2 }, - { 192, 0 }, - { 147, 8 }, - { 147, 4 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 160, 1 }, - { 160, 3 }, - { 195, 1 }, - { 195, 2 }, - { 195, 1 }, - { 194, 9 }, - { 196, 1 }, - { 196, 1 }, - { 196, 0 }, - { 204, 2 }, - { 204, 0 }, - { 197, 3 }, - { 197, 2 }, - { 197, 4 }, - { 205, 2 }, - { 205, 1 }, - { 205, 0 }, - { 198, 0 }, - { 198, 2 }, - { 207, 2 }, - { 207, 0 }, - { 206, 7 }, - { 206, 7 }, - { 206, 7 }, - { 157, 0 }, - { 157, 2 }, - { 193, 2 }, - { 208, 1 }, - { 208, 2 }, - { 208, 3 }, - { 208, 4 }, - { 210, 2 }, - { 210, 0 }, - { 209, 0 }, - { 209, 3 }, - { 209, 2 }, - { 211, 4 }, - { 211, 0 }, - { 202, 0 }, - { 202, 3 }, - { 214, 4 }, - { 214, 2 }, - { 215, 1 }, - { 177, 1 }, - { 177, 1 }, - { 177, 0 }, - { 200, 0 }, - { 200, 3 }, - { 201, 0 }, - { 201, 2 }, - { 203, 0 }, - { 203, 2 }, - { 203, 4 }, - { 203, 4 }, - { 147, 5 }, - { 199, 0 }, - { 199, 2 }, - { 147, 7 }, - { 217, 5 }, - { 217, 3 }, - { 147, 8 }, - { 147, 5 }, - { 147, 6 }, - { 218, 2 }, - { 218, 1 }, - { 220, 3 }, - { 220, 1 }, - { 219, 0 }, - { 219, 3 }, - { 213, 3 }, - { 213, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 174, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 174, 1 }, - { 174, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 1 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 6 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 174, 1 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 222, 1 }, - { 222, 2 }, - { 222, 1 }, - { 222, 2 }, - { 223, 2 }, - { 223, 0 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 175, 2 }, - { 224, 1 }, - { 224, 2 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 225, 1 }, - { 225, 2 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 175, 3 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 175, 5 }, - { 227, 5 }, - { 227, 4 }, - { 228, 2 }, - { 228, 0 }, - { 226, 1 }, - { 226, 0 }, - { 221, 1 }, - { 221, 0 }, - { 216, 3 }, - { 216, 1 }, - { 147, 11 }, - { 229, 1 }, - { 229, 0 }, - { 179, 0 }, - { 179, 3 }, - { 187, 5 }, - { 187, 3 }, - { 230, 0 }, - { 230, 2 }, - { 147, 4 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 147, 2 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 147, 5 }, - { 147, 6 }, - { 147, 5 }, - { 147, 6 }, - { 231, 1 }, - { 231, 1 }, - { 231, 1 }, - { 231, 1 }, - { 231, 1 }, - { 170, 2 }, - { 171, 2 }, - { 233, 1 }, - { 232, 1 }, - { 232, 0 }, - { 147, 5 }, - { 234, 11 }, - { 236, 1 }, - { 236, 1 }, - { 236, 2 }, - { 236, 0 }, - { 237, 1 }, - { 237, 1 }, - { 237, 3 }, - { 238, 0 }, - { 238, 3 }, - { 239, 0 }, - { 239, 2 }, - { 235, 3 }, - { 235, 2 }, - { 240, 6 }, - { 240, 8 }, - { 240, 5 }, - { 240, 4 }, - { 240, 1 }, - { 175, 4 }, - { 175, 6 }, - { 191, 1 }, - { 191, 1 }, - { 191, 1 }, - { 147, 4 }, - { 147, 6 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 242, 0 }, - { 242, 2 }, - { 241, 1 }, - { 241, 0 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 147, 3 }, - { 147, 6 }, - { 147, 6 }, - { 243, 1 }, - { 244, 0 }, - { 244, 1 }, - { 147, 1 }, - { 147, 4 }, - { 245, 7 }, - { 246, 1 }, - { 246, 3 }, - { 247, 0 }, - { 247, 2 }, - { 248, 1 }, - { 248, 3 }, - { 249, 1 }, - { 250, 0 }, - { 250, 2 }, -}; - -static void yy_accept(yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */ - -/* -** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately -** follow the reduce. -*/ -static void yy_reduce( - yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ - int yyruleno /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */ -){ - int yygoto; /* The next state */ - int yyact; /* The next action */ - YYMINORTYPE yygotominor; /* The LHS of the rule reduced */ - yyStackEntry *yymsp; /* The top of the parser's stack */ - int yysize; /* Amount to pop the stack */ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; - yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 - && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt, - yyRuleName[yyruleno]); - } -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - - /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized - ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following - ** switch. yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does - ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal. Leaving the - ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long - ** as the value is never used. So really the only thing this code - ** accomplishes is to quieten purify. - ** - ** 2007-01-16: The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that - ** without this code, their parser segfaults. I'm not sure what there - ** parser is doing to make this happen. This is the second bug report - ** from wireshark this week. Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways - ** that it has not been previously stressed... (SQLite ticket #2172) - */ - /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/ - yygotominor = yyzerominor; - - - switch( yyruleno ){ - /* Beginning here are the reduction cases. A typical example - ** follows: - ** case 0: - ** #line - ** { ... } // User supplied code - ** #line - ** break; - */ - case 0: /* input ::= cmdlist */ - case 1: /* cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ - case 2: /* cmdlist ::= ecmd */ - case 3: /* ecmd ::= SEMI */ - case 4: /* ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */ - case 10: /* trans_opt ::= */ - case 11: /* trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ - case 12: /* trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ - case 20: /* savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ - case 21: /* savepoint_opt ::= */ - case 25: /* cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ - case 34: /* columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column */ - case 35: /* columnlist ::= column */ - case 44: /* type ::= */ - case 51: /* signed ::= plus_num */ - case 52: /* signed ::= minus_num */ - case 53: /* carglist ::= carglist carg */ - case 54: /* carglist ::= */ - case 55: /* carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons */ - case 56: /* carg ::= ccons */ - case 62: /* ccons ::= NULL onconf */ - case 89: /* conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons */ - case 90: /* conslist ::= conslist tcons */ - case 91: /* conslist ::= tcons */ - case 92: /* tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ - case 268: /* plus_opt ::= PLUS */ - case 269: /* plus_opt ::= */ - case 279: /* foreach_clause ::= */ - case 280: /* foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ - case 300: /* database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ - case 301: /* database_kw_opt ::= */ - case 309: /* kwcolumn_opt ::= */ - case 310: /* kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ - case 314: /* vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ - case 315: /* vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ - case 317: /* vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ - case 321: /* anylist ::= */ -#line 93 "parse.y" -{ -} -#line 2060 "parse.c" - break; - case 5: /* explain ::= */ -#line 98 "parse.y" -{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); } -#line 2065 "parse.c" - break; - case 6: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */ -#line 100 "parse.y" -{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); } -#line 2070 "parse.c" - break; - case 7: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ -#line 101 "parse.y" -{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); } -#line 2075 "parse.c" - break; - case 8: /* cmdx ::= cmd */ -#line 103 "parse.y" -{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); } -#line 2080 "parse.c" - break; - case 9: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */ -#line 108 "parse.y" -{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194);} -#line 2085 "parse.c" - break; - case 13: /* transtype ::= */ -#line 113 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy194 = TK_DEFERRED;} -#line 2090 "parse.c" - break; - case 14: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */ - case 15: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ - case 16: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ - case 114: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ - case 116: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ -#line 114 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy194 = yymsp[0].major;} -#line 2099 "parse.c" - break; - case 17: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */ - case 18: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */ -#line 117 "parse.y" -{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);} -#line 2105 "parse.c" - break; - case 19: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */ -#line 119 "parse.y" -{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);} -#line 2110 "parse.c" - break; - case 22: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */ -#line 123 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 2117 "parse.c" - break; - case 23: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */ -#line 126 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 2124 "parse.c" - break; - case 24: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */ -#line 129 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 2131 "parse.c" - break; - case 26: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */ -#line 136 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy194,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy194); -} -#line 2138 "parse.c" - break; - case 27: /* createkw ::= CREATE */ -#line 139 "parse.y" -{ - pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; - yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; -} -#line 2146 "parse.c" - break; - case 28: /* ifnotexists ::= */ - case 31: /* temp ::= */ - case 70: /* autoinc ::= */ - case 84: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ - case 86: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ - case 97: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ - case 108: /* ifexists ::= */ - case 119: /* distinct ::= ALL */ - case 120: /* distinct ::= */ - case 222: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */ - case 225: /* in_op ::= IN */ -#line 144 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy194 = 0;} -#line 2161 "parse.c" - break; - case 29: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */ - case 30: /* temp ::= TEMP */ - case 71: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ - case 85: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ - case 107: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ - case 118: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */ - case 223: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ - case 226: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ -#line 145 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy194 = 1;} -#line 2173 "parse.c" - break; - case 32: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP */ -#line 151 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0); -} -#line 2180 "parse.c" - break; - case 33: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */ -#line 154 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy243); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy243); -} -#line 2188 "parse.c" - break; - case 36: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */ -#line 166 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; -} -#line 2196 "parse.c" - break; - case 37: /* columnid ::= nm */ -#line 170 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; -} -#line 2204 "parse.c" - break; - case 38: /* id ::= ID */ - case 39: /* id ::= INDEXED */ - case 40: /* ids ::= ID|STRING */ - case 41: /* nm ::= id */ - case 42: /* nm ::= STRING */ - case 43: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */ - case 46: /* typetoken ::= typename */ - case 49: /* typename ::= ids */ - case 126: /* as ::= AS nm */ - case 127: /* as ::= ids */ - case 137: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ - case 146: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ - case 251: /* collate ::= COLLATE ids */ - case 260: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */ - case 261: /* nmnum ::= nm */ - case 262: /* nmnum ::= ON */ - case 263: /* nmnum ::= DELETE */ - case 264: /* nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ - case 265: /* plus_num ::= plus_opt number */ - case 266: /* minus_num ::= MINUS number */ - case 267: /* number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ -#line 180 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} -#line 2229 "parse.c" - break; - case 45: /* type ::= typetoken */ -#line 242 "parse.y" -{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} -#line 2234 "parse.c" - break; - case 47: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */ -#line 244 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z); -} -#line 2242 "parse.c" - break; - case 48: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */ -#line 248 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z; - yygotominor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z); -} -#line 2250 "parse.c" - break; - case 50: /* typename ::= typename ids */ -#line 254 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy0.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);} -#line 2255 "parse.c" - break; - case 57: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */ - case 59: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */ -#line 265 "parse.y" -{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy72);} -#line 2261 "parse.c" - break; - case 58: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */ -#line 266 "parse.y" -{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72);} -#line 2266 "parse.c" - break; - case 60: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */ -#line 268 "parse.y" -{ - Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy72, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(p,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy72->span); - sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p); -} -#line 2275 "parse.c" - break; - case 61: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT id */ -#line 273 "parse.y" -{ - Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_STRING, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p); -} -#line 2283 "parse.c" - break; - case 63: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */ -#line 282 "parse.y" -{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy194);} -#line 2288 "parse.c" - break; - case 64: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */ -#line 284 "parse.y" -{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy194,yymsp[0].minor.yy194,yymsp[-2].minor.yy194);} -#line 2293 "parse.c" - break; - case 65: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */ -#line 285 "parse.y" -{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy194,0,0,0,0);} -#line 2298 "parse.c" - break; - case 66: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */ -#line 286 "parse.y" -{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72);} -#line 2303 "parse.c" - break; - case 67: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */ -#line 288 "parse.y" -{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy194);} -#line 2308 "parse.c" - break; - case 68: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */ -#line 289 "parse.y" -{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy194);} -#line 2313 "parse.c" - break; - case 69: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ids */ -#line 290 "parse.y" -{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} -#line 2318 "parse.c" - break; - case 72: /* refargs ::= */ -#line 303 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy194 = OE_Restrict * 0x010101; } -#line 2323 "parse.c" - break; - case 73: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */ -#line 304 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy194 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy194 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy497.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy497.value; } -#line 2328 "parse.c" - break; - case 74: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */ -#line 306 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy497.value = 0; yygotominor.yy497.mask = 0x000000; } -#line 2333 "parse.c" - break; - case 75: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */ -#line 307 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy497.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy194; yygotominor.yy497.mask = 0x0000ff; } -#line 2338 "parse.c" - break; - case 76: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */ -#line 308 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy497.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy194<<8; yygotominor.yy497.mask = 0x00ff00; } -#line 2343 "parse.c" - break; - case 77: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ -#line 309 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy497.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy194<<16; yygotominor.yy497.mask = 0xff0000; } -#line 2348 "parse.c" - break; - case 78: /* refact ::= SET NULL */ -#line 311 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy194 = OE_SetNull; } -#line 2353 "parse.c" - break; - case 79: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */ -#line 312 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy194 = OE_SetDflt; } -#line 2358 "parse.c" - break; - case 80: /* refact ::= CASCADE */ -#line 313 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy194 = OE_Cascade; } -#line 2363 "parse.c" - break; - case 81: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */ -#line 314 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy194 = OE_Restrict; } -#line 2368 "parse.c" - break; - case 82: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ - case 83: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ - case 98: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ - case 100: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ - case 102: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */ - case 103: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */ - case 175: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */ -#line 316 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy194 = yymsp[0].minor.yy194;} -#line 2379 "parse.c" - break; - case 87: /* conslist_opt ::= */ -#line 326 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0; yygotominor.yy0.z = 0;} -#line 2384 "parse.c" - break; - case 88: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */ -#line 327 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;} -#line 2389 "parse.c" - break; - case 93: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */ -#line 333 "parse.y" -{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy194,yymsp[-2].minor.yy194,0);} -#line 2394 "parse.c" - break; - case 94: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */ -#line 335 "parse.y" -{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy194,0,0,0,0);} -#line 2399 "parse.c" - break; - case 95: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */ -#line 336 "parse.y" -{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy72);} -#line 2404 "parse.c" - break; - case 96: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */ -#line 338 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy148, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy148, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194); - sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy194); -} -#line 2412 "parse.c" - break; - case 99: /* onconf ::= */ - case 101: /* orconf ::= */ -#line 352 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy194 = OE_Default;} -#line 2418 "parse.c" - break; - case 104: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */ -#line 357 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy194 = OE_Ignore;} -#line 2423 "parse.c" - break; - case 105: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */ - case 176: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */ -#line 358 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy194 = OE_Replace;} -#line 2429 "parse.c" - break; - case 106: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */ -#line 362 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy185, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194); -} -#line 2436 "parse.c" - break; - case 109: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */ -#line 372 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy243, yymsp[-6].minor.yy194, yymsp[-4].minor.yy194); -} -#line 2443 "parse.c" - break; - case 110: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */ -#line 375 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy185, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194); -} -#line 2450 "parse.c" - break; - case 111: /* cmd ::= select */ -#line 382 "parse.y" -{ - SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0}; - sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy243, &dest); - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy243); -} -#line 2459 "parse.c" - break; - case 112: /* select ::= oneselect */ -#line 393 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy243 = yymsp[0].minor.yy243;} -#line 2464 "parse.c" - break; - case 113: /* select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect */ -#line 395 "parse.y" -{ - if( yymsp[0].minor.yy243 ){ - yymsp[0].minor.yy243->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy194; - yymsp[0].minor.yy243->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy243; - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy243); - } - yygotominor.yy243 = yymsp[0].minor.yy243; -} -#line 2477 "parse.c" - break; - case 115: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */ -#line 406 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy194 = TK_ALL;} -#line 2482 "parse.c" - break; - case 117: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */ -#line 410 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy148,yymsp[-5].minor.yy185,yymsp[-4].minor.yy72,yymsp[-3].minor.yy148,yymsp[-2].minor.yy72,yymsp[-1].minor.yy148,yymsp[-7].minor.yy194,yymsp[0].minor.yy354.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy354.pOffset); -} -#line 2489 "parse.c" - break; - case 121: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */ - case 247: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */ -#line 431 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy148 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy148;} -#line 2495 "parse.c" - break; - case 122: /* sclp ::= */ - case 150: /* orderby_opt ::= */ - case 158: /* groupby_opt ::= */ - case 240: /* exprlist ::= */ - case 246: /* idxlist_opt ::= */ -#line 432 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy148 = 0;} -#line 2504 "parse.c" - break; - case 123: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */ -#line 433 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy148,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n?&yymsp[0].minor.yy0:0); -} -#line 2511 "parse.c" - break; - case 124: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */ -#line 436 "parse.y" -{ - Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0); - yygotominor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy148, p, 0); -} -#line 2519 "parse.c" - break; - case 125: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */ -#line 440 "parse.y" -{ - Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); - Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); - yygotominor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy148, pDot, 0); -} -#line 2529 "parse.c" - break; - case 128: /* as ::= */ -#line 453 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;} -#line 2534 "parse.c" - break; - case 129: /* from ::= */ -#line 465 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy185 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy185));} -#line 2539 "parse.c" - break; - case 130: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */ -#line 466 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy185 = yymsp[0].minor.yy185; - sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy185); -} -#line 2547 "parse.c" - break; - case 131: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */ -#line 474 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy185 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy185; - if( yygotominor.yy185 && yygotominor.yy185->nSrc>0 ) yygotominor.yy185->a[yygotominor.yy185->nSrc-1].jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy194; -} -#line 2555 "parse.c" - break; - case 132: /* stl_prefix ::= */ -#line 478 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy185 = 0;} -#line 2560 "parse.c" - break; - case 133: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */ -#line 479 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy185 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy185,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72,yymsp[0].minor.yy254); - sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yygotominor.yy185, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); -} -#line 2568 "parse.c" - break; - case 134: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */ -#line 485 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy185 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy185,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy243,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72,yymsp[0].minor.yy254); - } -#line 2575 "parse.c" - break; - case 135: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */ -#line 489 "parse.y" -{ - if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy185==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy72==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy254==0 ){ - yygotominor.yy185 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy185; - }else{ - Select *pSubquery; - sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy185); - pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy185,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); - yygotominor.yy185 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy185,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72,yymsp[0].minor.yy254); - } - } -#line 2589 "parse.c" - break; - case 136: /* dbnm ::= */ - case 145: /* indexed_opt ::= */ -#line 514 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=0;} -#line 2595 "parse.c" - break; - case 138: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */ -#line 519 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy185 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} -#line 2600 "parse.c" - break; - case 139: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */ -#line 523 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy194 = JT_INNER; } -#line 2605 "parse.c" - break; - case 140: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */ -#line 524 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy194 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); } -#line 2610 "parse.c" - break; - case 141: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */ -#line 525 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy194 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); } -#line 2615 "parse.c" - break; - case 142: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */ -#line 527 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy194 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); } -#line 2620 "parse.c" - break; - case 143: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */ - case 154: /* sortitem ::= expr */ - case 161: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ - case 168: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ - case 183: /* expr ::= term */ - case 211: /* escape ::= ESCAPE expr */ - case 235: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ - case 237: /* case_operand ::= expr */ -#line 531 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy72 = yymsp[0].minor.yy72;} -#line 2632 "parse.c" - break; - case 144: /* on_opt ::= */ - case 160: /* having_opt ::= */ - case 167: /* where_opt ::= */ - case 212: /* escape ::= */ - case 236: /* case_else ::= */ - case 238: /* case_operand ::= */ -#line 532 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy72 = 0;} -#line 2642 "parse.c" - break; - case 147: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */ -#line 547 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=1;} -#line 2647 "parse.c" - break; - case 148: /* using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP */ - case 180: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP */ -#line 551 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy254 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy254;} -#line 2653 "parse.c" - break; - case 149: /* using_opt ::= */ - case 179: /* inscollist_opt ::= */ -#line 552 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy254 = 0;} -#line 2659 "parse.c" - break; - case 151: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */ - case 159: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ - case 239: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */ -#line 563 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy148 = yymsp[0].minor.yy148;} -#line 2666 "parse.c" - break; - case 152: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder */ -#line 564 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy148,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72,0); - if( yygotominor.yy148 ) yygotominor.yy148->a[yygotominor.yy148->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy194; -} -#line 2674 "parse.c" - break; - case 153: /* sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder */ -#line 568 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy72,0); - if( yygotominor.yy148 && yygotominor.yy148->a ) yygotominor.yy148->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy194; -} -#line 2682 "parse.c" - break; - case 155: /* sortorder ::= ASC */ - case 157: /* sortorder ::= */ -#line 576 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy194 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;} -#line 2688 "parse.c" - break; - case 156: /* sortorder ::= DESC */ -#line 577 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy194 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;} -#line 2693 "parse.c" - break; - case 162: /* limit_opt ::= */ -#line 603 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy354.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy354.pOffset = 0;} -#line 2698 "parse.c" - break; - case 163: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */ -#line 604 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy354.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy72; yygotominor.yy354.pOffset = 0;} -#line 2703 "parse.c" - break; - case 164: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */ -#line 606 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy354.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy72; yygotominor.yy354.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy72;} -#line 2708 "parse.c" - break; - case 165: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */ -#line 608 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy354.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy72; yygotominor.yy354.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy72;} -#line 2713 "parse.c" - break; - case 166: /* cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */ -#line 621 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy185, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); - sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy185,yymsp[0].minor.yy72); -} -#line 2721 "parse.c" - break; - case 169: /* cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */ -#line 644 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy185, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy148,"set list"); - sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy185,yymsp[-1].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy72,yymsp[-5].minor.yy194); -} -#line 2730 "parse.c" - break; - case 170: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */ -#line 655 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy72,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);} -#line 2735 "parse.c" - break; - case 171: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */ -#line 657 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy72,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);} -#line 2740 "parse.c" - break; - case 172: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */ -#line 663 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy185, yymsp[-1].minor.yy148, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy254, yymsp[-7].minor.yy194);} -#line 2745 "parse.c" - break; - case 173: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */ -#line 665 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy185, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy243, yymsp[-1].minor.yy254, yymsp[-4].minor.yy194);} -#line 2750 "parse.c" - break; - case 174: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */ -#line 667 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy185, 0, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy254, yymsp[-5].minor.yy194);} -#line 2755 "parse.c" - break; - case 177: /* itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr */ - case 241: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */ -#line 678 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy148,yymsp[0].minor.yy72,0);} -#line 2761 "parse.c" - break; - case 178: /* itemlist ::= expr */ - case 242: /* nexprlist ::= expr */ -#line 680 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy72,0);} -#line 2767 "parse.c" - break; - case 181: /* inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm */ -#line 690 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy254 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy254,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} -#line 2772 "parse.c" - break; - case 182: /* inscollist ::= nm */ -#line 692 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy254 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} -#line 2777 "parse.c" - break; - case 184: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */ -#line 703 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy72 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy72; sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } -#line 2782 "parse.c" - break; - case 185: /* term ::= NULL */ - case 190: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */ - case 191: /* term ::= STRING */ -#line 704 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[0].major, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} -#line 2789 "parse.c" - break; - case 186: /* expr ::= id */ - case 187: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ -#line 705 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} -#line 2795 "parse.c" - break; - case 188: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */ -#line 707 "parse.y" -{ - Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); - Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0); -} -#line 2804 "parse.c" - break; - case 189: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */ -#line 712 "parse.y" -{ - Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); - Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); - Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0); - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0); -} -#line 2815 "parse.c" - break; - case 192: /* expr ::= REGISTER */ -#line 721 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3RegisterExpr(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} -#line 2820 "parse.c" - break; - case 193: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */ -#line 722 "parse.y" -{ - Token *pToken = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0; - Expr *pExpr = yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_VARIABLE, 0, 0, pToken); - sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, pExpr); -} -#line 2829 "parse.c" - break; - case 194: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ids */ -#line 727 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy72, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 2836 "parse.c" - break; - case 195: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */ -#line 731 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy72, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 2844 "parse.c" - break; - case 196: /* expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP */ -#line 736 "parse.y" -{ - if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy148 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy148->nExpr>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); - } - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy148, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy194 && yygotominor.yy72 ){ - yygotominor.yy72->flags |= EP_Distinct; - } -} -#line 2858 "parse.c" - break; - case 197: /* expr ::= ID LP STAR RP */ -#line 746 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 2866 "parse.c" - break; - case 198: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */ -#line 750 "parse.y" -{ - /* The CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_DATE, and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP values are - ** treated as functions that return constants */ - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - if( yygotominor.yy72 ){ - yygotominor.yy72->op = TK_CONST_FUNC; - yygotominor.yy72->span = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; - } -} -#line 2879 "parse.c" - break; - case 199: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */ - case 200: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ - case 201: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ - case 202: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ - case 203: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ - case 204: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ - case 205: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ - case 206: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ -#line 759 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,yymsp[-1].major,yymsp[-2].minor.yy72,yymsp[0].minor.yy72,0);} -#line 2891 "parse.c" - break; - case 207: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW */ - case 209: /* likeop ::= MATCH */ -#line 771 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy392.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy392.not = 0;} -#line 2897 "parse.c" - break; - case 208: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW */ - case 210: /* likeop ::= NOT MATCH */ -#line 772 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy392.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy392.not = 1;} -#line 2903 "parse.c" - break; - case 213: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr escape */ -#line 779 "parse.y" -{ - ExprList *pList; - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy72, 0); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-3].minor.yy72, 0); - if( yymsp[0].minor.yy72 ){ - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy72, 0); - } - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy392.eOperator); - if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy392.not ) yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy72, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy72->span, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy72->span); - if( yygotominor.yy72 ) yygotominor.yy72->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; -} -#line 2919 "parse.c" - break; - case 214: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */ -#line 792 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[0].major, yymsp[-1].minor.yy72, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy72->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 2927 "parse.c" - break; - case 215: /* expr ::= expr IS NULL */ -#line 796 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ISNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy72, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy72->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 2935 "parse.c" - break; - case 216: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */ -#line 800 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy72, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy72->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 2943 "parse.c" - break; - case 217: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT NULL */ -#line 804 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-3].minor.yy72, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy72->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 2951 "parse.c" - break; - case 218: /* expr ::= NOT expr */ - case 219: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ -#line 808 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[0].minor.yy72, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy72->span); -} -#line 2960 "parse.c" - break; - case 220: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */ -#line 816 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy72, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy72->span); -} -#line 2968 "parse.c" - break; - case 221: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */ -#line 820 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UPLUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy72, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy72->span); -} -#line 2976 "parse.c" - break; - case 224: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */ -#line 827 "parse.y" -{ - ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy72, 0); - pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy72, 0); - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy72, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy72 ){ - yygotominor.yy72->x.pList = pList; - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); - } - if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy194 ) yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy72, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy72->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy72->span); -} -#line 2992 "parse.c" - break; - case 227: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */ -#line 843 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy72, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy72 ){ - yygotominor.yy72->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy148; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy72); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy148); - } - if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy194 ) yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy72, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy72->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - } -#line 3007 "parse.c" - break; - case 228: /* expr ::= LP select RP */ -#line 854 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy72 ){ - yygotominor.yy72->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy243; - ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy72, EP_xIsSelect); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy72); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy243); - } - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - } -#line 3022 "parse.c" - break; - case 229: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */ -#line 865 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy72, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy72 ){ - yygotominor.yy72->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy243; - ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy72, EP_xIsSelect); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy72); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy243); - } - if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy194 ) yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy72, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy72->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - } -#line 3038 "parse.c" - break; - case 230: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */ -#line 877 "parse.y" -{ - SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy72, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy72 ){ - yygotominor.yy72->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); - ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy72, EP_xIsSelect); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy72); - }else{ - sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc); - } - if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy194 ) yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy72, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy72->span,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z?&yymsp[0].minor.yy0:&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); - } -#line 3055 "parse.c" - break; - case 231: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */ -#line 890 "parse.y" -{ - Expr *p = yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0); - if( p ){ - p->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy243; - ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy72, EP_xIsSelect); - sqlite3ExprSpan(p,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy72); - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy243); - } - } -#line 3070 "parse.c" - break; - case 232: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */ -#line 904 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy72, yymsp[-1].minor.yy72, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy72 ){ - yygotominor.yy72->x.pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy148; - sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy72); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy148); - } - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 3084 "parse.c" - break; - case 233: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */ -#line 916 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy148, yymsp[-2].minor.yy72, 0); - yygotominor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy148, yymsp[0].minor.yy72, 0); -} -#line 3092 "parse.c" - break; - case 234: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */ -#line 920 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy72, 0); - yygotominor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy148, yymsp[0].minor.yy72, 0); -} -#line 3100 "parse.c" - break; - case 243: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP */ -#line 949 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, - sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-1].minor.yy148, yymsp[-9].minor.yy194, - &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-7].minor.yy194); -} -#line 3109 "parse.c" - break; - case 244: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */ - case 293: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ -#line 956 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy194 = OE_Abort;} -#line 3115 "parse.c" - break; - case 245: /* uniqueflag ::= */ -#line 957 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy194 = OE_None;} -#line 3120 "parse.c" - break; - case 248: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */ -#line 966 "parse.y" -{ - Expr *p = 0; - if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){ - p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); - } - yygotominor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy148, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy148, "index"); - if( yygotominor.yy148 ) yygotominor.yy148->a[yygotominor.yy148->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy194; -} -#line 3134 "parse.c" - break; - case 249: /* idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder */ -#line 976 "parse.y" -{ - Expr *p = 0; - if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){ - p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); - } - yygotominor.yy148 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); - sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy148, "index"); - if( yygotominor.yy148 ) yygotominor.yy148->a[yygotominor.yy148->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy194; -} -#line 3148 "parse.c" - break; - case 250: /* collate ::= */ -#line 988 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy0.z = 0; yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;} -#line 3153 "parse.c" - break; - case 252: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */ -#line 994 "parse.y" -{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy185, yymsp[-1].minor.yy194);} -#line 3158 "parse.c" - break; - case 253: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */ - case 254: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */ -#line 1000 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);} -#line 3164 "parse.c" - break; - case 255: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */ -#line 1009 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);} -#line 3169 "parse.c" - break; - case 256: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */ -#line 1010 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);} -#line 3174 "parse.c" - break; - case 257: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */ -#line 1011 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);} -#line 3179 "parse.c" - break; - case 258: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */ -#line 1013 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);} -#line 3184 "parse.c" - break; - case 259: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */ -#line 1015 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);} -#line 3189 "parse.c" - break; - case 270: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */ -#line 1034 "parse.y" -{ - Token all; - all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; - all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n; - sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy145, &all); -} -#line 3199 "parse.c" - break; - case 271: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */ -#line 1043 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy194, yymsp[-4].minor.yy332.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy332.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy185, yymsp[0].minor.yy72, yymsp[-10].minor.yy194, yymsp[-8].minor.yy194); - yygotominor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0); -} -#line 3207 "parse.c" - break; - case 272: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */ - case 275: /* trigger_time ::= */ -#line 1049 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy194 = TK_BEFORE; } -#line 3213 "parse.c" - break; - case 273: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */ -#line 1050 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy194 = TK_AFTER; } -#line 3218 "parse.c" - break; - case 274: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */ -#line 1051 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy194 = TK_INSTEAD;} -#line 3223 "parse.c" - break; - case 276: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */ - case 277: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ -#line 1056 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy332.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy332.b = 0;} -#line 3229 "parse.c" - break; - case 278: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist */ -#line 1058 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy332.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy332.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy254;} -#line 3234 "parse.c" - break; - case 281: /* when_clause ::= */ - case 298: /* key_opt ::= */ -#line 1065 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy72 = 0; } -#line 3240 "parse.c" - break; - case 282: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */ - case 299: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ -#line 1066 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy72 = yymsp[0].minor.yy72; } -#line 3246 "parse.c" - break; - case 283: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */ -#line 1070 "parse.y" -{ -/* - if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy145 ){ - yymsp[-2].minor.yy145->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy145; - }else{ - yymsp[-2].minor.yy145 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy145; - } -*/ - assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy145!=0 ); - yymsp[-2].minor.yy145->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy145; - yymsp[-2].minor.yy145->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy145; - yygotominor.yy145 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy145; -} -#line 3263 "parse.c" - break; - case 284: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */ -#line 1083 "parse.y" -{ - /* if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy145 ) */ - assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy145!=0 ); - yymsp[-1].minor.yy145->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy145; - yygotominor.yy145 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy145; -} -#line 3273 "parse.c" - break; - case 285: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf nm SET setlist where_opt */ -#line 1094 "parse.y" -{ yygotominor.yy145 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy148, yymsp[0].minor.yy72, yymsp[-4].minor.yy194); } -#line 3278 "parse.c" - break; - case 286: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */ -#line 1099 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy145 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy254, yymsp[-1].minor.yy148, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy194);} -#line 3283 "parse.c" - break; - case 287: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt select */ -#line 1102 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy145 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy254, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy243, yymsp[-4].minor.yy194);} -#line 3288 "parse.c" - break; - case 288: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM nm where_opt */ -#line 1106 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy145 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy72);} -#line 3293 "parse.c" - break; - case 289: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */ -#line 1109 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy145 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy243); } -#line 3298 "parse.c" - break; - case 290: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */ -#line 1112 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); - if( yygotominor.yy72 ){ - yygotominor.yy72->affinity = OE_Ignore; - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - } -} -#line 3309 "parse.c" - break; - case 291: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */ -#line 1119 "parse.y" -{ - yygotominor.yy72 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); - if( yygotominor.yy72 ) { - yygotominor.yy72->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy194; - sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy72, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); - } -} -#line 3320 "parse.c" - break; - case 292: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */ -#line 1129 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy194 = OE_Rollback;} -#line 3325 "parse.c" - break; - case 294: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */ -#line 1131 "parse.y" -{yygotominor.yy194 = OE_Fail;} -#line 3330 "parse.c" - break; - case 295: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */ -#line 1136 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy185,yymsp[-1].minor.yy194); -} -#line 3337 "parse.c" - break; - case 296: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */ -#line 1143 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy72, yymsp[-1].minor.yy72, yymsp[0].minor.yy72); -} -#line 3344 "parse.c" - break; - case 297: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */ -#line 1146 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy72); -} -#line 3351 "parse.c" - break; - case 302: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */ -#line 1161 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);} -#line 3356 "parse.c" - break; - case 303: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */ -#line 1162 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} -#line 3361 "parse.c" - break; - case 304: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */ -#line 1167 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);} -#line 3366 "parse.c" - break; - case 305: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */ -#line 1168 "parse.y" -{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} -#line 3371 "parse.c" - break; - case 306: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */ -#line 1173 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy185,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 3378 "parse.c" - break; - case 307: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */ -#line 1176 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 3385 "parse.c" - break; - case 308: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */ -#line 1179 "parse.y" -{ - pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0; - sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy185); -} -#line 3393 "parse.c" - break; - case 311: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */ -#line 1189 "parse.y" -{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);} -#line 3398 "parse.c" - break; - case 312: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */ -#line 1190 "parse.y" -{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} -#line 3403 "parse.c" - break; - case 313: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm */ -#line 1191 "parse.y" -{ - sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); -} -#line 3410 "parse.c" - break; - case 316: /* vtabarg ::= */ -#line 1196 "parse.y" -{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);} -#line 3415 "parse.c" - break; - case 318: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */ - case 319: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ - case 320: /* lp ::= LP */ - case 322: /* anylist ::= anylist ANY */ -#line 1198 "parse.y" -{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} -#line 3423 "parse.c" - break; - }; - yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs; - yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs; - yypParser->yyidx -= yysize; - yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto); - if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){ -#ifdef NDEBUG - /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least - ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back - ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift(). - ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */ - if( yysize ){ - yypParser->yyidx++; - yymsp -= yysize-1; - yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact; - yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto; - yymsp->minor = yygotominor; - }else -#endif - { - yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor); - } - }else{ - assert( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 ); - yy_accept(yypParser); - } -} - -/* -** The following code executes when the parse fails -*/ -static void yy_parse_failed( - yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ -){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt); - } -#endif - while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the - ** parser fails */ - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ -} - -/* -** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs. -*/ -static void yy_syntax_error( - yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ - int yymajor, /* The major type of the error token */ - YYMINORTYPE yyminor /* The minor type of the error token */ -){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; -#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0) -#line 34 "parse.y" - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ - assert( TOKEN.z[0] ); /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN); - pParse->parseError = 1; -#line 3487 "parse.c" - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ -} - -/* -** The following is executed when the parser accepts -*/ -static void yy_accept( - yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ -){ - sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt); - } -#endif - while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the - ** parser accepts */ - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ -} - -/* The main parser program. -** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from -** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser. -** The second argument is the major token number. The third is -** the minor token. The fourth optional argument is whatever the -** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for -** use by the action routines. -** -** Inputs: -**
    -**
  • A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.) -**
  • The major token number. -**
  • The minor token number. -**
  • An option argument of a grammar-specified type. -**
-** -** Outputs: -** None. -*/ -void sqlite3Parser( - void *yyp, /* The parser */ - int yymajor, /* The major token code number */ - sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The value for the token */ - sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */ -){ - YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion; - int yyact; /* The parser action. */ - int yyendofinput; /* True if we are at the end of input */ -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - int yyerrorhit = 0; /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */ -#endif - yyParser *yypParser; /* The parser */ - - /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */ - yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp; - if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){ -#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 - if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){ - /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/ - yyminorunion = yyzerominor; - yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion); - return; - } -#endif - yypParser->yyidx = 0; - yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; - yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0; - yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0; - } - yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor; - yyendofinput = (yymajor==0); - sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; - -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); - } -#endif - - do{ - yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor); - if( yyactyyerrcnt--; - yymajor = YYNOCODE; - }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){ - yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE); - }else{ - assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ); -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - int yymx; -#endif -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt); - } -#endif -#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL - /* A syntax error has occurred. - ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the - ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". - ** - ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR: - ** - ** * Call the %syntax_error function. - ** - ** * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where - ** it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift - ** the error symbol. - ** - ** * Set the error count to three. - ** - ** * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens. No new error - ** processing will occur until three tokens have been - ** shifted successfully. - ** - */ - if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){ - yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); - } - yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major; - if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){ -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( yyTraceFILE ){ - fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n", - yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); - } -#endif - yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); - yymajor = YYNOCODE; - }else{ - while( - yypParser->yyidx >= 0 && - yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL && - (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action( - yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno, - YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE - ){ - yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); - } - if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){ - yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); - yy_parse_failed(yypParser); - yymajor = YYNOCODE; - }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){ - YYMINORTYPE u2; - u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0; - yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2); - } - } - yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; - yyerrorhit = 1; -#else /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */ - /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR: - ** - ** * Report an error message, and throw away the input token. - ** - ** * If the input token is $, then fail the parse. - ** - ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until - ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted. - */ - if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){ - yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); - } - yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; - yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); - if( yyendofinput ){ - yy_parse_failed(yypParser); - } - yymajor = YYNOCODE; -#endif - } - }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ); - return; -} diff --git a/parse.h b/parse.h deleted file mode 100644 index a4ed108..0000000 --- a/parse.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,154 +0,0 @@ -#define TK_SEMI 1 -#define TK_EXPLAIN 2 -#define TK_QUERY 3 -#define TK_PLAN 4 -#define TK_BEGIN 5 -#define TK_TRANSACTION 6 -#define TK_DEFERRED 7 -#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8 -#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9 -#define TK_COMMIT 10 -#define TK_END 11 -#define TK_ROLLBACK 12 -#define TK_SAVEPOINT 13 -#define TK_RELEASE 14 -#define TK_TO 15 -#define TK_TABLE 16 -#define TK_CREATE 17 -#define TK_IF 18 -#define TK_NOT 19 -#define TK_EXISTS 20 -#define TK_TEMP 21 -#define TK_LP 22 -#define TK_RP 23 -#define TK_AS 24 -#define TK_COMMA 25 -#define TK_ID 26 -#define TK_INDEXED 27 -#define TK_ABORT 28 -#define TK_AFTER 29 -#define TK_ANALYZE 30 -#define TK_ASC 31 -#define TK_ATTACH 32 -#define TK_BEFORE 33 -#define TK_BY 34 -#define TK_CASCADE 35 -#define TK_CAST 36 -#define TK_COLUMNKW 37 -#define TK_CONFLICT 38 -#define TK_DATABASE 39 -#define TK_DESC 40 -#define TK_DETACH 41 -#define TK_EACH 42 -#define TK_FAIL 43 -#define TK_FOR 44 -#define TK_IGNORE 45 -#define TK_INITIALLY 46 -#define TK_INSTEAD 47 -#define TK_LIKE_KW 48 -#define TK_MATCH 49 -#define TK_KEY 50 -#define TK_OF 51 -#define TK_OFFSET 52 -#define TK_PRAGMA 53 -#define TK_RAISE 54 -#define TK_REPLACE 55 -#define TK_RESTRICT 56 -#define TK_ROW 57 -#define TK_TRIGGER 58 -#define TK_VACUUM 59 -#define TK_VIEW 60 -#define TK_VIRTUAL 61 -#define TK_REINDEX 62 -#define TK_RENAME 63 -#define TK_CTIME_KW 64 -#define TK_ANY 65 -#define TK_OR 66 -#define TK_AND 67 -#define TK_IS 68 -#define TK_BETWEEN 69 -#define TK_IN 70 -#define TK_ISNULL 71 -#define TK_NOTNULL 72 -#define TK_NE 73 -#define TK_EQ 74 -#define TK_GT 75 -#define TK_LE 76 -#define TK_LT 77 -#define TK_GE 78 -#define TK_ESCAPE 79 -#define TK_BITAND 80 -#define TK_BITOR 81 -#define TK_LSHIFT 82 -#define TK_RSHIFT 83 -#define TK_PLUS 84 -#define TK_MINUS 85 -#define TK_STAR 86 -#define TK_SLASH 87 -#define TK_REM 88 -#define TK_CONCAT 89 -#define TK_COLLATE 90 -#define TK_UMINUS 91 -#define TK_UPLUS 92 -#define TK_BITNOT 93 -#define TK_STRING 94 -#define TK_JOIN_KW 95 -#define TK_CONSTRAINT 96 -#define TK_DEFAULT 97 -#define TK_NULL 98 -#define TK_PRIMARY 99 -#define TK_UNIQUE 100 -#define TK_CHECK 101 -#define TK_REFERENCES 102 -#define TK_AUTOINCR 103 -#define TK_ON 104 -#define TK_DELETE 105 -#define TK_UPDATE 106 -#define TK_INSERT 107 -#define TK_SET 108 -#define TK_DEFERRABLE 109 -#define TK_FOREIGN 110 -#define TK_DROP 111 -#define TK_UNION 112 -#define TK_ALL 113 -#define TK_EXCEPT 114 -#define TK_INTERSECT 115 -#define TK_SELECT 116 -#define TK_DISTINCT 117 -#define TK_DOT 118 -#define TK_FROM 119 -#define TK_JOIN 120 -#define TK_USING 121 -#define TK_ORDER 122 -#define TK_GROUP 123 -#define TK_HAVING 124 -#define TK_LIMIT 125 -#define TK_WHERE 126 -#define TK_INTO 127 -#define TK_VALUES 128 -#define TK_INTEGER 129 -#define TK_FLOAT 130 -#define TK_BLOB 131 -#define TK_REGISTER 132 -#define TK_VARIABLE 133 -#define TK_CASE 134 -#define TK_WHEN 135 -#define TK_THEN 136 -#define TK_ELSE 137 -#define TK_INDEX 138 -#define TK_ALTER 139 -#define TK_ADD 140 -#define TK_TO_TEXT 141 -#define TK_TO_BLOB 142 -#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 143 -#define TK_TO_INT 144 -#define TK_TO_REAL 145 -#define TK_END_OF_FILE 146 -#define TK_ILLEGAL 147 -#define TK_SPACE 148 -#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 149 -#define TK_FUNCTION 150 -#define TK_COLUMN 151 -#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 152 -#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 153 -#define TK_CONST_FUNC 154 diff --git a/pcache.c b/pcache.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5715819..0000000 --- a/pcache.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,582 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2008 August 05 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file implements that page cache. -** -** @(#) $Id: pcache.c,v 1.44 2009/03/31 01:32:18 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure. -*/ -struct PCache { - PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail; /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */ - PgHdr *pSynced; /* Last synced page in dirty page list */ - int nRef; /* Number of referenced pages */ - int nMax; /* Configured cache size */ - int szPage; /* Size of every page in this cache */ - int szExtra; /* Size of extra space for each page */ - int bPurgeable; /* True if pages are on backing store */ - int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*); /* Call to try make a page clean */ - void *pStress; /* Argument to xStress */ - sqlite3_pcache *pCache; /* Pluggable cache module */ - PgHdr *pPage1; /* Reference to page 1 */ -}; - -/* -** Some of the assert() macros in this code are too expensive to run -** even during normal debugging. Use them only rarely on long-running -** tests. Enable the expensive asserts using the -** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT=1 compile-time option. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT -# define expensive_assert(X) assert(X) -#else -# define expensive_assert(X) -#endif - -/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/ - -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT) -/* -** Check that the pCache->pSynced variable is set correctly. If it -** is not, either fail an assert or return zero. Otherwise, return -** non-zero. This is only used in debugging builds, as follows: -** -** expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) ); -*/ -static int pcacheCheckSynced(PCache *pCache){ - PgHdr *p; - for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pDirtyPrev){ - assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ); - } - return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0); -} -#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */ - -/* -** Remove page pPage from the list of dirty pages. -*/ -static void pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){ - PCache *p = pPage->pCache; - - assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail ); - assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty ); - - /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */ - if( p->pSynced==pPage ){ - PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev; - while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){ - pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev; - } - p->pSynced = pSynced; - } - - if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){ - pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev; - }else{ - assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail ); - p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev; - } - if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){ - pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext; - }else{ - assert( pPage==p->pDirty ); - p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext; - } - pPage->pDirtyNext = 0; - pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0; - - expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) ); -} - -/* -** Add page pPage to the head of the dirty list (PCache1.pDirty is set to -** pPage). -*/ -static void pcacheAddToDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){ - PCache *p = pPage->pCache; - - assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage ); - - pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty; - if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){ - assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 ); - pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage; - } - p->pDirty = pPage; - if( !p->pDirtyTail ){ - p->pDirtyTail = pPage; - } - if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){ - p->pSynced = pPage; - } - expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) ); -} - -/* -** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is -** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op. -*/ -static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){ - PCache *pCache = p->pCache; - if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ - if( p->pgno==1 ){ - pCache->pPage1 = 0; - } - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p, 0); - } -} - -/*************************************************** General Interfaces ****** -** -** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these -** functions are threadsafe. -*/ -int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit==0 ){ - sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); - } - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.pArg); -} -void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xShutdown ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.pArg); - } -} - -/* -** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. -*/ -int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); } - -/* -** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object -** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. -** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by -** calling sqlite3PcacheSize(). -*/ -void sqlite3PcacheOpen( - int szPage, /* Size of every page */ - int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ - int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ - int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */ - void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ - PCache *p /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ -){ - memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache)); - p->szPage = szPage; - p->szExtra = szExtra; - p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable; - p->xStress = xStress; - p->pStress = pStress; - p->nMax = 100; -} - -/* -** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there -** are no outstanding page references when this function is called. -*/ -void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){ - assert( pCache->nRef==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 ); - if( pCache->pCache ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xDestroy(pCache->pCache); - pCache->pCache = 0; - } - pCache->szPage = szPage; -} - -/* -** Try to obtain a page from the cache. -*/ -int sqlite3PcacheFetch( - PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number to obtain */ - int createFlag, /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */ - PgHdr **ppPage /* Write the page here */ -){ - PgHdr *pPage = 0; - int eCreate; - - assert( pCache!=0 ); - assert( pgno>0 ); - - /* If the pluggable cache (sqlite3_pcache*) has not been allocated, - ** allocate it now. - */ - if( !pCache->pCache && createFlag ){ - sqlite3_pcache *p; - int nByte; - nByte = pCache->szPage + pCache->szExtra + sizeof(PgHdr); - p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xCreate(nByte, pCache->bPurgeable); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xCachesize(p, pCache->nMax); - pCache->pCache = p; - } - - eCreate = createFlag ? 1 : 0; - if( eCreate && (!pCache->bPurgeable || !pCache->pDirty) ){ - eCreate = 2; - } - if( pCache->pCache ){ - pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate); - } - - if( !pPage && eCreate==1 ){ - PgHdr *pPg; - - /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a - ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC - ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other - ** unreferenced dirty page. - */ - expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) ); - for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; - pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); - pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev - ); - if( !pPg ){ - for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev); - } - if( pPg ){ - int rc; - rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ - return rc; - } - } - - pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2); - } - - if( pPage ){ - if( !pPage->pData ){ - memset(pPage, 0, sizeof(PgHdr) + pCache->szExtra); - pPage->pExtra = (void*)&pPage[1]; - pPage->pData = (void *)&((char *)pPage)[sizeof(PgHdr) + pCache->szExtra]; - pPage->pCache = pCache; - pPage->pgno = pgno; - } - assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); - assert( pPage->pgno==pgno ); - assert( pPage->pExtra==(void *)&pPage[1] ); - - if( 0==pPage->nRef ){ - pCache->nRef++; - } - pPage->nRef++; - if( pgno==1 ){ - pCache->pPage1 = pPage; - } - } - *ppPage = pPage; - return (pPage==0 && eCreate) ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the -** reference count drops to 0, then it is made elible for recycling. -*/ -void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){ - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - p->nRef--; - if( p->nRef==0 ){ - PCache *pCache = p->pCache; - pCache->nRef--; - if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){ - pcacheUnpin(p); - }else{ - /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */ - pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p); - pcacheAddToDirtyList(p); - } - } -} - -/* -** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1. -*/ -void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){ - assert(p->nRef>0); - p->nRef++; -} - -/* -** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the -** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the -** page pointed to by p is invalid. -*/ -void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){ - PCache *pCache; - assert( p->nRef==1 ); - if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){ - pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p); - } - pCache = p->pCache; - pCache->nRef--; - if( p->pgno==1 ){ - pCache->pPage1 = 0; - } - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p, 1); -} - -/* -** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already, -** make it so. -*/ -void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){ - p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - if( 0==(p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){ - p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY; - pcacheAddToDirtyList( p); - } -} - -/* -** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already, -** make it so. -*/ -void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){ - if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){ - pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p); - p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); - if( p->nRef==0 ){ - pcacheUnpin(p); - } - } -} - -/* -** Make every page in the cache clean. -*/ -void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){ - PgHdr *p; - while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){ - sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p); - } -} - -/* -** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag from all dirty pages. -*/ -void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){ - PgHdr *p; - for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){ - p->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - } - pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail; -} - -/* -** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. -*/ -void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){ - PCache *pCache = p->pCache; - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - assert( newPgno>0 ); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p, p->pgno, newPgno); - p->pgno = newPgno; - if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){ - pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p); - pcacheAddToDirtyList(p); - } -} - -/* -** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The -** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages -** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno. -** -** If there is a reference to page 1 and the pgno parameter passed to this -** function is 0, then the data area associated with page 1 is zeroed, but -** the page object is not dropped. -*/ -void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){ - if( pCache->pCache ){ - PgHdr *p; - PgHdr *pNext; - for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){ - pNext = p->pDirtyNext; - if( p->pgno>pgno ){ - assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); - sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p); - } - } - if( pgno==0 && pCache->pPage1 ){ - memset(pCache->pPage1->pData, 0, pCache->szPage); - pgno = 1; - } - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xTruncate(pCache->pCache, pgno+1); - } -} - -/* -** Close a cache. -*/ -void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){ - if( pCache->pCache ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xDestroy(pCache->pCache); - } -} - -/* -** Discard the contents of the cache. -*/ -void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){ - sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0); -} - -/* -** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order. -** Do not both fixing the pDirtyPrev pointers. -*/ -static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){ - PgHdr result, *pTail; - pTail = &result; - while( pA && pB ){ - if( pA->pgnopgno ){ - pTail->pDirty = pA; - pTail = pA; - pA = pA->pDirty; - }else{ - pTail->pDirty = pB; - pTail = pB; - pB = pB->pDirty; - } - } - if( pA ){ - pTail->pDirty = pA; - }else if( pB ){ - pTail->pDirty = pB; - }else{ - pTail->pDirty = 0; - } - return result.pDirty; -} - -/* -** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno. Pages are -** connected by pDirty pointers. The pDirtyPrev pointers are -** corrupted by this sort. -*/ -#define N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC 25 -#define N_SORT_BUCKET 25 -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - int sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket = 0; - #undef N_SORT_BUCKET - #define N_SORT_BUCKET \ - (sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket?sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket:N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC) -#endif -static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){ - PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC], *p; - int i; - memset(a, 0, sizeof(a)); - while( pIn ){ - p = pIn; - pIn = p->pDirty; - p->pDirty = 0; - for(i=0; ipDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){ - p->pDirty = p->pDirtyNext; - } - return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty); -} - -/* -** Return the total number of referenced pages held by the cache. -*/ -int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){ - return pCache->nRef; -} - -/* -** Return the number of references to the page supplied as an argument. -*/ -int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){ - return p->nRef; -} - -/* -** Return the total number of pages in the cache. -*/ -int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){ - int nPage = 0; - if( pCache->pCache ){ - nPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache); - } - return nPage; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** Get the suggested cache-size value. -*/ -int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){ - return pCache->nMax; -} -#endif - -/* -** Set the suggested cache-size value. -*/ -void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){ - pCache->nMax = mxPage; - if( pCache->pCache ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xCachesize(pCache->pCache, mxPage); - } -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES -/* -** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified -** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is -** defined. -*/ -void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){ - PgHdr *pDirty; - for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext){ - xIter(pDirty); - } -} -#endif diff --git a/pcache.h b/pcache.h deleted file mode 100644 index bc1e7a3..0000000 --- a/pcache.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2008 August 05 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache -** subsystem. -** -** @(#) $Id: pcache.h,v 1.19 2009/01/20 17:06:27 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ - -#ifndef _PCACHE_H_ - -typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr; -typedef struct PCache PCache; - -/* -** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following -** structure. -*/ -struct PgHdr { - void *pData; /* Content of this page */ - void *pExtra; /* Extra content */ - PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty pages */ - Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ - Pager *pPager; /* The pager this page is part of */ -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - u32 pageHash; /* Hash of page content */ -#endif - u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */ - - /********************************************************************** - ** Elements above are public. All that follows is private to pcache.c - ** and should not be accessed by other modules. - */ - i16 nRef; /* Number of users of this page */ - PCache *pCache; /* Cache that owns this page */ - - PgHdr *pDirtyNext; /* Next element in list of dirty pages */ - PgHdr *pDirtyPrev; /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */ -}; - -/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */ -#define PGHDR_DIRTY 0x002 /* Page has changed */ -#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 0x004 /* Fsync the rollback journal before - ** writing this page to the database */ -#define PGHDR_NEED_READ 0x008 /* Content is unread */ -#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY 0x010 /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */ -#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x020 /* Do not write content to disk */ - -/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */ -int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void); -void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void); - -/* Page cache buffer management: -** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. -*/ -void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n); - -/* Create a new pager cache. -** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean. -** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed. -*/ -void sqlite3PcacheOpen( - int szPage, /* Size of every page */ - int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ - int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ - int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */ - void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ - PCache *pToInit /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ -); - -/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */ -void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int); - -/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. Used to preallocate -** storage space. -*/ -int sqlite3PcacheSize(void); - -/* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released. -** Reference counted. -*/ -int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**); -void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*); - -void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*); /* Remove page from cache */ -void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*); /* Make sure page is marked dirty */ -void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*); /* Mark a single page as clean */ -void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*); /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */ - -/* Change a page number. Used by incr-vacuum. */ -void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno); - -/* Remove all pages with pgno>x. Reset the cache if x==0 */ -void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x); - -/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */ -PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*); - -/* Reset and close the cache object */ -void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*); - -/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */ -void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *); - -/* Discard the contents of the cache */ -void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*); - -/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */ -int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*); - -/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */ -void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*); - -int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*); - -/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */ -int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*); - -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES -/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This -** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the -** library is built. -*/ -void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)); -#endif - -/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache. -** -** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit -** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum -** of the suggested cache-sizes. -*/ -void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT -/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */ -int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*); -#endif - -void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); - -#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */ diff --git a/pcache1.c b/pcache1.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0f2c36d..0000000 --- a/pcache1.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,752 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2008 November 05 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the -** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation -** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features. -** If the default page cache implementation is overriden, then neither of -** these two features are available. -** -** @(#) $Id: pcache1.c,v 1.10 2009/03/23 04:33:33 danielk1977 Exp $ -*/ - -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -typedef struct PCache1 PCache1; -typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1; -typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot; - -/* Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as -** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles -*/ -struct PCache1 { - /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable - ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be - ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1CacheSize() method. - ** The global mutex must be held when accessing nMax. - */ - int szPage; /* Size of allocated pages in bytes */ - int bPurgeable; /* True if cache is purgeable */ - unsigned int nMin; /* Minimum number of pages reserved */ - unsigned int nMax; /* Configured "cache_size" value */ - - /* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed - ** when the accessor is holding the global mutex (see pcache1EnterMutex() - ** and pcache1LeaveMutex()). - */ - unsigned int nRecyclable; /* Number of pages in the LRU list */ - unsigned int nPage; /* Total number of pages in apHash */ - unsigned int nHash; /* Number of slots in apHash[] */ - PgHdr1 **apHash; /* Hash table for fast lookup by key */ - - unsigned int iMaxKey; /* Largest key seen since xTruncate() */ -}; - -/* -** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following -** structure. A buffer of PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated -** directly after the structure in memory (see the PGHDR1_TO_PAGE() -** macro below). -*/ -struct PgHdr1 { - unsigned int iKey; /* Key value (page number) */ - PgHdr1 *pNext; /* Next in hash table chain */ - PCache1 *pCache; /* Cache that currently owns this page */ - PgHdr1 *pLruNext; /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */ - PgHdr1 *pLruPrev; /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */ -}; - -/* -** Free slots in the allocator used to divide up the buffer provided using -** the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE mechanism. -*/ -struct PgFreeslot { - PgFreeslot *pNext; /* Next free slot */ -}; - -/* -** Global data used by this cache. -*/ -static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal { - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* static mutex MUTEX_STATIC_LRU */ - - int nMaxPage; /* Sum of nMaxPage for purgeable caches */ - int nMinPage; /* Sum of nMinPage for purgeable caches */ - int nCurrentPage; /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */ - PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail; /* LRU list of unpinned pages */ - - /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings. */ - int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */ - void *pStart, *pEnd; /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */ - PgFreeslot *pFree; /* Free page blocks */ -} pcache1_g; - -/* -** All code in this file should access the global structure above via the -** alias "pcache1". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when -** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD. -*/ -#define pcache1 (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache1_g)) - -/* -** When a PgHdr1 structure is allocated, the associated PCache1.szPage -** bytes of data are located directly after it in memory (i.e. the total -** size of the allocation is sizeof(PgHdr1)+PCache1.szPage byte). The -** PGHDR1_TO_PAGE() macro takes a pointer to a PgHdr1 structure as -** an argument and returns a pointer to the associated block of szPage -** bytes. The PAGE_TO_PGHDR1() macro does the opposite: its argument is -** a pointer to a block of szPage bytes of data and the return value is -** a pointer to the associated PgHdr1 structure. -** -** assert( PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(X))==X ); -*/ -#define PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p) (void *)(&((unsigned char *)p)[sizeof(PgHdr1)]) -#define PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(p) (PgHdr1 *)(&((unsigned char *)p)[-1*(int)sizeof(PgHdr1)]) - -/* -** Macros to enter and leave the global LRU mutex. -*/ -#define pcache1EnterMutex() sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex) -#define pcache1LeaveMutex() sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex) - -/******************************************************************************/ -/******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/ - -/* -** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is -** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE -** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large -** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each. -*/ -void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){ - PgFreeslot *p; - sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); - pcache1.szSlot = sz; - pcache1.pStart = pBuf; - pcache1.pFree = 0; - while( n-- ){ - p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf; - p->pNext = pcache1.pFree; - pcache1.pFree = p; - pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz]; - } - pcache1.pEnd = pBuf; -} - -/* -** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer -** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no -** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls -** back to sqlite3Malloc(). -*/ -static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){ - void *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) ); - if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot && pcache1.pFree ){ - p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree; - pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext; - sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1); - }else{ - - /* Allocate a new buffer using sqlite3Malloc. Before doing so, exit the - ** global pcache mutex and unlock the pager-cache object pCache. This is - ** so that if the attempt to allocate a new buffer causes the the - ** configured soft-heap-limit to be breached, it will be possible to - ** reclaim memory from this pager-cache. - */ - pcache1LeaveMutex(); - p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte); - pcache1EnterMutex(); - if( p ){ - int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz); - } - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc(). -*/ -static void pcache1Free(void *p){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) ); - if( p==0 ) return; - if( p>=pcache1.pStart && ppNext = pcache1.pFree; - pcache1.pFree = pSlot; - }else{ - int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p); - sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -iSize); - sqlite3_free(p); - } -} - -/* -** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache. -*/ -static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache){ - int nByte = sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage; - PgHdr1 *p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1Alloc(nByte); - if( p ){ - if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ - pcache1.nCurrentPage++; - } - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage(). -*/ -static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){ - if( p ){ - if( p->pCache->bPurgeable ){ - pcache1.nCurrentPage--; - } - pcache1Free(p); - } -} - -/* -** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured -** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer -** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc(). -*/ -void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){ - void *p; - pcache1EnterMutex(); - p = pcache1Alloc(sz); - pcache1LeaveMutex(); - return p; -} - -/* -** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc(). -*/ -void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){ - pcache1EnterMutex(); - pcache1Free(p); - pcache1LeaveMutex(); -} - -/******************************************************************************/ -/******** General Implementation Functions ************************************/ - -/* -** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed -** as the first argument. -** -** The global mutex must be held when this function is called. -*/ -static int pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){ - PgHdr1 **apNew; - unsigned int nNew; - unsigned int i; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) ); - - nNew = p->nHash*2; - if( nNew<256 ){ - nNew = 256; - } - - pcache1LeaveMutex(); - if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); } - apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew); - if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } - pcache1EnterMutex(); - if( apNew ){ - memset(apNew, 0, sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew); - for(i=0; inHash; i++){ - PgHdr1 *pPage; - PgHdr1 *pNext = p->apHash[i]; - while( (pPage = pNext)!=0 ){ - unsigned int h = pPage->iKey % nNew; - pNext = pPage->pNext; - pPage->pNext = apNew[h]; - apNew[h] = pPage; - } - } - sqlite3_free(p->apHash); - p->apHash = apNew; - p->nHash = nNew; - } - - return (p->apHash ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM); -} - -/* -** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the -** global LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the global -** LRU list, then this function is a no-op. -** -** The global mutex must be held when this function is called. -*/ -static void pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) ); - if( pPage && (pPage->pLruNext || pPage==pcache1.pLruTail) ){ - if( pPage->pLruPrev ){ - pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext; - } - if( pPage->pLruNext ){ - pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev; - } - if( pcache1.pLruHead==pPage ){ - pcache1.pLruHead = pPage->pLruNext; - } - if( pcache1.pLruTail==pPage ){ - pcache1.pLruTail = pPage->pLruPrev; - } - pPage->pLruNext = 0; - pPage->pLruPrev = 0; - pPage->pCache->nRecyclable--; - } -} - - -/* -** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table -** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in. -** -** The global mutex must be held when this function is called. -*/ -static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage){ - unsigned int h; - PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache; - PgHdr1 **pp; - - h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash; - for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext); - *pp = (*pp)->pNext; - - pCache->nPage--; -} - -/* -** If there are currently more than pcache.nMaxPage pages allocated, try -** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to pcache.nMaxPage. -*/ -static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(void){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) ); - while( pcache1.nCurrentPage>pcache1.nMaxPage && pcache1.pLruTail ){ - PgHdr1 *p = pcache1.pLruTail; - pcache1PinPage(p); - pcache1RemoveFromHash(p); - pcache1FreePage(p); - } -} - -/* -** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) -** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this -** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded. -** -** The global mutex must be held when this function is called. -*/ -static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe( - PCache1 *pCache, - unsigned int iLimit -){ - unsigned int h; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) ); - for(h=0; hnHash; h++){ - PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; - PgHdr1 *pPage; - while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){ - if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){ - pcache1PinPage(pPage); - *pp = pPage->pNext; - pcache1FreePage(pPage); - }else{ - pp = &pPage->pNext; - } - } - } -} - -/******************************************************************************/ -/******** sqlite3_pcache Methods **********************************************/ - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xInit method. -*/ -static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1)); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method. -*/ -static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - /* no-op */ -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method. -** -** Allocate a new cache. -*/ -static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int bPurgeable){ - PCache1 *pCache; - - pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PCache1)); - if( pCache ){ - memset(pCache, 0, sizeof(PCache1)); - pCache->szPage = szPage; - pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0); - if( bPurgeable ){ - pCache->nMin = 10; - pcache1EnterMutex(); - pcache1.nMinPage += pCache->nMin; - pcache1LeaveMutex(); - } - } - return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. -** -** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache. -*/ -static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ - pcache1EnterMutex(); - pcache1.nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax); - pCache->nMax = nMax; - pcache1EnforceMaxPage(); - pcache1LeaveMutex(); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. -*/ -static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){ - int n; - pcache1EnterMutex(); - n = ((PCache1 *)p)->nPage; - pcache1LeaveMutex(); - return n; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. -** -** Fetch a page by key value. -** -** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on -** the value of the createFlag argument. -** -** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page, -** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2). -** -** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a -** copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned. -** -** 2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is -** returned. -** -** 3. If createFlag is 1, the cache is marked as purgeable and the page is -** not already in the cache, and if either of the following are true, -** return NULL: -** -** (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than -** PCache1.nMax, or -** (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than -** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of -** nMin for all other purgeable caches. -** -** 4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked -** as purgeable, and if one of the following is true: -** -** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already -** PCache1.nMax, or -** -** (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is -** already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all -** purgeable caches, -** -** then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right -** size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and -** proceed to step 5. -** -** 5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer. -*/ -static void *pcache1Fetch(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iKey, int createFlag){ - unsigned int nPinned; - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - PgHdr1 *pPage = 0; - - pcache1EnterMutex(); - if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); - - /* Search the hash table for an existing entry. */ - if( pCache->nHash>0 ){ - unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash; - for(pPage=pCache->apHash[h]; pPage&&pPage->iKey!=iKey; pPage=pPage->pNext); - } - - if( pPage || createFlag==0 ){ - pcache1PinPage(pPage); - goto fetch_out; - } - - /* Step 3 of header comment. */ - nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable; - if( createFlag==1 && pCache->bPurgeable && ( - nPinned>=(pcache1.nMaxPage+pCache->nMin-pcache1.nMinPage) - || nPinned>=(pCache->nMax * 9 / 10) - )){ - goto fetch_out; - } - - if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash && pcache1ResizeHash(pCache) ){ - goto fetch_out; - } - - /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page buffer if appropriate. */ - if( pCache->bPurgeable && pcache1.pLruTail && ( - pCache->nPage>=pCache->nMax-1 || pcache1.nCurrentPage>=pcache1.nMaxPage - )){ - pPage = pcache1.pLruTail; - pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage); - pcache1PinPage(pPage); - if( pPage->pCache->szPage!=pCache->szPage ){ - pcache1FreePage(pPage); - pPage = 0; - }else{ - pcache1.nCurrentPage -= (pPage->pCache->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable); - } - } - - /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, - ** attempt to allocate a new one. - */ - if( !pPage ){ - pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache); - } - - if( pPage ){ - unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash; - *(void **)(PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(pPage)) = 0; - pCache->nPage++; - pPage->iKey = iKey; - pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h]; - pPage->pCache = pCache; - pPage->pLruPrev = 0; - pPage->pLruNext = 0; - pCache->apHash[h] = pPage; - } - -fetch_out: - if( pPage && iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){ - pCache->iMaxKey = iKey; - } - if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); - pcache1LeaveMutex(); - return (pPage ? PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(pPage) : 0); -} - - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method. -** -** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling). -*/ -static void pcache1Unpin(sqlite3_pcache *p, void *pPg, int reuseUnlikely){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - PgHdr1 *pPage = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pPg); - - pcache1EnterMutex(); - - /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already - ** part of the global LRU list. - */ - assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 ); - assert( pcache1.pLruHead!=pPage && pcache1.pLruTail!=pPage ); - - if( reuseUnlikely || pcache1.nCurrentPage>pcache1.nMaxPage ){ - pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage); - pcache1FreePage(pPage); - }else{ - /* Add the page to the global LRU list. Normally, the page is added to - ** the head of the list (last page to be recycled). However, if the - ** reuseUnlikely flag passed to this function is true, the page is added - ** to the tail of the list (first page to be recycled). - */ - if( pcache1.pLruHead ){ - pcache1.pLruHead->pLruPrev = pPage; - pPage->pLruNext = pcache1.pLruHead; - pcache1.pLruHead = pPage; - }else{ - pcache1.pLruTail = pPage; - pcache1.pLruHead = pPage; - } - pCache->nRecyclable++; - } - - pcache1LeaveMutex(); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. -*/ -static void pcache1Rekey( - sqlite3_pcache *p, - void *pPg, - unsigned int iOld, - unsigned int iNew -){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - PgHdr1 *pPage = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pPg); - PgHdr1 **pp; - unsigned int h; - assert( pPage->iKey==iOld ); - - pcache1EnterMutex(); - - h = iOld%pCache->nHash; - pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; - while( (*pp)!=pPage ){ - pp = &(*pp)->pNext; - } - *pp = pPage->pNext; - - h = iNew%pCache->nHash; - pPage->iKey = iNew; - pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h]; - pCache->apHash[h] = pPage; - - if( iNew>pCache->iMaxKey ){ - pCache->iMaxKey = iNew; - } - - pcache1LeaveMutex(); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. -** -** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to -** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number -** equal to or greater than iLimit are implicitly unpinned. -*/ -static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - pcache1EnterMutex(); - if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){ - pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit); - pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1; - } - pcache1LeaveMutex(); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. -** -** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create(). -*/ -static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - pcache1EnterMutex(); - pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0); - pcache1.nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax; - pcache1.nMinPage -= pCache->nMin; - pcache1EnforceMaxPage(); - pcache1LeaveMutex(); - sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash); - sqlite3_free(pCache); -} - -/* -** This function is called during initialization (sqlite3_initialize()) to -** install the default pluggable cache module, assuming the user has not -** already provided an alternative. -*/ -void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){ - static sqlite3_pcache_methods defaultMethods = { - 0, /* pArg */ - pcache1Init, /* xInit */ - pcache1Shutdown, /* xShutdown */ - pcache1Create, /* xCreate */ - pcache1Cachesize, /* xCachesize */ - pcache1Pagecount, /* xPagecount */ - pcache1Fetch, /* xFetch */ - pcache1Unpin, /* xUnpin */ - pcache1Rekey, /* xRekey */ - pcache1Truncate, /* xTruncate */ - pcache1Destroy /* xDestroy */ - }; - sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE, &defaultMethods); -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT -/* -** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory -** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated -** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed. -** -** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has -** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number -** of bytes of memory released. -*/ -int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){ - int nFree = 0; - if( pcache1.pStart==0 ){ - PgHdr1 *p; - pcache1EnterMutex(); - while( (nReq<0 || nFreepLruNext){ - nRecyclable++; - } - *pnCurrent = pcache1.nCurrentPage; - *pnMax = pcache1.nMaxPage; - *pnMin = pcache1.nMinPage; - *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable; -} -#endif diff --git a/pragma.c b/pragma.c deleted file mode 100644 index f3761b1..0000000 --- a/pragma.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1430 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2003 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command. -** -** $Id: pragma.c,v 1.209 2009/04/07 22:05:43 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* Ignore this whole file if pragmas are disabled -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER) - -/* -** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF, -** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL. Return 1 for an empty or -** unrecognized string argument. -** -** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that -** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(). The is done -** to support legacy SQL code. The safety level used to be boolean -** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON. -*/ -static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z){ - /* 123456789 123456789 */ - static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull"; - static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16}; - static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4}; - static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2}; - int i, n; - if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ - return (u8)atoi(z); - } - n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); - for(i=0; i=0&&i<=2)?i:0); -} -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* -** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file -** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database -** and 0 to use the compile-time default. -*/ -static int getTempStore(const char *z){ - if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){ - return z[0] - '0'; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){ - return 1; - }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){ - return 2; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* -** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed -** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed -*/ -static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ - if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed " - "from within a transaction"); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt); - db->aDb[1].pBt = 0; - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -/* -** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema -** as needing reloading. This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE -** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas. -*/ -static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){ - int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType); - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK; - if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - db->temp_store = (u8)ts; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - -/* -** Generate code to return a single integer value. -*/ -static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, i64 value){ - Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - int mem = ++pParse->nMem; - i64 *pI64 = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, sizeof(value)); - if( pI64 ){ - memcpy(pI64, &value, sizeof(value)); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, mem, 0, (char*)pI64, P4_INT64); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS -/* -** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries -** or changes one of the flags in db->flags. Return 1 if so and 0 if not. -** Also, implement the pragma. -*/ -static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ - static const struct sPragmaType { - const char *zName; /* Name of the pragma */ - int mask; /* Mask for the db->flags value */ - } aPragma[] = { - { "full_column_names", SQLITE_FullColNames }, - { "short_column_names", SQLITE_ShortColNames }, - { "count_changes", SQLITE_CountRows }, - { "empty_result_callbacks", SQLITE_NullCallback }, - { "legacy_file_format", SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt }, - { "fullfsync", SQLITE_FullFSync }, - { "reverse_unordered_selects", SQLITE_ReverseOrder }, -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - { "sql_trace", SQLITE_SqlTrace }, - { "vdbe_listing", SQLITE_VdbeListing }, - { "vdbe_trace", SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - { "ignore_check_constraints", SQLITE_IgnoreChecks }, -#endif - /* The following is VERY experimental */ - { "writable_schema", SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode }, - { "omit_readlock", SQLITE_NoReadlock }, - - /* TODO: Maybe it shouldn't be possible to change the ReadUncommitted - ** flag if there are any active statements. */ - { "read_uncommitted", SQLITE_ReadUncommitted }, - }; - int i; - const struct sPragmaType *p; - for(i=0, p=aPragma; izName)==0 ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Vdbe *v; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); /* Already allocated by sqlite3Pragma() */ - if( ALWAYS(v) ){ - if( zRight==0 ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, p->zName, (db->flags & p->mask)!=0 ); - }else{ - if( getBoolean(zRight) ){ - db->flags |= p->mask; - }else{ - db->flags &= ~p->mask; - } - - /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL - ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all - ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); - } - } - - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ - -/* -** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action. -*/ -static const char *actionName(u8 action){ - const char *zName; - switch( action ){ - case OE_SetNull: zName = "SET NULL"; break; - case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break; - case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break; - default: zName = "RESTRICT"; - assert( action==OE_Restrict ); break; - } - return zName; -} - -/* -** Process a pragma statement. -** -** Pragmas are of this form: -** -** PRAGMA [database.]id [= value] -** -** The identifier might also be a string. The value is a string, and -** identifier, or a number. If minusFlag is true, then the value is -** a number that was preceded by a minus sign. -** -** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name -** and pId2 is the id. If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the -** id and pId2 is any empty string. -*/ -void sqlite3Pragma( - Parse *pParse, - Token *pId1, /* First part of [database.]id field */ - Token *pId2, /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */ - Token *pValue, /* Token for , or NULL */ - int minusFlag /* True if a '-' sign preceded */ -){ - char *zLeft = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string */ - char *zRight = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string , or NULL */ - const char *zDb = 0; /* The database name */ - Token *pId; /* Pointer to token */ - int iDb; /* Database index for */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - Db *pDb; - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db); - if( v==0 ) return; - pParse->nMem = 2; - - /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the - ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */ - iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId); - if( iDb<0 ) return; - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - - /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the - ** pragma, make sure it is open. - */ - if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ - return; - } - - zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId); - if( !zLeft ) return; - if( minusFlag ){ - zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue); - }else{ - zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue); - } - - assert( pId2 ); - zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zName : 0; - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){ - goto pragma_out; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the - ** page cache size. The value returned is the maximum number of - ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets both the current - ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value - ** stored in the database file. - ** - ** The default cache size is stored in meta-value 2 of page 1 of the - ** database file. The cache size is actually the absolute value of - ** this memory location. The sign of meta-value 2 determines the - ** synchronous setting. A negative value means synchronous is off - ** and a positive value means synchronous is on. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){ - static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = { - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, 2}, /* 0 */ - { OP_IfPos, 1, 6, 0}, - { OP_Integer, 0, 2, 0}, - { OP_Subtract, 1, 2, 1}, - { OP_IfPos, 1, 6, 0}, - { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 5 */ - { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0}, - }; - int addr; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - if( !zRight ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", SQLITE_STATIC); - pParse->nMem += 2; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+5, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); - }else{ - int size = atoi(zRight); - if( size<0 ) size = -size; - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 2, 2); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 2, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -size, 1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 2, 1); - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - } - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** database page size in bytes. The second form sets the - ** database page size value. The value can only be set if - ** the database has not yet been created. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){ - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - assert( pBt!=0 ); - if( !zRight ){ - int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0; - returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size); - }else{ - /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal - ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc(). - */ - db->nextPagesize = atoi(zRight); - if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count - ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current setting for the - ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The - ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both - ** forms return the current setting. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"max_page_count")==0 ){ - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - int newMax = 0; - assert( pBt!=0 ); - if( zRight ){ - newMax = atoi(zRight); - } - if( ALWAYS(pBt) ){ - newMax = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax); - } - returnSingleInt(pParse, "max_page_count", newMax); - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]page_count - ** - ** Return the number of pages in the specified database. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_count")==0 ){ - int iReg; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - iReg = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "page_count", SQLITE_STATIC); - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode - ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive) - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"locking_mode")==0 ){ - const char *zRet = "normal"; - int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight); - - if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){ - /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for - ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to - ** the locking-mode of the main database). - */ - eMode = db->dfltLockMode; - }else{ - Pager *pPager; - if( pId2->n==0 ){ - /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part - ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be - ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file. - ** - ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that - ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified - ** locking mode. - */ - int ii; - assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]); - for(ii=2; iinDb; ii++){ - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt); - sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); - } - db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode; - } - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); - } - - assert(eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL||eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE); - if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){ - zRet = "exclusive"; - } - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zRet, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode = (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory) - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_mode")==0 ){ - int eMode; - static char * const azModeName[] = { - "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory" - }; - - if( zRight==0 ){ - eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; - }else{ - int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight); - eMode = sizeof(azModeName)/sizeof(azModeName[0]) - 1; - while( eMode>=0 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, azModeName[eMode], n)!=0 ){ - eMode--; - } - } - if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ){ - /* Simple "PRAGMA journal_mode;" statement. This is a query for - ** the current default journal mode (which may be different to - ** the journal-mode of the main database). - */ - eMode = db->dfltJournalMode; - }else{ - Pager *pPager; - if( pId2->n==0 ){ - /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part - ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the journal-mode must be - ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file. - ** - ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltJournalMode variable is set so that - ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified - ** journal mode. - */ - int ii; - assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]); - for(ii=1; iinDb; ii++){ - if( db->aDb[ii].pBt ){ - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt); - sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, eMode); - } - } - db->dfltJournalMode = (u8)eMode; - } - pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - eMode = sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, eMode); - } - assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, - azModeName[eMode], P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit - ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N - ** - ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_size_limit")==0 ){ - Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - i64 iLimit = -2; - if( zRight ){ - sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &iLimit); - if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1; - } - iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit); - returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", iLimit); - }else - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum - ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N - ** - ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter. - ** The value is one of: 0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"auto_vacuum")==0 ){ - Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; - assert( pBt!=0 ); - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto pragma_out; - } - if( !zRight ){ - int auto_vacuum; - if( ALWAYS(pBt) ){ - auto_vacuum = sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt); - }else{ - auto_vacuum = SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM; - } - returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", auto_vacuum); - }else{ - int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight); - assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 ); - db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto; - if( ALWAYS(eAuto>=0) ){ - /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and - ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection - ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created - ** as an auto-vacuum capable db. - */ - int rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){ - /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or - ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database - ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates - ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database. - */ - static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, 3}, /* 1 */ - { OP_If, 1, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ - { OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort, 0}, /* 3 */ - { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4 */ - { OP_SetCookie, 0, 6, 1}, /* 5 */ - }; - int iAddr; - iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - } - } - } - }else -#endif - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N) - ** - ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"incremental_vacuum")==0 ){ - int iLimit, addr; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ - goto pragma_out; - } - if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){ - iLimit = 0x7fffffff; - } - sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - }else -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size - ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N - ** - ** The first form reports the current local setting for the - ** page cache size. The local setting can be different from - ** the persistent cache size value that is stored in the database - ** file itself. The value returned is the maximum number of - ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets the local - ** page cache size value. It does not change the persistent - ** cache size stored on the disk so the cache size will revert - ** to its default value when the database is closed and reopened. - ** N should be a positive integer. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - }else{ - int size = atoi(zRight); - if( size<0 ) size = -size; - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - } - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA temp_store - ** PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file" - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag. Changing - ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default - ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened. - ** - ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to - ** override this setting - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){ - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store); - }else{ - changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight); - } - }else - - /* - ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory - ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag. Changing - ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files. - ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search. - ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage. - ** - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store_directory")==0 ){ - if( !zRight ){ - if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, - "temp_store_directory", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - } - }else{ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - if( zRight[0] ){ - int rc; - int res; - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); - goto pragma_out; - } - } - if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0 - || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1) - || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1) - ){ - invalidateTempStorage(pParse); - } - sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory); - if( zRight[0] ){ - sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zRight); - }else{ - sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */ - } - }else - -#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) -# if defined(__APPLE__) -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 -# else -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 -# endif -#endif -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file - ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path" - ** - ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag. Changing - ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks. - ** - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_proxy_file")==0 ){ - if( !zRight ){ - Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - char *proxy_file_path = NULL; - sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); - sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, - &proxy_file_path); - - if( proxy_file_path ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, - "lock_proxy_file", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, proxy_file_path, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - } - }else{ - Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); - sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); - int res; - if( zRight[0] ){ - res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, - zRight); - } else { - res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, - NULL); - } - if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file"); - goto pragma_out; - } - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous - ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL - ** - ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag. Changing - ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the - ** default value will be restored the next time the database is - ** opened. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - if( !zRight ){ - returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1); - }else{ - if( !db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction"); - }else{ - pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight)+1; - } - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS - if( flagPragma(pParse, zLeft, zRight) ){ - /* The flagPragma() subroutine also generates any necessary code - ** there is nothing more to do here */ - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA table_info(
) - ** - ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of - ** the returned data set are: - ** - ** cid: Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0) - ** name: Column name - ** type: Column declaration type. - ** notnull: True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration - ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){ - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - int i; - int nHidden = 0; - Column *pCol; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6); - pParse->nMem = 6; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab); - for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ - if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){ - nHidden++; - continue; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pCol->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, - pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, (pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0), 4); - if( pCol->pDflt ){ - const Token *p = &pCol->pDflt->span; - assert( p->z ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, (char*)p->z, p->n); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pCol->isPrimKey, 6); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6); - } - } - }else - - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_info")==0 && zRight ){ - Index *pIdx; - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pIdx ){ - int i; - pTab = pIdx->pTable; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - pParse->nMem = 3; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2); - assert( pTab->nCol>cnum ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); - } - } - }else - - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){ - Index *pIdx; - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - pIdx = pTab->pIndex; - if( pIdx ){ - int i = 0; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - pParse->nMem = 3; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC); - while(pIdx){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 3); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); - ++i; - pIdx = pIdx->pNext; - } - } - } - }else - - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){ - int i; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); - pParse->nMem = 3; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", SQLITE_STATIC); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue; - assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, - sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); - } - }else - - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "collation_list")==0 ){ - int i = 0; - HashElem *p; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); - pParse->nMem = 2; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC); - for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ - CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i++, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pColl->zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "foreign_key_list")==0 && zRight ){ - FKey *pFK; - Table *pTab; - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); - if( pTab ){ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - pFK = pTab->pFKey; - if( pFK ){ - int i = 0; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 8); - pParse->nMem = 8; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "on_update", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "on_delete", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "match", SQLITE_STATIC); - while(pFK){ - int j; - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol; - char *zOnUpdate = (char *)actionName(pFK->updateConf); - char *zOnDelete = (char *)actionName(pFK->deleteConf); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j, 2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pFK->zTo, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, - pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 5, 0, zCol, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 6, 0, zOnUpdate, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 7, 0, zOnDelete, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 8, 0, "NONE", 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8); - } - ++i; - pFK = pFK->pNextFrom; - } - } - } - }else -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ - -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){ - if( zRight ){ - if( getBoolean(zRight) ){ - sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: "); - }else{ - sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0); - } - } - }else -#endif - - /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions. The variant of LIKE - ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "case_sensitive_like")==0 ){ - if( zRight ){ - sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, getBoolean(zRight)); - } - }else - -#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX -# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100 -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK - /* Pragma "quick_check" is an experimental reduced version of - ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption - ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0 - || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "quick_check")==0 - ){ - int i, j, addr, mxErr; - - /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check. If no error - ** messages have been generated, output OK. Otherwise output the - ** error message - */ - static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = { - { OP_AddImm, 1, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_IfNeg, 1, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 2 */ - { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0}, - }; - - int isQuick = (zLeft[0]=='q'); - - /* Initialize the VDBE program */ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - pParse->nMem = 6; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", SQLITE_STATIC); - - /* Set the maximum error count */ - mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; - if( zRight ){ - mxErr = atoi(zRight); - if( mxErr<=0 ){ - mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1); /* reg[1] holds errors left */ - - /* Do an integrity check on each database file */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - HashElem *x; - Hash *pTbls; - int cnt = 0; - - if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue; - - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - - /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree - ** - ** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers - ** for all tables and indices in the database. - */ - pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash; - for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); - Index *pIdx; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt); - cnt++; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt); - cnt++; - } - } - - /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */ - if( pParse->nMem < cnt+4 ){ - pParse->nMem = cnt+4; - } - - /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName), - P4_DYNAMIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - - /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly. - */ - for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x && !isQuick; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ - Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); - Index *pIdx; - int loopTop; - - if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Stop if out of errors */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 2); /* reg(2) will count entries */ - loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 2, 1); /* increment entry count */ - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - int jmp2; - static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = { - { OP_AddImm, 1, -1, 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_Rowid, 1, 4, 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 5, 0}, /* 3 */ - { OP_String8, 0, 6, 0}, /* 4 */ - { OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3}, - { OP_Concat, 5, 3, 3}, - { OP_Concat, 6, 3, 3}, - { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0}, - { OP_IfPos, 1, 0, 0}, /* 9 */ - { OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, - }; - sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, 1, 3, 1); - jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0, 3); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+1, "rowid ", P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+3, " missing from index ", P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+9); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop); - for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ - static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = { - { OP_Integer, 0, 3, 0}, - { OP_Rewind, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_AddImm, 3, 1, 0}, - { OP_Next, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3 */ - { OP_Eq, 2, 0, 3}, /* 4 */ - { OP_AddImm, 1, -1, 0}, - { OP_String8, 0, 2, 0}, /* 6 */ - { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 7 */ - { OP_Concat, 3, 2, 2}, - { OP_ResultRow, 2, 1, 0}, - }; - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, j+2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+1, addr+4); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+3, j+2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+3, addr+2); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+4); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+6, - "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+7, pIdx->zName, P4_STATIC); - } - } - } - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, -mxErr); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+1); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+2, "ok", P4_STATIC); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 - /* - ** PRAGMA encoding - ** PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be" - ** - ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main - ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now. - ** - ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file - ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default - ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file - ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the - ** default text encoding for the existing database is used. - ** - ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are - ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If - ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH - ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation. - ** - ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in - ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only - ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){ - static const struct EncName { - char *zName; - u8 enc; - } encnames[] = { - { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, - { "UTF-8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, /* Must be element [1] */ - { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, /* Must be element [2] */ - { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, /* Must be element [3] */ - { "UTF16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, - { "UTF16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, - { "UTF-16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ - { "UTF16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ - { 0, 0 } - }; - const struct EncName *pEnc; - if( !zRight ){ /* "PRAGMA encoding" */ - if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_String8, 0, 1); - assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); - assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ); - assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName, P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); - }else{ /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */ - /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not - ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value - ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not - ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value. - */ - if( - !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || - DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) - ){ - for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ - if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){ - ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; - break; - } - } - if( !pEnc->zName ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight); - } - } - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS - /* - ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version - ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = - ** - ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version - ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version = - ** - ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get - ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both - ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers - ** stored in the database header. - ** - ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It - ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by - ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by - ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache - ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of - ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed. - ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify - ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program - ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution! - ** - ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by - ** applications for any purpose. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "schema_version")==0 - || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "user_version")==0 - || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "freelist_count")==0 - ){ - int iCookie; /* Cookie index. 0 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */ - sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); - switch( zLeft[0] ){ - case 's': case 'S': - iCookie = 0; - break; - case 'f': case 'F': - iCookie = 1; - iDb = (-1*(iDb+1)); - assert(iDb<=0); - break; - default: - iCookie = 5; - break; - } - - if( zRight && iDb>=0 ){ - /* Write the specified cookie value */ - static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = { - { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ - { OP_SetCookie, 0, 0, 1}, /* 2 */ - }; - int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, atoi(zRight)); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie); - }else{ - /* Read the specified cookie value */ - static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = { - { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ - { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0} - }; - int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, iCookie); - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */ - -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) - /* - ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){ - static const char *const azLockName[] = { - "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive" - }; - int i; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); - pParse->nMem = 2; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", SQLITE_STATIC); - for(i=0; inDb; i++){ - Btree *pBt; - Pager *pPager; - const char *zState = "unknown"; - int j; - if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P4_STATIC); - pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt==0 || (pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){ - zState = "closed"; - }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0, - SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){ - zState = azLockName[j]; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, zState, P4_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); - } - - }else -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_SSE - /* - ** Check to see if the sqlite_statements table exists. Create it - ** if it does not. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "create_sqlite_statement_table")==0 ){ - extern int sqlite3CreateStatementsTable(Parse*); - sqlite3CreateStatementsTable(pParse); - }else -#endif - -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 && zRight ){ - sqlite3_key(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); - }else - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "rekey")==0 && zRight ){ - sqlite3_rekey(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); - }else - if( zRight && (sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexkey")==0 || - sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "hexrekey")==0) ){ - int i, h1, h2; - char zKey[40]; - for(i=0; (h1 = zRight[i])!=0 && (h2 = zRight[i+1])!=0; i+=2){ - h1 += 9*(1&(h1>>6)); - h2 += 9*(1&(h2>>6)); - zKey[i/2] = (h2 & 0x0f) | ((h1 & 0xf)<<4); - } - if( (zLeft[3] & 0xf)==0xb ){ - sqlite3_key(db, zKey, i/2); - }else{ - sqlite3_rekey(db, zKey, i/2); - } - }else -#endif -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "activate_extensions")==0 ){ -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){ - extern void sqlite3_activate_see(const char*); - sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]); - } -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD - if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){ - extern void sqlite3_activate_cerod(const char*); - sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]); - } -#endif - }else -#endif - - - {/* Empty ELSE clause */} - - /* Code an OP_Expire at the end of each PRAGMA program to cause - ** the VDBE implementing the pragma to expire. Most (all?) pragmas - ** are only valid for a single execution. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 1, 0); - - /* - ** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous - ** setting changed. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS - if( db->autoCommit ){ - sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level, - (db->flags&SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0); - } -#endif -pragma_out: - sqlite3DbFree(db, zLeft); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zRight); -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA || SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER */ diff --git a/prepare.c b/prepare.c deleted file mode 100644 index e3479f3..0000000 --- a/prepare.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,834 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2005 May 25 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare() -** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema -** from disk. -** -** $Id: prepare.c,v 1.116 2009/04/02 18:32:27 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates -** that the database is corrupt. -*/ -static void corruptSchema( - InitData *pData, /* Initialization context */ - const char *zObj, /* Object being parsed at the point of error */ - const char *zExtra /* Error information */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pData->db; - if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){ - if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?"; - sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, pData->db, - "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj); - if( zExtra && zExtra[0] ){ - *pData->pzErrMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(pData->db, *pData->pzErrMsg, "%s - %s", - *pData->pzErrMsg, zExtra); - } - } - pData->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; -} - -/* -** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the -** database. See sqlite3Init() below for additional information. -** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE. -** -** Each callback contains the following information: -** -** argv[0] = name of thing being created -** argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view. -** argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement. -** -*/ -int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ - InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit; - sqlite3 *db = pData->db; - int iDb = pData->iDb; - - assert( argc==3 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */ - if( argv[1]==0 ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); - }else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){ - /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW. - ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated - ** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data - ** structures that describe the table, index, or view. - */ - char *zErr; - int rc; - assert( db->init.busy ); - db->init.iDb = iDb; - db->init.newTnum = atoi(argv[1]); - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, argv[2], 0, 0, &zErr); - db->init.iDb = 0; - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 ); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - pData->rc = rc; - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){ - corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], zErr); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); - } - }else if( argv[0]==0 ){ - corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0); - }else{ - /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that - ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE - ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE. The index should have already - ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE. All we have - ** to do here is record the root page number for that index. - */ - Index *pIndex; - pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( pIndex==0 || pIndex->tnum!=0 ){ - /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which - ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index. Since - ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also - ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table. - */ - /* Do Nothing */; - }else{ - pIndex->tnum = atoi(argv[1]); - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal -** data structures for a single database file. The index of the -** database file is given by iDb. iDb==0 is used for the main -** database. iDb==1 should never be used. iDb>=2 is used for -** auxiliary databases. Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to -** indicate success or failure. -*/ -static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){ - int rc; - BtCursor *curMain; - int size; - Table *pTab; - Db *pDb; - char const *azArg[4]; - int meta[10]; - InitData initData; - char const *zMasterSchema; - char const *zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - - /* - ** The master database table has a structure like this - */ - static const char master_schema[] = - "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n" - " type text,\n" - " name text,\n" - " tbl_name text,\n" - " rootpage integer,\n" - " sql text\n" - ")" - ; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - static const char temp_master_schema[] = - "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n" - " type text,\n" - " name text,\n" - " tbl_name text,\n" - " rootpage integer,\n" - " sql text\n" - ")" - ; -#else - #define temp_master_schema 0 -#endif - - assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); - assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); - - /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema - ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being - ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table. - */ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema; - }else{ - zMasterSchema = master_schema; - } - zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); - - /* Construct the schema tables. */ - azArg[0] = zMasterName; - azArg[1] = "1"; - azArg[2] = zMasterSchema; - azArg[3] = 0; - initData.db = db; - initData.iDb = iDb; - initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; - initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg; - (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0); - (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - if( initData.rc ){ - rc = initData.rc; - goto error_out; - } - pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); - if( pTab ){ - pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly; - } - - /* Create a cursor to hold the database open - */ - pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; - if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ - if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ - DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded); - } - return SQLITE_OK; - } - curMain = sqlite3MallocZero(sqlite3BtreeCursorSize()); - if( !curMain ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto error_out; - } - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pDb->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, curMain); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_EMPTY ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); - goto initone_error_out; - } - - /* Get the database meta information. - ** - ** Meta values are as follows: - ** meta[0] Schema cookie. Changes with each schema change. - ** meta[1] File format of schema layer. - ** meta[2] Size of the page cache. - ** meta[3] Use freelist if 0. Autovacuum if greater than zero. - ** meta[4] Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE - ** meta[5] The user cookie. Used by the application. - ** meta[6] Incremental-vacuum flag. - ** meta[7] - ** meta[8] - ** meta[9] - ** - ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to - ** the possible values of meta[4]. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int i; - for(i=0; ipBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); - goto initone_error_out; - } - } - }else{ - memset(meta, 0, sizeof(meta)); - } - pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[0]; - - /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the - ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database. - ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same - ** as sqlite3.enc. - */ - if( meta[4] ){ /* text encoding */ - if( iDb==0 ){ - /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */ - ENC(db) = (u8)meta[4]; - db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 6, 0); - }else{ - /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */ - if( meta[4]!=ENC(db) ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same" - " text encoding as main database"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto initone_error_out; - } - } - }else{ - DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); - } - pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db); - - if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){ - size = meta[2]; - if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; } - if( size<0 ) size = -size; - pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; - sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); - } - - /* - ** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0. - ** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN - ** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults - ** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants - */ - pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[1]; - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){ - pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1; - } - if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){ - sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format"); - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto initone_error_out; - } - - /* Ticket #2804: When we open a database in the newer file format, - ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will - ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending - ** indices that the user might have created. - */ - if( iDb==0 && meta[1]>=4 ){ - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt; - } - - /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables - */ - assert( db->init.busy ); - if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){ - /* For an empty database, there is nothing to read */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - char *zSql; - zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, - "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s", - db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName); - (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - { - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); - xAuth = db->xAuth; - db->xAuth = 0; -#endif - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - db->xAuth = xAuth; - } -#endif - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc; - (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb); - } -#endif - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){ - /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider - ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the - ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one - ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset - ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary - ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table - ** even when its contents have been corrupted. - */ - DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded); - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating - ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs - ** before that point, jump to error_out. - */ -initone_error_out: - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain); - sqlite3_free(curMain); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); - -error_out: - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file -** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files -** created using ATTACH statements. Return a success code. If an -** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg. -** -** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set -** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database -** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set. -*/ -int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){ - int i, rc; - int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges); - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( db->init.busy ) return SQLITE_OK; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - db->init.busy = 1; - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ - if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue; - rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, i); - } - } - - /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema - ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database - ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->nDb>1 && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ - rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1); - } - } -#endif - - db->init.busy = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){ - sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised. -** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( !db->init.busy ){ - rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pParse->rc = rc; - pParse->nErr++; - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Check schema cookies in all databases. If any cookie is out -** of date, return 0. If all schema cookies are current, return 1. -*/ -static int schemaIsValid(sqlite3 *db){ - int iDb; - int rc; - BtCursor *curTemp; - int cookie; - int allOk = 1; - - curTemp = (BtCursor *)sqlite3Malloc(sqlite3BtreeCursorSize()); - if( curTemp ){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - for(iDb=0; allOk && iDbnDb; iDb++){ - Btree *pBt; - pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; - if( pBt==0 ) continue; - memset(curTemp, 0, sqlite3BtreeCursorSize()); - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, curTemp); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&cookie); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){ - allOk = 0; - } - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curTemp); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } - sqlite3_free(curTemp); - }else{ - allOk = 0; - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - - return allOk; -} - -/* -** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates -** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to. -** -** If the same database is attached more than once, the first -** attached database is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){ - int i = -1000000; - - /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in - ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one - ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this - ** function should never be used. - ** - ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using - ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much - ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert() - ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds). - */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - if( pSchema ){ - for(i=0; ALWAYS(inDb); i++){ - if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){ - break; - } - } - assert( i>=0 && inDb ); - } - return i; -} - -/* -** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. -*/ -static int sqlite3Prepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - Parse sParse; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int i; - - if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE; - assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 ); - assert( !db->mallocFailed ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - - /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all - ** database schemas. The inability to get a read lock indicates that - ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in - ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes - ** to the schema. - ** - ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted - ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled - ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this - ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect - ** the schema change. Disaster would follow. - ** - ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because - ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it - ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change - ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold - ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is - ** holding them. - ** - ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection, - ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still - ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set. - */ - for(i=0; inDb; i++) { - Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; - if( pBt ){ - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt); - if( rc ){ - const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName; - sqlite3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb); - (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted ); - return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - } - } - } - - memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse)); - sParse.db = db; - if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){ - char *zSqlCopy; - int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; - if( nBytes>mxLen ){ - sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long"); - (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db); - return sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG); - } - zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes); - if( zSqlCopy ){ - sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy); - sParse.zTail = &zSql[sParse.zTail-zSqlCopy]; - }else{ - sParse.zTail = &zSql[nBytes]; - } - }else{ - sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); - } - - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_DONE ) sParse.rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( sParse.checkSchema && !schemaIsValid(db) ){ - sParse.rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; - } - if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ - sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( pzTail ){ - *pzTail = sParse.zTail; - } - rc = sParse.rc; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.pVdbe && sParse.explain ){ - if( sParse.explain==2 ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 3); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "order", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "detail", SQLITE_STATIC); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 8); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "addr", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "opcode", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "p1", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "p2", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "p3", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "p4", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "p5", SQLITE_STATIC); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "comment", SQLITE_STATIC); - } - } -#endif - - if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){ - rc = SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - - assert( db->init.busy==0 || saveSqlFlag==0 ); - if( db->init.busy==0 ){ - Vdbe *pVdbe = sParse.pVdbe; - sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(sParse.zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag); - } - if( sParse.pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){ - sqlite3VdbeFinalize(sParse.pVdbe); - assert(!(*ppStmt)); - }else{ - *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe; - } - - if( zErrMsg ){ - sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); - }else{ - sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); - } - - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); - return rc; -} -static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - assert( ppStmt!=0 ); - *ppStmt = 0; - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); - rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, pzTail); - sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change. -** -** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, -** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has -** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error -** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA. -*/ -int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){ - int rc; - sqlite3_stmt *pNew; - const char *zSql; - sqlite3 *db; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) ); - zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p); - assert( zSql!=0 ); /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */ - db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, &pNew, 0); - if( rc ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - assert( pNew==0 ); - return (rc==SQLITE_LOCKED) ? SQLITE_LOCKED : SQLITE_SCHEMA; - }else{ - assert( pNew!=0 ); - } - sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p); - sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p); - sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew); - sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy -** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement -** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by -** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained -** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change -** occurs. -*/ -int sqlite3_prepare( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; -} -int sqlite3_prepare_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 -/* -** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. -*/ -static int sqlite3Prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - int saveSqlFlag, /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16 - ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The - ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail. - */ - char *zSql8; - const char *zTail8 = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( ppStmt ); - *ppStmt = 0; - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE; - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); - zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes); - if( zSql8 ){ - rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, &zTail8); - } - - if( zTail8 && pzTail ){ - /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the - ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode - ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer - ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string. - */ - int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8)); - *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed); - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); - rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy -** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement -** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by -** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained -** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change -** occurs. -*/ -int sqlite3_prepare16( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; -} -int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ - const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ - int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ - sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ - const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ - return rc; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ diff --git a/printf.c b/printf.c deleted file mode 100644 index bc8d022..0000000 --- a/printf.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,947 +0,0 @@ -/* -** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's. It is in -** the public domain. The original comments are included here for -** completeness. They are very out-of-date but might be useful as -** an historical reference. Most of the "enhancements" have been backed -** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf(). -** -** $Id: printf.c,v 1.102 2009/04/08 16:10:04 drh Exp $ -** -************************************************************************** -** -** The following modules is an enhanced replacement for the "printf" subroutines -** found in the standard C library. The following enhancements are -** supported: -** -** + Additional functions. The standard set of "printf" functions -** includes printf, fprintf, sprintf, vprintf, vfprintf, and -** vsprintf. This module adds the following: -** -** * snprintf -- Works like sprintf, but has an extra argument -** which is the size of the buffer written to. -** -** * mprintf -- Similar to sprintf. Writes output to memory -** obtained from malloc. -** -** * xprintf -- Calls a function to dispose of output. -** -** * nprintf -- No output, but returns the number of characters -** that would have been output by printf. -** -** * A v- version (ex: vsnprintf) of every function is also -** supplied. -** -** + A few extensions to the formatting notation are supported: -** -** * The "=" flag (similar to "-") causes the output to be -** be centered in the appropriately sized field. -** -** * The %b field outputs an integer in binary notation. -** -** * The %c field now accepts a precision. The character output -** is repeated by the number of times the precision specifies. -** -** * The %' field works like %c, but takes as its character the -** next character of the format string, instead of the next -** argument. For example, printf("%.78'-") prints 78 minus -** signs, the same as printf("%.78c",'-'). -** -** + When compiled using GCC on a SPARC, this version of printf is -** faster than the library printf for SUN OS 4.1. -** -** + All functions are fully reentrant. -** -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the -** following enumeration. -*/ -#define etRADIX 1 /* Integer types. %d, %x, %o, and so forth */ -#define etFLOAT 2 /* Floating point. %f */ -#define etEXP 3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */ -#define etGENERIC 4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */ -#define etSIZE 5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */ -#define etSTRING 6 /* Strings. %s */ -#define etDYNSTRING 7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */ -#define etPERCENT 8 /* Percent symbol. %% */ -#define etCHARX 9 /* Characters. %c */ -/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */ -#define etSQLESCAPE 10 /* Strings with '\'' doubled. %q */ -#define etSQLESCAPE2 11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '', - NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL. %Q */ -#define etTOKEN 12 /* a pointer to a Token structure */ -#define etSRCLIST 13 /* a pointer to a SrcList */ -#define etPOINTER 14 /* The %p conversion */ -#define etSQLESCAPE3 15 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */ -#define etORDINAL 16 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc. English only */ - -#define etINVALID 0 /* Any unrecognized conversion type */ - - -/* -** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value. -*/ -typedef unsigned char etByte; - -/* -** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described -** by an instance of the following structure -*/ -typedef struct et_info { /* Information about each format field */ - char fmttype; /* The format field code letter */ - etByte base; /* The base for radix conversion */ - etByte flags; /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */ - etByte type; /* Conversion paradigm */ - etByte charset; /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */ - etByte prefix; /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */ -} et_info; - -/* -** Allowed values for et_info.flags -*/ -#define FLAG_SIGNED 1 /* True if the value to convert is signed */ -#define FLAG_INTERN 2 /* True if for internal use only */ -#define FLAG_STRING 4 /* Allow infinity precision */ - - -/* -** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the -** most frequently used conversion types first. -*/ -static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef"; -static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0"; -static const et_info fmtinfo[] = { - { 'd', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, - { 's', 0, 4, etSTRING, 0, 0 }, - { 'g', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 30, 0 }, - { 'z', 0, 4, etDYNSTRING, 0, 0 }, - { 'q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE, 0, 0 }, - { 'Q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0, 0 }, - { 'w', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0, 0 }, - { 'c', 0, 0, etCHARX, 0, 0 }, - { 'o', 8, 0, etRADIX, 0, 2 }, - { 'u', 10, 0, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, - { 'x', 16, 0, etRADIX, 16, 1 }, - { 'X', 16, 0, etRADIX, 0, 4 }, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - { 'f', 0, 1, etFLOAT, 0, 0 }, - { 'e', 0, 1, etEXP, 30, 0 }, - { 'E', 0, 1, etEXP, 14, 0 }, - { 'G', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 14, 0 }, -#endif - { 'i', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, - { 'n', 0, 0, etSIZE, 0, 0 }, - { '%', 0, 0, etPERCENT, 0, 0 }, - { 'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER, 0, 1 }, - -/* All the rest have the FLAG_INTERN bit set and are thus for internal -** use only */ - { 'T', 0, 2, etTOKEN, 0, 0 }, - { 'S', 0, 2, etSRCLIST, 0, 0 }, - { 'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL, 0, 0 }, -}; - -/* -** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point -** conversions will work. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -/* -** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0 -** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then -** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize. -** -** Example: -** input: *val = 3.14159 -** output: *val = 1.4159 function return = '3' -** -** The counter *cnt is incremented each time. After counter exceeds -** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is -** always returned. -*/ -static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){ - int digit; - LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d; - if( (*cnt)++ >= 16 ) return '0'; - digit = (int)*val; - d = digit; - digit += '0'; - *val = (*val - d)*10.0; - return (char)digit; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ - -/* -** Append N space characters to the given string buffer. -*/ -static void appendSpace(StrAccum *pAccum, int N){ - static const char zSpaces[] = " "; - while( N>=(int)sizeof(zSpaces)-1 ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, sizeof(zSpaces)-1); - N -= sizeof(zSpaces)-1; - } - if( N>0 ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, N); - } -} - -/* -** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the -** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be less than 350. But beware - for -** smaller values some %f conversions may go into an infinite loop. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE -# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 350 -#endif -#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE /* Size of the output buffer */ - -/* -** The root program. All variations call this core. -** -** INPUTS: -** func This is a pointer to a function taking three arguments -** 1. A pointer to anything. Same as the "arg" parameter. -** 2. A pointer to the list of characters to be output -** (Note, this list is NOT null terminated.) -** 3. An integer number of characters to be output. -** (Note: This number might be zero.) -** -** arg This is the pointer to anything which will be passed as the -** first argument to "func". Use it for whatever you like. -** -** fmt This is the format string, as in the usual print. -** -** ap This is a pointer to a list of arguments. Same as in -** vfprint. -** -** OUTPUTS: -** The return value is the total number of characters sent to -** the function "func". Returns -1 on a error. -** -** Note that the order in which automatic variables are declared below -** seems to make a big difference in determining how fast this beast -** will run. -*/ -void sqlite3VXPrintf( - StrAccum *pAccum, /* Accumulate results here */ - int useExtended, /* Allow extended %-conversions */ - const char *fmt, /* Format string */ - va_list ap /* arguments */ -){ - int c; /* Next character in the format string */ - char *bufpt; /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */ - int precision; /* Precision of the current field */ - int length; /* Length of the field */ - int idx; /* A general purpose loop counter */ - int width; /* Width of the current field */ - etByte flag_leftjustify; /* True if "-" flag is present */ - etByte flag_plussign; /* True if "+" flag is present */ - etByte flag_blanksign; /* True if " " flag is present */ - etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */ - etByte flag_altform2; /* True if "!" flag is present */ - etByte flag_zeropad; /* True if field width constant starts with zero */ - etByte flag_long; /* True if "l" flag is present */ - etByte flag_longlong; /* True if the "ll" flag is present */ - etByte done; /* Loop termination flag */ - sqlite_uint64 longvalue; /* Value for integer types */ - LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */ - const et_info *infop; /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */ - char buf[etBUFSIZE]; /* Conversion buffer */ - char prefix; /* Prefix character. "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */ - etByte xtype = 0; /* Conversion paradigm */ - char *zExtra; /* Extra memory used for etTCLESCAPE conversions */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - int exp, e2; /* exponent of real numbers */ - double rounder; /* Used for rounding floating point values */ - etByte flag_dp; /* True if decimal point should be shown */ - etByte flag_rtz; /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */ - etByte flag_exp; /* True to force display of the exponent */ - int nsd; /* Number of significant digits returned */ -#endif - - length = 0; - bufpt = 0; - for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){ - if( c!='%' ){ - int amt; - bufpt = (char *)fmt; - amt = 1; - while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ) amt++; - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, amt); - if( c==0 ) break; - } - if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1); - break; - } - /* Find out what flags are present */ - flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = - flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0; - done = 0; - do{ - switch( c ){ - case '-': flag_leftjustify = 1; break; - case '+': flag_plussign = 1; break; - case ' ': flag_blanksign = 1; break; - case '#': flag_alternateform = 1; break; - case '!': flag_altform2 = 1; break; - case '0': flag_zeropad = 1; break; - default: done = 1; break; - } - }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 ); - /* Get the field width */ - width = 0; - if( c=='*' ){ - width = va_arg(ap,int); - if( width<0 ){ - flag_leftjustify = 1; - width = -width; - } - c = *++fmt; - }else{ - while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ - width = width*10 + c - '0'; - c = *++fmt; - } - } - if( width > etBUFSIZE-10 ){ - width = etBUFSIZE-10; - } - /* Get the precision */ - if( c=='.' ){ - precision = 0; - c = *++fmt; - if( c=='*' ){ - precision = va_arg(ap,int); - if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision; - c = *++fmt; - }else{ - while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ - precision = precision*10 + c - '0'; - c = *++fmt; - } - } - }else{ - precision = -1; - } - /* Get the conversion type modifier */ - if( c=='l' ){ - flag_long = 1; - c = *++fmt; - if( c=='l' ){ - flag_longlong = 1; - c = *++fmt; - }else{ - flag_longlong = 0; - } - }else{ - flag_long = flag_longlong = 0; - } - /* Fetch the info entry for the field */ - infop = &fmtinfo[0]; - xtype = etINVALID; - for(idx=0; idxflags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){ - xtype = infop->type; - }else{ - return; - } - break; - } - } - zExtra = 0; - - - /* Limit the precision to prevent overflowing buf[] during conversion */ - if( precision>etBUFSIZE-40 && (infop->flags & FLAG_STRING)==0 ){ - precision = etBUFSIZE-40; - } - - /* - ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows: - ** - ** flag_alternateform TRUE if a '#' is present. - ** flag_altform2 TRUE if a '!' is present. - ** flag_plussign TRUE if a '+' is present. - ** flag_leftjustify TRUE if a '-' is present or if the - ** field width was negative. - ** flag_zeropad TRUE if the width began with 0. - ** flag_long TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed - ** the conversion character. - ** flag_longlong TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed - ** the conversion character. - ** flag_blanksign TRUE if a ' ' is present. - ** width The specified field width. This is - ** always non-negative. Zero is the default. - ** precision The specified precision. The default - ** is -1. - ** xtype The class of the conversion. - ** infop Pointer to the appropriate info struct. - */ - switch( xtype ){ - case etPOINTER: - flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64); - flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int); - /* Fall through into the next case */ - case etORDINAL: - case etRADIX: - if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){ - i64 v; - if( flag_longlong ) v = va_arg(ap,i64); - else if( flag_long ) v = va_arg(ap,long int); - else v = va_arg(ap,int); - if( v<0 ){ - longvalue = -v; - prefix = '-'; - }else{ - longvalue = v; - if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; - else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; - else prefix = 0; - } - }else{ - if( flag_longlong ) longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64); - else if( flag_long ) longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int); - else longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int); - prefix = 0; - } - if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0; - if( flag_zeropad && precision=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){ - x = 0; - } - buf[etBUFSIZE-3] = zOrd[x*2]; - buf[etBUFSIZE-2] = zOrd[x*2+1]; - bufpt -= 2; - } - { - register const char *cset; /* Use registers for speed */ - register int base; - cset = &aDigits[infop->charset]; - base = infop->base; - do{ /* Convert to ascii */ - *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base]; - longvalue = longvalue/base; - }while( longvalue>0 ); - } - length = (int)(&buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt); - for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){ - *(--bufpt) = '0'; /* Zero pad */ - } - if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix; /* Add sign */ - if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){ /* Add "0" or "0x" */ - const char *pre; - char x; - pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix]; - for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x; - } - length = (int)(&buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt); - break; - case etFLOAT: - case etEXP: - case etGENERIC: - realvalue = va_arg(ap,double); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - if( precision<0 ) precision = 6; /* Set default precision */ - if( precision>etBUFSIZE/2-10 ) precision = etBUFSIZE/2-10; - if( realvalue<0.0 ){ - realvalue = -realvalue; - prefix = '-'; - }else{ - if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; - else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; - else prefix = 0; - } - if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--; -#if 0 - /* Rounding works like BSD when the constant 0.4999 is used. Wierd! */ - for(idx=precision, rounder=0.4999; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1); -#else - /* It makes more sense to use 0.5 */ - for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){} -#endif - if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder; - /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */ - exp = 0; - if( sqlite3IsNaN((double)realvalue) ){ - bufpt = "NaN"; - length = 3; - break; - } - if( realvalue>0.0 ){ - while( realvalue>=1e32 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-32; exp+=32; } - while( realvalue>=1e8 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-8; exp+=8; } - while( realvalue>=10.0 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; } - while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; } - while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; } - if( exp>350 ){ - if( prefix=='-' ){ - bufpt = "-Inf"; - }else if( prefix=='+' ){ - bufpt = "+Inf"; - }else{ - bufpt = "Inf"; - } - length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt); - break; - } - } - bufpt = buf; - /* - ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP - ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate. - */ - flag_exp = xtype==etEXP; - if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){ - realvalue += rounder; - if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; } - } - if( xtype==etGENERIC ){ - flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform; - if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){ - xtype = etEXP; - }else{ - precision = precision - exp; - xtype = etFLOAT; - } - }else{ - flag_rtz = 0; - } - if( xtype==etEXP ){ - e2 = 0; - }else{ - e2 = exp; - } - nsd = 0; - flag_dp = (precision>0 ?1:0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2; - /* The sign in front of the number */ - if( prefix ){ - *(bufpt++) = prefix; - } - /* Digits prior to the decimal point */ - if( e2<0 ){ - *(bufpt++) = '0'; - }else{ - for(; e2>=0; e2--){ - *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); - } - } - /* The decimal point */ - if( flag_dp ){ - *(bufpt++) = '.'; - } - /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first - ** significant digit of the number */ - for(e2++; e2<0; precision--, e2++){ - assert( precision>0 ); - *(bufpt++) = '0'; - } - /* Significant digits after the decimal point */ - while( (precision--)>0 ){ - *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); - } - /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */ - if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){ - while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0; - assert( bufpt>buf ); - if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){ - if( flag_altform2 ){ - *(bufpt++) = '0'; - }else{ - *(--bufpt) = 0; - } - } - } - /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */ - if( flag_exp || xtype==etEXP ){ - *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset]; - if( exp<0 ){ - *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp; - }else{ - *(bufpt++) = '+'; - } - if( exp>=100 ){ - *(bufpt++) = (char)((exp/100)+'0'); /* 100's digit */ - exp %= 100; - } - *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp/10+'0'); /* 10's digit */ - *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp%10+'0'); /* 1's digit */ - } - *bufpt = 0; - - /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it. - ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with - ** integer conversions. */ - length = (int)(bufpt-buf); - bufpt = buf; - - /* Special case: Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is - ** set and we are not left justified */ - if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){ - int i; - int nPad = width - length; - for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){ - bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad]; - } - i = prefix!=0; - while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0'; - length = width; - } -#endif - break; - case etSIZE: - *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar; - length = width = 0; - break; - case etPERCENT: - buf[0] = '%'; - bufpt = buf; - length = 1; - break; - case etCHARX: - c = va_arg(ap,int); - buf[0] = (char)c; - if( precision>=0 ){ - for(idx=1; idx=0 ){ - for(length=0; lengthetBUFSIZE ){ - bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n ); - if( bufpt==0 ){ - pAccum->mallocFailed = 1; - return; - } - }else{ - bufpt = buf; - } - j = 0; - if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q; - for(i=0; (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++){ - bufpt[j++] = ch; - if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = ch; - } - if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q; - bufpt[j] = 0; - length = j; - /* The precision is ignored on %q and %Q */ - /* if( precision>=0 && precisionz, pToken->n); - } - length = width = 0; - break; - } - case etSRCLIST: { - SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*); - int k = va_arg(ap, int); - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k]; - assert( k>=0 && knSrc ); - if( pItem->zDatabase ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase, -1); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1); - } - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zName, -1); - length = width = 0; - break; - } - default: { - assert( xtype==etINVALID ); - return; - } - }/* End switch over the format type */ - /* - ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is - ** "length" characters long. The field width is "width". Do - ** the output. - */ - if( !flag_leftjustify ){ - register int nspace; - nspace = width-length; - if( nspace>0 ){ - appendSpace(pAccum, nspace); - } - } - if( length>0 ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length); - } - if( flag_leftjustify ){ - register int nspace; - nspace = width-length; - if( nspace>0 ){ - appendSpace(pAccum, nspace); - } - } - if( zExtra ){ - sqlite3_free(zExtra); - } - }/* End for loop over the format string */ -} /* End of function */ - -/* -** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object. -*/ -void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){ - assert( z!=0 || N==0 ); - if( p->tooBig | p->mallocFailed ){ - testcase(p->tooBig); - testcase(p->mallocFailed); - return; - } - if( N<0 ){ - N = sqlite3Strlen30(z); - } - if( N==0 || NEVER(z==0) ){ - return; - } - if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){ - char *zNew; - if( !p->useMalloc ){ - p->tooBig = 1; - N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1; - if( N<=0 ){ - return; - } - }else{ - i64 szNew = p->nChar; - szNew += N + 1; - if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){ - sqlite3StrAccumReset(p); - p->tooBig = 1; - return; - }else{ - p->nAlloc = (int)szNew; - } - zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nAlloc ); - if( zNew ){ - memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar); - sqlite3StrAccumReset(p); - p->zText = zNew; - }else{ - p->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3StrAccumReset(p); - return; - } - } - } - memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N); - p->nChar += N; -} - -/* -** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated. -** Return a pointer to the resulting string. Return a NULL -** pointer if any kind of error was encountered. -*/ -char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){ - if( p->zText ){ - p->zText[p->nChar] = 0; - if( p->useMalloc && p->zText==p->zBase ){ - p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 ); - if( p->zText ){ - memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1); - }else{ - p->mallocFailed = 1; - } - } - } - return p->zText; -} - -/* -** Reset an StrAccum string. Reclaim all malloced memory. -*/ -void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){ - if( p->zText!=p->zBase ){ - sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText); - } - p->zText = 0; -} - -/* -** Initialize a string accumulator -*/ -void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, char *zBase, int n, int mx){ - p->zText = p->zBase = zBase; - p->db = 0; - p->nChar = 0; - p->nAlloc = n; - p->mxAlloc = mx; - p->useMalloc = 1; - p->tooBig = 0; - p->mallocFailed = 0; -} - -/* -** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal -** %-conversion extensions. -*/ -char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ - char *z; - char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; - StrAccum acc; - assert( db!=0 ); - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), - db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); - acc.db = db; - sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 1, zFormat, ap); - z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); - if( acc.mallocFailed ){ - db->mallocFailed = 1; - } - return z; -} - -/* -** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal -** %-conversion extensions. -*/ -char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *z; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - return z; -} - -/* -** Like sqlite3MPrintf(), but call sqlite3DbFree() on zStr after formatting -** the string and before returnning. This routine is intended to be used -** to modify an existing string. For example: -** -** x = sqlite3MPrintf(db, x, "prefix %s suffix", x); -** -*/ -char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3 *db, char *zStr, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *z; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zStr); - return z; -} - -/* -** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). Omit the internal -** %-conversion extensions. -*/ -char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ - char *z; - char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; - StrAccum acc; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; -#endif - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); - sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); - z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); - return z; -} - -/* -** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()(). Omit the internal -** %-conversion extensions. -*/ -char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *z; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; -#endif - va_start(ap, zFormat); - z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - return z; -} - -/* -** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the -** current locale settings. This is important for SQLite because we -** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as -** specified by some locales. -*/ -char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){ - char *z; - va_list ap; - StrAccum acc; - - if( n<=0 ){ - return zBuf; - } - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, n, 0); - acc.useMalloc = 0; - va_start(ap,zFormat); - sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); - return z; -} - -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -** A version of printf() that understands %lld. Used for debugging. -** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld -** and segfaults if you give it a long long int. -*/ -void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - StrAccum acc; - char zBuf[500]; - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); - acc.useMalloc = 0; - va_start(ap,zFormat); - sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); - fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf); - fflush(stdout); -} -#endif diff --git a/random.c b/random.c deleted file mode 100644 index f90a34e..0000000 --- a/random.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number -** generator (PRNG) for SQLite. -** -** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order -** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames. -** -** $Id: random.c,v 1.29 2008/12/10 19:26:24 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - - -/* All threads share a single random number generator. -** This structure is the current state of the generator. -*/ -static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType { - unsigned char isInit; /* True if initialized */ - unsigned char i, j; /* State variables */ - unsigned char s[256]; /* State variables */ -} sqlite3Prng; - -/* -** Get a single 8-bit random value from the RC4 PRNG. The Mutex -** must be held while executing this routine. -** -** Why not just use a library random generator like lrand48() for this? -** Because the OP_NewRowid opcode in the VDBE depends on having a very -** good source of random numbers. The lrand48() library function may -** well be good enough. But maybe not. Or maybe lrand48() has some -** subtle problems on some systems that could cause problems. It is hard -** to know. To minimize the risk of problems due to bad lrand48() -** implementations, SQLite uses this random number generator based -** on RC4, which we know works very well. -** -** (Later): Actually, OP_NewRowid does not depend on a good source of -** randomness any more. But we will leave this code in all the same. -*/ -static u8 randomByte(void){ - unsigned char t; - - - /* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator - ** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, - ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common - ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdPrng can refer directly - ** to the "sqlite3Prng" state vector declared above. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - struct sqlite3PrngType *p = &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng); -# define wsdPrng p[0] -#else -# define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng -#endif - - - /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once, - ** the first time this routine is called. The seed value does - ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not - ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that... - ** - ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of - ** encryption. The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random - ** number generator) not as an encryption device. - */ - if( !wsdPrng.isInit ){ - int i; - char k[256]; - wsdPrng.j = 0; - wsdPrng.i = 0; - sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k); - for(i=0; i<256; i++){ - wsdPrng.s[i] = (u8)i; - } - for(i=0; i<256; i++){ - wsdPrng.j += wsdPrng.s[i] + k[i]; - t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j]; - wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = wsdPrng.s[i]; - wsdPrng.s[i] = t; - } - wsdPrng.isInit = 1; - } - - /* Generate and return single random byte - */ - wsdPrng.i++; - t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i]; - wsdPrng.j += t; - wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j]; - wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t; - t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i]; - return wsdPrng.s[t]; -} - -/* -** Return N random bytes. -*/ -void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){ - unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf; -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG); -#endif - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - while( N-- ){ - *(zBuf++) = randomByte(); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST -/* -** For testing purposes, we sometimes want to preserve the state of -** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time, or -** to reset the PRNG to its initial state. These routines accomplish -** those tasks. -** -** The sqlite3_test_control() interface calls these routines to -** control the PRNG. -*/ -static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng; -void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void){ - memcpy( - &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng), - &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng), - sizeof(sqlite3Prng) - ); -} -void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){ - memcpy( - &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng), - &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng), - sizeof(sqlite3Prng) - ); -} -void sqlite3PrngResetState(void){ - GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng).isInit = 0; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ diff --git a/resolve.c b/resolve.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1f2641d..0000000 --- a/resolve.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1172 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2008 August 18 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and -** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular -** table and column. -** -** $Id: resolve.c,v 1.20 2009/03/05 04:23:47 shane Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" -#include -#include - -/* -** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the -** result set in pEList. -** -** If the result set column is a simple column reference, then this routine -** makes an exact copy. But for any other kind of expression, this -** routine make a copy of the result set column as the argument to the -** TK_AS operator. The TK_AS operator causes the expression to be -** evaluated just once and then reused for each alias. -** -** The reason for suppressing the TK_AS term when the expression is a simple -** column reference is so that the column reference will be recognized as -** usable by indices within the WHERE clause processing logic. -** -** Hack: The TK_AS operator is inhibited if zType[0]=='G'. This means -** that in a GROUP BY clause, the expression is evaluated twice. Hence: -** -** SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY x -** -** Is equivalent to: -** -** SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY random()%5 -** -** The result of random()%5 in the GROUP BY clause is probably different -** from the result in the result-set. We might fix this someday. Or -** then again, we might not... -*/ -static void resolveAlias( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pEList, /* A result set */ - int iCol, /* A column in the result set. 0..pEList->nExpr-1 */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Transform this into an alias to the result set */ - const char *zType /* "GROUP" or "ORDER" or "" */ -){ - Expr *pOrig; /* The iCol-th column of the result set */ - Expr *pDup; /* Copy of pOrig */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - - assert( iCol>=0 && iColnExpr ); - pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; - assert( pOrig!=0 ); - assert( pOrig->flags & EP_Resolved ); - db = pParse->db; - pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0); - if( pDup==0 ) return; - sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pDup->token, &pOrig->token); - if( pDup->op!=TK_COLUMN && zType[0]!='G' ){ - pDup = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AS, pDup, 0, 0); - if( pDup==0 ) return; - if( pEList->a[iCol].iAlias==0 ){ - pEList->a[iCol].iAlias = (u16)(++pParse->nAlias); - } - pDup->iTable = pEList->a[iCol].iAlias; - } - if( pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - pDup->pColl = pExpr->pColl; - pDup->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - } - sqlite3ExprClear(db, pExpr); - memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr)); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup); -} - -/* -** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up -** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr -** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes -** are made to pExpr: -** -** pExpr->iDb Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X -** (even if X is implied). -** pExpr->iTable Set to the cursor number for the table obtained -** from pSrcList. -** pExpr->pTab Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if -** X and/or Y are implied.) -** pExpr->iColumn Set to the column number within the table. -** pExpr->op Set to TK_COLUMN. -** pExpr->pLeft Any expression this points to is deleted -** pExpr->pRight Any expression this points to is deleted. -** -** The pDbToken is the name of the database (the "X"). This value may be -** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z. Any available database -** can be used. The pTableToken is the name of the table (the "Y"). This -** value can be NULL if pDbToken is also NULL. If pTableToken is NULL it -** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table -** can be used. -** -** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message -** in pParse and return non-zero. Return zero on success. -*/ -static int lookupName( - Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ - Token *pDbToken, /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */ - Token *pTableToken, /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */ - Token *pColumnToken, /* Name of the column. */ - NameContext *pNC, /* The name context used to resolve the name */ - Expr *pExpr /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */ -){ - char *zDb = 0; /* Name of the database. The "X" in X.Y.Z */ - char *zTab = 0; /* Name of the table. The "Y" in X.Y.Z or Y.Z */ - char *zCol = 0; /* Name of the column. The "Z" */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int cnt = 0; /* Number of matching column names */ - int cntTab = 0; /* Number of matching table names */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ - struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */ - struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0; /* The matching pSrcList item */ - NameContext *pTopNC = pNC; /* First namecontext in the list */ - Schema *pSchema = 0; /* Schema of the expression */ - - assert( pNC ); /* the name context cannot be NULL. */ - assert( pColumnToken && pColumnToken->z ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */ - - /* Dequote and zero-terminate the names */ - zDb = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDbToken); - zTab = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableToken); - zCol = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pColumnToken); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - goto lookupname_end; - } - - /* Initialize the node to no-match */ - pExpr->iTable = -1; - pExpr->pTab = 0; - - /* Start at the inner-most context and move outward until a match is found */ - while( pNC && cnt==0 ){ - ExprList *pEList; - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - - if( pSrcList ){ - for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ - Table *pTab; - int iDb; - Column *pCol; - - pTab = pItem->pTab; - assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 ); - iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); - assert( pTab->nCol>0 ); - if( zTab ){ - if( pItem->zAlias ){ - char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias; - if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue; - }else{ - char *zTabName = pTab->zName; - if( zTabName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue; - if( zDb!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDb)!=0 ){ - continue; - } - } - } - if( 0==(cntTab++) ){ - pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; - pExpr->pTab = pTab; - pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - pMatch = pItem; - } - for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pCol++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ - IdList *pUsing; - cnt++; - pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; - pExpr->pTab = pTab; - pMatch = pItem; - pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ - pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : j; - if( inSrc-1 ){ - if( pItem[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ - /* If this match occurred in the left table of a natural join, - ** then skip the right table to avoid a duplicate match */ - pItem++; - i++; - }else if( (pUsing = pItem[1].pUsing)!=0 ){ - /* If this match occurs on a column that is in the USING clause - ** of a join, skip the search of the right table of the join - ** to avoid a duplicate match there. */ - int k; - for(k=0; knId; k++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ){ - pItem++; - i++; - break; - } - } - } - } - break; - } - } - } - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER - /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe - ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference - */ - if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->trigStack!=0 ){ - TriggerStack *pTriggerStack = pParse->trigStack; - Table *pTab = 0; - u32 *piColMask = 0; - if( pTriggerStack->newIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("new", zTab) == 0 ){ - pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->newIdx; - assert( pTriggerStack->pTab ); - pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab; - piColMask = &(pTriggerStack->newColMask); - }else if( pTriggerStack->oldIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("old", zTab)==0 ){ - pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->oldIdx; - assert( pTriggerStack->pTab ); - pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab; - piColMask = &(pTriggerStack->oldColMask); - } - - if( pTab ){ - int iCol; - Column *pCol = pTab->aCol; - - pSchema = pTab->pSchema; - cntTab++; - for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++) { - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ - cnt++; - pExpr->iColumn = iCol==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : iCol; - pExpr->pTab = pTab; - if( iCol>=0 ){ - testcase( iCol==31 ); - testcase( iCol==32 ); - *piColMask |= ((u32)1<=32?0xffffffff:0); - } - break; - } - } - } - } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ - - /* - ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID - */ - if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){ - cnt = 1; - pExpr->iColumn = -1; - pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - } - - /* - ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z - ** might refer to an result-set alias. This happens, for example, when - ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command: - ** - ** SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10; - ** - ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that - ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately. - ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been - ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved. - */ - if( cnt==0 && (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 && zTab==0 ){ - for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ - char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName; - if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ - Expr *pOrig; - assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); - assert( pExpr->x.pList==0 ); - assert( pExpr->x.pSelect==0 ); - pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr; - if( !pNC->allowAgg && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs); - sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol); - return 2; - } - resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, j, pExpr, ""); - cnt = 1; - pMatch = 0; - assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 ); - goto lookupname_end_2; - } - } - } - - /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either - ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts. - */ - if( cnt==0 ){ - pNC = pNC->pNext; - } - } - - /* - ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is - ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then - ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names. In that - ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to - ** pExpr. - ** - ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef - ** fields are not changed in any context. - */ - if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && pColumnToken->z[0]=='"' ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol); - pExpr->op = TK_STRING; - pExpr->pTab = 0; - return 0; - } - - /* - ** cnt==0 means there was not match. cnt>1 means there were two or - ** more matches. Either way, we have an error. - */ - if( cnt!=1 ){ - const char *zErr; - zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name"; - if( zDb ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol); - }else if( zTab ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol); - } - pTopNC->nErr++; - } - - /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record - ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask. Column 0 causes - ** bit 0 to be set. Column 1 sets bit 1. And so forth. If the - ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask - ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask. - */ - if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){ - int n = pExpr->iColumn; - testcase( n==BMS-1 ); - if( n>=BMS ){ - n = BMS-1; - } - assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable ); - pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<pLeft); - pExpr->pLeft = 0; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight); - pExpr->pRight = 0; - pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; -lookupname_end_2: - sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol); - if( cnt==1 ){ - assert( pNC!=0 ); - sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList); - /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to - ** the point where the name matched. */ - for(;;){ - assert( pTopNC!=0 ); - pTopNC->nRef++; - if( pTopNC==pNC ) break; - pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext; - } - return 0; - } else { - return 1; - } -} - -/* -** This routine is callback for sqlite3WalkExpr(). -** -** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current -** node in the expression tree. Return 0 to continue the search down -** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk. -** -** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for -** function names. The operator for aggregate functions is changed -** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. -*/ -static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ - NameContext *pNC; - Parse *pParse; - - pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; - assert( pNC!=0 ); - pParse = pNC->pParse; - assert( pParse==pWalker->pParse ); - - if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return WRC_Prune; - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved); -#ifndef NDEBUG - if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){ - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - int i; - for(i=0; ipSrcList->nSrc; i++){ - assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursornTab); - } - } -#endif - switch( pExpr->op ){ - -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) - /* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first - ** column in the FROM clause. This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY - ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements. - */ - case TK_ROW: { - SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 ); - pItem = pSrcList->a; - pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; - pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab; - pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; - pExpr->iColumn = -1; - pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; - break; - } -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ - - /* A lone identifier is the name of a column. - */ - case TK_ID: { - lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, &pExpr->token, pNC, pExpr); - return WRC_Prune; - } - - /* A table name and column name: ID.ID - ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID - */ - case TK_DOT: { - Token *pColumn; - Token *pTable; - Token *pDb; - Expr *pRight; - - /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */ - pRight = pExpr->pRight; - if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){ - pDb = 0; - pTable = &pExpr->pLeft->token; - pColumn = &pRight->token; - }else{ - assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT ); - pDb = &pExpr->pLeft->token; - pTable = &pRight->pLeft->token; - pColumn = &pRight->pRight->token; - } - lookupName(pParse, pDb, pTable, pColumn, pNC, pExpr); - return WRC_Prune; - } - - /* Resolve function names - */ - case TK_CONST_FUNC: - case TK_FUNCTION: { - ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; /* The argument list */ - int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; /* Number of arguments */ - int no_such_func = 0; /* True if no such function exists */ - int wrong_num_args = 0; /* True if wrong number of arguments */ - int is_agg = 0; /* True if is an aggregate function */ - int auth; /* Authorization to use the function */ - int nId; /* Number of characters in function name */ - const char *zId; /* The function name. */ - FuncDef *pDef; /* Information about the function */ - u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); /* The database encoding */ - - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z; - nId = pExpr->token.n; - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0); - if( pDef==0 ){ - pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -1, enc, 0); - if( pDef==0 ){ - no_such_func = 1; - }else{ - wrong_num_args = 1; - } - }else{ - is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - if( pDef ){ - auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0); - if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s", - pDef->zName); - pNC->nErr++; - } - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; - return WRC_Prune; - } - } -#endif - if( is_agg && !pNC->allowAgg ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId); - pNC->nErr++; - is_agg = 0; - }else if( no_such_func ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId); - pNC->nErr++; - }else if( wrong_num_args ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()", - nId, zId); - pNC->nErr++; - } - if( is_agg ){ - pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION; - pNC->hasAgg = 1; - } - if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 0; - sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList); - if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 1; - /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return - ** type of the function - */ - return WRC_Prune; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_SELECT: - case TK_EXISTS: -#endif - case TK_IN: { - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - int nRef = pNC->nRef; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - if( pNC->isCheck ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"subqueries prohibited in CHECK constraints"); - } -#endif - sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect); - assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef ); - if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){ - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect); - } - } - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - case TK_VARIABLE: { - if( pNC->isCheck ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"parameters prohibited in CHECK constraints"); - } - break; - } -#endif - } - return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue; -} - -/* -** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the -** a SELECT statement. pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause. -** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds -** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list. If it is, -** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of -** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry. If there is -** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine -** return 0. -** -** pEList has been resolved. pE has not. -*/ -static int resolveAsName( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */ - ExprList *pEList, /* List of expressions to scan */ - Expr *pE /* Expression we are trying to match */ -){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - - if( pE->op==TK_ID || (pE->op==TK_STRING && pE->token.z[0]!='\'') ){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - char *zCol = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pE->token); - if( zCol==0 ){ - return -1; - } - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName; - if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol); - return i+1; - } - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol); - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in the -** ORDER BY of a compound SELECT. The expression has not been -** name resolved. -** -** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the -** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set. That -** case is handled by the calling routine. -** -** Attempt to match pE against result set columns in the left-most -** SELECT statement. Return the index i of the matching column, -** as an indication to the caller that it should sort by the i-th column. -** The left-most column is 1. In other words, the value returned is the -** same integer value that would be used in the SQL statement to indicate -** the column. -** -** If there is no match, return 0. Return -1 if an error occurs. -*/ -static int resolveOrderByTermToExprList( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */ - Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */ - Expr *pE /* The specific ORDER BY term */ -){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - ExprList *pEList; /* The columns of the result set */ - NameContext nc; /* Name context for resolving pE */ - - assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 ); - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - - /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression - */ - memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc)); - nc.pParse = pParse; - nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; - nc.pEList = pEList; - nc.allowAgg = 1; - nc.nErr = 0; - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE) ){ - sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse); - return 0; - } - - /* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression - ** in the result set. Return an 1-based index of the matching - ** result-set entry. - */ - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE) ){ - return i+1; - } - } - - /* If no match, return 0. */ - return 0; -} - -/* -** Generate an ORDER BY or GROUP BY term out-of-range error. -*/ -static void resolveOutOfRangeError( - Parse *pParse, /* The error context into which to write the error */ - const char *zType, /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */ - int i, /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */ - int mx /* Largest permissible value of i */ -){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "%r %s BY term out of range - should be " - "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx); -} - -/* -** Analyze the ORDER BY clause in a compound SELECT statement. Modify -** each term of the ORDER BY clause is a constant integer between 1 -** and N where N is the number of columns in the compound SELECT. -** -** ORDER BY terms that are already an integer between 1 and N are -** unmodified. ORDER BY terms that are integers outside the range of -** 1 through N generate an error. ORDER BY terms that are expressions -** are matched against result set expressions of compound SELECT -** beginning with the left-most SELECT and working toward the right. -** At the first match, the ORDER BY expression is transformed into -** the integer column number. -** -** Return the number of errors seen. -*/ -static int resolveCompoundOrderBy( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */ - Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */ -){ - int i; - ExprList *pOrderBy; - ExprList *pEList; - sqlite3 *db; - int moreToDo = 1; - - pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy; - if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; - db = pParse->db; -#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN - if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause"); - return 1; - } -#endif - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0; - } - pSelect->pNext = 0; - while( pSelect->pPrior ){ - pSelect->pPrior->pNext = pSelect; - pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; - } - while( pSelect && moreToDo ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - moreToDo = 0; - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - int iCol = -1; - Expr *pE, *pDup; - if( pItem->done ) continue; - pE = pItem->pExpr; - if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){ - if( iCol<0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){ - resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr); - return 1; - } - }else{ - iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE); - if( iCol==0 ){ - pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE, 0); - if( !db->mallocFailed ){ - assert(pDup); - iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup); - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup); - } - if( iCol<0 ){ - return 1; - } - } - if( iCol>0 ){ - CollSeq *pColl = pE->pColl; - int flags = pE->flags & EP_ExpCollate; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE); - pItem->pExpr = pE = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, 0); - if( pE==0 ) return 1; - pE->pColl = pColl; - pE->flags |= EP_IntValue | flags; - pE->iTable = iCol; - pItem->iCol = (u16)iCol; - pItem->done = 1; - }else{ - moreToDo = 1; - } - } - pSelect = pSelect->pNext; - } - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any " - "column in the result set", i+1); - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Check every term in the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause pOrderBy of -** the SELECT statement pSelect. If any term is reference to a -** result set expression (as determined by the ExprList.a.iCol field) -** then convert that term into a copy of the corresponding result set -** column. -** -** If any errors are detected, add an error message to pParse and -** return non-zero. Return zero if no errors are seen. -*/ -int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */ - Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */ - const char *zType /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */ -){ - int i; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - ExprList *pEList; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - - if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; -#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN - if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType); - return 1; - } -#endif - pEList = pSelect->pEList; - assert( pEList!=0 ); /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */ - for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - if( pItem->iCol ){ - if( pItem->iCol>pEList->nExpr ){ - resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr); - return 1; - } - resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->iCol-1, pItem->pExpr, zType); - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect. -** The Name context of the SELECT statement is pNC. zType is either -** "ORDER" or "GROUP" depending on which type of clause pOrderBy is. -** -** This routine resolves each term of the clause into an expression. -** If the order-by term is an integer I between 1 and N (where N is the -** number of columns in the result set of the SELECT) then the expression -** in the resolution is a copy of the I-th result-set expression. If -** the order-by term is an identify that corresponds to the AS-name of -** a result-set expression, then the term resolves to a copy of the -** result-set expression. Otherwise, the expression is resolved in -** the usual way - using sqlite3ResolveExprNames(). -** -** This routine returns the number of errors. If errors occur, then -** an appropriate error message might be left in pParse. (OOM errors -** excepted.) -*/ -static int resolveOrderGroupBy( - NameContext *pNC, /* The name context of the SELECT statement */ - Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement holding pOrderBy */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to resolve */ - const char *zType /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */ -){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int iCol; /* Column number */ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */ - Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ - int nResult; /* Number of terms in the result set */ - - if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; - nResult = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; - pParse = pNC->pParse; - for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr; - iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE); - if( iCol<0 ){ - return 1; /* OOM error */ - } - if( iCol>0 ){ - /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being - ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column. The subsequent call to - ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a - ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */ - pItem->iCol = (u16)iCol; - continue; - } - if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){ - /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant. Again, set the column - ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the - ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */ - if( iCol<1 ){ - resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult); - return 1; - } - pItem->iCol = (u16)iCol; - continue; - } - - /* Otherwise, treat the ORDER BY term as an ordinary expression */ - pItem->iCol = 0; - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pE) ){ - return 1; - } - } - return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType); -} - -/* -** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendents. -*/ -static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - NameContext *pOuterNC; /* Context that contains this SELECT */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context of this SELECT */ - int isCompound; /* True if p is a compound select */ - int nCompound; /* Number of compound terms processed so far */ - Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pEList; /* Result set expression list */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */ - Select *pLeftmost; /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - - - assert( p!=0 ); - if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){ - return WRC_Prune; - } - pOuterNC = pWalker->u.pNC; - pParse = pWalker->pParse; - db = pParse->db; - - /* Normally sqlite3SelectExpand() will be called first and will have - ** already expanded this SELECT. However, if this is a subquery within - ** an expression, sqlite3ResolveExprNames() will be called without a - ** prior call to sqlite3SelectExpand(). When that happens, let - ** sqlite3SelectPrep() do all of the processing for this SELECT. - ** sqlite3SelectPrep() will invoke both sqlite3SelectExpand() and - ** this routine in the correct order. - */ - if( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)==0 ){ - sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, pOuterNC); - return (pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Prune; - } - - isCompound = p->pPrior!=0; - nCompound = 0; - pLeftmost = p; - while( p ){ - assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ); - assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Resolved)==0 ); - p->selFlags |= SF_Resolved; - - /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These - ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) || - sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - - /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to - ** resolve the result-set expression list. - */ - sNC.allowAgg = 1; - sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = pOuterNC; - - /* Resolve names in the result set. */ - pEList = p->pEList; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pX) ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - } - - /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries - */ - for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext; - if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName; - sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC); - pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort; - } - } - - /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY - ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions. - */ - assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 ); - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - if( pGroupBy || sNC.hasAgg ){ - p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate; - }else{ - sNC.allowAgg = 0; - } - - /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause. - */ - if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING"); - return WRC_Abort; - } - - /* Add the expression list to the name-context before parsing the - ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that - ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by - ** aliases in the result set. - ** - ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be - ** re-evaluated for each reference to it. - */ - sNC.pEList = p->pEList; - if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) || - sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) - ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - - /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in - ** outer queries - */ - sNC.pNext = 0; - sNC.allowAgg = 1; - - /* Process the ORDER BY clause for singleton SELECT statements. - ** The ORDER BY clause for compounds SELECT statements is handled - ** below, after all of the result-sets for all of the elements of - ** the compound have been resolved. - */ - if( !isCompound && resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - - /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure - ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions. - */ - if( pGroupBy ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - - if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ - if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in " - "the GROUP BY clause"); - return WRC_Abort; - } - } - } - - /* Advance to the next term of the compound - */ - p = p->pPrior; - nCompound++; - } - - /* Resolve the ORDER BY on a compound SELECT after all terms of - ** the compound have been resolved. - */ - if( isCompound && resolveCompoundOrderBy(pParse, pLeftmost) ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - - return WRC_Prune; -} - -/* -** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to -** table columns and result-set columns. At the same time, do error -** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions -** are seen. -** -** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the -** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where -** -** X: The name of a database. Ex: "main" or "temp" or -** the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database. -** -** Y: The name of a table in a FROM clause. Or in a trigger -** one of the special names "old" or "new". -** -** Z: The name of a column in table Y. -** -** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows: -** -** Expr.op Changed to TK_COLUMN -** Expr.pTab Points to the Table object for X.Y -** Expr.iColumn The column index in X.Y. -1 for the rowid. -** Expr.iTable The VDBE cursor number for X.Y -** -** -** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the -** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand -** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT. The Z expression -** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression. -** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression -** tree. For example, in: -** -** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x; -** -** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render: -** -** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b; -** -** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is -** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified. -** If the function is an aggregate function, then the pNC->hasAgg is -** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. -** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg -** property on the expression is set. -** -** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss. The number -** if errors is returned. -*/ -int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( - NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */ - Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */ -){ - int savedHasAgg; - Walker w; - - if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; -#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - { - Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; - if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){ - return 1; - } - pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight; - } -#endif - savedHasAgg = pNC->hasAgg; - pNC->hasAgg = 0; - w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep; - w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep; - w.pParse = pNC->pParse; - w.u.pNC = pNC; - sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); -#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 - pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight; -#endif - if( pNC->nErr>0 ){ - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); - } - if( pNC->hasAgg ){ - ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg); - }else if( savedHasAgg ){ - pNC->hasAgg = 1; - } - return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); -} - - -/* -** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all -** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior, -** subqueries in expressions, and subqueries used as FROM clause -** terms. -** -** See sqlite3ResolveExprNames() for a description of the kinds of -** transformations that occur. -** -** All SELECT statements should have been expanded using -** sqlite3SelectExpand() prior to invoking this routine. -*/ -void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ - NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for parent SELECT statement */ -){ - Walker w; - - assert( p!=0 ); - w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep; - w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep; - w.pParse = pParse; - w.u.pNC = pOuterNC; - sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p); -} diff --git a/rowset.c b/rowset.c deleted file mode 100644 index e8f7a52..0000000 --- a/rowset.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,238 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2008 December 3 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This module implements an object we call a "Row Set". -** -** The RowSet object is a bag of rowids. Rowids -** are inserted into the bag in an arbitrary order. Then they are -** pulled from the bag in sorted order. Rowids only appear in the -** bag once. If the same rowid is inserted multiple times, the -** second and subsequent inserts make no difference on the output. -** -** This implementation accumulates rowids in a linked list. For -** output, it first sorts the linked list (removing duplicates during -** the sort) then returns elements one by one by walking the list. -** -** Big chunks of rowid/next-ptr pairs are allocated at a time, to -** reduce the malloc overhead. -** -** $Id: rowset.c,v 1.4 2009/04/01 19:35:55 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - -/* -** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk. -*/ -#define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK 63 - -/* -** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following -** structure: -*/ -struct RowSetEntry { - i64 v; /* ROWID value for this entry */ - struct RowSetEntry *pNext; /* Next entry on a list of all entries */ -}; - -/* -** Index entries are allocated in large chunks (instances of the -** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead. The -** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated -** when the RowSet is destroyed. -*/ -struct RowSetChunk { - struct RowSetChunk *pNext; /* Next chunk on list of them all */ - struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */ -}; - -/* -** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure. -** -** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h. -*/ -struct RowSet { - struct RowSetChunk *pChunk; /* List of all chunk allocations */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; /* List of entries in the rowset */ - struct RowSetEntry *pLast; /* Last entry on the pEntry list */ - struct RowSetEntry *pFresh; /* Source of new entry objects */ - u16 nFresh; /* Number of objects on pFresh */ - u8 isSorted; /* True if content is sorted */ -}; - -/* -** Turn bulk memory into a RowSet object. N bytes of memory -** are available at pSpace. The db pointer is used as a memory context -** for any subsequent allocations that need to occur. -** Return a pointer to the new RowSet object. -** -** It must be the case that N is sufficient to make a Rowset. If not -** an assertion fault occurs. -** -** If N is larger than the minimum, use the surplus as an initial -** allocation of entries available to be filled. -*/ -RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3 *db, void *pSpace, unsigned int N){ - RowSet *p; - assert( N >= sizeof(*p) ); - p = pSpace; - p->pChunk = 0; - p->db = db; - p->pEntry = 0; - p->pLast = 0; - p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)&p[1]; - p->nFresh = (u16)((N - sizeof(*p))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry)); - p->isSorted = 1; - return p; -} - -/* -** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet. -*/ -void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet *p){ - struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk; - for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){ - pNextChunk = pChunk->pNext; - sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk); - } - p->pChunk = 0; - p->nFresh = 0; - p->pEntry = 0; - p->pLast = 0; - p->isSorted = 1; -} - -/* -** Insert a new value into a RowSet. -** -** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a -** memory allocation fails. -*/ -void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){ - struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; - struct RowSetEntry *pLast; - assert( p!=0 ); - if( p->nFresh==0 ){ - struct RowSetChunk *pNew; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, sizeof(*pNew)); - if( pNew==0 ){ - return; - } - pNew->pNext = p->pChunk; - p->pChunk = pNew; - p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry; - p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK; - } - pEntry = p->pFresh++; - p->nFresh--; - pEntry->v = rowid; - pEntry->pNext = 0; - pLast = p->pLast; - if( pLast ){ - if( p->isSorted && rowid<=pLast->v ){ - p->isSorted = 0; - } - pLast->pNext = pEntry; - }else{ - assert( p->pEntry==0 ); - p->pEntry = pEntry; - } - p->pLast = pEntry; -} - -/* -** Merge two lists of RowSet entries. Remove duplicates. -** -** The input lists are assumed to be in sorted order. -*/ -static struct RowSetEntry *boolidxMerge( - struct RowSetEntry *pA, /* First sorted list to be merged */ - struct RowSetEntry *pB /* Second sorted list to be merged */ -){ - struct RowSetEntry head; - struct RowSetEntry *pTail; - - pTail = &head; - while( pA && pB ){ - assert( pA->pNext==0 || pA->v<=pA->pNext->v ); - assert( pB->pNext==0 || pB->v<=pB->pNext->v ); - if( pA->vv ){ - pTail->pNext = pA; - pA = pA->pNext; - pTail = pTail->pNext; - }else if( pB->vv ){ - pTail->pNext = pB; - pB = pB->pNext; - pTail = pTail->pNext; - }else{ - pA = pA->pNext; - } - } - if( pA ){ - assert( pA->pNext==0 || pA->v<=pA->pNext->v ); - pTail->pNext = pA; - }else{ - assert( pB==0 || pB->pNext==0 || pB->v<=pB->pNext->v ); - pTail->pNext = pB; - } - return head.pNext; -} - -/* -** Sort all elements of the RowSet into ascending order. -*/ -static void sqlite3RowSetSort(RowSet *p){ - unsigned int i; - struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; - struct RowSetEntry *aBucket[40]; - - assert( p->isSorted==0 ); - memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket)); - while( p->pEntry ){ - pEntry = p->pEntry; - p->pEntry = pEntry->pNext; - pEntry->pNext = 0; - for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){ - pEntry = boolidxMerge(aBucket[i],pEntry); - aBucket[i] = 0; - } - aBucket[i] = pEntry; - } - pEntry = 0; - for(i=0; ipEntry = pEntry; - p->pLast = 0; - p->isSorted = 1; -} - -/* -** Extract the next (smallest) element from the RowSet. -** Write the element into *pRowid. Return 1 on success. Return -** 0 if the RowSet is already empty. -*/ -int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){ - if( !p->isSorted ){ - sqlite3RowSetSort(p); - } - if( p->pEntry ){ - *pRowid = p->pEntry->v; - p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pNext; - if( p->pEntry==0 ){ - sqlite3RowSetClear(p); - } - return 1; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} diff --git a/select.c b/select.c deleted file mode 100644 index 08d9e41..0000000 --- a/select.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4297 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser -** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite. -** -** $Id: select.c,v 1.507 2009/04/02 16:59:47 drh Exp $ -*/ -#include "sqliteInt.h" - - -/* -** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate -** the select structure itself. -*/ -static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList); - sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); -} - -/* -** Initialize a SelectDest structure. -*/ -void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){ - pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest; - pDest->iParm = iParm; - pDest->affinity = 0; - pDest->iMem = 0; - pDest->nMem = 0; -} - - -/* -** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that -** structure. -*/ -Select *sqlite3SelectNew( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pEList, /* which columns to include in the result */ - SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ - Expr *pWhere, /* the WHERE clause */ - ExprList *pGroupBy, /* the GROUP BY clause */ - Expr *pHaving, /* the HAVING clause */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* the ORDER BY clause */ - int isDistinct, /* true if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - Expr *pLimit, /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */ - Expr *pOffset /* OFFSET value. NULL means no offset */ -){ - Select *pNew; - Select standin; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); - assert( db->mallocFailed || !pOffset || pLimit ); /* OFFSET implies LIMIT */ - if( pNew==0 ){ - pNew = &standin; - memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); - } - if( pEList==0 ){ - pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0,0,0), 0); - } - pNew->pEList = pEList; - pNew->pSrc = pSrc; - pNew->pWhere = pWhere; - pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy; - pNew->pHaving = pHaving; - pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - pNew->selFlags = isDistinct ? SF_Distinct : 0; - pNew->op = TK_SELECT; - pNew->pLimit = pLimit; - pNew->pOffset = pOffset; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; - pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; - if( db->mallocFailed ) { - clearSelect(db, pNew); - if( pNew!=&standin ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); - pNew = 0; - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures. -*/ -void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ - if( p ){ - clearSelect(db, p); - sqlite3DbFree(db, p); - } -} - -/* -** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceeding the JOIN keyword, determine the -** type of join. Return an integer constant that expresses that type -** in terms of the following bit values: -** -** JT_INNER -** JT_CROSS -** JT_OUTER -** JT_NATURAL -** JT_LEFT -** JT_RIGHT -** -** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT. -** -** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return -** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure. -*/ -int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){ - int jointype = 0; - Token *apAll[3]; - Token *p; - static const struct { - const char zKeyword[8]; - u8 nChar; - u8 code; - } keywords[] = { - { "natural", 7, JT_NATURAL }, - { "left", 4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER }, - { "right", 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, - { "full", 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, - { "outer", 5, JT_OUTER }, - { "inner", 5, JT_INNER }, - { "cross", 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS }, - }; - int i, j; - apAll[0] = pA; - apAll[1] = pB; - apAll[2] = pC; - for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){ - p = apAll[i]; - for(j=0; jn==keywords[j].nChar - && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, keywords[j].zKeyword, p->n)==0 ){ - jointype |= keywords[j].code; - break; - } - } - if( j>=ArraySize(keywords) ){ - jointype |= JT_ERROR; - break; - } - } - if( - (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) || - (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0 - ){ - const char *zSp = " "; - assert( pB!=0 ); - if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; } - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: " - "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC); - jointype = JT_INNER; - }else if( jointype & JT_RIGHT ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, - "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported"); - jointype = JT_INNER; - } - return jointype; -} - -/* -** Return the index of a column in a table. Return -1 if the column -** is not contained in the table. -*/ -static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){ - int i; - for(i=0; inCol; i++){ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i; - } - return -1; -} - -/* -** Set the value of a token to a '\000'-terminated string. -*/ -static void setToken(Token *p, const char *z){ - p->z = (u8*)z; - p->n = z ? sqlite3Strlen30(z) : 0; - p->dyn = 0; -} - -/* -** Set the token to the double-quoted and escaped version of the string pointed -** to by z. For example; -** -** {a"bc} -> {"a""bc"} -*/ -static void setQuotedToken(Parse *pParse, Token *p, const char *z){ - - /* Check if the string appears to be quoted using "..." or `...` - ** or [...] or '...' or if the string contains any " characters. - ** If it does, then record a version of the string with the special - ** characters escaped. - */ - const char *z2 = z; - if( *z2!='[' && *z2!='`' && *z2!='\'' ){ - while( *z2 ){ - if( *z2=='"' ) break; - z2++; - } - } - - if( *z2 ){ - /* String contains " characters - copy and quote the string. */ - p->z = (u8 *)sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "\"%w\"", z); - if( p->z ){ - p->n = sqlite3Strlen30((char *)p->z); - p->dyn = 1; - } - }else{ - /* String contains no " characters - copy the pointer. */ - p->z = (u8*)z; - p->n = (int)(z2 - z); - p->dyn = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Create an expression node for an identifier with the name of zName -*/ -Expr *sqlite3CreateIdExpr(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ - Token dummy; - setToken(&dummy, zName); - return sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy); -} - -/* -** Add a term to the WHERE expression in *ppExpr that requires the -** zCol column to be equal in the two tables pTab1 and pTab2. -*/ -static void addWhereTerm( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - const char *zCol, /* Name of the column */ - const Table *pTab1, /* First table */ - const char *zAlias1, /* Alias for first table. May be NULL */ - const Table *pTab2, /* Second table */ - const char *zAlias2, /* Alias for second table. May be NULL */ - int iRightJoinTable, /* VDBE cursor for the right table */ - Expr **ppExpr, /* Add the equality term to this expression */ - int isOuterJoin /* True if dealing with an OUTER join */ -){ - Expr *pE1a, *pE1b, *pE1c; - Expr *pE2a, *pE2b, *pE2c; - Expr *pE; - - pE1a = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zCol); - pE2a = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zCol); - if( zAlias1==0 ){ - zAlias1 = pTab1->zName; - } - pE1b = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zAlias1); - if( zAlias2==0 ){ - zAlias2 = pTab2->zName; - } - pE2b = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zAlias2); - pE1c = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pE1b, pE1a, 0); - pE2c = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pE2b, pE2a, 0); - pE = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1c, pE2c, 0); - if( pE && isOuterJoin ){ - ExprSetProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin); - pE->iRightJoinTable = iRightJoinTable; - } - *ppExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db,*ppExpr, pE); -} - -/* -** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression. -** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the -** expression. -** -** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell -** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the -** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part -** of the more general WHERE clause. These terms are moved over to the -** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they -** originated in the ON or USING clause. -** -** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the -** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not -** explicitly mentioned in the expression. That information is needed -** for cases like this: -** -** SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5 -** -** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5 -** term until after the t2 loop of the join. In that way, a -** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5. If we do not -** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately -** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in -** the output, which is incorrect. -*/ -static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ - while( p ){ - ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin); - p->iRightJoinTable = iTable; - setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); - p = p->pRight; - } -} - -/* -** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement. -** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause. -** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms. -** -** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure. -** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc. The right-most -** table is the last entry. The join operator is held in the entry to -** the left. Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between -** entries 0 and 1. Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are -** also attached to the left entry. -** -** This routine returns the number of errors encountered. -*/ -static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ - SrcList *pSrc; /* All tables in the FROM clause */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - struct SrcList_item *pLeft; /* Left table being joined */ - struct SrcList_item *pRight; /* Right table being joined */ - - pSrc = p->pSrc; - pLeft = &pSrc->a[0]; - pRight = &pLeft[1]; - for(i=0; inSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){ - Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab; - Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab; - int isOuter; - - if( NEVER(pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue; - isOuter = (pRight->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0; - - /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for - ** every column that the two tables have in common. - */ - if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ - if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have " - "an ON or USING clause", 0); - return 1; - } - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - char *zName = pLeftTab->aCol[j].zName; - if( columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)>=0 ){ - addWhereTerm(pParse, zName, pLeftTab, pLeft->zAlias, - pRightTab, pRight->zAlias, - pRight->iCursor, &p->pWhere, isOuter); - - } - } - } - - /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join - */ - if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING " - "clauses in the same join"); - return 1; - } - - /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by - ** an AND operator. - */ - if( pRight->pOn ){ - if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor); - p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn); - pRight->pOn = 0; - } - - /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named - ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are - ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this - ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z - ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is - ** not contained in both tables to be joined. - */ - if( pRight->pUsing ){ - IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing; - for(j=0; jnId; j++){ - char *zName = pList->a[j].zName; - if( columnIndex(pLeftTab, zName)<0 || columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)<0 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column " - "not present in both tables", zName); - return 1; - } - addWhereTerm(pParse, zName, pLeftTab, pLeft->zAlias, - pRightTab, pRight->zAlias, - pRight->iCursor, &p->pWhere, isOuter); - } - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Insert code into "v" that will push the record on the top of the -** stack into the sorter. -*/ -static void pushOntoSorter( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ - Select *pSelect, /* The whole SELECT statement */ - int regData /* Register holding data to be sorted */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int nExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr; - int regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+2); - int regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pOrderBy, regBase, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pOrderBy->iECursor, regBase+nExpr); - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+1, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nExpr + 2, regRecord); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pOrderBy->iECursor, regRecord); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nExpr+2); - if( pSelect->iLimit ){ - int addr1, addr2; - int iLimit; - if( pSelect->iOffset ){ - iLimit = pSelect->iOffset+1; - }else{ - iLimit = pSelect->iLimit; - } - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iLimit, -1); - addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pOrderBy->iECursor); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pOrderBy->iECursor); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); - pSelect->iLimit = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Add code to implement the OFFSET -*/ -static void codeOffset( - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded */ - int iContinue /* Jump here to skip the current record */ -){ - if( p->iOffset && iContinue!=0 ){ - int addr; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iOffset, -1); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNeg, p->iOffset); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue); - VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records")); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - } -} - -/* -** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem -** form a distinct entry. iTab is a sorting index that holds previously -** seen combinations of the N values. A new entry is made in iTab -** if the current N values are new. -** -** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the -** stack if the top N elements are not distinct. -*/ -static void codeDistinct( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ - int iTab, /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */ - int addrRepeat, /* Jump to here if not distinct */ - int N, /* Number of elements */ - int iMem /* First element */ -){ - Vdbe *v; - int r1; - - v = pParse->pVdbe; - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); -} - -/* -** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression -** (example: "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result -** column. We do this in a subroutine because the error occurs in multiple -** places. -*/ -static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError( - Parse *pParse, /* Parse context. */ - SelectDest *pDest, /* Destination of SELECT results */ - int nExpr /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */ -){ - int eDest = pDest->eDest; - if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for " - "a SELECT that is part of an expression"); - return 1; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} - -/* -** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop -** of a SELECT. -** -** If srcTab and nColumn are both zero, then the pEList expressions -** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If nColumn>0 -** then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only to get the -** datatypes for each column. -*/ -static void selectInnerLoop( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The complete select statement being coded */ - ExprList *pEList, /* List of values being extracted */ - int srcTab, /* Pull data from this table */ - int nColumn, /* Number of columns in the source table */ - ExprList *pOrderBy, /* If not NULL, sort results using this key */ - int distinct, /* If >=0, make sure results are distinct */ - SelectDest *pDest, /* How to dispose of the results */ - int iContinue, /* Jump here to continue with next row */ - int iBreak /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - int hasDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - int regResult; /* Start of memory holding result set */ - int eDest = pDest->eDest; /* How to dispose of results */ - int iParm = pDest->iParm; /* First argument to disposal method */ - int nResultCol; /* Number of result columns */ - - assert( v ); - if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; - assert( pEList!=0 ); - hasDistinct = distinct>=0; - if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){ - codeOffset(v, p, iContinue); - } - - /* Pull the requested columns. - */ - if( nColumn>0 ){ - nResultCol = nColumn; - }else{ - nResultCol = pEList->nExpr; - } - if( pDest->iMem==0 ){ - pDest->iMem = pParse->nMem+1; - pDest->nMem = nResultCol; - pParse->nMem += nResultCol; - }else{ - assert( pDest->nMem==nResultCol ); - } - regResult = pDest->iMem; - if( nColumn>0 ){ - for(i=0; inExpr==nColumn ); - codeDistinct(pParse, distinct, iContinue, nColumn, regResult); - if( pOrderBy==0 ){ - codeOffset(v, p, iContinue); - } - } - - if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){ - return; - } - - switch( eDest ){ - /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary - ** table iParm. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT - case SRT_Union: { - int r1; - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; - } - - /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of - ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from - ** the temporary table iParm. - */ - case SRT_Except: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nColumn); - break; - } -#endif - - /* Store the result as data using a unique key. - */ - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1); - if( pOrderBy ){ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1); - }else{ - int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, - ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this - ** item into the set table with bogus data. - */ - case SRT_Set: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - p->affinity = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity); - if( pOrderBy ){ - /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the - ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set - ** does not matter. But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which - ** case the order does matter */ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult); - }else{ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - } - break; - } - - /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. - */ - case SRT_Exists: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ - break; - } - - /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then - ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out - ** of the scan loop. - */ - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - if( pOrderBy ){ - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult); - }else{ - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regResult, iParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ - } - break; - } -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - - /* Send the data to the callback function or to a subroutine. In the - ** case of a subroutine, the subroutine itself is responsible for - ** popping the data from the stack. - */ - case SRT_Coroutine: - case SRT_Output: { - if( pOrderBy ){ - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1); - pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nColumn); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nColumn); - } - break; - } - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - /* Discard the results. This is used for SELECT statements inside - ** the body of a TRIGGER. The purpose of such selects is to call - ** user-defined functions that have side effects. We do not care - ** about the actual results of the select. - */ - default: { - assert( eDest==SRT_Discard ); - break; - } -#endif - } - - /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. - */ - if( p->iLimit ){ - assert( pOrderBy==0 ); /* If there is an ORDER BY, the call to - ** pushOntoSorter() would have cleared p->iLimit */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iLimit, -1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak); - } -} - -/* -** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records -** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list. -** -** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting -** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to -** implement that clause. If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT -** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual -** index to implement a DISTINCT test. -** -** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc. The calling -** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually -** freed. Add the KeyInfo structure to the P4 field of an opcode using -** P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF is the usual way of dealing with this. -*/ -static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int nExpr; - KeyInfo *pInfo; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int i; - - nExpr = pList->nExpr; - pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pInfo) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) ); - if( pInfo ){ - pInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pInfo->aColl[nExpr]; - pInfo->nField = (u16)nExpr; - pInfo->enc = ENC(db); - pInfo->db = db; - for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; ipExpr); - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = db->pDfltColl; - } - pInfo->aColl[i] = pColl; - pInfo->aSortOrder[i] = pItem->sortOrder; - } - } - return pInfo; -} - - -/* -** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument, -** then the results were placed in a sorter. After the loop is terminated -** we need to run the sorter and output the results. The following -** routine generates the code needed to do that. -*/ -static void generateSortTail( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ - Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ - int nColumn, /* Number of columns of data */ - SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */ -){ - int addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here to exit loop */ - int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here for next cycle */ - int addr; - int iTab; - int pseudoTab = 0; - ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - - int eDest = pDest->eDest; - int iParm = pDest->iParm; - - int regRow; - int regRowid; - - iTab = pOrderBy->iECursor; - if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ - pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, eDest==SRT_Output, nColumn); - } - addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); - codeOffset(v, p, addrContinue); - regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, pOrderBy->nExpr + 1, regRow); - switch( eDest ){ - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case SRT_Set: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid, &p->affinity, 1); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid); - break; - } - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( nColumn==1 ); - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ - break; - } -#endif - case SRT_Output: - case SRT_Coroutine: { - int i; - testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); - testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regRowid); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pseudoTab, regRow, regRowid); - for(i=0; iiMem+i ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest->iMem+i); - } - if( eDest==SRT_Output ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iMem, nColumn); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iMem, nColumn); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm); - } - break; - } - default: { - /* Do nothing */ - break; - } - } - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); - - /* LIMIT has been implemented by the pushOntoSorter() routine. - */ - assert( p->iLimit==0 ); - - /* The bottom of the loop - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak); - if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, pseudoTab, 0); - } -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the -** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller. -** -** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the -** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The -** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression -** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The -** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is -** considered a column by this function. -** -** SELECT col FROM tbl; -** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl; -** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl); -** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl); -** -** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL. -*/ -static const char *columnType( - NameContext *pNC, - Expr *pExpr, - const char **pzOriginDb, - const char **pzOriginTab, - const char **pzOriginCol -){ - char const *zType = 0; - char const *zOriginDb = 0; - char const *zOriginTab = 0; - char const *zOriginCol = 0; - int j; - if( pExpr==0 || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0; - - switch( pExpr->op ){ - case TK_AGG_COLUMN: - case TK_COLUMN: { - /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being - ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real - ** database table or a subquery. - */ - Table *pTab = 0; /* Table structure column is extracted from */ - Select *pS = 0; /* Select the column is extracted from */ - int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column in pTab */ - while( pNC && !pTab ){ - SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList; - for(j=0;jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++); - if( jnSrc ){ - pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; - pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect; - }else{ - pNC = pNC->pNext; - } - } - - if( pTab==0 ){ - /* FIX ME: - ** This can occurs if you have something like "SELECT new.x;" inside - ** a trigger. In other words, if you reference the special "new" - ** table in the result set of a select. We do not have a good way - ** to find the actual table type, so call it "TEXT". This is really - ** something of a bug, but I do not know how to fix it. - ** - ** This code does not produce the correct answer - it just prevents - ** a segfault. See ticket #1229. - */ - zType = "TEXT"; - break; - } - - assert( pTab ); - if( pS ){ - /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause - ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin - ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select. - */ - if( ALWAYS(iCol>=0 && iColpEList->nExpr) ){ - /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the - ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see - ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL. - */ - NameContext sNC; - Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; - sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = 0; - sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); - } - }else if( ALWAYS(pTab->pSchema) ){ - /* A real table */ - assert( !pS ); - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); - if( iCol<0 ){ - zType = "INTEGER"; - zOriginCol = "rowid"; - }else{ - zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; - zOriginCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; - } - zOriginTab = pTab->zName; - if( pNC->pParse ){ - int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - zOriginDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; - } - } - break; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - case TK_SELECT: { - /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and - ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT - ** statement. - */ - NameContext sNC; - Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect; - Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr; - assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; - sNC.pNext = pNC; - sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); - break; - } -#endif - } - - if( pzOriginDb ){ - assert( pzOriginTab && pzOriginCol ); - *pzOriginDb = zOriginDb; - *pzOriginTab = zOriginTab; - *pzOriginCol = zOriginCol; - } - return zType; -} - -/* -** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns -** in the result set. -*/ -static void generateColumnTypes( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ - ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ -){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - NameContext sNC; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - sNC.pParse = pParse; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - const char *zType; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA - const char *zOrigDb = 0; - const char *zOrigTab = 0; - const char *zOrigCol = 0; - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); - - /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other - ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this - ** virtual machine is deleted. - */ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); -#else - zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0); -#endif - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */ -} - -/* -** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns -** in the result set. This information is used to provide the -** azCol[] values in the callback. -*/ -static void generateColumnNames( - Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ - SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ - ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i, j; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int fullNames, shortNames; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN - /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */ - if( pParse->explain ){ - return; - } -#endif - - assert( v!=0 ); - if( pParse->colNamesSet || NEVER(v==0) || db->mallocFailed ) return; - pParse->colNamesSet = 1; - fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0; - shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0; - sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr); - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *p; - p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; - if( p==0 ) continue; - if( pEList->a[i].zName ){ - char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName; - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - }else if( (p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pTabList ){ - Table *pTab; - char *zCol; - int iCol = p->iColumn; - for(j=0; ALWAYS(jnSrc); j++){ - if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break; - } - assert( jnSrc ); - pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); - if( iCol<0 ){ - zCol = "rowid"; - }else{ - zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; - } - if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, - sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)p->span.z, p->span.n), SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - }else if( fullNames ){ - char *zName = 0; - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol); - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - } - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, - sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)p->span.z, p->span.n), SQLITE_DYNAMIC); - } - } - generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -/* -** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages. -*/ -static const char *selectOpName(int id){ - char *z; - switch( id ){ - case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break; - case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break; - case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break; - default: z = "UNION"; break; - } - return z; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - -/* -** Given a an expression list (which is really the list of expressions -** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate -** column names for a table that would hold the expression list. -** -** All column names will be unique. -** -** Only the column names are computed. Column.zType, Column.zColl, -** and other fields of Column are zeroed. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If a memory allocation error occurs, -** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM. -*/ -static int selectColumnsFromExprList( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - ExprList *pEList, /* Expr list from which to derive column names */ - int *pnCol, /* Write the number of columns here */ - Column **paCol /* Write the new column list here */ -){ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int cnt; /* Index added to make the name unique */ - Column *aCol, *pCol; /* For looping over result columns */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in the result set */ - Expr *p; /* Expression for a single result column */ - char *zName; /* Column name */ - int nName; /* Size of name in zName[] */ - - *pnCol = nCol = pEList->nExpr; - aCol = *paCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol); - if( aCol==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - for(i=0, pCol=aCol; ia[i].pExpr; - assert( p->pRight==0 || p->pRight->token.z==0 || p->pRight->token.z[0]!=0 ); - if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){ - /* If the column contains an "AS " phrase, use as the name */ - zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); - }else{ - Expr *pColExpr = p; /* The expression that is the result column name */ - Table *pTab; /* Table associated with this expression */ - while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ) pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight; - if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && (pTab = pColExpr->pTab)!=0 ){ - /* For columns use the column name name */ - int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn; - if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", - iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid"); - }else{ - /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */ - Token *pToken = (pColExpr->span.z?&pColExpr->span:&pColExpr->token); - zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%T", pToken); - } - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); - break; - } - sqlite3Dequote(zName); - - /* Make sure the column name is unique. If the name is not unique, - ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique. - */ - nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); - for(j=cnt=0; jzName = zName; - } - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - for(j=0; jdb; - NameContext sNC; - Column *pCol; - CollSeq *pColl; - int i; - Expr *p; - struct ExprList_item *a; - - assert( pSelect!=0 ); - assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 ); - assert( nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); - if( db->mallocFailed ) return; - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; - a = pSelect->pEList->a; - for(i=0, pCol=aCol; izType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0)); - pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p); - pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); - if( pColl ){ - pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName); - } - } -} - -/* -** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes -** the result set of that SELECT. -*/ -Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ - Table *pTab; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - int savedFlags; - - savedFlags = db->flags; - db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames; - db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames; - sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0); - if( pParse->nErr ) return 0; - while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; - db->flags = savedFlags; - pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) ); - if( pTab==0 ){ - return 0; - } - pTab->dbMem = db->lookaside.bEnabled ? db : 0; - pTab->nRef = 1; - pTab->zName = 0; - selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); - selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSelect); - pTab->iPKey = -1; - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab); - return 0; - } - return pTab; -} - -/* -** Get a VDBE for the given parser context. Create a new one if necessary. -** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse. -*/ -Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - if( v==0 ){ - v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse->db); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE - if( v ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Trace); - } -#endif - } - return v; -} - - -/* -** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the -** pLimit and pOffset expressions. pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions -** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET -** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset -** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute -** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then -** iLimit and iOffset are negative. -** -** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if -** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset. iLimit and -** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values -** (usually but not always -1) prior to calling this routine. -** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get -** redefined. The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force -** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple -** SELECT statements. -*/ -static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){ - Vdbe *v = 0; - int iLimit = 0; - int iOffset; - int addr1; - if( p->iLimit ) return; - - /* - ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some - ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be. - ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean - ** no rows. - */ - if( p->pLimit ){ - p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem; - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit); - VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak); - } - if( p->pOffset ){ - p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem; - if( p->pLimit ){ - pParse->nMem++; /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */ - } - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) return; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset); - VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter")); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iOffset); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - if( p->pLimit ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iLimit, iOffset, iOffset+1); - VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET")); - addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iLimit); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, iOffset+1); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); - } - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -/* -** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of -** the result set for the compound-select statement "p". Return NULL if -** the column has no default collating sequence. -** -** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the -** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence. -*/ -static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){ - CollSeq *pRet; - if( p->pPrior ){ - pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol); - }else{ - pRet = 0; - } - if( pRet==0 ){ - pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr); - } - return pRet; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - -/* Forward reference */ -static int multiSelectOrderBy( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ -); - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -/* -** This routine is called to process a compound query form from -** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or -** INTERSECT -** -** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the -** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query -** in which case this routine will be called recursively. -** -** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination -** of type eDest with parameter iParm. -** -** Example 1: Consider a three-way compound SQL statement. -** -** SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3 -** -** This statement is parsed up as follows: -** -** SELECT c FROM t3 -** | -** `-----> SELECT b FROM t2 -** | -** `------> SELECT a FROM t1 -** -** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer. -** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then -** pPrior will be the t2 query. p->op will be TK_UNION in this case. -** -** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the -** individual selects always group from left to right. -*/ -static int multiSelect( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Success code from a subroutine */ - Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ - SelectDest dest; /* Alternative data destination */ - Select *pDelete = 0; /* Chain of simple selects to delete */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - - /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs. Only - ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT. - */ - assert( p && p->pPrior ); /* Calling function guarantees this much */ - db = pParse->db; - pPrior = p->pPrior; - assert( pPrior->pRightmost!=pPrior ); - assert( pPrior->pRightmost==p->pRightmost ); - dest = *pDest; - if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before", - selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - if( pPrior->pLimit ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before", - selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - assert( v!=0 ); /* The VDBE already created by calling function */ - - /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary - */ - if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ - assert( p->pEList ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iParm, p->pEList->nExpr); - dest.eDest = SRT_Table; - } - - /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements - ** in their result sets. - */ - assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList ); - if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s" - " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op)); - rc = 1; - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately. - */ - if( p->pOrderBy ){ - return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest); - } - - /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements. - */ - switch( p->op ){ - case TK_ALL: { - int addr = 0; - assert( !pPrior->pLimit ); - pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit; - pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset; - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest); - p->pLimit = 0; - p->pOffset = 0; - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - p->pPrior = 0; - p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit; - p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset; - if( p->iLimit ){ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit); - VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached")); - } - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest); - pDelete = p->pPrior; - p->pPrior = pPrior; - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - if( addr ){ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); - } - break; - } - case TK_EXCEPT: - case TK_UNION: { - int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */ - u8 op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */ - int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */ - Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */ - int addr; - SelectDest uniondest; - - priorOp = SRT_Union; - if( dest.eDest==priorOp && ALWAYS(!p->pLimit &&!p->pOffset) ){ - /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our - ** right. - */ - assert( p->pRightmost!=p ); /* Can only happen for leftward elements - ** of a 3-way or more compound */ - assert( p->pLimit==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ - assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ - unionTab = dest.iParm; - }else{ - /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the - ** intermediate results. - */ - unionTab = pParse->nTab++; - assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; - p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; - assert( p->pEList ); - } - - /* Code the SELECT statements to our left - */ - assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy ); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab); - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest); - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Code the current SELECT statement - */ - if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){ - op = SRT_Except; - }else{ - assert( p->op==TK_UNION ); - op = SRT_Union; - } - p->pPrior = 0; - pLimit = p->pLimit; - p->pLimit = 0; - pOffset = p->pOffset; - p->pOffset = 0; - uniondest.eDest = op; - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest); - /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy. - ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); - pDelete = p->pPrior; - p->pPrior = pPrior; - p->pOrderBy = 0; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOffset = pOffset; - p->iLimit = 0; - p->iOffset = 0; - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - - - /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form - ** it is that we currently need. - */ - if( dest.eDest!=priorOp || unionTab!=dest.iParm ){ - int iCont, iBreak, iStart; - assert( p->pEList ); - if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ - Select *pFirst = p; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); - } - iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); - iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, p->pEList->nExpr, - 0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0); - } - break; - } - case TK_INTERSECT: { - int tab1, tab2; - int iCont, iBreak, iStart; - Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; - int addr; - SelectDest intersectdest; - int r1; - - /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires - ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin - ** by allocating the tables we will need. - */ - tab1 = pParse->nTab++; - tab2 = pParse->nTab++; - assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); - - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; - p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; - assert( p->pEList ); - - /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1". - */ - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1); - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest); - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2" - */ - addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0); - assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 ); - p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr; - p->pPrior = 0; - pLimit = p->pLimit; - p->pLimit = 0; - pOffset = p->pOffset; - p->pOffset = 0; - intersectdest.iParm = tab2; - rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest); - pDelete = p->pPrior; - p->pPrior = pPrior; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOffset = pOffset; - if( rc ){ - goto multi_select_end; - } - - /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary - ** tables. - */ - assert( p->pEList ); - if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ - Select *pFirst = p; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); - } - iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr, - 0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0); - break; - } - } - - /* Compute collating sequences used by - ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select. - ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables. - ** - ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only. - ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part. The right-most - ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and - ** no temp tables are required. - */ - if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collating sequence for the result set */ - Select *pLoop; /* For looping through SELECT statements */ - CollSeq **apColl; /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in result set */ - - assert( p->pRightmost==p ); - nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; - pKeyInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, - sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nCol*(sizeof(CollSeq*) + 1)); - if( !pKeyInfo ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto multi_select_end; - } - - pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(db); - pKeyInfo->nField = (u16)nCol; - - for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; ipDfltColl; - } - } - - for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){ - for(i=0; i<2; i++){ - int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i]; - if( addr<0 ){ - /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused. So we can - ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */ - assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 ); - break; - } - sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); - pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1; - } - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, pKeyInfo); - } - -multi_select_end: - pDest->iMem = dest.iMem; - pDest->nMem = dest.nMem; - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete); - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ - -/* -** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a -** SELECT statment. -** -** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iMem. There are -** pIn->nMem columns to be output. pDest is where the output should -** be sent. -** -** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine -** return address. -** -** If regPrev>0 then it is a the first register in a vector that -** records the previous output. mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false -** if there has been no previous output. If regPrev>0 then code is -** generated to suppress duplicates. pKeyInfo is used for comparing -** keys. -** -** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to -** iBreak. -*/ -static int generateOutputSubroutine( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ - SelectDest *pIn, /* Coroutine supplying data */ - SelectDest *pDest, /* Where to send the data */ - int regReturn, /* The return address register */ - int regPrev, /* Previous result register. No uniqueness if 0 */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* For comparing with previous entry */ - int p4type, /* The p4 type for pKeyInfo */ - int iBreak /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */ -){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int iContinue; - int addr; - - addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT - */ - if( regPrev ){ - int j1, j2; - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev); - j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iMem, regPrev+1, pIn->nMem, - (char*)pKeyInfo, p4type); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j2+2, iContinue, j2+2); - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pIn->iMem, regPrev+1, pIn->nMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev); - } - if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; - - /* Suppress the the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause - */ - codeOffset(v, p, iContinue); - - switch( pDest->eDest ){ - /* Store the result as data using a unique key. - */ - case SRT_Table: - case SRT_EphemTab: { - int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem, r1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iParm, r2); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iParm, r1, r2); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, - ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this - ** item into the set table with bogus data. - */ - case SRT_Set: { - int r1; - assert( pIn->nMem==1 ); - p->affinity = - sqlite3CompareAffinity(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity); - r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iMem, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, 1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iParm, r1); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); - break; - } - -#if 0 /* Never occurs on an ORDER BY query */ - /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. - */ - case SRT_Exists: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pDest->iParm); - /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ - break; - } -#endif - - /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then - ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out - ** of the scan loop. - */ - case SRT_Mem: { - assert( pIn->nMem==1 ); - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iMem, pDest->iParm, 1); - /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ - break; - } -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ - - /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers - ** starting at pDest->iMem. Then the co-routine yields. - */ - case SRT_Coroutine: { - if( pDest->iMem==0 ){ - pDest->iMem = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nMem); - pDest->nMem = pIn->nMem; - } - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iMem, pDest->iMem, pDest->nMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm); - break; - } - - /* Results are stored in a sequence of registers. Then the - ** OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to return - ** the next row of result. - */ - case SRT_Output: { - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem); - break; - } - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) - /* Discard the results. This is used for SELECT statements inside - ** the body of a TRIGGER. The purpose of such selects is to call - ** user-defined functions that have side effects. We do not care - ** about the actual results of the select. - */ - default: { - break; - } -#endif - } - - /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. - */ - if( p->iLimit ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iLimit, -1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak); - } - - /* Generate the subroutine return - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn); - - return addr; -} - -/* -** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there -** is an ORDER BY clause. -** -** We assume a query of the following form: -** -** ORDER BY -** -** is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT. The idea -** is to code both and with the ORDER BY clause as -** co-routines. Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results -** into the output. In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and -** selectB) there are 7 subroutines: -** -** outA: Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output -** of the compound query. -** -** outB: Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output -** of the compound query. (Only generated for UNION and -** UNION ALL. EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that -** appears only in B.) -** -** AltB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and AB. -** -** EofA: Called when data is exhausted from selectA. -** -** EofB: Called when data is exhausted from selectB. -** -** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which -** is used: -** -** -** UNION ALL UNION EXCEPT INTERSECT -** ------------- ----------------- -------------- ----------------- -** AltB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA nextA -** -** AeqB: outA, nextA nextA nextA outA, nextA -** -** AgtB: outB, nextB outB, nextB nextB nextB -** -** EofA: outB, nextB outB, nextB halt halt -** -** EofB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA halt -** -** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA -** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes -** an immediate jump to EofB. Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or -** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing. -** -** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled -** within the output subroutine. The regPrev register set holds the previously -** output value. A comparison is made against this value and the output -** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous. -** -** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven -** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom. Like this: -** -** goto Init -** coA: coroutine for left query (A) -** coB: coroutine for right query (B) -** outA: output one row of A -** outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only) -** EofA: ... -** EofB: ... -** AltB: ... -** AeqB: ... -** AgtB: ... -** Init: initialize coroutine registers -** yield coA -** if eof(A) goto EofA -** yield coB -** if eof(B) goto EofB -** Cmpr: Compare A, B -** Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB -** End: ... -** -** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not -** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return. EofA and EofB loop -** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe. AltB, AeqB, -** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT -static int multiSelectOrderBy( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ - Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ - SelectDest destA; /* Destination for coroutine A */ - SelectDest destB; /* Destination for coroutine B */ - int regAddrA; /* Address register for select-A coroutine */ - int regEofA; /* Flag to indicate when select-A is complete */ - int regAddrB; /* Address register for select-B coroutine */ - int regEofB; /* Flag to indicate when select-B is complete */ - int addrSelectA; /* Address of the select-A coroutine */ - int addrSelectB; /* Address of the select-B coroutine */ - int regOutA; /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */ - int regOutB; /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */ - int addrOutA; /* Address of the output-A subroutine */ - int addrOutB = 0; /* Address of the output-B subroutine */ - int addrEofA; /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */ - int addrEofB; /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */ - int addrAltB; /* Address of the AB subroutine */ - int regLimitA; /* Limit register for select-A */ - int regLimitB; /* Limit register for select-A */ - int regPrev; /* A range of registers to hold previous output */ - int savedLimit; /* Saved value of p->iLimit */ - int savedOffset; /* Saved value of p->iOffset */ - int labelCmpr; /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */ - int labelEnd; /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */ - int j1; /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */ - int op; /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */ - KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */ - KeyInfo *pKeyMerge; /* Comparison information for merging rows */ - sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ - int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ - int *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */ - - assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 ); - assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this. Ticket #3382. */ - db = pParse->db; - v = pParse->pVdbe; - if( v==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - - /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause - */ - op = p->op; - pPrior = p->pPrior; - assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 ); - pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - assert( pOrderBy ); - nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; - - /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that - ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set. Add - ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary. - */ - if( op!=TK_ALL ){ - for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; jiCol>0 ); - if( pItem->iCol==i ) break; - } - if( j==nOrderBy ){ - Expr *pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, 0); - if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; - pNew->iTable = i; - pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew, 0); - pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].iCol = (u16)i; - } - } - } - - /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with - ** the permutation in order to comparisons to determine if the next - ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB. Also add explicit - ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries - ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct - ** collation. - */ - aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy); - if( aPermute ){ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; iiCol>0 && pItem->iCol<=p->pEList->nExpr ); - aPermute[i] = pItem->iCol - 1; - } - pKeyMerge = - sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pKeyMerge)+nOrderBy*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1)); - if( pKeyMerge ){ - pKeyMerge->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyMerge->aColl[nOrderBy]; - pKeyMerge->nField = (u16)nOrderBy; - pKeyMerge->enc = ENC(db); - for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; - if( pTerm->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ - pColl = pTerm->pColl; - }else{ - pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, aPermute[i]); - pTerm->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; - pTerm->pColl = pColl; - } - pKeyMerge->aColl[i] = pColl; - pKeyMerge->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; - } - } - }else{ - pKeyMerge = 0; - } - - /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query. - */ - p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0); - - /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed - ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the - ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL). - */ - if( op==TK_ALL ){ - regPrev = 0; - }else{ - int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr; - assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); - regPrev = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev); - pKeyDup = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, - sizeof(*pKeyDup) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) ); - if( pKeyDup ){ - pKeyDup->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyDup->aColl[nExpr]; - pKeyDup->nField = (u16)nExpr; - pKeyDup->enc = ENC(db); - for(i=0; iaColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i); - pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0; - } - } - } - - /* Separate the left and the right query from one another - */ - p->pPrior = 0; - pPrior->pRightmost = 0; - sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); - if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){ - sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); - } - - /* Compute the limit registers */ - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd); - if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){ - regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem; - regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit, - regLimitA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB); - }else{ - regLimitA = regLimitB = 0; - } - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); - p->pLimit = 0; - sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); - p->pOffset = 0; - - regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem; - regEofA = ++pParse->nMem; - regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem; - regEofB = ++pParse->nMem; - regOutA = ++pParse->nMem; - regOutB = ++pParse->nMem; - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA); - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB); - - /* Jump past the various subroutines and coroutines to the main - ** merge loop - */ - j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); - addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - - - /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the - ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select. - */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for left SELECT")); - pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA; - sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA); - VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for left SELECT")); - - /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on - ** the right - the "B" select - */ - addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for right SELECT")); - savedLimit = p->iLimit; - savedOffset = p->iOffset; - p->iLimit = regLimitB; - p->iOffset = 0; - sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB); - p->iLimit = savedLimit; - p->iOffset = savedOffset; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB); - VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for right SELECT")); - - /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A - ** select as the next output row of the compound select. - */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A")); - addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, - p, &destA, pDest, regOutA, - regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, labelEnd); - - /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B - ** select as the next output row of the compound select. - */ - if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B")); - addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, - p, &destB, pDest, regOutB, - regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_STATIC, labelEnd); - } - - /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A - ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains. - */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine")); - if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){ - addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelEnd); - }else{ - addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, labelEnd); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofA); - } - - /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B - ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains. - */ - if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){ - addrEofB = addrEofA; - }else{ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine")); - addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, labelEnd); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofB); - } - - /* Generate code to handle the case of AB - */ - VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine")); - addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr); - - /* This code runs once to initialize everything. - */ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrA, addrSelectA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrB, addrSelectB); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB); - - /* Implement the main merge loop - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iMem, destB.iMem, nOrderBy, - (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB); - - /* Release temporary registers - */ - if( regPrev ){ - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regPrev, nOrderBy+1); - } - - /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query. - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd); - - /* Set the number of output columns - */ - if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ - Select *pFirst = pPrior; - while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; - generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); - } - - /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly - ** by the calling function */ - if( p->pPrior ){ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); - } - p->pPrior = pPrior; - - /*** TBD: Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete - **** subqueries ****/ - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) -/* Forward Declarations */ -static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*); -static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *); - -/* -** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to -** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th -** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column -** unchanged.) -** -** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery -** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the -** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that -** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine make the necessary -** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table -** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery. -*/ -static void substExpr( - sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors to this connection */ - Expr *pExpr, /* Expr in which substitution occurs */ - int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute expressions */ -){ - if( pExpr==0 ) return; - if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){ - if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ - pExpr->op = TK_NULL; - }else{ - Expr *pNew; - assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumnnExpr ); - assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); - pNew = pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr; - assert( pNew!=0 ); - pExpr->op = pNew->op; - assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 ); - pExpr->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pNew->pLeft, 0); - assert( pExpr->pRight==0 ); - pExpr->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pNew->pRight, 0); - pExpr->iTable = pNew->iTable; - pExpr->pTab = pNew->pTab; - pExpr->iColumn = pNew->iColumn; - pExpr->iAgg = pNew->iAgg; - sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pExpr->token, &pNew->token); - sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pExpr->span, &pNew->span); - assert( pExpr->x.pList==0 && pExpr->x.pSelect==0 ); - if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pNew->x.pSelect, 0); - }else{ - pExpr->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pNew->x.pList, 0); - } - pExpr->flags = pNew->flags; - pExpr->pAggInfo = pNew->pAggInfo; - pNew->pAggInfo = 0; - } - }else{ - substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList); - substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList); - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ - substSelect(db, pExpr->x.pSelect, iTable, pEList); - }else{ - substExprList(db, pExpr->x.pList, iTable, pEList); - } - } -} -static void substExprList( - sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ - ExprList *pList, /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */ - int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ -){ - int i; - if( pList==0 ) return; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList); - } -} -static void substSelect( - sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ - Select *p, /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */ - int iTable, /* Table to be replaced */ - ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ -){ - SrcList *pSrc; - struct SrcList_item *pItem; - int i; - if( !p ) return; - substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList); - substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList); - substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList); - substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList); - substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList); - substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList); - pSrc = p->pSrc; - assert( pSrc ); /* Even for (SELECT 1) we have: pSrc!=0 but pSrc->nSrc==0 */ - if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){ - for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ - substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList); - } - } -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) -/* -** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries in order to speed -** execution. It returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening -** occurs. -** -** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following -** query: -** -** SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5 -** -** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the -** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then -** run the outer query on that temporary table. This requires two -** passes over the data. Furthermore, because the temporary table -** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be -** optimized. -** -** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into -** a single flat select, like this: -** -** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5 -** -** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result -** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might -** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be -** avoided. -** -** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true: -** -** (1) The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates. -** -** (2) The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join. -** -** (3) The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join -** (Originally ticket #306. Strenghtened by ticket #3300) -** -** (4) The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query is not a join. -** -** (5) The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query does not use -** aggregates. -** -** (6) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not -** DISTINCT. -** -** (7) The subquery has a FROM clause. -** -** (8) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join. -** -** (9) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use -** aggregates. -** -** (10) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not -** use LIMIT. -** -** (11) The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses. -** -** (12) Not implemented. Subsumed into restriction (3). Was previously -** a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350. -** -** (13) The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT -** -** (14) The subquery does not use OFFSET -** -** (15) The outer query is not part of a compound select or the -** subquery does not have both an ORDER BY and a LIMIT clause. -** (See ticket #2339) -** -** (16) The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does -** not contain ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter -** until we introduced the group_concat() function. -** -** (17) The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL -** compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and -** the parent query: -** -** * is not itself part of a compound select, -** * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and -** * has no other tables or sub-selects in the FROM clause. -** -** The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to -** rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY, -** LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. -** -** (18) If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the -** ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to -** columns of the sub-query. -** -** (19) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not -** have a WHERE clause. -** -** (20) If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use -** an ORDER BY clause. Ticket #3773. We could relax this constraint -** somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must -** appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query. But -** have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case. -** -** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query. -** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query -** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates. -** -** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0. -** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1. -** -** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and -** the subquery before this routine runs. -*/ -static int flattenSubquery( - Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ - Select *p, /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */ - int iFrom, /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */ - int isAgg, /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */ - int subqueryIsAgg /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */ -){ - const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; - Select *pParent; - Select *pSub; /* The inner query or "subquery" */ - Select *pSub1; /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */ - SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the outer query */ - SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */ - ExprList *pList; /* The result set of the outer query */ - int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ - struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */ - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - /* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not. - */ - assert( p!=0 ); - assert( p->pPrior==0 ); /* Unable to flatten compound queries */ - pSrc = p->pSrc; - assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFromnSrc ); - pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom]; - iParent = pSubitem->iCursor; - pSub = pSubitem->pSelect; - assert( pSub!=0 ); - if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (1) */ - if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0; /* Restriction (2) */ - pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; - assert( pSubSrc ); - /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants, - ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET - ** because they could be computed at compile-time. But when LIMIT and OFFSET - ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13) - ** and (14). */ - if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */ - if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */ - if( p->pRightmost && pSub->pLimit && pSub->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (15) */ - } - if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */ - if( ((pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSub->pLimit) - && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){ /* Restrictions (4)(5)(8)(9) */ - return 0; - } - if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (6) */ - } - if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* Restriction (11) */ - } - if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0; /* Restriction (16) */ - if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Restriction (19) */ - - /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1: - ** Restriction 3: If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is - ** not used as the right operand of an outer join. Examples of why this - ** is not allowed: - ** - ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3) - ** - ** If we flatten the above, we would get - ** - ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3 - ** - ** which is not at all the same thing. - ** - ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2: - ** Restriction 12: If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer - ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause. - ** An examples of why this is not allowed: - ** - ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0) - ** - ** If we flatten the above, we would get - ** - ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0 - ** - ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which - ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN. - ** - ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE: - ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN - ** is fraught with danger. Best to avoid the whole thing. If the - ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten. - */ - if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){ - return 0; - } - - /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must - ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries - ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct - ** queries. - */ - if( pSub->pPrior ){ - if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ - return 0; /* Restriction 20 */ - } - if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ - return 0; - } - for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){ - if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0 - || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) - || !pSub1->pSrc || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc!=1 - ){ - return 0; - } - } - - /* Restriction 18. */ - if( p->pOrderBy ){ - int ii; - for(ii=0; iipOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){ - if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].iCol==0 ) return 0; - } - } - } - - /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/ - - /* Authorize the subquery */ - pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName; - sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); - pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; - - /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions - ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must - ** be of the form: - ** - ** SELECT FROM () - ** - ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block - ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or - ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original - ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple - ** select statements in the compound sub-query. - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** SELECT a+1 FROM ( - ** SELECT x FROM tab - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT y FROM tab - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2 - ** ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1 - ** - ** Transformed into: - ** - ** SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5 - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5 - ** UNION ALL - ** SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5 - ** ORDER BY 1 - ** - ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening". - */ - for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){ - Select *pNew; - ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit; - Select *pPrior = p->pPrior; - p->pOrderBy = 0; - p->pSrc = 0; - p->pPrior = 0; - p->pLimit = 0; - pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0); - p->pLimit = pLimit; - p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - p->pSrc = pSrc; - p->op = TK_ALL; - p->pRightmost = 0; - if( pNew==0 ){ - pNew = pPrior; - }else{ - pNew->pPrior = pPrior; - pNew->pRightmost = 0; - } - p->pPrior = pNew; - if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1; - } - - /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause - ** in the outer query. - */ - pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect; - - /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the - ** subquery - */ - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName); - sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias); - pSubitem->zDatabase = 0; - pSubitem->zName = 0; - pSubitem->zAlias = 0; - pSubitem->pSelect = 0; - - /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the - ** subquery until code generation is - ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that - ** refer to the subquery even after flattening. Ticket #3346. - */ - if( pSubitem->pTab!=0 ){ - Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab; - if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){ - pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pParse->pZombieTab; - pParse->pZombieTab = pTabToDel; - }else{ - pTabToDel->nRef--; - } - pSubitem->pTab = 0; - } - - /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery - ** flattening (as described above). If we are doing a different kind - ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening - - ** then this loop only runs once. - ** - ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the - ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember - ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in - ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code - ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace - ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM - ** elements we are now copying in. - */ - for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){ - int nSubSrc; - u8 jointype = 0; - pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; /* FROM clause of subquery */ - nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */ - pSrc = pParent->pSrc; /* FROM clause of the outer query */ - - if( pSrc ){ - assert( pParent==p ); /* First time through the loop */ - jointype = pSubitem->jointype; - }else{ - assert( pParent!=p ); /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */ - pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); - if( pSrc==0 ){ - assert( db->mallocFailed ); - break; - } - } - - /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer - ** query. If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause, - ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements - ** of the subquery. - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB; - ** - ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause. One slot of the - ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery. The next - ** block of code will expand the out query to 4 slots. The middle - ** slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space for the - ** two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery. - */ - if( nSubSrc>1 ){ - pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1); - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - break; - } - } - - /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the - ** outer query. - */ - for(i=0; ia[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i]; - memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i])); - } - pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype; - - /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for - ** references to the iParent in the outer query. - ** - ** Example: - ** - ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b; - ** \ \_____________ subquery __________/ / - ** \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/ - ** - ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see - ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10". - */ - pList = pParent->pEList; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - Expr *pExpr; - if( pList->a[i].zName==0 && (pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr)->span.z!=0 ){ - pList->a[i].zName = - sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pExpr->span.z, pExpr->span.n); - } - } - substExprList(db, pParent->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList); - if( isAgg ){ - substExprList(db, pParent->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); - substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); - } - if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ - assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 ); - pParent->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy; - pSub->pOrderBy = 0; - }else if( pParent->pOrderBy ){ - substExprList(db, pParent->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); - } - if( pSub->pWhere ){ - pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0); - }else{ - pWhere = 0; - } - if( subqueryIsAgg ){ - assert( pParent->pHaving==0 ); - pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere; - pParent->pWhere = pWhere; - substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); - pParent->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pHaving, - sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving, 0)); - assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 ); - pParent->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy, 0); - }else{ - substExpr(db, pParent->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList); - pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pWhere, pWhere); - } - - /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the - ** outer query is distinct. - */ - pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct; - - /* - ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y; - ** - ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits. But this - ** does not work if either limit is negative. - */ - if( pSub->pLimit ){ - pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit; - pSub->pLimit = 0; - } - } - - /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return - ** success. - */ - sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1); - - return 1; -} -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ - -/* -** Analyze the SELECT statement passed as an argument to see if it -** is a min() or max() query. Return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX if -** it is, or 0 otherwise. At present, a query is considered to be -** a min()/max() query if: -** -** 1. There is a single object in the FROM clause. -** -** 2. There is a single expression in the result set, and it is -** either min(x) or max(x), where x is a column reference. -*/ -static u8 minMaxQuery(Select *p){ - Expr *pExpr; - ExprList *pEList = p->pEList; - - if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; - pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr; - if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ) return 0; - pEList = pExpr->x.pList; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION || pEList==0 || pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; - if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; - if( pExpr->token.n!=3 ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; - if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pExpr->token.z,"min",3)==0 ){ - return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN; - }else if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pExpr->token.z,"max",3)==0 ){ - return WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX; - } - return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; -} - -/* -** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query. -** The second argment is the associated aggregate-info object. This -** function tests if the SELECT is of the form: -** -** SELECT count(*) FROM -** -** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query -** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing -** is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned. -*/ -static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Table *pTab; - Expr *pExpr; - - assert( !p->pGroupBy ); - - if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 - || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect - ){ - return 0; - } - pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; - pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; - assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr ); - - if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; - if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; - if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->flags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0; - if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0; - - return pTab; -} - -/* -** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an -** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there -** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return -** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate -** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK. -*/ -int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ - if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->zIndex ){ - Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; - char *zIndex = pFrom->zIndex; - Index *pIdx; - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; - pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndex); - pIdx=pIdx->pNext - ); - if( !pIdx ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndex, 0); - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - pFrom->pIndex = pIdx; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement. -** "Expanding" means to do the following: -** -** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every -** element of the FROM clause. -** -** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that -** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause, -** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement -** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT -** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement -** without worrying about messing up the presistent representation -** of the view. -** -** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword -** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins. -** -** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking -** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator. -** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table -** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE. -** -*/ -static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; - int i, j, k; - SrcList *pTabList; - ExprList *pEList; - struct SrcList_item *pFrom; - sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; - - if( db->mallocFailed ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - if( p->pSrc==0 || (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){ - return WRC_Prune; - } - p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded; - pTabList = p->pSrc; - pEList = p->pEList; - - /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in - ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement. - */ - sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList); - - /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If - ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view, - ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery. - */ - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab; - if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){ - /* This statement has already been prepared. There is no need - ** to go further. */ - assert( i==0 ); - return WRC_Prune; - } - if( pFrom->zName==0 ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; - /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ - assert( pSel!=0 ); - assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); - sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel); - pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); - if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; - pTab->dbMem = db->lookaside.bEnabled ? db : 0; - pTab->nRef = 1; - pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pTab); - while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; } - selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); - pTab->iPKey = -1; - pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; -#endif - }else{ - /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */ - assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); - pFrom->pTab = pTab = - sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,0,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase); - if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; - pTab->nRef++; -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) - if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){ - /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */ - if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort; - - /* If pFrom->pSelect!=0 it means we are dealing with a - ** view within a view. The SELECT structure has already been - ** copied by the outer view so we can skip the copy step here - ** in the inner view. - */ - if( pFrom->pSelect==0 ){ - pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0); - sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect); - } - } -#endif - } - - /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */ - if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - } - - /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins. - */ - if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){ - return WRC_Abort; - } - - /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of - ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names - ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression - ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list. - ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand - ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables. - ** - ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators - ** that need expanding. - */ - for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ - Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr; - if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break; - if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL - && pE->pLeft && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID ) break; - } - if( knExpr ){ - /* - ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*" - ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression - ** in the result set and expand them one by one. - */ - struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a; - ExprList *pNew = 0; - int flags = pParse->db->flags; - int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0 - && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0; - - for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ - Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr; - if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && - (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight==0 || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){ - /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded. - */ - pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr, 0); - if( pNew ){ - pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName; - } - a[k].pExpr = 0; - a[k].zName = 0; - }else{ - /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be - ** expanded. */ - int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */ - char *zTName; /* text of name of TABLE */ - if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pLeft ){ - zTName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pE->pLeft->token); - }else{ - zTName = 0; - } - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; - char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias; - if( zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 ){ - zTabName = pTab->zName; - } - if( db->mallocFailed ) break; - if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){ - continue; - } - tableSeen = 1; - for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ - Expr *pExpr, *pRight; - char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName; - - /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible - ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded - ** result-set list. - */ - if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){ - assert(IsVirtual(pTab)); - continue; - } - - if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){ - struct SrcList_item *pLeft = &pTabList->a[i-1]; - if( (pLeft[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 && - columnIndex(pLeft->pTab, zName)>=0 ){ - /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the - ** table on the right */ - continue; - } - if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pLeft[1].pUsing, zName)>=0 ){ - /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the - ** using clause from the table on the right. */ - continue; - } - } - pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, 0); - if( pRight==0 ) break; - setQuotedToken(pParse, &pRight->token, zName); - if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){ - Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, 0); - pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); - if( pExpr==0 ) break; - setQuotedToken(pParse, &pLeft->token, zTabName); - setToken(&pExpr->span, - sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName)); - pExpr->span.dyn = 1; - pExpr->token.z = 0; - pExpr->token.n = 0; - pExpr->token.dyn = 0; - }else{ - pExpr = pRight; - pExpr->span = pExpr->token; - pExpr->span.dyn = 0; - } - if( longNames ){ - pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr, &pExpr->span); - }else{ - pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr, &pRight->token); - } - } - } - if( !tableSeen ){ - if( zTName ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName); - }else{ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified"); - } - } - sqlite3DbFree(db, zTName); - } - } - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); - p->pEList = pNew; - } -#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN - if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set"); - } -#endif - return WRC_Continue; -} - -/* -** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker. -** -** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees -** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably, -** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then -** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every -** subquery in the parser tree. -*/ -static int exprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - return WRC_Continue; -} - -/* -** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries. -** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT -** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above. -** -** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a -** SELECT statement. The SELECT statement must be expanded before -** name resolution is performed. -** -** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse. -** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr -** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed. -*/ -static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ - Walker w; - w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander; - w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop; - w.pParse = pParse; - sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY -/* -** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo() -** interface. -** -** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl -** information to the Table structure that represents the result set -** of that subquery. -** -** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed -** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted -** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved. This -** routine is called after identifier resolution. -*/ -static int selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ - Parse *pParse; - int i; - SrcList *pTabList; - struct SrcList_item *pFrom; - - assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ); - if( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 ){ - p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo; - pParse = pWalker->pParse; - pTabList = p->pSrc; - for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ - Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; - if( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){ - /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ - Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; - assert( pSel ); - while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior; - selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSel); - } - } - } - return WRC_Continue; -} -#endif - - -/* -** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to -** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a -** SELECT statement. -** -** Use this routine after name resolution. -*/ -static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - Walker w; - w.xSelectCallback = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo; - w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop; - w.pParse = pParse; - sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); -#endif -} - - -/* -** This routine sets of a SELECT statement for processing. The -** following is accomplished: -** -** * VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms. -** * Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries. -** * ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements -** * Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded. -** * Identifiers in expression are matched to tables. -** -** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT. -*/ -void sqlite3SelectPrep( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ - NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for container */ -){ - sqlite3 *db; - if( p==0 ) return; - db = pParse->db; - if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p); - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC); - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; - sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p); -} - -/* -** Reset the aggregate accumulator. -** -** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold -** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate. This -** routine simply stores NULLs in all of those memory cells. -*/ -static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pFunc; - if( pAggInfo->nFunc+pAggInfo->nColumn==0 ){ - return; - } - for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem); - } - for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; inFunc; i++, pFunc++){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pFunc->iMem); - if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){ - Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) ); - if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one " - "argument"); - pFunc->iDistinct = -1; - }else{ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function -** in the AggInfo structure. -*/ -static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pF; - for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ - ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0, - (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); - } -} - -/* -** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on -** the current cursor position. -*/ -static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ - Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; - int i; - struct AggInfo_func *pF; - struct AggInfo_col *pC; - - pAggInfo->directMode = 1; - for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ - int nArg; - int addrNext = 0; - int regAgg; - ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; - assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - if( pList ){ - nArg = pList->nExpr; - regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg); - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, 0); - }else{ - nArg = 0; - regAgg = 0; - } - if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){ - addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - assert( nArg==1 ); - codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg); - } - if( pF->pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ - CollSeq *pColl = 0; - struct ExprList_item *pItem; - int j; - assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */ - for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && jpExpr); - } - if( !pColl ){ - pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem, - (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); - sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); - sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); - if( addrNext ){ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext); - } - } - for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; inAccumulator; i++, pC++){ - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem); - } - pAggInfo->directMode = 0; -} - -/* -** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument. -** -** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the -** contents of the SelectDest structure pointed to by argument pDest -** as follows: -** -** pDest->eDest Result -** ------------ ------------------------------------------- -** SRT_Output Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow -** opcode) for each row in the result set. -** -** SRT_Mem Only valid if the result is a single column. -** Store the first column of the first result row -** in register pDest->iParm then abandon the rest -** of the query. This destination implies "LIMIT 1". -** -** SRT_Set The result must be a single column. Store each -** row of result as the key in table pDest->iParm. -** Apply the affinity pDest->affinity before storing -** results. Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)". -** -** SRT_Union Store results as a key in a temporary table pDest->iParm. -** -** SRT_Except Remove results from the temporary table pDest->iParm. -** -** SRT_Table Store results in temporary table pDest->iParm. -** This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table -** is assumed to already be open. -** -** SRT_EphemTab Create an temporary table pDest->iParm and store -** the result there. The cursor is left open after -** returning. This is like SRT_Table except that -** this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create -** the table first. -** -** SRT_Coroutine Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of -** results each time it is invoked. The entry point -** of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iParm. -** -** SRT_Exists Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iParm if the result -** set is not empty. -** -** SRT_Discard Throw the results away. This is used by SELECT -** statements within triggers whose only purpose is -** the side-effects of functions. -** -** This routine returns the number of errors. If any errors are -** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in -** pParse->zErrMsg. -** -** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in. The -** calling function needs to do that. -*/ -int sqlite3Select( - Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ - Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ - SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with the query results */ -){ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */ - Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine under construction */ - int isAgg; /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */ - ExprList *pEList; /* List of columns to extract. */ - SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables to select from */ - Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */ - ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause. May be NULL */ - ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */ - Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */ - int isDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ - int distinct; /* Table to use for the distinct set */ - int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */ - int addrSortIndex; /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ - AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */ - int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */ - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - - db = pParse->db; - if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){ - return 1; - } - if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1; - memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo)); - - pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ - p->pOrderBy = 0; - - /* In these cases the DISTINCT operator makes no difference to the - ** results, so remove it if it were specified. - */ - assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || - pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard); - p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; - } - sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0); - pTabList = p->pSrc; - pEList = p->pEList; - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto select_end; - } - p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; - isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; - if( pEList==0 ) goto select_end; - - /* - ** Do not even attempt to generate any code if we have already seen - ** errors before this routine starts. - */ - if( pParse->nErr>0 ) goto select_end; - - /* ORDER BY is ignored for some destinations. - */ - if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ - pOrderBy = 0; - } - - /* Begin generating code. - */ - v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); - if( v==0 ) goto select_end; - - /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause - */ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) - for(i=0; !p->pPrior && inSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i]; - SelectDest dest; - Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect; - int isAggSub; - - if( pSub==0 || pItem->isPopulated ) continue; - - /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression - ** tree refered to by this, the parent select. The child select - ** may contain expression trees of at most - ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit - ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing - ** an exact limit. - */ - pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); - - /* Check to see if the subquery can be absorbed into the parent. */ - isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; - if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){ - if( isAggSub ){ - isAgg = 1; - p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate; - } - i = -1; - }else{ - sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor); - assert( pItem->isPopulated==0 ); - sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest); - pItem->isPopulated = 1; - } - if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ - goto select_end; - } - pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); - pTabList = p->pSrc; - if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ - pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; - } - } - pEList = p->pEList; -#endif - pWhere = p->pWhere; - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - pHaving = p->pHaving; - isDistinct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT - /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first. - */ - if( p->pPrior ){ - if( p->pRightmost==0 ){ - Select *pLoop, *pRight = 0; - int cnt = 0; - int mxSelect; - for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){ - pLoop->pRightmost = p; - pLoop->pNext = pRight; - pRight = pLoop; - } - mxSelect = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]; - if( mxSelect && cnt>mxSelect ){ - sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT"); - return 1; - } - } - return multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest); - } -#endif - - /* If writing to memory or generating a set - ** only a single column may be output. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){ - goto select_end; - } -#endif - - /* If possible, rewrite the query to use GROUP BY instead of DISTINCT. - ** GROUP BY might use an index, DISTINCT never does. - */ - if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct && !p->pGroupBy ){ - p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, 0); - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; - isDistinct = 0; - } - - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting - ** index might end up being unused if the data can be - ** extracted in pre-sorted order. If that is the case, then the - ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once - ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed. The addrSortIndex - ** variable is used to facilitate that change. - */ - if( pOrderBy ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy); - pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++; - p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addrSortIndex = - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, - pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - }else{ - addrSortIndex = -1; - } - - /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table. - */ - if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iParm, pEList->nExpr); - } - - /* Set the limiter. - */ - iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd); - - /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set. - */ - if( isDistinct ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; - assert( isAgg || pGroupBy ); - distinct = pParse->nTab++; - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, distinct, 0, 0, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - }else{ - distinct = -1; - } - - /* Aggregate and non-aggregate queries are handled differently */ - if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){ - /* This case is for non-aggregate queries - ** Begin the database scan - */ - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy, 0, 0); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; - - /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral - ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral - ** into an OP_Noop. - */ - if( addrSortIndex>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex, 1); - p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; - } - - /* Use the standard inner loop - */ - assert(!isDistinct); - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, -1, pDest, - pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak); - - /* End the database scan loop. - */ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - }else{ - /* This is the processing for aggregate queries */ - NameContext sNC; /* Name context for processing aggregate information */ - int iAMem; /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */ - int iBMem; /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */ - int iUseFlag; /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least - ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been - ** processed */ - int iAbortFlag; /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */ - int groupBySort; /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */ - int addrEnd; /* End of processing for this SELECT */ - - /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the - ** GROUP BY clause. - */ - if( pGroupBy ){ - int k; /* Loop counter */ - struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* For looping over expression in a list */ - - for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ - pItem->iAlias = 0; - } - for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ - pItem->iAlias = 0; - } - } - - - /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */ - addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - - /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in - ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the - ** SELECT statement. - */ - memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); - sNC.pParse = pParse; - sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; - sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo; - sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0; - sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy; - sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList); - sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pOrderBy); - if( pHaving ){ - sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving); - } - sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn; - for(i=0; ix.pList); - } - if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; - - /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and - ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY. - */ - if( pGroupBy ){ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Keying information for the group by clause */ - int j1; /* A-vs-B comparision jump */ - int addrOutputRow; /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */ - int regOutputRow; /* Return address register for output subroutine */ - int addrSetAbort; /* Set the abort flag and return */ - int addrTopOfLoop; /* Top of the input loop */ - int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */ - int addrReset; /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */ - int regReset; /* Return address register for reset subroutine */ - - /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to - ** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out - ** that we do not need it after all, the OpenEphemeral instruction - ** will be converted into a Noop. - */ - sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++; - pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy); - addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, - sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, - 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - - /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing - */ - iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem; - iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem; - regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem; - addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - regReset = ++pParse->nMem; - addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); - iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1; - pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; - iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1; - pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty")); - - /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order. - ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or - ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information - ** in the right order to begin with. - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy, 0, 0); - if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; - if( pGroupBy==0 ){ - /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so - ** we do not have to sort. The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be - ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo - */ - pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; - groupBySort = 0; - }else{ - /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order. We have to push - ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop, - ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output - ** in sorted order - */ - int regBase; - int regRecord; - int nCol; - int nGroupBy; - - groupBySort = 1; - nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr; - nCol = nGroupBy + 1; - j = nGroupBy+1; - for(i=0; i=j ){ - nCol++; - j++; - } - } - regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); - sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,regBase+nGroupBy); - j = nGroupBy+1; - for(i=0; iiSorterColumn>=j ){ - int r1 = j + regBase; - int r2; - - r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, - pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1, 0); - if( r1!=r2 ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1); - } - j++; - } - } - regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord); - sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); - sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd); - VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); - sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1; - } - - /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2... - ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth) - ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms - ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2... - */ - addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ - if( groupBySort ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, j, iBMem+j); - }else{ - sAggInfo.directMode = 1; - sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j); - } - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr, - (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); - j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j1+1, 0, j1+1); - - /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes. - ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code - ** block. If there were no changes, this block is skipped. - ** - ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,... - ** over to a0,a1,a2. It then calls the output subroutine - ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation - ** for the next GROUP BY batch. - */ - sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "output one row")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); - VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); - VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator")); - - /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of - ** the current row - */ - sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1); - updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator")); - - /* End of the loop - */ - if( groupBySort ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop); - }else{ - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx, 1); - } - - /* Output the final row of result - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "output final row")); - - /* Jump over the subroutines - */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEnd); - - /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result - ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag - ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If - ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine - ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in - ** order to signal the caller to abort. - */ - addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag); - VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow); - addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2); - VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point")); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); - finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); - if( pHaving ){ - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - } - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, - distinct, pDest, - addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); - VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator")); - - /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset); - resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset); - - } /* endif pGroupBy */ - else { - ExprList *pDel = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT - Table *pTab; - if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){ - /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then - ** the SQL statement is of the form: - ** - ** SELECT count(*) FROM - ** - ** where the Table structure returned represents table . - ** - ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The - ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that - ** contains the data for table or on one of its indexes. It - ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost - ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables. - */ - const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); - const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor to scan b-tree */ - Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Keyinfo for scanned index */ - Index *pBest = 0; /* Best index found so far */ - int iRoot = pTab->tnum; /* Root page of scanned b-tree */ - - sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); - sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); - - /* Search for the index that has the least amount of columns. If - ** there is such an index, and it has less columns than the table - ** does, then we can assume that it consumes less space on disk and - ** will therefore be cheaper to scan to determine the query result. - ** In this case set iRoot to the root page number of the index b-tree - ** and pKeyInfo to the KeyInfo structure required to navigate the - ** index. - ** - ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only - ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy. - */ - for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ - if( !pBest || pIdx->nColumnnColumn ){ - pBest = pIdx; - } - } - if( pBest && pBest->nColumnnCol ){ - iRoot = pBest->tnum; - pKeyInfo = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pBest); - } - - /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb); - if( pKeyInfo ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); - } - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem); - sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr); - }else -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ - { - /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms: - ** - ** SELECT min(x) FROM ... - ** SELECT max(x) FROM ... - ** - ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results - ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause. - ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then - ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the - ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is - ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum - ** value of x, the only row required). - ** - ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly - ** modify behaviour as follows: - ** - ** + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by - ** where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value - ** for x. - ** - ** + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which - ** index or indices to use) should place a different priority on - ** satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases. - ** Refer to code and comments in where.c for details. - */ - ExprList *pMinMax = 0; - u8 flag = minMaxQuery(p); - if( flag ){ - assert( !ExprHasProperty(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); - pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList->a[0].pExpr->x.pList,0); - pDel = pMinMax; - if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){ - pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0; - pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; - } - } - - /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause. The - ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row - ** of output. - */ - resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pMinMax, flag, 0); - if( pWInfo==0 ){ - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); - goto select_end; - } - updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); - if( !pMinMax && flag ){ - sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iBreak); - VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index", - (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max"))); - } - sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); - finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); - } - - pOrderBy = 0; - if( pHaving ){ - sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); - } - selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, 0, -1, - pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd); - sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); - } - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd); - - } /* endif aggregate query */ - - /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results - ** and send them to the callback one by one. - */ - if( pOrderBy ){ - generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, pDest); - } - - /* Jump here to skip this query - */ - sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd); - - /* The SELECT was successfully coded. Set the return code to 0 - ** to indicate no errors. - */ - rc = 0; - - /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon - ** successful coding of the SELECT. - */ -select_end: - - /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ - generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList); - } - - sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol); - sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc); - return rc; -} - -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -******************************************************************************* -** The following code is used for testing and debugging only. The code -** that follows does not appear in normal builds. -** -** These routines are used to print out the content of all or part of a -** parse structures such as Select or Expr. Such printouts are useful -** for helping to understand what is happening inside the code generator -** during the execution of complex SELECT statements. -** -** These routine are not called anywhere from within the normal -** code base. Then are intended to be called from within the debugger -** or from temporary "printf" statements inserted for debugging. -*/ -void sqlite3PrintExpr(Expr *p){ - if( p->token.z && p->token.n>0 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%.*s", p->token.n, p->token.z); - }else{ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%d", p->op); - } - if( p->pLeft ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" "); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pLeft); - } - if( p->pRight ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" "); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pRight); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf(")"); -} -void sqlite3PrintExprList(ExprList *pList){ - int i; - for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ - sqlite3PrintExpr(pList->a[i].pExpr); - if( inExpr-1 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(", "); - } - } -} -void sqlite3PrintSelect(Select *p, int indent){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*sSELECT(%p) ", indent, "", p); - sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pEList); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - if( p->pSrc ){ - char *zPrefix; - int i; - zPrefix = "FROM"; - for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ - struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ", indent+6, zPrefix); - zPrefix = ""; - if( pItem->pSelect ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(\n"); - sqlite3PrintSelect(pItem->pSelect, indent+10); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s)", indent+8, ""); - }else if( pItem->zName ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", pItem->zName); - } - if( pItem->pTab ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("(table: %s)", pItem->pTab->zName); - } - if( pItem->zAlias ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(" AS %s", pItem->zAlias); - } - if( ipSrc->nSrc-1 ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf(","); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - } - if( p->pWhere ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s WHERE ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pWhere); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - if( p->pGroupBy ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s GROUP BY ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pGroupBy); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - if( p->pHaving ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s HAVING ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pHaving); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } - if( p->pOrderBy ){ - sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ORDER BY ", indent, ""); - sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pOrderBy); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); - } -} -/* End of the structure debug printing code -*****************************************************************************/ -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ diff --git a/shell.c b/shell.c deleted file mode 100644 index d58f151..0000000 --- a/shell.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3163 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code to implement the "sqlite" command line -** utility for accessing SQLite databases. -** -** $Id: shell.c,v 1.207 2009/03/16 10:59:44 drh Exp $ -*/ -#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) -/* This needs to come before any includes for MSVC compiler */ -#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS -#endif - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include "sqlite3.h" -#include -#include - -#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__) -# include -# if !defined(__RTP__) && !defined(_WRS_KERNEL) -# include -# endif -# include -# include -#endif - -#ifdef __OS2__ -# include -#endif - -#if defined(HAVE_READLINE) && HAVE_READLINE==1 -# include -# include -#else -# define readline(p) local_getline(p,stdin) -# define add_history(X) -# define read_history(X) -# define write_history(X) -# define stifle_history(X) -#endif - -#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) -# include -#define isatty(h) _isatty(h) -#define access(f,m) _access((f),(m)) -#else -/* Make sure isatty() has a prototype. -*/ -extern int isatty(); -#endif - -#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) -/* Windows CE (arm-wince-mingw32ce-gcc) does not provide isatty() - * thus we always assume that we have a console. That can be - * overridden with the -batch command line option. - */ -#define isatty(x) 1 -#endif - -#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__) && !defined(__RTP__) && !defined(_WRS_KERNEL) -#include -#include - -/* Saved resource information for the beginning of an operation */ -static struct rusage sBegin; - -/* True if the timer is enabled */ -static int enableTimer = 0; - -/* -** Begin timing an operation -*/ -static void beginTimer(void){ - if( enableTimer ){ - getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &sBegin); - } -} - -/* Return the difference of two time_structs in seconds */ -static double timeDiff(struct timeval *pStart, struct timeval *pEnd){ - return (pEnd->tv_usec - pStart->tv_usec)*0.000001 + - (double)(pEnd->tv_sec - pStart->tv_sec); -} - -/* -** Print the timing results. -*/ -static void endTimer(void){ - if( enableTimer ){ - struct rusage sEnd; - getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &sEnd); - printf("CPU Time: user %f sys %f\n", - timeDiff(&sBegin.ru_utime, &sEnd.ru_utime), - timeDiff(&sBegin.ru_stime, &sEnd.ru_stime)); - } -} -#define BEGIN_TIMER beginTimer() -#define END_TIMER endTimer() -#define HAS_TIMER 1 -#else -#define BEGIN_TIMER -#define END_TIMER -#define HAS_TIMER 0 -#endif - -/* -** Used to prevent warnings about unused parameters -*/ -#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) - - -/************************************************************************** -*************************************************************************** -** Begin genfkey logic. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && !defined SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY - -#define GENFKEY_ERROR 1 -#define GENFKEY_DROPTRIGGER 2 -#define GENFKEY_CREATETRIGGER 3 -static int genfkey_create_triggers(sqlite3 *, const char *, void *, - int (*)(void *, int, const char *) -); - -struct GenfkeyCb { - void *pCtx; - int eType; - int (*xData)(void *, int, const char *); -}; -typedef struct GenfkeyCb GenfkeyCb; - -/* The code in this file defines a sqlite3 virtual-table module that -** provides a read-only view of the current database schema. There is one -** row in the schema table for each column in the database schema. -*/ -#define SCHEMA \ -"CREATE TABLE x(" \ - "database," /* Name of database (i.e. main, temp etc.) */ \ - "tablename," /* Name of table */ \ - "cid," /* Column number (from left-to-right, 0 upward) */ \ - "name," /* Column name */ \ - "type," /* Specified type (i.e. VARCHAR(32)) */ \ - "not_null," /* Boolean. True if NOT NULL was specified */ \ - "dflt_value," /* Default value for this column */ \ - "pk" /* True if this column is part of the primary key */ \ -")" - -#define SCHEMA2 \ -"CREATE TABLE x(" \ - "database," /* Name of database (i.e. main, temp etc.) */ \ - "from_tbl," /* Name of table */ \ - "fkid," \ - "seq," \ - "to_tbl," \ - "from_col," \ - "to_col," \ - "on_update," \ - "on_delete," \ - "match" \ -")" - -#define SCHEMA3 \ -"CREATE TABLE x(" \ - "database," /* Name of database (i.e. main, temp etc.) */ \ - "tablename," /* Name of table */ \ - "seq," \ - "name," \ - "isunique" \ -")" - -#define SCHEMA4 \ -"CREATE TABLE x(" \ - "database," /* Name of database (i.e. main, temp etc.) */ \ - "indexname," /* Name of table */ \ - "seqno," \ - "cid," \ - "name" \ -")" - -#define SCHEMA5 \ -"CREATE TABLE x(" \ - "database," /* Name of database (i.e. main, temp etc.) */ \ - "triggername," /* Name of trigger */ \ - "dummy" /* Unused */ \ -")" - -typedef struct SchemaTable SchemaTable; -struct SchemaTable { - const char *zName; - const char *zObject; - const char *zPragma; - const char *zSchema; -} aSchemaTable[] = { - { "table_info", "table", "PRAGMA %Q.table_info(%Q)", SCHEMA }, - { "foreign_key_list", "table", "PRAGMA %Q.foreign_key_list(%Q)", SCHEMA2 }, - { "index_list", "table", "PRAGMA %Q.index_list(%Q)", SCHEMA3 }, - { "index_info", "index", "PRAGMA %Q.index_info(%Q)", SCHEMA4 }, - { "trigger_list", "trigger", "SELECT 1", SCHEMA5 }, - { 0, 0, 0, 0 } -}; - -typedef struct schema_vtab schema_vtab; -typedef struct schema_cursor schema_cursor; - -/* A schema table object */ -struct schema_vtab { - sqlite3_vtab base; - sqlite3 *db; - SchemaTable *pType; -}; - -/* A schema table cursor object */ -struct schema_cursor { - sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; - sqlite3_stmt *pDbList; - sqlite3_stmt *pTableList; - sqlite3_stmt *pColumnList; - int rowid; -}; - -/* -** Table destructor for the schema module. -*/ -static int schemaDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ - sqlite3_free(pVtab); - return 0; -} - -/* -** Table constructor for the schema module. -*/ -static int schemaCreate( - sqlite3 *db, - void *pAux, - int argc, const char *const*argv, - sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, - char **pzErr -){ - int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - schema_vtab *pVtab; - SchemaTable *pType = &aSchemaTable[0]; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pzErr); - if( argc>3 ){ - int i; - pType = 0; - for(i=0; aSchemaTable[i].zName; i++){ - if( 0==strcmp(argv[3], aSchemaTable[i].zName) ){ - pType = &aSchemaTable[i]; - } - } - if( !pType ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - } - - pVtab = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(schema_vtab)); - if( pVtab ){ - memset(pVtab, 0, sizeof(schema_vtab)); - pVtab->db = (sqlite3 *)pAux; - pVtab->pType = pType; - rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, pType->zSchema); - } - *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pVtab; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Open a new cursor on the schema table. -*/ -static int schemaOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ - int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - schema_cursor *pCur; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); - pCur = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(schema_cursor)); - if( pCur ){ - memset(pCur, 0, sizeof(schema_cursor)); - *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCur; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close a schema table cursor. -*/ -static int schemaClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ - schema_cursor *pCur = (schema_cursor *)cur; - sqlite3_finalize(pCur->pDbList); - sqlite3_finalize(pCur->pTableList); - sqlite3_finalize(pCur->pColumnList); - sqlite3_free(pCur); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -static void columnToResult(sqlite3_context *ctx, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int iCol){ - switch( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, iCol) ){ - case SQLITE_NULL: - sqlite3_result_null(ctx); - break; - case SQLITE_INTEGER: - sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, iCol)); - break; - case SQLITE_FLOAT: - sqlite3_result_double(ctx, sqlite3_column_double(pStmt, iCol)); - break; - case SQLITE_TEXT: { - const char *z = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol); - sqlite3_result_text(ctx, z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - break; - } - } -} - -/* -** Retrieve a column of data. -*/ -static int schemaColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ - schema_cursor *pCur = (schema_cursor *)cur; - switch( i ){ - case 0: - columnToResult(ctx, pCur->pDbList, 1); - break; - case 1: - columnToResult(ctx, pCur->pTableList, 0); - break; - default: - columnToResult(ctx, pCur->pColumnList, i-2); - break; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Retrieve the current rowid. -*/ -static int schemaRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ - schema_cursor *pCur = (schema_cursor *)cur; - *pRowid = pCur->rowid; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -static int finalize(sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){ - int rc = sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt); - *ppStmt = 0; - return rc; -} - -static int schemaEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ - schema_cursor *pCur = (schema_cursor *)cur; - return (pCur->pDbList ? 0 : 1); -} - -/* -** Advance the cursor to the next row. -*/ -static int schemaNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - schema_cursor *pCur = (schema_cursor *)cur; - schema_vtab *pVtab = (schema_vtab *)(cur->pVtab); - char *zSql = 0; - - while( !pCur->pColumnList || SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCur->pColumnList) ){ - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = finalize(&pCur->pColumnList)) ) goto next_exit; - - while( !pCur->pTableList || SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCur->pTableList) ){ - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = finalize(&pCur->pTableList)) ) goto next_exit; - - assert(pCur->pDbList); - while( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCur->pDbList) ){ - rc = finalize(&pCur->pDbList); - goto next_exit; - } - - /* Set zSql to the SQL to pull the list of tables from the - ** sqlite_master (or sqlite_temp_master) table of the database - ** identfied by the row pointed to by the SQL statement pCur->pDbList - ** (iterating through a "PRAGMA database_list;" statement). - */ - if( sqlite3_column_int(pCur->pDbList, 0)==1 ){ - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( - "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master WHERE type=%Q", - pVtab->pType->zObject - ); - }else{ - sqlite3_stmt *pDbList = pCur->pDbList; - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( - "SELECT name FROM %Q.sqlite_master WHERE type=%Q", - sqlite3_column_text(pDbList, 1), pVtab->pType->zObject - ); - } - if( !zSql ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto next_exit; - } - - rc = sqlite3_prepare(pVtab->db, zSql, -1, &pCur->pTableList, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto next_exit; - } - - /* Set zSql to the SQL to the table_info pragma for the table currently - ** identified by the rows pointed to by statements pCur->pDbList and - ** pCur->pTableList. - */ - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(pVtab->pType->zPragma, - sqlite3_column_text(pCur->pDbList, 1), - sqlite3_column_text(pCur->pTableList, 0) - ); - - if( !zSql ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto next_exit; - } - rc = sqlite3_prepare(pVtab->db, zSql, -1, &pCur->pColumnList, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto next_exit; - } - pCur->rowid++; - -next_exit: - /* TODO: Handle rc */ - return rc; -} - -/* -** Reset a schema table cursor. -*/ -static int schemaFilter( - sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, - int idxNum, const char *idxStr, - int argc, sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int rc; - schema_vtab *pVtab = (schema_vtab *)(pVtabCursor->pVtab); - schema_cursor *pCur = (schema_cursor *)pVtabCursor; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxNum); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); - pCur->rowid = 0; - finalize(&pCur->pTableList); - finalize(&pCur->pColumnList); - finalize(&pCur->pDbList); - rc = sqlite3_prepare(pVtab->db,"SELECT 0, 'main'", -1, &pCur->pDbList, 0); - return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? schemaNext(pVtabCursor) : rc); -} - -/* -** Analyse the WHERE condition. -*/ -static int schemaBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(tab); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdxInfo); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** A virtual table module that merely echos method calls into TCL -** variables. -*/ -static sqlite3_module schemaModule = { - 0, /* iVersion */ - schemaCreate, - schemaCreate, - schemaBestIndex, - schemaDestroy, - schemaDestroy, - schemaOpen, /* xOpen - open a cursor */ - schemaClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */ - schemaFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */ - schemaNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */ - schemaEof, /* xEof */ - schemaColumn, /* xColumn - read data */ - schemaRowid, /* xRowid - read data */ - 0, /* xUpdate */ - 0, /* xBegin */ - 0, /* xSync */ - 0, /* xCommit */ - 0, /* xRollback */ - 0, /* xFindMethod */ - 0, /* xRename */ -}; - -/* -** Extension load function. -*/ -static int installSchemaModule(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *sdb){ - sqlite3_create_module(db, "schema", &schemaModule, (void *)sdb); - return 0; -} - -/* -** sj(zValue, zJoin) -** -** The following block contains the implementation of an aggregate -** function that returns a string. Each time the function is stepped, -** it appends data to an internal buffer. When the aggregate is finalized, -** the contents of the buffer are returned. -** -** The first time the aggregate is stepped the buffer is set to a copy -** of the first argument. The second time and subsequent times it is -** stepped a copy of the second argument is appended to the buffer, then -** a copy of the first. -** -** Example: -** -** INSERT INTO t1(a) VALUES('1'); -** INSERT INTO t1(a) VALUES('2'); -** INSERT INTO t1(a) VALUES('3'); -** SELECT sj(a, ', ') FROM t1; -** -** => "1, 2, 3" -** -*/ -struct StrBuffer { - char *zBuf; -}; -typedef struct StrBuffer StrBuffer; -static void joinFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ - StrBuffer *p; - p = (StrBuffer *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(StrBuffer)); - sqlite3_result_text(context, p->zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3_free(p->zBuf); -} -static void joinStep( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - StrBuffer *p; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - p = (StrBuffer *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(StrBuffer)); - if( p->zBuf==0 ){ - p->zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])); - }else{ - char *zTmp = p->zBuf; - p->zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s%s", - zTmp, sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]), sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) - ); - sqlite3_free(zTmp); - } -} - -/* -** dq(zString) -** -** This scalar function accepts a single argument and interprets it as -** a text value. The return value is the argument enclosed in double -** quotes. If any double quote characters are present in the argument, -** these are escaped. -** -** dq('the raven "Nevermore."') == '"the raven ""Nevermore."""' -*/ -static void doublequote( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - int ii; - char *zOut; - char *zCsr; - const char *zIn = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); - int nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - zOut = sqlite3_malloc(nIn*2+3); - zCsr = zOut; - *zCsr++ = '"'; - for(ii=0; iinMalloc ){ - nMalloc = 16 + (nOut+nCopy)*2; - zOut = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(zOut, nMalloc); - } - assert( nMalloc>=(nOut+nCopy) ); - memcpy(&zOut[nOut], zCopy, nCopy); - i += nReplace; - nOut += nCopy; - } - - sqlite3_result_text(context, zOut, nOut, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); - sqlite3_free(zOut); -} - -/* -** A callback for sqlite3_exec() invokes the callback specified by the -** GenfkeyCb structure pointed to by the void* passed as the first argument. -*/ -static int invokeCallback(void *p, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){ - GenfkeyCb *pCb = (GenfkeyCb *)p; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(azCol); - return pCb->xData(pCb->pCtx, pCb->eType, azArg[0]); -} - -int detectSchemaProblem( - sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ - const char *zMessage, /* English language error message */ - const char *zSql, /* SQL statement to run */ - GenfkeyCb *pCb -){ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; - int rc; - rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ - char *zDel; - int iFk = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); - const char *zTab = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1); - zDel = sqlite3_mprintf("Error in table %s: %s", zTab, zMessage); - rc = pCb->xData(pCb->pCtx, pCb->eType, zDel); - sqlite3_free(zDel); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - zDel = sqlite3_mprintf( - "DELETE FROM temp.fkey WHERE from_tbl = %Q AND fkid = %d" - , zTab, iFk - ); - sqlite3_exec(db, zDel, 0, 0, 0); - sqlite3_free(zDel); - } - sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Create and populate temporary table "fkey". -*/ -static int populateTempTable(sqlite3 *db, GenfkeyCb *pCallback){ - int rc; - - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, - "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE temp.v_fkey USING schema(foreign_key_list);" - "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE temp.v_col USING schema(table_info);" - "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE temp.v_idxlist USING schema(index_list);" - "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE temp.v_idxinfo USING schema(index_info);" - "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE temp.v_triggers USING schema(trigger_list);" - "CREATE TABLE temp.fkey AS " - "SELECT from_tbl, to_tbl, fkid, from_col, to_col, on_update, on_delete " - "FROM temp.v_fkey WHERE database = 'main';" - , 0, 0, 0 - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - rc = detectSchemaProblem(db, "foreign key columns do not exist", - "SELECT fkid, from_tbl " - "FROM temp.fkey " - "WHERE to_col IS NOT NULL AND NOT EXISTS (SELECT 1 " - "FROM temp.v_col WHERE tablename=to_tbl AND name==to_col" - ")", pCallback - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* At this point the temp.fkey table is mostly populated. If any foreign - ** keys were specified so that they implicitly refer to they primary - ** key of the parent table, the "to_col" values of the temp.fkey rows - ** are still set to NULL. - ** - ** This is easily fixed for single column primary keys, but not for - ** composites. With a composite primary key, there is no way to reliably - ** query sqlite for the order in which the columns that make up the - ** composite key were declared i.e. there is no way to tell if the - ** schema actually contains "PRIMARY KEY(a, b)" or "PRIMARY KEY(b, a)". - ** Therefore, this case is not handled. The following function call - ** detects instances of this case. - */ - rc = detectSchemaProblem(db, "implicit mapping to composite primary key", - "SELECT fkid, from_tbl " - "FROM temp.fkey " - "WHERE to_col IS NULL " - "GROUP BY fkid, from_tbl HAVING count(*) > 1", pCallback - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Detect attempts to implicitly map to the primary key of a table - ** that has no primary key column. - */ - rc = detectSchemaProblem(db, "implicit mapping to non-existant primary key", - "SELECT fkid, from_tbl " - "FROM temp.fkey " - "WHERE to_col IS NULL AND NOT EXISTS " - "(SELECT 1 FROM temp.v_col WHERE pk AND tablename = temp.fkey.to_tbl)" - , pCallback - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Fix all the implicit primary key mappings in the temp.fkey table. */ - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, - "UPDATE temp.fkey SET to_col = " - "(SELECT name FROM temp.v_col WHERE pk AND tablename=temp.fkey.to_tbl)" - " WHERE to_col IS NULL;" - , 0, 0, 0 - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Now check that all all parent keys are either primary keys or - ** subject to a unique constraint. - */ - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, - "CREATE TABLE temp.idx2 AS SELECT " - "il.tablename AS tablename," - "ii.indexname AS indexname," - "ii.name AS col " - "FROM temp.v_idxlist AS il, temp.v_idxinfo AS ii " - "WHERE il.isunique AND il.database='main' AND ii.indexname = il.name;" - "INSERT INTO temp.idx2 " - "SELECT tablename, 'pk', name FROM temp.v_col WHERE pk;" - - "CREATE TABLE temp.idx AS SELECT " - "tablename, indexname, sj(dq(col),',') AS cols " - "FROM (SELECT * FROM temp.idx2 ORDER BY col) " - "GROUP BY tablename, indexname;" - - "CREATE TABLE temp.fkey2 AS SELECT " - "fkid, from_tbl, to_tbl, sj(dq(to_col),',') AS cols " - "FROM (SELECT * FROM temp.fkey ORDER BY to_col) " - "GROUP BY fkid, from_tbl;" - - "CREATE TABLE temp.triggers AS SELECT " - "triggername FROM temp.v_triggers WHERE database='main' AND " - "triggername LIKE 'genfkey%';" - , 0, 0, 0 - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - rc = detectSchemaProblem(db, "foreign key is not unique", - "SELECT fkid, from_tbl " - "FROM temp.fkey2 " - "WHERE NOT EXISTS (SELECT 1 " - "FROM temp.idx WHERE tablename=to_tbl AND fkey2.cols==idx.cols" - ")", pCallback - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - return rc; -} - -#define GENFKEY_ERROR 1 -#define GENFKEY_DROPTRIGGER 2 -#define GENFKEY_CREATETRIGGER 3 -static int genfkey_create_triggers( - sqlite3 *sdb, /* Connection to read schema from */ - const char *zDb, /* Name of db to read ("main", "temp") */ - void *pCtx, /* Context pointer to pass to xData */ - int (*xData)(void *, int, const char *) -){ - const char *zSql = - "SELECT multireplace('" - - "-- Triggers for foreign key mapping:\n" - "--\n" - "-- /from_readable/ REFERENCES /to_readable/\n" - "-- on delete /on_delete/\n" - "-- on update /on_update/\n" - "--\n" - - /* The "BEFORE INSERT ON " trigger. This trigger's job is to - ** throw an exception if the user tries to insert a row into the - ** referencing table for which there is no corresponding row in - ** the referenced table. - */ - "CREATE TRIGGER /name/_insert_referencing BEFORE INSERT ON /tbl/ WHEN \n" - " /key_notnull/ AND NOT EXISTS (SELECT 1 FROM /ref/ WHERE /cond1/)\n" - "BEGIN\n" - " SELECT RAISE(ABORT, ''constraint failed'');\n" - "END;\n" - - /* The "BEFORE UPDATE ON " trigger. This trigger's job - ** is to throw an exception if the user tries to update a row in the - ** referencing table causing it to correspond to no row in the - ** referenced table. - */ - "CREATE TRIGGER /name/_update_referencing BEFORE\n" - " UPDATE OF /rkey_list/ ON /tbl/ WHEN \n" - " /key_notnull/ AND \n" - " NOT EXISTS (SELECT 1 FROM /ref/ WHERE /cond1/)\n" - "BEGIN\n" - " SELECT RAISE(ABORT, ''constraint failed'');\n" - "END;\n" - - - /* The "BEFORE DELETE ON " trigger. This trigger's job - ** is to detect when a row is deleted from the referenced table to - ** which rows in the referencing table correspond. The action taken - ** depends on the value of the 'ON DELETE' clause. - */ - "CREATE TRIGGER /name/_delete_referenced BEFORE DELETE ON /ref/ WHEN\n" - " EXISTS (SELECT 1 FROM /tbl/ WHERE /cond2/)\n" - "BEGIN\n" - " /delete_action/\n" - "END;\n" - - /* The "BEFORE DELETE ON " trigger. This trigger's job - ** is to detect when the key columns of a row in the referenced table - ** to which one or more rows in the referencing table correspond are - ** updated. The action taken depends on the value of the 'ON UPDATE' - ** clause. - */ - "CREATE TRIGGER /name/_update_referenced AFTER\n" - " UPDATE OF /fkey_list/ ON /ref/ WHEN \n" - " EXISTS (SELECT 1 FROM /tbl/ WHERE /cond2/)\n" - "BEGIN\n" - " /update_action/\n" - "END;\n" - "'" - - /* These are used in the SQL comment written above each set of triggers */ - ", '/from_readable/', from_tbl || '(' || sj(from_col, ', ') || ')'" - ", '/to_readable/', to_tbl || '(' || sj(to_col, ', ') || ')'" - ", '/on_delete/', on_delete" - ", '/on_update/', on_update" - - ", '/name/', 'genfkey' || min(rowid)" - ", '/tbl/', dq(from_tbl)" - ", '/ref/', dq(to_tbl)" - ", '/key_notnull/', sj('new.' || dq(from_col) || ' IS NOT NULL', ' AND ')" - - ", '/fkey_list/', sj(to_col, ', ')" - ", '/rkey_list/', sj(from_col, ', ')" - - ", '/cond1/', sj(multireplace('new./from/ == /to/'" - ", '/from/', dq(from_col)" - ", '/to/', dq(to_col)" - "), ' AND ')" - ", '/cond2/', sj(multireplace('old./to/ == /from/'" - ", '/from/', dq(from_col)" - ", '/to/', dq(to_col)" - "), ' AND ')" - - ", '/update_action/', CASE on_update " - "WHEN 'SET NULL' THEN " - "multireplace('UPDATE /tbl/ SET /setlist/ WHERE /where/;' " - ", '/setlist/', sj(from_col||' = NULL',', ')" - ", '/tbl/', dq(from_tbl)" - ", '/where/', sj(from_col||' = old.'||dq(to_col),' AND ')" - ")" - "WHEN 'CASCADE' THEN " - "multireplace('UPDATE /tbl/ SET /setlist/ WHERE /where/;' " - ", '/setlist/', sj(dq(from_col)||' = new.'||dq(to_col),', ')" - ", '/tbl/', dq(from_tbl)" - ", '/where/', sj(dq(from_col)||' = old.'||dq(to_col),' AND ')" - ")" - "ELSE " - " 'SELECT RAISE(ABORT, ''constraint failed'');'" - "END " - - ", '/delete_action/', CASE on_delete " - "WHEN 'SET NULL' THEN " - "multireplace('UPDATE /tbl/ SET /setlist/ WHERE /where/;' " - ", '/setlist/', sj(from_col||' = NULL',', ')" - ", '/tbl/', dq(from_tbl)" - ", '/where/', sj(from_col||' = old.'||dq(to_col),' AND ')" - ")" - "WHEN 'CASCADE' THEN " - "multireplace('DELETE FROM /tbl/ WHERE /where/;' " - ", '/tbl/', dq(from_tbl)" - ", '/where/', sj(dq(from_col)||' = old.'||dq(to_col),' AND ')" - ")" - "ELSE " - " 'SELECT RAISE(ABORT, ''constraint failed'');'" - "END " - - ") FROM temp.fkey " - "GROUP BY from_tbl, fkid" - ; - - int rc; - const int enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - sqlite3 *db = 0; - - GenfkeyCb cb; - cb.xData = xData; - cb.pCtx = pCtx; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(zDb); - - /* Open the working database handle. */ - rc = sqlite3_open(":memory:", &db); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto genfkey_exit; - - /* Create the special scalar and aggregate functions used by this program. */ - sqlite3_create_function(db, "dq", 1, enc, 0, doublequote, 0, 0); - sqlite3_create_function(db, "multireplace", -1, enc, db, multireplace, 0, 0); - sqlite3_create_function(db, "sj", 2, enc, 0, 0, joinStep, joinFinalize); - - /* Install the "schema" virtual table module */ - installSchemaModule(db, sdb); - - /* Create and populate a temp table with the information required to - ** build the foreign key triggers. See function populateTempTable() - ** for details. - */ - cb.eType = GENFKEY_ERROR; - rc = populateTempTable(db, &cb); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto genfkey_exit; - - /* Unless the --no-drop option was specified, generate DROP TRIGGER - ** statements to drop any triggers in the database generated by a - ** previous run of this program. - */ - cb.eType = GENFKEY_DROPTRIGGER; - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, - "SELECT 'DROP TRIGGER main.' || dq(triggername) || ';' FROM triggers" - ,invokeCallback, (void *)&cb, 0 - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto genfkey_exit; - - /* Run the main query to create the trigger definitions. */ - cb.eType = GENFKEY_CREATETRIGGER; - rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, invokeCallback, (void *)&cb, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto genfkey_exit; - -genfkey_exit: - sqlite3_close(db); - return rc; -} - - -#endif -/* End genfkey logic. */ -/*************************************************************************/ -/*************************************************************************/ - -/* -** If the following flag is set, then command execution stops -** at an error if we are not interactive. -*/ -static int bail_on_error = 0; - -/* -** Threat stdin as an interactive input if the following variable -** is true. Otherwise, assume stdin is connected to a file or pipe. -*/ -static int stdin_is_interactive = 1; - -/* -** The following is the open SQLite database. We make a pointer -** to this database a static variable so that it can be accessed -** by the SIGINT handler to interrupt database processing. -*/ -static sqlite3 *db = 0; - -/* -** True if an interrupt (Control-C) has been received. -*/ -static volatile int seenInterrupt = 0; - -/* -** This is the name of our program. It is set in main(), used -** in a number of other places, mostly for error messages. -*/ -static char *Argv0; - -/* -** Prompt strings. Initialized in main. Settable with -** .prompt main continue -*/ -static char mainPrompt[20]; /* First line prompt. default: "sqlite> "*/ -static char continuePrompt[20]; /* Continuation prompt. default: " ...> " */ - -/* -** Write I/O traces to the following stream. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE -static FILE *iotrace = 0; -#endif - -/* -** This routine works like printf in that its first argument is a -** format string and subsequent arguments are values to be substituted -** in place of % fields. The result of formatting this string -** is written to iotrace. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE -static void iotracePrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *z; - if( iotrace==0 ) return; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - fprintf(iotrace, "%s", z); - sqlite3_free(z); -} -#endif - - -/* -** Determines if a string is a number of not. -*/ -static int isNumber(const char *z, int *realnum){ - if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z++; - if( !isdigit(*z) ){ - return 0; - } - z++; - if( realnum ) *realnum = 0; - while( isdigit(*z) ){ z++; } - if( *z=='.' ){ - z++; - if( !isdigit(*z) ) return 0; - while( isdigit(*z) ){ z++; } - if( realnum ) *realnum = 1; - } - if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){ - z++; - if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z++; - if( !isdigit(*z) ) return 0; - while( isdigit(*z) ){ z++; } - if( realnum ) *realnum = 1; - } - return *z==0; -} - -/* -** A global char* and an SQL function to access its current value -** from within an SQL statement. This program used to use the -** sqlite_exec_printf() API to substitue a string into an SQL statement. -** The correct way to do this with sqlite3 is to use the bind API, but -** since the shell is built around the callback paradigm it would be a lot -** of work. Instead just use this hack, which is quite harmless. -*/ -static const char *zShellStatic = 0; -static void shellstaticFunc( - sqlite3_context *context, - int argc, - sqlite3_value **argv -){ - assert( 0==argc ); - assert( zShellStatic ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); - sqlite3_result_text(context, zShellStatic, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); -} - - -/* -** This routine reads a line of text from FILE in, stores -** the text in memory obtained from malloc() and returns a pointer -** to the text. NULL is returned at end of file, or if malloc() -** fails. -** -** The interface is like "readline" but no command-line editing -** is done. -*/ -static char *local_getline(char *zPrompt, FILE *in){ - char *zLine; - int nLine; - int n; - int eol; - - if( zPrompt && *zPrompt ){ - printf("%s",zPrompt); - fflush(stdout); - } - nLine = 100; - zLine = malloc( nLine ); - if( zLine==0 ) return 0; - n = 0; - eol = 0; - while( !eol ){ - if( n+100>nLine ){ - nLine = nLine*2 + 100; - zLine = realloc(zLine, nLine); - if( zLine==0 ) return 0; - } - if( fgets(&zLine[n], nLine - n, in)==0 ){ - if( n==0 ){ - free(zLine); - return 0; - } - zLine[n] = 0; - eol = 1; - break; - } - while( zLine[n] ){ n++; } - if( n>0 && zLine[n-1]=='\n' ){ - n--; - zLine[n] = 0; - eol = 1; - } - } - zLine = realloc( zLine, n+1 ); - return zLine; -} - -/* -** Retrieve a single line of input text. -** -** zPrior is a string of prior text retrieved. If not the empty -** string, then issue a continuation prompt. -*/ -static char *one_input_line(const char *zPrior, FILE *in){ - char *zPrompt; - char *zResult; - if( in!=0 ){ - return local_getline(0, in); - } - if( zPrior && zPrior[0] ){ - zPrompt = continuePrompt; - }else{ - zPrompt = mainPrompt; - } - zResult = readline(zPrompt); -#if defined(HAVE_READLINE) && HAVE_READLINE==1 - if( zResult && *zResult ) add_history(zResult); -#endif - return zResult; -} - -struct previous_mode_data { - int valid; /* Is there legit data in here? */ - int mode; - int showHeader; - int colWidth[100]; -}; - -/* -** An pointer to an instance of this structure is passed from -** the main program to the callback. This is used to communicate -** state and mode information. -*/ -struct callback_data { - sqlite3 *db; /* The database */ - int echoOn; /* True to echo input commands */ - int cnt; /* Number of records displayed so far */ - FILE *out; /* Write results here */ - int mode; /* An output mode setting */ - int writableSchema; /* True if PRAGMA writable_schema=ON */ - int showHeader; /* True to show column names in List or Column mode */ - char *zDestTable; /* Name of destination table when MODE_Insert */ - char separator[20]; /* Separator character for MODE_List */ - int colWidth[100]; /* Requested width of each column when in column mode*/ - int actualWidth[100]; /* Actual width of each column */ - char nullvalue[20]; /* The text to print when a NULL comes back from - ** the database */ - struct previous_mode_data explainPrev; - /* Holds the mode information just before - ** .explain ON */ - char outfile[FILENAME_MAX]; /* Filename for *out */ - const char *zDbFilename; /* name of the database file */ -}; - -/* -** These are the allowed modes. -*/ -#define MODE_Line 0 /* One column per line. Blank line between records */ -#define MODE_Column 1 /* One record per line in neat columns */ -#define MODE_List 2 /* One record per line with a separator */ -#define MODE_Semi 3 /* Same as MODE_List but append ";" to each line */ -#define MODE_Html 4 /* Generate an XHTML table */ -#define MODE_Insert 5 /* Generate SQL "insert" statements */ -#define MODE_Tcl 6 /* Generate ANSI-C or TCL quoted elements */ -#define MODE_Csv 7 /* Quote strings, numbers are plain */ -#define MODE_Explain 8 /* Like MODE_Column, but do not truncate data */ - -static const char *modeDescr[] = { - "line", - "column", - "list", - "semi", - "html", - "insert", - "tcl", - "csv", - "explain", -}; - -/* -** Number of elements in an array -*/ -#define ArraySize(X) (int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])) - -/* -** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in -** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer. -*/ -static int strlen30(const char *z){ - const char *z2 = z; - while( *z2 ){ z2++; } - return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z); -} - -/* -** Output the given string as a quoted string using SQL quoting conventions. -*/ -static void output_quoted_string(FILE *out, const char *z){ - int i; - int nSingle = 0; - for(i=0; z[i]; i++){ - if( z[i]=='\'' ) nSingle++; - } - if( nSingle==0 ){ - fprintf(out,"'%s'",z); - }else{ - fprintf(out,"'"); - while( *z ){ - for(i=0; z[i] && z[i]!='\''; i++){} - if( i==0 ){ - fprintf(out,"''"); - z++; - }else if( z[i]=='\'' ){ - fprintf(out,"%.*s''",i,z); - z += i+1; - }else{ - fprintf(out,"%s",z); - break; - } - } - fprintf(out,"'"); - } -} - -/* -** Output the given string as a quoted according to C or TCL quoting rules. -*/ -static void output_c_string(FILE *out, const char *z){ - unsigned int c; - fputc('"', out); - while( (c = *(z++))!=0 ){ - if( c=='\\' ){ - fputc(c, out); - fputc(c, out); - }else if( c=='\t' ){ - fputc('\\', out); - fputc('t', out); - }else if( c=='\n' ){ - fputc('\\', out); - fputc('n', out); - }else if( c=='\r' ){ - fputc('\\', out); - fputc('r', out); - }else if( !isprint(c) ){ - fprintf(out, "\\%03o", c&0xff); - }else{ - fputc(c, out); - } - } - fputc('"', out); -} - -/* -** Output the given string with characters that are special to -** HTML escaped. -*/ -static void output_html_string(FILE *out, const char *z){ - int i; - while( *z ){ - for(i=0; z[i] && z[i]!='<' && z[i]!='&'; i++){} - if( i>0 ){ - fprintf(out,"%.*s",i,z); - } - if( z[i]=='<' ){ - fprintf(out,"<"); - }else if( z[i]=='&' ){ - fprintf(out,"&"); - }else{ - break; - } - z += i + 1; - } -} - -/* -** If a field contains any character identified by a 1 in the following -** array, then the string must be quoted for CSV. -*/ -static const char needCsvQuote[] = { - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, -}; - -/* -** Output a single term of CSV. Actually, p->separator is used for -** the separator, which may or may not be a comma. p->nullvalue is -** the null value. Strings are quoted using ANSI-C rules. Numbers -** appear outside of quotes. -*/ -static void output_csv(struct callback_data *p, const char *z, int bSep){ - FILE *out = p->out; - if( z==0 ){ - fprintf(out,"%s",p->nullvalue); - }else{ - int i; - int nSep = strlen30(p->separator); - for(i=0; z[i]; i++){ - if( needCsvQuote[((unsigned char*)z)[i]] - || (z[i]==p->separator[0] && - (nSep==1 || memcmp(z, p->separator, nSep)==0)) ){ - i = 0; - break; - } - } - if( i==0 ){ - putc('"', out); - for(i=0; z[i]; i++){ - if( z[i]=='"' ) putc('"', out); - putc(z[i], out); - } - putc('"', out); - }else{ - fprintf(out, "%s", z); - } - } - if( bSep ){ - fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator); - } -} - -#ifdef SIGINT -/* -** This routine runs when the user presses Ctrl-C -*/ -static void interrupt_handler(int NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - seenInterrupt = 1; - if( db ) sqlite3_interrupt(db); -} -#endif - -/* -** This is the callback routine that the SQLite library -** invokes for each row of a query result. -*/ -static int callback(void *pArg, int nArg, char **azArg, char **azCol){ - int i; - struct callback_data *p = (struct callback_data*)pArg; - switch( p->mode ){ - case MODE_Line: { - int w = 5; - if( azArg==0 ) break; - for(i=0; iw ) w = len; - } - if( p->cnt++>0 ) fprintf(p->out,"\n"); - for(i=0; iout,"%*s = %s\n", w, azCol[i], - azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue); - } - break; - } - case MODE_Explain: - case MODE_Column: { - if( p->cnt++==0 ){ - for(i=0; icolWidth) ){ - w = p->colWidth[i]; - }else{ - w = 0; - } - if( w<=0 ){ - w = strlen30(azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : ""); - if( w<10 ) w = 10; - n = strlen30(azArg && azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue); - if( wactualWidth) ){ - p->actualWidth[i] = w; - } - if( p->showHeader ){ - fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,azCol[i], i==nArg-1 ? "\n": " "); - } - } - if( p->showHeader ){ - for(i=0; iactualWidth) ){ - w = p->actualWidth[i]; - }else{ - w = 10; - } - fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w,"-----------------------------------" - "----------------------------------------------------------", - i==nArg-1 ? "\n": " "); - } - } - } - if( azArg==0 ) break; - for(i=0; iactualWidth) ){ - w = p->actualWidth[i]; - }else{ - w = 10; - } - if( p->mode==MODE_Explain && azArg[i] && - strlen30(azArg[i])>w ){ - w = strlen30(azArg[i]); - } - fprintf(p->out,"%-*.*s%s",w,w, - azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue, i==nArg-1 ? "\n": " "); - } - break; - } - case MODE_Semi: - case MODE_List: { - if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){ - for(i=0; iout,"%s%s",azCol[i], i==nArg-1 ? "\n" : p->separator); - } - } - if( azArg==0 ) break; - for(i=0; inullvalue; - fprintf(p->out, "%s", z); - if( iout, "%s", p->separator); - }else if( p->mode==MODE_Semi ){ - fprintf(p->out, ";\n"); - }else{ - fprintf(p->out, "\n"); - } - } - break; - } - case MODE_Html: { - if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){ - fprintf(p->out,""); - for(i=0; iout,"",azCol[i]); - } - fprintf(p->out,"\n"); - } - if( azArg==0 ) break; - fprintf(p->out,""); - for(i=0; iout,"\n"); - } - fprintf(p->out,"\n"); - break; - } - case MODE_Tcl: { - if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){ - for(i=0; iout,azCol[i] ? azCol[i] : ""); - fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator); - } - fprintf(p->out,"\n"); - } - if( azArg==0 ) break; - for(i=0; iout, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue); - fprintf(p->out, "%s", p->separator); - } - fprintf(p->out,"\n"); - break; - } - case MODE_Csv: { - if( p->cnt++==0 && p->showHeader ){ - for(i=0; iout,"\n"); - } - if( azArg==0 ) break; - for(i=0; iout,"\n"); - break; - } - case MODE_Insert: { - if( azArg==0 ) break; - fprintf(p->out,"INSERT INTO %s VALUES(",p->zDestTable); - for(i=0; i0 ? ",": ""; - if( azArg[i]==0 ){ - fprintf(p->out,"%sNULL",zSep); - }else if( isNumber(azArg[i], 0) ){ - fprintf(p->out,"%s%s",zSep, azArg[i]); - }else{ - if( zSep[0] ) fprintf(p->out,"%s",zSep); - output_quoted_string(p->out, azArg[i]); - } - } - fprintf(p->out,");\n"); - break; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Set the destination table field of the callback_data structure to -** the name of the table given. Escape any quote characters in the -** table name. -*/ -static void set_table_name(struct callback_data *p, const char *zName){ - int i, n; - int needQuote; - char *z; - - if( p->zDestTable ){ - free(p->zDestTable); - p->zDestTable = 0; - } - if( zName==0 ) return; - needQuote = !isalpha((unsigned char)*zName) && *zName!='_'; - for(i=n=0; zName[i]; i++, n++){ - if( !isalnum((unsigned char)zName[i]) && zName[i]!='_' ){ - needQuote = 1; - if( zName[i]=='\'' ) n++; - } - } - if( needQuote ) n += 2; - z = p->zDestTable = malloc( n+1 ); - if( z==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Out of memory!\n"); - exit(1); - } - n = 0; - if( needQuote ) z[n++] = '\''; - for(i=0; zName[i]; i++){ - z[n++] = zName[i]; - if( zName[i]=='\'' ) z[n++] = '\''; - } - if( needQuote ) z[n++] = '\''; - z[n] = 0; -} - -/* zIn is either a pointer to a NULL-terminated string in memory obtained -** from malloc(), or a NULL pointer. The string pointed to by zAppend is -** added to zIn, and the result returned in memory obtained from malloc(). -** zIn, if it was not NULL, is freed. -** -** If the third argument, quote, is not '\0', then it is used as a -** quote character for zAppend. -*/ -static char *appendText(char *zIn, char const *zAppend, char quote){ - int len; - int i; - int nAppend = strlen30(zAppend); - int nIn = (zIn?strlen30(zIn):0); - - len = nAppend+nIn+1; - if( quote ){ - len += 2; - for(i=0; iout, "DELETE FROM sqlite_sequence;\n"); - }else if( strcmp(zTable, "sqlite_stat1")==0 ){ - fprintf(p->out, "ANALYZE sqlite_master;\n"); - }else if( strncmp(zTable, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ - return 0; - }else if( strncmp(zSql, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE", 20)==0 ){ - char *zIns; - if( !p->writableSchema ){ - fprintf(p->out, "PRAGMA writable_schema=ON;\n"); - p->writableSchema = 1; - } - zIns = sqlite3_mprintf( - "INSERT INTO sqlite_master(type,name,tbl_name,rootpage,sql)" - "VALUES('table','%q','%q',0,'%q');", - zTable, zTable, zSql); - fprintf(p->out, "%s\n", zIns); - sqlite3_free(zIns); - return 0; - }else{ - fprintf(p->out, "%s;\n", zSql); - } - - if( strcmp(zType, "table")==0 ){ - sqlite3_stmt *pTableInfo = 0; - char *zSelect = 0; - char *zTableInfo = 0; - char *zTmp = 0; - - zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, "PRAGMA table_info(", 0); - zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, zTable, '"'); - zTableInfo = appendText(zTableInfo, ");", 0); - - rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zTableInfo, -1, &pTableInfo, 0); - if( zTableInfo ) free(zTableInfo); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pTableInfo ){ - return 1; - } - - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "SELECT 'INSERT INTO ' || ", 0); - zTmp = appendText(zTmp, zTable, '"'); - if( zTmp ){ - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, zTmp, '\''); - } - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, " || ' VALUES(' || ", 0); - rc = sqlite3_step(pTableInfo); - while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ - const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pTableInfo, 1); - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "quote(", 0); - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, zText, '"'); - rc = sqlite3_step(pTableInfo); - if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, ") || ',' || ", 0); - }else{ - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, ") ", 0); - } - } - rc = sqlite3_finalize(pTableInfo); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( zSelect ) free(zSelect); - return 1; - } - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, "|| ')' FROM ", 0); - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, zTable, '"'); - - rc = run_table_dump_query(p->out, p->db, zSelect); - if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){ - zSelect = appendText(zSelect, " ORDER BY rowid DESC", 0); - rc = run_table_dump_query(p->out, p->db, zSelect); - } - if( zSelect ) free(zSelect); - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Run zQuery. Use dump_callback() as the callback routine so that -** the contents of the query are output as SQL statements. -** -** If we get a SQLITE_CORRUPT error, rerun the query after appending -** "ORDER BY rowid DESC" to the end. -*/ -static int run_schema_dump_query( - struct callback_data *p, - const char *zQuery, - char **pzErrMsg -){ - int rc; - rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQuery, dump_callback, p, pzErrMsg); - if( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ){ - char *zQ2; - int len = strlen30(zQuery); - if( pzErrMsg ) sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg); - zQ2 = malloc( len+100 ); - if( zQ2==0 ) return rc; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zQ2), zQ2, "%s ORDER BY rowid DESC", zQuery); - rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zQ2, dump_callback, p, pzErrMsg); - free(zQ2); - } - return rc; -} - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) -struct GenfkeyCmd { - sqlite3 *db; /* Database handle */ - struct callback_data *pCb; /* Callback data */ - int isIgnoreErrors; /* True for --ignore-errors */ - int isExec; /* True for --exec */ - int isNoDrop; /* True for --no-drop */ - int nErr; /* Number of errors seen so far */ -}; -typedef struct GenfkeyCmd GenfkeyCmd; - -static int genfkeyParseArgs(GenfkeyCmd *p, char **azArg, int nArg){ - int ii; - memset(p, 0, sizeof(GenfkeyCmd)); - - for(ii=0; ii2 && n<10 && 0==strncmp(azArg[ii], "--no-drop", n) ){ - p->isNoDrop = 1; - }else if( n>2 && n<16 && 0==strncmp(azArg[ii], "--ignore-errors", n) ){ - p->isIgnoreErrors = 1; - }else if( n>2 && n<7 && 0==strncmp(azArg[ii], "--exec", n) ){ - p->isExec = 1; - }else{ - fprintf(stderr, "unknown option: %s\n", azArg[ii]); - return -1; - } - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -static int genfkeyCmdCb(void *pCtx, int eType, const char *z){ - GenfkeyCmd *p = (GenfkeyCmd *)pCtx; - if( eType==GENFKEY_ERROR && !p->isIgnoreErrors ){ - p->nErr++; - fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", z); - } - - if( p->nErr==0 && ( - (eType==GENFKEY_CREATETRIGGER) - || (eType==GENFKEY_DROPTRIGGER && !p->isNoDrop) - )){ - if( p->isExec ){ - sqlite3_exec(p->db, z, 0, 0, 0); - }else{ - char *zCol = "sql"; - callback((void *)p->pCb, 1, (char **)&z, (char **)&zCol); - } - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** Text of a help message -*/ -static char zHelp[] = - ".backup ?DB? FILE Backup DB (default \"main\") to FILE\n" - ".bail ON|OFF Stop after hitting an error. Default OFF\n" - ".databases List names and files of attached databases\n" - ".dump ?TABLE? ... Dump the database in an SQL text format\n" - ".echo ON|OFF Turn command echo on or off\n" - ".exit Exit this program\n" - ".explain ON|OFF Turn output mode suitable for EXPLAIN on or off.\n" -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) - ".genfkey ?OPTIONS? Options are:\n" - " --no-drop: Do not drop old fkey triggers.\n" - " --ignore-errors: Ignore tables with fkey errors\n" - " --exec: Execute generated SQL immediately\n" - " See file tool/genfkey.README in the source \n" - " distribution for further information.\n" -#endif - ".header(s) ON|OFF Turn display of headers on or off\n" - ".help Show this message\n" - ".import FILE TABLE Import data from FILE into TABLE\n" - ".indices TABLE Show names of all indices on TABLE\n" -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE - ".iotrace FILE Enable I/O diagnostic logging to FILE\n" -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - ".load FILE ?ENTRY? Load an extension library\n" -#endif - ".mode MODE ?TABLE? Set output mode where MODE is one of:\n" - " csv Comma-separated values\n" - " column Left-aligned columns. (See .width)\n" - " html HTML
%s
"); - output_html_string(p->out, azArg[i] ? azArg[i] : p->nullvalue); - fprintf(p->out,"
code\n" - " insert SQL insert statements for TABLE\n" - " line One value per line\n" - " list Values delimited by .separator string\n" - " tabs Tab-separated values\n" - " tcl TCL list elements\n" - ".nullvalue STRING Print STRING in place of NULL values\n" - ".output FILENAME Send output to FILENAME\n" - ".output stdout Send output to the screen\n" - ".prompt MAIN CONTINUE Replace the standard prompts\n" - ".quit Exit this program\n" - ".read FILENAME Execute SQL in FILENAME\n" - ".restore ?DB? FILE Restore content of DB (default \"main\") from FILE\n" - ".schema ?TABLE? Show the CREATE statements\n" - ".separator STRING Change separator used by output mode and .import\n" - ".show Show the current values for various settings\n" - ".tables ?PATTERN? List names of tables matching a LIKE pattern\n" - ".timeout MS Try opening locked tables for MS milliseconds\n" -#if HAS_TIMER - ".timer ON|OFF Turn the CPU timer measurement on or off\n" -#endif - ".width NUM NUM ... Set column widths for \"column\" mode\n" -; - -/* Forward reference */ -static int process_input(struct callback_data *p, FILE *in); - -/* -** Make sure the database is open. If it is not, then open it. If -** the database fails to open, print an error message and exit. -*/ -static void open_db(struct callback_data *p){ - if( p->db==0 ){ - sqlite3_open(p->zDbFilename, &p->db); - db = p->db; - if( db && sqlite3_errcode(db)==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_create_function(db, "shellstatic", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, - shellstaticFunc, 0, 0); - } - if( db==0 || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_errcode(db) ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Unable to open database \"%s\": %s\n", - p->zDbFilename, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - exit(1); - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - sqlite3_enable_load_extension(p->db, 1); -#endif - } -} - -/* -** Do C-language style dequoting. -** -** \t -> tab -** \n -> newline -** \r -> carriage return -** \NNN -> ascii character NNN in octal -** \\ -> backslash -*/ -static void resolve_backslashes(char *z){ - int i, j; - char c; - for(i=j=0; (c = z[i])!=0; i++, j++){ - if( c=='\\' ){ - c = z[++i]; - if( c=='n' ){ - c = '\n'; - }else if( c=='t' ){ - c = '\t'; - }else if( c=='r' ){ - c = '\r'; - }else if( c>='0' && c<='7' ){ - c -= '0'; - if( z[i+1]>='0' && z[i+1]<='7' ){ - i++; - c = (c<<3) + z[i] - '0'; - if( z[i+1]>='0' && z[i+1]<='7' ){ - i++; - c = (c<<3) + z[i] - '0'; - } - } - } - } - z[j] = c; - } - z[j] = 0; -} - -/* -** Interpret zArg as a boolean value. Return either 0 or 1. -*/ -static int booleanValue(char *zArg){ - int val = atoi(zArg); - int j; - for(j=0; zArg[j]; j++){ - zArg[j] = (char)tolower(zArg[j]); - } - if( strcmp(zArg,"on")==0 ){ - val = 1; - }else if( strcmp(zArg,"yes")==0 ){ - val = 1; - } - return val; -} - -/* -** If an input line begins with "." then invoke this routine to -** process that line. -** -** Return 1 on error, 2 to exit, and 0 otherwise. -*/ -static int do_meta_command(char *zLine, struct callback_data *p){ - int i = 1; - int nArg = 0; - int n, c; - int rc = 0; - char *azArg[50]; - - /* Parse the input line into tokens. - */ - while( zLine[i] && nArg=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "backup", n)==0 && nArg>1 ){ - const char *zDestFile; - const char *zDb; - sqlite3 *pDest; - sqlite3_backup *pBackup; - int rc; - if( nArg==2 ){ - zDestFile = azArg[1]; - zDb = "main"; - }else{ - zDestFile = azArg[2]; - zDb = azArg[1]; - } - rc = sqlite3_open(zDestFile, &pDest); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - fprintf(stderr, "Error: cannot open %s\n", zDestFile); - sqlite3_close(pDest); - return 1; - } - open_db(p); - pBackup = sqlite3_backup_init(pDest, "main", p->db, zDb); - if( pBackup==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(pDest)); - sqlite3_close(pDest); - return 1; - } - while( (rc = sqlite3_backup_step(pBackup,100))==SQLITE_OK ){} - sqlite3_backup_finish(pBackup); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(pDest)); - } - sqlite3_close(pDest); - }else - - if( c=='b' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "bail", n)==0 && nArg>1 ){ - bail_on_error = booleanValue(azArg[1]); - }else - - if( c=='d' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "databases", n)==0 ){ - struct callback_data data; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - open_db(p); - memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data)); - data.showHeader = 1; - data.mode = MODE_Column; - data.colWidth[0] = 3; - data.colWidth[1] = 15; - data.colWidth[2] = 58; - data.cnt = 0; - sqlite3_exec(p->db, "PRAGMA database_list; ", callback, &data, &zErrMsg); - if( zErrMsg ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - } - }else - - if( c=='d' && strncmp(azArg[0], "dump", n)==0 ){ - char *zErrMsg = 0; - open_db(p); - fprintf(p->out, "BEGIN TRANSACTION;\n"); - p->writableSchema = 0; - sqlite3_exec(p->db, "PRAGMA writable_schema=ON", 0, 0, 0); - if( nArg==1 ){ - run_schema_dump_query(p, - "SELECT name, type, sql FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type=='table'", 0 - ); - run_table_dump_query(p->out, p->db, - "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE sql NOT NULL AND type IN ('index','trigger','view')" - ); - }else{ - int i; - for(i=1; iout, p->db, - "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE sql NOT NULL" - " AND type IN ('index','trigger','view')" - " AND tbl_name LIKE shellstatic()" - ); - zShellStatic = 0; - } - } - if( p->writableSchema ){ - fprintf(p->out, "PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF;\n"); - p->writableSchema = 0; - } - sqlite3_exec(p->db, "PRAGMA writable_schema=OFF", 0, 0, 0); - if( zErrMsg ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - }else{ - fprintf(p->out, "COMMIT;\n"); - } - }else - - if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "echo", n)==0 && nArg>1 ){ - p->echoOn = booleanValue(azArg[1]); - }else - - if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "exit", n)==0 ){ - rc = 2; - }else - - if( c=='e' && strncmp(azArg[0], "explain", n)==0 ){ - int val = nArg>=2 ? booleanValue(azArg[1]) : 1; - if(val == 1) { - if(!p->explainPrev.valid) { - p->explainPrev.valid = 1; - p->explainPrev.mode = p->mode; - p->explainPrev.showHeader = p->showHeader; - memcpy(p->explainPrev.colWidth,p->colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth)); - } - /* We could put this code under the !p->explainValid - ** condition so that it does not execute if we are already in - ** explain mode. However, always executing it allows us an easy - ** was to reset to explain mode in case the user previously - ** did an .explain followed by a .width, .mode or .header - ** command. - */ - p->mode = MODE_Explain; - p->showHeader = 1; - memset(p->colWidth,0,ArraySize(p->colWidth)); - p->colWidth[0] = 4; /* addr */ - p->colWidth[1] = 13; /* opcode */ - p->colWidth[2] = 4; /* P1 */ - p->colWidth[3] = 4; /* P2 */ - p->colWidth[4] = 4; /* P3 */ - p->colWidth[5] = 13; /* P4 */ - p->colWidth[6] = 2; /* P5 */ - p->colWidth[7] = 13; /* Comment */ - }else if (p->explainPrev.valid) { - p->explainPrev.valid = 0; - p->mode = p->explainPrev.mode; - p->showHeader = p->explainPrev.showHeader; - memcpy(p->colWidth,p->explainPrev.colWidth,sizeof(p->colWidth)); - } - }else - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) - if( c=='g' && strncmp(azArg[0], "genfkey", n)==0 ){ - GenfkeyCmd cmd; - if( 0==genfkeyParseArgs(&cmd, &azArg[1], nArg-1) ){ - cmd.db = p->db; - cmd.pCb = p; - genfkey_create_triggers(p->db, "main", (void *)&cmd, genfkeyCmdCb); - } - }else -#endif - - if( c=='h' && (strncmp(azArg[0], "header", n)==0 || - strncmp(azArg[0], "headers", n)==0 )&& nArg>1 ){ - p->showHeader = booleanValue(azArg[1]); - }else - - if( c=='h' && strncmp(azArg[0], "help", n)==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr,"%s",zHelp); - }else - - if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "import", n)==0 && nArg>=3 ){ - char *zTable = azArg[2]; /* Insert data into this table */ - char *zFile = azArg[1]; /* The file from which to extract data */ - sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* A statement */ - int rc; /* Result code */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in the table */ - int nByte; /* Number of bytes in an SQL string */ - int i, j; /* Loop counters */ - int nSep; /* Number of bytes in p->separator[] */ - char *zSql; /* An SQL statement */ - char *zLine; /* A single line of input from the file */ - char **azCol; /* zLine[] broken up into columns */ - char *zCommit; /* How to commit changes */ - FILE *in; /* The input file */ - int lineno = 0; /* Line number of input file */ - - open_db(p); - nSep = strlen30(p->separator); - if( nSep==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "non-null separator required for import\n"); - return 0; - } - zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM '%q'", zTable); - if( zSql==0 ) return 0; - nByte = strlen30(zSql); - rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - sqlite3_free(zSql); - if( rc ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - nCol = 0; - rc = 1; - }else{ - nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); - } - sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - if( nCol==0 ) return 0; - zSql = malloc( nByte + 20 + nCol*2 ); - if( zSql==0 ) return 0; - sqlite3_snprintf(nByte+20, zSql, "INSERT INTO '%q' VALUES(?", zTable); - j = strlen30(zSql); - for(i=1; idb, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); - free(zSql); - if( rc ){ - fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); - sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - return 1; - } - in = fopen(zFile, "rb"); - if( in==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "cannot open file: %s\n", zFile); - sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); - return 0; - } - azCol = malloc( sizeof(azCol[0])*(nCol+1) ); - if( azCol==0 ){ - fclose(in); - return 0; - } - sqlite3_exec(p->db, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0); - zCommit = "COMMIT"; - while( (zLine = local_getline(0, in))!=0 ){ - char *z; - i = 0; - lineno++; - azCol[0] = zLine; - for(i=0, z=zLine; *z && *z!='\n' && *z!='\r'; z++){ - if( *z==p->separator[0] && strncmp(z, p->separator, nSep)==0 ){ - *z = 0; - i++; - if( idb, zCommit, 0, 0, 0); - }else - - if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "indices", n)==0 && nArg>1 ){ - struct callback_data data; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - open_db(p); - memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data)); - data.showHeader = 0; - data.mode = MODE_List; - zShellStatic = azArg[1]; - sqlite3_exec(p->db, - "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() " - "UNION ALL " - "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master " - "WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() " - "ORDER BY 1", - callback, &data, &zErrMsg - ); - zShellStatic = 0; - if( zErrMsg ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - } - }else - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE - if( c=='i' && strncmp(azArg[0], "iotrace", n)==0 ){ - extern void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...); - if( iotrace && iotrace!=stdout ) fclose(iotrace); - iotrace = 0; - if( nArg<2 ){ - sqlite3IoTrace = 0; - }else if( strcmp(azArg[1], "-")==0 ){ - sqlite3IoTrace = iotracePrintf; - iotrace = stdout; - }else{ - iotrace = fopen(azArg[1], "w"); - if( iotrace==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "cannot open \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]); - sqlite3IoTrace = 0; - }else{ - sqlite3IoTrace = iotracePrintf; - } - } - }else -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION - if( c=='l' && strncmp(azArg[0], "load", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){ - const char *zFile, *zProc; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - int rc; - zFile = azArg[1]; - zProc = nArg>=3 ? azArg[2] : 0; - open_db(p); - rc = sqlite3_load_extension(p->db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - rc = 1; - } - }else -#endif - - if( c=='m' && strncmp(azArg[0], "mode", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){ - int n2 = strlen30(azArg[1]); - if( strncmp(azArg[1],"line",n2)==0 - || - strncmp(azArg[1],"lines",n2)==0 ){ - p->mode = MODE_Line; - }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"column",n2)==0 - || - strncmp(azArg[1],"columns",n2)==0 ){ - p->mode = MODE_Column; - }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"list",n2)==0 ){ - p->mode = MODE_List; - }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"html",n2)==0 ){ - p->mode = MODE_Html; - }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"tcl",n2)==0 ){ - p->mode = MODE_Tcl; - }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"csv",n2)==0 ){ - p->mode = MODE_Csv; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, ","); - }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"tabs",n2)==0 ){ - p->mode = MODE_List; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, "\t"); - }else if( strncmp(azArg[1],"insert",n2)==0 ){ - p->mode = MODE_Insert; - if( nArg>=3 ){ - set_table_name(p, azArg[2]); - }else{ - set_table_name(p, "table"); - } - }else { - fprintf(stderr,"mode should be one of: " - "column csv html insert line list tabs tcl\n"); - } - }else - - if( c=='n' && strncmp(azArg[0], "nullvalue", n)==0 && nArg==2 ) { - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->nullvalue), p->nullvalue, - "%.*s", (int)ArraySize(p->nullvalue)-1, azArg[1]); - }else - - if( c=='o' && strncmp(azArg[0], "output", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){ - if( p->out!=stdout ){ - fclose(p->out); - } - if( strcmp(azArg[1],"stdout")==0 ){ - p->out = stdout; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->outfile), p->outfile, "stdout"); - }else{ - p->out = fopen(azArg[1], "wb"); - if( p->out==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr,"can't write to \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]); - p->out = stdout; - } else { - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->outfile), p->outfile, "%s", azArg[1]); - } - } - }else - - if( c=='p' && strncmp(azArg[0], "prompt", n)==0 && (nArg==2 || nArg==3)){ - if( nArg >= 2) { - strncpy(mainPrompt,azArg[1],(int)ArraySize(mainPrompt)-1); - } - if( nArg >= 3) { - strncpy(continuePrompt,azArg[2],(int)ArraySize(continuePrompt)-1); - } - }else - - if( c=='q' && strncmp(azArg[0], "quit", n)==0 ){ - rc = 2; - }else - - if( c=='r' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "read", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){ - FILE *alt = fopen(azArg[1], "rb"); - if( alt==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr,"can't open \"%s\"\n", azArg[1]); - }else{ - process_input(p, alt); - fclose(alt); - } - }else - - if( c=='r' && n>=3 && strncmp(azArg[0], "restore", n)==0 && nArg>1 ){ - const char *zSrcFile; - const char *zDb; - sqlite3 *pSrc; - sqlite3_backup *pBackup; - int rc; - int nTimeout = 0; - - if( nArg==2 ){ - zSrcFile = azArg[1]; - zDb = "main"; - }else{ - zSrcFile = azArg[2]; - zDb = azArg[1]; - } - rc = sqlite3_open(zSrcFile, &pSrc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - fprintf(stderr, "Error: cannot open %s\n", zSrcFile); - sqlite3_close(pSrc); - return 1; - } - open_db(p); - pBackup = sqlite3_backup_init(p->db, zDb, pSrc, "main"); - if( pBackup==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); - sqlite3_close(pSrc); - return 1; - } - while( (rc = sqlite3_backup_step(pBackup,100))==SQLITE_OK - || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - if( nTimeout++ >= 3 ) break; - sqlite3_sleep(100); - } - } - sqlite3_backup_finish(pBackup); - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){ - fprintf(stderr, "source database is busy\n"); - }else{ - fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); - } - sqlite3_close(pSrc); - }else - - if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "schema", n)==0 ){ - struct callback_data data; - char *zErrMsg = 0; - open_db(p); - memcpy(&data, p, sizeof(data)); - data.showHeader = 0; - data.mode = MODE_Semi; - if( nArg>1 ){ - int i; - for(i=0; azArg[1][i]; i++) azArg[1][i] = (char)tolower(azArg[1][i]); - if( strcmp(azArg[1],"sqlite_master")==0 ){ - char *new_argv[2], *new_colv[2]; - new_argv[0] = "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master (\n" - " type text,\n" - " name text,\n" - " tbl_name text,\n" - " rootpage integer,\n" - " sql text\n" - ")"; - new_argv[1] = 0; - new_colv[0] = "sql"; - new_colv[1] = 0; - callback(&data, 1, new_argv, new_colv); - }else if( strcmp(azArg[1],"sqlite_temp_master")==0 ){ - char *new_argv[2], *new_colv[2]; - new_argv[0] = "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master (\n" - " type text,\n" - " name text,\n" - " tbl_name text,\n" - " rootpage integer,\n" - " sql text\n" - ")"; - new_argv[1] = 0; - new_colv[0] = "sql"; - new_colv[1] = 0; - callback(&data, 1, new_argv, new_colv); - }else{ - zShellStatic = azArg[1]; - sqlite3_exec(p->db, - "SELECT sql FROM " - " (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name" - " FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL" - " SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name FROM sqlite_temp_master) " - "WHERE tbl_name LIKE shellstatic() AND type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL " - "ORDER BY substr(type,2,1), name", - callback, &data, &zErrMsg); - zShellStatic = 0; - } - }else{ - sqlite3_exec(p->db, - "SELECT sql FROM " - " (SELECT sql sql, type type, tbl_name tbl_name, name name" - " FROM sqlite_master UNION ALL" - " SELECT sql, type, tbl_name, name FROM sqlite_temp_master) " - "WHERE type!='meta' AND sql NOTNULL AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%'" - "ORDER BY substr(type,2,1), name", - callback, &data, &zErrMsg - ); - } - if( zErrMsg ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - } - }else - - if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "separator", n)==0 && nArg==2 ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->separator), p->separator, - "%.*s", (int)sizeof(p->separator)-1, azArg[1]); - }else - - if( c=='s' && strncmp(azArg[0], "show", n)==0){ - int i; - fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","echo", p->echoOn ? "on" : "off"); - fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","explain", p->explainPrev.valid ? "on" :"off"); - fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","headers", p->showHeader ? "on" : "off"); - fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","mode", modeDescr[p->mode]); - fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ", "nullvalue"); - output_c_string(p->out, p->nullvalue); - fprintf(p->out, "\n"); - fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: %s\n","output", - strlen30(p->outfile) ? p->outfile : "stdout"); - fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ", "separator"); - output_c_string(p->out, p->separator); - fprintf(p->out, "\n"); - fprintf(p->out,"%9.9s: ","width"); - for (i=0;i<(int)ArraySize(p->colWidth) && p->colWidth[i] != 0;i++) { - fprintf(p->out,"%d ",p->colWidth[i]); - } - fprintf(p->out,"\n"); - }else - - if( c=='t' && n>1 && strncmp(azArg[0], "tables", n)==0 ){ - char **azResult; - int nRow, rc; - char *zErrMsg; - open_db(p); - if( nArg==1 ){ - rc = sqlite3_get_table(p->db, - "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%'" - "UNION ALL " - "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master " - "WHERE type IN ('table','view') " - "ORDER BY 1", - &azResult, &nRow, 0, &zErrMsg - ); - }else{ - zShellStatic = azArg[1]; - rc = sqlite3_get_table(p->db, - "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master " - "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name LIKE '%'||shellstatic()||'%' " - "UNION ALL " - "SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master " - "WHERE type IN ('table','view') AND name LIKE '%'||shellstatic()||'%' " - "ORDER BY 1", - &azResult, &nRow, 0, &zErrMsg - ); - zShellStatic = 0; - } - if( zErrMsg ){ - fprintf(stderr,"Error: %s\n", zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int len, maxlen = 0; - int i, j; - int nPrintCol, nPrintRow; - for(i=1; i<=nRow; i++){ - if( azResult[i]==0 ) continue; - len = strlen30(azResult[i]); - if( len>maxlen ) maxlen = len; - } - nPrintCol = 80/(maxlen+2); - if( nPrintCol<1 ) nPrintCol = 1; - nPrintRow = (nRow + nPrintCol - 1)/nPrintCol; - for(i=0; i4 && strncmp(azArg[0], "timeout", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){ - open_db(p); - sqlite3_busy_timeout(p->db, atoi(azArg[1])); - }else - -#if HAS_TIMER - if( c=='t' && n>=5 && strncmp(azArg[0], "timer", n)==0 && nArg>1 ){ - enableTimer = booleanValue(azArg[1]); - }else -#endif - - if( c=='w' && strncmp(azArg[0], "width", n)==0 ){ - int j; - assert( nArg<=ArraySize(azArg) ); - for(j=1; jcolWidth); j++){ - p->colWidth[j-1] = atoi(azArg[j]); - } - }else - - - { - fprintf(stderr, "unknown command or invalid arguments: " - " \"%s\". Enter \".help\" for help\n", azArg[0]); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if a semicolon occurs anywhere in the first N characters -** of string z[]. -*/ -static int _contains_semicolon(const char *z, int N){ - int i; - for(i=0; iout); - free(zLine); - zLine = one_input_line(zSql, in); - if( zLine==0 ){ - break; /* We have reached EOF */ - } - if( seenInterrupt ){ - if( in!=0 ) break; - seenInterrupt = 0; - } - lineno++; - if( p->echoOn ) printf("%s\n", zLine); - if( (zSql==0 || zSql[0]==0) && _all_whitespace(zLine) ) continue; - if( zLine && zLine[0]=='.' && nSql==0 ){ - rc = do_meta_command(zLine, p); - if( rc==2 ){ - break; - }else if( rc ){ - errCnt++; - } - continue; - } - if( _is_command_terminator(zLine) && _is_complete(zSql, nSql) ){ - memcpy(zLine,";",2); - } - nSqlPrior = nSql; - if( zSql==0 ){ - int i; - for(i=0; zLine[i] && isspace((unsigned char)zLine[i]); i++){} - if( zLine[i]!=0 ){ - nSql = strlen30(zLine); - zSql = malloc( nSql+3 ); - if( zSql==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr, "out of memory\n"); - exit(1); - } - memcpy(zSql, zLine, nSql+1); - startline = lineno; - } - }else{ - int len = strlen30(zLine); - zSql = realloc( zSql, nSql + len + 4 ); - if( zSql==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr,"%s: out of memory!\n", Argv0); - exit(1); - } - zSql[nSql++] = '\n'; - memcpy(&zSql[nSql], zLine, len+1); - nSql += len; - } - if( zSql && _contains_semicolon(&zSql[nSqlPrior], nSql-nSqlPrior) - && sqlite3_complete(zSql) ){ - p->cnt = 0; - open_db(p); - BEGIN_TIMER; - rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zSql, callback, p, &zErrMsg); - END_TIMER; - if( rc || zErrMsg ){ - char zPrefix[100]; - if( in!=0 || !stdin_is_interactive ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zPrefix), zPrefix, - "SQL error near line %d:", startline); - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zPrefix), zPrefix, "SQL error:"); - } - if( zErrMsg!=0 ){ - printf("%s %s\n", zPrefix, zErrMsg); - sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); - zErrMsg = 0; - }else{ - printf("%s %s\n", zPrefix, sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); - } - errCnt++; - } - free(zSql); - zSql = 0; - nSql = 0; - } - } - if( zSql ){ - if( !_all_whitespace(zSql) ) fprintf(stderr, "Incomplete SQL: %s\n", zSql); - free(zSql); - } - free(zLine); - return errCnt; -} - -/* -** Return a pathname which is the user's home directory. A -** 0 return indicates an error of some kind. Space to hold the -** resulting string is obtained from malloc(). The calling -** function should free the result. -*/ -static char *find_home_dir(void){ - char *home_dir = NULL; - -#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) && !defined(__RTP__) && !defined(_WRS_KERNEL) - struct passwd *pwent; - uid_t uid = getuid(); - if( (pwent=getpwuid(uid)) != NULL) { - home_dir = pwent->pw_dir; - } -#endif - -#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) - /* Windows CE (arm-wince-mingw32ce-gcc) does not provide getenv() - */ - home_dir = strdup("/"); -#else - -#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__OS2__) - if (!home_dir) { - home_dir = getenv("USERPROFILE"); - } -#endif - - if (!home_dir) { - home_dir = getenv("HOME"); - } - -#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__OS2__) - if (!home_dir) { - char *zDrive, *zPath; - int n; - zDrive = getenv("HOMEDRIVE"); - zPath = getenv("HOMEPATH"); - if( zDrive && zPath ){ - n = strlen30(zDrive) + strlen30(zPath) + 1; - home_dir = malloc( n ); - if( home_dir==0 ) return 0; - sqlite3_snprintf(n, home_dir, "%s%s", zDrive, zPath); - return home_dir; - } - home_dir = "c:\\"; - } -#endif - -#endif /* !_WIN32_WCE */ - - if( home_dir ){ - int n = strlen30(home_dir) + 1; - char *z = malloc( n ); - if( z ) memcpy(z, home_dir, n); - home_dir = z; - } - - return home_dir; -} - -/* -** Read input from the file given by sqliterc_override. Or if that -** parameter is NULL, take input from ~/.sqliterc -*/ -static void process_sqliterc( - struct callback_data *p, /* Configuration data */ - const char *sqliterc_override /* Name of config file. NULL to use default */ -){ - char *home_dir = NULL; - const char *sqliterc = sqliterc_override; - char *zBuf = 0; - FILE *in = NULL; - int nBuf; - - if (sqliterc == NULL) { - home_dir = find_home_dir(); - if( home_dir==0 ){ -#if !defined(__RTP__) && !defined(_WRS_KERNEL) - fprintf(stderr,"%s: cannot locate your home directory!\n", Argv0); -#endif - return; - } - nBuf = strlen30(home_dir) + 16; - zBuf = malloc( nBuf ); - if( zBuf==0 ){ - fprintf(stderr,"%s: out of memory!\n", Argv0); - exit(1); - } - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf,"%s/.sqliterc",home_dir); - free(home_dir); - sqliterc = (const char*)zBuf; - } - in = fopen(sqliterc,"rb"); - if( in ){ - if( stdin_is_interactive ){ - printf("-- Loading resources from %s\n",sqliterc); - } - process_input(p,in); - fclose(in); - } - free(zBuf); - return; -} - -/* -** Show available command line options -*/ -static const char zOptions[] = - " -init filename read/process named file\n" - " -echo print commands before execution\n" - " -[no]header turn headers on or off\n" - " -bail stop after hitting an error\n" - " -interactive force interactive I/O\n" - " -batch force batch I/O\n" - " -column set output mode to 'column'\n" - " -csv set output mode to 'csv'\n" - " -html set output mode to HTML\n" - " -line set output mode to 'line'\n" - " -list set output mode to 'list'\n" - " -separator 'x' set output field separator (|)\n" - " -nullvalue 'text' set text string for NULL values\n" - " -version show SQLite version\n" -; -static void usage(int showDetail){ - fprintf(stderr, - "Usage: %s [OPTIONS] FILENAME [SQL]\n" - "FILENAME is the name of an SQLite database. A new database is created\n" - "if the file does not previously exist.\n", Argv0); - if( showDetail ){ - fprintf(stderr, "OPTIONS include:\n%s", zOptions); - }else{ - fprintf(stderr, "Use the -help option for additional information\n"); - } - exit(1); -} - -/* -** Initialize the state information in data -*/ -static void main_init(struct callback_data *data) { - memset(data, 0, sizeof(*data)); - data->mode = MODE_List; - memcpy(data->separator,"|", 2); - data->showHeader = 0; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(mainPrompt), mainPrompt,"sqlite> "); - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(continuePrompt), continuePrompt," ...> "); -} - -int main(int argc, char **argv){ - char *zErrMsg = 0; - struct callback_data data; - const char *zInitFile = 0; - char *zFirstCmd = 0; - int i; - int rc = 0; - - Argv0 = argv[0]; - main_init(&data); - stdin_is_interactive = isatty(0); - - /* Make sure we have a valid signal handler early, before anything - ** else is done. - */ -#ifdef SIGINT - signal(SIGINT, interrupt_handler); -#endif - - /* Do an initial pass through the command-line argument to locate - ** the name of the database file, the name of the initialization file, - ** and the first command to execute. - */ - for(i=1; i -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H -#include -#endif - -/* - * This macro is used to "hide" some ugliness in casting an int - * value to a ptr value under the MSVC 64-bit compiler. Casting - * non 64-bit values to ptr types results in a "hard" error with - * the MSVC 64-bit compiler which this attempts to avoid. - * - * A simple compiler pragma or casting sequence could not be found - * to correct this in all situations, so this macro was introduced. - * - * It could be argued that the intptr_t type could be used in this - * case, but that type is not available on all compilers, or - * requires the #include of specific headers which differs between - * platforms. - */ -#define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) -#define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) - -/* -** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the -** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks -** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops. -** -** Ticket #2739: The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any -** system #includes. Hence, this block of code must be the very first -** code in all source files. -** -** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch -** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling -** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work -** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0). If you compile on Red Hat 7.2 -** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel -** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary -** portability you should omit LFS. -** -** Similar is true for Mac OS X. LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS -# define _LARGE_FILE 1 -# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS -# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 -# endif -# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 -#endif - - -/* -** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as either 0 or 1. -** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. -** We support that for legacy -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) -#if defined(THREADSAFE) -# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE -#else -# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 -#endif -#endif - -/* -** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1. -** It determines whether or not the features related to -** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are available by default or not. This value can -** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 -#endif - -/* -** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to -** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. -** -** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc() -** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc() -** SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE // internal allocator #1 -** SQLITE_MMAP_HEAP_SIZE // internal mmap() allocator -** SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE // internal power-of-two allocator -** -** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as -** the default. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)+\ - defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE)+defined(SQLITE_MMAP_HEAP_SIZE)+\ - defined(SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE)>1 -# error "At most one of the following compile-time configuration options\ - is allows: SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG, SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE,\ - SQLITE_MMAP_HEAP_SIZE, SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE" -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)+\ - defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE)+defined(SQLITE_MMAP_HEAP_SIZE)+\ - defined(SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE)==0 -# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 -#endif - -/* -** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is defined, then try to keep the -** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) -# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024 -#endif - -/* -** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable -** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems. But Mac OS X is different. -** The _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X we are told, -** so it is omitted there. See ticket #2673. -** -** Later we learn that _XOPEN_SOURCE is poorly or incorrectly -** implemented on some systems. So we avoid defining it at all -** if it is already defined or if it is unneeded because we are -** not doing a threadsafe build. Ticket #2681. -** -** See also ticket #2741. -*/ -#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE -# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500 /* Needed to enable pthread recursive mutexes */ -#endif - -/* -** The TCL headers are only needed when compiling the TCL bindings. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_TCL) || defined(TCLSH) -# include -#endif - -/* -** Many people are failing to set -DNDEBUG=1 when compiling SQLite. -** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and run faster. So the following -** lines are added to automatically set NDEBUG unless the -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 -** option is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out -** feature. -*/ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# define NDEBUG 1 -#endif - -/* -** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When -** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to -** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to -** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted -** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple -** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase() -** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For -** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit -** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements -** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() -** can insure that all cases are evaluated. -** -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST - void sqlite3Coverage(int); -# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); } -#else -# define testcase(X) -#endif - -/* -** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or -** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments -** within testcase() and assert() macros. -*/ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) -# define TESTONLY(X) X -#else -# define TESTONLY(X) -#endif - -/* -** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which -** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such -** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they -** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience -** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" -** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first -** hint of unplanned behavior. -** -** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. -** -** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to -** be true and false so that the unreachable code then specify will -** not be counted as untested code. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) -# define ALWAYS(X) (1) -# define NEVER(X) (0) -#elif !defined(NDEBUG) - int sqlite3Assert(void); -# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:sqlite3Assert()) -# define NEVER(X) ((X)?sqlite3Assert():0) -#else -# define ALWAYS(X) (X) -# define NEVER(X) (X) -#endif - -/* -** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean -** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds -** a boolean expression that is usually true. GCC is able to -** use these hints to generate better code, sometimes. -*/ -#if defined(__GNUC__) && 0 -# define likely(X) __builtin_expect((X),1) -# define unlikely(X) __builtin_expect((X),0) -#else -# define likely(X) !!(X) -# define unlikely(X) !!(X) -#endif - -/* -** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization -** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to -** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore -** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for -** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the -** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -# define VVA_ONLY(X) X -#else -# define VVA_ONLY(X) -#endif - -#include "sqlite3.h" -#include "hash.h" -#include "parse.h" -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -/* -** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, -** substitute integer for floating-point -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -# define double sqlite_int64 -# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64 -# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL -# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (0x7fffffffffffffff) -# endif -# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1 -# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1 -# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL -# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99) -#endif - -/* -** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0 -** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler -** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB -#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1 -#else -#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0 -#endif - -/* -** If the following macro is set to 1, then NULL values are considered -** distinct when determining whether or not two entries are the same -** in a UNIQUE index. This is the way PostgreSQL, Oracle, DB2, MySQL, -** OCELOT, and Firebird all work. The SQL92 spec explicitly says this -** is the way things are suppose to work. -** -** If the following macro is set to 0, the NULLs are indistinct for -** a UNIQUE index. In this mode, you can only have a single NULL entry -** for a column declared UNIQUE. This is the way Informix and SQL Server -** work. -*/ -#define NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE 1 - -/* -** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever -** the VDBE-level file format changes. The following macros define the -** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format -** that the library can read. -*/ -#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4 -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 1 -#endif - -/* -** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified -** on the command-line -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE -# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1 -#endif - -/* -** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it -** ourselves. -*/ -#ifndef offsetof -#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD)) -#endif - -/* -** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC. (Yes, believe it or -** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.) -*/ -#if 'A' == '\301' -# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1 -#else -# define SQLITE_ASCII 1 -#endif - -/* -** Integers of known sizes. These typedefs might change for architectures -** where the sizes very. Preprocessor macros are available so that the -** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type. Like this: -** -** cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ... -*/ -#ifndef UINT32_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T -# define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t -# else -# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int -# endif -#endif -#ifndef UINT16_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T -# define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t -# else -# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int -# endif -#endif -#ifndef INT16_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T -# define INT16_TYPE int16_t -# else -# define INT16_TYPE short int -# endif -#endif -#ifndef UINT8_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T -# define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t -# else -# define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char -# endif -#endif -#ifndef INT8_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T -# define INT8_TYPE int8_t -# else -# define INT8_TYPE signed char -# endif -#endif -#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE -# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double -#endif -typedef sqlite_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ -typedef sqlite_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef UINT32_TYPE u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef UINT16_TYPE u16; /* 2-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef INT16_TYPE i16; /* 2-byte signed integer */ -typedef UINT8_TYPE u8; /* 1-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef INT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */ - -/* -** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, -** evaluated at runtime. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -const int sqlite3one = 1; -#else -extern const int sqlite3one; -#endif -#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)\ - || defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) -# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 0 -# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1 -# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16LE -#else -# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0) -# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1) -# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) -#endif - -/* -** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. -** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit -** compilers. -*/ -#define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) -#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) - -/* -** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used -** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures. -*/ -#define ROUND8(x) (((x)+7)&~7) - -/* -** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8 -*/ -#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7) - -/* -** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary. -*/ -#define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0) - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler -** callback for a given sqlite handle. -** -** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy -** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite -** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler -** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c. -*/ -typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler; -struct BusyHandler { - int (*xFunc)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */ - void *pArg; /* First arg to busy callback */ - int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */ -}; - -/* -** Name of the master database table. The master database table -** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all -** user tables and indices. -*/ -#define MASTER_NAME "sqlite_master" -#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME "sqlite_temp_master" - -/* -** The root-page of the master database table. -*/ -#define MASTER_ROOT 1 - -/* -** The name of the schema table. -*/ -#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME) - -/* -** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in -** an array. -*/ -#define ArraySize(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) - -/* -** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree(). -** This is an internal extension to SQLITE_STATIC and SQLITE_TRANSIENT. -*/ -#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3DbFree) - -/* -** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does -** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables. -** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from -** the heap. When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered -** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead. The SQLITE_WSD -** macro is used for this purpose. And instead of referencing the variable -** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated -** buffer that holds real variable. The constant is also the initializer -** for the run-time allocated buffer. -** -** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL -** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - #define SQLITE_WSD const - #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v))) - #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config) - int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J); - void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L); -#else - #define SQLITE_WSD - #define GLOBAL(t,v) v - #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config -#endif - -/* -** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to -** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately -** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when -** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the -** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the -** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate, -** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere. -** -** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function, -** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer. -** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to -** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options. -** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these -** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions. -*/ -#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) -#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y) - -/* -** Forward references to structures -*/ -typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo; -typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext; -typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec; -typedef struct RowSet RowSet; -typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq; -typedef struct Column Column; -typedef struct Db Db; -typedef struct Schema Schema; -typedef struct Expr Expr; -typedef struct ExprList ExprList; -typedef struct FKey FKey; -typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef; -typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash; -typedef struct IdList IdList; -typedef struct Index Index; -typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass; -typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo; -typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside; -typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot; -typedef struct Module Module; -typedef struct NameContext NameContext; -typedef struct Parse Parse; -typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint; -typedef struct Select Select; -typedef struct SrcList SrcList; -typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum; -typedef struct Table Table; -typedef struct TableLock TableLock; -typedef struct Token Token; -typedef struct TriggerStack TriggerStack; -typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep; -typedef struct Trigger Trigger; -typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord; -typedef struct Walker Walker; -typedef struct WherePlan WherePlan; -typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; -typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel; - -/* -** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and -** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque -** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above. -*/ -#include "btree.h" -#include "vdbe.h" -#include "pager.h" -#include "pcache.h" - -#include "os.h" -#include "mutex.h" - - -/* -** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance -** of the following structure. There are normally two of these structures -** in the sqlite.aDb[] array. aDb[0] is the main database file and -** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables. Additional -** databases may be attached. -*/ -struct Db { - char *zName; /* Name of this database */ - Btree *pBt; /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */ - u8 inTrans; /* 0: not writable. 1: Transaction. 2: Checkpoint */ - u8 safety_level; /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */ - void *pAux; /* Auxiliary data. Usually NULL */ - void (*xFreeAux)(void*); /* Routine to free pAux */ - Schema *pSchema; /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema. -** -** If there are no virtual tables configured in this schema, the -** Schema.db variable is set to NULL. After the first virtual table -** has been added, it is set to point to the database connection -** used to create the connection. Once a virtual table has been -** added to the Schema structure and the Schema.db variable populated, -** only that database connection may use the Schema to prepare -** statements. -*/ -struct Schema { - int schema_cookie; /* Database schema version number for this file */ - Hash tblHash; /* All tables indexed by name */ - Hash idxHash; /* All (named) indices indexed by name */ - Hash trigHash; /* All triggers indexed by name */ - Hash aFKey; /* Foreign keys indexed by to-table */ - Table *pSeqTab; /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */ - u8 file_format; /* Schema format version for this file */ - u8 enc; /* Text encoding used by this database */ - u16 flags; /* Flags associated with this schema */ - int cache_size; /* Number of pages to use in the cache */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - sqlite3 *db; /* "Owner" connection. See comment above */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the -** Db.flags field. -*/ -#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P)) -#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0) -#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P) -#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P) - -/* -** Allowed values for the DB.flags field. -** -** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been -** read into internal hash tables. -** -** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that -** have been filled out. If the schema changes, these column names might -** changes and so the view will need to be reset. -*/ -#define DB_SchemaLoaded 0x0001 /* The schema has been loaded */ -#define DB_UnresetViews 0x0002 /* Some views have defined column names */ -#define DB_Empty 0x0004 /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */ - -/* -** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited -** using the sqlite3_limit() interface. -*/ -#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER+1) - -/* -** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used -** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects -** associated with a particular database connection. The use of -** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement -** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing -** SQL statements. -** -** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the -** lookaside malloc subsystem. Each available memory allocation in -** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot -** objects. -** -** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated -** with a particular database connection. Hence, schema information cannot -** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information -** is shared by multiple database connections. Therefore, while parsing -** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that -** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects. -*/ -struct Lookaside { - u16 sz; /* Size of each buffer in bytes */ - u8 bEnabled; /* False to disable new lookaside allocations */ - u8 bMalloced; /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */ - int nOut; /* Number of buffers currently checked out */ - int mxOut; /* Highwater mark for nOut */ - LookasideSlot *pFree; /* List of available buffers */ - void *pStart; /* First byte of available memory space */ - void *pEnd; /* First byte past end of available space */ -}; -struct LookasideSlot { - LookasideSlot *pNext; /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */ -}; - -/* -** A hash table for function definitions. -** -** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots. -** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain. -*/ -struct FuncDefHash { - FuncDef *a[23]; /* Hash table for functions */ -}; - -/* -** Each database is an instance of the following structure. -** -** The sqlite.lastRowid records the last insert rowid generated by an -** insert statement. Inserts on views do not affect its value. Each -** trigger has its own context, so that lastRowid can be updated inside -** triggers as usual. The previous value will be restored once the trigger -** exits. Upon entering a before or instead of trigger, lastRowid is no -** longer (since after version 2.8.12) reset to -1. -** -** The sqlite.nChange does not count changes within triggers and keeps no -** context. It is reset at start of sqlite3_exec. -** The sqlite.lsChange represents the number of changes made by the last -** insert, update, or delete statement. It remains constant throughout the -** length of a statement and is then updated by OP_SetCounts. It keeps a -** context stack just like lastRowid so that the count of changes -** within a trigger is not seen outside the trigger. Changes to views do not -** affect the value of lsChange. -** The sqlite.csChange keeps track of the number of current changes (since -** the last statement) and is used to update sqlite_lsChange. -** -** The member variables sqlite.errCode, sqlite.zErrMsg and sqlite.zErrMsg16 -** store the most recent error code and, if applicable, string. The -** internal function sqlite3Error() is used to set these variables -** consistently. -*/ -struct sqlite3 { - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS Interface */ - int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */ - Db *aDb; /* All backends */ - int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */ - int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ - int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */ - int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */ - u8 autoCommit; /* The auto-commit flag. */ - u8 temp_store; /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */ - u8 mallocFailed; /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */ - u8 dfltLockMode; /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */ - u8 dfltJournalMode; /* Default journal mode for attached dbs */ - signed char nextAutovac; /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */ - int nextPagesize; /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */ - int nTable; /* Number of tables in the database */ - CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */ - i64 lastRowid; /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */ - i64 priorNewRowid; /* Last randomly generated ROWID */ - u32 magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */ - int nChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */ - int nTotalChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */ - int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT]; /* Limits */ - struct sqlite3InitInfo { /* Information used during initialization */ - int iDb; /* When back is being initialized */ - int newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */ - u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */ - } init; - int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */ - void **aExtension; /* Array of shared library handles */ - struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */ - int activeVdbeCnt; /* Number of VDBEs currently executing */ - int writeVdbeCnt; /* Number of active VDBEs that are writing */ - void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Trace function */ - void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */ - void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */ - void *pProfileArg; /* Argument to profile function */ - void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */ - int (*xCommitCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ - void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */ - void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ - void *pUpdateArg; - void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64); - void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*); - void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*); - void *pCollNeededArg; - sqlite3_value *pErr; /* Most recent error message */ - char *zErrMsg; /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */ - char *zErrMsg16; /* Most recent error message (UTF-16 encoded) */ - union { - volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */ - double notUsed1; /* Spacer */ - } u1; - Lookaside lookaside; /* Lookaside malloc configuration */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION - int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); - /* Access authorization function */ - void *pAuthArg; /* 1st argument to the access auth function */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK - int (*xProgress)(void *); /* The progress callback */ - void *pProgressArg; /* Argument to the progress callback */ - int nProgressOps; /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - Hash aModule; /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */ - Table *pVTab; /* vtab with active Connect/Create method */ - sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */ - int nVTrans; /* Allocated size of aVTrans */ -#endif - FuncDefHash aFunc; /* Hash table of connection functions */ - Hash aCollSeq; /* All collating sequences */ - BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */ - int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */ - Db aDbStatic[2]; /* Static space for the 2 default backends */ -#ifdef SQLITE_SSE - sqlite3_stmt *pFetch; /* Used by SSE to fetch stored statements */ -#endif - Savepoint *pSavepoint; /* List of active savepoints */ - int nSavepoint; /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */ - int nStatement; /* Number of nested statement-transactions */ - u8 isTransactionSavepoint; /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY - /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER - ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. - ** - ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to - ** unlock so that it can proceed. - ** - ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried - ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks - ** held by Y. - */ - sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */ - sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection; /* Connection to watch for unlock */ - void *pUnlockArg; /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */ - void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int); /* Unlock notify callback */ - sqlite3 *pNextBlocked; /* Next in list of all blocked connections */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** A macro to discover the encoding of a database. -*/ -#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc) - -/* -** Possible values for the sqlite.flags and or Db.flags fields. -** -** On sqlite.flags, the SQLITE_InTrans value means that we have -** executed a BEGIN. On Db.flags, SQLITE_InTrans means a statement -** transaction is active on that particular database file. -*/ -#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace 0x00000001 /* True to trace VDBE execution */ -#define SQLITE_InTrans 0x00000008 /* True if in a transaction */ -#define SQLITE_InternChanges 0x00000010 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */ -#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000020 /* Show full column names on SELECT */ -#define SQLITE_ShortColNames 0x00000040 /* Show short columns names */ -#define SQLITE_CountRows 0x00000080 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */ - /* DELETE, or UPDATE and return */ - /* the count using a callback. */ -#define SQLITE_NullCallback 0x00000100 /* Invoke the callback once if the */ - /* result set is empty */ -#define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x00000200 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */ -#define SQLITE_VdbeListing 0x00000400 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */ -#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00000800 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */ -#define SQLITE_NoReadlock 0x00001000 /* Readlocks are omitted when - ** accessing read-only databases */ -#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00002000 /* Do not enforce check constraints */ -#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x00004000 /* For shared-cache mode */ -#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00008000 /* Create new databases in format 1 */ -#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00010000 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ -#define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x00020000 /* Enable load_extension */ - -#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00040000 /* Ignore schema errors */ -#define SQLITE_SharedCache 0x00080000 /* Cache sharing is enabled */ -#define SQLITE_CommitBusy 0x00200000 /* In the process of committing */ -#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder 0x00400000 /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */ - -/* -** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field. -** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other -** than being distinct from one another. -*/ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN 0xa029a697 /* Database is open */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED 0x9f3c2d33 /* Database is closed */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK 0x4b771290 /* Error and awaiting close */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY 0xf03b7906 /* Database currently in use */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR 0xb5357930 /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */ - -/* -** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following -** structure. A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc -** hash table. When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table -** points to a linked list of these structures. -*/ -struct FuncDef { - i16 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */ - u8 iPrefEnc; /* Preferred text encoding (SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */ - u8 flags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */ - void *pUserData; /* User data parameter */ - FuncDef *pNext; /* Next function with same name */ - void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */ - void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */ - void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Aggregate finalizer */ - char *zName; /* SQL name of the function. */ - FuncDef *pHash; /* Next with a different name but the same hash */ -}; - -/* -** Possible values for FuncDef.flags -*/ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x01 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x02 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x04 /* Ephemeral. Delete with VDBE */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x08 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_PRIVATE 0x10 /* Allowed for internal use only */ -#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x20 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */ - -/* -** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are -** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures. -** -** FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) -** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName -** implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The -** value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available -** as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If -** argument bNC is true, then the FuncDef.needCollate flag is set. -** -** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal) -** Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by -** the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters -** are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to -** FUNCTION(). -** -** LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags) -** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName -** that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C -** function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made -** available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The -** FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags -** parameter. -*/ -#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*8, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0} -#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*8, pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0} -#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, flags, (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0} -#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \ - {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, nc*8, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0} - -/* -** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at -** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently -** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe -** OP_Savepoint instruction. -*/ -struct Savepoint { - char *zName; /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */ - Savepoint *pNext; /* Parent savepoint (if any) */ -}; - -/* -** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(), -** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction. -*/ -#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN 0 -#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE 1 -#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK 2 - - -/* -** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an -** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule -** hash table. -*/ -struct Module { - const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Callback pointers */ - const char *zName; /* Name passed to create_module() */ - void *pAux; /* pAux passed to create_module() */ - void (*xDestroy)(void *); /* Module destructor function */ -}; - -/* -** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance -** of this structure. -*/ -struct Column { - char *zName; /* Name of this column */ - Expr *pDflt; /* Default value of this column */ - char *zType; /* Data type for this column */ - char *zColl; /* Collating sequence. If NULL, use the default */ - u8 notNull; /* True if there is a NOT NULL constraint */ - u8 isPrimKey; /* True if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY */ - char affinity; /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - u8 isHidden; /* True if this column is 'hidden' */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following -** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and -** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence. -** -** There may two separate implementations of the collation function, one -** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that -** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine -** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects -** the version that will require the least expensive encoding -** translations, if any. -** -** The CollSeq.pUser member variable is an extra parameter that passed in -** as the first argument to the UTF-8 comparison function, xCmp. -** CollSeq.pUser16 is the equivalent for the UTF-16 comparison function, -** xCmp16. -** -** If both CollSeq.xCmp and CollSeq.xCmp16 are NULL, it means that the -** collating sequence is undefined. Indices built on an undefined -** collating sequence may not be read or written. -*/ -struct CollSeq { - char *zName; /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */ - u8 enc; /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */ - u8 type; /* One of the SQLITE_COLL_... values below */ - void *pUser; /* First argument to xCmp() */ - int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*); - void (*xDel)(void*); /* Destructor for pUser */ -}; - -/* -** Allowed values of CollSeq.type: -*/ -#define SQLITE_COLL_BINARY 1 /* The default memcmp() collating sequence */ -#define SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE 2 /* The built-in NOCASE collating sequence */ -#define SQLITE_COLL_REVERSE 3 /* The built-in REVERSE collating sequence */ -#define SQLITE_COLL_USER 0 /* Any other user-defined collating sequence */ - -/* -** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC. -*/ -#define SQLITE_SO_ASC 0 /* Sort in ascending order */ -#define SQLITE_SO_DESC 1 /* Sort in ascending order */ - -/* -** Column affinity types. -** -** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and -** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT. But we can save a little space and improve -** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively. -** -** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'. That way, -** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and -** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable. -** -** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing -** for a numeric type is a single comparison. -*/ -#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 'a' -#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE 'b' -#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC 'c' -#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER 'd' -#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL 'e' - -#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X) ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC) - -/* -** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an -** affinity value. -*/ -#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK 0x67 - -/* -** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without -** changing the affinity. -*/ -#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 0x08 /* jumps if either operand is NULL */ -#define SQLITE_STOREP2 0x10 /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */ - -/* -** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the -** following structure. -** -** Table.zName is the name of the table. The case of the original -** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for -** comparisons. -** -** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table. Table.aCol is a -** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column. -** -** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of -** the column that is that key. Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative. Note -** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to -** be set. An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of -** the table. If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid -** is generated for each row of the table. TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if -** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise. -** -** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the -** database file. If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend -** in sqlite.aDb[]. 0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that -** holds temporary tables and indices. If TF_Ephemeral is set -** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted -** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed. In this case Table.tnum -** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root -** page number. Transient tables are used to hold the results of a -** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause -** of a SELECT statement. -*/ -struct Table { - sqlite3 *dbMem; /* DB connection used for lookaside allocations. */ - char *zName; /* Name of the table or view */ - int iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */ - Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */ - Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */ - int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */ - Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */ - u16 nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ - u8 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */ - u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */ - FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */ - char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK - Expr *pCheck; /* The AND of all CHECK constraints */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE - int addColOffset; /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */ -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE - Module *pMod; /* Pointer to the implementation of the module */ - sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to the module instance */ - int nModuleArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */ - char **azModuleArg; /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */ -#endif - Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */ - Schema *pSchema; /* Schema that contains this table */ - Table *pNextZombie; /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */ -}; - -/* -** Allowed values for Tabe.tabFlags. -*/ -#define TF_Readonly 0x01 /* Read-only system table */ -#define TF_Ephemeral 0x02 /* An ephemeral table */ -#define TF_HasPrimaryKey 0x04 /* Table has a primary key */ -#define TF_Autoincrement 0x08 /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */ -#define TF_Virtual 0x10 /* Is a virtual table */ -#define TF_NeedMetadata 0x20 /* aCol[].zType and aCol[].pColl missing */ - - - -/* -** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table. This is -** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual -** table support is omitted from the build. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE -# define IsVirtual(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0) -# define IsHiddenColumn(X) ((X)->isHidden) -#else -# define IsVirtual(X) 0 -# define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0 -#endif - -/* -** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure. -** -** A foreign key is associated with two tables. The "from" table is -** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign -** key. The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause. -** Consider this example: -** -** CREATE TABLE ex1( -** a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, -** b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x) -** ); -** -** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2". -** -** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure -** which is attached to the from-table. The to-table need not exist when -** the from-table is created. The existence of the to-table is not checked -** until an attempt is made to insert data into the from-table. -** -** The sqlite.aFKey hash table stores pointers to this structure -** given the name of a to-table. For each to-table, all foreign keys -** associated with that table are on a linked list using the FKey.pNextTo -** field. -*/ -struct FKey { - Table *pFrom; /* The table that contains the REFERENCES clause */ - FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next foreign key in pFrom */ - char *zTo; /* Name of table that the key points to */ - FKey *pNextTo; /* Next foreign key that points to zTo */ - int nCol; /* Number of columns in this key */ - struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */ - int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */ - char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */ - } *aCol; /* One entry for each of nCol column s */ - u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */ - u8 updateConf; /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on UPDATE */ - u8 deleteConf; /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on DELETE */ - u8 insertConf; /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on INSERT */ -}; - -/* -** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint -** error. ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation -** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction -** to be rolled back. ABORT processing means the operation in process -** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out, -** but the transaction is not rolled back. FAIL processing means that -** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code. But prior -** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback -** occurs. IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint -** error is not inserted or updated. Processing continues and no error -** is returned. REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused -** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or -** update can proceed. Processing continues and no error is reported. -** -** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys. -** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the -** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys. SETNULL means that the foreign -** key is set to NULL. CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the -** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the -** foreign key. -** -** The following symbolic values are used to record which type -** of action to take. -*/ -#define OE_None 0 /* There is no constraint to check */ -#define OE_Rollback 1 /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */ -#define OE_Abort 2 /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */ -#define OE_Fail 3 /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */ -#define OE_Ignore 4 /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */ -#define OE_Replace 5 /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */ - -#define OE_Restrict 6 /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */ -#define OE_SetNull 7 /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */ -#define OE_SetDflt 8 /* Set the foreign key value to its default */ -#define OE_Cascade 9 /* Cascade the changes */ - -#define OE_Default 99 /* Do whatever the default action is */ - - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first -** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the -** comparison of the two index keys. -*/ -struct KeyInfo { - sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ - u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the TEXT_Utf* values */ - u16 nField; /* Number of entries in aColl[] */ - u8 *aSortOrder; /* If defined an aSortOrder[i] is true, sort DESC */ - CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure holds information about a -** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual -** values. -** -** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data. -** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store -** the key of an index. A blob encoding of a record is created by -** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the -** OP_Column opcode. -** -** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled -** into its constituent fields. -*/ -struct UnpackedRecord { - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collation and sort-order information */ - u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */ - u16 flags; /* Boolean settings. UNPACKED_... below */ - Mem *aMem; /* Values */ -}; - -/* -** Allowed values of UnpackedRecord.flags -*/ -#define UNPACKED_NEED_FREE 0x0001 /* Memory is from sqlite3Malloc() */ -#define UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY 0x0002 /* apMem[]s should all be destroyed */ -#define UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID 0x0004 /* Ignore trailing rowid on key1 */ -#define UNPACKED_INCRKEY 0x0008 /* Make this key an epsilon larger */ -#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH 0x0010 /* A prefix match is considered OK */ - -/* -** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an -** instance of the following structure. -** -** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described -** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure. For example, suppose -** we have the following table and index: -** -** CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text); -** CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1); -** -** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are -** three columns in the table. In the Index structure describing -** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed. -** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the -** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[]. -** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in -** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0. -** -** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns -** must be unique and what to do if they are not. When Index.onError=OE_None, -** it means this is not a unique index. Otherwise it is a unique index -** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution -** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique -** element. -*/ -struct Index { - char *zName; /* Name of this index */ - int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the table used by this index */ - int *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */ - unsigned *aiRowEst; /* Result of ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */ - Table *pTable; /* The SQL table being indexed */ - int tnum; /* Page containing root of this index in database file */ - u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ - u8 autoIndex; /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */ - char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ - Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */ - Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */ - u8 *aSortOrder; /* Array of size Index.nColumn. True==DESC, False==ASC */ - char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ -}; - -/* -** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of -** this structure. Tokens are also used as part of an expression. -** -** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and -** may contain random values. Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn -** and Token.n when Token.z==0. -*/ -struct Token { - const unsigned char *z; /* Text of the token. Not NULL-terminated! */ - unsigned dyn : 1; /* True for malloced memory, false for static */ - unsigned n : 31; /* Number of characters in this token */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate -** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions. -** -** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a -** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iColumn field is the index in -** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate -** code for that node. -** -** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the -** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement. These -** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure. -*/ -struct AggInfo { - u8 directMode; /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly - ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */ - u8 useSortingIdx; /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather - ** than the source table */ - int sortingIdx; /* Cursor number of the sorting index */ - ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ - int nSortingColumn; /* Number of columns in the sorting index */ - struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */ - Table *pTab; /* Source table */ - int iTable; /* Cursor number of the source table */ - int iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */ - int iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */ - int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ - Expr *pExpr; /* The original expression */ - } *aCol; - int nColumn; /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */ - int nColumnAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aCol[] */ - int nAccumulator; /* Number of columns that show through to the output. - ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to - ** aggregate functions */ - struct AggInfo_func { /* For each aggregate function */ - Expr *pExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */ - FuncDef *pFunc; /* The aggregate function implementation */ - int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ - int iDistinct; /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */ - } *aFunc; - int nFunc; /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */ - int nFuncAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aFunc[] */ -}; - -/* -** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance -** of this structure. -** -** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused -** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer -** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused -** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression -** tree. -** -** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, -** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If -** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the -** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION), -** then Expr.token contains the name of the function. -** -** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a -** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL. -** -** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function, -** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form " IN (, ...)". -** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of -** the form " IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the -** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is -** valid. -** -** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table. -** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is -** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and -** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column. If the -** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the -** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that -** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed. -** -** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark -** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index -** number for that variable. -** -** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer -** register number containing the result of the subquery. If the -** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1. If the subquery -** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing -** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery. -** -** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from -** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the -** corresponding table definition. -** -** ALLOCATION NOTES: -** -** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema. To -** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be -** truncated. And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes -** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation, -** together with Expr.token and/or Expr.span strings. -** -** If the EP_Reduced, EP_SpanToken, and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when -** an Expr object is truncated. When EP_Reduced is set, then all -** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees -** are contained within the same memory allocation. Note, however, that -** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately -** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set. -*/ -struct Expr { - u8 op; /* Operation performed by this node */ - char affinity; /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */ - VVA_ONLY(u8 vvaFlags;) /* Flags used for VV&A only. EVVA_* below. */ - u16 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */ - Token token; /* An operand token */ - - /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no - ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to - ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. - *********************************************************************/ - - Token span; /* Complete text of the expression */ - - /* If the EP_SpanToken flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no - ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to - ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. - *********************************************************************/ - - Expr *pLeft; /* Left subnode */ - Expr *pRight; /* Right subnode */ - union { - ExprList *pList; /* Function arguments or in " IN ( IN (